"Ἂν 
or 
a ra 


an τ 
fee or 
. ae Fils 
ΣΡ ΤΑ ΤΠ γ᾽ 
τ οὐ αν pa ip poten Fy 


“a 3 


7 


Ἵ 3 Se eet 
ne taht Rt 
Pow; Beit 
φ τὶ 
3H 
ad 


tte 3 
ods trap Ἄ 
a τὺ "ας μὰς 


» ae 


Bio 


Ay’ 


[nom oa 


pao. 
7 
et 


Pete Mia ΝΥΝ 
Ca eit eee 
ἡ Benoit ἡ} Ὁ ". 


Ὧν 
biter ip 


=e 


4 a, ? ἣν } 
TS ς hy 
. Aaa { 
4 nS γ ’ 4 
ΠῚ i ‘ 
ἐ 
, 
ἢ 
~ 
. if 4 : 
es ᾿ 
{ 
. » ; 
ε a 
ὶ Ξ ts 
‘ 
4 ᾿ ¥ Ἵ 
"7 rib 
CK: fe 
‘ 
5 " 
i ‘ H : 
. ὲ + 
i 
ἢ 
rs Π 
{ Σ 4 Als 
\ Lytle yt ye 
ῇ tobe 4 
‘ ἢ ᾿ ‘ ; ἢ 
ς Ἢ 
‘ ive 
‘ ΗΝ 
aed iS Seer ἢ 
\ , | 
, Lars ΙΕ, 
Ἂν 
Π - ' ». 
* “ ‘ " 
Ι Ν οὶ 
“ ee 
ν᾿ viet, ὦ bal mk ro ag ht tl Phe 


Dem deed ites ine Ab, 


Pete Pn ee See 5h ee kt & 
iy ees ὃ: ἜΝ ὦ 3 ‘ a ~ f gee lec deps ep τὰ 


a a 


a 1 Pe 


ἡ 


phe 


sofgramOObartrich 4 


oh PANS 
" ee 
a ὦ" 


ve 


» 
Σ δι." 


S50 


SS 

γιὰ Ζ 

ἔν AN 

δὰ 0 


THE 


PRINCIPLES 


OF 


‘GRAMMAR:. 


A COMPENDIOUS TREATISE ON THE LANGUAGES, 


- ENGLISH, LATIN, GREEK, GERMAN, 
SPANISH, -AND.-FRENCH. . 


FOUNDED ON THE 
IMMUTABLE PRINCIPLE OF THE RELATION WHICH ONE 
WORD SUSTAINS TO ANOTHER. 


He brought in a new way of arguing by induction, and that grounded 
on observation and experience.—BAkER. 


BY SOLOMON BARRETT, JR., 


PHILOLOGIST, 
= 


REVISED EDITION. 


CAMBRIDGE: Ὡς 
METCALF AND COMPANY, 


PRINTERS TO THE UNIVERSITY, 


1857. 


S09 F? 


Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1848, by 
8 BARRETT, fR., 
In the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of the United States 
for the Northern District of New York 


PRINTED BY 
GEORGE C. RAND & AVERY. 


TO THE 


YOUNG MEN'S ASSOCIATION OF THE CITY OF ALBANY, 


MORE USEFUL IN THE 
DIFFUSION OF KNOWLEDGE, THE CULTIVATION OF INTELLECT 
AND THE IMPROVEMENT OF MORALS, 
THAN ANY OTHER INSTITUTION, 
OF HUMAN ORIGIN, 
ANCIENT OR MODERN, 


THIS ESSAY, 
DESIGNED TO SIMPLIFY THE STUDY OF THE LANGUAGES, 


FACILITATE THEIR ACQUISITION, 
BY INTRODUCING A SYSTEM OF SELF-INSTRUCTION, 
IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED, 
RY 


The Author. 


ADVERTISEMENT. 


Wuen we inform the student of language, that “ one 
word belongs to another,” we have told him all that per- 
tains to language; for a perfect knowledge of the English, 
Greek and Latin grammars consists entirely in the abili- 
ty to give the words, in the respective languages, their 
proper relation to other words; and ascertain the part of 
speech, from that relation; therefore, we have, together 
with a table of relations, advanced a number of TuHEsEs, 
or Propositions, which we maintain as fixed and immu- 
table truths; taken entirely from the Languages themselves, 
the perusal of which will advertise the scholar of the course 
pursued throughout the work. Further comment is need- 
less. 


SOLOMON BARRETT Jr. 


BARRETT’S 
ENGLISH, LATIN AND GREEK GRAMMARS, 


pp 240- in one volume, on fine paper and well bound. 
The CHEAPEST CLASSICAL work extant. 


Dear FrIEnD: 

Read this work attentively; and if you really wish to 
acquire a thorough knowledge of these languages, all you 
have to do is, to procure a copy of the work, and devote 
your leisure hours to its perusal, and you can not fail of 
acquiring such a knowledge as will enable you to use them 
with ease and accuracy for life, instead of that rough, un- 
couth jargon obtained from the old philology of the schools. 
The concurrent testimony of seventeen thousand American 
cétézens, including the faculties of Union, Yale, Hamilton, 
and other colleges, (patrons of the work,) within a year 
after its first publication, is an irrefragible proof of the 
claims of this system to superiority over every other extant, 
showing it to be no charlatanerze, running wild among the 
ignorant, but the most valuable treatise on language for 
the use of business young men, families and schools, that 
has ever issued from the press. 

This work is never sold in a book store; as some gentle- 
men have a greater tact for, and interest in palming off 
on the community worthless old grammars, than of intro- 
ducing improvements—in crying ‘‘ Great is Diana of the 
Epuesians,” than in worshipping at the shrine of religion 
or reason, 


CONTENTS 


OF 


BARRETT’S GRAMMARS: 


Beg a Treatise on the Languages, English, Latin and 


Greek: founded on the Analytic Plan. 


PART FIRST. 
ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND LANGUAGE. 


Page. 
1. The Ten Theses, applicable to all languages, 5 
2. Division of the Subject, - 9 
3. A Table, exhibiting the twenty-one (lena by 
which every one of the eighty thousand words 
in English can be correctly parsed, = - 10 
4, Definition of the Parts of Speech,. - - 1] 
5. Exercises in ἀν δ Προ ET Sy oie Prosody, and 
Etymology, - 12 
6. A copperplate engraving, ἜΤ ΤῊ the πο Ἰοὴ 
of the Parts of Speech and Parsing, - 18 
7. Corresponding and Exiled Conjunctions, - - 23 
8. An Unbroken Sentence Fractured into its Logical 
Subject and Predicate; subsequently into the 
Parts of Speech, and punctuated, showing that 
the sentence is formed by the union of a being 
to its own existence or action: in other words, 
that the constituents of a sentence are a nomi- 
native (or being) represented as existing, acting, 
or being acted upon, and a verb, instead of 
being as the old grammarians tell us, @ collec- 
tion of words, - - - - 25 


, Exercises in Parsing English Poetry, in which 


each werd is correctly parsed, by referring it to 
the above mentioned table (paragraph 4), by 


13. 


14 


15. 
16, 


17. 


. A Full Explanation of the Parts of Speech, - 
. Conjugation of the Verb, Am, Sum, Eiyi, in Eng- 


CONTENTS. 


3 


Page. 


placing the corresponding figures after each 
word, - - 


lish, Latin, and Greek, - Σ 2 


. Indec‘inable Parts of Speech, presenting on the 


same page, and in the same line, the Adverb, 
the Preposition, and the Conjunction, in the 
three languages, and the case which each Pre- 
position governs in the Latin and Greek, - 

A Treatise on the Relation wnich one Phrase or 
Sentence bears to another, through the connect- 
ing influence of the Conjunction, the Pronoun, 
and the Preposition, and showing the student 
that without the use of one of these three Parts 
of Speech, ‘no discourse could be continued 
beyond the utterance of a single sentence, - 

Of the Sections of a Sentence, containing Defini- 
tion and Division, embracing both the direct 
and circumflex course: Relation, both adjective 
and adverbial, with a full description of the sen- 
tensic, insentensic, plenary, inplenary, broken, 
unbroken, literal, and figurative, - - 

The Rules of English Syntax, - - - 

The Analysis of one hundred and ten lines of 
Milton’s Paradise Lost; also sixty lines from 
Pope’s Essay on Man: every word in these one 
hundred and sixty i:ines of poetry, is parsed in 
full, by the abbreviations of the Parts of Speech 
and their accidents, on ten pages, as completely 
as it could be on two hundred pages, parsed in 
the usual way, - - - - - 

Further Exercises not Parsed by the Abbrevia- 
tions, for perfection of the student, containing 
Addison’s Letter, Liberty and Slavery contrast- 
ed (in which the relation is pointed out by 
figures twenty-one in number, referring the stu- 
dent to the table of relations, (pp. 10), Webster's 
Reply to Haines, in the U. S. Senate, Benton’s 
Speech on the Protest, in the U. S. Senate, 
Webster’s Speech on the Protest, - - 


27 
28 


48 


50 


58 
63 


66 


76 


4 CONTENTS. 

Page 
18 Prosody, embracing Punctuation and Poetical 
Feet, concluding “with the Burial of Sir John 
Moore; who feli in the Battle of Corunna, in 

Spain, in the year 1808, - ὡ - 89 


a 


PART SECOND. _ ὸ 


PRINCIPLES OF THE ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX OF THE LATIN 
LANGUAGE UPON THE ANALYTICAL PLAN OF ROOTS AND 
ADJUNCTS. 


1. Introduction, showing that to acquire a thorough 
knowledge of the Latin and Greek languages, 
the student must be able to separate the roots 
of all declinable words from their adjuncts; and 
further, that he must understand the use and 
import of the adjuncts, in giving to the noun, 
pronoun and adjective, declension, gender, num- 
ber and case; as: 


Root. 1. f. acc. sing. Root. 2. m. acc. sing. 
Pen -a -m. De -ἃὁὀἁὁ -m. 


And conjugation, mood, tense, number and per- 
son to the verb; as: 


Root. 1.c. in. imp. 2.pl. | Prep.root. 1.0. sub. p. 2s 


Err -a -ὰ -tis. | Con -voc -av-eri -s. 
Wander did ye. | Together called may ae 
| have thou, - 85 


2. Boer ee of the Parts of Speech, embracing ἀξ 
vision and definition, in which the relation is 
shown to be corRRELATIVE; that is, that words 
become Parts of Speech in consequence of their 
relation toa noun ; and that the noun receives 


its case from its relation to them, - - 87 
3, Rules for the Construction of Cases, - 88 
4. A Table, exhibiting the terminations of the tive 

declensions of the Latin language, - - 89 
δ. Declension of Nouns, with the signification of 

their Latin cases attached, - - - 90 


6. Declension of the Latin Pronoun, - - 91 


> 
CONTENTS. δ 
Page 
7. Latin Verbs, showing the moods and tenses, per- 
son and number, as follows: 


INDICATIVE. 


Pres. Imp. Perf. Plup. Fut. 
Latin. —, ba, i era, b (i). 
English. — did, have, had, _ shall. 
SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Pres. Imp. Perf. Plup. Fut. 
Latin. e,a, re, eri, isse, eri. 


English. may, might, may have, might have, shall have. 
PERSON AND NUMBER. 


Singular. Plural. 
Ist. 2d. 3d. Tet, “Ba od. 
Latin. c,m,i, §,(isti,) t; mus, ΝΥ tis, nt, 


English. I, thou, he; | we, you, they. 
82 
8. An original table on the conjugation of the Latin 
verb, by which all verbs in the Latin tongue 
can be correctly conjugated ; and five hundred 
verbs, made irregular by the old system, are 
rendered perfectly regular in the formation of 
their conjugation, mood, tense, person and 
number by this system—it being shown that the 
conjugation of the Latin verb is not always 
known by the infinitive present; but by a con- 
jugational letter immediately preceding any of 
the above tenses. The tense -da, is always 
preceded by either, a’, e?, 63, or ze* to mark 
the respective conjugations to which it belongs. 
The perfect tense—2z, is always preceded by 


av', u*, —*%, τυ, to denote its conjugation; 
thus: . 
IMPERFECT. PERFECT. 


Am -a! -ba -m, Istconj. Am -av' -i, 1st conj. 
Mon -e2 -ba -m, 2dconj.. Dom -u2 <i, 2d conj. 
Doc -e3 -ba -m, 3dconj. Vert —3 «i, © 3d conj 
Aud -iet -ba -m, 4theconj. Aud iv4 +i, Ath conj. 


9. Conjugation in full, of the Latin verb Amo, 
showing that in all cases, the root, conjugation, 


ΕΣ 


6 CONTENTS. aw a | 
Page. ΡΣ 
“ree Δαν ro we 
moo7, tense, number, person and voice of the a 
verb are contained in the verb dtself, thus. eR i 
Root, 1conj. Ind.imp, pl act. Root. 1 conj pass. Ind. plu. Lie Ges 
Am a «6 -ba_——s cu -s | Am “2 -tus, -era -m 
Love — _ did we, Loved — __ been had i 
97 ᾿ 


10. A literal translation of the fourteenth, fifteenth, 
sixteenth and seventeenth verses of the fifth 
chapter of Matthew, with figures attached to thé τ 
words to give them the English transposition, in” 
which every word is perfectly analyzed and parse 
ed, according to the plan of roots and adjuncts. 

Here the primitive meaning of the raiicals are 
given instead of the dictionary definitions; as: 
adv, con, prep, root, root, 3,¢, 3,plu. root, Lf, ον τς 
Ne -que ac -cen - at isnt hucern ra snes 
Not 4and 1 to 6 fire 5 give 3 — they 2a candle7— —. . 
Transposed (by the figures placed after each +S 
word) it reads ‘‘And they give not firetoacandle.” 100 aay 

11. The Radicals of verbs, containing one hundred cdi 
of the miscalled irregular verbs; and showing 
that they can all be arranged in their respective 
conjugations, and be rendered perfectly regular, 
thereby causing no more hindrance in the stu- 
dent’s progress. - - - - 102 

12. The Rules of Syntax. - 105 

13. An Analysis of the first ity a of Virgil’s 
fEneid disposed of in such a manner as to ex 
hibit the root of each declinable word and all 
the suffixes and affixes required to give to the 
noun, adjective and pronoun, declension, gender, 
number and case; and to the verb, votce, con- 
jugation, mood, tense, person and number ; 
arranged in columns, as follows: 

Root. Definition. Syntax. Etymology. 

N. G. D.AV.A. 

Arm, Thearms, cano Arm-a,26* (2n, p.) a, orum, is, ὦ, a, is. 


Qu, and, arma QUE virum, 26 . ‘conjunction, 
Vir. thehero, cano vir-wm, 26 (2 m.) vir, i, 0, wm, vir, o 
Can. Ising, (8650) CAN-o (1) arma, (3d.) 0, ere, cecini, cantum. 
» 0, is, it, imus, itis, unt. 
107 


* The figures placed after the words refer to the rule; those in pa 
renthesis Ἢ ) to page 142 


CONTENTS. 7- 
Page 
= Reading lessons; containing: 
“J, 250 lines of Virgil’s Aneid and shot ia) be- 


; ing a continuation of the above, - 121 

a 2. Part of Cicero’s first oration against Cataline, 131 
3. Crucifixion of Christ, - τ 138 

. 4. Paul’s charge to Timothens; - - 140 

ᾧ 5. Lord's Prayer, - Ξ - 141 
‘ 6. Prayers of the Publican and Pharisee, - - 141 


15. “An analytical Table, separating all the verbs oc- 
curring in the first sixty lines of Virgil’s Aneid, 
into their constituent parts according to the de- 


vice of the table described in $8, part 2, 142 


PART THIRD. 


‘PRINCIPLES OF THE ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX OF THE GREEK 
LANGUAGE. 


1, The Greek alphabet—Greek abbreviations; and 
exercises on the alphabet to facilitate the ac- 
quisition of the Greek letter, arranged thus: 


Agrippas de pros ton Pauion ephé. 

‘Aypiamas δὲ wpig rov Παῦλον ἔ om 
Agrippa thenunto the Paul said. 146 

A Table of dipthongal sounds—with signs, ac- 
cents, note benes, etc., - - - 147 

. Euphony: showing how one sound, or letter is 

substituted for another, in order to avoid harsh- 

ness in pronunciation—Punctuation of the 
Greek language, - - - 145 

. Parts of Speech—Number—Case—Declension— 
Tables of Declension—Greek Pronouns, - 149 

5. Verbs—their Se papengels divisions, accidents, 
etc., etc., - - - 154 

. Conjugation—Euphonic shape in the Greek 

* Verb—Euphony considered—Of the Root, the 
Augment, and the Termination. 155 

7. A condensed table of the Gréek verb, showing its 

augments reduplications, moods, tenses, and 


oo τ 


am 


on) 


8 CONTENTS. 


Page 


the first person sing. of all the different tenses, 
together with the Euphonic changes, - - - 
8, Conjugation in full of the verb TYIITQ, τὸ 
STRIKE ; giving all the inflections, moods, tenses, 
persons, numbers, accidents, changes, etc., oc- 
curring in verbs of the first conjugation, in the 
following manner: 
Aug. red. root. tense. sing. dual. plural. 
Pres. TUnT 
Strike do I, thou, he, ye two they two, we, &c. 
Imp. ¢ TUT OV, ἔς; 8, Elov, εἼην, ὠμιεν, BC. 


Wy Els, El, εἾον, Elov, ὠμιν, Occ. 


166 


Was $s striking I, thou, he, ye two, they two, we, &c. 


Perf. σέ cur [‘] a, a6, a, alov, αἼον,αμιὲν, ὅζο" 
Struck have I, thou, he, ye two, they two, we, &c. 


9. Second conjugation, or verbs in MI, - - 

10 Greek Rules, - - - - 

11. Analysis entire, of MATOAIOY, Κεφ. β΄. In this 
the brief method of analyzation given in the 
Latin part (described under ὁ 13, part 2,) is fully 
carried out in the Greek, thus bringing on the 
same page—yea in the same lime—a Testa- 
ment, Lexicon, and a Grammar—supplanting 
the necessity of a teacher, and lessening the 
burden which the student must otherwise bear. 
The following is a specimen of the device: 


Translation. Syntax. Etymology. 
NG... AY 
The (v.1) Τ΄ οὔ ᾿Ιησοῦ, 0, τοῦ, τῷ, φὸν, ---- 


When γενηθέντος δὲ conjunction. indeclinable. 
Jesus γενηθέντος Ἰησ-οὔ 2.m oUs, OU, οὔ,οὖν, οὗ. 
Being born. vev-nb-évlog Ing-0 dig, év 105, &e. 
2. Translation from the Greek Testament of the first 
chapter of John, into the Latin and English 
languages, being an interlinear translation, 
showing the actual definition of each word with- 


out any transposition in their arrangement, in. 


the following manner: : 
‘Ey, ἀρχῇ ἦν ὃ ovis, καὶ ὁ λογὸς Sec. 
In he begining was the word, and the word &c. 
In principio erat ille sermo, et sermo erat ὅζο. 


163 


169 
170 


171 


183 


13 


14. 


ἰδ. 


16, 


17. 
19, 


CONTENTS. ὁ υ 


ἷ Page. 
Paul’s defence before Agrippa, Acts XXVI, com- 
plete, - - - - - 188 
᾿Αγρίππας δὲ πρὸς «τὸν ΙΤαῦλον ἔφη: ᾿Επετρέπεται. 
Agrippa then unto the Paul said; It is permitted. 
Agrippa tum Paulo dixit; Permititur, 193 
Dives and Lazarus—Luke XVI, 19-31, in Greek 
and English, - - - - 199 


‘Matthew, XXIII, 34 — 99, Ala τοῦτο ἰδοῦ, ὅδε. . - 202 
Matthew, XIX, 27 — 30. Τότε ἀποκριθεὶς 6 Πέτρος. 201 
St. Luke, XV. 1 — 7. Ἦσαν δὲ ἐγγίζοντες, &c. 205 
St. Luke, XV. The Prodigal Son, complete ; 

Eire δὲ; "Ανϑρωπός τις εἴχη δύο υἱούς, καὶ --- 

He said and; A mancertain had two sons, and — 


Ait autem ; Homo quidam habebat duos filios, Et — 207 


19. 
20. 
21. 


22. 


23. 


Romans, III. 21-26, Νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, - ν΄ 212 
Romans V. 6, 12, 18, 21, "Ἔτι yap Χριστὸς, - 214 
Οὕτος γὰρ ἠγάπησεν ὃ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον. John, 222.16. 

So for loved the God the world. 


Ita enim delixit Deus mundum, - -916 


Extracts, containing some of the most important 
texts in the New Testament: 


1. Mat. 27.28; Heb. iz. 27, 28; Rom. vi. 23. - 217 
2. Rom. viiz. 6-8. Τὸ γὰρ φρόνημα. - - 218 
3. Rom. vitt. 38, 39. Tlérestuou γὰρ ort. - 218 
4. Rom. xiv. 10-12; Heb. zz. 9, 10, - - 219 
5. Heb. iz. 15; Heb. zz. 18, - - : 220 
6. Heb. vii. 26, 27; Heb. x. 3-7, - - 221 
7. Heb. xz. 10; Heb. zi. 24-26, - : 292 
8. Heb. xii. 2, 12, 16-24, - 999-994. 956-996 


9. Rom. xv. 1, 2; Gal. tv. 22-26, 29,31, - 226-227 

0. Gal. vi. 2-5; Ephesians v. 14-21, - 228-229 
[> All the above extracts and reading lessons, 

from 14 to 22, inclusive, are translated from the 

Greek into the English and Latin languages re- 

. spectively, in the same manner as that described 

under $11. 

Matthew, chapter xiv., entire, translated from the 

Greek into the Latin, and can easily be translated 

into English from a previous knowledge of 

Greek and Latin words and modes of speech, 


1 


10 . ONTENTS. 
. Page. 
gained by a thorough perusal of the preceding 
chapters and passages; and a reference to the 
common English Testament for such ἜΗΝ as 
appear difficult or obscure. - - 230 
24 Matthew, chapter xxiv., in Greek and koa ar- 
ranged same as cape xiv. i τος fifty- 
one verses. - - - 238 
25 Analytical Table, separating all the verbs occur- 
ring in the analysis of MATO@AIOT, Κεφ, 8’, 
into their constituent parts according to the plan 
of the table of the verb (δ 7.) pp. 160; being the 
same plan of a table adapted to Greek as that of 
the Latin, described under $ 15, part 2, of which 
the following is an example: 
Prep. aug. root.ind, imp. 3, pl. Prep. Root. 1 Fut.3 5. 
1. -vap -¢ -yev -dvro, 12, -ἐξ -ελευσε -ται- 


Around did come they Out come shall who 
Root, 3. s. ind, tmp.-v. app. Root. 1 Fut.3.s 
2° ἐστ “4 εν 13. σοιμαν «εἴ. 
Is he Protect shall who 


Thus giving the Zéteral meaning of each part 

of the analyzed verb; and the grammatical sig- 

nification of its various constituents, on a plan 
ENTIRELY NEW and oRIGINAL. - 238 

26. The Numerals in the Greek, Latin as eke. 
from one to three hundred. - 240 


OPINION OF THE PRESS. 


From the Albany Academy. 


The system adopted by Mr. Barrett, for teaching the principles of 
Grammar, is, in our opinion, well calculated to promote an acquaint- 
ance with that important branch of education. 

T. ROMEYN BECK, A. M., M.D., 

Secretary of the Regents of the State of New York. 
P. BULLIONS, Ὁ. D., Prof. Lang. Albany Academy. 
5. CENTER, A. M., Prin, Albany Classical School. 
A. CRITTENTON, A. M., Prin. Brooklyn Fem. Acad. 


Extract from a Report of the Committee on Literature of the Legts 
lature of the Stale of New York. 


The undersigned, having examined Mr. Barrett’s system of grammar; 
ere of opinion that it is an improvement upon ail methods heretofore 
adopted, and well calculated to facilitate the acquirement of a thorough 
knowledge of the languages on which it treats. We have also had 
the advantage of attending a public examination of his pupils, whe 
had been instructed upon this plan. Their very creditable perform- 
ances afforded the most gratifying and conclusive evidences, not only 
of the excellence of Mr. Barrett’s theory, but of its eminence and 


inrivalled success in practice. 
LUTHER BRADISH, 
C. H. CARROLL, 
PETER GANSEVOORT, 
Ὦ, H. BISSELL, 
HENRY F. JONES. , 


The foliowing letter from A. B. Johnson, Esq., the distinguished 
Philosopher, Statesman, Financier, and PuiroLoeist will be read 
with interest: 

' Utica, July 8th, 1845. 
Mr. Sotomon Barrett, Jr. 

Dear Sir—I have. perhaps too pa tay examined your grammar, 
which you have recently published; but by the aid of your persona! 
observations, I deem the book a valuable means of communicating ΠΟΙ 
simply the etymological character of words according to their ordinary 
use, but the far higher knowledge of the etymological character 
which words acquire accidentally, by the manner in which they hap- 
pen to be employed in a sentence. I deem your book further useful as 
α means of teaching the rules of syntax not simply as arbitrary laws. 


12 OPINION OF THE PRESS. 


but as showing the principles on which the laws are founded, ana 
thereby enabling a reader to understand sentences that otherwise, by 
their being elliptical or involved, would be unintelligible. I have ne 
doubt, however, that before any person can employ your grammar to 
advantage, either in the instruction of himself or others, he must 
understand it in the way that you too, understand it; and this wil 
require some little study and reflection. Indeed, I esteem your book 
much in the same way as I esteem a useful tool or instrument, a 
knowledge of the mode of using it 1s indispensable to its utility. With 
this knowledge acquired, I believe it will communicate more of th 
philosophy of grammar than any other book that has fallen under my 
observation. 
Very respectfully your ob’t sery’t, 
A. B. JOHNSON 


* BarrettT’s GramMMar. The Principles of Grammar, being a 
compendious treatise on the languages, English, Latin and Greek. 
founded on the immutable principles of the relation which one 
word sustains to another. By Sotomon Barrett, Jr. Philologist. 
Albany, 1849,” 


Indiscriminate puffing has become such a matter of course, that an 
assurance of perfect earnestness may not always command belief, 
Nevertheless, in the remarks which we make concerning the work of 
which the above is the title, we claim the credit of entire candor. 
Having spent a large fraction of life in poring over lexicons, gram- 
mars, and other articles of etymological compost for fostering the 
growth of mind, we may assume to understand, to some extent, the 
merit of this class of works. All grammars have been constructed 
on false principles, or rather without reference to principle. Gramma- 
rians seem to have forgotten the evident fact, that language was a 
pertect thing antecedent to book-making ,—which ‘‘ having no law,” 
was ‘‘ a law unto itself,” and as effective a medium of thought in the 
days of Noah, as in the hands of a Gesenius, a Buttman, or a Bul- 
lion. Their ofEce was to expiain, not make language—not to dig 
artificial channels, but to survey that which mind hath worn, during 
centuries, for its own utterance. Mr. Barrett seems to have perceived 
this and adopts a different course Under his guidance the pupil forms 
his own grammar—having no rules except those which the immutable 
and well-defined relations of words and the universal laws of all lan- 
guage impose uponhim. His system is simplicity itself, and we are 
certain that it will save to all-who use it, (as it might have done for 
us, had it appeared a few years sooner) months of time which must 
otherwise be wasted in most irksome drudgery to no purpose 

Mr. Barrett’s method of analyzing the Greek and Latin verbs, is 
of the highest value. With Thiersch’s Tables and this work before 
him, a student must be stolid indeed, who can not master the Greek 
nafew months. This is no ‘‘ Language without a Master” running 
wild among harmless children—in short, no humbug: but a thing 
which we never expected to see—a new grammar which we could in 


sonscience commend. 
BENJAMIN J. TENNY, A. M., 
of the University of Vermont. 


OPINION OF THE PRESS. 13 


: From the Poughkeepsie Telegraph. 


After a careful examination of this work, we are inclined to give it 
our hearty approval, from the honest convictions that, on many ac- 
counts, it stands unrivalled among philological works. Mr. Barrett 
seems to have been eminently successful in his attempis to clear the 
science, of which for r:any years he has been a professor, of its mys- 
teries, by introducing a perfectly new plan, which exceeds anything 
of the kind heretofore published. This system introduces the student 
at once to the language about to be studied, and, instead of requiring 
the scholar to commit scores of pages of definitions and rules, to serve 
a regular apprenticeship in the pedagogical tread mill, and to turn 
the crank of that grating machine as discordant as an old version of 
David’s Psalms, in broad Scotch, at eight or ten dollars per quarter, 
gives him the ability to become his own teacher, by presenting on the 
same page a Virgil, a Dictionary and a Grammar; tiius enabling 
him to deduce all his rules and definitions, from a practical analysis, 
not to be forgotten like rules and note benes, acquired without a know 
ledge of their practical application, but which time itself shall never 
afterwards be able to efface from the tablel of the memory. 

No industrious young person, of mature age, claiming to be an 
American citizen, who may wish to educate himself, instead of leaning 
against the inner walls of a coilege, should be without the work, as 
we are satisfied that it will save three years of useless labor in 86: 
quiring these elementary principles of language. 


From the Lansingburgh Democrat. 


Barrett's New Grammar. We have just had laid upon our 
table a new work entitled ‘“‘ The Principles of Grammar, being a 
Compendious Treatise on the languages, Enalish, Latin and Greek ,” 
by Solomon Barrett, Jr. 

This Grammar is written upon an altogether new principle of analy- 
sis, by which any word of the Greek or Latin languages may be sepa- 
rated into regular analytical divisions, and by the addition of the 
sgl pee and terminative, be made to assume any part of speech 
required. This system of analysis is founded upon certain unvdriable 
relations between the different parts of speech, and which are an un- 
mistakable guide to se fe We have been able to give this work 
but a cursory examination; but we must say that it is the most perfect 
system of grammatical analysis with which we are acquainted, and 
we can most cordially recommend it to the perusal of those engaged 
in philological pursuits. 


From the Troy Budget. 


Barretr’s Grammar. Being a compendious treatise on the 
Languages, English, Latin and Greek, on constructive princi- 
ples, formed on the immutable relation which one word holds 
to another. p. 240. 

This is a neatly executed work, printed on good paper and 
well boun 1, containing a tomplete analysis of the different San- 
guages, on which it treats, portrayed by the masterly hand of an 


14 OPINION OF THE PRESS. 


author who has personally instracted more than twenty thousand 
students, and devoted a life-time to the study of the languages. 
‘The subject is treated in a happy and laconic method, adapted 
to the capacity of a child, and at the same time worthy the 
attention of the man of science, the statesman, and the philoso- 
pher, and forming on the whole, a more useful manual for the 
use of young persons desirous of reviewing their early studies, than 
any other work we have ever seen. No young man should be 
without it. 


The undersigned, having examined Mr. Barrett’s new system 
of Grammar, and become acquainted with his method of teach- 
ing language, highly approve of the same: being fully convinced, 
that the ONLY CORRECT METHOD of teaching the grammar of a 
language is, from the language itself, and the most efficient method 
of fixing the etymology and syntax of any language on the mind, 
is, to deduce the definitions and rules from the actual relation 
which one word has to another. 

Mr. Barrett’s grammar, founded on constructive principles and 
without departure from standard authors, (except in a few cases, 
which are evidently for the better,) teaches the student the whole 
science by induction, and reduces the labor “of several years to a 
few short and easy lessons.” In short, we would recommend Mr. 
Barrett and his grammar to the favorable notice of the public as 
well qualified to give instruction in the science of which he isa 


professor. 
JOHN FULLONTON, 
Professor of Languages and teacher of the 
College Class Whitestown Seminary. 
D.S. HEFFRON, Principal Whitestown Seminary. 
A. HACKLEY, Esq., Recorder of the city of Utica. 


We, the undersigned, students in the Whitestown Semimary, 
having attended a course of lectures under the tuition of Mr. 
Barrett, say that we highly approve of his new work on the 
constructive principles of language, as also his method of in- 
struction, and would highly recommend both to the public, as 
the most efficient, expeditious, and useful method of teaching 
language with which we are acquainted. His method is purely 
uiductive, and is wor.derfully calculated to fix the principles of 
syntax and Etymology, indelibly on the memory and render one 
sentence as easily parsed and corrected as another. We have 
most of us spent years in studying the rules of grammar from 
the works of the most popular writers on Philology, and can 
attest and certify that we have acquired a more correct know- 
ledge of Syntax, Etymology and Prosody in ten lessuns with 
Mr. Barrett, than we have previously attained. In conclusion we 
would say whoever may attend his lectures or use his work, in 


OPINION OF THE PRESS. 15 


order to acquire a thorough knowledge of grammar, will not be 
disappointed. 
B. F. JOHNSON, Plainfield, Otsego Co., N. Y. 
H. B. BROWN, West Winfield, N. Y. 
D. R. JOSLIN, Plainfield, Otsego, Co., N. Y. 
ALFRED WOOD, West Winfield, N. Y. 
STEPHEN*ADAMS, Unadilla Forks, N. Y. 
JOHN G. HULL, Chelsea, Orange Co., Vt. 
WATSON WALKER, West Winfield, N. Y. 
ELISHA P. LADD, New Hartford, N. Y. 
CHAUNCEY DEFENDORF, Canajoharie, N. τὶ 
“Ὁ. C. FISH, Marcy, Oneida Co., N. Y. 
W. WENDELL, Stark, Herkimer Co., N. Y. 
HARVEY CRONK, Boonville, Oneida Co., N. Y. 
R. A. JONES, Remsen, Oneida Co., N. Y. 
DELOS SEEBER, Canajoharie, N. Y. 
JOSEPH H. RICHARDSON, Marcy, N. Y. 
STEPHEN A. CRONK, Boonville, ΝΟΥ. 


From Hamden Sidney College, Virginia. 

This certifies that we highly approve of Mr. Barrett’s plan of 
veaching the principles of language, and after a rigid examination, 
consider him admirably well qualified to teach those principles 
with success. Our own observation and experience as instruc- 
tors, have convinced us, that philological grammar is little under- 
stood, and poorly taught in our primary schools. Nearly all the 
young men who come to this institution, have committed the 
grammar by rofe, but understood nothing about the principles of 
the language: Mr. Barrett’s method of instruction is well caleu- 
lated to correct this evil. 

We are pleased with another part of his plan of instruction. 
He not only communicates a knowledge of the elements of the 
language, but endeavors, also, to convey some idea of its beauty 
and harmony. ‘The English is really an elegant and harmonious 
tongue, but by an entire neglect of its prosody and poetry, it is, in 
the mouths of the great mass of population, a rough, uncouth jargon. 

Mr. Barrett’s book is the first of the kind which we have met 
with; its design seems to be a uniform and logical system of in- 
struction in exercises; as such we highly recommend.it to pa- 
rentsandteachers. J. P.CUSHING, President, 

PETER McVICKAR, Prof. of Math. 
_H. A, GARLAND, Prof. Ling. Grece. 
7 JOHN BURWELL, Prof. of Nat. Phil. 

I concur in opinion with the faculty of Hampden Sidney, tha 
Mr. Barrett is well qualified to teach the principles cf grammaz 
and that his method is good. 

JOHN H. RICE, Ὁ. D., President, 
of the Virginia and N. Carolina Union Theological Seminary. 


16 OPINION OF THE PRESS. 


Ihave seen the system adopted by Mr. Barrett for teaching 
the principles of English grammar, and have conversed with 
him on the subject. 1am fully satistied of the utility of his plan 
and think its introduction into our schools would greatly facilitate 
the study of grammar, and tend to improve the scholar in ele- 


gant and correct composition. 
JOHN V.N. YATES, 
Late Superintendent of Common Schools of the State of N. Y. 


From the Rahway (N. J.) Register. 


We have received from the author a most capital work entitled 
“Barrett’s English, Latin and Greek Grammars.” Mr. Barrett 
presented us with his work at the close of an interesting gram- 
matical talk we had with him which lasted above an hour. We 
had not conversed with him five minutes, however, before we 
found that he had fully “bottomed the subject” of grammar— 
and we must, here, in candor state that we have not yet met 
with any individual (and we have met with adepts in our time) 
who so thoroughly comprehended (at least in our view) the 
subject of grammar as does Mr. B. He is, indeed, a perfect 
grammatical enthusiast and will convey more sound philological 
information in an hour than most others can do ina year. His 
conversation and his book are “one and the same.” He has the 
whole philosophy of the subject at his fingers’ ends— and to 
those about commencing the study of grammar we would say 
by all means possess yourself of Barrett’s book, with (if possible) 
a word of grammatical counsel from the author. We shall 
recur to the subject again. 


From the Utica Democrat. 


Barrett’s Grammar. This is a book of some two hundred 
and forty pages, designed to simplify the study of the English, 
Latin and Greek languages. It is said to have met the approba- 
tion of a vast number of classical scholars, and to be worthy the 
attention of the public. The author has paid great attention to 
these departments of education, and his suggestions are, therefore, 
ee to consideration. ‘The book is handsomely printed and 

ound. : 


- 


From the Utica Gazette. 


The author has compressed into some two hundred and forty 
pages all the essentials of grammar, dictionary and reading book, 
for acquiring a knowledge of the English, Greek and Latin lan- 
guages. Atleast so the preface says, and so we should judge as 
far as we have ability to determine. It is particularly valuable to 
those who may desire to burnish up their early classical acquire- 
ments, avoiding by its novelty the danger of nauseating, by the 
revival of recollections of school hours and dog eared text 


OPINION OF THE PRESS. 17 


books. It is a model of brevity, densis et brevis, an wrisurpassable 
illustratien of the multwm in parvo. 


The difficulties usually attending the study of language, which 
_ tire and disgust so many, are to be ascribed far more to the im- 
“ proper mode of teaching than to any thing intrinsic; but ii 
pursued in the manner laid down in Professor Barrett’s work, it 
becomes extremely simple, easy, and perfectly intelligible. If 
teachers will burn their grammars, and permit their students to 
study language, we think some progress will be made. | 
We have long regarded the method usually pursued in intro- 
ducing students to the reading of “the dead languages,” as ex- 
tremely injudicious and unphilosophical. More time is wasted 
in studying the “ grammar” than is necessary to make the student 
well acquainted with the language—sufficiently so, that he shall 
be able to forma grammar for himself. Besides, the methods 
adopted for the formation of the Latin and Greek verbs are 
needlessly cumbrous, and in some respects, radically erroneous. 
The student is taught rules which are false, and by following 
which he is plunged into darkness and confusion. Etymological 
analysis is not studied with perspicuity, and the scholar knows about 
as much of the real nature and force of words when he leaves college, 
as when he enters tt. 
Rey. C. P, GROSVENOR, A. M, of Dartmouth College. 


New York, May 24th, 1849. 
Mr. S. Barrett, Jr., 

Dear Sir—Having devoted some of my leisure moments to 
the perusal of the work on language which you have recently 
published, I feel an honest assurance in giving it my hearty ap- 
proval. Your original tables of the Greek and Latin verbs ] 
consider as leading features in your excellent work; and i have 
no hesitation in believing that every teacher and classical stu- 
dent will admire the plan you have zdopted to render the com- 
plex forms of Latin and Greek, plain, simple and compre- 
hensive. 

I would also advert to your method of giving to each word in 
a sentence, a connection or syntax to another word in the same 
sentence, as commencing to teach grammar at the right point. 

In conclusion, I feel confident in the assertion that no grammar 
can be made that will, in point of principle, supersede the one of 
which I now speak—because it corresponds so accxrately, not only 
with obvious reason and plain common serse, but also with the very 
nature and structure of those languages of which ut is α most perfect 
exposition, and counterpart—until that structure itself shall be 
changed, which is, in regard to the Greek and Latin languages, a 


matter of impossibility. 
E. G. WHEELER, M. D. 


1& OPINION OF THE PRERS. 


From the Albany Knickerbocker. 


TeLrcraruic Epucatrion. It has been sagely considered vy 
some of our modern philosophers that one’s iueas are composed 
of something analogous to the electric fluid; and that the months 
and years of time and study formerly appropr‘ated to education, 
were so appropriated on the same principle that the foot pad os 
donkey was considered once the most expeditious means of for- 
warding correspondence. Since, however, we have found the 
means of sending news round all creation before ‘Time shoulders 
lis scythe of a morning, the school boy becomes impatient cf 
the years of educational drilling required heretofore to give him 
an ordinary education. The old plan of putting pupils into the 
ocean at first to scour the coast in search of the mouth of rivers, 
and then compelling them to paddle up stream against the cug- 
rent and rapids till they find the source, is about considered as 
commencing at the wrong end, Some years ago a Yankee 
came among our Dutch population, offering to teach the English 
grammar in a month’s time to any person of common seuse, 80 
that they could read and write correctly; a class was formed 
and after going through the course seemed satisfied that the 
teacher had done all that he promised, Yesterday this gent pre- 
sented himself again in town after an absence of ten years, with 
a lurge blank book bound in red morocco, containing apparently 
several thousand subscribers’ names to a grammar he has just 
published, which, he says, will enable one to learn the languages 
so as to read them understandingly, and write them correctly in 
a short time. We were among the faithless, and turned to his 
subscription book to see what scholars had countenanced him by 
their subscription, when we found the presidents and about all 
of the professors of Union and Hamilton Colleges, besides a 
large number of others, whose literary reputation have made 
their pames familiar to us, had subscribed for his book. 

Among these were William H. Seward, Millard Fillmore, 
Hamilton Fish, Luther Bradish, John A. Dix, Gideon Hawley, 
A. C. Flagg, ‘I. Romeyn Beck, Peter Bullions, Alonzo Critten- 
ton, Robert Murray of Queens county, Kingston, John Van 
Buren, Silas Wright, Jr., J. V. L. Pruyn, and others, including 
nearly all the regents of the University of the Stute of New York, 
and more than five hundred graduates from the colleges. 

A few general principles, said Mr. Barrett, the gentleman 
spoken of, will show you how to anaiyse any language and un- 
derstand it; there are not so many different words in a language 
as | eople imagine, but the different terminations and combina- 
tions convey the different meanings. Take, for instance, the 
word convocaveris, said he, and separate it into its different parts 
—-con-voc-av-eri-s, con isa preposition and means together, voc is 
the root of the word and means called, av merely denotes the 


OPINION OF THE PRESS. 19 


first conjugation, eri means mayst have, and s signifiesth uw Low 
translate, commencing where you leit off, and vou find it reads, 
thou mayst have called together. Now you have the word analysed, 
and wuderstand its parts, which will make a multitude of other 
words by different combinatious and terminations, and each of 
those words you can understand by knowing the rules by which 
they are composed, and the meaning of their parts. 

After this brief explanation, we were satisfied that Mr. Bar- 
rett’s system of teaching language is the only one extant, calcu- 
lated to free the student from an adverse current and an eternal 

uarantine; and waft him onward with a gentle tide to the 
eed haven of the most consummate knowledge of gram- 
matical erudition. 


Barrett’s Grammar. I would take pleasure in adding my 
name, as a teacher, in recommendation of this work, were it not 
that it had already received the sanction of many men of influ- 
ence and learning. ‘The author of these “PRINCIPLES OF GRAM- 
MAR,” has, evidently, investigated thoroughly the philosophy of 
language, and his work, as it respects the English and Latin, is 
the first departure from that stereotyped code of arbitrary rules 
which has constituted the dry text in our schools and colleges; 
and whieh has been but a poor blind guide in introducing the 
pupils to the laws of these dialects. What the German philolo- 
gists have accomplished for the Greek, Mr. Barrett has effected 
for the Latin and English; namely, to define the principles which 
underlie them, and with these to construct a philosophical ar- 
rangement which shall be true to the facts involved in their 
origin and growth, and to the laws of thought. He would teach 
the pupil to prosecute his study of a language as a naturalist 
would an examination of the functions of an organized being— 
a plant, or an animal. That, as in a tree, the root, the branch, 
or the fruit can sustain no separate existence nor answer a pur- 
pose, except as united, the one to the other, in the unity of the 
general life of the tree; sothe noun, the verb, the adjective, &c., 
can have no separate existence or import, save as united by 
syntax into an expression of any particular idea; and which 
relation gives to each word its name and use. From the diction 
“one word belongs to another” as his point of @eparture, he pro- 
ceeds to exhibit the relations, and all the relations which can be 
obtained among the parts of speech, the limits of the modifica- 
tion of nouns, and of verbs, in conforming to the conditions of 
number, person, gender and case, &c.; that a word is never ἢ 
noun or other part of speech in virtue of its separate technical 
meaning; but by having the syntax of such part of speech, and 
from the fact of its occupying a certain position in the organic 
abode of a sentence. ABNER BENEDICT, A. M., 

Late Principal of Essex Co. Academy Vt. 


20 OPINION OF THE PRESS. 


We, the undersigned having examined some of the students 
taught by Prof. Barrett, say that they would not only bear an 
examination for common school teachers in any part of the state, 
but what is more, they would bear an examination in Grammar 
in any college in the United States. 

JOHN F. McGERRY, 
President of Emmetsburgh College. — 
SOLOMON SOUTHWICK, — 
Ex-Regent of the University of the State of New York. 


s 

Josep Lancaster was the first, if I mistake not, who simpli- 
fied our common system of grammar, and rendered it more 
easy and comprehensive to our youth, at the commencement of 
their studies, but it more espezially belonged to yourself, to lift 
the veil of obscurity from the old philology of the schools, and 
establish a new system, which for utility in application, and 
facility in acquisition, stands unequalled in the annals of elemen- 


tary literature. at? oo 
Very Respectfully, JAMES A. MOTT | 


all = 
_———— 5 “ 


~ 


i>Barrett’s new Series of Grammars, to which somany 
of our most illustrious, and highly esteemed Citizens have 
added their names in testimony of approval, has been en- 
tirely revised and corrected, is printed on paper of the best 
quality, bound in a superior style, and is one of the prettiest 
books, now for sale in the U. S. 

It is delivered to 2" Subscribers, only, at two dollars 
and twenty-five cents per copy, payable ON DELIVERY. 


THESES. 


ee eet 


1. Tae Erymotoey of a word depends entirely 
on its Syntax, or relation to another word; 
hence a word that has no Syntrax can have no 
Erymotoey: ἢ. e., before any word becomes a 
part (of speech) of a sentence, it must be in- 
corporated into that sentence of which it is a 
part. 

2. The Case of nouns and pronouns is that 
RELATION or position which they have to another 
word ; therefore, a word having no relation to 
any other word, is in no case or position what- 
ever; as, nominative, MAN; possessive, MAN’S; 
objective, man. Now, the word man, as ar- 
ranged above, is in no case, neither 15 1: a “part 
of speech.” 

3. In translating from one language to ano- 
ther, the (Syntax) reLation and (Etymology) 
PART OF SPEECH, remain unchanged. 

4. That the root of a word will continue to 
have the same meaning in all languages into 
which it may be incorporated, as it had in the 
original: as, TEsT (is,) a witness; FER (0,) bring; 
(at) TEsT ; TESTI(mony); TESTI (fy); (re) FER; 
(pre) FER; (de) FER, &c. 

1* 


6 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


5. The Ancients wrote their language to be 
read from the right hand to the left, and without 
spaces between their words; consequently, all 
Greek and Latin verbs are compounds, and 
are to be read from the right to the left; after 
having reduced them to their simple elements, 
by separating mentally or by spaces, the root, 
conjugation, mood and tense, number and 
persons. Splen-d-e-a-t is not a single word, 
to be read from left to right—LIigHT—GIVE—MAY 
—ir; but this word contains five distinct parts, 
beginning at the right. The first is the person 
and number, (1, t,) 2¢ (2, a,) may (8, 6, 2d conj.) 
(4, ἃ, root, d[o],) give (5, splen,) light. 


Etym. Root. Root. 2c. Sub. pr. 3s. Prep. Root. Inf. pr 
Verb. Splen-d-e - a - t, Trans-i = re. 
Def. light give “may it, over go to. 
Note.—The man of letters will see, at a glance, the 
soundness of the position here taken, and that since the 
languages were confounded at the tower of Babel, (or 
babble,) no method could be more effectual in perpetuating 


ignorance, than the common method of translating verbs, 
from the left hand to the right. 


6. Declinable words in the languages of an- 
tiquity, consist, generally, of one root and of 
several terminations :—Vip-e-o—in this word, 
vip is the root, and means see; e, second con- 
jugation, and, as we have not, in English, 
four conjugations, it can not be translated ; 
and o denotes indicative mood, present tense, 
first person singular, I see. Am-av-isse-m—am, 
root, av, first conjugation, 7586, subjunctive 
pluperfect, m, first person singular: (m) J (isse) 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 7 


migh have (av)* (am) loved, [Ama.| Dr-u-m— 
DE, root, and means God; u denotes that the 
root de is of the second declension, masculine 
gender, and m marks the accusative singular in 
all declensions, except the third declension 
neuter. 

7. A word never becomes a noun or any 
other part of speech by being used technically, 
or independent of its meaning; but by having 
the syntax of a noun (or other part of speech), 
asJOuN is a@ scholar: Isis a verb, THEM is a pro- 
noun, in which John, is and them become nouns 
by having the syntax of nouns. 

8. Detached words, as arranged in the col- 
umns of spelling books and lexicons, are no 
parts (of speech or) of a sentence, until they are 
actually used in a sentence. 

9. Every word, before it becomes a part of 
speech or sentence, and before it can be parsed, 
must be connected to not more than two, nor 
less than one other word, called the single and 
double relation. 


Note.—The interjection being a virtual sentence, has 
no relation, except with the vocative or case independent. 


10. A participle, before it can become a part 
of speech, must hold either a sengle or double 
relation to some other word; and the moment 
this relation is given to it, the participle va- 
nishes, and the word becomes either an adjec- 
tive or verb; thus: 


Mr. Wright, respected by the people, was elected. 


* Not translated, being the conjugation. 


8 THE PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 


This word respected, is.capable of receiving two. 
constructions, as respected Wright, an adjec- 
tive; Wright, who was respected, a passive verb. 
Every one can see that this word can only be 
called a participle while it remains in its un 

connected or no-part-of-speech state ; therefore 
there 1s no such part of speech as a participle— 
for the (syntax) relation or connection of these 
words, by which alone a word becomes a part of 
speech, will immediately give them all the ety- 
mology of either the verb or adjective. ᾿ 


GRAMMAR. 


Gramman, der ved from Tpayyareus, (Grammateus,) a 
writer, in its most comprehensive sense, signifies the capa- 
city or ability to v-rite a language in such a manner as will 
give to each word and phrase in the sentence, that con- 
structive relation to the other words in the same sentence, 
which the universal consent of all men using the same 
language, has assigned to them; but, ina more confined 
and technical sense, 

Grammar is that science which presents the constructive 
principles of the language or languages of which :t treats: 
con, together, struére, to build; therefore, a work which 
purports to be a “Treatise on Grammar,” ought, rather to 
point out clearly THIS CONSTRUCTIVE RELATION, which exists 
among the words in a sentence, and by virtue of which 
they become parts of speech, than to be a mere transcript 
of definitions and rules from the grammars of antiquity! 
which are of but little use in guiding the student in the 
structure of his sentences, or in ‘‘writing and speaking 
the language with propriety.” And here let the student 
be admonished, that zo person has ever yet been able to 
either speak or write correctly, who was ignorant of the 
actual relation or natural dependence which is found to ex- 
ist between the words and members of a sentence, and 
which it is the peculiar province of the grammarian to 
make clear and plain. 

Language (derived from Lingua, the tongue,) is the 
faculty of communicating our thoughts to each other, by 
pronouncing or writing certain words, which the universal 
consent of mankind has agreed should stand for a fixed and 
definite idea. Grammar is naturally divided into four 
parts : 


ORTHOGRAPHY, ETYMOLOGY, SYNTAX, and PROSODY. 
LETTERS, WORDS, SENTENCES. ACCENT. 


10 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Nots.— We shall here omit the Orthography of the English and - 
Latin, and insert the Greek Orthography in its proper place, when we 
cume to speak of that language. 

Orruocraruy is the art of expressing words by their 
appropriate letters. 

Synrax is that natural dependence which one word has 
to another word or words in the sentence, from which it 
derives its etymology, or part of speech; for a word that 
has no syntax, z:an have no etymology; and for that reason 
we have designedly placed Syntax before 

Erymotoey, which treats of the various parts of speech 
which words become, in consequence of this syntax, or re- 
lation to other words in the same sentence; their various 
declensions and conjugations, and also of their derivations. 

Prosopy treats of the laws of versification and the rules 
of punctuation. 

Notre. — The syntax and etymology of a language are inseparably 
connected, and it is almost impossible to contemplate one without the 
other, thus, — An adjective is a word joined to a noun, to express its 
quality, is an etymological definition ; but the moment you add an ex- 
ample, as white paper, you give the ‘word white a syntax, or relation 


to paper, without which relation to paper, or some other name, it 
* never could be an adjective. 


TABLE, 
EXHIBITING ALL THE RELATIONS OF WORDS IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 
Single Relation, Corp 1 day. Adjective, belonging to —— 
Single, Noun— Man 2 walks. Nominative case to 
O Man, 3 Case independent. 
Man 4 being killed. Case absolute. 
Man’s 5 horse. Possessive case, before— 
Saw Man, 6 Objective case, governed by 
To Man, 7 Objective case, governed by —— 
Double, John, He 8 is. Pronoun. 
Single, John Is. 9 Intransitive verb. 
Double, Seott ConquEerep 10 Mexico. Transitive verb. 
Single, Mexico WAs CONQUERED. 11 ' Passive verb. 
Single, Moves Stow ty. 12 Adverb, qualifying —— 
Preposition, Book Or 13 Fate. Preposition, adjective relation. 
Double, Smiles O’eR 14repose. Preposition, adverbial relation. 
Double, ° Two Anp 15 three. Conjunction, connecting words. 
Double, He may stay a a he may go. Conj., connecting sentences. 
No relation. 17 Interjection, no relation. 
Single, ae “is 50. Auxiliary verb. 
Single, el ale 19 cold. Auxiliary adjective. 
Single, Very 20 swiftly. Auxilfary adverb. 


Single, ALmMosr 21 to. Auxiliary preposition. 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. ] i, 


Note.— Every one of the eighty thousand words in the English 
language, when arran zed in a sentence, will take the place of, and of 
course, become the sAME part of speech as one of the twenty-one 
words in the foregoing scale. 


From the preceding Scale, it will appear, 
that the parts of speech are eight: — Adjective, 
Noun, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Preposition,Con - 
junction and Interjection. 


1. An ApjsecTIvE is a word having a single relation to 
and restricting the extension of, a noun; as, a sold (1) day 
good (1) pen, &c. 

2. A Nown is the name of a person, place or thing, pro- 
vided it has one of the six relations given to the noun man 
in the preceding scale; as, George (2) studies grammar (6) 
at his father’s (5) house (7), under the zustructzon (7) οἵ. ἃ 
tutor (7). 


3. A Pronovn is a word used instead of a noun, and has 
a double relation; as, John went to New York, where he (8) 
will remain: relation, John, he will remain. 


4. A Vers is a word expressing existence of, or action 
performed or received by, its nominative; as John zs (9) 
well; lane studzes (10) grammar; Mexico was conquerea 
(11) by Scott. This part of speech may have either a sin- 
gle or double relation. 


5. An Apvers holds a single relation to the verb, to ex: 
press the manner of existing or acting; he moves swiftly 
(12); John studies his lessons dzligently (12). 


6. A Preposition is used to connect the phrase in which 
it occurs to a preceding noun or verb; thereby giving to the 
phrase an adjective or adverbial relation ; and, to govern an 
objective case, consequently it always has a double relation. 
The jessamine clambers (tn (13) FLOWER) o’er (14) the thatch. 
The FLoweEry jessamine clambers there. 


7. A Consunction is a werd of a double relation, used 
to connect one word or sentence with another; as, two and 
15) three are five; James went to New York, but (16) his 
brother remained at home. 


8. An INnTERJEcTION is a word having no relation; as, 
alas! (17) he is gone forever! 


12 THE’ PRINCIPLES OF 


We now present the student with the fol 
lowing exercises on the preceding part of our 
work, as a system of instruction highly im- 
portant to the student, and which will be 
found far more useful than the common me- 
thod of reviewing by questions and answers. 


METHOD. 
Orthography,......... ” weeeee Letters. 
SS YTUAT 53's oie κου anaes ἡ Sentences. 
Etymology, ...... seas aes Words. 
Prosody,....... τ ἀν ee. το ς 


EXERCISES FOR CLASS IN THE SCHOOL ROOM. 
Ἢ ORTHOGRAPHY. 


Teacher. Orthography is the art of spelling: now, give 
me the orthography of the following words: (See plate.) 


Class, (in concert.) 


The, The, the 
Midnight, Midnight, midnight 
Moon, Moon, moon 
Serenely, Serenely, serenely 
Smiles, Smiles, - smiles. 
What is spelling called ? Orthography. 
SYNTAX. 


Teacher. Give me the syntax, or relation, of the follow- 
ing words : 
Class, (in concert.) 


The, The 1 moon, 
Midnight, Midnight 1 moon, 
Moon, - Moon 2 smiles, 
Smiles, moon Smzles, 9 
Serenely, smiles Serenely. 12 


Teacher. What is this natural union of one word to ano- 
ther called ? Answer, Syntax 


Note. — For various reasons, not now necessary to give, we prefer 
that all the answers should be given by the class in concert or unison. 


--“εο 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 13 


ETYMOLOGY. . 
Teacher. Now, give me the etymology of the same 
words, as I pronounce them: 
Class, (in concert.) 


The, | The, an adjective. 
Midnight, Midnight, an adjective. 
Moon, Moon, a noun. 
Serenely, Serenely, an adverb. 
Smiles, ‘ Smiles, a verb. 
Teacher. What is this classification of words called ? 
Class, (in concert,) answer, Etymology. 
| PROSODY. 


Teacher. Now, give the prosody of the same: 
Class, (in concert.) 
The mid | night moon | se rene | ly smiles. 
Teacher. What part of grammar is that composition 


written in a regular succession of accented and unaccented 
syllables ? Answer, Prosody. 


a -- 


SEE PLATE—SECTION II. 


Teacher. Give me the syntax of the second section on 
the plate. | 


Class, (in concert.) 


O’er, Smiles, O’er 14 repose. 
Nature’s, Nature’s Θ᾽ repose. 
Soft, Soft 1 repose. 
Repose, O’er Repose. 7 | 


Teacher. Give me the etymology of the same words. 
Class, (in concert.) 


O’er, O’er, ἃ preposition. 
Nature’s, Nature’s, a noun.* 
Soft, : Soft, an adjective. 
Repose, Repose, a noun. 


* The Instructor may use kis own judgment in calling this word a 
noun or adjective, as the possessive cise always has the syntaz of an 
edjective. . 

2 


14 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


SEE PLATE—SECTION III. 
Teacher. Give me the syntax of the words in the third 


section. ΔΙ ἢ : τ: : 
ass, (in concert, bag a 
No, No 1 cloud. Met 
Low’ring, Low’ring 1 cloud. bee 
Cloud, Cloud 2 obscures, jee 
Obscures, cloud Obscures 10 sky. ΑΝ 
The, The 1 sky. cat 
Sky, obscures Sky, 6 Sei 
Teacher. The etymology of the same. Peete" 
Class, (in concert.) Ἢ 
Νο, No, an adjective. 
Low’ring, Low’ring, an adjective. 
Cloud, Cloud, & ROUN, «Ss. ὦ 
Obscures, Obscures, a verb. 
The, The, an adjective. 
Sky, Sky, a noun. 


Teacher. Give me the prosody of the second and thira 


sections together. 


Class, (in concert.) 


O’er nat | ure’s soft | re pose. 


No low’ | ring cloud | ob scures | the sky. 
Teacher. Give me the syntax of this sentence: * Steam 


boats are made use 


of by merchants.” 
Class, (in concert.) 


Steam boats, of Steam boats, 7 
Are made, use Is made, 11 
Use, Use Ὁ is made. 
Of, use Of 18 steam boats. 
By, is made By 14 merchants. 
Merchants, by Merchants. 3 * 

Is this sentence incorrect ? It is. 


How will it stand when corrected? Of steam boats, use 
is made by merchants. 


* By the above sentence, it will be seen, that this method of syntax, 
once attained, will correct every incorrect sentence in the language; 
for, as soon as the syntax is given, the error appears; and just so socn 
as the error is apparent, any person could correct it. 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 15 


> Teacher. Now give me the syntax of the sentence, 


bee ” The sun is a thousand times larger than the earth.” 
ἬΝ Class, (in concert.) 
Soe The, The 1 sun. 
af . ἐς Sun, Sun 2 is. 
Sees) +e, sun Js, 9 
Bios A, Α΄ 119 thousand. 
᾿ ar Thousand, Thousand 19 times. 
meee Times, Times 19 larger. 
; iy Larger, Larger 1 sun. 
gia” Than, sunis Than 16 earth is. 
= The, The 1 earth. 
Earth, Earth .2 is. 


Teacher. Let me have the etymology of the same sentence. 
Class, (in concert.) 


The, adjective. 

Sun, noun. 

Is, verb. 

A, auxiliary adjective. 
᾿ Thousand, auxiliary adjective. 
| Times, auxiliary adjective. 

Larger, adjective. 

Than, conjunction, 

The, adjective. 

. Earth, noun. 
_ * ‘Much as man desires, a little will answer. 
Teacher. Syntax. Class, (in concert.) 
Much, for the Much, 7 
As, much, desires, As, Sand6. 
Man, Man 2 desires. 
Desires, man Desires 10 as. 
Ἶ Al little. 
Little, Little 2 will answer. 
Will answer, little ΤΩΙ answer. 9 
Teacher. Etymology. Class, (in concert.) 
Much, noun, object., gov’d by for. 
As,* ; rel. pron., stands for much, obj; 


* Relative pronoun, standing fer much, governed by desires. 


16 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Man, noun, nom. case to deséres. 
Desires, verb, transitive. 
Ξ adjective. 
Little, noun. 
Will answer, verb, intransitive. 


A little will answer for the much which man desires. 


We now present the student with an En- 


eraving, representing more fully the relative 
position of words in a sentence. The first 
cut on the plate, contains this sentence:—: 


3) 


“The midnight moon serenely smiles.” Now, 
as this diagram represents a single tree; so, — 
themidnightmoonserenelysmiles, is only one sen- 
tence; and, as there are several parts of the 
tree; so, also, is this sentence divided into 
several parts; as the trunk sustains its branch- 

es, so, also, the trunk word, moon, sustains all — 
the other branch words in the sentence; as 
the branches are constituted such, from the 
connection or position which they hold to the 
trunk, so, also, do the branch or dependent 
words actually become parts of speech, in 
consequence of their relation to the noun asa 
sustaamng trunk. And as.the body of a tree is 
constituted a trunk, from its sustaining rela- 
tion to the branches, so the noun derives its 
case entirely from that relation which it holds 
to other words; and, as the roots, trunk and © 
branches must be united to form a whole tree, 
so the parts of (a) speech must be united to 
form a speech; and, as there could be no 
oranches without a trunk, so, also, if we had 
no nouns, (neither a creator nor a Ccreature,) 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 17 


we could have no adjectives to limit, verbs to 
express the actions of, conjunctions to connect, 
prepositions, showing relations between, or 
pronouns standing for beings which have no 
existence, any more than we could have a 
world without a God, ora part of any thing 
without a whole to which it is related. God 
never made a part without a whole: he did 


; ~ not make a part of a man, namely, the head, 


and ordain that it should be sustained from 
four to seven feet in altitude, above the 
earth, without a body to sustain or limbs to 
support it, and hold learned discussions on 
philology and its anomalies. This business 
of creating parts without a whole, of making 
parts of speech without syntax, seems to have 
devolved upon the learned grammarian. 


{ MODE OF USING THE PLATE. 
1. The student will give the word which he 


_ wishes to parse, its true relation, by pronounc- 


ing it, together with the word or words with 
which it is connected. 
2. He will then place the word on the pars- 


- ing table after the same figure that is placed 


over the word, and parse it, filling. the blank 
or blanks with the word or words with which 
he has previously joined it on the plate, and 
apply the rule; fill the blanks with the word 
he is parsing, and the word or words on which 
it depends as a part of speech, and if he will 
continue these exercises until he has perfectly com- 
mitted these parsing lessons to memory, he will 
find no difficulty in learning grammar. 
Q* 


— Οο. 


— 


is THE PRINCIPLES OF 


1. Minnicut, a 1—is an adjective, having a single rela 
tion to, and restricting the extension of ——. 


Rute 1. Every adjective belongs to a noun; 
as, ὲ 


2. Moon, n—is a noun, the name of a thing, 
c—common, not applied to individuals, 
f—feminine gender, personified by smiles, 
3—third person, spoken of, 
s—singular number; it denotes but one object, 
2—nominative case, it precedes the verb 


Rue 2. The nominative case precedes the 
verb; as, τ 


9. Ξ'ΜΙΠΕΒ, v—is a verb; it denotes existence, 
r—regular; it forms its past tense in ed, 
in—intransitive, having a single relation to ἵ 
ind—indicative mood ; it simply indicates or declares 
pr—present tense; it represents present time, 

3 s—third person, singular; to agree with 


Rute 9. A verb agrees with its nominative 
case, in number and person; as, . 


12. ΒΕΈΠΕΝΕΙΥ, adv—an adverb, having a single relation 
to, and qualifying i 


Rute 12. Adverbs qualify verbs; as, “ποτ, 


14. O’rr,* prep—a preposition, having a double relation 
to and , and giving its phrase an 
adverbial relation to the verb Σ 


* When the antecedent of a preposition is a verb, the phrase con- 
taining the preposition has an adverbial relation to that verb; and 
when the antecedent is a noun, the phrase which the preposition heads, 
has an adjective relation to that noun —thus; 

Moon smiles o’er nature’s soft repose. Smiles there. 
Heaven hides the Book of Fate. Fatal book. 


Where fatal is equ'valent to ‘‘ Book of Fate,” and there to ‘‘ O’er 
nature’s soft repose }’ thus showing the relation. 


δ τε 19 | lI 
ἈΝ 
my 


2, 
“= 
-Ο 


SWO1L 9312 μ᾽ \ 
Op 2tng 
ἜΣ 


tm 3JINITIS 


* 


tk, 
vires Ce 


on 


_ “oe ν ‘ oni 
2 NS: zit tone 
Vas we r ia ; 


κ᾿ 


ose Ἢ 


% 


ees a 
μι ἥ au rag ξ 
; a Sie Se χῷ 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 19 


. Relation—Book or F ate. 


13. Or, prep—a preposition, having a double relation to 
and , giving its phrase an adjective 
relation to the noun : 


&. Narvze’s, n—is a noun; name of a thing. 
c—common ; not applied to individuals. 
n—neuter gender; it denotes neither sex. 
3—third person; spoken of. 
s—singular number; it denotes but one object. 
5—possessive case; it precedes the noun 


Rue 5. The possessive case precedes the 
noun; as, Ss : 


7. ReposE, n—is a noun; name of a thing. 
e—commion ; not applied to individuals. 
n—neuter gender; it denotes neither sex. 
3—third person; spoken of. 
s—singular number; it denotes but one object. 
7— objective case ; governed by the preposition 


Rute 7. Prepositions govern the objective 
case; as, ; 


2. Cioup, n—is a noun; name of a thing. 
c—common ; not applied to individuals. 
_n—neuter gender; it denotes neither sex. 
3—third person; spoken of. 
s—singular number; it denotes but one object. 
2—nom. case; it precedes the verb ; Rule 2. 


10. OxsscurEs, v—verb; it denotes an action performed. 
r—regular; it forms its past tense in ed. 
tr—transitive ; having a double relation to —- —-. 
ind—indicative mood ; it indicates or declares. 
pr—present tense; it represents present time. 

3 s—third person sing. ; to agree with ; Ruled 


6. Sxy, n—is a noun; name of a thing. 
c—common; not applied to individuals. 
n—neuter gender; it denotes neither sex. 
3—third person; spoken of. 
s—singular number; it denotes but one object. 
6—objective case, governed by the transitive verb —. 


20 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Rute 6. Transitive verbs govern the objec- 
tive case; as, 


Relation—Mexico was conquered. 


11 Was conquerEep, v—verb; denoting action recetved. 
r—regular ; it forms its past tense in ed. 
pas—passive; expressing action received by its 

nominative. 
ind—indicative mood; it indicates or declares. 
imp—imperfect tense; represents past time. 
3s—third person singular 5. to agree with —; Rule9 


Sentence and relation. 
John, (went to Albany, where) he (8 & 2) wall remain. 


8. He, p p—is a personal pronoun, standing for and agree= 
ing with , in gender, person and number; no- 
minative case; it precedes the verb ; Rule 2. 


Sentence aud relation. 
Cloud obscures sky, Nor tempest blows. 


16. Nor, con—is a conjunction, having.a double relation 
to, and connecting the sentences, 
nor 


Rue 16. Conjunctions connect words and 
sentences; as, , (con.) ——- ——. 


17. Axas! int—is an intengection’s a word having no 
relation. 


Sentence and relation. . 


George 2 regards 10 his lesson 6. 


2. GrorGeE, n—is a noun; name of a person. 
p—proper ; applied to individuals. 
m—masculine gender; it denotes males. 
3—third person; spoken of. 
s—singular number; it denotes but one object. 
2—nominative case ; it precedes the verb — ; Rule 2. 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 2 
Sentence—He is the person whom (Β & 6) I saw, 
Relation—P erson whom 8—saw whom 6. 


8. Wuon, τ p—is a relative pronoun, having a double re- 
lation to person, with which it agrees in gender, 
number and person, and to saw, by which it is 
governed; Rule 7. | 


AUXILIARIES. 
: ΝΜ 
Sentences and relation. 


John can 18 write much 20 better on a very 19 pleasant _ 
day, than in a storm. ᾿ 


James went almost 21 to New York. 


18. Can—is an auxiliary verb, forming the potential 
present of write. 


19. Very—is an auxiliary adjective, qualifying pleasant. 
20. Mucu—is an auxiliary adverb, and qualifies better. 
21. A.tmost—is an auxiliary preposition, and qualifies to. 


Rute 18. An auxiliary holds a single rela- 
tion to its principal; as, ; 


SUPPLEMENTARY PARSING. 
Sentences. 


Mary, 3 can you write a letter for me? 
Moon 3 that meets the orient sun 6. 
The general 4 being’killed, the army was routed. 


3. Many, f—feminine gender; it denotes females. 
2—second person; spoken to. 
ind—case independent. 


Rute 8. All nouns of the second person, 
are in the case independent; as, O ς 


22 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


4. GENERAL, 4—in the case absolute, preceding the par- 
‘ ticiple 


Rute 4. The case absolute precedes the par- 
ticiple; as, 


>. Moon, f—feminine gender, by personification. 


6. Sun, m—masculine gender, by personification. 


Sentence—Heaven (from all creatures) Rides the Book 


(of Fate.) 


1. Heaven? uives10 the Boox, 6—is a transitive sen- 
tence, because it contains three seatence words. 

[Hides 2] from all creatures—is a prepositional phrase, 

having a single adverbial relation to its antece- 

dent verb 

[Book] of Fate—is a prepositional phrase, having a 
single adjective relation to its antecedent noun. 


Sentence—Our Father, who art in heaven. 


Wuo 2 art9 in heaven—is an intransitive sentence, be- 
cause it contains but two sentence words, et a 
single adjective relation to its antecedent noun 


Sentence—Mr. Jones, το βθ τς (1 δ 11) by wis friends, 
was elected sheriff. 
Relation—Respected 1 Jones—Jones, who was respected. 


RESPECTED, part—is a participle, having two darct rela- 
tions by virtue of which it becomes eit an ad- — 
jective or verb. 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 93 


ON CORRESPONDING AND EXILED CONJUNCTIONS. 


We often meet with what are called ‘“‘Cor- 
responding” and “Exile” conjunctions; but 
they all have the same relation that or16 has 
in the table; thus: 


4816 the young bears seized onthe repast, 5016 we snatch our fill. 


Now, this word as is a corresponding conjunc- 
tion; corresponding to so, and expressing a 
comparison of equality between the two sen- 
tences, like the sign of equality (not plus nor 
minus,) in Mathematics; thus: 


2, as16 bears seized repast 
1, 5010 we snatch 


If you wish to make as a conjunction, invert 
the terms 2 and 1, thus: 


1, So 16 we snatch our fill, 

2, Α516 the bears seized on the rich repast. 
In all cases, one of the corresponding con- 
junctions must be exiled or thrown out of its 
proper place. These conjunctions may both 
be inserted between the two sentences, thus: 


The bears seized on the repast, so == as we snatch our fill. 
By rendering this sentence plenary, (full, ) both 
conjunctions will have their proper place and 


relation : 
The bears seized on the repast, so 16 we snatch our fill; 


and, | 
We snatch our fill, as 16 the bears seized the repas 


In the following sentences: 


2, Ir 16 you wish to be a grammarian, 
I, You must study. 


24 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


.F is exiled from its proper place. Now, in- 
vert the sentences, thus: 


. Ἐς You must study, 
2, Ir you wish to be a grammarian. 


2, A youth would boast his skill to curb the steed ; 
And,16 (33, 4516 he passed the gazing throny,) 
2, The idiot wonder they expr essed, was praise. 


Now transpose, 


1, Youth would boast, &e. 2, Ann16 2, Wonder was, &e 
Asl6 3%, he passed the gazing throng. 


Jacob went apie a mountain, and,16 8516 the sun rose, he wor- 
worshipped the Lord 


Asie no part of English, Latin or Greek 
Grammar is of more importance, or more dif- 
ficult to acquire, thanis an actual knowledge 
of the relation of the conjunction, without 
which it is impossible, evtheris to write or 16 
punctuate correctly: therefore,is we have ex- 
tended these remarks to great length. The. 
eommon method of Jearning the conjunctions 
BY THE LisT!! instead of relation, is an insult 
upon, andis degrading to, human nature. You 
will, therefore, see the necessity of first es- 
tablishing the fact, thatie the conjunction ac- 
tually con-nects (from con, together, nectére, to 
link,) sentences, beforeis you can have any 
conception of its being a con-junction, (a4 con 
et jungére,) a-joiner-together-of-sentences. 

We have extended these remarks, As no part is more difficult. 

No part is more difficult THAN knowledge of this relation (is.) 

It is impossible to punctuate, EITHER it is impossible to write. 

It is impossible to write, or it is impossible to punctuate. 

As no part of grammar is more difficult, THEREFORE we have, &e. 
Method of learning is an insult, AND method of learning is degrading. 


Fou will see the necessity, &c., THAT the conjunction connects, &c. 
Yy will see that the conjunction, &c., BEFORE you can haveany, &e. 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 25 


Having given the student a general view of 
the parts of speech and their relation, it is now 
proper to call his attention to the 


SENTENCE, 


which we shall present in its ancient, unbro- 
ken state, without spaces or points, that we 
may afterwards, by introducing punctuation - 
between the phrases, and spaces between the 
words, give the student, not only an idea ofa 
sentence, but of the manner in which a writer 
(γραμματεὺς ) would proceed in forming a sentence 
and also of the use of punctuation. 


AN ANCIENT UNBROKEN SENTENCE. 


Themidnight Moonserenelysmileso' er Naturessoft Repose 
Nolow’ring CloudobscurestheSkynorruffling T empestblows 


By introducing a space between moon and 
serenely, we shall divide the first sentence into 
its logical subject and predicate. 


Logical subject. Logical predicate. 
ThemidnightMoon serenelysmileso’er Nature’ssoftRepose. 


Here we see, that a logical subject is the nomi- 
native, together with all other words having a 
relation to it, and the logical predicate is the 
verb, and all those words which modify or 
hold a constructive dependence upon it. Now 
we will, by introducing into this sentence 
three more spaces, and a point, draw out the 
grammatical nominative and verb, and divide 
the sentence: 


Nominative. Verb. 
Themidnight moon 3 serenely smiles, o’erNature’ssoftRerose. 


26 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


The grammatical nominative 1s the single 
noun or pronoun preceding, (i construction, , 
and having a single relation to the verb; as, 
moon2z smiles; and the grammatical predicate _ 
is the single verb used to assert the existence 
or action of that nominative; as, moon smiles.9 
Hence, words in a sentence naturally fall into 
this two-fold division: sentensic, or those which 
form the sentence; and insentensic, or those 
which have no sense until they are united to 
the sentensic. 


Insentensic. The midnight serenely _ o’er Nature’s, &e. 
Sentensic. moon 2 smiles 9 


Hence, a sentence is always formed by the 
union of a being to its own existence or ac- 
tion, and is constituted by the connection of 
not more than éhree nor less than two words; 


as, 
Moon 2 smiles 9 (9 two words.) 
Cloud 2 obscures 10 sky 6 (10 three words.) 


Having disposed of the first sentence, let 
us look to the second. If we introduce a 
semicolon before the conjunction nor, we shal 
divide this compcund to simple sentences; as, 


Nolow’ringcloudobscuresthesky; — norrufflingtempestblows. 


Should we proceed further with this sen- 
tence, it would be a mere repetition of the 
first; therefore we shall leave this task to the 
student, who, we apprehend, will have no dif- 
ficulty in dividing it into words, by the intro- 


N »rr. — Anv word holding the 2d, 6th, 9th, 10th or 11th relation, 
(see Table of Relatious) must be sentensic ; all ‘others are insentensic. 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR 27 


duction of spaces, and pointing out the logical 
and grammatical subject and predicate, and 
distinguishing the sentensic from the insen- 
tensic words. 


EXERCISES IN PARSING. 


[Nore. — The figures placed after the words, refer to the Table of 
Relations, the Plate, the Parsing Lessons and Rules.] 


As16 two] young] bears2 inl4 wanton] mood,7 
Forth12 issuing1&9 from14 al neighboring] wood,7 
Came9 wherel2 the] industrious] bees2 had 18 stor’d,10 
Inl4 artfull cells,7 their8&5 luscious] hoard ;6 
O’erjoyed,1 they8&2 seized,10 with]4 eagerl haste,7 
Luxarious! on¢ thel rich1 repast.6 

Alarmed1] atl4 this,1 thel little] crew2 

Aboutl4 their8&5 ears,7 vindictivel2 flew.9 

Thel beasts,2 unable! to sustain 10 

Thel unequall combat,6 quitl0 the] plain:6 
Half-blind] with]19 *rage7 and16 madl with19 *pain,7 
Their8&5 nativel shelter6 theyS&2 regain ;10 
Therel2 511,9 and!16 nowl2 discreeterl grown, 1&9 
T0020 latel2 their8&5 rashness6 they8&2 bemoan ;10 
And16 this] by14 dear] experience? gain,10 

ThatS pleasure2 ’s everl2 bought!1 with1]4 pain.7 
So,16 whenl2 the! gilded] baits2 of13 vice7 

Are placed11 beforel4 our8&5 longing] eyes,7 
With14 greedy! haste7, we8&2 snatch10 our8&6 fill,6 
And16 tswallow-down10 thel latent] ill:6 

Buti6 when12 experience2 opes]0 our8&5 eyes,6 
Away 12 thel fancied] pleasure? flies.9 

{8&2 flies,9 butl6 oh 17 too20 latel2 we8&2 find,10 
1t8&2 leaves10 al reall sting6 behind ἰ4 (it.) Merricx. 


' * The phrases with r age and with pain, have an auxiliary adjective 
relation to blind and ma 


t Seized-on and swallow-down aie compound transitive ve. bs 


28 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


PARTS OF SPEECH. 


The parts of speech are eight: Adjective, 
noun, pronoun, verb, adverb, preposition, con- 
junction and interjection. 

An adjective is a word holding a relation te 
ἃ noun, and limiting its logical extension. 


Nore.—Under this class of words are included the article, 
participle, and all other words holding the same relation to 
a noun which the word co/d holds to day, in the preceding 
table. The word the, in Greek, is called the definite arti- 
tle; being used there to define the gender of the noun 
to which it belongs; and as this adjective is always used 
in Greek Lexicons for tnat purpose, and is declinable like 
other Greek adjectives, they called it the definite 
article; 6 mas., ἣ fem., ro neut., corresponding to the Latin 
tlle, zlla, tllud, (he, she, it). Old writers have continued 
to call it an article, although it has no such use in English 
neither does it define or ascertain what particular thing ir 
meant: the book, the zone, the man, the table; the does 
not refer to any book, zone, man, or table, previously men- 
tioned, because the words have not been previously men- 
tioned in this paragraph. Supposing there shonld be but 
one book in the room, certainly the book is of itself a very 
definite article, and cannot be made more so by prefixing 
the to point it out and show how far its signification 
extends, than it is without the: as, book; and should there 
be two books, by prefixing the no person on earth could pos- 
sibly tell which was meant by the book. The large book: 
which word enables the person addressed to understand 
which book is meant, the or large? There are two books 
on the table, a large and a small one; the learned school- 
master commands his learned disciple to bring him the 
book, and he brings him the small one; whereupon he 
punishes the boy for not bringing the right book. The boy 
says that he could not tell by ke which book was meant. 
The learned gentleman repeats the punishment, and gets 
into a passion, calling him a blockhead for not knowing 
what book is meant, when he has defined the book by the 
definite article the—the book means the large book. After 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 99 


this display of wit and talent, the master goes home, and 
orders the girl to set the table for dinner. She asks him 
which table, (as there are three in the house—2 mahogany 
table, @ cherry table, and @ pine table;) the learned gen- 
tleman is surprised at the stupidzty of servant girls, that 
do not know which particular table is meant, when he has 
defined it by THE, the DEFINITE article. -The master con- 
descends to modify his language, from the table, to her 
limited capacity, and says: the cherry table. The girl 
tells him that she knows which he means, and that if an 
article is a word added to a noun to ascertain which table 
is meant, as he has taught her, that the word cherry is the 
article. 

Suppose that you wish to point out a particular chair, 
which is standing in the room in which you are reading 
this dissertation, and you say: “‘ The chair which stands 
by the door,” as there are generally more chairs than one 
in a house; which one, is pointed out by the, the chair, the 
(definite) chair. Suppose you say to a visitor: ‘‘ Take the 
chair which stands by the window,” is it by the, or the 
qualifying phrase, which stands by the window, that he 
learns which one you mean? But, says the friend of 
soothsaying, does not THE refer to some chair previously 
mentioned? No; because none has been previously men- 
tioned. ‘To tell the truth, you would say, that you said to 
your friend, on entering, “ take the chair,” without previ- 
ously mentioning any chair. 

The word article is derived from articulus, a hinge. Let 
us talk it in English. There are two hinges in the English 
language, viz: a definite himge!! and an _ indefinite 
hinge!!! If the word hinge is applicable asa part of 
speech, the conjunction, preposition, and relative pronoun, 
would constitute the Aénges of language, as without one of 
these hinges, or connectives, no relation could take place 
between one phrase or sentence and another, as: God 
(who) spake (by) Moses (and) the prophets. 

{n order to constitute a word an adjective, it must have 
the syntax of an adjective; that is, it must be joined toa 
noun, and must, at all events, limit its logical extension. 
A noun without an adjective is invariably taken in its 
broadest extension, as: Man is accountable. America isa 


3* 


30 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


fine country. <A knife is a useful article. The 7ose is 
beautiful. In these expressions, the words, man, America, 
knife, and rose, are taken in their broadest extension, mean- 
ing, respectively, αἱ mankind, the whole continent, all 
kinds of knives, and all kinds of roses. Now, if we wish 
to express a part, we use the adjective, and say: white 
man, (excluding the blacks,) North America, (and exclude 
_the South,) &c., from which it will be readily perceived by 
the student, without dwelling longer on this point, that the 
legitimate use of an adjective is, to enable us to distinguish 
one object from another, to define them, and that any word 
which has a syntactic relation to and restricts the extension 
of a noun, by excluding a part, is an adjective in its nature, 
whether it expresses quality or not, as: λὲς room, (allud- 
ing to the room in which you are while reading this) ; ἐλὲς 
is nothing but an adjective, as it restricts the extension of 
the noun room, by excluding all other rooms on earth. A 
he goat, (excluding the female.) 

Although there are various kinds of adjectives, it will 
not be necessary to form them into distinct classes, as 
others have done, who say, “‘ they express quality ;”’ be- 
cause our definition, ‘‘ restricting the extension of a noun,”’ 
includes within its extension every adjective in the English, 
Latin and Greek languages, (with the exception of ail, 
every, and a few others, which are used to give the noun 
its broadest and emphatic extension,) therefore, a division 
of the adjective into classes, can be useful to that gram- 
marian who is yet ignorant of the real nature and use of 
this part of speech. There are two kinds of phrases which 
have the same relation toa noun that the adjective has, 
growing out of this simple fact, that they restrict the ex- 
tension of the noun, as: America, *‘ which lies north of 
the equator,” or, North America; book “οὗ fate,” fatal — 
book; ‘‘planets (which are) roling,” or roling planets. 

See Partciples, Relative Pronouns, and Prepositions. 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 31 


COMPARISON. 


Adjectives have three degrees ot Comparison, viz: 
Equality, Comparative and Superlative, besides, the posi- 
tive state. 


1. The positive state restricts the extension of the noun, 
without a direct comparison, as cold day, sharp knife, long 
line. 


2, A comparison of equality, is effented when two nouns 
are compared by as, and as or so, and said to be of equal 
extension, as: Jane is as tall as her sister. - 


3. The comparative degree is used to compare two 
nouns, (not three,) and asserts, that the one to which it be- 
longs has a greater or less extension than the other, as:-— 
the second Zzne is longer than the first. 


4, The superlative degree is used to compare three or 
more names, and affirms that the noun to which it belongs 
has a greater or less extension than all others, as: the 
third is the longest line, (of the three.) 

As as, comparison of equality, affirmative, the line ὦ is 


as long as the line ὃ; a , 6 

So as, comparison of equality, negative, the line ἃ is not 
so long as the line ὃ; a , 5 , 

Posttive state, 

A long line. 
Comparative, 
The second is a long——-——er line than the first. 

Superlative, 

The third is the long est line of the three. 


These are all the degrees mentioned by writers on Eng- 
lish grammar; but there are in reality as many, or more 
than we have numbers to express, thus: this day is sixty 
degrees colder than yesterday; the sun is a thousand de- 
grees (or times, larger than the earth. 


32 TIE PRINCIPLES OF 
OF THE NOUN. 


A Noun is the name of a person, place, or 
thing: as, George, London, pen. But, in 
order to constitute a word a noun, it is abso- 
lutely and indispensably necessary that it 
should have one of the six relations given to 
nouns on the Table of Relations. 


That is, any word having one of these six relations will 
become, in consequence of that relation, a mown, without 
being used technically or independent of its meaning: as, 


Is2 is a verb2; them2 isa pronoun? ; the2 is a word? of 
three letters7 ; of,2 to,2 and for,2 are prepositions.2 


In these examples, the words marked with figures are 
nouns, and in the same case in which man is, opposite the 
corresponding figure on the Table of Relations, page 10. 

On the other hand, a word having neither of the six. re- 
lations given to man, can never, by any possibility of con- 
struction, be a noun, although it should happen to be the 
name of a person, place, or thing; thus, the word man, 
when you give it the syntax of cold, becomes an adjective, 
in consequence of its relation: as, 


He hired a man1 servant,6 
On a cold1 day7. 


And if you give to this word the syntax or connection 
which conquered has, it will become the same part of 
speech, viz: a transitive verb: as, 


Scott2 conquered10 Mexico.6 
The government2 will man10 their ships6. 


The wall is extremely19 thick; extremely, aux. adjective. 
The wall is guztel9 thick; quite, aux. adjective. 

The wall is three feet19 thick; three feet, aux. adjective. 
The wall is very19 thick; very, aux. adjective. 


The term anomaly means that one word has a different 
construction from another; the term analogy signifies that 
words having the same syntax, relation, or construction, 


” 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 33 


must, from the necessity of that very construction, be the 
same part of speech. Now, is the word “ feet,” in the 
above sentence, analogous to, or anomalous from the other 
words in ztalics? We first ask the learned grammarian to 
give us the syntax. He will agree that it holds a relation, 
as arranged in the above sentence, with thick; three feet 
thick. Let me ask the student, who may be reading these 
remarks, if he ever knew a noun constructed with an ad- 
jective? And do words become nouns in consequence of 
that construction? If the auxiliary adjective, (or adverb, 
as styled by old authors,) are nouns, without a governing 
word, it would form one of the greatest anomalies that 
ever existed in language. 


EXTENSION OF NOUNS. 


By extension, we mean the number of individuals to 
which the noun can be applied; thus: ‘‘ Man is accounta- 
ble to his Maker.” Here, man is a noun, in the singular 
number, denoting but one; and yet, by its logical exten- 
sion, it includes every individual of the human race; for 
if there were one human being that was not accountable, 
the proposition, that ‘‘ Man is accountable to his Maker,” 
would not be true. 


Common, (broadest extension.) 
Prorer, (limited extension.) 


1. A Common Nown is one including within 
its extension, a whole race, genus or species; 
as, man, country, tree, animal, being. 

2. A Proper Nown is one whose extension 
is limited to a single individual, by being ap- 
propriated to one; as, George, Albany, Mo- 
hawk. 


Note.—A common noun, unaccompanied by an adjec- 
tive, 15 invariably taken in its broadest extension. 


34 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


It now rema‘ns to be shown how a noun may be limited’ 
in its extension, or prohibited from extending to the whole 
race, of which each individual is a part; and this is effect 
ed in three ways 


1. By appropriating to an individual a proper name. 

2. By prefixzing an adjective; and 

3. By subjoining to a noun, a section of an adjective 
relation. 3 


And, first, a noun may be restricted in its extension, by 
assigning to individuals a proper name, thus: George, Da- 
vid, John Randolph, Josephine, Florilla, Stanwix, and 
Mary, are proper names, used to point out certain individu- 
als, included in the extensive common name, Man. | 

New York, Albany, Troy, Utica, Oneida, Pennsylvania, 
Rome, Syracuse, Hudson, St. Lawrence, Mohawk, Mis- 
sissippi, each restricts the extension of the more extensive 
noun, city, county, state, village and river, to an éndividu- 
al; and 


Secondly, a noun may be restricted in its extension by 
an adjective; as, table, carving, butcher, pen, pocket, and 
butter knife, are six fractions, of which knife zs the whole. - 


Sharp knife 3, ; 
Dull knife 3, equals knife 1. 


From this view of the subject, we deduce the following 
rules: 
1. Every greater includes the less. 
2. All the parts united form sa whole. 


Thirdly, a noun is restricted in its extension, by subs 
joining a section of an adjective relation; as, 


1. Father, (broadest extension.) 

2. Our Father, (extension limited by owr,) father <f us. 
3. Our Father who art in heaven, or our heavenly father. 
4. Heaven hides the Sook of fate, or fatal book. 


In the third example, who art in heaven, restricts the ex- 
tension of father; and in the fourth, the word book is re- 
stricted by the adjective section of fate. Hence, the 


Rute. No word ina period can have any 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 35 


greater extension than the other words or sec- ᾿" 
tions in the same sentence will give it. 


GENDER. 


Nouns have two genders: 


1. Masculine, which is applied to males. 
2. Feminine, which denotes females. 


All names, except of males and females, are 
of the ne (not) uter (either) of the two genders, 
unless they are converted into the masculine 
or feminine gender, by personification, a figure 
of speech, by which /ife and action are attri- 
buted to inanimate objects; or, by some ad- 
jective, verb or pronoun, representing a gen- 
der: as, 


Gray twél¢ght had clad all things in her sober livery. 
Sweet is the breath of morn, her rising sweet. 
Pleasant is the sun, when he spreads Azs orient beams. 


Twilight is personified by had clad, and gender desig- 
nated hy her. 

Ὃν: masculine, personified by spreads, designated by he 
and his. 

Twilight, her, feminine, by personification. 

Morn, her, do. do. 

Sun, he, masculine, do. 


There are, also, a few words, as, parent, friend, cousin, 
elation, stranger, child, &c., of the common gender. 


36 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


PERSON AND NUMBER. 


‘There are two persons of nouns; the second, 
when spoken to, as, O,? man; and the third, 
when spoken of, as man! walks. 


Notre.— On the Table of Relations, O,3 man, is in the 
second person, and in the case zndependent ; whereas, the 
word maz in its other five relations, is in the thtrd person. 
So also in the Latin and Greek languages. The vocatzve 
case is always in the second person; but all other cases are 
in the ¢thzrd: and, in all languages, the first person is in- 
variably represented (not by a noun, but) by @ pronoun. 


Nouns have two numbers; the singular, 
which denotes but one object, as, chair, pen, 
table; and, the plural, which denotes more 
than one, as chairs, pens, tables. 


(CASE) OR POSITION. 


The word case, means the position which a 
noun or pronoun holds to another word in the 
sentence. 


Norse. —In the Table on the scale of relations, page 10, 
it will be seen that the noun has six positions, from No. 2 
to 7 inclusive; and it is this re/atzon to another single word 
that gives the noun a case or position; for if it had no re- 
lation, it could have zo case. 

Suppose some very learned and distinguished author 
should insert, in his learned treatise on English grammar, 
the following table: 


Singular. : Plural, 
Nom. Man! Nom. Men! 
Poss. Man’s!! Poss. Men’s!! 


Οὐ). Man!} Οὐ), Msn!!! 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. _ 37 


What grammarian would not see at a glance, that the word 
man has no relation, and, in reality, no case? Let me ask, 
to what verb is the first man the nominative? Nom. man! 
And what does the second man’s possess, that it should be 
written, poss. man’s? And is the last man in the objective 
without a governing word, obj. man? Even the child 
might justly conclude, on examining such a display of wet 
and talent _as the above learned table exhibits, should he 
be called on to decypher its meaning, that the word singu- 
lar, heading the first column, could mean nothing else than 
that it is singular, very singular and passing strange, that 
a noun which has no connection to any thing in heaven 
above or the earth beneath, should, in consequence of its 
non-relation, be in the nominative, possessive and objective 
case. 

Seriously, the word man, as arranged in all the gram 
mars extant, is not even a part of speech. Let us make. 
this word man, a part of speech, by incorporating it with a 
sentence :—He hired a man1 servant. Here man is con- 
strued with servant, and becomes an adjective, and can be 
in zo case whatever; for adjectives, in English, have no 
case. Again:—They will man10 their ships. Here, man 
is not a noun, but a transitive verb. 

Let us now, as Brown says, “use it [Ὁ technically, and 
σ΄ independent of its meaning,’ and it will be a noun: 
Man2 walks. Here the word man is truly a noun, as we 
think, simply because it has the syntax of a noun, and not 
because it is used technically or zndependent of its mean- 
ing! as quoted above, from the learned Mr. Brown. This 
is about as classical a reason as Mr. Hamblin, a learned 
gentleman, who some years ago, published an abridgement 
of Murray’s Grammar, gave for the definite article. The 
learned gentleman, in order to elucidate, and, at the same 
time, give originality to his valuable work, mtroduced into 
it this original sentence: ‘‘ The bee is an industrious insect.” 
Now, as none of his readers could tell what particular bee 
was meant by the, it being plain that bee was taken in its 
broadest extension, he accompanied the sentence with this 
learned commentary: ‘“‘ The is a definite article, BECAUSE 
it points out the siGNIFICATION OF THE NOUN BEE”! 

Such classical definitions as these, quoted on this page, 
are so useful, learned, classical, original, and so deserving 

4 


38 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


of UNDYING FAME and ETERNAL PERPETUITY, that we hope 
the reader will pardon us for the digression, and not accuse 
us of plagiarism, for incorporating them into this work. 


DECLENSION OF THE NOUN, 


The positions of the noun and pronoun in. 
English are six: thus, 


a JouN reads. Nominative, it precedes the verb, reade 
2. JOHN. Case independent, after O. 

3. JoHN being killed. Case absolute, before the part. 

4. Jouw’s book. Possessive case, precedes the noun, book 
5. Saw Joun. Objective case, follows the verb, saw. 
6. To Joun. Objective case, follows the preposition. 


Norre.—Every noun and pronoun in the English lan- 
guage, when arranged in a sentence, must have (in order 
to constitute it a noun or pronoun) one of the above rela- 
tions; hence we deduce the following 


RULES FOR THE CASES, OR POSITIONS. 


1, The nominative case precedes the verb. 

2. The independent case follows the interjection O. 
3. The absolute case precedes a participle. 

4. The possessive case precedes a noun. 

5. The objective case follows a verb; or, 

(6. The objective case follows a) preposition. 


Nore.—In reading these rules, let the word position be 
substituted for ‘‘ case,” and it will be plain to the most 
limited capacity. The above rules can be understood and 
applied by him only who has acquired the capacity to give 
to each noun and pronoun, in a sentence, its true relation; 
and that these rules do not apply to the position which 
words have, independent of their grammatical construction, 


39 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


DF THE PRONOUN. 


A Pronoun 1s a word used instead of the 
noun: as, the man is industrious, therefore he 
is contented. 


Norr.—If, in the above definition, you read the three 
words in italics thus—(man), he ts—you give to the pronoun 
he its true relation; for all pronouns. have a double rela- 
tion; and all refer to their antecedents, for gender, person 
and number, and to another word for case; hence, HE is a 
personal pronoun, standing for, and agreeing with, MAN, 
(in gender, number and person,) and in the nominative 
case, because it precedes the verb zs. Therefore, no word 
of a single relation can possible be a pronoun—as, everyl 
man—this adjective cannot be a pPrRo-nown, because it 
stands For no noun whatever; hence, there can be no such 
thing as an adjective pronoun, or a promomnal adjective. 


DECLENSION OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 


as. 


SINGULAR. 
Nominative. Possessive. Objectve. 
Ist person. 1 (write). My (pen). (To) me. 
2d person. Thou (art). Thy (book). (Saw) thee. 
3d. per.m. He(is). _ His (farm). (With) him. 
3d. per: f. She (went). Her (fan). (With) her. 
3d. per. ἢ. [{ (is). Its (form). (Heard) it. 
PLURAL, 
Nominative. Possessive. Objective. 
Ist person. We(are). Our(house). (To) us. 
2d person. Ye (go). Your (pen). (To) you. 
3d person. They (are). Their (pen). (To) them. 


OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 


The relative pronouns are: who, which, what, that, and 


These words are, in both numbers and persons, with- 


out change, except who, which is thus declined: 


Possessive. 


Whose (temple). 


Nominative. 


Who (is, or are). 


Objective. 
(To) whom. 


40 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


The words what and as are relative pronouns of a two- 
fold case, in certain constructions: as, 


From what7, 2 is recorded; he speaks as6, 6 he thinks; 
from the facts? which2 are recorded; and, he speaks the 
thoughts€ which6 he thinks. 


OF THE VERB. 


A Vers is a word used to express the eavst- 
ence, or action performed or received by its 
nominative: thus, 


Nom, Existence. Nom. Action performed. Nom, Action received. 


Wood zs. John splits wood. Wood ἐς splzt by John. 


-Wood2is9. Js is an intransitive verb, denoting existence. 
John2 splits10 wood. Transitive verb, denoting action 
performed, by the nominative John. 
Wood2 is splitll. A passive verb, denoting action 
received, by the nominative wood. 


OF VERBS REGULAR, IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE. 


1. A verb is regular when it forms its imperfect tense 
and perfect participle by adding d or ed. 

2. A verb is irregular, when it will not do this. 

3. And a defective verb is one that cannot be conjugated 
through all its moods. 


Regular verbs—walk, walked; love, loved; rule, ruled. 
Irregular verbs—run, ran; am, was; see, saw. 
Defective verbs are—can, may, quoth, ought, &c. 


TRANSITIVE, INTRANSITIVE AND PASSIVE. 


As all verbs, when arranged in a sentence, have the 
relation given on the scale from 9 to 11, inclusive, it will 
be easy for the student to understand the distinction be- 
tween the transitive and intransitive. All verbs have a 
nominative, but the transitive verb only has an object. 
The term trans(1t)ive, (from trans-Eo, 276, zvz, ztum,) will 
be more intelligible to the English scholar by translating 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 41 


it into English. Tvans means, in English, over; and tr 
is a Latin verb, and means goes. Now no verb can be a 
transit (or goes over) verb, but that which has a double 
relation to a nominative, and an objective case; hence, all 
verbs of a double relation, zz all languages, are transitive 
verbs; and, ἃ priora, all verbs of a single relation are 
IN-trans-IT-ive (or not-go-over) verbs. | 


Intransitive (single rel.) Transitive (double rel.) 


Man walks. John studies grammar. 
Tempest blows, God made the world. 
Trees grow. Trees bear fruit. 

John runs. John drives a horse. 


This list might be increased by inserting every verb in 
all the languages on earth; in which case all the - trans- 
itive verbs would arrange’ themselves under the second 
column, of the plus relation. From which it is plain that 
the only division of verbs founded on the language is to 
be traced to their single and double relation. 


1. Single relation, or zntransztive. 
2. Double relation, or transitive. 
THE RECEPTIVE OR PASSIVE VERB, 


Is one whose nominative case receives the action and is 
formed, by the union of a verb of a single relation, to one 
of a double relation: thus, 1. he was; 2. John killed him; 
3. he was killed by John. 

Receptive (pas.) Verb. 


Grammar was written; drum was heard; sky is ob- 
scured; will is distracted; letter was written; man was 
made; coat has been made, 


MOOD AND TENSE. 


Moop is the different form of the verb, to 
represent the mann2r of existing or acting. 
4* 


42 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


There are five moods. 


1. Indicative, expresses an affirmation. 

2. Imperative, expresses a command. 

3. Potential, expresses the possibility of an action. 
4. Subjunctive, expresses a doubt. 

5. Infinitive, an unlimited action. 


The Indicative Mood indicates that its 
nominative case exists or acts; either affirm- 
atively or interrogatively; positive or nega- 
tive: as, 

Affirmative—Pos., Barrett wrote a grammar. 

Neg., Barrett dzd not write a grammar. 


Interrogative—Pos., W2ll John return to-morrow ? 
Neg., W2ll not John return to-morrow ? 


The Imperative Mood is used to command 
or petition a second person; to exist, or act: 
as, : 


John! return to-morrow; soldiers! stand firm; God 
said, light! de, and light was. 


The Potential Mood denotes the possibility, 
liberty, power, will or obligation of its nomin- 
ative to exist: as, I can strike the table, but I — 
will not; you may return, if you please. 


Can strike, denotes that the act is possible; but I will 
not (strike it), implies that no one can act against his will. 
I can strike you, but I wz/Z not that action; therefore you 
will escape with impunity. I could go to New York if I 
would. Could, denotes that the act of going is possible in 
itself, while the section, if I would, implies that no possi- 
ble existence, or action, can take place, against the will of 
him on whom its performance depends, whether of God, or 
his creatures. 

‘‘ What we would do, we ahiguld do when we would, for 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 43 


this would changes” (and then the act is impossible).— 
Shak. Hamlet. 

All actions must be willed by some mind, and as the 
will of every individual governs all his actions, so the will 
of God governs the universal whole. 

Whose body nature is, and God the soul. 

You might speak the truth, and you should do so, but 
you will.not. Therefore both the might and should, or the 
power and obligation are defeated by the will’s not en- 
forcing them. 

You will not come unto me, that you may have life. 
That is, the reason you never can have (eternal) life is, 
that you do not wll it, and God cannot force you into 
heaven against your own will, and yet leave you free. 


The Subjunctive Mood represents the un- 
certainty of the trunk, or nominative, to per- 
form a future action: as, 


If it rain to-morrow, I will come. If, denotes uncertain- 
ty, and (should) with to-morrow, futurity. If I (should) 
see him I will speak to him. 


The Infinitive Mood is not confined toa 
trunk or nominative, and is always preceded 
by to, expressed or implied: as, 


To walk; to run; to fly; to write. 


PARTICIPLE. 


The Particrrce is a certain form of the verb, 
and derives its name from the fact that it can 
be construed either as a verb or an adjective. 
Some writers have classed them as a distinct 
part of speech, others have more properly con- 
sidered them as a part of the verb. Ifthe 


44 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


participle be a part of speech, where is the 
other part to which it is joined ἢ 


Mr. Wright, respected by his friends, was elected go- 
vernor of the state of New York. Now the word respected 
is a participle because it can be construed either as an ad- 
jective or verb, in this construction, respected Wright, the 
word respected i is an adjective (not a participle adjective) 
and inthe following, Mr. Wright who was respected by 
his friends; was respected i is a passive verb (not a partici 
ple passive ‘verb), hence the word respected, in consequence 
of its being capable of receiving two constructions, is call- 
ed, while it thus remains, a participle; but the moment it 
is construed or joined to another word, it in a moment be- 
comes either an adjective or a verb, consequently there 
cannot, properly speaking, be such a distinct part of eppeck 
as a participle. 


9 


AUXILIARY VERBS 


The Auxitiary Verss are used to form the 
moods and tenses of the verb. 


They are, have, do, be, shall, will, may, can, with their — 
variations; and must, which has no variation. These aux- 
iliary verbs are each confined to a certain mood or tense, 
as in the plan on page 46. By carefully studying this 
table, you can always ascertain the mood and tense of any 
verb. The ed termination of the past tense is a contrac- 
tion of dzd, the past of do, as, John walkdzd, or John did 
walk, and always denotes the action expressed by the verb, 
to which it is prefixed, to be dzd, or done, past, or finished ; 
as, I loved, I ruled, I smiled, which denotes the actions of 
loving, ruling, and smiling, to be dzd or done actions. 


EXPOSITION AND DEFINITION OF 4.UXILIARIES, 


We will that execution be done upon the earl. 
We will that you execute the earl. 
We will execute the earl. 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR 45 


1. We will execute the earl to-morrow; there are evi- 
dently two actions, one of the mind, expressed by wil, 
which denotes a present determination that somebody shail 
perform the other future action, denoted by execute. 


2. I will go to-morrow; wll denotes a present determin- 
ation of the mind, that my body shall perform a future ac- 
tion, expressed by go; to-morrow qualifies go, not will. 
Will denotes a present mental action. Go denotes a fu- 
ture bodily action. 

3. I now will, or determine, that my body shall hereaf- 
ter go to New York, next week: Query. Does will and go 
express but our action? If so, which is it, present or 
future? of the mind or body? Am 1 to goto New York 
next week, and will it afterwards ? 


4. You ought to write to your father; ought denotes 
obligation, or duty. 


5. She may be at home; may denotes possibility, 
6. I can strike the table; can denotes possibility. 
_%. You may go home; may denotes liberty or permis- 
sion. 
8. I would that all men might be saved; would denotes 
a desire, or wish of the mind. 


9. You should repent ; should denotes obligation arising 
from duty. 


10. He would not read; would denotes a resolution of 
the mind. 


11. They might and should read; might denotes that 
they had the power to perform a possible action, expressed 
by should. 


12. May you find your friends well; may denotes an act 
of the mind, a wish. 


13. I will not work without pay; wll denotes that my 
mind has now determined that my body shall not perform 
a future laborious action, without a reward. 


14. I will walk, will write, would speak; the position of 
these words denotes that a present act of the mind express- 
ed by will, always precedes'a future action of the body, 

denoted by the subjoined verb. 


Ra 


46 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


15. John walked a mile; ed is a contraction of did, and 7 
denotes that the action of walking is did, done, or past. 


PERSON AND NUMBER. — 
> 


By the person and number of a verb, is meant the jinal 
termination, by which, in the Latin and Greek Languages, 
the first, second and third person, singular and plural, is 
pointed out. Verbs have three persons, first, second and 
third, and two numbers, singular and plural; thus: 


Singular. Plural. 


Ist person. 2d person. 3d person. Ist person. 2d person. 3d person. 
Lat. Am-o, am-a-s, am-a-l; am-a-mus, am-a-tis, am-a-nt, 
Eng.love I, lovest thou, loves he; love we, love you, love i al 
See page 6, paragraph 5. ΝΟ 


From which it is plain, that the person and number, in 
Latin, is in the termination of the verb; and in English, 
it is iz the pronown; for that part of the Latin verb print- 
ed in ztalic, corresponds precisely to the English pronoun 
placed under it. We place our pronouns before the verb; 
they after it; for o-m, s, t, mus, t¢s and mt, mean, in Eng- 
lish, nothing but J, thou, he, we, you and they. ἄξεις νυ 
= cis 
hae ! ee te 


TENSE, 


Is the division of time, into 


Present represents—]. Present time: as, I am writing, or 
2. Present time perfected: as, I have written. 


Past represents—1. Past time: as, I wrote, or 
2. Past time perfected: as, I had written. 


Future represents—1l. Future time: as, I shall write, or ; 
2, Future time perfected: as,I shall have written 


i ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 47 


The Tenses are six: 


4 1 +Present—denoting present time, I walk 

2 Perrecr present—present time completed, I have walked. 
μι ἃ Imperrect (past)—denoting past time, I walked. 

4 4. Piurerrect (past)—past time completed, I had walked. 
δ. Furure—denoting future time, I shall walk. 

; 6. Furure Perrect—future time completed, I shall have 
δι walked. 


THE CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 


δ Moods. Tenses. Auxiliaries and Terminations. 
a Indicative—Simply indicates or declares. 
+ PRESENT, represents present time, T —. 
‘ PERFECT, ‘¢ present time completed, I have’ —ed, 
IMPERFECT, past time, I ——ed, 
: PLUPERFECT, ‘« _ past timecompleted, I had ——ed, 
Furure, represents future time, shall or will —— 


᾿ ForvreP., “ future time com.,I shall or will have ——ed. 
‘Imperative-— for commanding, exhorting, entreating or permitting. 


PRESENT, —— thou or ye. 
ο΄ Potential—implies possibility, liberty, power, will or obligation. 
: PRESENT, I may or can ; 

PERFECT, I may or can have ——ed, 


Imrerrect, I might, could, would or should —. 
“Prorenrecr, | Ι might, could, would or should have —ed. 


ed “Subjunctive—represents: an action as contingent and future. 


PRESENT, 
‘ PERFECT, If I have —ed, 
“ IMPERFECT, If I ——ed, 
ΒΞ PLUPERFECT, If I had —ed, 
mh .Furvure, If I shall or will —, 
. ᾿ Future ΡΕΒΕΈΟΤ, If I skall or will have ——ed. 
__ Infinitive—has no nominative case, consequently no person, or number. 
PRESENT, To —, 
PERFECT. To have ——ed. 
᾿ Pa rticiple—partakes of the nature of a verb and adjective. 
3 ἫΝ PresENT, ——ing. apap. —ed. 
μ- _ ΌΟΜ, Perrecr, ——ing, ——e 
=. 
. 


485 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


CONJUGATION. 


We here present the conjugation of the verb ¢o be, in the 
three languages at once, that the student, while learning 
to conjugate it in English, may have a clear view of the 
same verb in the other languages. The person and num- 
ber in Latin is printed in ztalzc, and in the Greek it is sepa- 
rated from the root, as in the following examples. 
Romans zever nsed the pronoun (ego, tw zdle,) with the verb, 
for the final termination is the pronoun to all intents and 
purposes, unless for the sake of EmpHasis. The introduc- 
tion of this practice, (as ego sum, tu es, élle est,) could 
have originated only from the most consummate ignorance 
of the real structure of the Latin language. 


CONJUGATION OF THE VERB ἴο be. 
Am, Sum, or Εἰμί. 


Indicative Mood.— Present Tense. 


The . 


SINGULAR. PLURAL. | 
1 2 3 1 2 3 
Sum, es, est. Sumus, estis, sunt. 
Tam, thow art, heis. Weare, youare, they are. 
Εἰ pi, εἰ g,(€i,) ἐσ Ti ἐσ pév, ἐσ 78, εἶ i. 
Imperfect. 
Eram, eras, erat. Eramus, _ eratis, erant, 
Iwas, thou wast, he was. Wewere, you were, they were. 
ἢ Vs ἦ Ss Ne ἦ μιν, ἡ τέ; % σαν. 
Perfect. 
Fut, fuisti, fuit. Fuimus, _fuistis, fuerunt,ere. 
Thavebeen,thow hast, hehasbeen.Wehave, you have, they have. 
Pluperfect. 
Fueram, fueras, fuerant. Fueramus, fueratis, fuerant. 
1 had been, thou hadst, hehadbeen.We had, youhad, they had, 
Future. 
Ero, eris, eril. Erimus, __eritis, erunt. 
Iwill be, thou wilt be,he will be. We will be, you will be, they will be 


VEC 0 pou, Eo ἡ; &o(¢) Tas. 


Ed μεθα, ἔσεσ Oe, 


ἔσον Tote 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 49 


PoTENTIAL (Latin and Greek, Subjunctive) Moon. 


Present Tense. 


SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
2 3 1 2 3 
Sim, sis, sit. Simus, sitis, sint. 
I may be, thowmayst, he may be. We may be ,youmay be,they may be 
ω, ἢ Ss je ὦ μεν, 4% Te, ὦ σι. 
| . Imperfect. 
Essem, esset. ο Essemus, essetis,  essent. 
I might be, thom γρλιξβεσοις hemight. We might, you might, they might. 
Perfect. 
Fuerim, _fueris, fuerit. Fuerimus, fuerifis,  fuerint. 


Imay have thoumayst hemayhaveWe may youmay they may 
been. have been. been. have been. have been. have been 


Pluperfect. 
Fuissem, fuisses, fuisset. | Fuissemus, fuissetis, fuessent. 
I might, ke, thou might, hemight. Wemight, you might, they might. 
Future. 


Fuero, fueris, fuerit. Fuerimus, fueritis,  fuerunt. 
Twill have thou wilt he willhaveWe will | you will they will 
been. hayebeen. been. have been. have been. have beer, 


IMPERATIVE Moopv.—Present Tense. 


2 3 2 3 
Es or esto, esto. Este or estote, sunto. f 
Be thou, let him be. Be ye, let them be. 
to δι, ΟΥ̓ δ 0, Elo, EG τε, E07 ὡσαν. 
INFINITIVE Moop. 
Pres. Perf. Fut. Ind. Fut. Subj. 
Esse, fuisse, Esse futurus,  fuisse futurus. 

To be, to have been.  Tobeabout to be, to have been about 
εἶν αι. ἔσεσθϑ αι. [to be, 
PARTICIPLES. 

Future. Present. 

Futurus-a-um, 
About to be, Ξ Being. 
ἔσόμι νος. ὥν. 


50 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


OF THE INDECLINABLE PARTS OF SPEECH. 


The following tables exhibit a view of the 
indeclinable parts of speech in the Eng-ish, 
Latin and Greek languages. 


OF THE ADVERB. 


An ApverB is a word joined to and used to modify a 
verb. The following is a table of the adverbs in the 
English, Latin and Greek: 


TABLE I. 

Greek. English. Latin. 
ὅϑι, where, ubi. 
πόθεν, whence, unde. 
OTs, THVIXO, when, cum, quum. 
ὅθεν, whence, undé, 
rob, where, ubi. 
7661, there, illic. 
φόθεν, thence, illinc, inde. 
TONY, much, multum. 
ὀλίγον, little, parvum. 


The above table exhibits most of the primitive adverbs; 
their derivatives might be increased to a number of thou- 
sand. 


DERIVATION AND FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 
English Adverbs. 
In English, most adverbs are derived from adjectives b 


appending ly: as, slow, slowly; day, daily; universa 
universally ; quick, quickly, &c., &c. 


Greek Adverbs. 
In the Greek, adverbs are formed as follows: 


1. Such words as are not, strictly speaking, adverbs 
but are so called from being sometimes used :n an ad 
verbial sense. 


2. The oblique cases of nouns and pronouns: as, οὐδ 
αμιοῦ, never; from odd-apog, 2o one. J 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 61 


3. The accusative of neuter adjectives: as, πρῶζα, ra 
πρῶτα, first, &c. 

4. Verbs are sometimes used as adverbs. 

5. Adverbs are derived from prepositions. 


The following is the method of forming 


Latin Adverbs. 


1. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the third declen- 
sion, usually end in TER: as, felicirEr, happily, from fe- 
lix, happy. Sometime in E: as, facile, easily, from facilis, 
easy. 


2. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the first and 
second declension, generally terminate in E: as, alte, 
highly, from altus. Sometimes they end in o, uM, or TER: 
as, tuto, safely, from tutus: tantum, so much, from tantus ; 
dure, and duriter, hardly, from durus. 

3. Adjectives of the neuter gender are sometimes used 
as adverbs. 


4. Adverbs are derived from nouns, and then generally 
end in IM or ITUs, 


5. Adverbs are derived from participles. 


~~ 


OF THE PREPOSITION. 


The Preposirion is always found in either 
an adjective or adverbial phrase (by some de- 
nominated prepositional phrases); that is, it is 
so arranged as to show the relation between 
the phrase in which it occurs to the verb or 
noun in the preceding sentence, and this re 
lation is always either adjective or adverbial, 
and the phrase itself can in most cases be 
changed into an adjective or an adverb. In 
Greek, there are eighteen prepositions only ; 
in Latin, forty-seven; and in English, there 


are fifty-six. 


Ὕ MG 


52 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


TABLE OF PREPOSITIONS. 


Greek. Latin. English. 
ἀντὶ,  Genzteve. before,against,Odj. ante, adversus, Acc. 
ἀσὺ, τς 1rom, a, ab, abs, Abl. 
éx or ἐξ, * from, out, out of, 6, ex, : 
πρὸ, = before, ante, Ace. 
ἐν, Dative. in, in, Acc., Abl. 
σὺν, “ with, together with, cum, Abl. 
εἰς or ἐς, Accusative. in, into, in, Ace., Abl, 
ava, se over, through, on, trans, inter, in, Acc. 
among, during, 
in, with, 
dit, Gen. § Acc. through, by, per, 2 
κατὰ; ἐς by, down, through, per, % 
WET OL, εὖ with,after,between cum, post, inter. 
ὑπὲρ, Ω over, above sbeyond, super, Acc. ἡ 
ἀμφὶ, Gen. Dat.d-Ac. round, round about circa, circum, ‘ 
“ερὶ, “ round about, of, de, 4]. 
concerning 
ἐπὶ, μέ in, on, upon, under, in, Ἂ 
παρὰ, Ν from, at, near, apud, Ace 
πρὸς; . by, upon, besides, preter, : 
br, a under, by, with, infra, oe 


The remaining prepositions are: 


Ad, to, at. Supra, above. 

Circiter, about. Ultra, beyond. 

Cis, citra, on this side, Absque, without. 

Contra, against. Clam, without the know- 
ledge of. 

Erga, towards. Coram, in presence, before.. 

Extra, beyond, out of. Palam, with the knowledge 
of. 

Intra, within. Pre, before, on account of. 

Juxta, near, beside. Pro, for, according to. 

Ob, for, on account of. Sine, without. 

Penes, in the power of. Tenus, as far as, up to 

Pone, behind. 

Propter, near, on acc’t of. In, in, on, towards, into, 
on, among. 


Seci:ndum,a.ong,acc’ding to. Sub, under, about, at,near. 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 53 


Tn the first column, the Latin prepositions govern the 
accusative; in the second, the ablative, except the last 
two, which govern the accusative, or ablative, and the two 
first, which govern the accusative. 


OF CONJUNCTIONS. 


The ConsuncTIon, as its name imports, is a 
word used to connect words and sentences 
as, ego ἘΤ tu, [anv thou. The conjunctions are 
represented in the following 


TABLE. 
Greek. English. Latin. 

καὶ, τὲ, δὲ, : and, also, but, ac, atque, que, et, quoque 
Ty ἥτοι, HE, or, either, aut, seu, sive, ve, vel. 
κἄν, καίπερ, si, xo, although, quamquam, quamvis, etsi. 
ἀλλὰ, ἀτὰρ, but, atqui, sed, at, autem. 

‘By at least, (no corresponding word.) 
μὲν, ἀλλιὰμεν, but, truly, "indeed ,vero, verum. 
μέντοι, yet, tamen, veruntamen. 
γὰρ, for, enim, etenim, nam, nam- 
ἵνα, Ort, ὕπως, ὄφρα, that, ut, uti. [que 
ὥς, ὥσφε, that, so that, quin, dummodo. 

οὕνεκα, because, quia, quippe, qudd. 

elarep, since, indeed, quando, vero, siquidam. 
ἐπεὶ, ᾿ since, after that, quoniam, quum, cum. 
ἄρα, οὖν, therefore, ergo, proinde, quare, qua- 
διὸ, διοπὲρ, wherefore, cur. [mobrem. 
δὴ, then, truly, tum, vero, deinde. 
φοίνυν, νὺ, viv, | therefore, ergo, quare. 

τοιγαροῦν, emphatic, wherefore, cur, quare, quamobrem. 
οὔκουν, not therefore, (no corresponding word.) 
si, ἂν, Fav, ἣν, xe, κὲν, x’, αἴχς, if, unless, si, sin, nisi. 

εἴπερ, if indeed, siquidem. 


§* 


δ΄ 


δ4 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


INTERJECTIONS. 


The Intersection is an indeclinable word 
that holds no relation with any other word 
whatever, and is, of itself}; actually a sen- 
tence: as, Adieu, I commend you to God; it 
being a contraction into a (to) and Dieu (God); 
good bye, God be with ye, God by ye, or good bye 
ye. 

Any word or phrase, used by way of exclamation, and 
in an unconnected manner, is an interjection. The old 
definition, ‘‘that the imterjection was thrown in between 
the different parts of speech,” is entirely erroneous, and 
ought to be corrected; as this word has no relation, and of 


course is not a part of speech, but is of itself a wHokr 
speech. | 


RELATION OF PHRASES. 


As we have now finished the definition of 
the Eight Parts of Speech, and spoken largely 
of the Relation, or dependence of one word on 
another, in consequence of which, words na- 
turally fall into this eight-fold division, (2. é., 
the Eight Parts of Speech;) and shown con- 
clusively that the noun must be referred to 
some other word before it can be in any case, 
and that all other words must have a correla- 
tive relation to the noun, before they can be- 
come parts of speech; it is now proper to 
speak of the relation or dependence of Sen- 
tencesand Phrases. And here let it be distincly 
understood, that the members of a period are 
connected to each other by 


—_ © 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 55 


1. A Conjunction; 
2.-A Preposition; and, 
3. A Relative Pronoun. 


A glance at the Table of Relations, page 10, 
will show that these words always have a 
double relation. Hence, without the use of 
one of these, no relation could take place be- 
tween the phrases in a sentence. 


1, OF THE RELATION OF PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES. 


A preposition is a word used to point out the relation 
which the person, place, or thing following it has to some 
noun or verb going before, in a preceding section; as, Mr. 

right went to Albany. 'To, is a preposition, because it 
points out the relation which Albany has to went, as the 

lace whither that motion tended, and where it terminated 

r. Wright went to Albany. Mr. Wright went there. 

New York is beyond Albany. 

Beyond is a preposition, showing the relative position of 
New York to Albany to be such, that in going directly 
from Utica to the latter place, you must pass the former. 

The goodness of God to mankind is very apparent, from 
the abundant provision which he has made for their sub- 
sistence iz this world. 

Here the prepositions, of, to, from, for, and in, show the 
following relations: 


Or shows the relation which God has to goodness, viz: 
that of a being wherein this quality exists. 


To signifies the relation which mankind have to the 
goodness of God, as the object on whom it is employed. 


From intimates that relation which the provision of God 
has made for that happiness, to be that of a cause from 
whence that appearance arises in the mind. , 


For expresses the relation which “the subsistence of 
man” has to “the unbounded provisions of God,” to be 
the end to which it was directed, or the final cause or mo- 
tive with God for making that provision. 


56 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


In shows a local relation of goodness, provisions, and 
mankind to this world, as the place where they exist. 


2. OF THE UNION ΟΕ SENTENCES BY THE CONJUNCTIONS. 


A conjunction is a word used to connect the sentensic 
sections, clauses, or parts of a period, and to show the re- 
lation which they have to each other, as in this period. 


(E> Notice the punctuation.) 


Julius Cesar would not disband his army, 
AND return a private person to Rome, 


Because he was very sensible he should be called to an 
account for extravagant management, in the time of his 
consulship, in his province, which would have blasted his 
ambitious designs, of destroying the liberties of Rome, AND 
taking the government to himself. 

The first avd is a conjunction, uniting the two actions, 
expressed by the respective verbs dzsband and return, to a 
common nominative, Julius Cesar, and shows that he, who 
was unwilling to perform the first of these actions, was 
equally unwilling to perform the last; and that the reason 
was, that he did not will that either should be done. 

Because is a conjunction, uniting the latter part of this 
period to the former, and shows the relation it has to it, 
viz: that of a cause, producing the effect mentioned in the 
former part of the period; for, what is affirmed in the lat- 
ter part is by the conjunction, because, represented as be- 
ing the cause, reason, or motive, which induced Cesar, 
not to will the disbanding of his army, and his private 
return to Rome; while the last and, by connecting 
“ destroying the liberty,” and ‘“‘taking the government,” 
shows that he designed both. 

God will not finally let the wicked go unpunished, 
though he bear with them so far in this life, as to let them 
fare sumptuously, and go down to the grave in peace; for 
man, in this world, isin a state of trial; therefore, it would 
not be consistent with that intention of an all-wise God to 
punish wickedness, constantly and visibly, in this life. 


TxovucH shows the subjoined clause to hold a construct- 
ive dependence on the former, so far as to signify nothing 
in the mind of the speaker without a regard thereto. 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 57 


The con unction as unites its clause to that which goes 
pefore, anc expresses its relation by devermining the extent’ 
of what was indefinitely expressed in the foregoing clauses 
of the period. 


Anp connects “ go down in peace,” with “ fare sumptu- 
ously,” and signifies that both of these actions are per- 
mitted by the Almighty for the reason expressed in the 
next section. 


For shows that the section which it heads holds a con- 
structive union with the two preceding sections, and shows 
the relation to be that of a.cause or reason why he suffers 
them to fare sumptuously, and to die in peace. 


THEREFORE shows that the part of the period which fol- 
lows it, is construed with all that precedes it, as its cause, 
and implies that this world, being intended as a state of 
trial, renders it impracticable for him to punish vice con- 
sistently with that design, for that would not be to try 
them, but foremg them to be good, by destroying their 
power to be otherwise, since there can be no true virtue 
without liberty. “ 


A relative pronoun may be used either in ἃ sentensic or 
insentensic section, and shows that the section in which it 
occurs sustains to the antecedent an adjective relation: 
thus, 

Our Father who art in heaven. Here the two sections, 
‘‘who art,” and “in heaven,” sustain to the word Father 
an adjective relation; being equivalent in sense to “ our 
Heavenly Father.” Who art in heaven, restricts the word 
Father, by excluding from the extension of that word all 
earthly fathers. 


Primitive. Secondary Sections. 


Gop, (who, at sundry times, and im divers manners, 
spake, in times past, unto the fathers, by the 
prophets,) 

HATH, 2m these latter days, 

SPOKEN, unto us by his Son. 


In this example, that part of the period included in pa- 
renthesis has an adjective relation to God, and withal re- 
stricts the extension of that noun by excluding from it the 
other gods, of the Greeks, Romans, &c., and is equivalent 


58 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


to the adjective Jewish. Thus, the Jewish God hath 
spoken, &c. 

He (that believes and is baptised,) sHALL BE SaVED. 
Here the part of the sentence commencing with that, and 
included in parenthesis, sustains to the word he, an adjec- 
tive relation, by restricting its extension, and shows, that 
salvation is not predicted of the word ue in its broadest, 
but in a limited logical extension. 

Hence, the only union which can take place between the 
sections in a period, is effected either by a conjunction, a 
relative pronoun, or a preposition. 


- 


OF THE SECTION. 


A section of a sentence is a word, or an in- 
dependent collection of words, “ which can 
be parsed” without referring any word in that 
section, to a word in another section: as, 


The midnight moon smiles serenely. 
IG See the Sections as they are formed on the Plate. 
Orver.—l. Primary. 2. Secondary. 


That section is of the primary order, which claims the 
first rank, and sustains the rest: as, 


Heaven hides (a) the book, (Ὁ) (primary), 


a from all creatures, (secondary). 
b of fate, (secondary). 


Those sections are of the secondary order, which are up- 
held by, and depend upon another section for sense: as, 
ἐς from all creatures;’’ ‘‘ of fate;’’ ‘in the room.” These 
secondary or branch sections can make no sense, until they 
are united to that word in the trunk, or primary, by which 
they are sustained; as, hades from all creatures; book of 
fate, John zs Ἢ the room. 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 59 


Covurse.—1. Direct. 2. Circumflex. 


The course of a section is direct, when the words stand 
in their natural prose order: as, 


Law is a rule (of action.) 


Law is a rule, a section of the primary order, direct 
course. 
Of action, a secondary section, direct course. 


The course of a section is circumflex, when the sense 
flows back, which is owing to the words not being arranged 
in their prose order: as, 


Whom3 yel ignorantly worship,2 
Him3 declare2 I 1 unto you. 


Whom ye ignorantly worship, a section, secondary order, 
circumflex course, because the sense commences at the 
eo ye, proceeds forward to worship, then flows back to 
whom. 

Him3 declare2 I1; a section, primary order, circumflex 
course. The direct course would be: 1 declare2 him.3 
The words in these two sections are not only circumflex, 
but the sections are so likewise. 

Circumflex. Whom ye ignorantly worship, Him de- 
clare I. 

Direct. I declare him whom ye ignorantly worship. 

Verity I say unto you, HE that entereth not by the door, 
into the sheep-fold, but that climbeth up some other way, 
IS A THIEF. 

, Verily he is a thief. (Direct course, unbroken state.) 


Retation.—1. Adjective. 2. Adverbial. 


The relation of a secondary, or insentensic section, is 
that dependence which it has, to some word in the prima- 
ry, for sense. 

A section has an adjective relation, when it restricts the 
extension of some noun, or pronoun, in the primary 560" 
tion: as, 

1, Jesus saw a man who was blind. 2 sections. 

1. Jesus saw a blind man. 1 section. 


2. Heaven hides the book (of fate.) 2 sections. 
2. Heaven hides the fatal book. 1 section. 


60 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


He (that believes) (and is baptised) shall be saved. 


And the relation is adverbial, when it qualifies the verb, 
oz expresses the manner of existing or acting: as, 


The midnight moon smiles serenely, 
O’er Nature’s soft repose. 


The jessamine clambers (in flower) (o’er the thatch.) 3 sec. 
The flowery jessamine clambers there. 1 section. 


State,—Sentensic, Insentensic, Plenary, Implenary, 
Broken, Unbroken. 


The sentensic section contains a nominative, and verb, 
or a ‘* sentence, trunk, and branch:” a 


1. The moon smiles serenely. 
2. No lowering cloud obscwres the id lng 
3. Nor ruffling tempest blows. 


The zusentensic section is one that contains no sentensic 
word: as, 


1, To church. 2. Inthe room. 3, O’er Nature’s soft 
repose. Me 


The plenary state arises from that degree of fullness, 
which admits of solution, without supplying words ; as, Ο. 
John [give thou (to me) an apple.] 

The implenary state arises from the want of a word, or - 
words: as, 


— John, give 
It is —9 


The state of a section is -broken, when another section 
| intervenes between its parts: as, 


— me an apple. 
ο᾽ —— clock. 


‘Law (in its most comprehensive sense), is a rule. 
And varying schemes (of life) no more distract the will. 


The wnbroken state of a section, is the uninterrupted 
continuation of all its parts: as, 


Law is a rule (of action), 
Varying schemes no more distract the laboring will. 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 61 


Crass.—l. Literal. 2. Figurative. 
The literal class is that which expresses the meaning 
according to the words (or letters) used: as, 
The midnight moon serenely shines. 
A ship sails on the seas. 
A section is figurative, when one or more words in it 
convey a different meaning from what the words=literally 


import: as, γος Σ 
L/ Va 


I. THE METAPHOR. 
1. Daniel Webster is a rituar in the stat ΜΕ 
2. I will be unto her a watt of fire. 
3. Tuov art my Rock and my ForTREss. 
4. Thy worp is a Lamp to my feet. 


Ἂ, 


_A metaphor is founded entirely on the resemblance of 
one thing to another. 


1. A statesman performs the same office in a state, that 
a pillar does in an edifice. 


2. God is the same defence to his church, that a wall is 
to a city. 

3. He is the same defence to the righteous, as a fortress 
or rock is to a soldier. 


II. ALLEGORY. 


An allegory is a metaphor continued, which was a fa- 
vorite method of delivering instruction in old times: for” 
what we call fables or parables are no other than allego- 
ries; by words and actions, attributed to beasts, or inani- 
mate objects, the ‘dispositions of man are shadowed 
forth ;” and what we call the “ moral,’” is the “ unfigtfred 
sense,” or meaning of the allegory. 


A hog, beholding the horse of a warrior, rushing into 
battle, says: ‘‘ Fool, whither dost thou hasten? Perhaps 
thou mayst die in the fight ;” to whom the horse replied: 
“A knife shall take life from thee, fatted amongst mud, 
and filth, but ctory shall accompany my death.” 


6 


62 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


III. coMPARISON. 


Is when the resemblance between two objects is express: 
ed in form, by the word as, lzke, &c. 


Webster is in the state, 7éke a pillar in an edifice. 


He is Zzke a pillar. 
The word of God is dzke a light. 


IV. PERSONIFICATION. 


Is that figure which attributes life and action to inani- 
mate objects: as, moon smiles. 


Now, as it cannot be literally true, that the moon smiles 
or laughs, since nothing but a human being can laugh, it 
must be figuratively so. This figure is also founded on 
the aspect, or resemblance of one thing to another: thus . 
the imagination may attribute this action to the ‘‘ man in 
the moon.”’ 3 


2. Majestically slow, before the breeze, 
In silent pomp, she marches on the seas. 


The above couplet is from Falconer’s description of the 
ship Brittannia. She is a pro., fem. gen., represented as 
marching (not sailing). While the word majestically, at- 
tributes to the vessel the idea of majesty. An easy stretch 
of the imagination would find some resemblance between 
a queen, decorated with the robes of majesty, taking a 
walk, and the goddess Brittania, the queen of the ocean. 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 63 


RULES. 


Rute 1. very adjective belongs to a noun; 
as, 
Rute 2. The nominative case precedes the 
verb; as, 


Rute 8. All nouns of the second person, 
are in the case independent; as, O 


Rute 4. The case absolute precedes the par- 
ticiple; as, 

Rute 5. The possessive case precedes the 
noun; as, 5 

Rute 6. Transitive verbs govern the objec- 
tive case; as, 


Rue 7. Bapocticne: govern the objective 
case; as, 


Rute 8. A pronoun has the gender, person 
and number of its noun; as, 


Rute 9. A verb agrees with its nominative 
case, in number and person; as, 


Rute 10. Singular nominatives connected 
by and, require a plural verb, noun and pro- 
noun; as, and ; 


Rute 11. Singular nominatives connected 
by any other conjunction, require a singular 
verb; as, or Ss. 


Rute 12. Adverbs qualify verbs; as, ——. 


Ruie 13. The infinitive mood is governed 


64 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


by the preceding word (in construction); as, 
to 


Rute 14. Nouns or pronouns having the 
same relation are in the same case; as, 
is = 


Rute 15. Two negatives in the same sen- 
tence, neutralize each other and make an af- 
firmative; as, not unmindful. 


Rue 16. Conjunctions connect words and 
sentences; as, , (con.) 


Rue 17. The conjunctions 7, though, except, 
unless and whether, govern the subjunctive 
mood only, when doubt is implied; as, 


Rute 18. An auxiliary holds a single rela- 
tion to its principal; as, ; 

Rute 19. An omission of such words as will 
not obscure the sense is admissible. 


Rute 20. A collective noun, implying unity 
requires a singular verb. 


Rute 21. But a collective noun denoting 
plurality, requires a plural verb. 


Rue 22. Sections of an adjective relation, 
must, in all cases, be placed next to the noun 
they qualify. 

Rute 23. Care must be taken to express the 
proper time by the appropriate tense. 


Rue 24. Every word in a sentence relates 
to and is parsed with another word or other 
words, in the same section. | 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 65 


Rute 25. No word in a section can have 
any greater extension than the other words or 
sections in the same sentence will give it. 


Rute 26. Reduce every broken to an un- 
broken section, by uniting its parts. 

Ruie 27. Render every implenary section 
vlenary, by supplying every implied word. 

Rute 28. Give every word in a section, and 
every section in a sentence, its true relation. 


Rute 29. Reject and expunge an unjustifia- 
ble pleinism from the section in which it oc- 
curs. 


Rute 30. Care must be taken to express the 
proper relation by appropriate prepositions. 


66 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


PARSING. 


The following extracts from Milton and 
Pope are here presented for the especial bene- 
fit of the beginner and private learner. If the 
student will make himself perfectly acquainted 
with the principles contained in this analysis 
—before leaving it—will find himself able to 
parse just as well without this assistant as 
with it; for the parts of speech, and their re- 
lation to each other, occur so frequently that 
they cannot fail to make an indelible impres- 
sion on the memory, not to be forgotten, like 
rules and definitions, but which time itself 
shall never afterwards be able to efface: 


PARADISE LOST. 


adv vir in ind imp 8snef3s adv con nef3s al 
Now came’ still ev’ning’ on, and ‘twilight? gray 


18 preppp al nen3s7alnen3plu virtr ind plu3s 
Had in her’ sober liv’ry all things® clad.° 


nef3s vrtrimp 3s connen3sconnen3s 
Silence? accompanied” [them] for beast? and bird,’ 


P prep pp al nen3sal_ rep pp nen2pla 
Th hey” to their’ grassy couch, these [δὲν δε to their? nests. 


virinindimp3 plu al al nec fem 8 5 
Were sunk? all but the wakeful nightingale,?* 


ady Ρ al nen3s Vir tr ind imp 8 
She? all night long her® am’rous descant® — sung.’ 


ef3s  vrpasindimp3s adv vrinindimp3s nen3s 
Silence? was pleased." Now glow’d? the firmament? 


r al nen3plu7 npn3s rpro virtrindimp3s 
Wit living sapphires: Hesperus® that? led'® 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 67 
alal n:n3s virin ind imp a 1Hesperus advalnef3 5 
The starry host® rode’ brightest, till the moon,’ 


part prep al nen3s7 ady 
Rising in clouded majesty, at length, 


al nef3s vrtrindimp p al nen3ds 
Apparent queen,’ unveil’d” her® peerless light,° 


con prep alnen3spp al nen3s virtrindimp ΄. 
And o’er the dark’ her’ silver mantle’ threw.” 


adv npm3s adv prepnpf7 al nef2s alnen3ds 
When ες [satd] thus to Eve: Fair σοηβουί, th’ hour” 


prepnen3s7 al nen3pluadv part prepnen3s7 
Of night, and all things’ nowretir’d to rest, 


vrtrini pr3pluppprepal nen3s7 con npm3s vir trind rf 
Mind® ἀφ of like repose : since God’ hath set 


all nouns en3sprepnem 3 plu7 
Labor® and rest,’ as day® and night,’ to men 


aldayandnightcon al al nen3s nen3s7 
Successive: and the timely dew’ of sleep, 


ady part prep al al nen3s7vr trind pr3s 
Now falling with soft slumb’rous weight, inclines' 


Gpnon sae. al nen3plu adv 
ur’ eye-lids.° Other creatures’ all day long 


vrinind pr3 plu a1 ἃ lcreatures con ἃ rest yr tr ind pr 3 pla 


Rove’ idle, unemploy’d, and less need” rest.” 
‘nem 3s vir trind pr3s p p al nen3s nen3s7 
Man? hath’ his’ daily work® of body or of mind 


r pro vrtrind pr3s PP nen3s 
Reposted, which? declares” _his® dignity,® 


con alnern3sprepnpm3s/7prep al Pnons la 
And the regard® of Heaven on all his’ wir: 


ady al pti ἃ 1 animals vr in ind pr 3 plu 
While other animals* unactive range, 


ane ae pnen3plu7n m3s virtrindpr3salnen3s 
0 their” doings od? takes” no account,* 


ady adv al nen3s_ virtrindfut3s alnen3s 
To-morrow, ere fresh morning’ [shadZ] streak” the east® 


68 THE PRINGIPLES OF 
rep al nen3sT7 nen3s7pp_ virin pot pr Ist plu 
ith first approach of light, we? must be risen,° 


con prep pp al nen3s vrtr inf pr 
_ And at our’ pleasant labor; to re-form'® 


al al nen3plu al nen3plua 1 alleys 
Yon flow’ry arbors® yonder alleys® green, 


pp nen3s prep nené2s7 prep nen3 plu a 1 branches 
Our walk® at noon, with branches overgrown, 


rprovrtrindpr3plupp al nen3s __ convrtrindpr3plu 
That? mock’® our scant manuring,° and require® =~ 


ἃ 1 nen3 plu con pp vrtrinf pp ali §nen3plu 
More hands’ than ours’ [hands] to lop'their wanton growth® 


al nen3plu adv con al al nen3plu 
Those blossoms’ also, and those dropping gums? . 


rpro virinind3 plualgums ailgums con al gums 


That? lie® bestrown, unsightly and unsmooth, 

vrtrindpr3plunen3s_ pp vrinindpr1 pluvinf prep nen3s? 

Ask’® riddance,, if we: mean to tread with ease. 
adv rpnen3svrtr&e nenvirin&e pp vrninf pr 


Meanwhile, as nature’ wills, night? bids” uss [fo] rest.9 
8 


prep rp7toAdaminthel3thlineprep al nen3s7_ part 
To whom thus Eve,’ [said] with perfect beauty adorn’d: 


ppnem2scon nems the thing 6 which 6 pp virtrind pr2s 
My’ author® and disposer® what*® thou’ bidst® 


al ppvrtrind rp npm3s vrtrind pr3s governs 90 
Unargu’d I’ obey; 505 God? ordains.”° 


prep pp part ppvirtrindprils al nem by figure 
With thee conversing I’ forget’? all time ;° 


ainen3plu con pp nen3’s al vr tr ind pr 3 lu adv 
All seasons® and their’ change,’ all [¢hzngs] please” alike, 


a _.alnen3sprepnef3s7ppnen3s al 
Sweet is’ the breath? of morn, her rising’ [2s] sweet, 


rep nen3s7prep al nen3plu7al a 1 nemby fig 
ith charm of earliest birds; pleasant [zs] the sun’ 


adv adv prep al al nen3s7pp virtrind pr3as 
When first on this delightful land he’ spreads’ 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 69 
ἡ. al nen 3 plu prep gov. byonand alln3n3s7 
is orient beams® on herb, tree, fruit and flower, 


part ah Gach a 1 earth al al nen3s 
Glist’ning with dew; fragrant [zs] the fertile earth* 


prep alnen3plu7con al al nenss 
After soft show’rs; and sweet [zs] the coming on’ 


prep ‘al nen3s7 al con al necf3s nomease to is 
Of bes evening mild; then silent night, [25] 


So al nef3s7 con al alnef3s7 
this her? solemn bird, and this fair moon, 


con 18" al alneon3plu7ncen3s7 pp al nen3s7 
And these the gems of heav’n, her’ starry train. 


All the words in the six following lines marked thus * are in the nomi 
native case to 1s, in the 7th line below. 


con con nen3s prepnef3s7 adv pp vr tr ind pr ὃ 
But neither breath* of morn, when she® ascends? 


rep nen3s7 prep al nen3plu7con al nemd3s 
ith charm of earliest birds ; 3. nor rising sun* 


prep al al nen3s7con _ allne3s 
On this delightful land; nor herb,* fruit,* flow’r,*: 
part prepnen3s7con nen3s prep nen3 ρα 7 


Glist’ ning with dew; nor fragrance* after show’rs, 


en al nef3s al con al nef3s 
Nor grateful evening* mild; nor silent night* 


or a2 Pe al nen3s7connon3spreynef3s 
ith this her solemn bird; nor walk* by moon, 


con al nen3s7 rep P a 1 breath, herb,etc. 
Or glitt’ring star-light—without thee Is sweet. 


con ady adverbial phrase v ir in ind pr 3 plu prep r pro 
But wherefore all night long shine® these? for whom 


al nen3s ady nen 38 virtr ind perf 3snon3 


[és] This glorious sight,’ when sleep* hath shut" all eyes.* 


governs 29 following lines 
* preprp relates to Eve vr tr ind imp 3 s 


To whom our gen: ‘ral ancestor replied :"° 


70 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


nef2s prepnpm3s7con nem3s7 al np {2sind 
‘‘Daughter’ of God and man, accomplish’d Eve,’ 


al virtrindpr3plunen3svr [Ὁ inf prprepalnen3s7 
These have’ their course to finish” round the earth, 


rep al nen3gs7 con prep nen3s7prepnen3s7 

y morrow ev’ning; and from land to land, 

πὰρ ἐν con prepnen3plu7con al 7 
order, though to nations yet unborn, 


part part pp plu set and rise both v ir inind 3 pla 
Minist’ ring light® prepar’d, they’ set? and rise” 


con al nen3s_ regain prepnen3s7 vr tr pot imp 3s 
Lest total darkness’ should by night regain 


al nen3s _ con see regainnen3s 
Hex® old possession,° and extinguish life® 


The word FrrEs is the nominative to all the Verbs marked ¢ and 
WHICH the objective. 


prepnen3s7conalnen3plu7rpro al al nen 8 pla 
In nature and all things; wuicn’® these soft FIRES” 


ady virtrindpr3pluconprep al nen3s7 


Not only enlightent but with kindly heat 


prep al nen3s7 both v r trind pr 3 plu 
Of various influence, foment? and warm,t 


bothvrtrind pr3 plu con prepnen3s7 vir tr ind prs plu 
Tempert or nourish,” or in part shed down” 


al nen3s prepa 1 nen3plu7r p vir in ind pr3 plu 
Their stellar virtue® on all kinds that grow" 


prepnef3s7 part adv a1kinds vr tr inf pr 
On earth, made hereby apter to receive” 


nen3s_ prep ainem3s adv supnen3s7 
Perfection® from the sun’s’ more potent ray. 


part prepnen3s7ne3s7 


These [ fires] Aen though anbeketa in deep of night, 


virinind pr 3 pluady convirtrimp2s nem3plu adv 
Shine® not in vain; nor think,’ though men’ were’ none, 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 71 
con nen3svrtrpotimp3snen3plu ngm3s non3s 
That heaven’? would want" spectators,° God’ want praise®. 


ncn 3 plu prep al nen3plu7 penseiac ou at axe nen3s 
Millions* of spiritual creatures γαῖ the earth® 


a 1 creatures ady pp con adv pp 
Unseen, both when we? wake and when we?’ sleep. 


al al prep. al aS 5 et pane σαν πος 
All these with ceaseless praise his works® behold” 


adverbial phrase—always adv prep alnen3s7 
Both day and night. How often, from the steep 


prep al nen3s7con see hill P pv ir trindperf 1 plo 
Of echoing hill or thicket have we® heard” 


al nen3 plu prepa 1 al nen3s7 
Celestial voices’ to the midnight air, 


8.1 voices con a lvyoices a1 prep al nen3s7 
Sole, _ or responsive each to others” note, 


part p 81 npm3s7 advprepnen3plu7 
Singing πὰ great Creator. Oft in bands, 


p vir tr ind p r3plnen3s al nen3s yrtr 


adv 
While they? keep® watch,’ or nightly rounding walk,'* 


Sa ailnen3s7 prep al nen3plu7 
ith heav’nly touch of instrumental sounds, 


repal al nen3s_ part pnen3plu 
In full harmonic number join’d, their Pa 


vr tr ind pr 3 plune ἢ 8. s consee divide pp ne a3 pla nen3s7 
Divide” the night,° and lift’? our thoughts® to heav’n.” 


adverbial phrase—together pP 3 vir ind imp 3 plu 
Thus talking, hand in hand alone they’ pass’d? 


adv preppp 841 nen3s7 ady part alvirindim imp 3 plo 
On to their’ blissful bow’r—there arriv’d, both stood, 


al v ir in ind im 8 pla prep al yrtrindimp 
Both [persons] turn’d,* and under open sky ador’d'® 


alnpm3s a aris OC allnen3s _ con 
The οὐ" that? made” both sky,° air,® earth,® and hea ἢ," 


* They walk their nightly rounds, like sentries on guard 


72 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


tp by beheld vir tr ind imp 3 plu nef3s al nen3s 
Which® they* beheld,” ἢ moon’s® resplendent globe,® 


con al nen3s pp2s advvirtrind pr2snen3s 
And starry pole.” Thou’ also mad’st”’ the  night,° 


nem2s al con pp2s alnen3s 
Maker*® omnipotent, and thou [madest] the day,® 


rf finished p p prep pp al. nen3s7 part 
Which® we? in our’ appointed work employed, 


vr tr ind perf 1 plu a 1 Adamand Eve al nen3s7 
Have finish’d happy in our mutual help 


con a1 nen3s7alnen3sprepal ppnen3sT 
And mutual love, the crown of all our bliss, 


art prep pp con al al nen3s7 
Ordain’d by thee; and this delicious place, 


reppp alplace adv pp nen3s vrtrindpr3s 
or us too large, where thy abundance? wants” 


neeg 3 plu con a1 abundance vir in ind pr3s nen3s7 
Partakers,° and uncropt falls? to the ground. 


conpp2svrtrindperf2s prep pp alalinen3s 
But thou® hast promis’d'° from us two a race,® 


vrtrinfprainen3srp aux prep pp7vrtrindlfut3s 
To fill’® the earth,® who’ shall with us extol” 


pp nen3s algoodnesscon ady pp vrinindpr1 plu 
Thy goodness® infinite, both when we’ wake,° 


con adv ppvirtrindprl plu ppnen3snen3s7 
And when we’ seek,”° as now, thy gift® of sleep. 


MILTon. 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 73 


POPE’S ESSAY. 


npmds3s prep ἃ 1 nen3plu7 vir tr ind pr3¢ prep nen3s7 
Heaven’ from all creatures hides’ the book® of fate, 


con alnen3s_ part PP al nen3s 
All but the page’ prescrib’d, their’ present state :° 


wre nen3 plu7 the thing whichne m3 plu7 nen3 
rom brutes what men,’ from men what spirits’ know ;’° 


con rp vrtr potimp3snen3sadv adv 
Or who’ could suffer’ being® here below ? 


alnem3s pp nenssyrtr &e vir in inf pr adv 
[71 The lamb’ [whch] thy® riot dooms to bleed to-day, 


virtrsubjj 3spp ppnen3s p p both vrin pot imp3s 
Had he** thy® reason,® would he? skip® ana play >? 


art prep al al instant ppvrtrindpr3salnen3s 
Pleased to the last, he* crops’® the flow’ry food,® 


con v trind pr3s nen3s ady part hel reas 
And licks” the Βαηά just rais’d to shed” is’ blood.® 


inter nen2s prepalnen3s7 adv _ part 
Oh” blindness® to the future! kindly giv’n, 


conalcreature vrtrpotprnen3s part prepnpm3s7 
That each may fill’ the circle’ mark’d by Heav’n; 


virtrindpr3sprep al nen3sprepnpm3s7 


r 
Who? sees” with equal eye, as God of all, 


y ibd st αὶ Lila ἐδ Macha v ir in inf 


A hero’ [to] perish,? or a sparrow’ [to] fall;* 


nen3plucon nen3 plu prepnen3s7 part 
Atoms’ or systems* into ruin hurl’d, 


von adyalnen3svyrininfpr con advalnen3s 
And now a bubble® burst, and now a world.® 


vrinimp3sadyady prep ainen3plu7vrinimp2s 
Hope’ humbly then; with trembling pinions soar ;? 


* The word HE, is redundant, in apposition with Lams, and repeated 
by poetical license only. The word wxicu, understood, is the real ob- 
jective case of the verb pooms. 


7 


¢ Bae THE PRINCIPLES OF 


vrtrimp2sal nem3s apposition connpm3svrtr imp 2s 
7410 { Ὁ 
Wait’ the great teacher Death;’ and Gpd° adore‘ 


albliss al nen3sppvirtrindpr3s pp vir tr inf pr 
What future bliss’ he? gives not thee® to know,” 


con vir trind pr3s alnen3s vir inf pr pp nen3s_ adv 


But gives’ that hope® to be® thy blessing® now 
nen3svirinindpr3salhope al al nen3s7 
Hope’ springs’ eternal in the human breast; 
nem3s adv con adv virinfpralman 


Man’ never is,® but always To BE’ blest. 


ailnen3salsoul con alsoul prepnen3s7 
The soul,? uneasy, and confin’d from home, 


bothvrindpr3s prepnen3s7 _ Vir inf pr 
Rests’ and expatiates’ in a life [whzch zs] to come,° 


interj al al nem3s_ rp al nen3s 
Lo,” the poor Indian !* whose untutor’d mind? 


v ir tr ind pr 3sn ἢ Τὰ 8.51 6 ἢ 8 plu 7 see sees prep nen3s7 
Sees” God® in clouds, or hears’? him® in the wind; 


PP nen3sal_nen3s_ adv vir trind imp 3 svir inf prin 
is’ soul’ proud science’ never taught” to stray® 


adv con al al non3s7 al nen3s7 


Far as [to] the Solar Walk, or Milky Way: 


con al nen3sprepppnen3s7 v ir tr ind perf 3 8 
Yet simple nature’ to his’ hope has given! 


prep al al nen3s7 al nen3s 
Behind the cloud-topt hill, a humbler heaven ;° 


al al nen3s nen3sprepnen3plu7 part 
Some safer world’ in depth of woods embraced, 


al al nen3sprepal al nen3s7 
Some happier island® in the wat’ry waste: 


adv necg3plu adv pp alnen3svirtr ind pr3plu 
Where slaves*® once more their native land® behold,” 


ainem3pluvr tr ind pr3 plu ne m3 plu vr ind pr 3 plu 
No fiends* torment,’ no Christians’ thirst for gold, 


nom vrtrindpr3’spp al  nen3s 
To BE,’ contents” his’ natural desire :° 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 75 
pvrtrindpr3salnef3snen3salnef3snen3s 
οὗ asks” no angel’s wing,° no seraph’s fire ;° 


con vir ind pr 3s part ἘΡ al alnen3s7 
But thinks,’® admitted to that equal sky, 


pp 81 nem8s virtr ind 1 fut3s withnen3 
His® faithful dog® shall bear® him company.° 


virinimp2sal pp con prep ppnen3s7prepnen3s? 
Go,’ wiser thou!? and in thy scale of sense, 
vrtrimp 2s pp. nen3s prep napm3s7 

Weigh’ thy® opinion® against Providence ; 
Transposition—Call that imperfection which thou fanciest such. 
Call’* imperfection® what* thou’ fanciest such ; 


virtrimp2sadvppvirtrindpr3snen3s adv nen3s 
Say” here he’ gives” ἈἰἋοο little,® there too much,* 


repnen3s7 al nen3s7ppnein3sis 
ἢ pride, in reas’ning pride, our’ error’ lies ;° 


a 1 creatures v r trind pr 3 plu con nen3 plu? 
All quit” their’ sphere,’ and rush into the skies. 


nen3sadv vrinindpr3s al al nen3s7 
Pride’ still is* aiming at the blest abodes; 


nem 3 plu vir pot imp 3 plun&cr2nen3 plu n&ecr2 
Men? would be’ angels ;* angels’ would be® gods.* 


part virininfpr r2 connen3plu 
Aspiring to be? _—gods,? if angels’ fell,, 

part virminfpr r2 nem 3 plu vr in in pr3 plu 
Aspiring to be® angels,’ men? rebel, 

con Pp adv vrin ind pr3 svr tr inf pra 1 nen 8 pla 
And [he] who* but wishes’ to invert’ the laws? 
prepnpm3s7_ pre al npm3s7 
Of orpDER, sins” ἀπαύος th’ ΕΤΕΚΝΑΙ, Cause. 


76 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Having compieted our exercises fcr the private learner, 
we here present additional exercises for practice, without 
being marked, to be used by those who prefer them—al- 
though the previous lessons should be gone over, in part, 
at least, 7 all cases. ‘The words in the first piece have 
the relation pointed out by figures—and in the additional 
exercises the student will be able to make this out for him- 
self. 

LIBERTY AND SLAVERY CONTRASTED. 


Part of a Letter from Italy, by App1son. 


How12 has18 kind1 Heaven2 adorned10 this1 happy! land ,6 

And16 scattered10 blessings6 with14 a1 wastefull hand ;7 

But16 what8,6 availl0 her8,5 unexhausted! stores,2 

Her8,5 blooming1 mountains2 and16 her8,5 sunny1 shores,2 

With14 alll thel gifts7 that8,6 heaven2 and15 earth2 impart,10 

—— thel smiles7 of 13 nature,7 and16 thel charms7 of 13 art,7 

While12 proud! oppression2 in14 her8,5 valleys7 reigns,9 

And16 tyranny2 usurps10 her8,5 happy1 plains?6 

Thel poorl inhabitant2 beholds10 in vain,12 

Thel redd’ning1 orange6 and 16 that1 swelling] grain:6 

Joyless1 he2 sees10 the 1 growing] oils6 and 16 wines,6 

And16 in14 the1 myrtle’s5 fragrant1 shade7 repines.9 

ΟἹ Liberty ,3 thou3 power3 supremely19 bright,1 

Profuse1 of bliss,7 and15 fragrant1 with delight 17 

Perpetuall pleasures2 in14 thy8,5 presence7 reign,9 

And16 smiling1 plenty2 leads10 thy8,5 wanton train ;6 

Eased1,11 of 14 her8,5 load,7 subjection2 grows9 more19 light,1 

And16 poverty2 looks9 cheerfull inl4 thy8,5 light.7 

Thou8,2 makest10 thel gloomy! face6 of 13 nature7 gay ;1 

—— givest10 beauty6 tol4 the1 sun,7 and16 pleasure6 tol4 thel day.7 

On14 foreign] mountains7 may the1 sun2 refine10 

Thel grape’sd soft1 juice ,6 and mellow10 it8,6 to14 wine ;7 

With14 citron1 groves? adorn10 al distant1 soil,6 

And16 the1 fat1 olive6 swell10 with14 floods7 of 13 oil.7 

We8,2 envy10 not12 the1 warmer! climes6 that8,2 lie9 

In14 tenl degrees7 of 13 more19 indulgent! skies ;7 

Nor16 at14 thel coarseness? of 13 our8,5 heaven7 repine,9 

Tho’16 o’er14 our8.5 heads7 thel frozen1 pleiads2 shine :9 

’Tis 8,2,9 liberty2 that8,2 crowns10 the1 Saxon’s5 isle,6 

A.2d16 makes10 thel barrenl rocks6 and16 thel bleak1 mountains6 
smile .9 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 77 


ADDITIONAL EXTRACTS FOR PARSING. 
WEBSTER’S REPLY TO HAYNE. 


I shall enter on no encomium of Massachusetts—she 
needs none. There she is—behold her, and judge for 
yourselves. There is her history. The world has it by 
heart. The past at least is secure. There is Boston, and 
Concord, and Lexington, and Bunker hill, and there they 
will rémain forever. The bones of her sons, fallen in the 
great struggle for independence, now lie mingled with the 
soil of every state, from New England to Georgia, and 
there they will lie forever. And, sir, where American 
Liberty raised its first voice, and where its youth was nur- 
tured and sustained, there it still lives in the strength of its 
manhood, and full of its original spirit. If discord and dis- 
union shall wound it—if party strife and blind ambition 
shall hawk at and tear it—if folly and madness, if uneasi- 
ness under salutary and necessary restraint, shall succeed 
to separate it from that union by which alone its existence 
is made sure—in the end, by the side of that cradle in 
which its infancy was rocked, it will stretch forth its arms 
with whatever vigor it may still retain, over the friends 
who gather round it—and it will fall at last, if fall it must, 
amidst the proudest monuments of its own glory, and on 
the very spot of its origin. 


BENTON ON THE PROTEST. 


The question immediately before the senate was one of 
minor consequence; it might be called a question of small 
import, except for the effect which the decision might have 
upon the Secretary itself. In that point of view it might 
be a question of some moment; for, without reference to 
individuals, it was essential to the cause of free govern- 
ments, that every department of the government, the senate 
inclusive, should so act as to preserve to itself the respect 
and confidence of the country. The immediate question 
was, upon the rejection of the president’s message. It was 


7* 


78 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


moved to το] τὲ it—to reject it, not after it was considered, 
but before it was considered! and thus to tell the Ameri- 
can people that their president shall not be heard, should 
not be allowed to plead his defence, in the presence of the 
body that condemned him, neither before the condemna- 
tion, nor after it! This is the motion, and certainly no 
enemy to the senate could wish it to miscarry. The pre- 
sident, in the conclusion of his message, has respectfully 
requested that his defence might be entered upon the jour- 
nal of the senate—upon that same journal which contains 
the record of his conviction. This is the request of the 
president. Will the senate deny it? Will they refuse 
this act of sheer justice and commondecency? Willthey 
zo further, and not only refuse to place it on the journal, 
but refuse even io suffer it to remain inthesenate? Will 
they refuse to permit it to remain on file, but send it back, 
or throw it out of doors, without condescending to reply to 
it? for that is the exact import of the motion now made! 
Will senators exhaust their minds, and their bodies also, 
in loading this very communication with epithets, and then 
say that it shall not be received? Will they receive me- 
morials, resolutions, essays, from all that choose to abuse 
the president, and not receive a word of defence from him? 
Will they continue the spectacle which has been present- 
ed here for three months—a daily presentation of attacks 
upon the president from all that choose to attack him, 
young and old, boys and men—attacks echoing the very 
sound of this resolution, and which are not only received 
and filed here, but printed also, and referred to a commit- 
tee, and introduced, each one with a lauded commentary 
of set phrase? Are the senate to receive all these, and 
yet refuse to receive from the object of all this attack one 
word of answer ? Ἂ ᾿ ᾿ x 

The proceeding, he, Mr. B., held to be an impeachment, 
without the forms of an impeachment—a conviction, with- 
out the form of a trial—a sentence of condemnation for a 
high crime and misdemeanor, against the chief magistrate 
of the republic, without evidence, without hearing, without 
defence, without the observance of a single form prescrib- 
ed for the trial of impeachments; and this by the very. tri- 
bunal which is tound to try the formal impeachment for 
the same matter if duly demanded by the grand inquest. 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 79 


of the nation τι: their hall of representatives. This was 
the question which the country would have to try, and in 
the trial of which, furious passion, reckless denunciation, 
bold, or even audacious assertion, will stand for nothing. 
The record! the record! will be the evidence which the 
country willdemand. The facts! the facts! will be the 
data which they require! The speeches! the speeches ' 
delivered on this floor, will be the test of the spirit and in- 
tention with which these proceedings were pursued and 
consummated. 


WEBSTER ON THE PROTEST. 


The contest for ages has been to rescue liberty from the 
grasp of executive power. Whoever has been engaged in 
her sacred cause, from the days of the downfall of those 
great aristocracies, which had stood between the king and 
the people, to the time of our own independence, has strug- 
gled for the accomplishment of that single object. Onthe 
long list of champions of human freedom, there is not one 
name damned by the reproach of advocatimg the extension 
of executive authority; on the contrary, the uniform and 
steady purpose of all such champions has been, to limit 
and restrain it. To this end, the spirit of liberty, growing 
more and more enlightened, and more and more vigorous 
from age to age, has been battering for centuries against 
the solid buttments of the feudal system. To this end all 
that could be gained from the imprudence, snatched from 
the weakness, or wrung from the necessities of crowned 
heads, has been carefully gathered up, secured, and 
hoarded, as the rich treasures, the very jewels of liberty. 
To this end, popular and representative right has kept up 
its warfare against prerogative, with various success; 
sometimes writing the history of a whole age in blood — 
sometimes witnessing the martyrdoms of Sydneys ana 
Russels; often baffled and repulsed, but still gaining, on 
the whole, and holding what it gained with a grasp which 
nothing but the complete extinction of its own being could 
compel it to relinquish, τ . * Ἂ 

And now, sir, who is he so ignorant.of the history of 


80 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


liberty, at home ard abroad; who is he, yet dwelling in 
_his contemplations among the principles and dogmas of the 
middle ages; who is he, from whose bosom all original 
infusion of American spirit has become so entirely evapo- 
rated and exhaled, as that he shall put into the mouth of 
the president of the United States the doctrine that the 
defence of liberty naturally results to executive power, 
and is its peculiar duty? Who is he that, generous and 
confiding towards power where it is most dangerous, and 
jealous only of those who can restrain it? Whois he that 
reversing the order of the state, and -upheaving the base 
would poise the political pyramid of the political system 
upon its apex? Who is he that, overlooking with con- 
tempt the guardianship of the representatives of the peo- 
ple, and with equal contempt the higher guardianship of 
the people themselves? Who is he that declares to us, 
through the president’s lips, that the security for freedom 
rests in executive authority? Who is he that belies the 
blood and libels the fame of his own ancestors, by declar- 
ing that they, with solemnity of form and force of manner, 
have invoked the executive power to come to the protec- 
tion of liberty? Who is he that thus charges them with 
the insanity or recklessness of putting the lamb beneath 
the lion’s paw? No, sir; our security is in our watchful- 
ness of executive power. * * * And when we, and 
those who come after us, have done all that we can do, and 
all that they can do, it will be well for us, and for them, 
‘if some popular executive, by the power of patronage and 
party, and the power, too, of that very popularity, shall not 
hereafter prove an over-match for all other branches of the 
government. ἢ Ἔ μὲ ᾿ bl ps 

Mr. President, I have spoken freely of this protest, and 
of the doctrines which it advances; but I have said no- 
thing which 1 do not believe. On these high questions of 
constitutional law, respect for my own character, as well 
as a solemn and profound sense of duty, restrains me from 
giving utterance to a single sentiment which does not flow 
from entire conviction. I feel that I am not wrong. I 
feel that an inborn and inbred love of constitutional liber- 
ty, and some study of our political institutions have not, on 
this occasion, misled me. But I have desired to say no-. 
‘hing that should give pain to the chief magistrate person- 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 8] 


ally. I have not sought to fix arrows in his breast; but I 
believe him mistaken, altogether mistaken, in the senti- 
ments which he has expressed; and I must concur with 
others in placing on the records of the senate, my disappro- 
bation of those sentiments. On a vote, which is to remain 
so long as any proceeding of the senate shall last, and on 
a question which can never cease to be important while 
the constitution of the country endures, I have desired to 
make public my reasons. They will now be known, and 
[ submit them to the judgment of the present and of after 
times. Sir, the occasion is full of interest. It cannot pass 
off without leaving strong impressions on the character of 
public men. A collision has taken place, which I could 
have most anxiously wished to avoid; it was not to be 
shunned. We have not sought this controversy; it has 
met us, and been forced upon us. In my judgment, the 
law has been disregarded, and the constitution transgress- 
ed—the fortress of liberty has been assaulted, and circum- 
stances have placed the senate in the breach; and, altho’ 
we may perish in it, 1 know we shall not fly from it. But 
I am fearless of consequences. We shall hold on, sir, and 
hold out, till the people themselves come to its defence. 
We shall raise the alarm, and maintain the post, till they, 
whose right it is, shall decide whether the senate be a 
faction, wantonly resisting lawful power, or whether it be 
opposing, wi h firmness and patriotism, violations of liber- 
ty and inroads upon the constitution. 


82 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


PROSODY. 
From προς (for) won (a song.) 


Prosocy consists of two parts: Puncruation—and the 
Laws or VERsIFIcaTIoN, or Rules for writing Poetry. 


1, Punctuation (ἃ punct-um, a potnt), is the art of divid- 
ing a written composition into parts, by introducing, be- 
tween the members of a period, the following characters’ 
the 9 comma; the $ semicolon; the $ colon; and at the 
close of a period, the - period; the ἢ interrogation; the 
! exclamation; and the === dash. 


It is impossible to lay down rules for punctuating, which 
will be free from exceptions. The following are as useful 
and perfect as any that can be given: 


GENERAL RuteE.—Use a comma after a word of the 7th 
relation ; a semi colon before a word of the 16th relation ; 
and a period, interrogation, or exclamation, at the close of 
the sentence. [See the punctuation on the Plate.] 


Rute 1.—Before a relative pronoun, insert a 4 as: God, 
who, at sundry times, spake unto the fathers, hath spoken. 


Rute 2.—After a noun, or pronoun, governed by a pre- 
position, insert a, as: At sundry times,7 unto the fathers,7 
—after a noun,? or pronoun,7: O’er nature’s soft repose,7. 


Rute 3.—Where the nominative is separated from the 
verb, by an intervening phrase, a 9 is to be inserted after 
the nominative, and before the verb, as: 

Thunders 9 wafted from the burning zone 
» Growl from afar, a deaf and hollow groan, 

Rue 4.—A $ is used before a conjunction, as: I will 
either bring you the book; or send it by mail. An adjec- 
tive restricts the logical extension of a noun § as: North 
America is not so large; as America. 


The $ is used when a comparison is made between two 
things, by using the comparative and corresponding con- 
junctions, as: As the ox goeth to the slaughter: so goeth 
the fool to the stocks. 


— 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 83 


Rute 5.—The « is placed at the close of a period, and 
denotes the sense to be complete, as: 
The midnight moon serenely smiles 
O’er Nature’s soft repose, 
No low’ring cloud obscures the sky$ nor 
Ruffling tempest blows. [See Plate.] ᾿ 
Rute 6.—The ἢ is used after an interrogatory sentence ; 
the ἢ after an interjection, and exclamatory phrases; and 
the === denotes a rhetorical pause, as 


O death! where is thy—sting? O grave! where is thy—victory? 


The student is referred to the Plate on Syntaz, for a | 
more full exemplification of the preceding rules. 


Prosopy (pos 4) is the art of meting poetry by ἃ regu- 
lar succession of long and short, or of accented and unac- 
sented syllables. A certain number of syllables form a 
foot. ‘They are called feet, because it is by their aid that 
the voice passes through them in measured time, either in 
singing or reading poetry. There are eight kinds of feet, 
four of two syllables, and four of three, as follows: 


Dissyllable. Trisyllable. 
1. A Trochee, — ~ δ. A Dactyl, -~-~ 


2.Anlambus,~—- 6. An Amphibrach, - — ~ 
3. A Spondee,— — 7. An Anapest, .-~-— 
4. A Pyrrhic, - ~ 8. A Tribrach, -~-~ 


Three of these are called primary, because whole com- 
positions can be written in them, without introducing other 
feet, viz: T'rochee, Iambus, and Anapest. The others are 
called secondary, being used occasionally, to vary the com- 
position. 


The following verse will serve to convey an idea of the 
principles of Prosody, as given above: 


Not & dram7* wis héard,2 nor & fan7ral ndte,2 
As his cdrse7 t6 the rém7part wé h@r7riéd ; 

Not & soMdier discharged7 his fare2wéll shat, 
O’ér thé grave? whére Sur hé7r6 wé bu7riéd. 


* The figures divide the lines into measures, and point out the foot, 
as per above Table.—1. Trochee; 2. Iambus: 7, Anapest; &e 


84 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


BURIAL OF SIR JOHN MOORE. 


Not a drum? was heard,2 nor ἃ fun’7ral note,2 
As his cors27 to the ram7part we hurried ; 

Not a sol7dier dis-charg’d7 his fare2well shot, 
O’er the grave? where our he7ro we bu7ried. 


We buried him darkly at dead? of night ;2 
The sods2 with our bay7onets turning ; 

By the strug7gling moon2beams mis2ty light,2 
And our dan7terns dim2ly burn2ing. 


No use3less cof2fin enclos’d7 his breast ,2 

Nor in sheet,'7 nor in shroud,7 we bound2 him; 
But he day7 like a war7rior tak2ing his rest,7 
- With his mar7tial cloak2 arouwnd2 him. 


Few and short? were the pray’rs7 we said ;2 
And we spoke? not a word? of sor2row ; 

But we stead7fastly gaz’d7 on the face? of the dead,7 
And we bzt7terly thought? of the mor7row. 


We thought,2 as we hol7low’d his nar7row bed,2 
And smooth’d2 down his lonely pil2low, 

That the foe7 would be rz7oting o7ver his head,7 
And we2 far away7 on the δέον. 


Lightly1 they’ll talk2 of the spir7it that’s gone ; 
And o’er2 his cold ash7es upbraid7 him ; 

But noth2ing he’ll reck,7 if they Zet7 him sleep οὔ, 
In a grave? where a Brz7ton has lazd7 him. 


But half2 of our hea7vy task2 was done,2 
When the clock? told the hour? for retér'7ing ; 

And we heard7 the dis2tant ran2dom gun,2 
That the 7067 was sud2denly fir7ing. “ 


Slowly1 and sad2ly we laid? him down,2 
From the field? of his fame? fresh and go7ry; 
We carv’d2 not a line ;7 we rais’d2 not a stone,7 
But Zeft2 him alone? in his glo7ry. 


γε: sine 


Pecan: sip Ranaut 
aad τιΣ Wyse erst 
| Helena TET ey 
ite =e ei 


Y) Aesouvenes 


XI ς 


νον". 
a_i 


3 ΠΊΕ 


3nd 


Πὰν 


σι, 


a. 
»»ἢ 
ε: 
~ 
Jj 


ἡ | 


PRINCIPLES 


OF THE 


ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX 


OF THE 


LATIN LANGUAGE: 
UPON THE ANALYTIC PLAN OF ROOT AND ADJUNCTS. 


INTRODUCTION. 


Aut will agree that he is a good Latin and Greek 
scholar, who has acquired a knowledge of the roots of all 
the declinable words in those languages, together with the 
adjuncts, which can be associated with each radical, and 
understands their import and use, in giving to the noun, 
pronoun and adjective, gender, number, and case—and to 
the verb, voicc, number, person, conjugation, mood, and 
tense—and has acquired a knowledge of the indeclinable 
parts of speech, with the ability to give every word its true 
syntax, or relation to the other word or words in the sen- 
tence, by which it is, in reality, “constituted a part of 
speech.” . 

In the following pages, we have endeavored to make 
such a disposition of some sixty lines of Virgil’s Mneid, 
(and the second chapter of Matthew, from the Greek Test- 
ament,) as will combine and illustrate all these principles 
under one general view, and will guide the learner to a 
knowledge so desirable. | . 

The ingenious student will find the root (which is some- 
times a more remote one than is found in the text), placed 
in the first column; the definition in the second; while 
the syntax (showing by what word it is governed, or with 
what it agrees), occupies the third column; leaving the 
terminations, Bratns out the etymology, to close the line 


86 INTRODUCTION. 


The root and termination of every declinable word, in the 
text, are clearly pointed out, by the prefixes and suffixes 
being printed in Italics, while the root appears in Roman 
Smart Caritas. 

Thus ave have endeavored to make the rough path easy 
and inviting to the beginner, at the commencement of his 
journey; and to invite the man of letters again to revisit 
those literary fields, and to place in his hands something 
that shall recall those juvenile days in classic hall, free 
from religious intolerance, political villainy, and a cold and 
heartless world, and to fix the principles of this noble lan- 
guage indelibly upon the mind. 

The plan of Latin forms, originated by Mr. Grosvenor, 
is a very happy method of disposing of the tedious and pro- 
lix declensions and conjugations, which hang like an incu- 
bus over the student, and no doubt will be welcomed by the 
learner. This Table was published by Mr. Grosvenor, at 
Salem, Massachusetts, in the year 1831. Parts of the Ta 
ble have been copied into other grammars. C.inToN said, 
that he who made two blades of grass grow where only 
one was known to grow before, deserved the everlasting 
gratitude of his country. And if this be true, surely he 
who has condensed to a single page the long and cumbrous 
conjugations, of some sixty or eighty pages, ought to have 
his memory perpetuated by a monument more lasting than 
brass or marble—he should live in the hearts of all friends 
of improvement in literature. We have, in this work, 
arranged this Table in an improved form, and _pre- 
pared an original Table of the Greek Verb, which will be 
found in their proper places. From this arrangement, the 
student will be able to commence parsing at once, and will 
find on the same page—yea, zn the same line—a Virgil, a 
Dictionary, and a Grammar, which will present to the 
eye of the scholar, all that Virgil, Cicero, Tacitus, or De- 
mosthenes could inform him about their mother tongue. 

That the person into whose hands this work may fal., 
may, by a careful and critical examination of the princi- 
ples here laid down, (which are as immutable as the 
language itself, on which they are grounded,) speedily 
find himself able to read, write, and speak the language, 
with the facility and accuracy of a native Roman, or Gre 
cian is the sincere wish of THE AUTHOR. 


=. ΎΜ ee 


— > » 
| 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 


A BRIEF VIEW OF THE PARTS OF SPEECH 


The Parts of Speech in Latin are eight: 

1, Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, and Verb—declined.* 

2. Adverb, Preposition, Conjunction, and Interjection— 
undeclined. 

DEFINITIONS 

1. A Noun is the name of a person, place, or thing: as, 
ver. 

2. An Adjective expresses the quality or extension of 
the noun: as, vir bonus. 

3. A Pronoun stands for the noun: as, vir qui. 


4. A Verb expresses the existence or action of the noun. 
as, vir est. 


5. An Adverb expresses the manner in which the noun 
exists: as, vir ἐδὲ est. 


6. A Preposition governs some case of a noun: as, ad 
virum. 


7. A Conjunction connects words or sentences: as, arma 
que virum. 
8. An Interjection is a virtual sentence: as, hew! 


REMARKS 


Words are called parts of speech, because they are all re- 
ferred, either directly or indirectly, to the noun; and, as 
their existence as a part of speech depends on this relation 
to the noun, so the case of a noun is merely that correlative 
relation which the noun and pronoun have to other words 


* A declinable word contains a root, and generally one termination: 
as. ARM-d, σαν. 


88 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


in the sentence; and although Latin nouns and pronouns 
are generally declinable, yet their case depends entirely 
upon their syntax: as, nominative, arm-a; sunt; vocatzve, 
O arm-a@; accusative, cano arm-a. 


GENDER. 


The Genders are three :—Masculine, denoting males; 
femin:ne, denoting females; and all others are neuter; but 
in Latin, nouns are said to be ina ccertain gender by gram- 
matic construction—that is, the gender is determined by 
the adjective annexed: as, masculine, ws; feminine, a; 
neuter, wm. ; 


NUMBER. 


The Singular Number denotes but one; the Plural more 
than one. 


CASE, 


The Cases are six:—Nominative, Genitive, Dative, Ac- 
cusative, Vocative, and Ablative. 


DECLENSION, 


Declension is the mode of changing the termination of 
nouns. There are five declensions, called first, second, 
third, fourth, fifth, distinguished from each other by the 
termination of the genitive singular: as, first, @; second, 
ὃ; third, zs; fourth, ds; fifth, ez. 

The Declension and Gender, on the Chart, are placed after 


every noun, adjective and pronoun: thus, (1 //.), first declension, 
feminine gender; (2 π. p.), second declension, neuter, plural; &e. 


RULES FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF CASES. 


1. The Nominative precedes the verb: as, penn-a est; 
arm-a sunt. 


2. The Genitive follows a noun, adjective, or verb; as, 
annus mundi. 


3. The Dative is governed by verbs and adjectives: as, 
similis, penn-@. 

4. The AccusaTIVE is governed by transitive verbs and 
prepositions, the “time how long,” and the “place to 
which”; and is placed before the infinitive; as, tenec 
penn 1-m, &c. 


—. 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 89 


δ. The Vocative is construed with O: as, O Catalin-a. 


6. The AxsLaTivE is governed by the prepositions dy, 
with, in, &c., and is used to express the “‘ time when,” the 
‘place where,” the ‘‘cause, manner, means, and instru- 
ment,” and is put absolute with a participle. 


» TABLE OF DECLENSION. 
FIRST DECLENSION. 


Singular. Plural. 
N.G.D. Ac. V. Ab. N. α. D.Ac.V.Ab. 
Root, —— f— a,#,e2,am, 8," ἃ. Ὁ; arum, is, as, &, isT 


SECOND DECLENSION. 

Root, ——m. &f—us,er, i, 0,um,e,er, 0. i, orum, is, os, i, is, 
Root, —— n— um, i, 0,um, um, o. a,forum, is, a,f a,fis. 
THIRD DECLENSION. 

Root, ——m.&f— —,is, i,em, —,e,i.es, um,ibus,es, es,ibus 
Ἐοοῖ, - n— —,is, i, —, —,¢@,i. a, ium,ibus, a, a,ibus 
FOURTH DECLENSION. 

Root, —-m. — us, ds,ui,um, us, ἃ. us,uum,ibus,$us,us,ibus§ 
Root, —-  _n— uw, U,uU, ἃ, ἃ, U.Ua,uum,ibus,§ua,ua,ibus$ 
FIFTH DECLENSION. 

Root, —— f.— es,ei,ei,em, es, 6. es,erum,ebus, es,es,ebus. 

Exceptions in gender will be learned from the Lexicon ; 


but the student should know nothing of them until he is 
familiar with the regular forms. 


FORM OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 


Gender.|] n. | m. | n. | n. | m. |] π. | 2. | m§n| m. 1 7. 
Nom. a, ο. ο. l. | n. | ar. | ur.} er. | or. |] as. 
Gen. atis. | onis. | etis. | lis. | nis. | aris. | uris | eris. | oris | atis 
Gender. f.m. f.| m. n. - αν | Pr.Part. 
Nom | 68, is, | ὁ us, | ws, | ut, | x, ns, 
Gen. is, tis, itis. | is. | onis. | oris. | eris. | itis. | cis. ntis. 


* The Vocative is always like the nominative, except in the mascu- 
line and feminine singular, of the second declensicn. 

t In a few words, abus. 

$ All Neuters have the Nominative, Aiscusative, and Vocative, alike, 
ending always in a, in the plural. 

§ In a few words, ubus. 


*» 


90 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 
FIRST DECLENSION—FEMININE. 


Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. Abl. 
Penn-a, pern-@, penn-@, penn-am, penn-a, _ penn-d. 
Pen is, pen 97, pei to, penhold, penO, pen with. 


Penn-@, penn-arum,penn-is, penn-as, peanags penn-is. 
Pens are, pens of, pensto, penshold, pensO, pens with. 


SECOND DECLENSION——-MASCULINE. 


Domin-us domin-i. domin-o, domin-wm, domin-e, domin-o. 
Lord is, lord of, lord to, lord see, lord O, lord with. 


Domin-i, domin-orwm,domin.is, domin-os, domin-t, domin-is. 
Lords are, lords of, lords to, lords see, lords Ὁ, lords with, 


SECOND DECLENSION—NEUTER. 


Fat-um, fat-i, fat-o, fat-uwm, fat-um, fat-o. 
Fate is, fate af, fate for, fate hold, fate O, fate with. 


Fat-a, fat-orum,  fat-ts, fat-a, fat-a, fat-is. 
Fates are, fatesof, fatesto, fates see, fate O, fate with. 


THIRD DECLENSION—MASCULINE. 


Serm-0, serm-onis, serm-oni, serm-onem, serm-o, serm-one. 
Word is, word of, wordto, word speak, word O, word with. 


Serm-ones, serm-onwm,serm-onibus serm-ones, serm-ones, serm-onibue 
Words are, words of, wordsto, wordsspeak,words O, words with. 


THIRD DECLENSION-——-NEUTER. 


Opus, opér-is, opér-t, opus, opus, opér-e. 
Workis, work of, work to, work do, work O, work with. 
Oper-a, oper-um, oper-tbus, oper-a, oper-a, oper-ibus. 


orks are,works of, works to, worksdo, works O, works with. 
DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 


Singular. Plural. 
2. bon-as, 1; 0, um, Ὁ, o i, “drum, ‘is, os; i.) im, 
1F.bon-a, 2, #, am, a, 4. ὅθ, arum, is, as, 8 is. 
2N. bon-um, i°o, um, um, o. a, orum, is, a, a. is. 


For the other declensions, the student is referred to the Table of 
Declensions and the Analysis of Virgil’s AZnead, where he will find 
three hundred paridigss. 


. 
LATIN GRAMMAR. 9] 


PRONOUNS. 


In Latin there are eighteen simple Pronouns, the prin- 
a pal of which are declined below. 


“Ὁ PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
First Person—lI. 
Singular. Plural. 

ΕΝ. G.. BD. 40. ¥.Abs-N. G. D. 46. F. 4b. 
ego, mei, mihi, me,—,me. nos, nostriimornostri, nobis, nos, —, nobis. 
Sreconp Person—Thouw. 
tu, tui, tibi, te, tu, te. vos, vestrimorvestri, vobis, vos,vos,vobis 


Tuirp Person—Himself, Herself, Itself. 
—, sui, sibi, se, -—,se. —, sui, sibi, se, —, se. 
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 
Tuirp Person—This, That, These, Those. 


Na iG. WD. fe. Το fd, N. G. ΡΝ 
M. hic, hujus, huic, hune, —, hoc. hi, horum, his, hos, —, his. 
F. hee, hujus, huic, hanc, —, hac. he, harum, his, has, —, his. 
N. hoe, hujus, huic, hoe, —, hoc. hec,horum, his, hee, —, his. 
M. ille, iilius, illi, illum, —, illo. illi, illorum, illis, illos, —, illis. 
F. illa, illius, illi, illam,—, illa. illz,illarum, illis, illas, —, illis. 
N. illud, illius, illi, illud, —, illo. illa, illorum, illis, illa, —, illis. 
M.is, ejus, ei, eum, —,eo. ii, eorum,jlisoreis,eos,—,iisoreis, 
F.ea, ejus, ei, eam,—,ed. ew, earum,jisorcis,eas, _,lisoreis. 
N. id, ejus, ei, id, -—,e0. ea, eorum,iisoreis,ea, —,lisoreis. 

RELATIVE PRONOUNS—Who, Which, That, As. 


M. qui, cujus, cui, quem,—, quo. qui,quorum,queis, *quos,—,queis.* 
F. que, cujus, cui, quam,—, qua. que,quarum,queis,*quas,—,queis.* 
N. quod,cujus, cui, quod, —, quo. que quorum ,queis, *quae,—,queis.* 

The other pronouns are, iste, quis, idem, istic, aliquis, 
siquis quisnam, quicunque, quinam, &c, 

Iste is declined like 2116. 

Quis is declined like quz, except that it has quid for quod. 

Idem is declined by adding dem to the pronoun és 

Isttc is declined like Aic, but is wanting in some of its 
cases, | 

Aliquis, siquis, &c., are declined like quis. 


* More fregiently qutbus. 


92 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Quisnam and quinam, by adding nam and quis to qu2. 

Quicunque, by adding cunque to qué. 

Meus, tuus, suus, noster, and vester, may be called ad- 
jectives. 

Nostras, vestras, and cujas, are declined like adjectives 
of one termination in the third declension: as, zostra-s, 
atis, ὅζεο. ; 

t 


VERBS. 


A Verb expresses the existence or action of its nomina- 
tive; and as all beings are represented, in every language, 
as existing, or acting on another object, or as being acted 
upon by an agent, there are but three kinds of verbs:— 
intransitive, transitive, and passive. 


The Inrransitive Verb is defined by the syllables com- 
posing the word—én, not; trans, (a traho,) a preposition, 
signifying over; ἐξ, (ind., pres., 3d, sing., @ €0,) goes; zve, 
may: and means one whose action or existence may not 
go over to an object: as, John stands; David runs. 


The Transitive Verb is one whose action (zt) goes 
(trans) over to an object: as, John splits wood. 


The Passive (a@ patzor, to suffer) Verb is one represent- 
ing action wpon a passive nominative: as, Wyatt was 
hung by the sheriff; (that is, he was hung against his 
own will;) which is only another form of the transitive. 
The same action may be represented in either form of the 
verb; as (transitive), the sheriff hung Wyatt; (passive) 
Wyatt was hung by the sheriff. . 


In Latin, 0, ὃ, m, 8, or t, final, is the sign of an active 
verb: as, amamu-s; and 7 of the passive: as, amamu-7. 
MOOD. 


The Moop expresses the manner ih which the nomina 
tive exists, acts, or is acted upon. ‘There are four Moods: 
he Indicative, the Subjunctive, the Imperative, and the 
'nfinitive. 


The Ixpicative simply declares that its nominative ex 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 93 


ists, acts, or is acted upon: as, John stands; Joseph 
writes a letter; the letter is written. The signs of this 
mood are, in the imperfect tense, ba; in the perfect, ὁ; in 
the pluperfect, era; in the future, ὃ. 

The Sussuncrive expresses that the action or existence 
is possible or contingent: as, it may rain ; John can write ; 
if John weep. The signs of this mood are: in the imper- 
fect, re; in the perfect, evz; in the pluperfect, zsse.; in the 
future, 67. 

The ImpeRaTIVE is used to command, entreat, or permit 
some person to exist or act: as, shut the door; give us our 
daily bread. The signs of this mood are: a, 6, 2, to, te, 
ate, &c. 

The InrmirIveE expresses ἀπ να action: as, AMA-7é, 


to love. The sign of this mood is: re or zsse—it is render- 
ed to, or to have. 


TENSE. 


Tense is the division of time into present, past, and 
future. 


The Present Tense represents present time: as, J love. 
The Imperfect represents past time: as, I loved. . 


The Perfect represents an action as now completed: as, 
I have loved. 


The Pluperfect represents the action as formerly done: 
as, I had loved. 


The Future represents future action: as, I shall love. 
MOODS AND TENSE. 


INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Pr.Imp. Per. Plu. Fut. Pr. Imp. _ Per. Plu. a” 
—,ba, i, era, bi. a,@, re, eri, 


do, did, have, had, will. may, might, may kavs. might have, shail have. 
PERSON AND NUMBER, 


SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
1st Per. 2d Per. 3d Per. 1st Per. 2d Per. 3d Per. 
Active. ο,Ἷ, τα, 5, (isti,) t. mus, tis, nt, (ere). 
. thou, he. we, you, they. 


Passive, yr, ris, re, tur. mur, mini, ntur. 


PRINCIPLES OF 


94 


"84 10 “01 Π τ πὰ, fi ΙΖ: Pee 
fo ¢ ΙΖ De Eg ORE ΡΞ ἤΒΕΝΣ 
ι } un} }[ 1 2 ‘8 
(‘07 ynogn) sniny ἢ ‘—‘— ‘e— “oor pz mL § ‘samdng 
: for fa 9 ‘x : ‘aany 02 fosst |far‘— ‘n ‘apl— 
(310) —su ΡΞ: Zt 1001 4ST 5014 (01 for | ἃ 9. fg + 
89.191}. 2.61 om purfuy 
*O}-U 9303 10 ‘94 , (01. ‘oy 10 ὑπο Gh ὩΣ ἃ a ἐδ! 
“τα96} 29] ποῖ Wry 19] {102}. : 
“poopy θαι» μι 
“1ὰ ‘sy ‘snum £4 ‘a τὸ ‘aany 1729η5 ‘tre |far‘— ‘n fav |-- 
“8 ‘sy ‘smut £4 ‘sm ‘sany ysvu fesst |fat‘— ἐπ ‘av |— 
“ye (611 ‘snu £4 eo ‘sany finw ‘110 ["λῚ “--- ‘n ‘av |— 
bral ion UN net § AER 8. τα ἸῸΝ ‘pynoo ‘gy Bru fox] Tog fo. Syl 
: una 10 ‘fhnw t ὁ -- 
hoy ‘nox om | fo “πο Ἵ Se peel Ἐν Fo ΘΠ ΤΕ 
“poopy aarjountlqng 
“qu “511 ‘snur £4 ig =. ar “7)DYs fo fe | τ΄-- -- --- 
qu 08. fsnur] 1 pa 0 40 “1m δ (0) 4 τῶ εξ fg Sar 
eta] ‘yu ‘sy ‘snur $4 ‘ar’. “a ‘poy (819 | ‘At f— Mn favl— 
jo“ unio [51:5 ‘sn £4 Ms “-- ‘any ft l‘far&— ‘nm Sael— 
‘au ‘sry ‘snur 64 bg cur ‘mp ‘eq ‘or (9. 9. Spl 
"§ ἤδη "ς΄ ποΧ τ} ὃ Ἢ ὃ “πο Ἵ “I ἔ Sn τοι 
"Ivan *aVIOONIS ust sug 881 Ps ok tS 
LIQUNAT PUD UOSLAT ‘asuay, pun poopy ‘woupnsnluog 


‘POW MoI pPUT— TADIOA DALLOV 


‘NOILVONLNOO 0 WIAVL 


(3001 PE 


"1071 


ἄροα pg} ἀϑῦμιο ἢ 


{ool pz 
*4001 4ST 


‘Jd 
"sold 


"4001 isi *Solg 


£4001 py 
‘4001 pz 
"4001 PZ 
JOO 151 


£4001 251 


£4001 4ST 


*yool pz 
£4001 PZ 
*y001 4ST 
£4001 4ST 


°700N 


“my 
‘jzodnyg 
194 
"ἀπ 


5916 


qn 
‘jaodnyq 


194 
“ἀη 
Β0.4 


“δι 7 


1 “ὁ.  '“ππᾶαι 4101 “103 ἀοίθα 13 ὃ 9 ὃν 
‘aq wy} 191 “ΘΑ oq ‘noy3eq ‘eq uty 197 
“poopy saunsoduy 
‘jurzony ‘siytony ‘snunsony| fyiony ‘strony forony ἊΜ CUM) ΡΥ) τ:-“-.α ῳ 
oe ; ’ aany 110η58 (815) ‘snq 
‘yuossiny ‘styessmy ‘snurossiny| fyossmy ‘sossmny ‘mossmn] ‘uaog (nd) Ἢ]. ς᾽ Εν 
10 1UBSSO IO Β]Ἴ0580 10 ΒΏΠΙΘΒΒΘ 10 “JoSsa 10 ‘sesso 10 ‘Wasse| samy χηϑι (‘Suts) ‘sn, | ἢ i 
‘jurony ‘stysony ‘snumsony| fy1uony ‘strony = ‘unaony *waaq Crd) ‘Nhe ec 6 ty 
Jo ‘jus 10 ‘sij1s 10 ‘snums| Jo 15 Jo ‘sIs ΧῸ "uns ‘samy how (“Suts) ‘sn | ὦ J 
ἐπι “tur πα ἐχῇ (‘o1)stt ἃ! ‘aq gy Siu for|‘t ‘9 *o “pg 
Ρ ‘— ¢ puB | 
fmju = ‘turut ‘mut fm (‘o1)stz f1)‘una 10 ‘hvu eP it. ‘y so 
S fur (‘0x) st (a % pue z ῃ 9 
Ξ “poopy aarzounlgng 
fa 
Ὁ π turur ‘mu} fam} (θα) 51), Δ} 984 qpav 9 “Ὁ ᾿ 1 fo 
Zi *myu *rurut frou} = f.anq_ (01) sta ΧΟ] 30 ‘77mys §(1)q ‘9 ‘p 
& “yniony ‘siyeieny ‘snuresony] fyeI0ny ‘svrony ‘urerONy ὦ γ΄ ἅμ. Deeg ge te 
3 τοἰγαθιθ 10 “Β11010 Jo ‘snurvag| 10 “7010 10‘sv10 Χο “ταθαϑ PPE ἢ ‘sry ‘Sug I tt 
“yuniony (ΒΙΊΒΙΠΙ = ‘snumny) ἙΕἼΠῚ “ΠΡ “my 2 |, Lap ee yok Bae 
. 2 juns 10‘sse s0‘snums} ΧῸ “159 το (89 xo ‘uns § | [796 PY ὁ con) ὅτις I Δ. 
“nyu “ur στα! fam} (‘o1)stx fy ‘som “eq for fa fa Sy 
franqu ἥαιτα fmm} fanj ((θ1)5ι ,.1.0 ‘wn ok ee 
JOQUNAT PUY UOSLAT ‘asua,y, pun poor ‘uouounluog 


4 


‘poopy ϑαιζοϑγρυγ-- ἸΌΊΟΛ AAISSVd 


| — 1003 25] 


— 1001 pe 
~- 3001 τς 


— 001 pg 
— 1001 25] 
— 1001 4s] 


— 1001 15] 
— jool pg 


— 001 pg 


— 1001 151 
— 001 251 


"JOON 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


\ 


“ὁ ΒΌ1 ‘IvlnSuts ‘uosiod puodes ey T, κα 

- ong 's-0-So] ‘u-e-So ‘se fa peoysut “Ὁ sey Jejn5uts uosscd ysIy 66, |} 
‘suoizeon{uos puodes 

pue 151} oy Jo omy EAIyvorpUT ey} ur ‘7 Jo peoysur “ἢ yeanjd uosied pag} ey} pure ‘o 5958} AeMouis uosied 15.1| ΘῈ, ὃ 
. "θχ10- ΔΈ ὙπῈ 10 ‘JUNIE-Av-UrE ‘S1}S-I-AB-WB ‘SNU-T 

«λϑ-ταῦ “78χπ ‘sny} ἐ ΡΌΘΊ5 si Ur n/a yng ‘yw eL0Joq 2 OL} Jou sop ‘Teanjd ‘uosied pxyA oy} ‘oATYeorpur Joaysod oy} uy + 
“χω pus ZU OIOJOG m2 5958} ‘uorVSnluoo ἩΊΧΠΟῚ oY} ut ‘uoszed owes oY} ΡΒ 

Linqu pue 71) e10J0q 2 JO peoysut n 5078 ‘uoneonfuos paryi 981. 10 ‘queseid oAtyeorpur oy} 10 ‘yeanyd ‘uoszod pxyy oyy, | 

Ὃ 9.Ὁ]9 

Jo} 9] [eIpour oy} Ye} Jou Soop ‘uoryeSnfuoo pary} puv sry oy} 10 “γιθ5θαά oAryeorpur ey? 10 ᾿θπισαιβ ‘uossod 151} OUT, e ὶ 


pue γιοποαᾶ oanjounfqns pue ‘omyny pue ‘“oojrodum “yuosoid oaryeorput ey} Ut ‘uoryesnfu0o 4s.1y ΘΠ1 Jo SI Op qi0A oY} “οχά υτ8 
“X90 Joy {uoedSnluoo seyjoue Jo ore “jueset eatjounlqns pue ‘yoojsodu pue quosesd eAtjeorput oy} opm ‘uomeSnfuos ouo 
JO soujoutos o1v ‘ounqny pur ‘yoojsednyd ‘goqjzod oarjounlqns oy} pue ‘yoojzednjd pue yoojsed earyvorpur oy} ‘st yey} ἐ sesuey 
0010 oy} YA uonedSnluoo oures oy} 10 Jou oe “11 Wo SpeUl 5Θ51191 OY} PUL ‘oAlyBoIpuT yoojied oY} yey} S1N900 τ|9110 11 
‘uornesn{uoo pam) ‘wosadaa fuonesnluoo ΠΊΧΠΟΙ ‘ordya ἐ uoyesnfuoo paryy ‘rpap fuoryesnfuoo ysiy ‘wognp ‘se {s10330] [eIp 
-our oy} Aq umouy oq Avut uoryeonfuco oy} Inq ‘oarjuyur juosoid oy} 4q umouy svAry@ Ou st qaoa Ὁ Jo uorvonf{uoo ΟἹ], 


‘aarjzountqns quasa.d oyy pur ‘aargporpur aingnf oy} JO Woy puoras puv ‘7uasaud oy} YsmSurjsip 
0} ‘s1ouuSeq 0} souej10dum etoods 10 0.18 (suorvon{uoo oy} 10) 519119] ΤΌΤΡΘτα OYJ, ᾿519219] esoy} Sutavy you Aq uMouy 96 
TTA ‘oaissed ‘ornjny oy} pue ‘eo10a oarjoe ‘uorjeSnfuoo pay} oy} 10 ‘omnyny puv ‘yoojrednyd ‘jo0j10d oy, *uoreUTUI0} O43 
Θ.0]94 Surwoo s.1a7j07 youornSnluos 10 yorpow eaoge oy} Jo owos Aq umouy oq Δι 419Ὰ Aue jo uoyesnluoo oy.— g ἽΝ 


"— 8. 0} hanssavau f— aq ΟὙ καὶ, ὋΝ ‘— Suraq “— 2, phere F 
‘un- ‘e- ‘snpu wt ‘um “Ὁ- ‘sn, § 7 94 I I ἢ Ἴ0ΟΧ 158 
ΣΟ! 


aq 01 7N0QD 9q 02 2, *waag aavYy ΟἹ ἡ, aq 07.2; it Se, ‘aes 
"La τὰπ} es ah CIMT <ossmy 10 at θα cy 6 OR τον θυ 2001 2581 


-moouy θαυ] 


97 


GRAMMAR. 


LATIN 


*ADTI [IIMA QAO] 'ΠΟᾺ TITAN OAOT ‘OAK [IIMA ὉΔΟῚ SOU ΠΑ OACT “ΠΟΠΊ {TAA OAT ‘I [ITA OAC] 


‘W- ng-wury ‘SI Ἰατῦ ταν “ΒΕ πι- τ τα Ὁ *9- Iq-2-ury ‘s- Ἰ|τ ταν O- q-e-ury "yng 
*Aoy pey poaoy ‘nok oavy parol ‘am pel poaoy ‘OY pry peaoy ‘noy) yspey poaor *‘T pey ppaot 
"Δατθαρτλυ ταν = ‘SI}-PAQ-AR-UY “Βαϊι- θαρ-υ ταν ΕΔ ὈΧΘ ΑΘ αν ‘s- ὉΛΟ Δ παν ‘W-Big-AL-WYy “π)ὰ 
᾿Αϑ1}} eavy poaoy “ποῖ oavy poaoy ‘OM OABY POAT ‘oy sBy peaoy “ΠΟΠῚ 1580} peaoy ‘J oAvy poaoy 
qunie- Ag-ury ‘SsIis- τὺ ‘su ταῦ ταν ἐλ αν ἢ5-  T-AR-UIy  ap-ury ‘fig 
‘Soy pip oso, “ποῖ pip 9λ0] “ΔΑ. PIP ACT OY PIp ACT “ΠΟΠῚ ASpIp ACT I Pip eaoy 
‘W- θαυ ταν (δι) Βα τα = ‘snwi-eq-e-my ἐθατυ ταν ‘ss θ0- παν ‘ureq-p-ury "ΟἾΔ 
‘foi 9ΛΟῚ "ΠΟΑ͂ ΘΔΟΤ ‘OM 9AO'T ‘Ol SOAOCT NOY} ISOACT Ἴ OAoy 
£qu-n-ury 'syj-p-ury ‘snul-p-wy αν ‘s- Ὅταν ‘O-UIlY "59. 


“poopy aaryvorpur 


[‘uonesnlaoy jo ofquy, 911 
0} Surpsovee ‘soqunyy pur ‘uossog ‘osuay, ‘poopy ‘ uoreonfuod 400% ay} JO ποιγοῖπατποο OY} 51 410 A B Jo uoreSnfuoo oy, 7] 


AAOT XO ‘OWV AO NOILVSALNOD 


or) 


‘ourdns oy} ur paryy oy 
*oatvorpur yoayzod oY) ur ‘puooes oy? ἐ oarworput yuosead oY} ur yor Is:I1y OYI—"SMOT[O] SB PUNO] OV SqIOA 70 9200. 91, 
‘jno pojuiod Apuosye 7181 uy} sisixe ‘uorwsnfu0o Jo yoodses ur ‘Aye 
“nBait 1930 ΟΝ. ΑἸχθγεοα sosuo} sry) Jo ΠῸΠ oUO 1589] 1B WLIO} SGIOA IU[UDOLN Moy Oso} UOAG puT fo[quy, 5111 JO τ} 
91 UO POULIOY OB SqIOA IYSt 10 xis ynq [Ty *posoddns eavy 0} woes βυιυιαυτατπθαϑβ UvY? ΒΘΙ ΤΙ] σθαι JoMey YONUT ole 
G10) [LAU Ul SULIOJ UOT Ut puw { pouLIOy Azumpnto4 φῆναι) ore 'γι Wo OpeUl ΒΟΘ191 OY} puv ‘oAT;vorpUT yooJZ0d ond. 
‘uoryesn{uoo oures oy} Jo st pus ‘juesead oan 
“UHUY Of) OF suorpuruta? pouosiad oy Surppe Aq opem βάθαν st Ἰοομοάππ eanounfqns eyy, ‘earjounfqns eangny puv 
menednid “o9j10d puv oarvorpur “ooy1adnjd pu γοομοά 041 Ul UONeSK{uOO pir) OY Jo St (θὰ οὐαθβ 961 Inq ἐἸοομοάππ 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


98 


oq 01 poaory 


“πηι "402,20 


“1. OAO'T 
ἀππγ- ταν “το ἢ 


(51 1 fogs foy) [191] ΈΘ.0 1 Ρ9ΔΟῚ oq Ο7, 


ΤΟΝ 
‘uru- “Ὁ- ‘sn- 
"JO wayZ OAO'T 
*O-7U-R-WY 
*POAcy *poAoy 


Aoy} oavy [ITA 
*VU-T19-Ag-Wy 
*PoAoy 
ἄρ} oaeyq ται 
.1- OSST-Ad-WY 
ῬΘΔΟΙ 
Α911 oavy θαι 
. “qU-TIe-AR-Wy 
"Α981 WOU 9ΔΟ] 
‘qU-Ol- ταν 
‘Soy θαι 9ΛΟ] 
“τ 9- τοῦ] 


('0303) ‘0}-e-ury "ὦ 


‘um ‘e ‘sn 


($3 1{9η5. "06). “gnogs'eao] OT, 
ΒΟΥ ΠΣ 


δαὶ ΛΟ 
‘SU-B-WY “50 


*saqdioying 


ΕΘΛΌΓ 0} poao'y 
inj-p-me ‘fessyynf fesst-ap-ury “fig 
“poopy aarpurfuy 
“of OAo'T ‘Jo, WY OAO'T 
‘oy-e-UIy ᾿ς 


“poopy aarjosaduy 


‘paaoy 


noA OAR [IAS OM OAT [IIA poaol foyoARyT[eys peaoy noy} oavy 1805 


(511-αθ- ΔΏΞΤα σ᾽ 
‘poaoy 

ποῖ oavy WYSTUt 

“511: 9551-ΛῈ ΤΠ 
‘paao] 

ποῖ oavy Avur 

‘Si}-110-AR-ULy 

‘nod plnoA eAoy 


“511. -E-y 
‘noX θαι 9ΛΟ] 
(51. 9- Wy 


*SNUI-]10-AR-tyy 
*paaol 

OM GARY JOUI 

‘SnUI-9SSI-AR-UlY 


219. ΔΈ ΠΥ ‘S-LIg-Av-WW 

£ poaoy *poao} 
OY OABY ISU Noy} cay 4s}ySrur 
67. ΘΘΘΙ-ΔΌ ‘S- OSSI-AR-WUW 


“paAo] ‘paAaoy 
om easy Avat foyoavyAeupadoy, ΠΟΙ oavy πάθια 
‘SNUI-I10-AR-UTW 41- ταρ- λον ‘s- ταρολθσασν 


‘9M plnoys ΘΔΟΙΪ ‘Ol pfnoa 9Δ0}] “ΠΟΙ 4Spynod daoy 

‘snul- θα ταν “1- θ1τ- Ἐπππῦὸ" ‘s-al- B- Wy 

‘om πα OAC] fey Aevum oaoy ‘no, 15Ά8Ό1 9Δλ0] 

‘snul- 9- τὰν .. 9- WY ‘s- ο- Wy 
“poopy aarjaunlqng 


‘ATANIINOO—ADIOA AALLOV 


°0} OAO'T 
ἐθα- Ἐὰν *7uasatg 


*noy} 9ΛΟΤ 
(‘03)-e-wy °*Z 


‘T OAvy [[eys poaoy 
‘OndQ-Ae-WY "757 

‘J oAvy WS poaoy 
‘W- OSSI-AR-UY “27g 


*T oavy Avw paaoy 
‘W- τ19- δ ταν wag 

‘J SUL 9ΔΛΟ] 
‘ul-al- e- uy “dwy 

1 Avur gaoy 
(πι|- 9- tay sang 


3 ἼΡΘΔΟΙ 9964 *poso] 


*PeAoy hee ἢ ῬΌΔΟΙ ἾΡΘΔΟΙ "ῬΟΔΟΙ͂ 
Αθ} oavy [A ΘΑ͂ ΟΜΝ TIM uosq OM ΘΛΌΠ ΠΙᾺ UVEq OY GATT [LM ποθ ΠΟΙ] ΘΛΌΠ Ἵ12λ πθθ4 1 CARY [TL πθ94 
“Δα 10}. "Ὁ ιν “SI}-110-Nj-1}-B-ULY ‘sNUI-Lo-nj- θα 5 7:110-1|}-Β}1-Ὦ- τ —‘8-140-Ny-snj-n-Wy ‘o-10- ny-suy-e-uTy “yn a 
ἼΡΘΛΟΙ uae *paacy ‘poAoy : Peso] ‘poAo] use ‘poAaoy 
θη] oavyyySru ofOAvy YStur used oA oavy γησταιτιοοα 


oY OAVY FYOIU U9eq NOY} OAvY 1517 01αι 1 AVY YSU ueeq 
qU-OSsT}-E-WY “SI}- Qsse- 11- E-UTY ‘SNUI-QsSo- ΠΓ ἘΠ 1. 0550-5Π1-Ὁ-τπι}7 —‘s-osso-Sn}-y-ury ‘UI-osso-snj-y-uy “ny” 
*poaoy uooq ‘poaoy *‘poaoy £ poAoy ‘peaoy 9906 ‘poaol 
fey oavy Av of ovvy θαι useq fom oavy Leurueeq oy oavy Avuruseq noy} eavy 5θαι y oavy σαι ποθ 
“JU-IS-I}-B-lY 511- 15- 11. Bury ‘snur-Is- N- guy {4- Is sny-e-ury ‘s- Is-Sn}-y-wuy ‘ul- 1s-snq-y-ury fag 
*Poaoy 


“ΠΟΤ 

ἊΝ θα! 94 1ηὅτπι “oq οἵ γηὅται poaoy ‘oqomyySrorpoaoy foqoy Ἰηὅτπιι poaoy oq 1ηϑτπι poaoy “96 1ηϑται poor 
« Ἴπ- O1- y-ury ὑταππι- 91- Bury (1- π- ο1- y-Ury fam-}- 96.- θπὰν (‘01)8- τατοατ ταν ἃ- οα΄ pur “dwiy 
-Ξ ‘oq AoysAvurpoaoy “Θαοί ΑὍπι poaoy ‘oq om θαι poaot {oq oy Avut ρ0Δ0] “πο 96 ἸΒΑθτα poaot ‘y oq Avut poaoy 
= im ju o-wy ‘um- guy ἃ- nu- guy (‘fm 1- o-uy (‘e1)s--g-wry “«- O-UlYy 5944 
o “poopy aayounlong 
% It Aoyroq poaoy ΘΑ͂ og [Ta poaoy ‘oq Om TIM poaot 696 OY [ILA POAoT “ΠΟΠΊ oq IIA Poor ‘oq 1 ΠΙΔᾺ ῬΟΔΟΙ͂ 
& ‘I= γπ- Πατ στα 7 ‘Tuy Iq- Bury (α- παι- 1q- ταν fan-}-1q- θα (91) 5-|χτρ- τὰν (α- O- qQ- ταν “201 
ἥ “POAOT ‘poaoy 

pey ποθ Aoyi ‘of py uoeq poaoy ‘eM pey useq parc, {oy pry uoeq poaot πΟΠΊ Ispuy udeq “1 puy weeq poaoy 

γπ.8 19. τ Ό ταν (511- Ὅ19- 11. BUY ‘SNUI-BIg-N-e-uy 61. Ὀχρ- 51 --τὰῦὸῪ ἐ 8-Ὀ19-807- ταν ‘UI-B1g-sny-E-WY “Nd 

*poaoy 


Aoy oavy uooq ‘of oavy ποθ poaoy ‘as ueeq oAvy poAoy {ey τιοθ sey Poro| NOY} U9eq 1500 PoAot'] W99q OAVT POAcT 
qu-ns-1}-p-try ‘s}- 50- 11. guy = ‘snu-ns-1]-p-ury £9-So-sn}-p-uly 


‘so-sn}-y-ury ‘w-ns-snj-g-ury “fod 
910M Loy} poaoy ‘9X 810M PoAoy ‘OLOM OAK POAOT ‘sv oy poaoy ‘no 4sea poaot =‘ [ 5ΌΔΑ poaoy 
‘In-yi-vq-e-wury ὑπητα- βη θα = ‘a-NUI-Eq-E-My fan-j-vq-v-ury (01) S-14-eq-e-ury q-eq-p-ury “duy 
‘are Loy} poaot fore ποῖ poac; “018 OM POACT fst OY Poot ‘noyt 119 poaoy = ‘ure | poAaoy 
“a+ 1π-8- UY ππᾶι- y-ury ἀχτασατ- ταν ἐστ τταν' (‘01) S-1-g-ury ‘I- O-UY "8.44 


Ι » (pooyy ϑαλ)θορυ)--- ΟΙΟΛ' AAISSVd 


100 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Imperative Mood. 
2. Am-a-re(tor,) 3. Am-a -to -r; 2. Am-4-mini, 3.Am-a -nt -or. 


Loved ye be lovedhim letbe; Lovedbeye, lovedlet them be. 
Infinitive Mood. 
Pres, Am-i -r -i, Perf. Esse -am -ἃ -tus, Fut.Am-a -tum -ir -i, 
Loved to de. To have loved been. Loved to be about to be. 
Participle. 
Pres. Am-a -tus,-a, -um, Ful. Am -ind -us, -a, -um, 
Loved being, he, she, it. Loved to be, -he, -she, -it. 


Nore.—In translating from Latin into English, the conjugation can 
never be rendered, because we have not four corresponding conjugations 
in our language; therefore the 4, or av, which marks the 1st eonjuga- 
tion in Latin, means nothing in English. 


LATIN ANALYZATION. 


The following is an exemplification of the fifth and sixth theses laid 
down on page 6 of this work. The lesson here selected is from Beza’s 
Latin Testament,—Matthew, chap. v., 14, 15, 16, 17; and if the 
reader does not know that the voice, conjugation, mood and tense, per- 
son and number, of the verb; and the declension, gender, number, and 
case of nouns, pronouns, and adjectives, are, in most cases, to be found 
in the terminations suffixed to the root; instead of a Latin Grammar, 
he is requested to critically review the following analysis and FirsT 
LITERAL translation, and acquaint himself with these first principles of 
the language. 

iS The figures placed after the English words place them in the 
English order. 


ron. v.root. 2,plu. root. root. 2,m,g,s. adv. 
14γν. Vos~ es -tis lux mund “i. Non 
Yel are2 —* light 4 theworld ’s, 3 Not 1¢ 
root, root.3s. root. 3,f. root, 1conj. pas.inf. prep 
pot -es -t urb -s occult ἃ -r -i Supra, 


able 11 is9 acity 5 hidden14 be13 to12 upon7 


root, 3,f,ac,s. root, 1% 
mont -e€ -m posit -a, 
a mountain 8 placed. 6 


15v. ady, con, prep, root,root,3,c,3,plu. root, 1,f ac,s. con, 
Ne -que ac -cen -d -u -nt_ Lucern -a -m, et 
Not4 and1 to6 fire5 give3 they 2 acandle7 — —, and 8 


* In all words where the nominative is expressed, the personal termin- 
ation of the verb is cancelled ; thus, vos es(tis,) ye are. Now, if the 
10m. vos were omitted, it would be rendered the same, es (are) tis (ye.) 


Seal 


= 


16y. 


Tv. 


LATIN GRAMMAR... 101 


» Toot, 3,c, 3,plu, root, 1,86,5, prep, root, 2m ac,s. con, 


pon -u -nt e -a -m subter modi -u -m, sed 
placel0— they9 itil under 12 a measure 13 but 14 


prep, root, root, 2,n, 80,8 = root, root, 2,c, 3,s. 
in can -delabr -u «πὶ; splen ἀ ὁ - 
ina candle-stick 15— — ἼΩΝ 16 light 19 gives 185 it 17 


root, dat, pl. root,nom,p. root,3,pl, prep, root, 2,m, ab, 8, 
οὔ -ibus qu -i 581 -nt in dom -o. 
all 21 to20 who22 are23 — in24 the house. 25 


root, 1,7, root, root, 2,conj, sub, p, 3,s, root, root, 1,f, 3. 
-a splen -ἃ {6 -ἃ -t lux vestr -a 
Such5 splendor 6 give 4 may1 — light3 your 2 


prep, root, 3,m,ab,plu, conj, root, 2,c, sub,p 3, plu, 


coram homin -ibus,* ὃ ut vid ΙΒ -a -nt 

before7 men,8 that 9 see 12 may 11 they 10. 
root, 2,n,place, root, 2,n,plu,ace, root, 2,n, plu, ace, 
bon - vestr “a oper -a, 

good14 — yorl3 — works 15 — 


root, root, mb, P; 3, Pl; con, root, 3,m, ac,s, 
glori -fic ue Patr -e© -m 
glorious 20 make 19 te 18 thay 17 and16 father22 — — 


root 2,m,ac,s, root,nom,s, root,3,s, prep, root 2,n, ab Ph, 
vestr -u -m qu =-i es - ἢ col “i 
your — —21 who23 is 24 in25 heaven.26 


adv root, 1conj, imp, 2,pl, root, ace,s, root, inf, perf 
Ne existim -a m -θ ven -isse 
Not3 think1 — ait 2 me 4 come 6 to have 5 
con, prep, root, 3,c,sub,p,1,s, root, 3,f, 86,5, con, 

ut dis -solv -ἃ ἃ leg 8. -m aut 
that7 un10-loose1l may9I8 thelaw12 or 13 


prep, root, I,dec, ac, pl, adv, root, Ms perf, con, 
pro -phet -a “S: non yen ut 
pro -phets14 — — not 16 come17 ies 115 that Is 


= 1,f, ac, plu, Prep, root, subj, pr, 1s, con, 8, 


a +S 5 -soly -ἃ sed 
them 23 un 21 -loose 22 may 20 I 19 but 24 that 25 
root, 1 if, ac plu, Prep, ine 2, at ~ Ps 1 “8; 
e 
them 29" in fall 30 dies may y 27 I. "26 


* The English signification of a case is cancelled in the termination 
ef a Latin noun, if a preposition expressed precede it; homin(men) 
‘bus (before)—coram (before) homin (men) ibus (cancelled. ) 


g* 


conjugate. 


the table. 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


THE RADICALS OF VERBS. 


The following list of verbs is inserted for the student te 
The figures inserted after each radical will in- 
form the student to which conjugation he is to refer it on 


The student should by all means practice on these verbs 
until he can conjugate any verb with the greatest sat ac- 
curacy, and facility. 


1, Amo, am @re, am @ vi, am @ tum; 4, dv, Ist conjugation. 
2. Mon ὃ ο, mon ὃ re, mon wi, moni tum; @, wu, 7, 2d conjugation 


3 Re 


o, reg € re, rex 
4, Audio, aud ire, aud iv i, aud 


Inv. Pres., 1st Root. 


1, 


Abseond 0,3 


Acu 0,3 
Argu 0,3 
Accend 0,3 
Al 0,3 

Ag 0,3 
Ard e 0,2 
Aug 60,2 


Batu 0,3 
Bib 0,3 


Conniy e 0,2 


Οἱ 6 ο,2 
Cap 10,4 
Cup 10,4 
Crese 0,3 
Claud 0,3 
Céd 0,3 
Cad 0,3 
Czd 0,3 
Créd 0,3 
Col o, 
Cern 0,3 
Cay e 0,2 


Do,1 
Dom 9,1 
Doc e 0,2 
Die 0,3 
Due 0,3 


acu ὅ re,3 
argu 6 re, 


accend. ὅ re, 


al ὅ re,3 
ag €re,3 
ard 6 re,2 
aug δ re,2 


batu ὅ re,3 
bib € re,3 


conniv ὃ 76,2 


οἱ ὃ re,2 
οδρδ re,2 
cup ὅ re,3 


cresc 6 re,3 
claud é re,3 


ced 6 re,3 
cad ὅ re,3 
ced 6 re,3 
créd 6 re,3 
col é re,3 
cern ὅ re,3 
Cav 8 re,2 


d ἅ το, 
dom a re,1 
doc ὃ re,2 
die 6 re,3 
duc ὅ re,3 


i, rec tum; 


to, 


abscond ὅ re,3 


Perr. 2d Root. 

have, to. 
abscond 7,3 
acu i,3 acu tum,3 
argu 1,3 argu tum,3 
accend i,3 accens um,3 
al u i,2 al i tum,2 
eg 1,3 ac tum,3 
ars 1,3 ars um,3 
au xi,3 aue tum,3 
batu 1,3 batu tum,3 
bib i,3 bib i tum,2 
conn iv 1,4 
ci vi,3 ci tum,3 
cep 1,3 ‘cap tum,3 
eupivi4 = cup i tum,3 
cre vi,3 cré tum,3 
claus i,3 claus um,3 
cessi i,3 cess um,3 
ceci di,3 cas um,3 
cec idi,3 ce sum,3 
erédidi,3 ογδᾷ i tum,2 
col u 1,2 cultum ,3 
eré vi,3 eré tum,3 
cav i,3 cau tum,3 
de di,3 da tum,1 
dom u i,2 dom i tum 4 
doe ui,2 doe tum,3 


é and —, 3d conjugation. 
i tum; 2, iv, 4th conjugation. 


ΞΌΡΙΝΕ, 3d Root. 


abscond i twm,4* hide. 


die si,3(dixt) die tum,3 
due si,3(duzi)due tum 3 


sharpen. 
rove. 
indle. 
nourish. 
do. 
burn. 
increase 


beat. 
drink. 


wink, 
excite. 
take. 
desiré. 
grow. 
close. 

ield. 

all. 
cut, kill, 
believe. 
till. 


see, decree 
take care 


4! 
give. 
tame. 


teach. 


say. 
lead. 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 


I, to, 
Em 0,3 em 6 re,3 
Exu 0,3 exu 6 re,3 
-Ed 0,3 ed 6 re,3 
Fru "1,3 fru i,3 
Fac io,4 fac 6 re,3 
Fric 0,3 fric ἃ re, 
Fulgeo,2  fulgé re,2 
Frigeo,2- frig ὃ re,2 
Flect 0,3 flect ὅ re,3 
Fur 0,3 fur ὅ re, 
Hab e 0,2 hab 6 re,2 
Her e 0,2 her 6 re,2 
Jung 0,3 jung 6 re,3 
πωὶ 0,4 μα é re.3 
Indu 0,3 indu ὅ re,3 
Lab or,3 lab i,3 
Leg 0,3 leg 6 re,3 
Lud 0,3 lud 6 re,3 
lay are,1 
Lév'o,1 ; lay ὅ re,3 
Mori or,3 mor i,3 
Mitt 0,3 mitt ὅ re,3 
Mon e 0,2 mon 6 re,2 
Merg 0,3 merg 6 re,3 
Nub 0,3 nub ὅ re,3 
Ning 0,3 ning ὅ re,3 
Nase or,3 nase i,3 
Ori or,3 ori ri,3 
Pand 0,3 pan 6 re,3 
Pend 0,3 pend 6 re,3 
Pung 0,3 pung ὅ re,3 
Pon 0,3 pon ére,3 
Pet 0,3 pet 6 re,3 
Prem 0,3 prem 6 re,3 
Psall 0,3 psall ὅ re,3 
Pase 0,3 pase ὅ re,3 
Plic 0,1 plic a re,1 
Plu ¢,3 plu 6 re,3 
Quer 0,3 quer ὅ re,3 
0,3 quiesc ἄ re, 


ém i,3 
exu i,3 
éd 1,3 


fru i tus,3 
fee i,3 
frie α 1,2 
ful 81,3 
fri xi,3 
fle xi,3 


hab u i,2 
he si,3 


junx i,3 
jée 1,3 


inda 1,3 


mon ui,2 
mer si,3 


nup si,3 
ninx i,3 
na tus,3 


or tus,3 


nd i,3 
-serpt i,3 
pupug i,3 
pos ui,2 
pet iv 1,4 
press 1,3 
psall i,3 


pav i,3 


plu 1,3 


quees iv i,4 
quis vi,3 


have, 


103 


~ to. 

emp tum,3 buy. 

ext tum,3 undress. 

é sum,3 eat. 
-ctus,3 enjoy. 

fac tum,3 make. 

fric tum,3 rub. 

Ἶ shine. 
frie tum,3 be cold. 
flec tum,3 bend. 

be mad. 
hab i tum, have. 
he sum,3 stick. 
junc tum,3 join. 
jic tum,3 throw. 
indi tum,3 clothe. 

slide. 
lec tum,3 choose. 
lu sum,3 play. 
lo tum,3 
lau tum,3 wash, 
lav ἃ tum,1 

die. 
miss um,3 send 
monitum,2  advis 
mersum,3 dip, plunge. 
nup tum,3 veil, or marry. 

snow. 

be born 

rise, 
pan sum,3 open. 
pen sum,3 hang. 
pune tum, prick. 
pos i tum,2 place. 
pet i tum, seek. 
press um, press. 
——., play on an in 

strument. 

——, feed. 
_——. fold. 

ὃ rain. 
quesitum,4 seek. 
qui 6 tum,3 rest. 


104 


agent 
Rid e 0,2 
Ru 0,3 
Reg 0,3 


Stru 0,3 
Sid 0,3 
Surg 0,3 
String 0,3 
Sent 10,4 
St 0,1 

Sed e 0,2 
Serib 0,3 


IND. Pres 
Ist root. 


Ton o,1 
Tene 0,2 
Tim e 0,2 
Tribu 0,3 
Tang 0,3 
Trah 0,3 
Tex 0,3 


Vet o,1 
Vid e 0,2 
Vine 0,3 

. Vend 0,3 
Vert 0,3 
Veh 0,3 
Viv 0,3 
Volvy 0,3 
Venio,4 
Ven e 0,2 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


to, 
rid δ re,2 
ru 6 re,3 
reg €re,3 


stru ὅ re,3 
sid 6 re,3 
surg 6 re,3 
string 6 re,3 
sent I re, 

st ἃ re,] 

sed ὃ re,2 
scrib ὅ re,3 


ΝΕ. Pres. 


ton ἃ re,1 
ten 8 re,2 
tim 6 re,2 
tribu ὅ re,3 
tang ὅ re,3 
trah 6 re,3 
tex 6 re,3 


vet ἃ re,1 
vid δ re,2 
vine 6 re,3 
vend 6 re,3 
vert ὅ re,3 
veh 6 re,3 
viv ὅ re,3 
voly 6 re,3 
ven i re,4 
ven i re,4 


have, 
ris 1,3 

ru 1,3 

rex 1,3 


strux 1,3 
sid 1,3 
surre x i3 
strin x i3 
sens i,3 
stet 1,3 
séd i,3 
scrips i,3 


Inp. PERF. 
2d root. 


ton u i,2 
ten u i,2 
tim ἃ i,2 
tribu i,3 
tet i gi,3 
tra x 1,3 
tex u i,2 


vet ui,2 
vid i,3 

vie i,3 
vend id i,3 
vert-i,3 
vex i,3 
vix i,3 
volv i,3 
ven i3 
ven ii,3 


to, 
ri sum,3 

ru i tum,3 
rec tum,3 


struc tum,3 


ΝΟΣ ae 
surrec tum,3 
stric tum, 
sen sum,3 
st a tum,1 
sess um, 
scrip tum,3 


SUPINE. 
3d root. 


ton i tum,2 
ten tum,3 


’ 
tribu tum,3 
tae tum,3 
trac tum,3 
tex tum,3 


vet i tum,2 
vi sum,3 

vic tum,3 
vend i tum,4 
ver sum,3 
vec tum,3 
vic tum, 

vol u tum,3 
ven tum,3 


’ 


laugh. 
rush, 
rule. 


build. 
sink. 
rise. 
bind. 
feel. 
stand. 
sit. 
write. 


thunder. 
hold. 
fear. 
give. 
touch. 
draw. 
weave. 


forbid. 
see. 
overcome, 
sell. 
turn. 
carry. 
live. 
roll. 
come. 
be sold. 


Notre.—From the foregoing one hundred radicals, we have more 
than five thousand English derivatives, —a consideration sufficient to in 
duce ths student to commit them perfectly to memory. 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 105 


RULES. 


The follow xg are a few Latin rules most likely to be 
used by the student: 


1. The subject of the infinitive is put in the accusative. 
2. The vocative is used in address, with or without O. 
3. Opus and usus, signifying need, govern the ablative. 
4. Dignus, contentus, preditus, govern the ablative. 
5. Utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and dignor, go- 
vern the ablative. 
6. Perfect participles, denoting origin, are followed by 
the ablative of the source, without a preposition. 
7. A noun, denoting that with which the action of a 
verb is performed, is put in the ablative. 
8. A noun, denoting that from which any thing is sepa- 
rated, is often put in the ablative, without a preposition. 
9. A noun, expressing respect wherein or the part affect- 
ed, is put in the ablative. 
10. Verbs that govern two cases in the active voice, 
govern the latter of these in the passive. : 
11. The price of a thing is put in the ablative, except 
when expressed by the adjectives tanti, quanti, pluris. 
12. The comparative degree is followed by the abla- 
tive, if guam (than) is omitted. 
13, A substantive with a participle, whose case depends 
on no other word, is put in the ablative absolute. 
14. Adjectives of plenty or want govern the genitive or 
ablative. 
15. Some adverbs govern the genitive. 
16. Some derivative adverbs may govern the same case 
as their primitives. 
17. Nouns signifying the same thing are put by appo- 
sition in the same case. 
18, The subj. present is often used for the imperative. 
19. The infinitive is often used as a noun. 
20. One vert governs another, as its object, in the infi 
nitive, 


106 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


21. Partici 2165, gerunds, and supines, govern the same 
cases as their verbs. 

22. The genitive of gerunds follows nouns or adjectives. 

23. After verbs expressing motion, the place where the 
motion ends, is put in the accusative, without a preposition. 

24. The subject nominative governs the verb. 

25. The verb agrees with its subject nominative in num- 
ber and person. 

26. Transitive verbs govern the accusative. 

27. One noun may govern another noun in the genitive. 

28. Adjectives and participles agree with their nouns in 
gender, number, and case. 

29. Conjunctions connect words or sentences. 

30. Twenty-six prepositions govern the accusative, the 
principal of which are, ad, ante, apud, circum, contra, in- 
fra, inter, intra, οὗ, per, post, preter, propter, supra, 
trans, ultra. 

91, In and sub, denoting tendency, govern the accusa- 
tzve; denoting sétwation, govern the ablative. 

32. Super and subter govern both the accusative and 
ablative. 

33. Eleven prepositions govern the ablative, the princi- 
pal of which are a, ab, coram, cum, de, e, or ex, pro, sine, 
tenus. 

34, Many verbs compounded of the prepositions, a, ab, 
de, ex, &c., are followed by an ablative, governed by the 
preposition. 

35. Cause, manner, and instrument, are put in the ab- 
lative. 

36. Adverbs qualify verbs, adjectives, and adverbs. 

37. The relative pronoun must have an anteeedent, 
with which it must agree in gender and person. 

38. The predicate noun is put in the same case as the 
subject, after a verb neuter or passive, when both words 
refer to the same person or thing. 

39. Verbs compounded with the prepositions, ad, ante 
con, 7n, inter, ob, post, pre, sub, and super, govern the 
dative. 

40. Sum, in the sense of habeo, is followed by the dative 

41. Nouns are sometimes followed by the dative. 

42. A transitive verb, governing the accusative, has a 
genitive, dative, or ablative, to express some relation. 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 107 


ANALYSIS OF VIRGIL’S AENEID. 


BOOK I. 
Root Definition. Syntaz. Etymology. 

N. G. D.A.V.A. 
Arm Thearms, cano Arm-a, 26*  (2n.p.) a,orum,is,a,a,is. 
qu. and, arma QUE virum, 29 conjunction. 
vir. the hero, cano viIR-wm, 26 (2 τὰ.) vir, 5 0, um, vir, o. 
can. I sing, (ego) cAN-o(1)arma, (3d.) o, ere, cecini, cantum. 
0, is, it, imus, itis, unt. 
Tro. of Troy, oris Tros-@, 27 (1f.) a, @, we, am, a, ἃ. 
qu. who, virum QuU-i venit, 37 (m.) i, cujus, cui, em, -, Ο. 
prim. first, PRIM-us qui, 28 (2m.) ws,i, 0, um, 6, o. 
a. from, A-b oris, prep. ὃ euphonic letter. 
or. the shores, ab or-is, 33 (1f.) a, ὦ, Ὁ, am, a, 4. 
86) arum, is, as, @, is. 
Ital. ἴο Italy, ITaut-am, 23 (1f.) a, Ὁ, 8; am, a, 4. 
fat.afor. by fate, FAT-0, 35 (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 
pro, fug, driven, PROFUG-us qui, 28 (2 m.) ws, i, 0, um, 670. 
qu. and, Italiam QUE litora, 29 conjunction. 

Lavin. Lavinian, Lavin-a litora, (2 n.) um, i, Oo, um, um, o 
a, orum, is, ὦ, a, is. 
ven. came, qui VEN-it, (2) (3d and 4th.) io, ire, ἐγ tum. 
i, isit, it, imus, istis, erunt. 
lit. to the shores; LITOR-a@: 23 (3 n.) us, oris, ori, us, us, ore. 
a, um, ibus, a, a, ibus. 
mult. much, (est) MULT-wm jactatus, adverb. 
ill. he, virum ILL-e jactatus, (est) (m.)e, ius, i,um,-, o. 
et. both, ΤᾺ ET, et, corresponding conjunction. 
terr. | uponthe land,(in) TerR-is, 31 (1 ἢ.) a, τ, am, a, ἃ. 
88) arum, is, as, 88, ἴδ, 
jac. was tossed, ille sact-at-us(3) (est,) (1st.) - or ari, 
atus sum, es, est, &e. 
et. and, terris ET alto, 29 conjunction. 


* The fi ag after the words refer to the rule—those in pa: 
rentheses ( ) to page 142. 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


᾿- 


alt. on the deep, (in) att-o, 31 (2 n.) um, i, c, um, um, o 
v. by the power, v-i, 35 (3 f.) is, is, -, im, is, ὅν 
super. ofthe Gods, vi suPERiim, 27 (2 m.)i, (or)-wm, is, os, i,is. 
sev. of cruel, 28 smv-@ Junonis, (1f.) a, ὦ, 8, am, a, ἃ. 
mem. lasting, 28 mEMOR-em iram, (3 f.) or, is, i, em,.or, e. 
Jun of Juno,  iram Jun-onis, 27 (3 f.)0, onis, oni, onem, 0, one. 
ob. on account of, Ο8 iram, | preposition. 
ir. anger, ob rr-am, 30 (1 f.) a, e, 8, am, a, ἃ. 
Mult. Much,passus(est) Mutt-a, 26 (2 n. p.) a, orum, is, ὦ, a, is. 
qu., qu. alsoy et QUO-QUE, conjunction. 
et. and, ET quoque, conjunction. 
bell. by war, BELL-O, 35 (2 n.) um, i, 0, um, um, 0. 
pat. he suffered, (ille) passus (4)(est) (3d.) ior, i, passus sum 
es, est, sumus, estis, &e. 
dum. while, 36 DUM conderet, adverb. 

con, do. he would found 
(ille) con-p-e-re-t,(5)25 (3d.) 0, ere, idi, itum. 
rem, res, ret, remus, &e-. 
urb. acity, conderet uRB-em, 26 (3 f.) s, is, i, em, s, 96. 
qu. and, conderet QUE inferret, 29 conjunction. 
in, fer. would bring(ille) 1N-reR-ret(6)Deos, (3d) o,ferre,tuli,latum. 
rem, res, ret, remus, &e.- 
De. the Gods, inferret Dx-os, 26 (2 m.) us, i, 0, um, us, 0. 
i, orum, is, os, i, is. 

Lat. into Latium, 

inferret Lati-o: 39 (2n.) um, i, 0, um, um, o. 
gen, race, 24 GEN-us (ortumest,) (3n.) us, eris, eri. 
us, us, ere. 
de,un, from which one36 uN-pE (ortum est,) adverb, 
Lat, the Latin, 28 Larin-wm genus, (2n.)um,i,o,um,um,o, 
qu. and, genus QUE patres, 29 conjunction, 
Alban Albanian, 28 ALBAN-i patres, 29 (2 m.)us,i,o,um,e,o, 
i, orum, is, os, i, is. 
pat. fathers, 24 PpAT,res(ortisunt,) (3m.)er,ris,ri,rem,er,e. 
res, rum, ribus, res, &c. 
ad, qu. and, patres AT-QUE menia, 29 conjunction. 
alt. of lofty, 28 att-e Rome, (l1f.) a, ὦ, 8; am, a, a. 
men the walls, 24 Ma@NI-a(orta sunt,)(2n.p.)@,orum,is,a,&e. 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 109 


Rom Rome. menia Rom-e, (1f.) a, α, Ὁ, ει, ἃ, ἃ 
Mus. O Muse, (O) Mus-a, (1f.) a, δ, 8, am, a, a 
ego. tome, memora mr-hi, ego, mei, mihi, me, --, me, 
caus _ the causes CAUS-as, (1 f.) a, 8, 8, am, a. ἃ. 
88, arum, is, as, @, 15, 
mem, relate: , (tu) MEMoR-a:(7)causas, (Ist)o,are,avi,atum. 
a, ato, ate, anto. 
qu. what, QU-c numine (n.) od, cujus, cui, od, -, 0. 
num, divinity, NuM-ine, leso, (3 n.)en,inis,ini,en,en,ime. 
led. being offended, 1,5-0, numine, (2n.)um,i,o,um,um,o. 
ve. or, numine leso ve quid dolens, conjunction. 
qu. why, secundum qv-id, used adverbially. 
dol, grieving, DO-LE-ns regina, (3 f.)ns,ntis,nti,ntem,&e. 
re-s ag-o,queen, REGIN-@ impulerit, (1f.) a, @, e,am, a, a. 
De, of theGods regina Dr-iim, (2 τὰ.) us, i, o, um, us, o. 
i, (or)-wm, is, os, i, is. 
tot. so many, TOT casus, adj., plural, indeclinable, 
voly, tostruggle with, vory-e-re (8) casus, (3d.)o,ere,i,volutum. 
ere, isse, esse, voluturus. 

cas, misfortunes, 
volvere CAs-us, (4 m.,) us, ds, ui, um, us, ἃ. 
us, uum, ibus, us, &e, 
in, sign, renowned, IN-SIGN-em virum, (3 m.) is, is, i, em, is,i. 
pl. for piety ,insignem PreTa-te, (3 f.) s, tis, ti, tem, s, fe, 
vir, aman, impulerit vir-wm volvere, (2 m.) vir,i,o, um, vir,o. 
tot, so many, ToT labores,  adj., plural, indeclinable, 
ad,i, to undergo, Ap-i-re(9) (2d and 4th.) eo, ire, ivi, itum. 
ire, ivisse, esse iturus, 
lab. hardships, adire rasor-es, | (3m.) or, oris, i, em, or, e. 


es, um, ibus, es, es, &e. 


in, pel. shall have com- 


Tant. 


pelled, regina rm-PuL-e-ri-t,(10) (3d.)pello pellere, puli. 
pulsum, erm, eris, ert, 


So much, TanNT-e@ ire, (1 f.) a, 86, 2, am, a, a. 
@, arum, is, as, &, is, 

NE (sint,) interrogative, 

tominds, (sint) aAnim-is, 4. (1 f.) a, 8, 86, am, a, a, 


88, arum, is, as, @, is, 


10 


110 


cel, celestial, 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


C@LEsT-ibus animis,(3 f.)is,is,i, em,is 6 
es, ium, ibus, es, es, itus 


ir, anger? IR-@ (sint?) (1f.) a, 2, 2, am, a, ἃ 

| @, arum, is, as, &, is. 

Urb. <A city, Urns-s fuit, (3 f.) s, is, i, em, s, 9. 

ant., qu. ancient, ANTI-QvU-a urbs, (1 f.) a, 8, ἐδ, am, a, ἃ. 

fu. was, urbs Fv-i-t, (11) sum, esse, fui, fui, fuisti, 

Suit, imus, istis, erunt, 

Tyr. Tyrian, Tyri-tcoloni, (2m.) us, i, o, um, e, o. 

i, orum, is, os, i, is. 

ten, inhabited, coloni TEN-v-ere(12)(quam) (2d.)eo,ere,ui,tum. 

ui, uisti, uit, uimus, uistis, 

uerunt, or were. 

col. colonists, COLON-? tenuere, (2 m.) us, i,’o, um, 6, 0. 
i, orum, is, os, i, is.” 

Carthag.Carthage, CarTHAG-o fuit, (3 f.) 0, inis, i, em, 0, e. 

Ital. Italy, contra ITALI-am, (1f.) a, Ὁ, 2, am, a, ἃ. 


con. opposite to, 
Italiam que Tiberina ostia, 


qu. and, 

Tiber. the Tiberian, 
long. far off, 

Os. mouths 


contra OsTi-a, 


CONTRA Italiam, preposition. 
conjunction 
TIBERIN-@ ostia, (2n.) um,i,o,um,um,o. 
a, orum, is, a, a, is. 
adverb. 

(2 n.) um, i, Ὁ, um, um, o. 


a, orum, is, a, a, 15. 


fuit LoNGE, 


div. abounding, DIv-es urbs, (3 f.) es, itis, i, em, es, 8. 
op. in wealth, dives op-wm, (3 f.) 5, is, i, em, es, e. 

um, ibus, es, es, ibus. 
qa. and, dives opum QUE asperrima, conjunction. 
stud in the arts, STUDI-is, (2 n.) um, i, 0, um, um, Ὁ. 


asp. most skilful, 


a, orum, is, a, a, 18. 
ASPER-RIM-a@ urbs, (1 f.) a, , @, am, a, ἃ. 


bell. of war: studiis BELL-i: (2 n.) um, ¢, 0, um, um, o. 
qu. which, coluisse Qu-am, (f.) a, cujus, cui, am, -, o. 
Jun. Juno, Jun-o fertur, (3 f.) 0, onis, oni, onem, &e. 
er, is said, Juno FEr-t-ur, (13) (3d.) o, ferre, tuli. latum. 

feror, ferris, fertur, &e. 
err, _ lands, magis TERR-is, (1f.) a, τ, 8, am, a, ἃ. 


89) arum, is, as, 8, ἴδ, 


“LATIN GRAMMAR. 11] 
mag. more (than), MAG-is, adverb. 
omn. all, omn-ibus terris, (3 f.)is, is, i, em, is, i, es 

ium, ibus, es, es, ibus. 
un. one, un-am (urbem), (1f.) a, @, 2, am, a, ἃ. 


post ,hab.being less est’med post-HAB-it-@ Samo, (1 f.) a,w,,am, a, d. 
col. to have cherished 

fertur coL-u-isse (14) quam, (2d, 3d.) o, ere, ui, 

cultum. ere, uisse, &e. 


Sam. Samos,posthabita Sam-o, (2 f.) os, i, 0, um, e, 0. 
Hic. Here, (fuerunt) Hic, adver 
ill. her, arma ILL-ius, (f.) a, ius, i, am,—-, a 
arm. arms, *  arm-a( fuerunt) (2n. p.)a@,orum,is,a,a,is. 
hic. here, fuit HIC, adverb. 
curr. chariot, curRus fuit, (4m.) us, fs, ui, um, us, ἃ. 
fu. was: eurrus Fu-i-t: (15) sum, esse, fui, fui, fusti, 

fuit, fuimus, fuistis, &e. 
hoe. (that) this, Hoc esse, (n.) hoc, hujus, huic, hoc, &e, 
re-s ag-o,kingdom, esse REGN-wm, (2 n.) um, 1, 0, wm, um, o- 


De. the goddess, De-a tendit, (1f) a, 2, 8, am,a,a 
gen. of nations regnum GENT-tbus, (3 f.) gens, tis, i, em, ns, 6, 
es, um, ibus, es, es, &e 


6. to be, noc E-sse, (15) sum, esse, fui 
si, if, Dea tendit hoc 81 fata sinant, conjunction 
qu. by any means, QUA, adverb 
fat.cfir the fates, FAT-a sinant, (2n.) um, i,o, um, um, ὁ 
a, orum, is, a, a, is. 

sin, may permit, fata stn-a-nt, (17) 3d.) 0, ere, sivi, situm, 
sinam, as, at, amus, atis, ant, 

jam tum.now also, tendit JAM TUM, adverb. 
qu. both, QUE, que, corresponding conjunction, 


tend, endeavors Dea Tenp-i-f(18)hoc, (3d)o,ere,tetendi,tum 

tendo, is, ἐξ, imus, &e 

qu. and, tendit QuE fovet, : conjunction. 
fov. cherishes (the 

hope) rov-e-t(19) (spem.) (2d,3d,)eo,ere,i,fotum 

eo, es, et. &e. 

Pro,gen. A race, Pro GENt-em duci, (5 f.)es,ei,ei,em,es,e 

but, SED, conjunction. 


112 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


enim. indeed, audierat ENrM, adverb 
Tro. Trojan, TROJAN-o sanguine, (2 m.) us,i,o,um,e,o. 
8. from, A sanguine, preposition. 
sang blood, ἃ SANGUI-ne, (3 m.) is, inis, i, em, is, e 
duc, to be descended, nvc-i, (20) (3d. ) 0, ere, xi, tum. or, 
7, tus, sum, 
aud. she had heard, 
(illa) avp-iérat (21) 4th.) io, ire, ivi, itum. 
iveram, iveras, iérat, &e, 
fyr. Tyrian, Tyri-asarces, (1f.) a, 8, 8, am, a, ἃ: 
85, arum, is, as, 88, is. 
olim. _hereafter,verteret o11M, adverb 
qu. which,progeniem Qu-e verteret, (f. + @, cujus, cui, am, -,o. 
vert. would overturn, 
que VERT-e-re-t, (22) (3d.) 0, ere, i, sum. 
rem, res, ret, remus, retis, &e. 
ar. citadels, verteret AR-ces, (3 f.) x, cis, ci, cem, x, ce. 
ces, cum, cibus, ces, &e. 
Hinc. Hence, venturum Hine, adverb. 
popul. a people, POPUL-wm venturum (esse) (2m.) us, i, 0, 
um, 6, 0. 
ate.  extensively,regem LATE, adverb. 
re-s ag-o ruling, RE-gem* populum, (3 m.)x.gis,gi,gem,x,e. 
bell. in war, BELL-0, (2n.) um, i, o, um, um, 0. 
qu. and, regem late que superbum, conjunction. 
superb, proud, SUPERB-wm populum, (2m.)us,i,o,wm,e,o. 
ven would come, 


populum veEn-tur-wm (23) (esse) (3d,4th)io,ire,i,tam 
us, i, 0, um, e, O 


ex, ci, to the destruction Ex-cIDI-0, (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 


Liby. 
sic. 
voly. 


pare. 


of Libya: excidio Liny-a, (1 ἢ) a, @, e, am, a, a. 

thus, volyere sIc, adverb, 
had determined, 

parcas voLy-e-re, (24) (3d.) 0, ere, i, volutum. 

ere, isse, voluturus, esse. 

the fates, PARC-as volvere, (1f.) a, δ, 8, am, a, 4. 

a, arum, is, as, we, is 


* For Rea-n-a-ntem. 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 113 


-᾿ This, metuens I-d, (n.) id, ejus, ei, id, -, eo. 
metu. fearing, METu-ens Saturnia, (3f.)ns,tis,ti,tem,ns,e. 
vet. ofthe ancient, vet-eris belli, (3n.) us, eris, eri, us, &e. 
qu. and, metuens id que memor belli, conjunction 
mem. mindful, meEM-or Saturnia , (3 f.)or,oris ,ori,orem ἧτο. 
Satu) Juno, Saturni-a areebat, (1f.)a,e,2,am,a,4. 
bell. wa., memor BELL-i, (2 n.) um, 7, 0, um, um, o. 
prim. first, prim-a (illa,) (1f,) a, 8; 8; am, a, a. 
qu. which, gesserat Qu-od, (n.) od, cujus, cui, od, -, a. 
ad. at, Ap Trojam, preposition. 
Tro. Troy, ad TroJ-am, (1 f.) a, Θ, &, am, a, ἃ. 
pro. for, pro Argis, preposition. 
char dear, cHAR-is Argis, (2m.) us, i, 0, um, 6; o. 


i, orum, is, os, ἢ, is. 
ger. she had carried 
on, (illa) Gess-erat(25)quod, (3d.)o,ere,essi,essum. 
eram, eras, erat, &c 
Arg. Argos, pro Arc-is, (2m. p.) i, orum, is, os, i, is, 


Nec,dum.Neither yet, 
exciderant Nec-pum, adverb. 
etiam, also, ETIAM, conjunction, 
caus. the causes, caus-@ exciderant,(1f.)a, 2, @, am, a, a. 
@, arum, is, as, &. is 
ir. of heranger,caus@ Ir-arum, (1 f.) a, @, 8, am, a, ἃ 
f, arum, is, as, 88, is, 
qu. and, cause Que dolores, conjunction, 
sey. the cruel, szxv-idolores, (2m.) us,i, 0, um, e, 9 
t, orum, is, as, i, is 
dol. sufferings. DOLoR-es exciderant ,(3m.)or,oris,i,em,or,e 
es, um, ibus, es, es, ibus 
ex, cad. escaped, doleres ex-crp-era-n-t, (26) (3d.) 0, eri, ὁ 
eram, eras, erat, eramus, &e. 
anim. from her mind,ex aNnim-o, (2 τὰ.) us, i,o, um, 6, o. 


Man, Remains,judicium Man-e-t, (27) (2d, 3d.) eo, ere, si, sum. 

eo, es, et, emus, &e. 
alt. deep in her, AtT-d mente, (1f.) a, we, 86, am, a, ἃ 
men, mind, (in) men-te, (3 f£.) s, tis, ti, tem, 5. fe. 
re, pon, lais up, RE-POsT-um judicium, (2 n.)wm,i,o,um, &o- 


10* 


114 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


judic. the judgment, supici-wm manet,(2n.) um,i,o,um,un. 6 
Par. of Paris, judicium Part-dis, (3 m.) s, dis, di, dem, s, de 


qu. and, § judicium QUE injuria, conjunction, 
spret. ofherdespised, spret-@ forme, (1 f.) a, ὦ, e, am, a, ἃ. 
in, jur the injury IN-JURI-@ (manet) (1f.) a, 2,2, am, a, ἃ. 
form. form, injuria FORM-@, (1f.) a, 2, 8, am, a, ἃ. 
et. and, injuria ET genus, conjunction. 
gen. race, GEN-us (manet) (3 n.) us, eris eri, us, &e. 
in, vid. the hated INVIs-um genus, (2 n.) um, i,o, um,um, o. 
et. and genus ET honores, conjunction. 
rap. of the stolen, RAPT-1 Gaymedis, (2m.) us, 7, 0, um, e, 0. 


Ganymed.Ganymede. ho- 
nores GANYMED-is, (3 m.) es, is, i, em, 65,9. 


hon. the honors. HONoR-es(manent.) (3 m.)or,oris,i,em, or,e. 
es, um, ibus, es, es, ibus. 

Hic. These(things,)super Hr-s, (n.) c, hujus, huic, hoc, —, hee. 
hee, horum, his, hec, -, his, 

ad, cand. enraged, AC-CENS-a@ Saturnia,(1f.)a, e, 86, am, a, a. 
super. on account of SUPER his, preposition. 
jac. tossed, JACTAT-os Troas, (2m.) us,i,o, um, e, 0. 
i, orum, is, 05, i, is. 

eq. sea, (in) EQuoR-e, (3n.) or, oris,i, or, or, 6 
tot. whole, TOT-o equore, (2n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 
Tro. Trojans, arcebat Tro-as, (1 m.) a, , 8; am, a, ἃ. 


86, arum, is, as, 88, is. 
re, ling. remnants, arcebat, RE-LIqUI-as, (1f. p.) 2, arum, is, as, &e. 
Dan. of the Greeks, 


reliquias DANA-iim, (2m. p-) i, (or)-wm, &e 
ad, qu. and, Danaum AT-QuE Achillei, conjunction, 
in, mit. of fierce, 1m-m1T-ts Achillei (3m.) is, is,i,em, is, e 
Achil, Achilles, reliquias AcHILL-e?, (5m.) es, et, ei, em, 65,6 
are. drove, Saturnia arc-e-ba-t(28)Troas, (2) eo, ere,ui, ebam 

bas, bat, bamus,&c. 
long. far, arcebat LONGE, adverb 
Lat. from Latium: (ab) Lati-o: (2 n.) um, i, 0, um, um, oa. 
qu. and, arcebat QUE (ille) errabant, conjunction. 
mult. many, MULT-os annos, (2m.) us,i,o,um,e,o 


i, orum, 15, 0S, i, is. 


per du ing, PER annos preposition 
ann. years, per ANNos (2m ) us, i, 0, um, 6,0, 
i, orum, is, os, i, is. 
err. they wanda ed,(illi)ERR-a-ba-n-t(29) (1)o, are, avi, atum. 
abam, bas, bat ,bamus, 
batis, bant. 
ag: driven, act-i (illi.) (2m )us i, 0, um, e, 0, 
i, orum, is, os, i, is. 
or. by the fates, FAT-is, (2n.)um, i, 0, um, um, o. 
a, orum, is, a, a, is. 
mar, seas, circum MAR-ia, (3 πη.) 6, is, i, 65) 6, i, ia. 
; ium, ibus, ia, ia, ibus. 
omn. all, OMN-ia maria, (3n.) is, is, i, em, is, i. 
ia, ium, ibus, ia, ia, ibus, 
cire. around, CIRCUM maria, preposition. 
Tant 580 great, TANT-@ molis, (1if.) a, @, e, am, a, a. 
mol. difficulty, (opus) MoL-is (3 f.) es, ts, i, em, es, 8. 
er. itwas, (opus) ERA-t(30)condere,sum,esse,fui,eram eras, - 
era-t, eramus, eratis, ὅτο, 
Rom. the Roman, RoMAN-am gentem,(1f.) a, @,#2,am,a,4. 
con,d. to establish,erat, con-p-e-re(31) gentem, (3) ο, ere, idi, itum. 
ere, idisse, iturus 6558 
gen. nation, condere GEN-tem. (3f.) 5, tis, ti, tem, s, te 
Vix, Scarcely, dabant Vix, adverb. 
6. out of, E conspectu, preposition. 
con spc. sight, @ CON-sPECT-u, (4m.) us, ds, ui, um, us, ὦ. 
Sicul. _ of the Sicilian Sicuz telluris, (1f.) a, e,#,am,a, 4. 
tel. land, conspectu TELLU-ris, (3 f.) 5, ris, ri_ rem, s, re. 
in. upon, IN altum, preposition, 
alt. the sea, in ALT-um, (2 n.) um, i, 0, um, um, o. 
vel. sails, dabant VEL-a, (2 n.) um, i, 0, um, um, o. 
a, orum, is, a, 4a, is. 
d. they spread, (111) p-aba-n-t(32) vela,(1 & 2) o, are,edi,atum. 
abam, bas, bat, abamus, 
batis, bant. 
leet joyful, izT-i (illi), (2m.) us, i, 0, um, 6; o. 
#, orum, is, os, i, is. 
et. and, dabant £T ruebant, conjunction. 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 118 


116 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


spum the foam, ruebant spuMm-as, (1f.) a, 8 ee, am, a, ἃ. 
we, arum, is, as, 88, is. 

sal, of the deep,spumas sAL-is, (3 m.) sal, is, i, em, sal, e. 
rr, with the prow,  2R-e, (3 n.) ws, eris, i, ws, es, 6. 
ru. were plowing ; (illi) ru-e-ba-n-t (33) spumas ;(3)o, ere, i, itum, 
ebam, bas, bat, &e. 

quum when, (volvebat) quum, adverb- 
Jun, Juno, Jun-o(volvebat,) (3 f.) o,onis,oni,onem,&e, 
fetern an eternal, ETERN-wm vulnus, (2 n.)um,i, 0,wm,um,o. 
serv, nourishing, SERV-a-n-s Juno, (3 f.) ns, ntis,ti,tem,ns,te. 
sub. within, SUB pectore, preposition, 


pect. her breast, sub PEcT-or-e, (3n.) us, oris, ori, us, us, ore. 
vuln, | awound, servans VULN-us,  (3n.) us, eris, eri, ws, us, ere, 


h. these things, (volvebat)H-ec, (n.) oc, ujus, uic, oc, -, oc. 

᾿ 886, orum, is, ec, -, is. 
cum, _ with, cUM se, preposition, 
8. herself; cum s-e: (f.) —, sui, sibi, se, --, se. 
n, desistere NE, interrogative, 
Ego. (must) I, ME desistere, ego, mei, mihi, me, -, me. 
in, cap. from my underta- 

king, de IN-CEPT-0, (2n.) um, i,o,um, um, 0, 
de, st, desist, me DE-SsIST-e-re,(34) (3) 0, ere, stiti, stitum, 
vine. conquered, VICT-am me, (1f.) a, Ὁ; 8, am, a, ἃ. 
nec. nor, medesistere NEC me posse, conjunction, 
pot.,esse, be able, me Po-sse,(35) possum, posse, potui, 
Ital. from Italy, aver- 

tere Iraut-d, (1f.) a, 2, 86), 8, a, 4. 


Teuer, οὗ the Trojans, 
regem TEvucR-orum, (2m.p.) i, orwm,is,os,&e 
a, vert. toturnaway, posse A-VERT-e-1¢(36) regem, (3) 0, ere, i, sum, 


re-sag-o.the king? avertere RE-g-em? (3m.) x, gis, gi, gem, x, g. 
quip. _ because, desistere QUIPPE vetor, conjunction, 
vet. Iamforbidden,(ego) veT-or, (37) (1 pass.)or,ari, atus, sum. 
for. by the fates. FAT-is, (2n.p.) a, orum, is, a, a, is. 
Pal, Pallas PALL-as potuit, (3f. Gr.) as, adis, adi, &e. 
a. not, potuit NE, interrogative. 


ex,ur toburn, potuit Ex-uR-e-re(38)classem, (3)0, ere, ussi,&e. 
class. the fleet, exurere cLAss-em, (3f.) is, is, i; em, is, @ 


Arg. 


ad, qu. 


ips. 
pot. 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 117 


Greeks , classem AnrGtv-iim (2m.) us, i,o, um, e, 0 
i, (or)-tm, is, os, i, is 

and, exurere 
elassem AT-QUE submergere, conjunction, 
them,submergere IPs-os, (αι. p.) i, orum, is, os, i, is, 


was able, Pallas rot-u-i-t,(39) possum, posse, potut. ui 
uisti, wit, unimus, &e. 


sub,merg.to drown, potuit sus-MERG-e-re,(40)ipsos, (3)o,ere,si,sum. 


pont, 


eq. 


vent. 


in the deep, 
submergere PONT-0, (2 m.) us, i, 0, um, e, 0 
of one, un-ius Ajacis, (m.) us, ius, i, um, 6, 0. 
onaccountof, ΟΒ noxam, preposition. 
fault, ob Nox-am, (1f.) a, 8, 8, am, a, A. 
even, unius ET Ajacis, conjunction. 
the fury, ob FURI-as, (1 f.) a, τ. we. am, a, ἃ. 
86) arum, is, as, @, is. 
of Ajax, furias Asa-cis, (3 m.) x, cis, ci, cem, x, ce. 
the son of Oileus? . ; 
Ajacis O1rn-i? (2m.) us, i, ο, um, 6, o. 
She, Ips-a disjecit, (f.) a, ius, i, am, -, 4. 
of Jupiter, ignem Jov-is, (3 m.) Jupiter, Jovis, i, &e. 
the swift, RAPID-um ignem, (2m.) us,i,o, um, Θ᾽ Ὁ. 
darting, JAcUL-a-t-a ipsa, (1f.) α, 86, 86, am, a, a. 
from, ¥ nubibus, _ preposition 
the clouds, 6 nuB-ibus, (3f.) es, is, i, em, es. 6 
es, ium, ibus, es, es, ibus. 
lightning, jaculata 1¢N-em, (3m.) is, is, i, em, is, 6. 


scattered, ipsa pis-JEc-i-t,(4l1)ignem, (3 & 4) jicio, ere, 
ject, jectum. i, is, it, &e 


both, QUE, que, corresponding conjunction. 
his ships, disjecit RAT-es, (3 f.) is, is, i, em, is, e. 

es, um, ibus, es, es, &e. 
and, disjecit rates QuE evert.: sequora, conjunction, 


upturned, ipsa E-vEeRT-i-t (42)equora, (3) 0, ere, i, sum. 
i, isti, ἐξ, imus, &e 


the sea, evertit mQuoR-a, (3n.) or, oris, i, or, or, 6 
a, um, ibus, a, a, ibus 
by the wirds: VENT-is : (2 m.) us, i, o, um, 6, 0, 


{, orum, is, os, i, és. 


> 


118 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


il. him, — cerripait mL-wm, (m.) 6, ius, i, wm, @, o 
ex, spir. breathing out, 
illura Ex-PrR-a-nt-em, (3m.)ns,ntis,ti,fem. &e. 


trans, fing. from his trans. [um, 0.) 
fixed, TRANS-FIX-0 pectore, (2n.) um, i, 0, um. 

pect. breast, (a) PECT-ore, (3 n.) us, oris, i, us, us. ore. 
ἤδη. flames,expirantem FLAMM-as, (1f.) a, a, 8, am, a, a. 
ge, arnm, is, as, @, is. 

turb, ina whirlwind,(in)TURB-ine, (3 m.) 0, inis, i, em, 0, ine. 


con,rap, she seized, illa cor-nrp-u-1-t(43)illum, (4, 3, & 2)io, ere, 
ui, reptum. ui, uisti, wit, &e. 


qu. and _corripuit QUE infixit, conjunction, 
scop. rock, infixit scoPUL-o, (2m.) us, i, 0, um, 6,0. 
m, fing. thrust, ipsa 1N-Frx-i-t(44) (illum) (3) figo, ere, xi, 
ctum, xi, isti, it, &e. 
acut. onasharp. ACUT-o scopulo. (2m.)us,i, 0,um, 6, 0. 
Ast. But, infixit AsT ego gero, conjunction, 
ego. Ι, EGO gero, (f.) ego, mei, mihi, me, &c. 
qu. who, ego αὐτῷ incedo, (f.)@, cujus, cui, am, &e, 
Div. of the gods,regina Div-im, (2m.p.i, (or)-iém, is, &e, 
in,ced, walk, que IN-cED-0,(45) (3) 0, ere, cessi, cessum. 
0, is, it, imus, istis, &e, 
re-s ag-o. queen, RE-GIN-a@ incedo, (1f.) a, 86, 88, am, a, ἃ. 
qu. and, regina QUE soror, conjunction. 
Jov. of Jupiter, soror Jov-is, (3m.) Jupiter, Jovis,i, em, er,e. 
et. both, ET, et, corresponding conjunction, 
sor. sister, (sum) soR-or, (3 f.) or, oris, ori, orem, &e, 
et. and, soror ET conjux, conjunction, 
con,jung,the wife, (sum) coNn-Ju-z, (3 c.)z, gis, gi, gem, x, ge. 
un. one, UN-@ gent3, (1 f.) a, 8, we, am, a, a, 
cum. with, cUM gente, preposition. 
gen. race, cum GEN-te, (3f.) s, tis, ti, tem, 5, te. 
tot. so many, TOT annos, adj. plural, indeclinable. 
ann, years, per ANN-0os, (2m. p.) i, orum, is, os, &e. 
bell. wars, gero BELL-a, (2n.p.) a, orum, is, a, &e, 
ag-o res. carry on: ego GER-0:(46) (3) 0, ere, gessi, gestum. 


oO, is, it, imus, itis, unt. 
e*, and, ego geo bella eT, quisquar. adoret, conjunction 


wATIN GRAMMAR. 119 


qu., qu who, qu-is-QuaM adoret, s,cujuseu: quem,-,o. 
num, the divinity,adoret NuM-en, (3n.) en, inis, ini, en, &e, 
Jun. of Juno, numen Jun-onis, (3f.) 0, onis, oni, &e, 


ad, or. canadore, quis, aAp-or-e-t(47)numen, (1) 0,are,avi,atum. 
em, es, et, emus, &c. 
preeter,ea. hereafter, im- ἢ 


ponat PRETER-EA, adverb. 

aut. or, adoretnumen AUT imponat, conjunction. 

sup, plic. supplicating, SUP-PL-ex, quisquam, [3 6,} ex, icis, ici, &e. 
ar. on my altars, 

imponat ArR-is, (1f.p.) Ὁ, arum, is, &e, 

in, pon. will place, quis- [am, as, at, amus, &e. 

quam 1M-Pon-a-t(48) honorem,(3)o,ere,sui,itum, 

hon. asacrifice? imponat HoNoR-em? (3 m.) or, oris, i, em, &e. 


Tal. Such (things), 
volutans TAt-ia, (3n.p.) ia, ium, ibus, ia, &e. 
flam. inherinflamed, Fiamm-a-t-o corde,(2n.)um,i,o,um,um,0. 


s. herself, cum s-e, -, sui, sibi, se, -; 86. 
cum. with, CUM se, preposition. 
De. the Goddess, De-a venit, (1f.) a, Ὁ, 8, am, 8. ἃ. 
cor. heart, (in) cor-de, (3n.) r, dis, di, dem, r, de. 
voly. _— revolving, voLuT-a-ns, Dea, (3f.) ns, ntis, ti, tem,&e. 
nimb. ofstorms,patriam NiMB-orum,  (2m.p.)i,orwm,is, 0s,i,is. 
in. into, IN patriam, preposition. 
patr. thecountry, in PATRI-am, (1f.) a, Ὁ, e, am, a, ἃ. 
loc. places, in Loc-a, (2n.p.) a, orum, is, ὦ, a, is. 
fort. full, ret-a loca, (2n.p.) a, orum,is, a, a,is. 
fur. of boisterous, Fur-e-n-t-ibus Austris, (3 m.p.)es,um,ibus, 
@s, es, ibus. 

Austr. winds, feta Austr-is (2m.p.) i, orum, is, os, i, is. 
JEol. olia, in ott-am, (1f.) a, τ, Ὁ, am,a, ἃ. 
ven, came. Dea ven-i-t.(49) (4 & 3) jo, ire, i, tum. 
i, isti, it, imus, istis, erunt. 

Hic. Here, premit Hic, adverb- 
vast. ina vast, VAST-o antro, (2n.) um, i, o,um, um, Ὁ. 
re-s ag-o, king, RE-rpremit, (3m.) z, gis, gi,gem,x, go. 
ZEol. Xolus, ZEor-us premit, (2m.) us,i,o, um, 6, 0. 


antr. cave, (in) ANTR-o, (2n.) um,i o, um, um,o. 


120 


luet. 


ven. 
qu. 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


the struggling, 


winds, premit 
and, ventos, 


tempest, tempests, premit 


son. 


imper. 
pren. 


ac. 
vine, 
et. 
care. 
freen, 


Ill, 


the sounding, 
by authority, 


governs, olus 


with chains, 
and, vinclis 


LUcT-a-n-l-es ventos, 3m.p.) es, um, ibus, 
es, es, ibus, 


VENT-0S, (2m.p.) i, orum, is, 0s, i, is. 
QUE tempestates, conjunction, 
TEMPEST-@t-es, (3 f.p.)es, um, ibus, es, 
es, ibus, 

SONOR-as tempestates, (1f.p.) 2, arum, is, 
as, 86, is. 

IMPERI-0, (2n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 


PREM-1-t, (50) ventos,(3) 0,ere,essi,essum. 
oO, is, ὑξ, imus, itis, unt. 


and, premit ac freenat conjunction, 
VINCL-is, (2n.p.) a, orum, is, a, a, is. 
ET carcere, conjunction. 
CARCER-€, (3m.) r, ris, ri, rem, r, 6. 


in ἃ prison, 
restrains, Aolus 


they, 


in, αἴσῃ. indignant, 


magn. 
cum, 


a great, 
with, 


murmur.murmur, cum 


mon. 


cire. 


of the mountain, 
murmure 
around, 


claustr, the barriers,cireum 


frem, 


Wels. 
sed. 


roar. illi 
In (his) lofty, 
sits, £olus, 
£olus, 

citadel, (in) 
scepter, tenens 
holding ; 

and, sedet 


softens, Xolus 


FREN-@-t (51) (illos)o,are,avi,atum. 0, as, 

at, amus, atis, ant. 
ΠῚ. fremunt, (m.p.) 7, orum, is, os, i, is. 
IN-DIGN-a-n-t-es illi, (3 m.p.) es,um,ibus,&e. 
MAGN-o murmure, (2n,)um,i,o,um,um,o. 
cUM murmure, preposition. 
MURMUR-€ (3n.) r, ris, ri, rem, r, re. 


mon-t.is, (3m.) 5, tis, ti, tem, 5, te. 
circum claustra, preposition. 
CLAUSTR-@, (2n.p.) a, orum,is, a, 4a, is. 
FREM-U-n-t,(52) (3 & 2)o, ere, ui, itum. 
0, is, it. imus, itis, wnt. 

CELs-d arce, (1f.) a, Ὁ, 2, am, a, ἃ. 
sED-e-t (83) (2& 3) eo, ere,i, ssum, 
ν eo, es, et, emus, &e, 
ZEou-us sedet, (2m.) us, i, 0, um, e, o. 
AR-C-€, (3f.) x, cis, ci, cem, x, ce. 
SCEPTR-@, (2n.p.) a, orum, is, a, a, is. 
TEN-e-n-s Lolus, (3 m.) ns, ntis, ti,tem,&e. 
QUE mollit, conjunction 
Mouu-i-t(54)animos, (4) io, ire, ivi, itum, 
io, is, ὑξ, imus, &e. 


LATIN GRAMMAR. “** 12} 
anim. — minds, mollit ANIM-os, (2m.p.) i, cum, is, <s,i, is 
et. and, mollit eT temperat, conj.ncticn 


temper. moderates, Zolus rempEnr-a-t(55)iras, (1) o, are, avi, atum. 
o, as, at, amus, &e. 

ir. their anger. temperat rIr-as. (1f.p.)e2, arum, is, as, 8, is. 
N. Unless,  faciat Nr, adverb. 
fac, he did so, (ille) Fac-i-a-t(56)(hee,) (4&3) to, ere, feci, 
factum. iam, ias, iat, iamus, &e. 


mar. the seas, ferant MArR-ia, (3 n.p.) ia, ium, ibus, ia, &e. 
ac. and, maria AC terras, conjunction, 
terr. theland, ferant TERR-as, (1 f.p.), arum, is, as, x, is 
qu. and, terras QUE celum, conjunction 
cel, heaven, ferant cer-um, (2n.p.)um. i, 0, um, um, Ὁ, 
pro,fund. the profound, PRO-FUND-um celum,(2n.)um,i,ozm,um,o. 
quip. for, temperat qurppe ferant, adverb. 


fer. they would bear, rer-a-n-t,(57) (3&1) 0,re, tuli, latum, 
am, as, at, amus, atis, ant. 


rap. swift, RAPID-((illi,) (2m.p.) i, orum, is, &e. 
cum, with cUM se, preposition. 
8. themselves, cum s-e, (p.)-, sui, sibi, se, -, se 
qu. and, ferant QUE verrant, conjunction, 
ver. | wouldsweep, (illi)verr-a-n-t,(58) (3)0,ere,i, sum. am, 

as, at, amus, atis, ant, 
per through, PER auras, preposition, 
aur, the air. per AUR-as. (1f.p.) 2, arum, is, as, 5, is. 


Sed pater omni-pot-e-ns spelunc-is ab-did-i-t atr-is, 

But the father omnipotent caverns hid them in dark, 

Hoe metu-e-ns; mol-em que et mon-t-es in-super alt-os, 

This fearing; amass and and mountains above them lofty. 
Im-pos-u-i-t; re-gem que ded-i-t, qui fed er-e cer-to 

Placed ; aking and gave, who laws by fixed 

Et prem-e.re, et lax-assci-rot d-a-re  juss-us _ haben-as, 
Both to restrain, and loose would know to give being ecmmanded reins. 
Ad qu-em tum Jun-o — suppl-ex h-is voe-ibus us-a es-t: 

To whom then Juno as a suppliant these words used: 


ZEol-e, (nam-que tibi Divim pat-er at.que hcm-in-um re-x 
O Eolus, (for to thee of the Gods the father and cfmen __ king 
Et mule-e-re ded-i-t fluct-us et toll-e-re vent-o,) 


Both to calm has given the waves and to raise thera with the wind,) 


1] 


122 THE PRINCIPIZ3 cr 


Gen-s_ in imic-a milu Tyrrhen-un nav.g-a-t a ju-.t 

A nation hostile to me the Tyrrhenian navigate sea, 

Hi-um in Itali-am port a-ns, vict-cs que Penat-es 

Troy into Italy bearing, the conquered and household gods. 
In-cut-e vi-m vent-is, sub mers as que ob-ru-e pupp-es. 
Add force to your winds, the submerged and destroy ships: 


Aut ag-e divers-os; et dis-jic-e corp-ora ont-0. 
Or separate them; and scatter their bodies in the deep. 
S-u-n-t mihi bis septem pree-st-a-nt.i corp-or-e Nymph-e: 
Ihave fourteen οἵ beautiful form Nymphs: 
Qu-arum, que form-A  pulcherrim-a, Devopei-am 
Of whom, who is in form most beautiful, Deiopeia 
Con-nubi-o jung-am stabil-i, | propri-am que dic-a-b-o; 
Wedlock I will join ἐο thee in firm, as thine own and will consecrats3; 


Omn-es ut tecum _ merit-is pro tal-ibus ann-os 

All that thee with merits for sucl years 

Ex-ig-a-t, et pulch-ra fac-i-a-t te prol-e paren-t-em 

She may spend, and by a beautiful may make thee progeny parent. 
f£ol-us ἢ ze coutra: Tu-us, ὃ regin-a, qu-id, opt-es, 
folus these words to replied: It is thy, O queen, what you may 

[ wish, 
Ex-plor-a-re lab-or; mihi juss-a capess-e-re fa-s es-t, 
To consider business ; to me your commands to execute it belongs. 


Tu mihi, quod-cunque _ hoc regni tu sceptr-2, 
You for me, whatsoever of this kingdum I possess, you the sceptre, 


Jov-em que 
Jupiter and 


Concili-a-s: tu. d-a-s epul-is ac-cumb-e-re Div-(m. 
Conciuate: you permit me the feasts to recline at of the Gods, 


Nimb-orum que fac-i-s tempest-at-um que pot-e-nt-em, 

Of the clouds and you make me οἵ tempests and ruler. 

H-zce ubi dic-t-a, cav-um con-vers-4 cusp-id-e mon-t-em 

These when words were spoken, hollow with his turned spear mountain 

Im-pul-i-t in lat-us; 86 vent-i, velut agm-in-e fact-o, 

He struck on the side; and the winds, as if a band were made, 

Qua dat-a port-a,ru-u-n-t,et terr-as — turb-in-e per-fl-a-n-t 

Where was given a passage, rush out, and the earth in a whirlwind tlow 
: [9 "er. 

In-cub-u-ére τηδγ-ῖ, tot-um que ased-ibus  im-is, 

They rest upon the sea, the whole and from depths the lowest 

Una Eur-us que Not-us que ru-u-n-t, creb-er que procell-is 

At once the east wind both the southwind and disturb, thick and with 

[tempes*s, 
Afric-us, et vast-os voly-u-n-t ad lit-or-a _flact-us, 
The southwest wind, and vast τῸ]}]} to the shores waves, 


νυν se a be 


LATIN GRAMMAK. 123 


In-sequi-t-ur  clam-or απ vir-(im, strid-or que rud+r t-um, 
Fouows the clamor both of men, the creaking and of coraage, 
E-rip-i-u-n-t subitd nub-es cwlum que, di-em que, 
Snatch away suddenly the clouds sky —_ both, light and 
Teucr-orum = ex ocul-is: pont-o no-x  in-cub-a-t atr-a. 
Of the Trojans from the eyes: the deep night broods upon dark, 
In-ton-u-é-re pol-i, et crebr-is mic-a-t ign-ibus zth-er; 
Thundered the heavens, and with frequent glistens lightnings the air: 
Pre-sent-em_que vir-is in-tent-a-n-t omn-ia mor-t-em, 
Immediate and tothe men threaten all things death, 

Extempld /£ne-x  soly-u-n-t-ur frig-or-e membr-a, 

Immediately of AZneas are loosened by the cold the members. 
In-gem.i-t, et dupl-ic-es tend-e-ns ad sid-er-a palm-as, 
He groans, and both his stretching towards the stars hands, 
Tal-ia vo-ce re-fer-t: O ter que quater que beat-i, 
He cries thus: O thrice and four times happy they, 
Que-is ante or-a patr-um Troj-cze sub men-ibus alt-is, 
To whom before the faces of their fathers of Troy under walls the lofty, 
Con-tig-i-t oppet-e-re! 6 Dana-im fort-issim-e gen-t-is 
It happened to die! O of the Greeks most brave of the race 
Tydid-v, me-ne Iliac-is oc-cumb-e-re camp-is 
Tydidus, why was I on the Trojan to fall fields 
Non pot-u-isse? tu-A que anim-am hance ef-fund-e-re dextr-4? 
Not able? by thy andlife this to pour out right hand? 
Sey-us ubi acid-x tel-o jac-e-t Hect-or, ubi_ ingen-s 
Fierce where of Achilles by the weap-on lies | Hector, where great 
Sarped-on: ubi tot Simo-is _—cor-rep-t-a sub  und-is 
Sarpedon lies: where so many the Simois having seized under ifs waves 
Seut-a vir-im, gale-as que, et fort-ia corp-or-a volv-i-t, 
The shields of men, helmets and, and brave bodies __rolls. 

Tal-ia jact-a-nt-i strid-e-ns Aquil-on-e procell-a 

As he thus spoke, the shrieking with the north wind tempest 
Vel-um ad-vers-a fer-i-t, _ fluct-us que ad sid-er-a __toll-i-t. 
The sail opposite strikes, the waves and.to the stars raises. 
Frang-u-n-t-ur rem-i: tum pror-a a-vert-i-t, et und-is 
Are broken the oars: then the prow turns, and to the waves 
D-a-t lat-us: in-sequi-t-ur cumul-o pre-rupt-us aqu-2 mon-s, 
Gives tis side: follows in a heap broken of water mountain, 
H-i summ-o in  fluct-u pend-e-n-t: h-is und-a _—_de-hisc-e-ns 
They the top of onthe wave hang: to them the water yawning 
Terr-am inter _ fluct-us aper-i-t: fur-i-t est-us aren-is. 
The earth between the waves discloses: rages the tide in the sands. 
Tr-es Not-us ab-rept-as in sax-a lat-e-nt-ia torqu-e-t, 
Three shtps the south wind driven away upon the rocks hidden whirls 


124 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Sax-a voc-a-n-t Ital-i, — medi-is qu-x in fluct-ibus «r-as, 
These rocks call the Italians, in the midst of which arethe waves Altars, 
Dors-um imman-e mar-i summ-o. Tr-es Eur-us ab 
Ridge ἃ huge the sea at the topof. Three ships the east wind from 


alt-o 
the deep 
In brevi-a et syrt-es — urg-e-t, miserabil-e vis-u; 
Upon shoals and quicksands drives, a miserable sight; 
fl-lid-i-t que  vad-is, at-que agger-e cing-i-t aren-». 
Dashes into and the shallows, and with a heap binds of sand. 
Un-am, qu-z Lyci-os fid-um que veh-e-ba-t Oront-em, 
One, which Lycians faithful and carried Orontes, 
Ips-ius ante ocul-os ingen-s ἃ _vert-ic-e pont-us 
His before eyes a great from above wave 
In pupp-im fer-i-t: ex-cut-i-t-ur pron-us que magist-er 
On the stern strikes: is struck bending and master 
Voly-i-t-ur in cap-u-t; ast ill-am_ ter fluct-us ib-idem 
Is rolled upon his head: and it three times the wave in the same place 
Torqu-e-t agen-s circum, et rapid-us vor-a-t | equ-or-e vort-e-x. 
Whirls driving around, and the swift swallows in the sea whirlpool. 
Ap-par-e-n-t rar-i n-a-nt-es in gurg-it-e vast-o: 
Appear ἃ few swimming in whirlpool the vast: 
Arm-a vir-tm, tabul-ze que et Troi-a gaz-a per und.as, 
The arms of the men, tablets and and Trojan treasure appear in the 
[ water. 
Jam valid-am [Ilion-i nav-em, jam fort-is Achat-x; 
Now the strong of Ilioneus ship, now the ship of brave Achates; 
Et qu-a vect-us Ab-as, et | qua 
And the ship in which was borne Abas, and the ship in which was borne 
grandzv-us Aleth-es, 
the aged Alethes, 
Vic-i-t hiem-s: lax-is lat-er-um compag-ibus omnes 
Conque’s the storm : through the loosened of the sides joints all the ships 
Ac-cip u-n-t in-imic-um imbr-em, __ rim-is que fatisc-u-n-t, 
Rec iva the fatal flood, inthe seams and gape, 


LATIN GRAMMAR. ι 195 


’ VIRGIL’S GEORGICS 
BOOK IV. 


|The use of the hyphen in the following lines will be. 
as heretofore, to separate the root, connecting letter or let- 
ters, significant letters and terminations, from each other. 
F or example, in the word squal-e-n-t-i-bus : squal is the root, 
6 the medial or significant letter of the conjugation; dew 
notes the present participle, ὁ a connecting letter, and zbws 
the case and number termination. Coruwsc-a-n-t,—coruse, 
the root, a the medial letter of the present tense and first 
conjugation, 2 sign of the plural number, ¢ sign of the 
third person. Claros,—clar, the root, o the significant let- 
ter of the second declension, s terminal letter of the accu- 
sative plural in all declensions, excepting in the neuter gen- 
der. Terr-a-m,—terr the root, a significant letter of the 
first declension, m terminal letter of the accusative singu- 
lar, in all declensions, excepting neuters of the third. 

If the student has become familiar with the foregoing 
Tables of Terminations, he will understand these divisions 
without difficulty. They will be continued only partly 
through the reading, and then the scholar is expected to be 
able to separate the words in his mind at a glance, and thus 
be enabled, in a moment, to determine the conjugation, 
voice, mood, tense, number, person, declension, case, or 
gender of all words. ] 


Protinus a@ri-i_ mell-is celet-i-a don-a 

Next οἵ aerial honey the celestial gift 

Ex-eq-u-a-r H-ane etiam, Mecen-as, ad-spic-e par-t-e-m. 

[willdescribe. This also, O Maecenas, look at part. 

Ad-mir-a-nd-a t-ibi — lev-i-um spectacul-a re-rum, 

To be admired by thee of inconsiderable views _ things, 

Magn-anim-o-s que duc-e-s, _tot-ius que ord-in-e gen-t-is 

Courageous and leaders, of a whole and in order race 

Mo-r-e-s, et stud-i-a, et popul-o-s, et prel-i-a dic-a-m. 

Customs, and arts, and people, and battles I will relate. 

In ten-v-i labor: at tenu-is non glor-i-a: si qu-e-m 

On 4 low subja:t this labor is: but low is not the glory ; if any one 
1" 


126 THE PRINCIPLES OF 
Num-in-a levy-a sit-a-n-t,aud-i-t que —__- voc-a-t-us Apollo, 
Divinities adverse permit, hears, and being invoked Apollo, 
Princip i-o, sed-e-s _ ap-ibus st-at-io que pet-e-nd-a, 
In the frst place, a seat for the bees station and must be sought, 


Qud ne-que si-t vent-is ad-it-us (nam pabul-a vent-i, 
Where neither may ba for the winds an entrance (for food winds 


Fer-re dom-u-m pro-hib-e-n-t) ne-que ov-e-s haed-i que petule-i 
To carry home _ prohibit) neither sheep kids and frisking 


Flor-ibus _—in-sult-e-n-t, aut err-a-n-s bucul-a camp-o 

The flowers may bruise, or the grazing heifer in the field 
De-cut-i-a-t ro-r-e-m, et surg-e-n-t-e-s at-ter-at herb-a-s. 
May strike off the dew, and the growing may trample plants. 
Ab-si-n-t et pict-i squal-e-n-t-i-a terg-a, lacert-i 
Let be absent also spotted as to their filthy backs, lizards 


Pingu-ibus 4 stabul-is; merop-e-s que, ali-ze-que voluc-r-e-s, 
The fat fromhives; bee-eaters and, other and fowls, 


Et man-ibus Procn-e pect-us sign-a-t-a cruent-is, 
And hands the swallow as to her breast marked with bloody. 
Omn-i-a nam laté vast-a-n-t, ips-a-s-que vol-a-n-t-e-s 


All things for on every side they destroy, them and flying about 
Or-e fer-u-n-t, dulc-e-m nid-is im-mit-ibus esc-a-m. 
In thew mouth they bear, as a sweet nests to their cruel morsel. 
At liquid-i fon-t-e-s, et stagn-a vir-e-n-t-i-a. musc-o 

But pure fountains, and pools green with moss, 

Ad-si-n-t et tenu-is, fugi-e-n-s per ρυϑιηϊη-ἃ ri-vus: 
Let be present, and a small, gliding through the grass rivulet: 


Palm-a que vestibul-um aut ingen-s  oleast-er in-umbr-e-t. 
The palm tree and the threshhold or the great wild olive let shade. 


Ut, qium prim-a nov-i duc-e-n-t examin-a re-g-e-s 
That, when the first new will lead swarms kings 


Ver-e su-o, lud-e-t que fav-is e-miss-a juvent-us 
In spring itself, will play and from the honeycombs sent forth young ; 


Vicin-a in-vit-e-t de-ced-e-re __rip-a calor-i, 
The neighboring may invite to depart from bank the heat, 


Ob-vi-a que  hospit-i-is ten-e-a-t frond-e-n-t-ibus arb-os. 
Opposite and welcome may present itself with a leafy tree. 


In medi-u-m, seu st-a-b-i-t iner-s, seu pro-flu-e-t hum-or, 
In the midst, whether will stand sluggish, or will flow water, 


Trans-vers-a-s sal-ic-é-s et grand-i-a con-jic-e sax-a: 
Across willows and large east rocks: 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 127 


Pont-ibus ut ereb-r-is pos-si-n-t con-sist-e-re et δ]85, 
Bridges tha spon frequent they may be able to rest and their wings 


Pand-e-re ad wstiv-u-m sol-e-m; si forte mor-a-n-t-e-s 
To stretch 01: to the summer sun: if by chance them delaying 

τι eet aut _ pree-cep-s Neptun-o —_im-mers-eri-t 
shall have sprinkled or the dangerous in the rain shall immersed 


Eur-us. 
the east wind. 


H-zee cire-um casi-@ —-vir-id-e-s, οἵ ol-e-n-t-i-a laté 
These around let there be spice trees green, and fragrant on every side 
Serpyll-a, et graviter spir-a-n-t-i-s  copi-a thymbr-z 

Thyme, and powerfully of smelling abundance savory 

Flor-e-a-t: irrigu-u-m que bib-a-n-t violar-i-a _fon-t-e-1n 
Let flourish: the watering and let drink the beds of violets fountain. 


Ips-a autem seu cort-ic-ibus tibi sut-a cav-a-t-is, 
These but, either bark by thee fastened with hollow 


Seu lent-o fu-eri-n-t alvear-i-a vim-in-e text-a, 
Or with the bending which will be hives vine = woven, 


August-o-s hab-e-a-n-t ad-it-u-s: nam frig-or-e mell-a 
Narrow let have entrances; for with cold the honey 


Cog-i-t hiems, ea-dem que cal-or lique-fact-a remitt-i-t: 
Congeals winter, the same and heat melted returns: 

Utr-a que vi-s ap-ibus  pariter met-u-e-nd-a: ne-que 111-88 
Either and force by the bees equally is feared: neither they 
Ne-quic-quam in tect-is cert-atim tenui-a — cer-4 
In vain in their dwellings assiduously small with wax 


Spirament-a lin-u-n-t, ἴασ-Ο que οἱ flor-ibus or-a-s 
Air holes = smear, with paint and and flowers borders 


Ex-pl-e-n-t: eol-lec-t-u-m que h-xe ips-a ad mun-er-a glut-en 
Fill: the collected and these very touses _— gluten 

Et visc-oet Phryg-i-e serv-a-n-t pioe lent-i-us Id-e. 
Both glue and of Phrygian they preserve pitch tougher than Ida. 


Sepe etiam ef-fos-is(si ver-a es-t fam-a) latebr-is 
Often also dug out (if true is report) in recesses 


Sub __ terra fov-ére lar-e-m; penitus que 
Under the eartk taey have cherished their household ; deep and have 


re-per-t-2 
ty found 


Pumic-ibus que eav-is, ex-e-s-s que arbor-is antr-o. 
Pumice stones ard in hollow atin inlihigiik bein bacthcn φούπκα 
᾿ 


125 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Tu tumen et lev-i rim-os a cub-il-i-a lim-o 
Do you notwithstanding with yielding leaky hives clay 
Ung-e foy-e-n-s cire-um, et rar-a-s super-in-jic-e frond-e-s. 
Daub guarding around, and thin above put on boughs. 
Neu propius  tect-is  tax-um = sin-e, ne-ve rub-e-n-t-e-s 
Neither near the hives the yew-tree permit, nor reddening 
Ur-e foc-o cancr-os: alt-ee neu cred-e palu-d-i: 
Burn in the fire crabs: to the deep nor trust marsh: 
Aut ubi od-or cen-i gray-is, aut ubi con-cav-a puls-u 
Or where the smell is of mire offensive, or where hollow from a blow 
Sax-a son-a-n-t voc-is que of fen-s-a re-sult-a-t imag-o. 
Rocks resound, of the voice and offensive rebounds image. 
Qu-od super-es-t, ubi_ puls-a-m hiem-e-m sol aure-us eg-i-t 
Further, when repulsed winter sun the golden had driven 
Sub terr-a-s, cel-umque — estiv-A luc-e re-clus-i-t; 
Under the earth, the sky and with summer light has brightened ; 
Iil-ze continud salt-u-s sily-a-s que per-agr-a-n-t, 
They immediately woods forests and wander over, 
Purpure-o-s que met-u-n-t flor-e-s, et flumin-a lib-a-n-t 
Purple and cut down flowers, and streams sip 


Summ-a ___lev-es. Hine _ne-sc-i-o qu-a dulced-in-e let-z 
Surface of flying. Hence I know not in what sport joyful 


Pro-gen-i-e-m nid-o-s que foy-e-n-t; hinc _—_art-e_rec-ent-e-s 
Their young nests and cherish; hence with skill fresh 


Ex-cud-u-n-t cer-a-s, et mell-a_ « tenac-i-a fing-u-n-t. 
Form wax, and honey the tenacious make. 


Hine ubi jam emiss-u-m cave-is ad sid-er-a ceel-i 
Hence where now issuing from their hives towards the stars of heaven 


N-a-re per esta-t-e-m liquid-a-m sus-pex-eri-s | agm-en, 
To sail through the air ciear —syou shall behold a band, 
Obscur-a-m que trah-i vent-o mir-a-b-er-e nub-e-m ; 
Dark and to be carrid by the wind you shall wonder at the cloud. 
Contempl-a-tor: aqu-a-s dule-e-s et frond-e-a semper 
Look: waters sweet and leafy always 
Tect-a pet-u-n-t: hue, tu  juss-0-s a-sperg-e sap-or-es, 
Dwellings they seek: here do you suitable sprinkle flavored herbs, 
Trit-a_melis-phyll-a, et cerinth-z ignobil-e gram-en: 
Bruised balm-gentle, and of honey-suckle the common herb: 
Tinnit-us qu>ci-e, et Matr-is quat-e cymbal-a circ-um. 
Ringing and excite, and of Cybele strike the cymbals around. 

- 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 129 
Ips-te con-sid-3-n-t medic-a-t-'s sed-ibus: ips-« 
hey rest upon the fragrant places: they 


Intim-a mo-r-e su-o _ s-e-s-e ἰη cuna-bul-a cond-e-n-t, 
Familiar manner in their own themselves for hives will build. 
Sin autem ad pugn-a-m ex-i-€ri-n-t (nam sepe du-obus 

If but to battle they shall go forth (for often two 
Reg-ibus in-cess-i-t _ magn-o discord-i-a mot-u) 
Kings has seized upon with great discord disturbance) 

Sontinyo que —_anim-o-s__vulg-i, et trepid-a-n-t-i-a bell-o 
Lumediately and minds of the crowd, andeager _ for war 

Cord-a_ _licet _ 4, pre-scisc-e-re; nam-que mor-a,n-t-e-s 
Hearts it is permitted you long before to perceive: for those delaying 
Mart-i-us ill-e e-r-is ὀ rauc-i can-or in-crep-a-t, et vo-x 
Warlike the brass of the harsh sound rouses, and the voice 
Aud-i-t-ur fract-o-s sonit-u-s imit-a-t-a tub-a-rum. 

Is heard broken sounds imitating of trumpets. 


Tum trepid-«e inter s-e co-e-u-n-t, penn-is que coruse- 
Then swilt among themselves they fight, with their wings and they 
a-n-t, 
glitter, 
Spicul-a que ex-acu-u-n-t rostr-is,apt-a-n-t que __lacert-o-s, 


Stings and sharpen with their beaks, prepare and their limbs, 


Et cire-a reg-e-m, at-que ips-aad _pretor-i-a dens-e 
And around the king, and itself at the royal hive thick 


Mise-e-n-t-ur magn-is que yoc-a-n-t clamor-ibus host-e-m 
They are gathered, with great and chalenge clamor _ the enemy. 
Ergo, δὶ ver nact-s sud-u-m camp-o-s que pat-e-n-t-e-s 
Therefore, when spring that they have found clear fields and ope 
E-rump-u-n-t rt-'s, con-curr-i-t-ur: «ther-e in alt-o 

They issue from their gates, it happens: air in the lofty 

F-i-t  sonit-us: magn-um mixt-« glomer-a-n-t-ur_ in orb-e-m, 

Is made a sound: a great mingled they are collected in circle, 


Pre-cip-it-e-s que cad-u-n-t: non dens-i-or aer-e grand-o, 
Headlong and fall: not is thicker than in the air hail, 


Necde con-cuss-A _tant-um_ plu-i-t_il-ie-e gland-is: 
Nor from the shaken does so much shower oak of acorns, 
Ips-i per medi-a-s aci-e-s, _in-sign-ibus 
The kings themselves t'urough the m‘dst of the armies, wpon splendid 
al-is, 
wings, 


130 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

In-gent-e-s anim-o-5 august-o m pect-or-e yers-w-r-': 

Great minds asmall in breast revolve: 

Us-que aded ob-nix-i non ced-¢-re, dum gravis -aut 

So far that resolute not they have yielded, while tze powerful, either 
h-o-s, 
these, 

Aut h-o-s, ver-s-A fug i vict-or _— d-a-re terg-a 


Or those, being changed, the flight, conqueror to give their backs 


sub-eg-i-t, 
compelled, 


H-i— mot-u-s anim-or-um at-que h-see certam-in-a tant-a 
These excit2ments of their minds and these contests 80 great 


Pulv-er-is ex-igu-i jact-u_ com-pre-ss-a quiesc-u-n-t, 
Ofdark a little by throwing on stopped cease, 


Verumubi ductor-e-s _aci-e re-Vvoc-ay-eri-s am-bo, 
But when the leaders from the army you shall have recalled both, 


Deter-i-or qu-i vi-s-us, e-um, ne prodig-us ob-s.i-t, 
Feebler who seems, him, lest the prodigal injure, 


Ded-e _—nec-i:_~—s mel-i-or vac-u-A  sin-e regn-e-t in aul-a, 
Deliver to death: the better an empty suffer to reign in hall, 


Alt-er eri-t macul-is aur-o squal-e-n-t-ibus ard-e-n-s: 


One will be spots in gold with dirty shining ; 

Nam du-o s-u-n-t gen-er-a; h-ic _mel-i-or, in-sign-is et or-6 

For two there are kinds; one the better, marked both on the counte 
nance, 

Et rutul-is clar-us squam-is: ille horrid-us alt-er 


And with bright beautiful scales; the rough other, 


De-sid-i-A, Jat-a-m que trah-e-n-s in-glori-us alv-u-m, 
In sloth, broad and drawing ignoble belly. 


Ut bin-z re-g-um fac-i-e-s, ita corp-or-a pleb.is. 
As there are two of kings kinds, so there are two classes of the plebeians, 


Nam-que 811-88. turp-e-s horr-e-n-t, ceu puly-er-e ab alt-o 
For some mean disgust, as if dust from deep 


Quum ven-i-t, et sicc-o terr-a-m spu-i-t or-e, via-t-or 
When came, and from his dry on the earth spits mouth, traveller 


Arid-us: eluc-e-n-t ali-x, et fulg-or-e corrus¢c-a-n-t, 
The tlursty: shine some, and with brightness glitter, 


Ard-e-n-t-e-s awr-o, et par-ibus ΐ lit-a corp-or-a gutt-is, 
Glowing with gold, and with like as to their spotted bodies marks, 

H-xe pot-i-or sobol-e-s: hine ceel-i temp-or-e cert-o 
This Ὁ *he more powerfu race; hence of the year time at ἃ certain 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 13) 
Dule-i-a mell-a prem-e-s; nec, ες tant-im 
Sweet honey you will squeeze out; neither are there other things so 


dule-i-a, quant-um 
sweet, 580 


Et liquid-a, et dur-u-m Bacch-i © dom-i-tur-a 587 sr-em. 
And pure, andharsk οἵ wine that will overcome flavor, 


FIRST ORATION OF CICERO AGAINST 
CATILINE. 


Quousque tandem abutere, Catilina, patientid nostra? Quam- 
How ‘ong then will you abuse, Ὁ Catiline, patience our? How 


diu etiam furor iste tuus nos eludet? Quem ad finem sese effrenata 
long also fury this thy us evade? Whatto end _ itself unoridled 


jactabit anudacia? Nihilne te nocturnum presidium  Palatii. nihil 
will carry audacity? Do not thee the nightly guard of the Palatine, not 
urbis vigilie, nihil timor populi, nihil concursus 
of the city the watch, not the fear of the people, not the assembling 


bonorum omnium, nihil hic munitissimus habendi _ senatum locus nihil 
good menofall, not this most fortified of holding the senate place, not 


horum ora vultus que moverunt? _Patere tua consilia 
of these the looks countenances and move? ΤῸ be exposed thy designs 


non sentis? Constrictam jam horum omnium conscientia 
not do you perceive? grasped now these of all in the knowledge 


teneri conjurationem tuam non vides? Quid proxima, quid 
to be held conspiracy thy notdoyousee? What on the last, what on 


superiore nocte _— egerris, ubi fueris, quos convocaveris, 
a former night have you done, where were you, whom have you collected, - 


quid consilii —_ ceperis, quem nostrum ignorare _ arbitraris? 
what design have you formed, any one of us not to know do you think? 


Otempora! O mores! Senatus hee intelligit, consul 
Othe times! Othe manners! The senate these ‘hings perceives,the consul 


videt ; hic tamen vivit. Vivit? immo vero etiam in 
sees; this man notwithstanding lives. Lives? nay indeed also into 


senatum _venit. Fit - pubhici consilii particeps: 
the senate he has come. He is made of the public deliberation a sharer: 


notat et designat oculis ad cedem unumquemque nostrim. 
he marks and appoints with his eyes to death every one of us. 


132 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Nos autem viri fortes, satisfacere _ reipublicee videmur, si istius 
We but men brave, to do owr duty to the republic seem, if of this wreten 


furorem ac tela vitemus. Admortem te, Catilina, duci 
the fury and weapons we shun. To death for thee, O Catiline, to be led 


jussu consulis, peeeniee opportebat; in te conferri 
by command of the consul, long agoit was fitting ; upon thee to be brought 


pestem istam, quam tu _—in nosomnes jamdiu machinaris. An 
evil for the same, which you against us all evennow contrive. Did 


vero.—-vir amplissimus, Publius Scipio, pontifex maximus, 
indeed man that most renowned, Publius Scipio, pontiff the highest, 


Tiberium Gracchum, mediocriter labefactantem statum ὀ reipublice, 
Tiberius Gracchus, slightly disturbing the peace of the republic, 


privatus interfecit: Catilinam, orbem terrarum οὔθ 
ἃ, private tndividual slay: Catiline, the world, with slaughter 


atque incendiis vastare | cupientem, nos consules preferemus? Nam 
and flames to lay waste desiring, we consuls will bear with? For 


illa nimis antiqua preetereo, quod Caius Servilius Ahala Spurium 
those too ancient matters 1 pass over, how Caius Servilius Ahala Spurius 


Melium, novis rebus studentem, manu sua occidit, Fuit, 
Melius, new things desiring, hand with his own slew. There was, 


fuit ἰδία quondam in hac republica virtus, ut viri fortes acrioribus 
there was that formerly in this republic virtue, that men brave with severer 


suppliciis civem perniciosum, quam acerbissimum hostem coercerent. 
punishments citizen the traitorous, than the fiercest enemy would punish. 


Habemus senatus censultum in te, Catilina, vehemens et 
We have a decree of the senate against thee, O Catiline, powerful and 


grave: non deest reipublicee consilium, neque auctoritas 
weighty: nor is wanting of the republic the counsel nor the authority 


hujus ordinis: nos,nos,dico aperté, nos consules desumus. Decrevit 
of this order: we, we, I speak openly, we consuls are wanting. Decreed 


quondam senatus ut Lucius Opimius consul videret nequid 
formerly the senate that Lucius Opimius consul should see, nothing 


respublica detrimenti caperet; nox nulla intercessit; interfectus est 
republic of injury should receive: night no intervened: = was _ slain 


propter quasdam seditionum suspiciones Caius Gracchus, 
on account of certain of sedition suspicions Caius Gracchus, from 


clarissimo patre, avo, majoribus: occisus est cum 
a most renowned father, grandfather, and ancestors: was slain with his 


liberis Marcus Fulvius, — consularis, Simili senatus- 
children Marcus Fulvius, of consular dignity. By a similar decree of the 


eee a 9 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 133 


consulto, Caio Mario et Lucio Valerio, permissa 
senate, Caius Marius and Lucius Valerius being consuls, was entrusted 


est respublica: num unumdiem postea §Lucii Saturnini  tribuni 
with the republic: did one day afterwards of Lucius Saturninus a tribune 


plebis, et Caii Servilii pretoris mortem __ reipublice 
of the people, and of Caius Servilius a pretor the death of the republic 


pena remorata est?. At nos vicesimum jam diem patimur 
the punishment hinder? But we the twentieth now day suffer 


hebescere aciem horum auctoritatis. Habemus enim hujusmodi ἢ 
to blunt the point of these of the authority. We have for of this kind 


senatusconsultum, verumtamen inclusum in tabulis, tanquam gladium 
a decree of the senate, nevertheless shut up in tablets, like a sword 


in _—_ vagina reconditum: quo ex senatusconsulto confestim 
in its sheath hidden: which by decree of the senate immediately 


interfectum te esse, Catilina, convenit. Vivis: 
put to death that you should be, O Catiline, it was proper. You live: 


et vivis| nonad deponendam, sed ad confirmandam  audaciam. 
and you live not for laying aside, but for confirming your audacity. 


Cupio, _patres conscripti, me esse clementem: cupio in tantis 
I desire, fathers conscript, tobe mild: and also 1 desire in such 
reipublice _periculis me non dissolutum videri: sed jam me i 

of the republicdangers not negligent to seem: but now myself, even I, 
inertie nequitiz que condemno. Castrasuntin Italia, contra 
for laziness remissness and condemn. Camps are in Italy, hostile to 
rempublicam, in Etrurie faucibus collocata: erescit in dies singulos 
the republic, in of Etruria the defiles collected: increases inday each 


hostium numerus, e¢orum autem imperatorem —_castrorum, 
of the enemy the number, of these but the commander camps, 


ducem que hostium, intra meenia, atque adedin  senatu, 
the leader and of the enemy, within these walls, and even in the senate, 
videmus, intestinam aliquam quotidie perniciem reipublics molientem. 
' Wesee, secret some daily mischief to the republic attempting. 


Site jam, Catilina, comprehendi, si interfici jussero ; 
If thee now, O Catiline, to be seized, if to be slain I shall command; 
credo erit verendum mihi, nenon hoe potius omnes 


I presume it will be feared for me, also that this is done rather all 


boni seriis ame,quim  quisquam crudelius factum 
the good will say too late by me, than that any one too cruel the act 


esse dicat. Verum egohoec, quod jampridem factum esse 
to be would say. But this which long ago to have been dcre 


12 


134 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


oportuit, certd de causd nondum adducor ~ ut faciam 
ought, a certain for reason not yet I am prevailed οὐ ἐς Zo as I may do 


Tum denique interficiam te, cum jam nemo tam improbus,tam perditus, 
Then finally I may slay thee, when truly no oneso base, 80 lost, 


tam tui similis inveniri poterit, qui —_id non jure factum esse 
so thee like to be found will be able, who that this not rightly was done 


fateatur. Quamdiu quisquam erit, qui te defendere audeat, 
may declare. While | any one will be, who you to defend ray dare, 


vives: et vives __—ita, ut nunc vivis, multis meis et 
you will live: and you will live just as now you live, many by my and 


firmis preesidiis obessus, ne commovere te contra rempublicam 
firm guards beset, so that not to move thyself against the republic 


possis. Multorum te etiam oculi et aures non sentientem, 
you may be able. Of many you also the eyes and ears not perceiving, 


sicut adhue fecerunt, speculabuntur atque custodient. Et enim 
as hitherto they have done, will watch and guard, For truly 


quid est, Catilina, quod jam amplius expectes, sineque nox 
what is af, O Catiline, which now more you can expect, if neither night 


tenebris obscurare ccetus nefarios nec  privata domus 
by its shades to hide assemblies your wicked, nor a private house 


arietibus continere vocem conjurationis tus otest? si 
in its walls to contain the voice conspiracy of your is able? if are 


illustrantur, sierumpunt = omnia? Muta jam 
made manifest, if burst forthto view all your designs? Change now 


istam mentem: mihi erede: obliviscere cedis atque incendiorum: 
this intention: me trust: forget slaughter and flames: you 


teneris undique: luce sunt clariora nobis tua consilia 
are hemmed in on every side: light are clearer than to us your designs 
omnia: que etiam mecum licet recognoscas, © 


all: and these things also with me it is proper that you may review. 


Meministine, me ante diem duodecimum kalendas 
Do younot remember, that I before day the twelfth the kalends of 


Novembris dicere in senatu, certo die fore in arm’s, qui 
November said in the senate, on a certain day would be in arms, which 


dies futurus esset ante diem sextum kalendas Novembris, Caium 
day would be before day the sixth the kalends of November, Caius 


alanlium, audaciee satellitem atque administrum tue? Num me 
Manlius, audacity the satellite and assistant of your? Did me 


fefellit, Catilina, nonméddo res tanta, tam atrox, tam incredibilis, 
deceive, Ὁ Catiline, not only an affair so great,so atrocious, so incredible, 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 135 


verum, id quod multd magis est admirandum, dies? Dixi ego 
bat, that which much more is to be wondered at, theday? Said I 


idem in senatu, cedem te optimatum 
the same in the senate, the slaughter that you of the chief members 


contulisse- inante diem quintum kalendas Novembris, tum cim 
had couspired on before day the fifth the kalends of November, then when 


multi principes civitatis Roma, non tam sul conservandi, 
many principal men of the state of Rome,not so much ofits being preserved 


quam tuorumconsiliorumreprimendorum — causa profugerunt. Num 
as of your designs being impeded for the reason fled from. Truly 


infitiari potes te illoipsodie wmeis presidiis, med diligentia 
must you not say that you on this very day by my guards, by my diligence 


circumclusum,commovere te contra rempublicam non potuisse, 
hemmed in, to move yourself against the republic not have been able, 


cum tu, discessu _— ceterorum, nostra ἡ _tamen, 
when you afler the departure of the others, with our notwithstanding 


qui remansissemus, cede contentum te _ esse dicebas? 
who should have remained, slaughter content that you would be said? 


Quid? cum tute Prenestekalendas ipsis Novembris occupaturum 
What? when safely Preeneste kalends on these of November would seized 


nocturno impetu esse confideres: sensistine, illam 
by a nocturnal assault be you trusted: have you not perceived this 


coloniam meo jussu, presidiis, custodiis vigiliis que esse 
colony by my command, by guards, keepers watchmen and to be 
munitam? Nihil agis, nihil moliris, nihil —_ cogitas, 
protected? Nothing you do, nothing you attempt, nothing you contrive, 


quod e 


go non médo non audiam, __ sed etiam non videam, pions 
which I not only not may hear, but also which no‘ I may see, p 


ainly 
que sentiam. 
and understand, 


. . « a 5 . . Φ 
Etenim _jamdiu, patres conscripti, in his pace conjuratioms 
For indeed so long, fathers conscript, by these dangers of conspiracy 


insidiis que versamur; sed nescio quo pacto omnium 
treacheries and we are troubled ; but I know not by what means of all 


scelerum, ac veteris furoris et audaciz maturitas in nostri 
these crimes, and of long-continued fury and audacity the maturity in of our 


consulatus tempus erupit. Quod siex _ tanto latrocineo iste 
consulship the time kas broken out. But if from so great violence this 


136 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

unus tolletur ; videbimur fortasse an breve quoddam tempus 
one shall be removed; we shall seem perhaps for short some time 
eura et metu_ esse relevati: periculum autem residebit, et 


from care and from fear to be relieved: the danger but will remain, and 


erit  inclusum penitusin venis atque in visceribus _ reipublica. 
will be shut up within in the veins and in the bowels of the republic. 


Ut seepe homines egri morbo | gravi, cum estu febri que 
As often men sick disease with severe, with heat fever and 


jactantur, si aquam gelidam biberint primd relevari 
are tossed about, if water cool they shall drink at first to be relieved 


videntur ; deinde multo gravius vehementius que _afflictantur ; 
they seem; then much more severely acutely and they are afflicted ; 


sic hic morbus, qui est in  republicd, relevatus  istius 
so this disease, which is in the republic, relieved of this man 


pend. ἡ vehementius vivis reliquis ingravescet. Quare, 
py the punishment, more acutely by the living remnants will increase. 
Wherefore 


atres conscripti, secedant improbi secernant se a 
fathers conscript, let depart the base,let them separate themselves from 


bonis, unum in locum congregentur, muro. denique, id 
the good, one in place let them be collected, by a wall finally, that 


quod spe jam __ dixi, secernantur a nobis, 
which often now I have spoken of, let them be separated from us, 


desinant insidiari _ domi suze  consili, _—circumstare 
let them cease to lie in wait for house at his the consul, to stand around, 


tribunal _—preetoris _-urbani, obsidere cum gladiis curiam, 
_ the tribunal preetor of the city, to beset with swords the senate-house, 


malleolos et faces ad inflammandum urbem comparare. _ Sit 
fiery mallets and torches for burning {Π6 city to prepare. Let it be 


deniqueinscriptumin fronte uniuscujus que civis, . quid de 
finally written on the forehead of every and citizen, what concerning 


republicé sentiat. _Polliceor hoc vobis, patres conscripti, tantam 
the republic he may think. I promise this to you, fathers conscript so much 


in nobis consulibus fore _— diligentiam, tantam - in vobis 
in us consuls that there shall be diligence, somuch in you 
auctoritatem, tantam in equitibus Romanis virtutem, tantam in omnibus 
authority, so much in knights Roman bravery, so much in all 
consensionem, ut  Catiline — profectione omnia patefacta, 
agreement, that of Catiline by the departure all things laid open 
illustrata, oppressa, vindicata esse _ videatis. : Hisce, 

shown “orth, crushed, punished to be you may see. With these same 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 137 


ominibus, Catilina,cum summa __ reipublice salute, et cum tua 
omens, O Catiline, with the surest of the republic safety, and with thy 


peste ac pernicie, cum jue eorum exitio, qui se 
crime and mischief, with and of those the destruction, who themselves 


tecum omni scelere parricidio que junxerunt, proficiscere ad 
with you in all wickedness parricide and have joined, depart to 


impium bellum ac nefarium. Tum tu Jupiter, qui 
thy impiois war andunhallowed Then thou, O Jupiter, who by 


iisdem quibus hzec urbs auspiciis a Romulo es 
the same which this city was established, auspices by Romulus wast 


constitutus: quem statorem hujus urbis atque imperii vere 
established here: whom the stay of this city and empire truly 


nominamus: hunc, et hujus socios a tuis aris ceteris que 
wecall: this man, and his companions from thine altars other and 


templis, a tectis urbis ac meenibus, a _ vita fortunis 
temples, from the dwellings of the city and walls, from the life fortunes 
que civium omnium arcebis: . et omnes inimicos bonorum, hostes 
and citizens of all wilt drive away: and all the haters of the good, enemies 
patria, latrones Italie, scelerum foedere inter 
of the country, robbers of Italy, of wickedness by a compact among 
se ac nefaria societate | __—_conjunctos, 
themselves and in an unhallowed companionship joined together, 


wternis  suppliciis | vivos mortuosque mactabis. 
with eternal punishments living dead and you will destroy. 


Notre.—Lucius Sergius Catilina, a Roman knight, of vicious and 
contemptible habits, had conspired against the Roman government. 
He had leagued together all the most abandoned men, to assist him in 
his daring undertaking. It was his design to attack the city of Rome 
‘fin the dead waste and middle of the night ;” murder the consul, sena- 
tors, and the other powerful men of the city; usurp the government, 
and establish himself as an emperor. But, by some means, the whole 
of his horrid intentions leaked out and reached the ears of Cicero, the 
then consul. Cicero immediately convened the senate ; but, strange to 
relate, the very object of their convention entered the house and took 
his seat with the other senators. No sooner, however, had he taken 
his seat, than the senators around him arose and left him, with marked 
scorn and contempt. Cicero then arose, and burst forth in the prece. 
ding strain of eloyuence. B. 6. B- 


12* 


138 THE PRINOIPLES OF 


THE CRUCIFIXION. 
MATTHAUM.—Carur 27, Carmen 25. 


(25.) Es: respondens, universus populus dixit: Sanguis ejus 
And answering, the universal population said: Blood his 


suptr nos, et super filios nostros. (26.) Tune dimissit 
(be) npon us, and on children our. Then he dismissed | 


eis Barabbam: Jesumautem,quum  flagellasset, tradidit 
te them Barabbas: Jesus but, when he had scourged, he delivered 


ut erucifigeretur. (27) Tune  milites presidis, 
that he might be crucified. Then the soldiers of the governor, 


quum abduxissent Jesum in pretorium, coegerunt 
when they might have led Jesus into the common hall, collected 


ad eum universam cohortem. (28) Et quum exuissent 
unto him allthe soldiers. And when they had stripped 


eum, cireumposuerunt ei chlamydemcoccineam: (29) Et coronam 
him, they arrayed him in arobe _ scarlet; And a erown 


e spinis contextam imposuerunt ejus capiti, et arundinem in dex- 
of thorns woven they placedon his head, and areed in right 


tramejus: et genu ante eum summisso, illudebant ei, dicentes, 
hand his: and the knee before him bending, mocked him, saying, 


Ave, rex Judeorum. (30) Et quum inspuissent in eum, cepe- 
Hail, king of the Jews. And when they had spit on him, they 


runt arundinam illam, et verberabantcaputejus. (31) Et postquam 
took reed the and beat head his. And after that 


ilusent ei,  exuerunt eum chlamyde, indueruntque 
they had mocked him, they unclothed him of the cloak, clothed him 


vestimentis suis: et abduxerunt eum, ut cerucifigerunt 
clothes with his own: and led away him, that they might crucify 


eum: (32) Exeuntes autem inyenerunt quendam Cyreneum, 
him ; Going out and they found a certain man of Cyrene, 


nomine Simonem; hunc angariaverunt ut  attollerit crucem ejus. 
uamed Simon; him they compelled thathe might bear eross his. 


(33) Et quim venissent inlocum qui citur Golgotha, (quod 
And when they come to a place which is called Golgotha, (which 


est, Calvariee loous,) (34) Dederunt ei — acetum bibendum cum 
is, of skulls a pla-e,) They gav3 to him vinegar to drink with 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 139 
[6116 mistum: et juum = gustasset noluit bibere. (35) Post- 
gall mixed: and when he had tasted he would not drink, After 


uam autem crucifixerunt eum, partiti sunt ejus vestimenta, sortem 
that and theycrucifiedhim, divided his garments, lots 


jacientes; ut impleretur quod dictum est a gta ae 
casting; that might be fulfilled which spoken was by the prophet, 


Partiti sunt sibi vestimenta mea, et super vestem meam 
They divided to themselves garments my, and above vesture my 


jecerunt sortem. (36) Et  sedentes  servabant eum _ illic: 
they cast lots. And down sitting they watched him there. 


(37) Et imposuerunt super caput ejus crimen ipsius scriptum, 
And they placed over head his crime his written, 


ΟΥ̓ΤΟΣ ἘΣΤΙΝ ἸΗΣΟΥ͂Σ Ὁ ΒΑΣΛΕΥΣ TAN IOLAAIQN 
HIC EST IESUS ILLE REX IUDZORUM. 
THIS [18 JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS. 


(38) Tune erucifiguntur cum eo duo latrones; unusad dextram, 
Then were crucified with him two thieves; one on the right, 


et alter adsinistram. (39) Qui verd preteribant conviciabap- 


and the other on the left. They and who passed by reproached 
tur, moventes capita sua, (40) Et dicentes, Tu qui destruis 
(him,) moving heads their, And saying, Thou who destroyest 
templum, et  triduo edificas, servatemetipsum: si Filius 


the temple, and in three days buildest (it,) save thyself: ifthe Sonof 


Dei 685 descendite e  cruce. (41) Similiter autem etiam 
God thou art, descend from the cross. Likewise and also 


primarii sacerdotes illudentes cum _§ scribis et senioribus, 
the chief priests mocking him, with the scribes and_ elders, 


dicebant, (42) Alios servavit, seipsum non potest servare: si 
said, Others he can save, himself not he is able to save: if 


rex Isratlis _ est, descendat nune 6 cruce,_ et ere- 
the king of Israel he is, let him descend now from the cross, and we 


demus ei. (43) Confidit in Deo; eruat ipsum _nune, 
will believe him. He believed in God; let him save him now, 


si et ei: dixitenim, Filius Dei sum. 4 ρ ᾿ 
if it please him: he said, for the Son of God I am. , ? τ 


(50) Jesus autem quumrursum clamasset voce magna emi- 
Jesus and when again had called voice with a loud he sent 


sit spiritum. (51) Et, ecce, velum templi _fissum est 
forth bis spirit. And, behold, the veil of the temple rent was 


140 THE PRINCIPLES OF 
in duas partes, a summousqueadimum; et terra mota 
in two parts, frora the top e7en to the end; and the earth shaken 


est, et petre fissee sunt: (52) Et monumenta aperta sunt, 
was, and rocks rent were: And the graves opened were; 


et multa corpora sanctorum, qui dormiérant, surrexerunt; (53, 
and many bodies of the saints, who _ slept, arose ; 


Quiegressi e monumentis post resurrectionem ejus, introierunt in 
Who came out of their graves after resurrection his, and went into 


sanctam urbem, et apparuerunt multis. 
the holy city, and appeared unto many. 


PAUL’S CHARGE TO TIMOTHEUS, 


EpisTte II, Cap. 4. 


(1) OsTEesTtor TE,  igitur, ego coram Deo, et ᾿ς Domine Jesu 
CHARGE THEE, therefore, I before God, and the Lord Jesus 


Christo, qui judicaturus est vivos et mortuus, in illustri illo suo 
Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead, at glorious this his 


adventu et regno suo. (2) Pradica sermonem illum; _ insta 
coming and kingdom his. Preach word the; be instant 


tempestivé, intempestivé: argue, objurga, exhortare, cum omni 
in season or, out of season either: reprove, rebuke, exhort, with all 


lenitate et doctrina. (3) Nam erit tempus quim sanam doctrinam 
lenity and doctrine. For willbe time when sound doctrine 


non __ tolerabunt ; sed auribus prurientes, ipsi sibi 
not they will endure; but with ears itching, they to themselves 


secundim _ suas illas peculiares cupiditates coacervabunt doctores: 
according to own their peculiar desires shall heap teachers: 


(4) Et ἃ veritate quidem aures avertent ad 
And from the truth indeed their ears they will turn away, unto 


fabulas verd — divertent. (5) At tu  vigila in omnibus, _ per- 
fables and shall be turned. But thou watch ip all (things,) en- 


fer τάμε opus perage _ evangelist, ministerii tui plenam 
dure afflictions, the work do of the evangelist, ministry, of thy full 


fidem facito. (6) Namegojam liber, et tempus mez remigrationis 
proof make. For I amnow ready, and the time of my departure 


instat. (6) Certaraen illud preclarum  decertavi, cursum 
is manifest. Fight the very famous I have fought, the race 


LATIN GRAMMAR. 141 
consummavi, fidem serravi, (8) Quod reliquum est, repo- 
I have finished, tre faith I have kept. Hencelorth, there is 


sitaest mihi justitie corona, quam reddet mihi Dominus in 
laid up for me of justice a crown, which will give to me the Lord in 
illo die justus ille judex. ᾿ 

that day just the judge. 


MATTHAUM.—Caprur VI, Carmen 9. 


Vos, igitur, itaprecamini: PATER noster qui es in ceelis, sanc- : 
Ye, therefore, thus pray: FatTuHer our whoartinheayen, hal- 


tificetur nomen tuum: Veniatregnum tuum: Fiat voluntas tua, sicut 
lowed be name thy: Come kingdom thy: Be done will thy as 


in colo, (ita) etiam in terra: Panem nostrum quotidianum da _ nobis, 


in heaven, (so) also onearth: Bread our daily give to us, 
hodie: Et remitte nobis debita nostra, sicut et nos remittimus debito- 
to-day: Andforgive us debts our, as alsowe forgive debt- 


ribus nostris; Et ne nos inducas in tentationem, sed libera nos ab 
ors our; Andnot us lead  intotemptation, but deliver us from 
illo malo. Quiatuumest regnum et potentia, et gloria, 
all evil. For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, 
in sicula. Amen. 
for ever. Amen. 


LUCAM.—Capvr XVIII, Carmen 10. 


(10) Homine¢s duo ascenderunt in templum ut __precarentur; 
Men two ascended into the temple that they might pray; 


unus Phariseus, et alter publicanus. (11) Phariseus,  con- 
one a Pharisee, and the other a publican, The Pharisee stand- 


sistens seorsim heecprecatus est: Deus, gratias ago tibi 
ing with himself, thus prayed: O God, thanks I give to thee 


quod non sim ut reliquihomines, rapaces, injusti, mechi; 
because not maybe as other men, extortioners, unjust, adulterers; 


vel etiam utiste publicanus; (12) Jejuno bis hebdomade;  decimo 


or even as this publican; I fast twice a week; I give the 
quzcunque possideo. (13) Publicanus autem rocul 

tenth of whatever 1 possess. The publican and at a distance 

stans, nolebat vel oculis in cwlum attolere ; sed percutiebat pectus 


standing, would not his eyes to heaven liftup; but bea’ reast 


suum, dicens, “‘ Deus, placatur ‘mihi peccatori'” 
his, sayng, “Ὁ God, be mercifu! ‘o me a sinner!” 


142 : THE PRINC.PLES OF 


ANALYTICAL TABLE, 


The following words correspond to the figures used ἢ the first part 
of the Afneid, i. 6. the Analysis. The object of this-table is to assist 
the scholar in separating words into their constituent parts, which sepa- 
ration is expressed throughout this work by the hyphen, By a careful 
study of this, he will perceive the specific use of the various medial 
letters, terminations, &c., and will find that all these divisions have a 
particular meaning. In translating the verb, he will observe that the 
word is rendered backwards. 


The following abbreviations are used: 

1 p., first person; 2 p. second person; 3 p, third person. 

pl. plural; where not used, singular is understood. 

i., indicative ; im., imperative; in., infinitive; swb., subjunctive. 

pr., present; p., perfect. 

imp., imperfect; plup., pluperfect ; f., future. 

pass., passive; prep., preposition; ml,, medial letter or letters 

1,, 2., 3., 4., denote the conjugation, 

ExAMPLeEs.—i. pr., indicative present; sub. imp., subjunctive im- 
perfect; ml. 1., medial letter, first conjugation. 


Root. 1 p. ἢ. pr. Prep. root. sub. imp. 3 p. 
1, Can ο. 6. In fer re t. 
Sing I. Into bring would he. 
Root. i. p. 3. 8». Root. ἴηι, 2 1. 
2. Ven i * 7. Memor a. 
Come has he. Relate thou. 
Root. ml. 1. i. p. pass. 3p. Root. ml, 8. in. pr. 
Sect. a” tus es °#. 8. οὶν e re. 
Tossed was he. Roll to. 
Root. i. p. pass. 3 p. Prep. root. in. pr. 
4. Pas suses ἔν. 9. Ad i re. 
Suffer ed 86. To go to. 
Prep. root. ml.3, sub.imp.3p. Prep. root sub, ». 3p. 
5. Con de re t. 10. Im pul eri t. 


Together put would 86. Into driven may have she. 


33. 


LATIN SRAMMAR. 


Root. i p.3. 3p. 


11, Fu i ἄς 
Was it. 

Root, ml,2. i. p. 3. p. pl. 

12. Ten u ére, 
Held have they 
Root. i. pr. 3 p. pass, 

Fer t ur, 
Said she is. 

_ Ἀοοΐ. ml. 2, in.p. 

14, Col u 556, 
Cherished to have 
Root. i. p. 8. 3p. 

15, Fu i t. 

Was it. 
Root, in, pr. 
16. E 586, 
Be to, 
Root, ml.3. sub. pr. pl. 3p. 

17, Sin a Bs δὲ 
Permit may they. 
Root. ml.3.i.pr. 3p. 

18. Tend i e. 
Endeavors she, 
Root, mb, 2.i. pr. 3p. 

19, Fov e t. 
Cherishes she, 
Root. in. pr. pass. 

20. Duc i, 

Descended to be. 
Root. ml. 4. i.plup. 3p. 

21. Aud iv era t. 
Heard had 58:6. 


Root. ml.3. sub. imp. 3 p. 


22. Vert oe re t. 


Overturn would it, 


23. Ven 


24, Volv 


25. Gess 


20, Ex 


28. Are 


34. De 


143 


Root. in. f. 
turum υ886. 


Come would. 


Root. i. p. 3. p. pl. 
ére, 
Decreed have they. 
Root, i. plup. 3p. 
era t. 
Carried had = she, 


Prep. root. i plup. pl. 8». 
cid era on Δ, 
From fallen had they, 


Root. ml, 2, i.pr. 3p. 


27. Man e t. 
Remains it. 
Root, ml, 2. i. tmp, 3 p. 

e ba τ; 
Driving was she, 


Root. ml. 1. ὃ, imp. pl. 3p. 


29, Err a ba ee 


Wander ed _ they, 
Root, i. imp, 3p. 


30. E ra ti 


Was it. 

Prep. root. ml.3, in, pr. 
31, Con ae re, 

Together put to. 


Root. ml.1. t.imp. pl. 3p. 


32. D a ba. Bee 


Giving were 


they. 
Root. ml,3. i.ims. pl. 3p. 


33. Ru e ba m4. ἢ, 


Rushing were _ they. 
Prep. root. ml 3. in. pr. 
sist 6 re, 


From stay to, 


144: THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Root, τη. pr Prep. root, ml. sub. pr. 1. 3p. 

35. Po 556. 47. Ad or e t. 
Able to be. To pray may he. 
Prep. root. ml.3. i”. pr. Prep. root. ml.3. sub. pr. 3p. 

36, A, vert © re, 48. ἴλη pon a t. 
From turn to. On place may he 
Root. i. pr. pass. Root. i.p. 3p. 

37. Vet ο χν 49. Ven i t. 

Forbidden I am. Come has 516. 
Prep. root. ml.3. in. pr. Root. ml.3. pr. 3p. 

38. Ex ur e re, 50. Prem i t; 
Out burn to. Governs he, 
Root. ml. 2. i. p. 3p. Root. ml.1, i. pr. 3p. 

39. Pot u i t. 51. Fren a oP 
Been able has she, Restrains he. 
Prep. root. ml.3, in. pr. Root. ml. 3.%.pr. pl. 3p. 

40. Sub merg e re, 52. Frem u ees © 
Under sink to. Roar they. 
Prep. root. ὁ. ». 3p Root. ml. 2.1. pr. 3p. 

41, Dis jec i t. 53. Sed e t: 
Asunder cast has she. Sits he. 
Prep. root. i.p. 3 p. Root. ml, 4.%1. pr. 3p. 

42, E vert i ὡς 54, Moll i ti 
Over turned has she. Softens he. 

Prep. root. ml. ἃ. i.p. 3p. Root. mil.1.i,pr. 3p. 

43. Cor rip u it. 55. Temper a t. 
On seized has 586. Moderates he, 
Prep. root. i.p. 3 p. Root, ml. 4. sub. pr. 3p, 

44. In Ἐπὶ τ; 56. Fac i Be 3 
On fastened has she. Do may he. 

_ Prep. root. t.pr. 1p. Root. ml, 8, sub. pr. pl. 3p. 

45. In ced ο. 57. Fer a εν 
On give’place I, or I walk. Bear can they. 
Root. t.pr.1p. Root, ml.3. sub. pr. pl. 3p 

46. Ger oO. 58. Verr a Nyt 


Carry I. Sweep can they 


PRINCIPLES 


OF THE 


ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX 


OF THE 


GREEK LANGUAGE. 


Cheracter. 


GREEK ALPHABET. 
Tue Greex Atpuaset consists of twenty-four letters, viz 
Sound. 


13 


Name. 
Alpha, 
Beta, 
Gamma, 
Delta, 
Epsilon, 
Zeta, 
Eta, 
Theta, 
Iota, 
Kappa, 
Lambda, 
Mu, 

Nu, 

Xi, 
Omicron, 
Pi, 

Rho, 
Sigma, 
Tau, 
Upsilon, 
Phi, 
Chi, 
Psi, 
Omega, 


ona op 


short. 


os 


long. 


BRS. 


3 
al 


os 
gc 
: 
ἘΠ 


om in 


i 
Φ 
Ἢ 
ΩΖ 


146 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


ABBREVIATIONS 
Characters. Letters for which they stand. Scuna. 
Ss OT, st. 
x, καὶ, kai, and. 
“iy οὐ, ou, not. 


Nore. — There are many other abbreviations, but these are in mcst 
common use. 


EXERCISES ON THE GREEK ALPHABET. 


Agrippas de pros ton Paulon ephe: 
"Aypiamwag δὲ «“ρὸς τὸν Παυλὸν ἔφ ἡ" 


Agrippa then unto the Paul said : 
"Emil psa elas Cos “umep CeauTroy 
Epitrepetai sol huper seautou 
It is permitted to thee for thyself 


legeizm Tote ho Paulos apelogeito, 
λέγειν} Tore ὁ TLavAog adreroyeiroa, 
to speak. Then the Paul defended himself, 


ekteinas tén cheira. Peri panton 
@xreivag την χειρα. Περὶ wave ivi 
raising the hand. Concerning all (things,) 


on egkaloumai hupo Joudaion 
ὧν ἐγκαλοῦμα᾽᾽Α,᾽ υπσο Ἰουδαίων 
of which [am accused by (the) Jews, 


basileu Agrippa, egemai emauton 
βασιλεῦ “Aypirra ἥγημαι ἐμαυ]ὸν 
Ο, king Agrippa, I think myeslf 
makarion mellon apologeisthai, ὅζο. 
waxaprov μελλὼων agworovyeto bd as, ὅσ. 
happy (that)Iamabout to defend rnyself, &c. 


* Pronounced teen, é long. t Pantone, 6 long. 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 147 


TABLE OF DIPHTHONGAL SOUNDS 


Oy like i in fire, as ετύψιαι. 

ει, like i in fine, as rile. 

av, like au in Paul, as αὐλός. 

Eu, like δὰ in feud, as εὑρέ. 

Ol, like oi in soil, as αὑοί. 

ov, like οὐ in our, as οὗ ἰός. 

Ul, like αἱ in quick o we, as υἱὸς, wheos. 


OTHER SIGNS, ACCENTS, ETC. 


Note.—T,, before y, x, x, or £, is sounded like mg in ring, 
as ayysdog, (angelos,) ayxov, (angkon,) &c. Sigma, at the 
end of a word, is written ¢, otherwise ¢. 


(‘) is called the rough breathing or spiritus asper; it is 
the same as ὦ in English, as 6 (Ao). 


(7) is called the cércumflex accent. 

(7) the acute accent, and (>) is the grave. 

(’) is the soft breathing, or spzritus lenis.* 

(1) This character written under a vowel is called the 
_ subscr¢pt zota, (ὁ written under,) as τῷ, ἀρχῇ, &e. 


In Greek, the vowels ¢ and o are short; 4 and w are long, 
and a, 1,v, are doubtful; called so because they are some- 
times short and sometimes long; as @ in πατὴρ is always 
long, in λαὸς is always short, while in Αρης, it may be 
either short or long. 


(’) The apostrophe is written over the. place of a short 
vowel, that has been cut off from the end of a word; as, 
arr’ for αλλα, κατ᾽ or καϑ᾽ for xara. This is done when the 
next word commences with a vowel, and in compounds, 
when the first part ends and the last part begins with a 
vowel. Sometimes the diphthongs are elided by the poets, 
as ξούλομ᾽ ἐγὼ for ξούλομαι ἐγὼ ; and sometimes after a long 
syllable, the initial vowel is cut off from the following 
word: as, ὦ ’yade for ὦ ’wyadd. Instead of the apostrophe 
or cutting off the final vowel, the concurring vowels are of- 
ten contracted: as, x4x for καὶ ex, κα γὼ for καὶ ἐγὼ, &e. 


* The spiritus lenis indicates that the apiesine asper is not used 
Every word commencing with a vowel or diphthong has a spirttus or 
breathing on that vowel, while the diphthong has it on the 2d letter. 


148 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


EUPHONY. 


The Greeks paid the greatest attention to the smoothness Ὁ 


of sound: in their language; and in this manner, it became, 
in a short time, one of the smoothest and richest languages 
on the known “earth. This, they called Euphony; and 
from a regard to this, they carefully avoided all harshness 
of sound by concurring consonants, not easily pronounced. 
The following rules will apply to this subject. 


1. Words ending in σι, and verbs of the third person in 
¢ ands, add v to the termination, before a vowel or before a 
pause, in the same manner as we add ~ toa in the English 
language; as, an ox for aoz. This is called v appended. 


2. When two successive syllables would begin with an 
aspirate or rough mute, the first is changed into its own 
smooth; thus, rpryig for ὀριχὸς, τρέχω for θρέχω, rpepw for 
θρέφω, ἄχο., ὅζο. 


3. Aw mute (π,, 6, φ,) before ¢, becomes J, (ps.) 
4. A x mute (x, y, x,) before ¢, becomes &, (x.) 
5. A + mute (r, ὃ, 6,) before uw, is changed into ¢. 


7 


6. When σ would stand between two consonants it is re- 


jected; as, AsAsip-dov for λελεισ-σ-θον, &c. 
7. When ¢, by inflection, comes before σ᾽, it is rejected. 


8. When both v and ar mute together are cast out before 
δ ¢ preceding it is changed into εἰ, o into ov, and a doubtful 
~owel is lengthened; but ἡ and w remain unchanged.* 


PUNCTUATION. 


(,) The comma denotes the shortest pause. 
(*) The colon or semi-colon, the next shortest; and 
(.) The period a full stop. 


(; ) Denotes that a question is asked, and is the same as 
(?) in English. 


* Fo: the remainder of these Rules, see page 156, on the verb 


oe 


GREEK GRAMMAR, 149 


PARTS OF SPEECH. 


The Parts of Speech in Greek, are eight, viz: 


1. Substantive or noun, Adjective, Article, Pronoun and 
Verb, declined. 


2, Adverb, Preposition and Conjunction,* wndeclined. 


(For the definitions, see Latin Grammar.) 


NUMBER. 


The numbers in Greek, are three: Singular, denoting 
gne object; Dual, denoting two objects, (commonly in 
pairs, as a span of horses, the bird and its mate, man and 
wife, &c.,) and the Plural, denoting more than one object. 
The Dual is but little used. 


CASE. 


There are only five cases in Greek, there being no ab- 
lative; the others are like the Latin. 


Note.—In Greek, the genitive and dative supply the 
place of the ablative. 


(For “ Rules for the construction of Cases,” see Latin Grammar.) 


OF DECLENSION. 


Declension is the mode of changing the terminations of 
nouns, verbs, pronouns and adjectives. There are three 
declensions of nouns and adjectives, in Greek, called the 


first, second and third. 


_* The participle, which is considered by some grammarians, as a 
d'stin -t part of speech, is more properly a part of the verb. It may 
be, also, an adjective. 


The Interjection is thought by some writers.to be an adverb or a 
speech of itself instead of a purt 


δ᾽ : 


150 THLE PRINCIPLES OF 


TABLE OF DECLENSION. 
FIRST DECLENSION. . 
Singular. Dual. Plural 


N. G. wD. AL VA NWA ΣΝ GO Doe 
Mas. ας, οὐ, Gey αν, α. Oly Vn ly ὧν; ALIS, ἄς) Oe 
Mas. ‘vg, ου, Ne ys Vn ly ὧν, αἱξ) OLS, Oe 
Fem. a, ay Ce Oly =n αν» DIV y CLIC) δὲν δ. 
Fem. 1, 1s; Ne Oy = Nn ly: δὸὴ αἰ lS, Oe 


ἘΣ 5 "Ἐξ 
"Ὁ bd 
2S 


- 

= 
<= 

“Ὁ 


SECOND DECLENSION. 


Singular. Dual. Plural. 
N.. Ge. D. A. Ve. NAV. GD. UNG. ΣΎΝ 
Mas. og, ov, W, ov, & Ws οιν. Oly. ὧν, οἷς» OUS, 91. 
ΪΝοιιῖ, ov, ov, ᾧ, ον, Ὃν. ω, οἷν. ἃ, Ὧν οἶδ) Oy Oe 


THIRD DECLENSION. 


Singular. Dual. . Plural. 
N. G.D. A. V. N.AV.G.D.N.G. D. A. V. 


M. & Ε΄. —,*os, 1, aorav, like IN. €, οἷν. &6, ὧν, Ot, OS, Se 
Neuter. —,*os, 1, like N. like NN. ¢€, ow. αν Gv, Oi, α, ἃ. ~ 


RULES FOR THE ASSISTANCE OF THE STUDENT. 

1. The nominative singular always ends either in a long 
vowel or v, p, ς» § and J. 

2. In the dual, the genitive and dative always end alike. 


3. The nominative and vocative are always alike in the 
plural, and generally in the singular. 


4, The genitive plural always ends in wv. 


5. The accusative plural of the masculine and feminine 
always ends in ¢; of the neuter in a. 


6. In the neuter plural, the nominative, accusative and 
vocative end ina. 


7 The dative singular is known by having the swbscrépt 


tota written under it; except where it already ends in 1. 


* The nominative terminations of this declension are numerous, Its 


genitive singular always ends in os, and has one syllable more than the 
nominative. . : 


: 
Fis 
fre 


ws 


= 47 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 151 


DECLENSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 
Singular. Dual. Plural. 


_ Mas Fem. Neut. Mas. Fem. Neut. Mas. Fem. Neut. 


Nom.i, 4, i £0, 6685 oh. hehe 
Gen. τοῦ τῆς, τοῦ. τοῖν, ταῖν, τοῖν. τῶν, TOV, τῶν. 
Dat. τῳ «τη, τῶ. τοῖν, ταῖν, τοῖν. τοῖς, ταῖς, τοῖς. 
Acct. τόν «τὴν, «6. τώ, Th, TH. TOS, τάς, τά. 


ΝΟΤΕ.---ἧς is sometimes annexed to the article through 
all its parts, when it becomes ὅδε, ἤδε, ride, &c., thes. 


PRONOUNS. 


The Persona Pronouns, in Greek, are ἐγώ, I; σύ, 
thou ; ov, of himself, of herself, of itself. They are thus 
declined: 

ἐγώ, I. 
Singular. Dual. Plural, 
N. as Ee. a. Ne elle G. ἢ. Ἄς. ἰὼ Dats 


2, ἐγώ ,(β)μιοῦ, (2) nol, (2) y.2. νῶϊ OT v4), νῶϊν OF νῷν. ἡμεῖς, HUG, ἡμῖν, ἡμᾶς. 


σύ, thou. 
N.G.D.A.V. δυάς G.D. N.V. G. D A. 
σύ, σοῦ, σοί, σέ, συ. σφῶϊ OF σφῷ, σφῶϊν or σφῷν. ὑμεῖς, ὑμῶν, ὑμῖν͵ ὑμᾶς. 


οὖ, of himself, §c. 
ΠΟ. Dié.. NoA.. G.D. N. - OG. "S DS wae, 
; Cpe, σφίν. σφεῖς, σφῶν, σφίσι, σφᾶς. 


The ῬΟΞΞΕΈΞΒΙΨΕ Pronouns are declined like the noun— 
the masculine like the second declension masculine in og; 
the feminine like nouns of the second declension, in ἃ or 


“1; the neuter like the neuter of the second declension, in 
ov—thus: 


Feminine. α, ἢ; NS ἂς; 7,43 nv av; na, ὅζο. 
Neuter. ov, ou, ῳ, ον, ον, &e. 


152 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


The Definite Pronoun, αὐτὸς, is thus declined: 


Szngular. Dual. Plural. 
N. δι D. A. N. A. G.D. Νιοι σε. De yA. 
Mas. air-is, -οὔ, -ᾧὦ -ὃν. «ὦ, -οἶνν. -οἰ, «ὧν, «οἷς, -00g. 
Fem.. αὐς-ὴ, -ἧς, -ἥ, «ἣν. -ἃ, -«αἷν. -οαὶ, -ὧν, -αἷς, -ἂς. 
Neut. air-0, «-οὔ, -ᾧ, «ὃ. -), «οἷν, <=, «ὦν, «οἷς, τὰς 


ἼΑλλος, ὃς and éxsivog are declined in the same manner. 


The REFLextvE Pronouns are such as relate to the sub- 
ject of the proposition in which they stand. They are 
formed from the accusative singular of the personal pro- 
nouns, with the oblzque* cases of adtog. They are ἐμαυτοῦ, 
of myself, σεαυτοῦ, of thyself, ἑαυτοῦ, of himself. They are 
thus declined: 


_ Singular. Plural, 

nay 6 tara. & G. D. i 
Mas. -0t, τῶν -iv — «ὥν, «οἷς; «οὐδ. 
Fem: -ἧς, -ἢ, τὴν, «ὥν, «αἷς, «ἂς. 
Neut. -οὔ, «-ᾧ, -0. «ὥν, οοἷς, «ἃ. 


The Demonstrative Pronouns point out with precision, 
a person or thing already known. They are: 


τς, ΤΗΣ ρον, this, the latter, the one. 
δὸς, ἥδε, φύδε, 


ἔκεινος, ἐχείνη, ἔκχεινο, that, the former, the other. 


Οὗτος is thus declined: 


Singular. Dual. 
as. tas D. A, N.A.V. G.D. 
Masculine, οὗτος, τούτου, τούτῳ, τοῦτον. φούτω, τούτοιν. 
Feminine, αὕτη, ταύτης, ταύτη, ταύτην. ταύτα, ταύταιν. 
Neuter, τοῦτο, τούτου, τούτῳ, τοῦτο. φούτω, τούτοιν. 


Masculine, οὗτοι, φπούτων, τούφοις, τούτους. 
Feminine, αὗται, ταύτων, ταύταις, ταύτας. 
Neuter, THUTA, τούτων, τούτοις, τοῦτα. 


* Al cases, except the nominative, are called oblique cases 


νὼ ΡἫ 


ΓΈ 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 153 


“Ode is declined like the definite article 6 with the en- 
clitic de annexed through all its cases, to render it emphatic. 
"Exsivos 18 declined like αὐτὸς. 


\ The Retative Pronoun is one that relates to a noun or ἢ 
pronoun going before it, called its antecedent. The rela- 
tive, ὅς, 7, 0, who, which, that, is declined like αὐτὸς, It is 
made emphatic by adding the enclitic syllable wep; as 
ὅσπερ, ἥπέρ, ὅπερ. 

The Ionic and Doric writers and the Attic tragedians use 
the article ὃ, 4, τό, as a relative, instead of ὅς, %, 6. 

The compound pronoun ὅστις is used instead of ὅς, as a 
relative, after πᾶς, or any word in the singular, expressing 
an indefinite number; and ὅσοι, after the same words in 
the plural: as, τᾶς ὅστις, every one who; πάντες ὅσοι, all 
who, &c. 


The InrerroGATIvE Pronown is used in asking a ques- 
tion. The interrogative ris is thus declined; 


Singular. Dual. Plural. 
ὩΣ As N.A.G.D. N. GT Eade 
Μ΄. Γ΄. cig, τίνος, τίνι, iva. «ίνς, rivow. ives, τίνων, Figs, τίνας 
Neut. si, τίνος, τίνι, τί. τίνε, φίνοιν. φτίνα, «τίνων, «τίσι, τίνα. 


The InpeFriniTE Pronouns are such as denote persons or 
things indefinitely. They are: 


tis, τὶς, ti, Some one, declined like rig, above. 
δειν-α, -α, -α, some one, such a one. 

ἄλλοος, -ἡ, -0, another. 

Erepos, ἕτερα, ἕτερον, other, a different one, another. 


The indefinite rig has the grave accent on the last sylla- 
ble to distinguish it from the interrogative rig, which has 
the acute accent on the first; the former is enclitic, the 
latter is not. 

The indefinite δεῖνα, some one, of all genders, and alway 
with the article prefixed, is declined like a noun of the 
third declension. It is, however, sometimes used indecli- 
nable; as, genitive, rod δεῖνα, dative, rw δεῖνα. 

All words used interrogatively, are also used indefinitely, 
but generally with the accent changed. 


154 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


VERBS. 


In Greex, the TRANSITIVE*’ verb has three forms, called 
Active, Passive and Middle. 

An Inrransitive* verb is commonly without the Passive 
form. 

The Mippte Voice, in Greek, represents the subject of 
she verb as acting on “itself; as τύπτομαι, I strike myself ; 
ἐβλαψνάμνην τὸν roa, 1 hurt my foot, &c. 


OF MOODS. 


Moon is the mode or manner of expressing the meaning — 


or signification of the verb. 


In Greek, the Moods are five, viz:—The Indicative, 
Subjunctive, Optative, Imperative and Infinitive. 


The Indicative mood is always used to express a thing — 


as certain and actual; as, φιλεω, I love, currw, I strike. 


The Subjunctive and Optative moods represent an action 
as dependent and contingent, and never actual or certain. 
Not a thing that certainly zs, was or well be, but that may, 


can or might be or exist. Thesubjunctive represents this 


contingency or doubt as present, the optative as past. 


The Imperative mood commands, exhorts, entreats and 
permits; as, γράφε, write thou, ἔσω, let him go, ὅτε. 

The Infinitive mood expresses the sense or meaning of 
the verb in a general manner; as, currew, to strike. 


TEN SES. 


Tense is the division of time into Present, Past and 
Future. 

Although there are, in reality, only the three above 
named teiises, yet, by certain other modifications, a variety 
of tenses may be formed: of these, in Greek, ‘there are 
nine. ‘They are the Present, the Imperfect, the First and 
Second Future, the First and Second Aorist, the Perfect, 
Pluperfect, and, in the Passive, che Paulo-post or Third 
F uture. 


* F or the tefiaition of these terms, see Latin Grammar, p. 92. 


ὁ 5 
ὼ 4 
ὧν 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 155 


The Present tense represents the time now passing. 
The Imperfect, time gone by or past. 
The Perfect tense, time just completed. 
The Pluperfect, time preceding the imperfect. 
The First and Second Future, time that will come. 
The First and Second Aorist, any time past. 
The Paulo-post or Third Future Passive, time that will 
come and be continued; as, ᾿ἐγγρώψεϊαι, he shall continue 
» enrolled. 
ge SIGNS OF THE MOODS. 


Indicative mood. There is no particular letter to denote 
this mood ; but its difference from the others may be easily 
_ ~~ seen by a glance at the Table of the Verb. 
cee  Subjunctive mood. ὦ and η. 
fu Optative mood. οἱ, αι and εἰ. 
ο΄ _Imperative-mood.. ¢, ον, Sw, τι and 6. 

Infinitive mood. ξιν, ναι, ϑαι and au. 
‘The Sitens or THE Tenses will be seen, by referring to 
able on the Verb, or page 158. 


OF CONJUGATION. 


Conjugation is the manner of arranging the Moods and 
Tenses of the Verb according to a certain order. 

In Greek, there are two Conjugations: the first of verbs 
in w, the second in μι. 

The different voices, moods, tenses, numbers and per- 
sons that a verb undergoes by conjugation, may be referred 
to three heads: the Root, the Augment, and the Termi- 
nation. 


OF THE COGNATE MUTES AND RULES OF CHANGE IN LETTERS 


The Mutes are nine, but all are founded on three, viz.: 
πο which is formed with the lips, x with the palate, and ¢ 
with the tongue. Adda slight roughness to x smooth, and 


156 ~ THE PRINCIPLES OF 


you have 8 middle; next, the rough breathing (‘), and 
you have ¢ rough. 

K, with a slight roughness, becomes y, to which add the 
rough breathing, and you have x: and, in the same man- 
ner, τ becomes ὃ and 6, Ψ and are called double conso- 
nants, being mere.y and x, with ¢ appended. 


Il mutes. K mutes. ο΄ πὶ mutes. 
Smooth 4, x, Te 
Middle, £8, δ. 


Ys 
Rough, o,add¢ make. y,add¢ make & ὁ. 


If ¢ is added to φ mutes, the mute is dropped: thus, from 
dvicw you have dvicw and not ἀνύφσσω. 


II mutes before μ᾽ are changed into μι: as, réruppos for 
rérurpos; φτέτριμμιαι for φέτριδμαι ; γέγραμμιαι for γέγραφμαιι. 
. Κὶ mutes before pw are changed into y; as, πέπλεγμαι for 

πέπλεχλμιαι. 


N, before ἃ σ' mute is changed into μὲ: as, ἐμξαῖνω for 
ἐνξαινω. 

N, before a x mute is changed into γ: as, πέφαγχα for 
«ἔφανχα. 


N, before the liquids, (A, μ, p,) is changed in those let- 
ters respectively: as, συλλέγω for συνλέγο, &c. 


When mutes come together, they must be of the same 
strength; that is, smooth with smooth, middle with middle 
and rough with rough. Hence, when one is determined, 
the other must be made to correspond: as, érip-dnv for éruq- 
Oyv; AgAsx-be for AgAsx-be, &c., &e. 


Nort.— The above business of Euphony, (especially the 
last rule,) is no mew thing; but one which occurs in the 
English, as well as in the Greek and Latin. There are 
more changes in a great number of words, in the English 
language, than most people seem to be aware of. Take, 
for instance, the words col-lect, com-press, co-alesce and. 
cor-respond, in which the Latin word con, by euphonic 
changes, becomes alternately col, com, co, (in which the 2 
is dropped,) and cor. And why this change? Why not 
retain the original word con? Let us see. How would 
con-lect, con-press, con-alesce and con-respond sound? Very 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 157 


rough, I must confess. Hence, these changes are intro- 
duced in the language for the express purpose of making 
tha: language smooth. And in the same manner the sy]- 
lables 72, ne, sub, ad, and some others, are changed into a 
great variety of forms; zm, for instance, when used as a 
negative, and derived from mon or ne, Latin, becomes 27, zr, 
im, tg, τῇ, (which, with d annexed, becomes dzf, as in d?f- 
fident, dzf-ficult, (from faczlzs, easy,) and some others.) 
Sub becomes sup, suf, suc, sus, &c.; and ad becomes ai, 
at, af, &c.; thus, 7z-vulnerable, iz-competent, z/-legal, zm- 
moral, z7g-noble, dzf-fident, dzf-ficult. In all these cases, 
the syllable in ztalic, comes from in, the x being changed 
to ὦ before 7, m before m, g before n, and dif before f, for 
the sake of Euphony or Sound. 


OF THE ROOT. 


The Root is that part of the verb that remains un- 
changed throughout, (except as required by the rules of 
___Euphony.) 

The final letter of the root is called its characteristic, 
ς΄ because the verb is denominated pure, mute or liquid, ac- 
cording as that letter is a vowel, mute or liquid. 
_ In all primary forms of the verb, the characteristic is the 
letter next to the termination, in the present indicative ; 
thus, Ain λέγ-ω, π' in tpérw, v in Adw, vin φεινω, &e. 

Many verbs have a second and third root, i. e., the verb 
changes its forms in the second future and second aorist, 
and again in the perfect and pluperfect middle. The root 
of the present tense is called the first root. 


OF THE TENSE ROOT. 


The Tense Root, or the Tense Sign, is that part of the 
verb that remains unchanged through the same tense.* 


. Note.—In some verbs, where there is no Tense sign, 
the verb root or the termination denotes the Tense. 


* Some Authors make the Verb Root a part of the Tense Root, 
but this is wrong, The Verb Roct remains unchanged throcgh the 
verb, while the Tense Root throug) the tense, omy. 

14 


158 THE PRINCIPLES OF “ὦ 


TABLE OF TENSE SIGNS. 
In Mute and Pure Verbs, the Tense Signs are in the 
Active. Passive. Middle. 


a irst Future,...... ὅσ, θησ, Ce 
First UTR oo sain id 0; 6, 0. 
Second Future,.... &, n0, Ge 

Perfect & Pluperfect, [*]Jorx, -- —, 
In Liguid Verbs, the Tense Signs are, in the 
First Future,...... by θησ, 6 
First Aorist, eeeeevee ? soa” 6. os, 
Second Future,.... Ey N0, &. 
Pefect & Pluperfect, χ, —, —. 


In the Present, Imperfect and Second Aorist, the tense 
5 denoted by the terminations; as, Present, a, é¢, &13 STov, 
Tov; omev, ere, ovds. Imperfect, ov, ες) Εἰ; ETov, ET NY 5 OEY, . 
ive, ove Second Aorist, like the Imperfect. " 


OF THE AUGMENT. 


The Augment is the vowel or syllable prefixed to the 
root, in the past or preterite tenses. 

The Imperfect, Pluperfect and Aorists take the augment 
in the Indicative Mood only; so, on the Table of the Verb, 
the student should be careful not to use the augment in 
any other mood than’ the indicative, in the het above- 
named tenses, 


Note.— When the augment prefixes a syllable, it is 
called the syllabic augment. When it lengthens the ini 
tial vowel, it is called the temporal augment. The first is 
used when the verb begins with a consonant, the other 
when it begins with a vowel. | 


The syllabic augment is formed by etixing 8 to the 
augmented tenses, as ἐ-συψα, é-riov, &c.; the temporal, by 
lengthening o tata w,aandé into ἡ; as, ἄ-δω, ἤ-δον ; ἐ-λευθω, 
xn pk ἄι-ρω, *7-pov; ὀ-ρυσσω, ὥ-ρυσσον, &c. 


*In this place, the & 1s changed to ἢ while the " is sbscript, ox 
written under. ζβ 


o 


. GREEK GRAMMAR. 15S 


The diphthongs εἰ and ov, and the long vowels ἡ and ω, 
remain unchang: d by the augment. 


A number of verbs commencing with « take the augment 
in €¢; as, ὅ- χω, ἔι-χον. 


Where the verb begins with a consonant, the consonant 
is doubled before the augment of the Perfect; as, ¢-iarrw, 
T-E-TURA 5 τ-ἰω, T-E-TIxa, Ke. 

The rough mute reduplicates its own smooth; as, 9-dw, 
π-ξ-φυχα, χ-ωρέω, κε--χώρηχα. 

Verbs, compounded with prepositions, take the augmeni 
between the preposition and the root; as, προσ-φέρω, προῦ-ἔ- 
φέρον. 

OF THE TERMINATION. 


The terminations ccnsist of that part of the verb which 
immediately follows the Tense Root. 


We here present the scholar with a Table on the conju 
gation of the Greek Verb, containing all its changes; and 
by which the whole subject of Euphony will be seen, in 
the changes which the root undergoes, in being associated 
with different letters; as, also, the augment, reduplication, 
mood and tense. ‘This: Table was prepared, on the plan of 
Professor Thiersch, of Germany, by the author’s son, at 
the Rochester Collegiate Institute, in the summer of 1847, 
expressly for this work. The Table exhibits, at a glance, 
all the changes that can take place in the Greek Verb, ex- 
cept the person and number, which will be found in the 
conjugation that immediately follows. 

In the Table, the following abbreviations are used :— 
Term, Terminations; Want. Wanting; M. S. Mood Sign. 


te 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


160 


"Spooul a 
[8 Ysnoiy) pourejar st uorvoydnpel 911 1τ|4 fjuswMSny 91 sexes ‘ATUO ‘poopy oaNvoIpuT 91, ‘ 


“011 | co] 09 “ | sau | 6 "Al “Δ0 nb ANd Ant xi ΕΟ pS 
"1071 | ee] 809 “07. *aunl |x "A Bie | has pent ἴω κξ “φὰ 4sLloy 151 
JUBM JUBM JUBM ἍΛΑ “1 | 0 *JUBM *JUBM ζω *JUBM 3.» ae ‘ginin J PE 
juema| jjuem! fuem “τὶ 1.3} srr! jo] Ὁ [53 ene | pune nb ** Θ1Π1Π ἢ PS 
juem| fue; fuen ‘vol [0] “τον fol 50) pas | ρερώαῳ | pas "* ‘nyu IST 
quem] |}UueA “07 yuem] [0ὉΔ *A13 yuemM | UBM ans |34]4  Ἰηρομοάπιᾳ pz 
juem! jjuem| | +o | |yuem| feared | | cas | | Ἴπθλι ns] . Ons 3142) Iqoajzadnig 151 
qUBM| [108 λὰ “© "JUBM| 08} “70 *yUBM | “JURA ab 13} ** Yoaflead pZ 
juem| ϑβολβυ | Ὁ) uem | | ‘sold “70 ἽἼΠΒΔΑ nb | One 3.» τ SOayIeg 151 
ssl! co] "10 Ὑ]} ] 50) saul fo] carl 0, °Ao [ns [40 [2s *2 eho ‘yoajsod wy 
‘mon | | t07l] co] Ὁ “ἸΥΪ [0] "ΤΥ jo "Ὁ [ons DANS [eas cre Suasalg 
WIJ, ἘΞ απο, ἜΚ απο, io wag ἢ fae Be ὦ ᾿ “O[PPI |'eatsseg  “θλον ξ Σ Υ̓ 
. PS . = 
“OIPPUN |earsseg | “eANOY | ‘o[pprA | “eaisseg f “oanoy Ξ|Ξ 5.  -sosuoy 
*$}003] 5. [τ [δ᾽ 
‘poopy eanounfang “pool earyeorpuy s| |2 
*SUOLJBUIUIIO J, soxyoig 


uorjesnluoy 1511} 911 10 SqiaA 911 Jo 
᾿ΝΟΙΓΕΘΙΤΧΩΩΠῚ AONV 4“SNAL 'ΠΟΟΙ͂Ι ᾿ΕΝ ΠΙΘΩΥ ‘AOIOA “\LOOU AHL ὈΝΙΙΙΒΙΗΧΈ 


ἩΊΘΥΕΎῪΎ 


161 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 


"19D | 3 "mA Fk} " "113 *no "19 8 ‘alr! | 20 *al [13] "τη ΜΝ Pz | 
"Im9D |” "1A 1h "10 “10 "1h ΩΣ ‘alr [τὴ ‘ak 1.19] "πῇ | γΟ ΒΊΟΥ 15] 
ἽἼΠΡΛι “9D 13] “JUBA ἍΠΌ ΔΑ ἽΠΌ ΔΑ ‘JUBA “JUBA, ‘alr | το γ 8.) jalan pe 
"mpd 13] “pd [13] "48 ‘JUBA ‘UBM ΠΛ ‘an! 1 10). salen! | 20) “τη | το θα ΠΗ͂ py 
"9d |2] ‘pp [3] "418 uUueM "JUBM UBM ‘alr! | 10) "«ὐιη | 20) “τὴ | 10] ἽΠ 151 
"UBM "1B M "1A [8] QUBA *JUBM “3 quem | | yUuBAN “mM | 10) ‘dnid pe 
‘mA | | UBM "mn 18 8 ὋΝ 3 ἼΠΘΔΑ [ ["50 97) “mM | το] πΠ|ᾳ 151 
mn 19} JUBA ‘mn 15] QURAN “JUBA *3 ΠΌΔΑ ἼΠΘΔΑ τ] “Jad PZ 
"m4 | 3] ‘19d, "mn | 3 "3 “of "8 quem | ["Ξοαρη ‘mM | 10} 394} IST 
"mp0 |3| ‘pp [9] "418 "Ὧ0 "no “8 ‘alr 110). "αἰ | 10) “τη | τ] *yaoduiy 
"79D 13] “79D |.3| ats “no “no *3 ‘alr! | 29) salen! | 10) sm! | 10) ‘yuosoag 
‘suoneu | S| ‘suoneu | Z| -suoneu |S ‘suonvu ‘suoneu | =| ‘suoneu | S| suoneu = ‘suoneu κα θα τα 
“WOT, 1:9] “Mey, [9] “Mey | | “Muay ἜΘ 1, | cp} ἼαμΟ «ἴὰ9 J, 5 TWIT, | Ὁ. ὉΠ], τ 
: : ὃ “sastia 
‘OIPPIL 1 ᾿ΘΛΙΒΒΌΩ | *‘oanoy | "ΟΙΡΡΙΆΙ ‘oaisseg | ‘oanoy | ‘orppryy | ‘aAIsseg | ‘oAOY : 


‘poo eartuyuy 


‘poopy eanvsoduy 


‘pooyy aanuidg 


14* 


(‘GIANILNOD) ‘FTA VL 


162 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


TABLE, (ContinveEp.) 


Participle. 
Tenses. Active. Passive. Middle. 

Ss Term. si Term. Ss Term. 
SEOUL, του sae 0:4 ων. ὁ | μενος. | 6 | μιενος. 
Se (τς ςς ς, 6... ων. 6 | μενος. | 6 | μενος. 
First Perfect, ....... ὡς. ὑμένος. want. 
Second Perfect, ..... ὡς. want. want. 
First Pluperfect,..... ὡς. μμιένος. want. 
Second Pluperfect,... ὡς. want. want. 
Parse, Pature,;.... esses ων. 6 | μενος. | ὁ | μενος. 
Second Future,...... ὧν. 6 | μενος. [οὔ μενος. 
Third Future,....... want. | 6 | μενος. want. 
ΠῊΒΕ AOriste soo ¢0%0 0 « ᾶς. εἴς. & | μιενος. 
Second Aorist, ...... ὦν. εἰς. ὁ | μενος. 


The express design of the preceding Table, is to show 
the student, at a glance, the Mood, Tense and Voice of the. . 
Verb, without the Person and Number; and a Table like 
the foregoing, is better adapted to this purpose than one 
more lengthy, over the whole of which the student is 
obliged to look before he can find the Mood or Tense de- 
sired; but for the better information of those who desire 
it, we give, commencing on the next page, a full conjugation 
of the verb riarw, by which they can ascertain the Person 
and Number, as well as the other par’s of any verb of the 
first conjugation. 


163 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 


"SoSUd} PUY SpooUr OY} 10 YHuoIy} (0612 a44,, ‘UONVOYTUSIs Ul pue *WIIOJ UT puodes oY} OY] 51 [ὉΠ Uossod 151) OUT, , 


"911 


“An 


"1900 
"91 
“1900 
fay) 
“AD 
fay) 
“AnD 
"911 
"1.970 
‘fay 
"1910 
‘fay 
"10 
"91}} 
μ»η0 


πολ ‘aA 
9" ἐΑΒΥῺ 
43.513 ‘asin0 
‘nok ‘aM 
‘343 ‘agrio 
‘nok ‘aA 
43» ‘agri 
‘nok ‘a Ay 
43.» ‘agrl 
‘nok ‘a 
‘357 ‘asrla 
‘nok ‘aM 
(9 »ῺὴῺ ‘asvla 
‘nod ‘a M 
°349 ‘agvlo 
‘nok ‘aM 
6343  ‘agrio 
79242] I 


om} 91] fom) 9Χ 
"ALL *A0.L70 


ΡΠ 
᾽ 


‘91P'N J 1511} SB oures “ΠΞΠΘῸΤ 


*A0L13 0.613 
"omy Aoy} SoM} OX 
*A0L3 60043 
‘omy Loy} {0M} 9X 
"Abb “ΛΟ. 
om} 91} “ΟΔλ) 9Χ 
"al S00 
om 191 ‘oa 9X 
*A0L10 “ΛΟ. Ὸ 


om} {91 ‘oM} 9Χ 
“ΛΟ Ὸ “ΛΟ 

om} ayy ‘omy 9Χ 
*Ak.b3 A043 

om} Aay} ‘omy OX 
*A0L3 ΕΝ 


‘ong 


"oy ‘ noy} Ἵ 
“8 43}) “Ἢ 
ΨΥ Ὁ 

ὉΠ ‘noyy 1 
“13 49,3 . 

δὲ «= ‘noyy Ἴ 
οὐσία [2 6A 

‘ay “πο}] ‘Ty 

—— {9 7 

“3 ‘So ‘9 

"3 ‘Sin ‘9 
“3 499 ‘a0 

‘ay “ΠΟΙ Ἵ 

“13 ‘Sig. 89) 

"LDINS ULE 


τὰ 
᾽ 
pey 


13 


op 


"asua J, 


i Lana 
ans 3 ἽἼΒΙΙΟΥΨ 151 
Ans ‘ainjn ἢ ps 
STIS 
nb ‘ainjn J 151] 
yong (‘j~asXuz) 
nb sh 3 *yxodntg pz 
yong 
ΕΣ 5. 3 *Jxodnyg 18T 
yong (‘jjasAur). 
Nb 3» “09 194 PG 
Wong 
ony $2 }99jJI9q 15] 
Surying SBA 
bone 3 "“9ομοάυση 
SFIS 
Sons ; ‘juesalg 
ΟΣ “pe “Sny 


*dOOW AAILVOIGNI—"d0IOA AAILOV 


AIMIULS OL ‘ULULL UaA AHL AO 'TTOd NI NOLLVOOALNOD 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


164 


“191 ‘nok ‘aM 
"190 «$34 ‘agri 
‘fay ‘nod ‘aM 
“190 ‘32h ‘asl 
‘fay ‘nok ‘aM 
19 ‘34k  ‘asrle 
"911 ‘nok ‘aM 
197 ‘32k ‘asrlr 
‘Aayi ‘nok ‘any 
"190 635 ‘asia 
‘fay ‘nok ‘aA 
"1909 “8:10 Sager 
‘Coy. ‘nok ‘aM 
“Ὁ 68:8 Sagrlo © 
7242) I 


om} 911 fom} 9 Χ 
“note Sao 


om} Ady} fom} 91 
nos Snot 


om} 91 om} OX 
nots Sao 


‘omy 911 ‘0M OX 
“λον Saosk 


om) 911 ‘om. OX 
"noth ‘nos 


‘omy 91} om} 9 
"nop ‘nop ls 


om} Aoy} om] OX 
*Ab3 £A0.b3 


TORT 


‘oy ΠΟ] 1 1131 dsyINIG 

a5 ‘Si 89 — nb ΒΟΥ PZ 

‘oy ‘noyy Ἵ Ἰηδῖ | ONIN 

lk ‘sy Seq » ΕΣ ‘ ‘\SIIOV 151] 
“Surjuom ‘eINjN ἢ pg puv oinjn ἢ 15] 

ΘΓ ΠΟ] Ἵ eavy ὅτι yong (‘jjasAu) 


“if ‘sy «ὦ “Ὁ 8. ‘yoajzodnyg ps 


‘YONIs OAVY IYSIPY—* 209 2.1 25.1.1 ayey~—'yoajsodn] J 151 


ΘΓ ‘noyy Ἵ aavy Aew yong (‘jjasXut) 

he SE +” S09 — "“ 8} ᾿ΘΗ94 ps 
‘ay “Π01}] Ἵ eavy Aeu yong 

“te ‘Si. “Ὁ [.] ΕΣ 34 *}99J19g 151 


ὍΣΠ115 ‘029 ἽΠ01|0-- 2089... aye T—"joaj1od wy] 


ray ‘nou, 1 © Avur θητης 

Ce RT tons ‘juesolg 
*doOW SAILONALaAs 

‘ay 011 Ἵ στο, ὙΠΟ | 

*3 8. 40 - . αν s ἥἅβποῦ ps 
"“LDINS ULE "9sua J, 00g “pay =“sny 


- (*@SONIZNOO)—"aoON BAILVOIGNI 


165 


GREEK GRAMMAR, 


“ΛΌΡΟ 8 433 

"an ΡΟΎ! ‘3/70 

"07090913 *313 

“ΛΌΡΟ 3 “8.8 

ΛΌΡΩ 3 433 

"a0 90/3 433 

"18 43.» 

“18 Sapp 

“18 43. 

"13 43. 

"13 “» 

"18 “sb 
‘ayy ‘nok ‘a 
"03 3.» Sal 


"ΑΘ ‘nok ‘any 


“Ἃ 598» 


Saget 


Sagrl 
Sage 
Saal 
Sage 
Sag 


‘ag 


*A0/3 


“ΜΕ 


“ΔΩ 


“A003 
“ΔΩ 3 


“Δ }.3 


"Abb 
"AL 
"Abs 
"ab 
"Alb 


"ab 


*A013 
“ΛΟ 
*n013 


*no/3 
*n03 


‘A013 


A0 
$105 
SA0b 
5A0b 
®A0b 


SAO 


om} fay} fom) OX 
SAO 


“λ0.» 


om} Lay} ‘omy OX ‘ay ‘noy} 


“dOOW ZAILVLdo 


"me 8. ᾿ς mene SHONIIS OAVY 10 OHINS ἽἼΒΙΙΟ Τ᾽ PZ 
“m7 ὁ f D Ab “90,115 OAVY 10 951115 YSUOY 151] 
Ὧβ 3 SNe 85 (*YONIYS BABY) “οϑ μοάη) pz 
*paflad 2541} 95.117-- -Ἰοθ) θη) ἃ 151 
"yg 8. π΄ τ »ὦὌ 3»). ("9015 BABY) Ἵ09μ94 Ps 
rye 3“ -ς- [Π ne pe) (‘HONS 9λ00) ‘DaJI0g IST 
‘WuasatT 50 auevg—(; 951118) 9 θά ωγ 
m3 ὃ6 Sa -- hy (‘027 ‘noy} 9511158) yuasaig 
ὍΟΟΙΣ ATAILVUAINI 

"— §S “ἡ 10 Uns (Ὅν “aqS1ur) “soy pg 
-- 39. Srl DNs (‘929 “WYyotw) YsOYy 151 
-- "3 ‘i 10 wns (‘oxts Wysru) ‘ainin 7 py 
-- 5 ‘ml 0p 2s (951115 1.511} ‘ainin ἢ 151 
-.- 9. “"ἡ 0 Μὴ» sh (‘OAvY 7631} Yooj1odnig pg 
*paflag 25.411 ayvT—(‘aavy iyStu) ‘ydaj1adn]g 151 
- "3 ‘mM 10 wns 8} (‘aavy Avw) Ydaj10g py 

‘ay ‘noyy Ἵ eavy θαι yonng 
estrone. 2 OE geo. Spat i Re “oasleag 151 
ὍΣ ‘SuIyIUS 96 IYSIPY—'*zuaset J aye"T—"yoaj1ad wy] 

το λυ  oeymng 
-- 54 ‘ral 10 bond ‘quesalg 


THE PRINCIPLES of 


180 


“oon “900 “open *aupp ‘nope ‘nogsrl coy 00 far! 10 $b (‘yonqs 96 1115 1ππ) Yoazsodury 


ton ‘399 “Ὀρθηὴ *augo ‘ogo ‘aopsrl ob “0 ‘Salrl 10 babnb (91.115 oq | Avut) ‘yuesarg 
. ὍΟΟΙ HAILVIdO 

"1900 “5.10 ‘asm snob, Snot, ‘nos οἱ ‘Sh Sm — wns (‘aq 1yStur 7 1811) “IstIOW pZ 
190 ‘ast ‘nalc “nos, Snot ‘nose kh ‘SK (ὦ e[.] sos (‘9q γῃσται | YI) ἼΒΜΟΨ 151 
"poafsa gd oy? ay2T—(‘uaaq aauy 7811 1811} ‘dng 
"109 ‘ss ‘aslo songrir = snob, ‘nos congrird 0 (56. (0) ponsriri— αν 8.» (‘uaaq 9λ8η Av 11811}) 'μ94 
τ " "quasat J 9,1 ay?T—(“HonAys 96 WY Stw 11811) oajaadwy 
"1.409 ἐβρρῖν ‘parle “opp ‘aoppk ‘aopsrlo tsk $i —“tz0"rlo — tins (γ581η596 δι] 1811) ‘juasoIg 

‘£ay ‘nod ay ‘omy 911 041) 9. “0λ119 Λὴ ‘ay ‘noyy Ἵ “1 "yy ‘70037 “pay "UOL|BIYiUsSIG 

. ‘dOON HZALLONALAus 
‘anpu ‘shh ‘ase cnosk ‘aos —., "he “8. ἐν. -α eb g  (‘sem) ἥβπον pz 
sap 48.:. = Sash “Δορίν Snobs — *h ‘Sh = Sa 0[ wns 8 (‘sem) “soy 15] 
"imtno §3993 ‘“npsrlo *nopos “ΔΟρρ8 ‘aopsrlo "2.38 ἐν “ΠΟ Ὁ nb 3b (θη oAvy Π6015) 11 p|e 
*tobn0 «3993 “nparlo =snogos ‘nopp3 ‘aogsrlo “2383 ἐν “ὈΥΟ --ο puns (‘aq []1M) ‘INT p]| 
rmosno 3903 “wgsrlo "ΔΛ0ρρ8 § ‘aopps ‘aogsrlo 28 ἐν “ὨΥ0 --- plans ᾿ς ([94 Π1λἈ} Ἵ ἢ 151] 
“ap ronzrirl ‘29h ‘gail = ralph ἑ«λορῷ «faogarird §=— “ose So Sard ---- nb 8 3 (‘uveq pey) dng 
"soja tongrinl ‘39h garirl “λορὦ — ‘nog ἐλορβγ!ηι! = rosy Sos “orld --ὸ nb 3  (‘uaeg eavy) 1194 
ὍΛΟ §3993 ‘wpsrlo *nopps ‘aopp3 ‘noparlo 043 60 Sauvlo ——- suns 8 (‘sem) yoajsod wy 
"sno 3993 “nparlo *nopps ‘aopps ‘nogsrlo 28 “ὁ “ὈΥ0 τ΄ sun (wie) uasalg 
‘ sfayy ‘nof ‘aM ai} 981 ‘omjat‘omja }λδὴ 91 ‘noyy 1 — yong 
+ 41 ‘yong “dnnurg “LEW 00N poy sny 


‘coon HTAILVOIGNI—"O1OA TAISSVG 


167 


GREEK GRA‘(MAR. 


"951 


‘nok 


“amps ‘Bh 
*AnpMS 93. 


‘anpmpd ‘29d 


“anpepng ‘3903 
ΟῚ} 101 ‘OX 


"anol 
"An pu 
ὋΙΛ 
ὋΙΛ 
“ola 


ἘΠ 
ἘΠ 
‘209 
‘209 
“800 


"spoopy 9.117» ἡ ϑηοη} “9,55 Ὁ 7 ILNINT 151 οῃ1 aye T—( jeshur | OMS []TM) fomngyn J 157 
"SDOOJT 9,1 270 YsnoLy? ‘aasteney pafiaduy 90} sv auvg—("jjashuI Suiyiys svar) ‘epadiway 


"OM 


‘asl, 
Saale 
‘open 
‘nope 
“nga 


Spooyy 901 272 ysnory2 ‘aarssvg quasat T ay) ay2?T—("J[aSAW 9γ1115 1) ‘uasaig 
‘ompAoyy‘omjpoLfomyony “oy ‘nowy 1 “cH Ἢ zooy *Snyr *uounoyusig “2912, 


“GOON ἙἩΛΙΧΥΟΙΑΝΙ---ἸΌΙΟΛ AIACAIN 


"ams Ὃ» Som I ae Ρ κ»ρ (01.115 94) “IStIOW PZ 
"amb ὋΣ “-- ὋΣ» SH “πὶ ὼ ρὼρ» (ηῦη.1η5 94) ἽΞΙΙΟΨ IST 
"99 91 sp auwpg—(*yonNs useq aavy) “09 μϑιπ| 4 

“ang “ρὼ = §—— ρὼ Sore “-- -- ns 3.» (*HONIIS 1996 BABY) “0994 
"qUasal T sv ϑιμῦς" ---- "00.115 aq) “99:19 01} 


"amgos ‘nopps “- ὭὯΡρβ Sno f—— —— Σ᾿» (‘yonijs 94) *jUasalg 
*OM} WOT} 191 ‘OM} OX ἽΠΠῚ yo] “ΠΟΤ, ἢ 
‘dOOW JAILVUddNI 
sa = Saop “λον “ἵν Sh Sa 413. Bs (‘aq [ 1π51ττπὴ ον ps 
AEB acne. εἰλομε. SEAR. ale 3. dns ((94 “929 Ἵ Ἰ{{81{} JOY 151 
"agp Saogp ‘nopsrl ‘os 0 ‘all ὉΡ μὴν 55 (Udaqaavy] few) Ing pe 
*augo ‘aogp ‘aoperl ὋΣ “ὁ ‘aual 10 puns Pacer auloS) “IN| ps 
‘aep ‘nopp Saogerl Ὃ» ὁ ‘abl 10 pugdas (18 ‘yonsysaq | 8 “yn 4 150 


"729 {1.1] 901 sv aupvg—(‘iaeq savy 1161} “199119 


“Nd 


“anpuys ‘ssksa*asriassioncrirl "Asis “Λ0.218 ΟΛΒΥΪΙ lys ‘Sys ‘ays ϑΟΛΒΥΪ — nb 24 (‘uaaq aavy Avul)‘yoaJ10q 
“hoya ‘nok ‘oA, 


"om Aoury‘omaek‘omzaAy ‘ay πο] = ‘Tt "TS Woy pay =“ uouwoyiudig «= “asua.y 
(‘C40NILNOO)—"dooN AAILYLdo 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


168 


‘oarneroduly 911 Jo 
‘ose ‘og “Suu ore ‘osnounfqug pue oareorpuy 901 Ul pouorjueMI 9500 Jo uorjdeoxe ey} WIM ‘sosuay, 1910 911, 


‘anompon ‘3900 — “npn” ‘n09p0 -- “mpon ‘10S —— Db (‘qonys oq) YsuoVy 157 
ἼΠ911290 ὃΧ *OM} WI} 191 ‘OMT OX ἽΠΠῚ 191 “ΠΟΤ J, 
ὍΟΟΙΝ FAILVUTINI 
“roiae ‘spp “ρθη "λορρίν “λορρίν “ΛΟρ3Υ) ‘nou ὦ ‘re p wns (Π95Χ1Ό1 971115 71.911}. ἼΟΥ͂ IST 
ὍΟΟΙΝ ZAILONALAAs 
“SpOOTT 94/2 270 0.101.“ 911 fo uorssewmo ay) {226ι “θα 3550 7 199 {|9ΠἼ{7 9.1 970 T—("92 “Θ᾽ 115 Ἰη 51) “IOV PZ 
‘orn 30ς “ρθη «= tap ἑλορρ “λορϑγὶ Ὃ fo Sauer! mp =n (Π95Άτπι 951115 1YSIW) YsIOY IST 
‘orn ‘399 «= Soganl «= salipp §=Snogp = Saogerl «= "op, 0 Sarl 10 one (‘jjosAur yonIjs 9Λ81 {1124} yn ps 
| "dOON FALLVLdO 


ὍΛΟ ‘3993 ‘wpsrlo akeps ‘opps ‘aopsrio 0/3 ‘no Sakvlo — wns 8 (‘jjashur γ9}115) WstIOY PZ 
‘ora ‘spp "ὈΡΞΥῸ *akgpn “ΛΟβρῸ ‘noparin roy ‘eo Sauro =f nb 8 (‘jjas£ur yonds) ἽἼΒΙΟΤΨ 151 
“ἸΏΙΛΩΟ ‘29913 “ὌρΡϑΥ20 *aogor3 ‘nogp13 ‘aogsrino “10.183 “ζ “ὈΥΪΩΟ — Μη» (πΠϑϑάτυα 951.115 121) IN py 
‘Aoya ‘nuf ‘am ‘omy 911 ‘omyokfomjyayy ‘oy ‘nod 1 “LH ΠΙ poy sn  *wounoyiudig “δδιιο 


[ἀΞἸΩΝΙΙΝΟΟῚ --τ ΠΟΟἿ ZAILVOIGNI 


GREEK GRAMMAR. - 169 


SECOND CONJUGATION, OR VERBS IN MI 


Place the root of any verb of the Second Conjugation, 
in the blank under “ Root,” in the following Table, and 
you have it conjugated. 

Note.—The significations are the same as those in the 
First Conjugation. | 


ACTIVE VOICE.—INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Tense. Aug, Root. Singular. Dual, Plural, 
Present, -— — wt, ¢, O13 ‘Tov, Tov; pev, Te, Ot 
Imperf. ἔ — v, ¢, ἼΟΓΩ; ἴον, Inv; pv, Te, σαν. 
2d Aorist,? -—- Like the Imperfect. 


SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 


Present, - — ὦ, ¢, 0rd; Tov, Tov; μεν, 16, ote 

Imperf. ἔ — Like the Imperfect Indicative. 

2d Aorist, — Like the Present Subjunctive. 
OPTATIVE MOOD, 

Present, ἣν, NS, ἢ; Nlovy ἡην; nev, mle, noav. 


Imperf. % — Like the Imperfect Indicative. 
2d Aorist, — Like the Present Optative. 
IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
Present, - — —, οἷν ἴω; ‘Tov, Ἴων; —, 78, wav 
Imperf. ἔ — Like the Imperfect Indicative. 
2d Aorist,? — —, scorocg,w; Ἴων, lw; —, 16, wav. 
PASSIVE VOICE.—INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present, - — μαι, σαι, Tors bov; psba, cbs, vias. 
Imperfect,? —- μὴν, oo, 10; sbov, σϑην; eda, oe, To. 
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Present, - — μαι, Φοτῇ, ἴα! ; bov; μεϑα, 063, νῖαι. 

Imperfect, -— Like the Imperfect Indicative. 
OPTATIVE MOOD. 

Present, -ὀ — μὴν, οἵ, 10; δον, dyv; peda, obs, To. 

Imperfect, — Like the Imperfect Indicative. 
IMPERATIVE MOOD. 


Present, — — —, cvorov,cbw; cbov,cduv; —, 0s, σϑωσαν. 
Imperfect,? --- Like the Imperfect Indicative. 
15 


170 THE PRINCIPLES OF: 


MIDDLE VOICE.—INDICATIVE MOOL 
Tense. Aug. Root. Singular. Dual, Plural, 
Present and Imperfect like Passive, through a 1 the Moods. 
Od Aorist, ἐ — μὴν, go, 10; dov, θην; μεθα, obs, vio. 
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
2d Aorist, ? — Gua, Gory, Tor; μιεθον, σθον ; wed, σϑε, wvlou 
OPTATIVE MOOD. 
οί Aorist,? —- μὴν, 0, 10; ov, θην; peda, ode, vio 
IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
2d Aorist, 2 — —, σο(οῦ) cbw; σϑον, σϑων ; —, σθε, σθωσαν 


RULES. 


1. Averb mustagree with its nominative in personand nc. 


2. Adjectives, participles and the article, agree with 
their nouns, in gender, number and case. 


3. Trans. verbs in the active voice govern the accusative. 
4, One noun governs another in the genitive. 

δ. Intransitive verbs admit a nominative case after them. 
6. Some nouns are put absolute with a participle. 

7. Adverbs qualify verbs, adjectives and other adverbs 


8. An adjective in the neuter gender, without a noun tc 
qualify, governs the genitive, and sometimes the dative. 

9, Εἰμί and yivoucs, signifying property, possession or 
duty, govern the genitive. 


10. Eiui, γίνομαι and trapyw, taken for the Latin habeo 
to have, govern the dative. 


11. Many verbs govern the genitive and dative. 

12. Prepositions govern the genitive, dative & accusative 
13. Participles govern the same case as their verbs. 

14. One verb governs another in the infinitive. 

15. The infinitive is often used as a noun. 

16. The cause, manner and instrument are in the dative. 


17. The relative ὅς agrees with its antecedent in gender 
and number. 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 171 


ANALYSIS OF MAT@AIOY, Keo β. 
NN. Go 3 yee 


Translation, Syntaz. Etymology. 

The (v.1) T-od Ingo}, 2m. 6, τοῦ, τῷ, cv. — 
when γενηθέντος δὲ conjunction, Indeclinable, 
Jesus, γενηθέντος Ιησ-οὔ, 2m. g. 805. οὖς, οὔ, οὔ, οὖν, οὔ, 
being born yev-nb-évlog Ἰησοῦ, ἐις, Ev log, eves, evra, ἑις. 
in ἕν prep. Βηϑλεὲμι, Indeclinable. 
Bethlehem, ἐν Βηδλεὲμι,, Indeclinable. 

of the φῆς “Iovdaiag, f.s. ἢ, Ἰῆς, Th, Ἰὴν. — 
Judea, Βηδλεὲμ, ᾿Ιουδαί-ας, lf.s. a, Gs, ᾷ. ἂν, ad 
in ἐν prep. ἡμέραις, Indeclinable. 

the days ἐν ἡμέρ-αἷς, 1 f. pl. cu, Gv, aig, ας, αἱ. 
of Herod ἡμέραις Ἡ ρώδ-ου 1 τη. 5. ἧς, "οὔ, 7, ἣν, ἀ(ὴ). 
the tod ξασίλέως 2m.s. 6, 709, 76, Tow. — 
King, ἡμέραις βασιλ-έως, 8 τὴ. 5. sic, ἕως, ci, fa, εὖ. 
behold, ἰδοὺ (συ), verb from «dw, Imper. Mood. 
wise men μάγ-οι παρεγένοντο, οἱ, Gv, οἷς, οὐς, οἱ, 
from ἀπὸ dvaloddv prep. Indeclinable. 

the east ἀπὸ ἀναϊολ-ὥν 1f. pl. al, Gv, αἷς, ἄς, αἱ, 
came μάγοι wap-g-yev-o-vro verb, from παραγινομίαι. 
into sig ᾿Ιεροσόλυμᾶ, preposition. 

Jerusalern, εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμᾳ, 2n. a, wv, Ob, a, ἃ 
Saying, (2) Λέγ-ο-ν]7.-ες, μάγοι, ovTeg, div, οὖσι, ον]άς, &c. 
where ἔστιν Tod adverb. 

is ἔσφοι-ν verb. εἴμιὶ, εἰ(ς), F¢Ti(v), ὅζε. 
(he) who ὃ φεχϑεὶς Z τη. ὁ, φοῦ, φῷ, Tov. — 
isto be born ὃ sey-é-sig _—s part. from sixrw, &e. 

king ξασίλεους, 3 τὴ. ve, Ge, ἡ ἃ, Vv. 
of the ¢-éiv ᾿Ιουδαίῶνϑ τη. pl.ai, Tv, Taig, Tots, — 
Jews? Ἰουδαί-ὥν ; 2m.pl.ai, ὥν, αἷς, οὖς, ὦ 


Wehaveseen εἴδοιο-μεν ἀστέρα verb, from ειδω or ειδεω. 


Norr.—For parsing the verbs, see page 238 


172 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


for ἐστιν γὰρ εἴδομιν conjunction. 

of him, ἀστέρα, αὐτ-οῦ, 2m. ὅς, οὔ, ᾧ ow 

the σ-ὖν ἀστέρα, 2m. ὁ, Tod, τῷ TOV, --- 
star ειδομεν ἀστέρ-α, 3 τὴ. tps ἔρος, eps, ἐρα, Ep 
in ἐν ἀνατολῇ preposition. 

the φ-ἡ ἀνατολῇ lf. ἣ, τῆς, τῇ, τῆν, — 
east, ἐν dvarod-n, 1 f. hy iS. tty τῆν, Me 
and εἴδομιὲν καὶ ἤλθομιεν, conjunction. 

havecome (ἡμεῖς) ἤ-λθο-μιεν verb, from ἐρχομαι. 

to worship προσ-χυν-ἤ-σαι Ἰηΐ, from προσχυνέω, 


him. «ροσχυῆσαι, αὐτ-ὦ, p. pro. M. ος, οὔ, @, ον. 
Heard Ἡρώδης (3) ᾿Ακου-σας (ταυ]ῶὼν) verb, from dxsw. 


when ἀκοέσας δὲ conjunction. 

Herod Ἡρώδ-ης αἀχουσας, 1s, οὐ, ἢ, NV, NOLO 
the ὁ βασιλεὺς 2m. 6, τοῦ, τῷ, giv, — 
king βασιλ-εὺς Bm. ug, Ewe, εἰ. SO, Bre 
he was troubled ἐ-ταράχ-θη, from σαράσσω. 

and érapaxOn καὶ conjunction, 

all πᾶσ-οα ἽἹεροδολυμα, TAC ct, ἃς, ᾧ, αν, ἃ, 
Jerusalem, ἹἽΙεροσολυμ-α, 1 ἢ, ἃ, ἅς, G, ἂν, ἃ 
with pss? αὐτοῦ, preposition, 

him, μετ᾽ αὐτ-οῦ, per. pro.m. og, of, , ov 

and (4) Kai conjunction. 

called together συν-αγ-αγ-ὼν πανῖας part. from συνάγω, 
all συναγαγὼν παντ-ας, adj. from rac, radu, παν, Sc, 
the φ-οὺς ᾽αρχιερεῖς 2m. pl. δι, σῶν, φοῖς, TOUS, --- 
chief priests ᾿αρχιερ-εῖς 3 pl. τη. εἷς, εῶν, Eder, Sig, εἷς. 
and συναγαγὼν καὶ συναγαγὼν, conjunction. 
scribescuvayayav γραμμας-εῖς, 3 pl.m. εἷς, εῶν, εὖσι, εἴς, εἴς. 
of the τ-οῦ λαοῦ 2m. 6, rod, τῷ, τὸν, — 
people γραμματεῖς λα-οῦ 2m. dg) 00, ὦ, OV; te 
asked Ἡρωδης é-muvOavs-ro from πυνθάνομαι. 

of παρ᾽ αὐτῶν preposition. 


them map αὐτ-ῶν pro.m. plu. of, Gv, οἷς, οὖς, ὁ’ 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 173 


where γεννᾶϊαι ποῦ adverb. 

the ἰ ὃ Xpisog, 2m. 6, τοῦ, φῷ, cov, — 
Christ Xpis-o¢ yewelas,2m. ὃς» οὔ, G, ὃν, & 
should be born. γεννᾶ-ται. verb, from γέναῶ 

They (5) ΟἹ εἶπον pro. m. plu. of, τῶν, τοῖς, τούς, — 
and δὲ conjunction. §Indeclinable. 
said οἱ εἶπ-ον verb fromeaw. Defective. 

(to) him εἶπον αὐτ-ᾧῷ 2 m. ὃς, οὔ, ᾧ, ὃν.. 

in ἐν Βηδλεὲμι,, preposition. 
Bethlehem, ἐν Βηδλεὲμι, Indeclinable. 

(of) the φ-ἧς ᾿Ισδαίας lf. 4, «τῆς, τῇ, φὴν, — 


~ 


Judea, τῆς (eel) "Isdai-ag, 1 f. a, ἃς, G av a 
thus γεγρασται Οὗτ-ὦ Αἀν, 


for γέννᾶται γὰρ γέγραπται conjunction. 
it is written γέ-γραπ-ται verb, from γράφω. 
by διὰ προφήτου preposition. 
the ¢-00 προφήτου ὁ, rod, «τῷ, Tov, — 
prophet dia xpophr-ov Im. mg, ov, 1, ἤν, α 
And (6) Kai conjunction. 
thou σὺ εἶ σύ, σοῦ, σοῖ, σέ, — 
Bethlehem, Ω Βηθλεὲμι, Indeclinable. 
land γ-ῆ lf, γη, ἧς, ἤν, ἦν, ἢ. 

Judea, γῆ Ἰούδα 
not οὐδεαμῶς εἶ adverb. 
the least ἐλαχίς-ἡ συ 1f. ἡ, ng, ἢ, ἤν, ἤ. 
art συ εἶ ἔιμι, εἶ, εστι, ὅζα. 
amongst ἐν ἡγεμόσιν, preposition. 
the «-οἷῖἷς ἡγεμόσιν o, φῶν, φοῖς, τους, -- 
noble princes ἐν ἡγεμό-σιεν 3 plu. m. Dative. 
of Judea, ἡγεμοσιν "Izd-0 
from ἐχ σοῦ preposition, 
you ἐχ σεοῦ pro.2plu. σύ, σοῦ, ai, o 
for. 4; εἶ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται conjunction. 
sha. arise ἐξ-ελεύσε-σαι verb, from ἐξέρχομαι. 


15* 


174 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


one ruling ἡγοίμιεν-ος ἐξελεύσεται from ἡγούμιαι 
who ὅ-σις ποιμανεῖ pron. com. écgand sig. 
will protect ὅςις womov-si verb, from σοημαίΐνω, 
the φοὺν λαὸν 2m. ὃ, φτοῦ, Fd, τον, = 
people πσπεμανεῖ λα-ὸν 2m. ‘dg, οὖς ᾧ, ov, Be 
of me λαὸν μεοῦ pronoun. ἐγώ, wot, μοι, μέ, “- 
the φ-ὺν Ἰσραὴλ 2m. 6, τοῦ, τῷ, Tov, — 
Israel, σομανεῖ ᾿Ισραὴλ mas. Indeclinable. 

then ἠχρίβωσε (7) Tors, Adverb. 

Herod, Ἡρώδ-ης, ἠχρίβωσε ng, οὐ, ἢ, HY, 7 Ora. 
secretly καλέσας Aabpd, ᾿ Adverb. 
having called καλέσ-α8 perfect participle, from καλέω 
the φς-οὺς μάγοῦς 2m. οἷ, τῶν, τοῖς, TOUS, — 


wise men χαλέσας μαγ-ους, 2m. Ῥ. 01, ὧν, οἷς, OUC, θ᾽» 
inquired ᾿Ηρώδης ἠ-χρίβω-σε, verb, from ᾿ακρηβόω . 


of παρὰ αὐτῶν, preposition. 

them «αρὰ αὐτ-ὧν pr.m.p. οἵ, Fv, ««οῖς, τοὺς, Oe 

the T-0v χρόνον 2m. 6, τοῦ, τῷ, FOV, — 

time ἠκρίβωσε "χρόνον 2m. of, ov, ov Ὃν 
~ , ῃ ~ -“ 

the τεοῦ φαινομένου 2m. ὁ, Tod, τῷ, τὸν; — 


shining χρόνον φαινομιέν-ου 2m. ὃξ, OV, G, OV, 6, 
star, φαινομένοῦ ᾿αστέ-ρος. 3m. ~ npy ps, Eps, Epa, Ep. 


and (8) Kai conjunction. 

having sent méu-L-a¢ αὐτοὺς, patt. from πέμπω. 

them πέμψας αὐτοὺς Ὁ τη. pl. of, Gv, οἷς, ob, δὲν 
into | sig Βεδλεὲμι, preposition. 
Bethlehem, εἰς Βεδλεὲμι, Indeclinable. 

he said (αὐτὸς) sin-s verb, from ¢ rw. 
departing, part. sopevdévr-eg, (ὑμεῖς) part. from πορευω 
diligently ᾿αχριβῶς, adverb. 

search (ὑμιεῖς) ἐξ-ατάσ-ο,. re verb, from ἐξεσαϑω, imp. 
concerning περὶ παιδίου preposition. 

the φ-οῦ παιδίου 2m. τὸ, Tov, τῷ, go, — 


child, ἀτρὶ wok ov Φ ῃ. Ὃν, οὐ, ᾧ, Ὃν; Ὅν. 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 


and (when) ὁ 
you have founc 
bring word, 

to me ᾿απαγγείλατέ w-oi, 


δέ ᾿απαγγέϊλατέ 
ευρτητε, αὐτόν, 
* ᾿απ-αγγείλεα-τέ͵, 


175 


conjunction. 
verb, from εὐρίσχω. 
verb, from ἀποαγγέλω. 
ἐγώ, μοῦ, Mol, μὲ, 


how ᾿απαγγείλατέ ὅπως. ἔλθὼν, conjunction. 

I also χα-γὼ compound of και and ἐγω. 
going (ἐγὼ) ἐλϑεὼν part. from ἐρχομιαι. 
mayworship (ἐγώ) προσ-χυ-ντή-στω, verb, from προσχυνεω- 


him σπροσχυνήσω αὐτ-ᾧ 2m. 


they ᾽αχεσαντες (9) οἱ 2m. pl. 


and ᾿αχούσαντες ὃς ἐπορεύθησαν, 


OS, 00, @, Ove 
~ ~ , 
ol, φῶν, τοῖς, τούς, — 


conjunction. 


having heard ᾿αχού-σαν-τες, part.of axovw. 

the φ-οὔ βασίλεως 2m. ‘o, «οὔ, τῷ, TOV, — 
king ᾿ακούσαντες βασιίλεέως, Bm. tus, €wg, εἰ, EO, ὃν. 
departed ἐ-πορεύ-δεη-σαν verb, from πόορευω. 

and ἐπορεύδεσαν καὶ «ροῆγεν conjunction. 

lo! (συ) id=ou imp. mood, from ¢idw. 

the Ὃ ᾿αστὴρ 2m. Ὃ, φοῦ, τῷ, φόν, — 
star ᾿αστὴρ πρυῆγεν, 3M. np, Epos, Eply Spey Eps 
which ᾿αστὴρ, εἶδον ὄν Relative pronoun. 

they saw (οἷ) eid-ov ὄν verb, from ἔιδω. ; 
in ἐν ᾿ανατολη preposition. 

the roy ᾿ανατολῆ lf. ἡ, τῆς, +H, τὴν, — 
east ὃν ᾿ανατολ-ῆ «60 Lf. ἢ, 5, ἢ, ἦν ἢ. 
led before ᾿αστηρ προ-ἤγ-εν verb, from πρὸ αγῶ. 

them προῆγεν αὐτ-οῦς m. of, ὧν, οἷς, ods, 
until ὀ σφροῆγεν ἕως adverb. 

being come αὐτός ἐλθεῶν part. from ἐρχομαι, 

it stood αὐτός boron verb, from i¢rjys. 

about ἐπανω adverb. 

where ern οὗ adverb. 

was παιδίον Hav verb, from εἶμι. 

the , c-0 «αἰδίον 3 ἢ, τὸ, Tol, τῷ, +, 
child «αιδίν. ἦν 9 η. ov, of, GO, 6¥, ον. 


176 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Seeing (10) *Idovr-e¢ (αὐτοὶ) ον ες, ον]ῶν, oud, ovlag, ovleg 
and δὲ ἐχάρησαν Conjunction. 
the φ-ὄν ἀστέρα 2m. ὃ, Φου, τῷ, τόν, --- 
star δόντες ἀστέρ-α 3m. NP» Epos, Epl, δρᾶν Ep 
(they) rejoiced ἐς-χάρ-η-σαν, Verb, from χαίρεω. 
joy (uer’) χαρ-ἂν Τ ὦ αν, ἄρ, Oy AV, Ae 
great μεγώλ-ην xapav 1 f, 

withexceeding. σφόδρ-α μεγώλην. Adverb. 
And (11) Καὶ Conjunction. 
having come (oi) éAddvr-e¢ 3m. Participle, from ἔρχομαι. 
into εἰς οἰχίαν Preposition. 
the φ-ἣν οἰκίαν lf. 4, τῆς, φῇ, τὴν, — 
house. εἰς οἰἶκί-αν Lf. Oy ἂς, hy Vy Oe 
(they) found (οἱ) εὗρ-ον παιδίον, Verb, from εὐριόχω, 
the T-0 παιδίον 2n. το, τοῦ, τῷ, TO, — 
child εὗρον παιδί-ον Qn. ov, οὔ, ᾧ, ὃν, ον. 
with μετὰ Μαρίας Preposition. 
Mary, μετὰ Mapi-as, 1.1. Cy Sy ᾧ, ἂν, Oe 
the T-75 LNT pos 1f. Ny τῆ ς; φῇ; τῆν, — 
mother μετὰ μιηφ-ρος; 3 f. NPs POSs ply pOy Ep. 
of it, μήφρος αὖτ-οῦ, 2 in, 0, of, W, 6. 
and ἐλθόντες καὶ πεσόντες Conjunction. 


falling down (οἷ) recivereg 3m. pl. Part. from πιπσω. 
(they) worshipped spoc-s-xiv-n-cav, Verb, from apocxuvew. 


him προσεκύνησαν αὐτ-ῷ 2 ἢ, 0 4 οὔ, Gy ο. 
-and, προσεκύνησαν καὶ προσενεγχαν Conjunction. 
having opened(o/) ἀν-οίξαν- τες Part. from dvoryu. 
the φς-οὺς θησαυροὺς 2m. pl. o, Gv, οἷς, ods. 
treasures ϑησαυρ-οὺς 2m.pl. of, div, οἷς, odg, οἱ 
of them ϑεσαυροὺς αὐτ-ὥὧν, 2 m. pl. iv, οἷς, ovg, 
(they) gave (αὐτοὶ) προσ-ἤ-νεγκ-αν Verb, from προσφέρω. 
(to) him αὐτ-ὦ 2 m. 04 οὗ, ᾧ, 6. 
gifts, προσήνεγκαν δῶρ-α 2 n. pl. Oy ὧν, οἷς, ὦ 9 Ole 


gold, προσήνεγκαν χρυό-ὖν 2 m. Oy οὔ, Wy ὅν, ἐ 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 177 


and χρυσ-ον καὶ λίβανον, Conjunction. 
frandincense ~ λίβανοον, 2m. of, ov, ᾧ, ov, ὃ 
and λίβανον. καὶ σμύρναν Conjunction. 
myrrh.wpotqveyxay ὄμύρνςαν. lf. a, ἧς, ἢ, Ov, & 
And (12) Kai Conjunction. 
being admonished ypyparicdév-reg Part. from χρεματίϑω. 
by καφ᾽ ὄναρ Preposition. 
adream κατ᾽ ὄναρ Indeclinable. 
not ἀναχάμψαι μιὴ Adverb. 
to turn back dve-xa-L-01 Verb, from ἀνακαμπτω. 
unto πρὸς Ἡρώδην Preposition. 
Herod, @pos Ἡρώδ-ην 1m. ‘46, ov, ἢ, NY, aOry 
by δὶ ὑδοῦς ὁ Preposition. 
another GAA-7¢ ὁδῦ 11 η, ἧς, ἢ, ἤν, ἤ. 
way δὶ 60-08 Qf vw, φῦ, ὦ, ov wee 
they retired (οἱ) ἀν-ε-χώρ-η-σ-α-ν Verb, from ἀναχωρεω. 
into gig χώραν Preposition. 
the φ-ὴν χώραν 1 ἢ, - ἡ, τῆς, τῇ, τὴν, — 
country εἷς χώρ-αν Liha; we, κα, avy αἱ 
of them. χώραν αὑτ-ὥν. Qm.pl ~ Gv, οἵς, οὖς. 
Having departed (13) Ανα-χωρησάνετων Part. from’avoypew 
however δὲ Conjunction. 
they ἀναχωρησάντων αὐφς-ὥν 2m. plu. of, Gv, οἷς, ous, 
lo! (σὺ) id-00, Verb, from édw. 
(an ) angel ἄγγελ-ος φαίνοται ος, οὐ, ᾧ, ον, & 
of the Lord χυρίου 2m. of, OV, W, ον, & 
appeared ἄγγελος, paives-r-o Verb, from φαινω. 
by xar” ὄναρ Preposition. 
adream κατ᾽ ὄναρ Indeclinable. 
(to) the ti Ἰωσήφ 2m. 6, τοῦ, «ᾧ, τον, —- 
Joseph ςαίνεσαι Ἰωσηφ, Dative, proper noun, indclinable 
saying, My-wv ἄγγελος Participle, from Asyw. 
awaking, (συ) ᾿Εγερ-θ-εὶς Participle, from éysipw. 


take (συ) παρά-λαβ-ε Verb, from παραλαμβανω 


178 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


the τὸ woudio Qn. το, τοῦ, τῷ, «0, — 
chid πσπαραλαβὲ παιδί-ον 2n. ὄν, 00,” ὦ, ον; ἦν 
and παιδίον καὶ μιηφέρα Conjunction. 
the r-hy μητέρα Lf, ἣ, τῆς, τῇ, τῆν, — 
mother παράλαβε μητέρα 91. ἤρ, poss pl, Epa, ἐρ. 
of it μητέρα αυτ-οῦ Pe νἀ Se ree | 

and παράλαβε καὶ φεῦγε Conjunction. 
flee (σὺ) φεῦγ-ε Verb, from φεύγω. 
into sig Αἴγυπτον Of Preposition. 
Egypt, gig Αἴγυπτ-ον 06, οὔ, W, Ov, & 
and φεῦγε καὶ ἴσθι Conjunction. 
be (you) (σὺ) ἴσ-θο-! Imperative, from εἰμὶ, 
there ἴσθι ἐκοεῖ Sa Adverb. 
till ἴσθι Ewe Adverb, 
shall ἄν εἴπω Auxiliary. 

I call (ἐγω) εἴπτω Verb, from ¢ πω. 
to you, εἴπω d=-0' Pronoun. σὺ, σοῦ, Got, os — 
will be about μέλλεει Auxiliary. 
for γάρ Conjunction. 
Herod *“Hpid-ng μελλεί Ag, οὔ, ἢ, ἣν, Hord. 
toseek μελλει ϑητεῖν Verb, from ξησθω. 
the φεὺ παιδίον Qn. Fo, τοῦ, τῷ, τό, — 
child, Cnreiv παιδί-ον, Qn. ov, OU, Gy OV Ove 
to φεοῦ 2n. 6, φοῦ, πῷ, Tv, --- 
destroy (αὐτός) ’απο-λέ-σ-αἱ Verb, from” απόολυω. 
him. ᾿απολέσαι aired. 2 ἢ. 6, οὔ, @, 6. 

He (14) Ὃ παρέλαβε 2m. 6, τοῦ, τῷ, viv, — 
however, δὲ Conjunction. 
aroused (αὐτός) éyep-d-cig 3m. Part. from ἐγειρω. 
took up Ὃ wap-é-AaS-s Verb, from παραλαμβανω. 
the 7-0 σπαιδίον 2 ἢ. An article. 
child παρέλαβε σπαιδί-ον 2 n. See σαιδίον above. 
and παιὰν καί μηφτὲρα Conjunction. 


the civ μητέρα lf. ἢ, τῆς, τῇ, viv, — 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 179 


mother παἀρέλαξε unr-gpn Sf. np, pos, p, Epa, €p. 


of it μητέρα αὐτοοῦ Zn, 6; οὔ, ᾧ, ὃ. 
(by) night, διὰ νυχε-ὃς, 3 ἢ, ξ, κεὺς, καὶ, xra, 2. 
and παρέλαβε καὶ ᾿ανεχώρησεν Conjunction. 
(he) departed "αν-ε-χὠώρ-η-σ-ἕν Verb, from ’avaywpew. 
into sig Αἴγυπτον Preposition, 
Egypt; Aiyurs-ov' 2 ἔ, ὃς, οὔ, Gy ὃν, & 
And ἀνεχώρησέν (15) Καὶ ἦν Conjunction. 
was (adros) ἦ-ν Verb, from εἰμὶ, 
there ἣν exes Adverb. 
until ἕως φελευτῆς , Preposition. 
the φ-ῆς τελευτῆς 1f. ἣ, τῆς, τῇ, τὴν, — 
end ἕως φελευτ-ῆς 1 f. ἢ, Ss ἢν > ἤν 
of Herod,reAsurijg Ἡρώδ-.ου, Im. ng, ov, ἢ, Ἦν, Ns 
that ἦν ἵνα πληρωϑδῆ Conjunction. 
(it) might be fulfilled «Anp w-6% Verb, from xAnpow. 
which φ-ὁ ρῆϑεν 2n 76, φτοῦ, «τῷ, τύ, — 
was spoken τό p-7-6-ev Participle, from pew. 
from ὑπό Κυρίου Preposition. 
the φ-οὔ Κυρίου 2m. ὁ, τοῦ, τῷ, τὸν, — 
Lord, da6 Κυρίου 2 m. ds, 00, ὥ, dv, Be 
by διὰ προφητοῦ Preposition. 
the r-o0 προφήτοῦ 2m. ὁ, τοῦ, +H, τον, — 
prophet, διὰ a popar-ou lm. 46,00, , My ae 
saying, . Agyov-rog προφήτοῦ wy, ovlog, ovis, ονῖα. 
out of ἐξ Αἰγύπτου Preposition. 
Egypt ἐξ Αἰγύπτυ 2 f ὁς, οὐ, Wy ον, & 
Ihave called(éya) ἐ-κάλ-εσ-α Verb, from xaAew. 
the φ-ὺν viov 2m. 6, τοῦ, τῷ, Tov, — 
Son ἑχάλεσα υἱ-ὅν 2 m. 0S, οὔ, Gy ον, oe 
of me. υἱόν ov. Pronoun. ἐγο, mov, υοῖ, pe, — 
~ Then ἐδύμώϑη (16) Tord Adverb. 
Herod, Ἡρώδ-.-ης, ἐδύμώδθη ng, ov, ἢ, Ἦν, ἢ 


seeing ‘H ρώδης, ἰδ-ὼν Participle, from εἴδω, nom: 


he was mocked, 


was enraged 
exceedingly ; 


having sent off 
killed ᾿απος ἴλας 


young children 


according to 


he had enquired 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Ors ἐνεπαίχθη Conjunction, 
everaley-b-1 Verb, from ἐμπαίξω. 
bard oye Preposition. 
τῶν μαγὼν Qm.pl. δι, τ ὥν, τοῖς, τούς, — 
ὑπὸ μαγὼν 2m. pl. Ol, GV, οἷς, ους, Obs 
ἐ-θυμι-ὦ «8. ἡ ἵ Verb, from éupsw. 
λίαν" Adverb, 
καὶ ᾿αποςείλας Conjunction. 
᾽απο-ς -εἰ-λεας, Part., from amos srw. 
᾽αν-εἴ-λες Verb, from avaspew. 


TovT-ag παῖδας BM. ες, WV, Ol AS, ξξ- 
φοοὺς παῖδας 2m. οἱ, τῶν, τοίς, τ οὗ ς» — 
παῖδ-ας, Sm.pl. ὃς) ὧν, δ, ας, ξξ. 
φ-οὺς (εἴναι) 2 m. pl. οἱ, τῶν, φοῖς, τοὺς, ---- 


ἐν Βηῤδλεὲμ,, Preposition. 
Βηδλεὲμι, Indeclinable. 
καὶ ὁρίοις Conjunction. 
ἐν ὁρίοις Preposition. 
πᾶσ-ι ὁρίοις 9 ἢ. pl. Ta wv, ads, avio , 10. 
φ-οἷς ὁρίοις Ty τῶν, τοῖς, τα -- 


ὁρίοις 9 nN. pl. Qy div, 0 iS, ὰ, Oe 
avT=7¢, 1 f, ἢ, NS; Ny ἤν, the 
"amo διετοῦς Preposition. 
διεσοοῦς of, Gv, οἷς, οὖς, οἵ, 
καὶ κατωτέρω, Conjunction, 


κατωτέρω, Adverb. 
κατὰ YX povov Preposition. 
φς-ὅν χρονον Articte. 
KOTO YX poVveov 2m. 0g, οὔ, ᾧ, ov, & 
O-v ‘os =o, ᾧ, ον, -- 
ἤ-κρίβ-ω-6-ε Verb, from ἀχριβύω. 
παρα μαγων Preposition. — 
φοῶν μαγων o, Tv, τοῖς, τοὺς, — 


μόγεων. 2m. pl. of, ὧν, ols, oUg, Ob. 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 


Then ἐπληροῦε (17) Tore 
was fulfilled (οἱ) ἐ-πληρ-ὦ-8-η 
the thing 


‘ ᾿ 
φ-ῦ ρῆθεν 


com. rel. 


151 
Adverb. 


Verb, from π΄ ληροω. 


Ν ~ ~ 
TO, TOU, τῷ, TO, — 


spoken τὸ pib-eqv Participle, from pew. 
by ὑπό “Iepewiou Preposition. 
Jeremy ὑπό Ἱερεμίου Im. TS, ουγ α,αν,α, 
the - φ-οῦ φροφῆτου 2m. ὯὯ, φτοῦ, τῷ, τον, --- 
prophet, ὕπο xpopyr-ov, 1m. NS) OU Ny HV, α. 
saying, λέγονς-ος, προφήτου, ὧν, ον7ο ς, ovis, ova, ὧν. 
A voice (18) Φων-ἡ ἠχούσθη 1 [, ἡ, ἧς, ἢ, NV, ἡ. 
in ἐν ‘Papa Preposition. 
Rhama ἐν ‘Paya 

was heard, φωνὴ ἠ-κού-σ.θ.-η, Verb from dxovw, 
lamentation θρῆνος ἠκούσθη 2m. OS, OV, Wy ον, 8. 
and ϑρῆνος καὶ κλαυδμὸς, Conjunction. 
weeping χλαυϑμι-ος ἠχουσθη 2m. of, οὔ, G, dv, & 
and χλαυῦμος καὶ ὀδυρμιος, Conjunction. 
wailing édupy.-o¢ ἠχούσϑδη 2m. ος, ov, ᾧ, ὄν, έ. 
much, πολοὺς, ὀδυρμος 2m. Vo, οὔ, ᾧ, dv, ὕ. 
Rachel ἹῬαχὴλ κλαίουσα fem. Indeclinable. 


weeping Ῥαχὴλ κχλαί-ου-σ-α 
(for) the φ-ὰ φέχνα 2 ἡ. 
children χλαίουσα φ«έχνς-α 2 n. 


of her φέχνα. αὗς-ἧς fem. 
and χλαίουσα καὶ Fede 

not ἤῤθλς οὐκ 

would Ἑαχήλ 7-ber-8 

to be consoled 

for ἤθελε Sei εἰσί 

not εἰσί οὐχ 


(they) are (auroi) εἰσί, 
having die¢ (19) Τελευτήσανς-ος 3m. 
however, δὲ 

the - φ-οῦ Ἡρώδου 


16 


2 m. 


Present part. from xAaiw, 
Ta, τῶν, «τοῖς, Ty — 


Oy ὧν, οἷς) Oy Ge - 

N 1S; i, ἦν, te 
Conjunction. 
Adverb. 
Verb, from δελω. 


παρ-αχλ-η-ϑήνα,; Verb, from rapaxarsw 


Conjunction. 
Adverb. 
Verb, from fis. 
Part. from rsAsvraw 
Conjunction. 
5, τοῦ, τῷ, Tov, — 


189 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Herod, Ἡρώδ.οὔ, τελευτήσαντος 4g, 00, ἡ, ἥν, ἢ 
behold, (συ) id-od Imperative from ?idw. 
the angel diyryer-og, φαίνεται QM. ος, ov, ᾧ, ov, 8. 
of the Lord ἄγγελος Kupiov 2 τη. 05, OU, ᾧ, OV, & 
bys. κατ᾽ ὄναρ Preposition. 
a dream xo” ὄναρ Indeclinable. 
appears ἄγγελος φαί-ν-ξ-τ-αἱ Verb, from φαινω, 
(to) the t- Ἰωσὴφ 2m. ὃ, TOU, TH, Tov, — 
Joseph φαινεται Ἰωσὴφ Indeclinable. 
in ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ Preposition. 
Egypt ἐν Αἰγύπτἢ 2 ἢ, OG, OU, ᾧ, ον, fe 


saying, (20) Λέγ-ων ἄγγελος 3m. Part., from λέγω. 
being arisen, (συ) ’Evyep-6-si-¢, Participle from ἐγειρω. 


take up (συ) παρ-ά-λαβ-ε Imp., from παραλαμιβάνω. 
the T-0 παιδὶν 9. TO, τοῦ, τῷ, τὸ, -- 
young child παιδί-ον 2 ἢ. OV, οὐ, Wy OV, OV. 
and παιδίον καὶ μητέρα Conjunction. 
the φ-ῆν μητέρα 1. Ny τῆς, TH, τῆν, — 
mother παράλαβε μητέ-ρα 3 f. TPs ρος» pl, Epa, sp. 
of it μητέρα αὐτ-οῦ 2 n. ov, οὔ, ᾧ, ov, & 
and παράλαβε καὶ πορεύοῦ Conjunction. 
depart (συ) sopst-ou Verb from sopevop.ce. 
into εἷς γῆν Preposition. 
the land εἷς γ-ῆν Be Ny ἧς, ἢ, ἣν, ἢ 
οἵ Israel, γῆν Ἰσραῆλ, Indeclinable. 
have died οἵ φεεθνηκ-α-σι Verb, from ὀνηόχω. 
for πορεύοῦ γὰρ φεθνηχασι Conjunction. 
they o-f φὲῤνηκασι 2m. Ὁ. of, τῶν, τοῖς, τούς, ---- 
seeking for Snrodv-res οἵ Participle, from 2nrew. 
the conv ψυχὴν 1 f. hy τῆς, τῇ, τὴν, — 
life Qnrodvres ψυχ-ήν 1, ἢ, ἧς, ἢν AV, ἢ. 
of the φ-οῦ wooly Ὁ. ἢ, φσό, 700 τῷ, τὺ, —— 


young Ομ] ψυχὴ, παιδί-οῦ. 2. n, See παιδίον above. 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 183 


IQANNOY, Keo. &. 


(1) Ἔν ἀρχῆ ἦν ὃ δλογος, καὶ ὃ δλογὸος ἦν 
(1) In (the) beginning was the Word, and the Word was 
(1) In principio erat Sermo, et Sermo erat 


pos τὸν cov, xal Θεος ἦν ὁ Aoyos. (2) Οὗτος ἢν 
with (the) God, and God was the Word. This(Word) was 
apud Deum, que Deuserat ille Sermo. Hic (Sermo) erat 


&y dex πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν. (9) Πάντα δι’ αὐ- 

in (the) beginning with (the) God. All (things) by this 

in principio δρυά Deum. Omnia per hune 
σοῦ ἐγένετο" χαὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ 


(Word) were made; and without him was made nothing 
(Sermonem)facta-sunt; et absque eo factum-est nihil 
ὅ γέγονεν. (4) Ἔν αὐτῷ ϑωὴ ἦν χαὶ ἡ ϑωὴ ἦν το 

that was made. In him life was, and the life was the 
quod factum-sit. In ipso vita erat, et vita erat illa 


φῶς τῶν ᾿ανδθρώπῶν. (δ) Kas ro φῶς ἐν «τῇ σκοτία 


light of the men. And the light in the darkness 
lux hominum. Et ista lux tenebris 
φαίνει, καὶ  cCxorian altro οὐ κατέλαβεν. (6) 


shineth, and the darkness it not comprehendeth 
lucet et  tenebre eam non comprehenderunt. 


"Eytvero ἄνθρωπος ᾿απες αλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ ὄνομα αὐτῷ 
There was aman _ sent from God ; thename of whom 
Exstitit homo missus a Deo; nomen cul 


Ἰωάννης. (7) Οὗτος ἥλθεν εἰς μαρφυρίαν ἵνα μαρτυρήση 
John. He came for a witness that he might testify 
Joannes Is venit adtestimonium ut testaretur 


184 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


®ED, φοῦ φωτὺς, ἵνα πάντες TIS εὐσωσὶ or 
concerning the light, that all (men) might believe through 
de illa luce, ut omnes crederent per 
αὐτοῦ. (8) Ουκ ἦν ἐκεῖνος το φῶς arr? ἵνα 
him. Not he was this the light, but (he was sent) that 
eum. Non erat illa lux, sed (missus est) ut 
μαρσυρήση WED sod φωτύς. (9) Ἧν τὸ φῶς, τὸ 
he might testify concerning the light. It was the light, the 
testaretur de illa luce. (Hic) erat lux, illa 


᾿αληθινον, 6 φωτίϑει πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐρχομιενον εἷς τὸν κοσμον. 
true thatlighteth all men _ coming into the world. 
vera queilluminatomnem hominem venientem in mundum. 


(10) Ἔν τῳ τούμῳ ἢν xos ‘o κοῦμιος δι᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο" 
In the world (he) was and the world by him was made, 
In mundo erat et mundus per eum factus est, 


xo *o κοσμος αὐτὸν οὐχ ἔγνω. (11) Eig στὰ ἴδια ηλθε, 
and the world him not knew. Unto the hisown he came, 
sed munduseumnonagnovit. Ad sua venit, 


χαὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον. (12) Ὅσοι δὲ 
and the his own him not received. As many (as) but 
et sul eur non exceperunt. Quotquot autem 


ἔλαβον adrov, ἔδωχεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν «τέχνα Θεοῦ 
received him, he gave to them power children of God 
exceperunt eum, dedit eis jus (ut) filii Dei 


yevét bcs, Tig πιστεύουσιν εἷς ro ὄνομα αὐτοῦ" 
to become (even) to them (that) believe on the name of him; 
sint facti(nempe) iis (qui) credunt in nomen ejus; 


(13) OF oda ἐξ αἵματων ουδὲ ἐκ θελήματος opxos 
Wich not of blood nor of the will of the flesh, 
(Jui nor ex sanguine neque ex |libidine carnis 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 185 


ουδὲ 2x θελήματος dvdpos, ἀλλ᾽ &x Θεοῦ ἔγεννηθησαν, (14) 
nor of the will of men, but of God were born. 
neque ex libidine __—_-viri, sed ex Deo geniti sunt. 


Ku ‘o λογος σὰρξ ἐγένετο" καὶ ἐσχηνωσεν ἐν ἥἡμῖν (και 


And the Word flesh became; and dwelt among us (and 
Et ille Sermo caro factus est; et commoratus est inter nos (et 


ἐδεασαμεθα τὴν δοξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς 
we beheld the glory as of the only begotten 
spectavimus ejus gloriam ut unigeniti 


παρὰ Ilarpog,) πληρης χαριτος καὶ ᾿αληθείας. (15) Ιωαννης 
of the Father,) full of grace and truth. _ John 
a Patre,) plenis gratis ac veritatis. Joannes. 


μαρευρει “Έρι αὐτοῦ, καὶ κχέχραγε, λέγων, Οὗτος 
bear witness concerning him, and he cried, saying, This 
testatus est de eo, et clamavit, dicens, Hic 


ἣν ὅν εἶπον §—“o ὀπίσω μοῦ ἐρχομενος 
was (he) of whom I spoke; he (that) after me cometh, 
erat quibus dicebam; is (qui) pone me _ venit, 


ἔμπροσθέν od γέγονεν" ὅτι πρῶφος μοῦ ἦν. (16) Kas 
preferred before me is; for before me he was. ἀπά 
ante-positus mihi est; quia prior me _ erat. Et 


ἐχ σοῦ wAnpiucurog αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς wavres ἔλαβομεν, καὶ χαριν 
of the fullness of him we all have received, and grace 
ex plenitudine ipsius nos omnes accepimus, et gratiam 


‘aves χάριτος, (17) Ὅτι ἷο νόμος διὰ Μωσέως ἐδοθη" 
for grace. For the law by Moses was given; (but) 
pro gratia. Nam illa lex per Mosen data est; (sed) 


ἡ χάρις καὶ ἣ ᾿χληθεια διὰ Ἰησον Xpigod eyévero, 
the grace and the truth by Jesus Christ came. 
gratia et veritas per Jesum Christum prestita est 
16* 


186 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


(18) Θεὸν ovdsig ἑώραχε πώποτε" ὁ μονογενὴξ υἷος 
God no one hath seen ever; the only begotten Son, 
Deum nemo vidit unquam; ille unigenitus Filius, 


‘9 ὧν εἰς gov xdAmov rol ἹἸΤατρὸς, éxsivog ἐξηγήσατο. 


wha being in the bosom of the Father, he hath declared. 
411 est in sinu Patris, ille exposuit (eum.) 


(19) Kai αὕτη ἐςὶν % μαρτυρία rod Ἰωάννοῦ, ὅτε ἀπές εἰλαν 
And this ἰδ the record of the John, when sent 
Atque hoc est testimonium Joannis, quum miserunt 


οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων Ἱερεῖς καὶ Asvirag, ἵνα 
the Jews from Jerusalem Priests and Levites, that 
Judei Hierosolumis Sacerdotes et Levitas, ut 


ἐρωτήσωσιν αὐτόν, Σὺ τίς εἶ; (90) Καὶ ὡμολόγησε 
they might ask him, Thou who art ? And he confessed 
interrogarent eum, Τὰ es qui? Et professus est 


χαὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν" “Oss, οὐχ εἰωὶ ἐγὼ ‘o 
and not denied, and confessed; That, not am I the 
que ne negavit, et professus est; Ut, non sum ego ille 


Xpiség. (21) Καὶ ἠρώφσησαν αὐτόν, Ti, οὖν, ᾿Ηλίας 
Christ. And they asked him, Who, therefore, Elias 
Christus. Et interrogaverunt eum, Quid, ergo, Elias 
εἰ σύ; Kal λέγει, Οὐκ εἶμ. ὯῳὉὉ σπροφητης εἶ σύ: 

art thou? And he said, Notlam. The prophet art thou ? 


es tune? Et dixit, Non sum. Propheta es tu? 
Kai ἀπεχρίδθη, Οὔ. (22) Εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ, Tie et 


And he answered, No. They said then to him, Who art 
Atque respondit, Non. Dixerunt ergo ei, Quis es 


σύ: ἀφόχρισιν ἵνα ὁὅῶμεν φοῖς πέμψασιν 
thou δὴ answer that we may give to them (who) sent 


tu? respousam ut demus is (qui) miserunt 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 187 


ἡμᾶς" «ἰ λέγεις περὶ σεαυτοῦ; (23) "Ἔφη, ᾿Εγώ 
us; what sayest (thou) of thyself? He said, [ (am) 
uos* quid dicis de teipso? Ait, (sum) 


φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν «τῇ ἐρήμῳ, Εὐθύνατε 
the voice (of one) crying in the wilderness, Make straight 
vox (unius) clamantis in deserto, Complanate 


φὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, καθὼς εἶπεν Ἦσαϊας ‘o προφήτης. 
the way of the Lord, as said Esaias the prophet. 
viam Domini, ut. dixit Esaias propheta. 


(24) Kai of ἀπες᾿ αλμιένοι, ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 
And they (which) were sent, were of the Pharisees. 
» Vero iis (qui) missi fuerant, erantex § Phariszis. 


(25) Kai ηρώτησαν αὐτὸν, χαὶ εἶπον αὐτῷ, Ti, 
And they asked him, and said tohim, Why, 
Et interrogaverunteum,ac dixerunt ei, Cur, 


οὖν, BawsiZeis, εἰ σύ οὐχ εἶ ‘o Χριςὸς, οὔφε 
therefore, baptizest thou, if thou not art the Christ, nor 
ergo, baptizas, si tunon es ille Christus, neque 


Ἠλίας, οὔτε ὃ «προφήτης ; (96) Απεχρίθη αὐτοῖς ὃ ᾿Ιωάννης, 
Elias, nor the prophe:? Answered them the John, 
Elias, neque ille prophe:a ? Respondit iis Joannes, 


λέγων, Ἐγὼ βαπείδω ἐν ὕδατι" μέσος ὁὲ ὑμῶν 
saying, I baptize with water; in the midst but of you 
dicens, Ego baptizo aqua; (in) medio vestrim 


Esnxev ὃν ὑμεῖς οὐχ οἴδατε. (27) Αὐτός egw, ὃ, 
standeth (one) whom ye not know. He (it) is, who, 
stat (unus) quem vos non nostis. Ille (hic) est, qui, 


ὁπίσω pod, ἐρχόμενος, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μοῦ γέγονεν" οὗ ἐγὼ οὐχ sii 
after me, coming, who before me ἴδ; I not am 
poné me,veniens, qui antepositus mihi est; ego non sum 


188 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


ἄξιος ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τόν ἱμάντα τοῦ 
worthy that I should unloose of him the latchet of the 
dignus ut solvam cujus corrigiam 


ὑποδήματος. (28) Ταῦτα ἐν Βηθαβαρᾷ ἐγένεντο πέραν τοῦ 
shoes. These things in Bethabara were done beyond the 
solearum. Hec in Bathabara facta sunt secus 


Ἰορδάνοῦ, ὅπου ἦν ᾿ἸἸωάννης βαπείϑων. (29) Τῇ ἐπαύριον 
Jordan, where was John baptizing. The next day 
Jordanem, ubi Joannes baptizabat. Postero die 
βλέπει ὃ ᾿Ιωάννης τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἐρχόμιενον πρὸς αὑφὸν, καὶ λέγει, 
seeth the John the Jesus coming unto him, and he said, 


videt Joannes Jesum venientem ad se, et  dixit, 
"Ide 6 ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ 

Behold the lamb of the God that taketh away the sins of the 
Ecce agnus Dei qui tollit peccatum 


χύσμοῦ. (30) Οὗτός ἐστι περί ob ἐγὼ εἶπον, ᾿Οπίσω μοῦ ἔρχεται 
μ ρ tf μοὺ ξρχ 


world. This is (he) of whom I said, After me cometh 
mundi. Hic est de quo dicebam, Poné me venit 
ἀνὴρ ὃς ἔμπροσθέν pod γέγονεν" ὅτι πρῶτός μιοῦ 
aman which preferred before me is; for before me he 
vir qui antepositus mihi est; quia prior me 
ἦν. (31) Kaye) οὐκ ἤδειν ἀυτον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα φανερωθῇ 
was. And I not knew him, but that he should be made 
erat. Et ego nonnoveram eum, sed ut manifestus 


τῷ Ἰσραὴλ, διὰ φοῦτο ἦλθον ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Uae 
manifest to the Israel, by which am come I with the water 
Israéli, propterea veni ego per aqua 


βαπείφων. (32) Καὶ ἐμαρφύρησεν ᾿Ιωάννης, λέγων, “Or 
baptizing. And bare record John, saying, That 
baptizans. Kt testatus est Joannes, dicens, Ut 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 189 


φεθέαμαι τὸ TIveiua καταβαῖνον ὡσεί wspig ἐρὰν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, 
Isaw the Spirit descending like a dove, from heaven, 
conspexi Spiritum descendentem quasi columbam excelo, 


καὶ ἔμεινεν fe” αὐτόν. (33) Κα᾽ γώ οὐκ dew αὐτον ἀλλ᾽ 
and abode above him. AndI not knew him but 
etiam mansit super eum. Et ego non noveram eum sed 


. 


ὃ σέμψας ps βαπείξειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνος μοι 
(he) who sent me to baptize with water, the same unto me 


qui missit me _ baptizare aqua, ille mihi 
εἶχε, "EQ ὃν ἂν ἴδης τὸ Πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον 
said, Upon whom shaltthousee the Spirit descending 
dixerat, Super quem videris Spiritum descendentem 
χαὶ μιένον ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν, οὗτος ἐςιν ὃ βαπείϑων 
and remaining on him, the same is (he) that baptizeth 
et manentem supereum, hic est qui baptizat ᾿ 
ἐν Πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. (34) Ka’ya ἑώρακα, και μεμαρεύρηχα 
with Ghost Holy. AndI_ saw, and bare record 
Spiritu Sancto. Et ego videbam, et testor 


ὅτι ourig ἐξὶν ὃ υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ. (35) TH ἐπαύριον πόλιν 
that he is the Son of the God. The next day again 


ille est Filius Dei. Postero die iterum 
εἰς ἤχει 6 Ἰωάννης, καὶ ἐκ τῶν μαϑητῶν αὐτοῦ δύο. (36) Καὶ 
stood the John, and of the disciples of him two. And 
stabat Joannes, et discipulis ejus duo. Et 
ἐμβλέψας τῷ Ἰησοῦ περιπατοῦνται, λέγει, “Ide ὃ 
looking (upon) the Jesus walking, he said, Beho.d the 
intuitus Jesum ambulantem, dixit, Ecce _ ille 


ἀμνὸς «οῦ Θεοῦ. (37) Καὶ ἤχουσαν αὐτοῦ of δύο μαϑηται 
Lamb of the God. And heard him the two disciples 
Agnus Dei. Et audierunt eum illi duo discipuli 


190 THE PRiNCIPLES OF 


λαλοῦντος, καὶ ἡχελούϑησαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ. (38) Στναφεις δὲ ὃ 
speaking, and they followed the Jesus. Turned then the 
loquentem, et sequuti sunt Jesum. Conversus vero 


Ἰησοῦς, καὶ δεασάμιενοςαυτους ἀκολουθοῦντας, λέγει αὑτοῖς, 
Jesus, and saw them following, and said πηΐο them, 
Jesus, et videbat eos sequentes, dicit eis, 


(39) Ti ξητεῖτε; Οἱ 08 εἶπον αὐτῷ, Ῥαββι, (ὃ 
What seek (ye)? They and said (unto) him, Rabbi, (which 
Quid queritis? Illi verd dixerunt ei, Rabbi, (quod 


λέγεται,  Epumvevevonevov, διδάσχαλε,) aod μένεις 5 
15 to say, being interpreted, Master,) where dwellest thou ? 
dicitur, interpreteris, preceptor,) ubi moraris ? 


(40) Λέγει αὐτοῖς, "Ἐρχεσός και ἴδετε. *Hbov καὶ 
He saith unto them, come and see. (And) they came and 
Dicit els, venite et videte. (Et) venerunt ac 


εἶδον ποῦ μένει' καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτῷ ἔμειναν τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην" 
saw where ‘he dwelt; andwith him abode the day that; 
viderunt ubi moraretur ; et apud eum manserunt diem illum; 


ὥρα δὲ ἦν ὡς δεχάση. (41) Ἣν ᾿Ανδρέας, ὁ 
hour for it was about the tenth. Was Andrew, the 
hora enim erat quasi’ decima. Erat Andreas, 


dderpog Σίμωνος ἹΠέτροῦ, εἷς ἐχ τῶν δύο «τῶν ἀχουσάντων παρὰ 
brother Simon Peter, one of the two the hearing with 
frater Simonis Petri, unus ex duobus (qui) audierunt cum 


᾿ἸἸωάννοῦ, και ᾽ακολουθησάντων αὐτῷ. (42) Εὑρίσκει οὗτος πρῶτος 


John, and followed him. Findeth he first 
Joanne, et sequutierant eum. Invenit hic prior 
τὸν ᾿αδελφον τὸν ἴδιν Σίμωνα, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, 


the brother the own Simon, and saith ‘unto) him, 
fratrem suum Simonem et  iixit el, 


~ 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 19) 


Εὑρήκαμεν φὸν Μεσσίαν, ὁ ἐστι, μεθερμιηνευύμινον, 
We have found the Messiah, which is, being interpreted, 
Invenimus illum Messiam, quod est, si interpreteris, 


ὁ Χριστός. (43) Kai ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν «ρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 
the Christ. And he brought him unto the Jesus. 
ille Christus. Et adduxit eum ad Jesum. 


Ἔμβλέ Lag δὲ αὐτῷ ὃ Ἰησοῦς, εἶσε, Σύ εἶ Σίμων 
Beheld and when him the Jesus, he said, Thou art Simon 
Intuitus autem eum Jesus, dixit, Tu es Simon 


ὃ υἱς ἮἘἸωνᾶ" σύ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς, ὗ 
the son of Jona; thou shalt be called Cephas, which (is) 
Filius Joni; ἰὰ vocaberis Cephas, quod (est) 


ἑρμηνεύεται, πέτρος. (44) Τῇ ἐπαύριον ἠθέλησεν ὃ Ἶη- 
by interpretation, a stone. The next day would the Je- 
si interpreteris, petra. Postero die voluit Je- 


Gog ἐξελθεῖν sig «τὴν Τ᾽ αλιλαίαν" καὶ edpicxes Φίλιππον, καὶ 
sus go forth into the Galilee; and findeth Philip, and 
sus abire in Galileam; et invenit Philippum, et 


λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Αχολούϑει μοι. (46) Ἦν δὲ ὃ Φίλιπσος ἀπὸ 
saith to him, Follow me. |§Wasnowthe Philip of 
dixit ei, Sequere me. Erat autem Philippus ex 


Βηδσαϊδὰ, ἐκ τῆς πὅλεως “Avdpéod καὶ ἹΤέτροῦ. (46) Εὑρίσκει 
Bethsaida, of the city of Andrew and Peter. Findeth 
Bethsaidé, civitate Andree et Petri. Invenit 


Φίλιπαος civ Ναθαναὴλ, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Ὃν 
Philip the Nathaniel, and saith unto him, (Him) of whom 
Philippus Nathanaélum, et dixit ei, (Illum) de qud 


ἔγραψε Μωσῆς ἐν τῷ νόμῷ καὶ οἱ προφῆςαι, εὑρήχαμεν, 
wrote Moses in the law and the prophets, we have found, 
scripsit Moses in lege et  prophete, ‘nvenimus, 


192 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Ἰησοῦν civ ἀπὸ Ναϑφαρές. (47) Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ΝαθαναὴΣ 


Jesus the of Nazareth. And said to him Nathaniel 
Jesus ex Nazareth. Et dixit ei Nathanaél 
Ex NaZapér δύναταί si ἀγαθὸν εἶναι; Λέγει αὑτῷ 


Out of Nazareth can any good (thing) be? Said to him 
Ex Nazareth4 potest aliquid boni esse? Dixit ei 


Φίλιππος, Ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε. (48) Eidev ‘o Ἰησοῦς τὸν Ναθαναὴλ 
Philip, Come and see. Saw the Jesus the Nathaniel 
Philippus, Veni et vide. Vidit Jesus Nathanaélum 


ἐρχόμενον πρὸς αὑτὸν, καὶ λέγει περὶ αὐτοῦ, "Ids ἀληθῶς 
coming unto him, and said of him, Behold indeed 
venientem ad se, et dixit de eo, Ecce veré 


-“ 


Ἰσραηλίτης ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔςε:. (49) Λέγει αὐτῷ Να- 


an Israelite in whom deceit not is. Said to him Na- 
Israélita in quo dolus non est. Dixit ei Na- 
θαναὴλ, πόθεν pes γινώσκεις ; ᾿Αφσεχριθη ‘o Ἰησοῦς 
thaniel, Whence me knowest thou? Answered the Jesus 
thanaél, Unde me nosti ? Respondit Jesus 


καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ips τοῦ σέ Φίλιπαον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα dad 
and said to him, Before that thee Philip called, being under 
et dixit ei, Priusquam te Philippus vocaret,quum esses subter 


civ συχῆν, εἶδόν σέ. (50) ᾿Απεχρίθη Ναθαναὴλ καὶ λέγει 
the fig tree, I saw thee. Answered Nathaniel and said 
ficum, videbam te. Respondit Nathanaél et dixit 


> 
! 


αὐτῷ, Ῥαββὲ, σὺ εἶ ‘o υἱός «ποῦ Θεοῦ: σύ Ξε 
unto him, Rabbi, thou art the Son of the God; thou art 
el, Rabbi, tu 65 Filius Dei; tu es 


Ὧ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. (61) ᾿Απεχρίϑη Ἰησοῦς, καὶ εἶπεν 
the king of the Israel. Answered Jesus, and said 
rex ille Israéli Respondit Jesus, et dixit 


GREEK GRAMMAR 193 


αὐτῷ, “Orr εἶπόν σοι, εἶδόν σε ὑποχάτω τῆς συκῆς 
to him, Because I said to thee, I saw thee under the fig tree, 


ei, Quia dicebam tibi, Vidi te sub ficu, 
φιστεύεις 5 Msi2u τούτων ὄψει. 
believest thou ? Greater (things) (than) these shalt thou see. 
credis ? Majora istis videbis 


(62) Kai λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Αμιὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, “Aa? 
And he said unto him, Verily, verily, I tell you, After 
Preterea dixit ei, Amen, amen, dico vobis, Ab 


ἄρτι ὄψεσθε σὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεωγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλοὺς 
now thou shalt see the heavens opened, and the angels 
hoc _—videbitis celum apertum, et angelos 


φτοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας ἐπὶ τὸν υἱὸν rod 
of the God ascending and descending upon the Sonof the 
Dei ascendentes et descendentes super Filium 


ἀνθρώπου. 
Man. 
Hominis. 


PAUL’S DEFENCE BEFORE AGRIPPA. 
Πραξις, Κεφ. xs’.—Acra, Cap. XX VI.—Acrts, Cuap. XXVi. 
(1) ᾿Αγριππας δὲ πρὸς civ Παῦλον ἔφην ᾿Ἐπιτρέπεταί 
Agrippa then unto (the) Paul said, (it) is permitted 
Agrippa tum Paulo dixit, permittitur 


Got ὑπὲρ σεαυτοῦ λέγειν. Τότε ὁ ἸΤαῦλος ᾿απελογεῖτο, 
to thee for thyself to speak. Then the Paul defended himself 
tibi pro teipso dicere. Tunc Paulus hic defensione usus 


ἐχεείνας τὴν χεῖρα. (2) Ilepi πἀντῶν ὧν 
extending the hand. Concerning all (things) of which 
est extensa manu. Super omnibus de quibus 


17 


194 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


ἐγκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων, βασιλῶῦ ᾿Αγρίσπα, ἥγημιαι 
{ am accused by (the) Jews, O, king Agrippa, I think 
postulor a  Judzis, rex Agrippa, cogito 


ἐμιαυτον μιακάριον μέλλων ἁπολογεῖσθαι ἐπὶ σοῦ 
myself happy (that) 1 am about to defend myself before you 
me beatum (quod) sim dicturus apud te 


σήμερον: (3) Μάλιστα γνώστην ὄντα σέ πάντων τῶν 
this day: Especially knowing being you in all things which 
hodie: Maximé gnarum sciam quod te omnium que 


κατὰ Ιουδαίους, εθῶν TE καὶ ϑητημάτων. Διὸ 
(are) among Jews, manners and the customs. Therefore 
(sunt) apud Judzos, rituum et questionum. Ideo 


δέομαί σόυ μιακροθύμως ἀκοῦσαί wove (4) Τὴν μὲν οὖν 
I pray you patiently to hear me. The truly, therefore, 


rogo te (ut) patienter audias me. Itaque vitam 
βίωσίν pou τὴν ἐκ veoryros, τὴν ᾽απ᾽ 
manner of life of me the from (my) youth, the from (the) 
actam meam a juventute, a 
᾿αρχῆς γενομένην ἐν φῷ ἔθνει μόυ ἐν "Typos 
beginning which was at first in the nation of me in 961ὰ- 
principio queque fuit in ‘gente mea in Hiero- 
σολύμιοις, ἴσασι φάντες οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι' (5) Ipoywioxovrés μι8 
rusalem, know all the Jews; (That) know me 
solymis, sciunt omnes Judai ; (Qui) noverunt me 
ἄνωθεν av θέλωσι μαρτυρεῖν) ors κατα, 
from the beginning (if (they) would testify,) that after 
a majoribus (si velint testari,) secundum 


τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν σῆς ἡμετέρας bpnoxsiag, 
the most rigorous (and) strict of the our sect of religion, 
illam exquisitisiman nostre heresin religionis, 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 195 


ἔξησα φαρισαῖος (6) Kai νῦν ἐπ’ ἐλσίϑι τῆς 
I lived ἃ Pharisee. | ‘Arid now for hope which the (was) 
vixisse Phariseum. Vero nunc ob spem 


πρὺς τούς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίας γενομένης ὑπὸ φτοῦ Θεοῦ, 
unto the fathers (of the) promise constituted by the God, 
patribus promissionis facte a Deo, 


EOTXO (Defective) χρινύμενος" (7) Eig ἣν co δωδεχάφυλον 
I stand (and) am judged; To which the twelve tribes 
sto in judicium ; Ad quem duodecim tribus 


ἡμῶν ἐν ἐχτενία νύχτα xe ἐμέραν λατρεῦον ἑλπίϑει καταντῆσαι" 
of us constantly night and day serving hope tocome, 
nostre perpetuo nocte et die servientis sperant perventuras ; 


- Epi ἧς ἐλαίδος ἐγκαλοῦμαι, βασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα, ὑπὸ τῶν Ιουδαίων. 
for which hope I am accused,O king Agrippa, by the Jews. 
de qua spe postular, rex Agrippa, a Judzis. 


(8) Ti ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ᾽ ὑμῖν, εἰ ὁ 
Why incredible should (it) be judged by you, that the 
Quid incredibile judicatur apud vos, quod 

Θεὸς νεχροὺς ἐγείρει; (9) ᾿Εγώ μὲν οὖν 

God should raise up (the) dead? I even therefore 

Deus __excitet mortuos? (Ego) equidem statueram 


ἐμαυτῷ, «ρὸς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ to Ναζωραίοῦ 
with myself, against the name of Jesus of the Nazareth 


apud adversus nomen Jesu Nazareni 
δεῖν «ολλὰ ἐναντία: «ρᾶξαι. (10) Ὃ και 

taught many (things) hostile to practice. Which also 1 
multa contraria facere. Quod etiam 


ἐποίησα ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν ἀγίων ἐγώ φυλακαῖς 
performed in Jerusalem, and many of the saints I in prisons 
feci in Hierosolymis, et multus sanctorum egocarceribus 


196 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


κατέχλεισα, τὴν παρὰ τῶν ᾿αρχιερέων ἐξουσίαν 
confined, which from the Chief Priests, authority 
inclusi, a  principibus Sacerdotum, potestate 
λαβών" ἀναιρουμένων TE αὐτῶν 
having obtained; being put to death and when they 
accepta ; interimerentur et quam 
KOT NVEY KO ψῆφον. (11) Kas κατὰ πάσας τὰς συναγωγὰς 


I gave against(them my) voice. And in all the synagogues 
tuli (ab eis) suffragium. Ac per omnes synagogas 


TOMAGKIS σιμωρῶν αὐτοῦς, ἠνάγκαζον βλασφημεῖν" 
often punishing them, 1 compelled (them) to blaspheme; 
sepe puniens ipsos, coegi ad blasphemandum ; 
περισσῶς TE ἐμμιαινόμενος αὐτοῖς, ἐδίωκον ἕως 

exceedingly and being mad against them, I persecuted them 

supramodum et furens adversus eos, persequutus sum 
χαὶ τὰς ἔξω πόλεις. (19) Ἔν οἷς καὶ πορευόμιξνος 


even also (to) the foreign cities. Thro’ which as I passed 
etiam in exteras civitates. Inter que etiam proficiscens 


εἷς τὴν Δαμιασχόν per ἐξουσίας xo ἑκπιτροτης τῆς παρὰ 
into the Damascus with authority and commission from 
Damascum cum potestate et procuratione a 


τῶν ᾿αρχιερέων, (19) Ἥμερας μέσης, κατὰ rv ὅδον, εἶδον, 
the Chief Priests, Day at mid, in the way, I saw, 
principibus sacerdotum, Die medio, in via, vidi, 


βασιλεῦ, εὐρανόθεν ὑπὲρ τὴν Aapapirnra φτοῦ ἡλίου, 
O king, from heaven above the brightness (of) the sun, 
rex, ceelitus que superans splendorem solis, 


περι λιάμψον μι φῶς χα! τοὺς σὺν ἐμιοὶ πορευομένους 
shining around me a light, and those with me journeying. 
circumfudit me lucem, et eos curn meiterfaciebant 


«ὩΣ. 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 197 


(14) Πάντων δὲ χαταπεσόντων ἡμῶν ele «ὴν γῆν, 
All and when having fallen of us upon the earth, 
Omnes autem quum decidissemus in terram, 


ἤχουσα φωνὴν λαλοῦσαν πρός με, καὶ λέγουσαν +H ‘Ep 
I heard a voice speaking unto me, and saying (in) the He- 


audivi vocem alloquentem me, ac decentum He- 
βραῖδι διαλέχτῷ, Σαοὺλ, Σαοὺλ, ci με διώκεις ; 


brew dialect, Saul, Saul, why me persecutest (thou) ? 
braica lingua, Saul, Saul, quid me _persequeris ? 


σχληρόν doi = pos χέντρα λαχείφειν. (15) Ἐγὼ δὲ εἶπον, 
Hard for you against (such) power to kick. I and said, 
duram tibi contra stimulos calctrare. Ego autem dixi, 
Tig εἷ Κύριε; ὁ δὲ  siaev, ᾿Εγὼ sins Ἰυσοῦς ὃν 

Who art (thou,) Lord? he and said, I amJesus whom 
Quis es, Domini? ille et dixit, Egosum Jesus quem 


σύ διώχεις. (16) ᾿Αλλὰ ’avagnds, καὶ στῆθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας 
thou persecutest. But rise up, and stand’ upon the feet 


persequeris Sed exsurge, et sta in pedes 

Got, εἷς τοῦτο γὰρ ὥφϑην Cot, «ροχειρίσασθαι 
éf you, for this because I have come to you, to choose 
tuos, idcirco enim apparui tibi, designarem 
Gs ὑπηρέτην καὶ μάρτυρα ὧν Ts εἶδες, 


you ἃ minister and witness the things which thou hast seen 
ministrum ac testum tumeorum que vidisti, 


ὧν re ὀφθήσομαί Cot, (17) ᾿Εξαιρούμενός σε 
the things and I will show to you, Delivering you 
tum eorum quibus apperebo  tibi, Eruens te 


ἐχ φοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τῶν ἑἐῤδνῶν eis cle νῦν σεαπιςέλλω. 
from the people and the heathen unto whom now you I send. 
ex hoc populo et gentibus ad qnod nunc te mitto. 


κ᾿ 
ae 


198 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


(18) ᾿Ανοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν cod emis pelo awe σκότους 
To open (the) eyes of them to turn from darkness 
Ut aperias oculos corum (et) convertas (eos) a tenebris 


εἰς φῶς, καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας «τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τον Θεὸν, τοῦ 
unto light, and the power of the Satan unto the God, that 
ad lucem, et (a) potestate Satane ad Deum, ut 


λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτῶν, καὶ κλῆρον 
they receive to them remission of offences, and a share 
accipiant remissionem peccatorum, et  sortem 


ἐν φοῖς- ἡγιασμένοις wise τῇ εἰς ἐμέ, 
among thera who are sanctified by faith which (is) in me. 
iter illos sanctificatos per fidem que est in me. 


(19) “Odev, βασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα, οὐκ ἐγενομνην ἀπειθης τῇ 
Whence, O king Agrippa, not I was disobedient (to) the 
Unde, rex Agrippa, non {πὶ rebellis illi 


οὐρανίῷ ὀπτασία. (20) ᾿Αλλὰ τοῖς ἐν Δαμασκῷ πρῶτον καὶ 
heavenly vision. But (to) those in Damascus first and 
celesti apparitioni. Sed iis (qui sunt) Damasci primum et 


ἹἹεροσολύμωοις, sig * σαν = φὴν χώραν sic Ἰουδαίας, καὶ 
at Jerusalem in all and the coasts of the Judea, and 
Hierosolymis in omnes et regione Judex, et 

τοῖς ἕθνεσιν, ἀππαγγέλλων τ ἐφοινοεῖν 
(then) to the Gentiles, showing (that they) might repent 
(deinde) Gentibus, anunciavi ut resipiscerent 
xo) ἐπιστρέφειν “πὶ τὸν Θεὸν, ἄξια τῆς 
and turn unto the God, (and) worthy of the 


et converterent (se) ad Deum, convenientia 


uEravoing ἔργα πράσσοντας. (21) Ἕνεκα τούτων ws οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι 
repentance works do. for which me the Jews 
resipicentiz ope “ἃ facientes. Horum causa me Judei 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 199 


συλλαβόμιενοι ἐν τῷ ips ἐπειρῶντο διαχειρίσασθαι. 
have seized in the temple (and) attempted to kill (me). 
comprehensum (in)templum _tentarunt interficere (me). 


(22) ᾿Επιχουρίας οὖν τυχὼν τῆς παρὰ «τοῦ Θεοῦ, 
Assistance therefore having obtained from the God, 
Auxilium sed nactus a Deo, 


ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης ἑότεχα μαρτυρούμενος μικρῷ rs καὶ 
to this day thusI continue testifying to small both and 
in hanc diem usque perstiti testificans parvis tum tum 


μεγάλῷ,, οὐδὲν exrog λόγων ὧν τε οἱ φροφῆται 
great, nothing than saying which both the prophets 
magnis, nec quicgam dicens que prophete 


© 
ἐλάλησαν μελλόντων γίνεσθαι καὶ Μωσῆς 
did say should come and Moses. . 
predixerunt futura ac Moses. 


DIVES AND LAZARUS—Loxe XVI. 19-31. 


(19) "Avdpwarog 68 sig ἣν «λούσιος, καὶ ἐνεδιδύσχετο πορφύραν 
A man and who was rich, and clothed (in) purple 


xai βύσσον, εὑφραινόμενος καθ᾽ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς. (90) 
and fine linen, (and) feasted by day sumptuously. 


IIirwyis 68 sig ἦν ὀνόματι Λάξϑαρος, ὃς ἐβέβλητο 
A beggar and who was named Lazarus, who was thrown 
mpig τὸν πύλῶνα αὐτοῦ ἡλχωμένος, (21) Καὶ ἐπιθυμῶν 
before the gate of the other full of ulcers, And desired 
χορτασϑῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν x πεύόντῶν ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέφης 
to be fed withthe crumbs which fell from the table 


200 THE PRINCIPLES OF 
τοῦ “λουσίοῦ ἀλλὰ χαὶ οἱ κύνες ἐρχόμενοι ἀπέλειχον 
(of) the rich (man,) but also the dogs came (and) licked 
τὰ Eran αὐτοῦ. (22) "Eyévero δὲ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν πτωχον, 
the sores of him. It came to pass and died the beggar, 
χαὶ ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἰς σὸν χόλπον τοῦ 
and was carried he by the angels into the bosom of the 
Αβραὰμ, ἀπέθανε δὲ καὶ ὁ «λούσιος καὶ TAME. 
Abraham, died and also the rich (man) and was buried. 
a 
(23) Kat ἐν τῶ ddn* ἐπάρας τοὺς dpdarpols αὑτοῦ, ὑπάρχων 
And in the hell he lifted the eyes of him, being 
ἐν βασάνοις, ὁρᾷ τὸν ᾿Αβραὰμ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν καὶ Δάϑαρον 
in torment, seeing the Abraham at a distance and Lazarus . 
ἐν τοῖς κόλποῖς αὐτοῦ. (24) Καὶ αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπε, Πάτερ 
in the bosom of him. And he crying said, Father 
᾿Αβραὰμ, ἐλέησόν με, καὶ τέμψον Λάζαρον ἵνα 
Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus that he 
βάψη τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δαχεύλοῦ αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ xara gn 
may dip the tip of the finger of him in water,and cool 
φὴν γλῶσσάν μοῦ" ori ὀδυνῶμιαὶ ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτη. 
the tongue of me; for I am tormented in the flame this. 
(25) Ewe δὲ ᾿Αβραὰμι, 'Τέχνον, μνησθῆται ὅτι ἀπέλαξες σύ 
Said and Abraham, Son, remember that received you 
τὰ ᾿αγαθα σοῦ ἐν τῇ Gwyn σοῦ, καὶ Λαϑαρος 
the good things of you in the life of you, and Lazarus 
ὑμοΐως τὰ χαχὰ, νῦν δὲ δὸς παραλεῖται, σύ 
likewise the evil things, now and here he is comforted, you 


* Literally, unseen, the invisible abode of the dead—derived from 
εἴδω, to see. ‘ 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 201 


δὲ οδυᾶσα (906) Kai ἐσὶ πᾶσι τούτοις, μεταξύ ἡμῶν καὶ 
and tormen 2d; And besides all this between us and 


ὑμῶν χάσμα μέγα ἐστήριχται, ὅπως οἱ θέλοντες 
you a gulf very great is placed, so that they who would 


διαβῆναι ἐντεῦθεν «ρὸς ὕμᾶς, μιὴ δύνωνται, “ μηδὲ οἱ 
pass from this place to you, not can, neither those 


Exsidev πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν. (27) Εἶπε δὲ, ἜἘρωτῶ οὖν 
from that to us can pass. He said then,I pray therefore 


σε, πάτερ, ἵνα πέμψης αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ 
thee, father, that thou wilt send him to the house of the 


πατρός μοῦ": (28)"Exw γὰρ πέντε ἀδελφοὺς, ὄπως διὰμιαρεύρηϊαι 
father of me; _ I have for five brethren, that he witness 
αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔλθωσιν elo τὸν comdy τοῦτον τῆς 
to them, that not also they come into the place this of the 
βασάνοῦ. (29) Λέγει αὐτῷ ᾿Αβραὰμ, "Ἔχουσι Μωσέα χαὶ 
torment. Said to him Abraham, They have Moses and 


φοῦς προφήτας, ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν. (90) Ο δὲ εἶπεν, Οὐχί, 
the prophets, let them hear them. He and said, Nay, 


πότερ ᾿Αβραὰμ,, arr’ ἐᾶν sig amd νεχρῶν πορευθῇ 


father Abraham, but if any one from the dead should go 


πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσι. (31) Εἶπε δὲ αὐτῷ, El 
unto them, they would repent. He said and to him, If 


Μωσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐχ dxovovdw, οὐδξ ἐάν gig ἐκ 
Moses and the prophets not they hear, neither if any one from" 


νεχρῶν ᾿αναστῇ, πεισθήσονται. 
the dead shouw.d arise, will they be persuaded. 


202 TPE PRINCIPLES OF 


MATTHEW XXIII. 34-39. 


(34) ᾿Διὰ τοῦτο, ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προφήτας, καὶ 
Wherefore, behold, I send unto you prophets, and 
Propterea, ecce, ego mitto ad vos prophetas, et 


σηφοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς" καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν αποχτεν- 
wise (men) and scribes; and (some) of them shall ye 
sapientes (viros) et scribas; et (nonnullos) ex ipsis trucid- 


εἴτε καὶ σταυρῶσετε, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν μιασειγώσετε 
sill andcrucify, and(some) οἵ them shall ye scourge 
abitis et crucifigetis, et (nonnullos) ex ipsis flagellabitis 


ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ διώξετε᾽ ἀπὸ πόλεως εἰς 
in the synagogues of you, and persecute from city unto 
in conventibus vestris, et persequemini ab urbe, in 


πόλιν" (96) Ὅπως ἐλθηδ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς wav’ αἷμα δίκαιον, 
city ; That may come upon you all blood the righteous, 
-urbem; Ut veniat super vos omnis sanguis justus, 


ἐχχυνόμιένον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ σοῦ aimaros "AGE rod δικαίου, 
shed __upon the earth, from the blood of Abel the righteous, 


effusus super terram, ἃ sanguine Abel justi, 
ἕως τοῦ αἵματος Ζαχαρίου, υἱοῦ Βαραχίου, ov 
until the blood of Zacharias, son of Barachias, whom 
usque ad sanguinem Zacharia, filii Barachie, quem 


' Jesus says this, speaking of Jerusalem; it is a beauti- 
ful passage. 

* Literally, through this—also, PropTeREA, on account 
of these things. 

. Compound cf dws and oréA\Aw—send away. 

*From ἀποχτεινω. * From dix. ° From ἔρχομαι. 

"Greenfield says, “I. e., αἷμα πάντων τῶν dixeuwv”—the 
hlood of all the just. 


3REEK GRAMMAR, 203 


ἐφονεύσατε μεταξὺ ct) ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θισιαστηρίου. (36) ᾿Αμὴν 
-ye slew between the temple and the altar. Verily, 
occidistis inter templum et _altare. Amen, 


λέγω ὑμῖν, ἥξει ταῦτα πάντα ἐπὶ τὴν 
I say (unto) you, shall come these (things) all upon the 
dico ——__-vobis, venient hee omnia super 


γενεὰν ταύτην. (37) ‘Iepovdadru, Ἱερουσαλὴμ, ἣ ἀποχτείνουσα 
generation this. Jerusalem, Jerusalem, (thou) that killest 
etatem istam. Jerusalem, Jerusalem, (tu) qui trucidas 


τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοξολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους «’ρὺς αὑτὴν; 
the prophets, and stonest them (that are) sent unto thee, 
prophetas, et lapidatrix* eorum (qui sunt) missiad te, 


ποσάχις ἠθέλησα ἐπσισυναγαγεῖν «τὰ τέχνα σοῦ, ὅν 
how often would I have gathered the children of you, in 
quoties γοϊ]αὶ congregare liberos sui, 


τρόπον ἐπσισυνάγει ὄρνις τὰ νοσσία ἑαυτῆς ὑπὸ 
like manner as gathereth a hen the chickens of her under 
quemadmodum congregat galina _ pullos suos sub 

τὰς πτέρυγας, καὶ οὐχ ἠθελήσατε ; (38) ᾿Ιδοὺ, ἀφίεται ὑμῖν 
the wings, and not ye would! Behold, is left (to) you 
alas, et _ noluistis! Ecce, relinquetur vobis 
6 οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος. (39) Λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, Οὐ μῆ 
the house of you desolate. I say for (unto) you, In no wise 
domus vestra deserta. Dico enim vobis, Nequaquam 


ws ἴδητε dm’ ἄρτι, ἕως ἂν εἴπητε, Ἑὺὑλογημένος 
me shall ye see after now until shall ye say, Blessed (is he) 
me videbitis ab hoc usquedum dicatis, Benedictus 

ὁ ἐρχόμενος ¢ ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου. 
that cometh in the name of the Lord, 
qui venit in  nomine Domini. 


*A stoner of them. tFrom doinus. tLit. the one coming. 


204 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


MATTHEW XIX. 27-30. 


(27) Tore ἀποκριθεὶς Ὁ ὃ Ilérpog εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿ἸἸδοὺ, ἡμεῖς 
Then answering the Peter said (to) him, Behold, we 
Tum respondens Petrus dixit ei, Ecce, nos 


ἀφῆκαμεν πάντα, καὶ ἠκολουδήσαμιέν σου" τί ἄρα 
have forsaken all, and followed thee; what, therefore,: 
relinquimus omnia, et sequuti sumus te; quid ergo 


ἔσται ἡμῖν; (28) Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αμὴν 
will there be to us? The and Jesus said unto them, Verily 
erit nobis? Autem Jesus dixit illis, Amen 


λέγω ὑμιν, Or: ὑμεῖς οἱ ἀκολουθήσαντές mor, ἐν τῇ 
I say (unto) you, that ye which have followed me, in the 
dico vobis, vos qui  sequuti estis me, in 


παλιγγενεσίῳ, ὅταν καθίση ὃ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνϑρώπου ἐπὶ 
regeneration, when shall sit the son of the man upon the 
regeneratione, quum sederit _filius hominis in 


θρόνου δόξης αὑτοῦ, καθίσεσθε καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ δώδεκα 
throne of the glory of him, shall sit and ye upon twelve 
throno gloriz sux, sedebitis etiam vos super duodecim 


θρόνους, κρίνοντες τὰς δώδεχα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραῆλ. (29) 
thrones, judging the twelve tribes of the Israel. 


thronos, judicantes duodecim tribus | Israél. 


Kai πᾶς ὃς "anne t οἰκίας, ἣ ᾿αδελφοὺς, ἣ αδελφὰς, 
And all who have forsaken houses, or brothers, or sisters, 
Et omnis qui reliquerit domos, aut fratres, aut sorores, 


* From ᾿αποχρίνομαι. t From ’apinus. 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 9205 


ἢ πατέρο, ἢἣ μητέρα, ἣ yuvaixn, ἣ τέχνα, ἣ αγροὺς, 
or father, or mother, or wife, οὐ children, or lands, 
aut patrem, aut matrem, aut uxorem, aut liberos, aut agros, 


Evexev Tou ὀνόματός pov, ἑκαφονταπλασίονα λήψεται, 
on account of the name of me, an hundred fold shall re- 
ob nominis mei, centuplicia accipiet, 


καὶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομῆσει. (30) Πολλοὶ, δὲ 
ceive, and life everlasting shail inherit. Many, however 
et vitam eternam hereditatis. Multi, autem, 


ἔσονται «πρῶτοι, ἔσχατοι" καὶ ἔσχατοι, πρῶτοι. 
shall be first, last; and last, first. 
erunt primi, ultimi; et ultimi, primi. 


ST. LUKE XV. 1-7. 


(1) Ἦσαν δὲ ἐγγίζοντες αὐτῷ πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ, 
Were but coming to him all the publicans and the sinners, 
Autem accederunt ad eum omnes publicani et peccatores, " 


᾿αχούειν αὐτοῦ. (2) Καὶ διεγόγγυζον οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ of pape 
to hear him. And murmured the Pharisees and the 
audire eum. Et murmurabant Phariszi et 


ματεῖς, λέγοντες, “Ost οὗτος ἁμαρτωλοὺς προσδέχεται; καὶ συνεσθίει 
Scribes, saying, That he sinners receives and (he) eats 
Scribe, dicentes, Ut hic peccatores recipit, et edit 


αὐτοῖς. (3) Εἶπε δὲ apis αὐτοὺς τὴν παρα- 
(with) them. He spake, nevertheless, unto them the para- 


(cum) illis. | Loquutus est, autem, ad _ eos para- 
18 


206 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


βολὴν ταύτην, λέγων: (4) Τίς ἄνθροπος ἐξ ὑμῶν ἔχων ἑκατεν 
ble this, saying; What manof you having an hun 
bolam hanc, dicens; Quis homoex vobis habens cent+ 


πρόβατα, καὶ ἀπολέσας ἕν ἐξ αὐτῶν, οὐ καταλείπει 
dred sheep, and if he loose one of them, not doth leave 
um oves, et perdiderit unam ex illis, non relinquit 


To ἐννενηχονταθννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ 
the ninety nine inthe wilderness,and go after 
illas nonaginta novem in deserto, et abit ad 


τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό; (5) Kai εὑρὼν ἐσιτίθησιν 
the lost, until he find it? | And finding (it) he layeth - 
perditam, usquedum invenerit eam? Et nactus (eam) imponit 


ἐπὶ cols ὥμους ἑαυτοῦ χαίρων, (6) Καὶ ἐλθὼν: 
(it) upon the shoulders of him rejoicing, And having «+ a 
feam) super humeros 5.05 gaudens, Et veniens ~ 


sig σὺν οἶκον, συγκαλεῖ τοὺς φίλους καὶ 
come into the house, he calleth together the friends and 
in domo (suo) convocat . amicos et 


Tos γείτονας, λέγων αὐτοῖς, Συγχάρητέ por, ὅτι εὗρον 
the neighbors, saying to them, With rejoice me, for I have 
vicinos dicens eis, | Gratulamini mihi, nempe 


φὺ πρόξατόν mov +d ἀπολωλὸς. (7) Λέγω ὑμῖν, 
found the sheep of me that was lost. I say unto you, 
inven ovem meam que perierat. Dico __ vobis, 


ὅτι οὕτω χωρὰ ἔσται ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ἐπὶ ἑνὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ 
that likewise joy shall be in the heaven, over one sinner 
ut etiam gaudium erit in celo super uno peccatore 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 207 


μετανοοῦντι, ἢ ἐκαὶ ἐννενηκοντιαεννέα δικαι. 
that repenteth, (more) than over ninety nine just 
resipiscente, magis quam super nonaginta novem jus 
O47. οἵτινες οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσι; μετανοίας. 
- (persons), which no need have of repentance. 
tis, qui non opus habent resipiscentie. 


ST. LUKE XV. 11-32. 


(11) Εἶπε ὁέ, "Ανϑρωπός τις εἶχε δύο υἱούς, (12) Καὶ εἶπεν 
. δ said and, A man certain had two sons, And said 
Ait autem, Homo quidam habebat duos filios, Et dixit 


τ 


ὁ νεώτερος αὐτῶν τῷ πατρί, Πάτερ, dog por τὸ 

τ the younger of them to (his) father, Father, give to me that 
junior _—illorum patri, Pater, da mihi 

ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας. Καὶ ὃι- 


falleth (to me) the portion of the property. And he 
attinentem (ad me) partem  substantie. Et par- 


εἶλεν αὐτοῖς τὸν βίον. (13) Καὶ wer? οὐ πολλὰς 
divided to them the living (of him.) And with not many 
titit eis illam vitam. Et post non multos 
ἡμέρας συναγαγὼν ἅπαντα ὃ νεώτφερος υἱὸς ἀποδήμιησεν 
days collecting together all the youngerson departed 
dies | congestens omnibus junior filius egressus est 


εἰς χώραν μαχράν" καὶ ἐκεῖ διεσχόραιζε τὴν οὐσίαν αὑτοῦ 
into country a distant; and there wasted the goods of him 
inregionem longinquam; etillic dissipavit substantiam suam 


208 “ THE PRINCIPLES OF 


ζῶν ἀσώτως. (14) Δαπανήσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ 
living with luxurious. He had consumed but when of him 
vivendo profusé. Consumpsisset autem quum 


πάντα, ἐγένετο λιμὸς ἰσχυρὸς κατὰ τὴν χώραν ἐχείνην. 
΄6 2068) all, there came famine ἃ mighty in the land that; 
omnia, orta est fames valida in regione illa; 


as αὐτὸς ἤρξατο ὑστερεῖσθαι. (15) Kat sopevdsig ἐχολλήθη 
and he began to be in want. And he went and joined 
et ipse ceepit defici. Et abiens et adhesit 


gyi τῶν “πολιτῶν τῆς χώρας ἐχείνης" καὶ 
himself to one of the citizens of the country that; and 
uni ex civibus regionis illus ; et 


ἔπεμψεν αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς ἀγροὺς αὑτοῦ βόσκειν χοίρους. (16) Kas 
he sent him into the fields of him to feed swine. And 
missit eum in agros suos pascere porcos. Et 


ἐπεθύμει γεμίσαι τὴν κοιλίαν αὑτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν κερατίων ὧν ἤσθιον 
he wished to fill the belly of him with the husks that did eat 
desiderabat implere ventrem suum _ siliquis quas edebant 


οἱ χοῖροι" χαὶ ovdsig ἐδίδου αὐτῷ. (17) Eig ἑαυτὸν 
the swine; and no one did give to him. Unto himself 
porci; et nemo dabat el. Ad se 


δὲ ἐλθὼν, εἶπε, ἸπΠύσοι μίσθιι τοῦ πατρός 
however coming, he said, How many servants of the father 
autem redens, ait, Quotquot mercenarii patris 


μου περισσεύουσιν ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ἀσππόλλυμαι § 
of me abound in bread, I however with want perish ? 
mei abundant panibus, ego autem fame pereo # 


(18) ᾿Αναστας πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρ pov, καὶ ἐρῶ 
Arising’ I will go unto the father of me, and will say 
Surgens proficiscar ad patrem mei, et dicam 


9 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 209 

αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἷς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ 
unto him, Father, I have sinned against the heaven and 
ei, Pater, peccavi in celum οἱ 


ἐνώφιόν σου " (19) Καὶ ovxérs εἰμὶ ἄξιις κληθῆναι 
in the sight of you; And no more am worthy to be called 
in conspectu suo; Et non amplius sum dignus vocari 


vidg δου" ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισϑίων σου. 
the son of you; make me as one of the servants of you. 
filius tuus; fac me ut unum (ex) mercenariis tuis. 


20) Kai ἀναστὰς, ἦλθε πρὸς τὸν πατέρα ἑαυτοῦ. “Ess 
And arising, he came unto the fatherof him. Yet 
Et surgens, venit ad patrem ejus. Quum 


δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος, εἶδεν αὐτὸν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 
however way off a great he was, saw him the father of him 
autem adhuc longéabesset,viditeum pater ejus 


ταὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη: καὶ δραμὼν ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον 
and had compassion; and running fell upon the neck 


et misericordiam habuit; et accurrensinciditin  collum 


αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν. (21) Εἶπε δὲ αὐτῷ ὃ υἱὸς, 
of him and kissed him. Said and to him the son, 
ejus et deosculatus esteum. Dixit autemei _filius, 


Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς φὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώσιόν 
Father, I have sinned against the heaven and in the sight 
Pater,  peccavi in celum et in conspectu 


Gov, κχαὶ οὐχέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος χληθῆναι vidg δου. 
of you, and no more am worthy to be called the son of you. 
tuo, et neque amplius sum dignus_vocari filius tuus. 


(22) Εἶπε δὲ ὑ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὑτοῦ, ᾿Ἐξενέγκατε 
Said but the father unto the servants of him, Bring 
Dixit autem pater ad servos 8105, Afferte 

18* 


210 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


φὴν Ororay τὴν πρώτην, Καὶ ἐνδύσατ8 αὐτὸν, καὶ δότε 
the robe the best, And put (it) upon him, and give 
stolam illam precipuam, E* induite eum, et indite 


δαχεύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας. 
a ring to the hand of him,and shoes _ to the feet. 
annulumin manum ejus, et soleas_ in pedes, 


(23) Kot ἐνέγκαντες viv μόσχον τὸν oireurov = bigare, καὶ 
And bring the calf the fatted (and) kill (it,) and 


Et afferrentes vitulum illum saginatum mactate, et 


φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν - (24) Ὅτι οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου vexpdg 
eating let us be merry ; For this the son of me dead 
edentes. exhilaremur; Quiaiste filius meimortuus 


ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησε, καὶ ἀποχωλὼς ἦν καὶ εὑρέθη. 
was and is alive (again), and lost he was and is found. 
erat et revixit, οἵ perierat οἱ inventus est. 


Kai ἤρξαντο εὐφραίνεσθαι. (95) Ἦν. δὲ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ 
And they began to be merry. Was now the son of him 
Et ceperunt sese exhilararet. Erat autem filius ejus 


ὃ πρεσξύτερος ἐν ἀγρῷ, καὶ ὥς ἐρχόμενος ἤγγισε τῇ 
the elder in the field, and as coming he drew near to the 
senior in agro, et ut veniens appropinquavit 


οἰκία, ἤχουσε συμφωνίας καὶ χορῶν. (26) Kai προσχαλεσάμιενος 
house he heard music and dancing. And _ calling 


domui audivit concentum et choros. Et vocatum 

ἕνα τῶν παίδων αὐτοῦ, ἐπυνθάνετο i εἴη ταῦτα: 
one of the children of him, he asked what were these 
unum (2x) ‘pueris ejus, interrogavit est quid essent 


(27) Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, “Ors ὁ ἀδελφός σου 
things?) He and said to him, That the brother of yor 
hac Is autem dixit ei, Fiater tuus 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 911 


ἤχει, καὶ ἔθυσεν ὃ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν 

is come, and hath killed the father of you the calf the 
venit, et mactavit pater tuus  vitulum illum 
διτευτὸν, OF ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ᾿ἀπέλαξεν. (98) Ὦργίσϑδη 
fatted, for safe him(he)hathreceived. He wasangry 
saginatum, quia tutum eum recepit. Indignatusest 
δὲ, xai οὐχ ἤθελεν εἰσελθεῖν. ‘O οὖν πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 
and, and not wouldcomein. The therefore father of him 
autem, et non voluit introire. Ergo pater ipsius 


ἐξελθὼν παρεκάλει αὐτὸν. (99) Ὃ δὲ daroxpibcig εἶπε σῷ 
coming out entreated him. He but answering said to the 
egressus hortatus est eum. Ipse vero respondens dixit 


πατρί" “Ido, τοσαῦτα ἔτη δουλεύω σοι, καὶ οὐδέποτε 
father ; Behold how many years I serve thee, and at no time 
patri; Ecce tot annos servio tibi, et nunquam 


ἐντολὴν δου παρῆλθον, καὶ ἐμιοὶ οὐδέποτϑ 


the commands of you have I transgressed, and to me never 
mandatum tuum sum  transgressus, et mihi nunquam 


ἔδωχας ἔριφον, ἵνα μετὰ «τῶν φίλων pov sbppavéd. 
gavest thou a kid, that with the friends of me I might make 
dedisti hedum, ut cum amicis meis_ oblectarer. 


(30.)"Ors δὲ ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος, ὁ καταφαγῶν 
merry. When but the son of you this, that hath devoured 


Cim sed. filius tuus iste, qui devoravit 
gov rev βίον μετὰ πορνῶν ἦλθεν, ἔϑθυσας 
of youthe living with harlots was come, thou hast killed 
tuam §_ vitam cum meretricibus venit, mactasti 


αὐτῷ τὸν pidxor τὸν σιτευτὸν. (31) Ὃ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, 
for him the calf the fatted. He and said unto him, 
ei vitu-um llum saginatum. Ipse verd dixit ei, 


912 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Téxvov, σὺ πάντοτε wer’ ἐμοῦ si, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐμὰ, σὰ 
Son, thou always with me art. and all that (is) mine, thine 
Fili, τὰ semper mecum 685 et omnia mea, tua 


ecw. (32.) Εὐφρανθῆναι, δὲ, καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει, 
is. To rejoice, therefore, and to be glad it was meet, 
sunt. Exhilarari, vero, et gaudere opportebat, 


tr e 


Ors 6 ἀδελφός σου οὗτος vexpic ἦν, καὶ ἀνέζησε" καὶ 
forthe brother οἵ youthis dead was, and liveth; and 
quia rater tuus iste mortuus erat, et revixit; ‘etiam 


ἀπολωλὼς ἦν, καὶ εὑρέθη! 
lost he was, and is found! 
perierat et inventus est! 


ROMANS III. 21-26. 


| 
| . 
(21) Νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ 
Now but without the law the righteousness of God is 
Nunc verd absque lege justitia Dei 
πεφανέρωται; μιαρφυρουμιένη ὑπὸ φοῦ νόμου καὶ φῶν 
manifested, being witnessed by the law and the 
manifesta est, testificata a lege ac 
προφητῶν" (22) Δικαιοσύνη δὲ Θεοῦ διὰ «πίστεως 
prophets; § Even the righteousness of God by faith of 
prophetis; Inqam justitia Dei per fidem 


Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς πάντας καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας " 
Jesus Christ, unto all and upon all that believe ; 
Jesu Christi, in omnes et super omnes qui credunt; 


- 
οὐ yap ἐστι διαστολὴ. (23) πάντες γὰρ ἥμαρτον καὶ 
no for there is difference All for have sinned and 
non enim est distinctio. Omnes enim pecaverunt ac 


GREEk SRAMMAR. | 213 


ὑστεροῦνται τἧς δόξης Θεοῦ. (24) Δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 
come short of the glory of God. Being justified freely 
deficiunter gloria Dei. Justificati gratis 


Th αὐτοῦ χάριτι διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τἧς ἐν 
by the of him grace through the redemption that (is) in 
ejus gratia per redemptionem que 


Χριστῷ Ἰητοῦ" (25) Ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 
Christ Jesus: | Whom hath set forth the God a propitiation 
Christo Jesu; Quem _proposuit Deus placamentum 


διὰ τῆς πίςεως ἐν ed αὐτοῦ αἵματι, sig ἔνδειξιν τῆς 
through the faith in the of him blood, to declare the 
per fidem in ipsius sanguine, ad demonstrandam 


δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὴν σπάρεσιν τῶν προγεγονότων 
righteousness of him, for the remission of the past 
justitiam suam, per remissionem que antecesserunt 


ἁμαρτημάτων, (26) Ἔν τῇ aver σοῦ Θεοῦ, 
sins, Through the forbearance of the God, 
peccatorum, Per tolerante Dei, 
apis \ ἔνδειξιν sg δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ viv 
for to declare the righteousness of him at the present 
ad demonstrandam _justitiam suam presenti 
καιρῷ" sig τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον, καὶ δικαιοῦντα Tov 
time; that might be he just, and the justifier of him 
tempore; ut sit ipse justus, et § justificans eum 


ex πίστεως Ἰησοῦ. 
which believeth in Jesus. 
qui est ex fide * Jesu. 


214 THE PRINCIFLES OF 


ROMANS V. 6-12, 18, 21. 


(6) Ἔτι γὰρ Χριστὸς, ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθο,ὥν, κατὰ καιρὸν 
Yet for Christ, being we weak, by time 
Adhuc enim Christus,existentibus nobis infirmis, in tempore 


ὑπὲρ ἀσεξῶν ἀπέθανε. (7) Μόλις yop ὑπὲρ δικαίου 
for the impious died. Scarcely for for righteous 
pro impiis mortuus est. Vix enimpro justo 


tis ἀποθανεῖται " ὑπὲρ yap τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ Taya τις 
person will one die; for yet the good(man) possibly one 
quis moritur; proenim bono forsitan quis 


χαὶ τσολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν. (8) Συνίστησι δὲ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 
even would dare to die. Commendeth but the of himself 
et audeat mori. Commendat sed illam ipsius 


ἀγάπην εἰς ἡμᾶς ὃ Θεὸς, ὅτι, ἔπι ἁμαρτωλῶν 
love unto us the God, since, yet sinners 
charitatem in nobis Deus, quoniam, adhuc peccatoribus 


ὄσσων ἡμῶν, Χριστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανε. (9) Ἰπολλῷ 
being we, Christ for us died. Much 
existentibus nobis, Christus pro nobis mortuusest. Multo 


οὖν μᾶλλον, δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ, 
therefore more, being justified nowin the blood of him, 
igitur magis, justificati nunc in sanguine ipsius, 


σωθησόμεθα δ’ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ sig ὀργῆς. (10) Εἰ γὰρ 
we shall be saved by him from the wrath. If for 
servabimur per ipsum ab . πᾶ, Si enim 


ἐχϑροὶ ὄντες χκατηλλάγημιεν ᾿ σῷ Θεῷ διὰ φτοῦ 
enemies being we were reconciled to the God by the 
inimici existentes reconciliati sumus Deo per 


| 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 215 


θανάτου τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον, καταλλαγέντες 
death of the son of him, much more, being reconciled, 
mortem filii ejus, multo magis, reconciliati, 


σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ Φωῇ αὐτοῦ. (11) Οὐ μόνον 
Shall we be saved by the life of him. Not only (that) 
servabimur in _ vitam ipsius. Non solum 
δὲ" ἀλλὰ καὶ καυχώμενοι ἐν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου 
and, but 4150 (are) glorying in the God through the Lord 
autem, sed etiam gloriantesin Deo per Dominum 
ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, dv οὗ νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν 
of us, Jesus Christ, by whom nowthe reconciliation 
nostrum, Jesum Christum, per quem nunc reconciliationem 


EAaSoueve (12) Διὰ τοῦτο ὥσπερ di ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἣ 
we have received. Wherefore as by one man _ the 
accepimus. Propterea‘sicut per unum hominum 


ἁμαρτία sig τὸν χόσμον εἰσῆλθε, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὃ θάνατος, 
sin intothe world came,and bythe sin _ the death, 
peccatumin mundum venit, et per peccatum mors, 


καὶ οὕτως sig πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὃ θάνατος διῆλϑεν ἐφ᾽ ᾧ πόντες 
and so upon all men _ the death passeth, for that all 
et sicnt in omneshomines mors pertransit, in quo omnes 


ἥμαρτον. 
have sinned. 
peccaverunt. | 
(18) “Apa οὖν ὡς dV ἑνὸς παραπτώματος εἷς πάντας ἀνθρώπους 
Therefore a one offence (came) upon all men 
Igitur sicutperunamoffensam ὀ in omnes homines 


* Translate the δὲ before oJ—d? οὐ μόνον, Sc. 


216 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


εἰς κατάχριμα" οὕτω καὶ dv ἐνὸς δικαιώματος, 
unto judgment; so also by οὔθ righteous (the free 
in condemnationem ; sic et per unum justitium 


εἷς πάντας ἀνθρώπους sig δικαὶωσιν ζωῆς. 
gift came) upon all men unto justification of life. 
in omnes homines ad justificationem vite. 


* * * * * * 
(21) Ἵνα ὥσπερ ἐξασίλευσεν % ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ, οὕτω καὶ 
That as hath reigned the sin unto the death, so even 
Ut sicut regnavit peccatum in morte, ita et 


ἣ χάρις βασιλεύση διὰ δικαϊοσύνης εἰς ζωὴν 
the grace might reign through righteousness unto life 
gratia regnaret per  justitiam in vitam 


αἰώνιον, διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν. 
eternal, by Jesus Christ the Lord οἵ us. 
eternam, per Jesum Christum Dominum nostrum. 


Οὕτω γὰρ ἠγάπησεν ὃ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμιον ὥστε tov υἱον abrod 
So for loved the God the world that the son of him 
Ita enim dilexit Deus mundum ut filium ejus 


τὸν μιονογενῆ ἔδωκεν, ἵνα πᾶς ὃ πιστεύων eis αὐτὸν 
the only begotten he gave, that all who believe in him 
unigenitum dederit, ut omnes qui credunt in eum 


μὴ ἀπόληται GAN ἔχη uv αἰώνιον 
not might perish but have life eternal—John ii. 16. 
non pereant sed habeant vitam eternam. 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 217 


SCRIPTURE TEXTS ON DIFFERENT SUBJECTS. 


Δεῦτε apis μὲ πάντες οἵ κοπιῶντες x πεφορτι- 
Come unto me all (ye) that (are) laboring and are .eavy 
Venite ad me omnes qui fatigati et onerati 


pevol, χὠγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς. 
laden, and I will give rest to you.—Matthew zi. 28. 
estis, et ego dabo requiem vobis. 


Καὶ καϑ᾽ ἢ ὅσον ἀπύχειται soigt ἀνθρώποις ἅπαξ ἀποθανεῖν, 
And as itis appointed to thees men once todie, 
Et sicut  statutum est hominibussemel mori 


ueta 02 φοῦτο κρίσις " Οὕτως ὁ Χριστὸς ἅπαξ προσενχϑεὶς 
after however the judgment; So the Christ once offered 
post vero hoc judicium; Ita Christus semel oblatus 


sis τὸ πολλῶν ἀνενεγκεῖν ἁμαρτίας ex δευτέρου χωρὶς 
forthe many to bear the sins for a second time without 
multorum attollere peccata § secundo absque 


ἁμαρτίας ὀφθήσεται τοῖς αὐτὸν ἀπεχδεχομένοις εἰς σωτηρίαν. 
sin he shall appear to those looking for him unto salvation. 


peccato conspicietur eis expectantiseum ad salutem. 
Hebrews ix. 27, 28. 


Τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος, το δὲ χάρισμα τοῦ 
The for wages of the sin (is) death, the but gift of the 
Nam stipendia peccati mors, at donatio 


Θεοῦ ϑωὴ αἰώνις ν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυδίῳ ἡμῶν. 
God life eternal through Christ Jesus the Lord οἵ us. 
Dei vita eterna in Christo Jesu Domino nostro. 

Romans τ, 23. 


* Contraction of καϑὼς, conjunction. 
+ These men—the Priesthood of Aaron. 


218 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


(6) Τὸ γὰρ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὺς θάνατος, we ds 
To be for minded of the flesh (is) death, to b out 
Nam prudentia carnis (est) mors, at 


φρόνημα τοῦ πνεύματος Cu καὶ εἰρήνη. (7) Διότε τὸ 
minded of the spirit (is) life and peace. Because the 
prudentia spiriti (est) vita et pax. Propterea 


φρύνημα «τῆς σαρκὸς ἔχϑρα εἷς Θεύν. Τῷ γὰρ νόμῳ 
mind of flesh (is) enmity againstGod. ΤῸ the for law 
prudentia carnis(est)inimica in Deum. Nam legi 


Tov Θεοῦ οὐκ ὑποτάσσεται, οὐδὲ - γὰρ δύναται. (8) Οἱ 
of the God not is subject, neither indeed can (it) be. Those 
Dei non subjicitur, nec enim potest. Qui 


δὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες, Θεῶ ἀρέσαι οὐ δύνανται. 
but in the flesh being, God ἴο please not can. 
at in carne existentes, Deo placere non possunt. 
Romans viii. 6-8 


(38) πέπεισμαι γὰρ ὅτι οὔτε θάνατος, οὔτε Cw, οὔτε 
I am persuaded for that neither death, nor life, nor 
Persuasus sum enim ut neque mors, neque vita, neque 


ἄγγελοι, οὔτε ἀρχαί, © οὔτε δυνάμεις, οὔτε ἐνεστῶτα 
angels, nor principalities, nor powers, vor things present, 
angeli, neque principatus, neque potestates, neque instantia, - 


ours μέλλοντα, (39) Οὔτε ὕψωμα, οὔτε βάβος, 
nor things to come, Nor height, nor depth, 
neque futura, Neque altitudo, neque profunaitas 


ours τις χείσις ἑτέρα, δυνήσεται ἡμᾶς χωρίσαι 
nor any creature other, shall be able us to separate 
neque aliqua creatura alia, poterit nos _separare 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 219 


deo τῆς ἀγάπης sod Θεοῦ, τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ 
from the love of the God, which (is) in Christ Jesus .he 
a charitate Dei, que (est) in Christo Jesu 


Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν. 
Lord of us.—Romans viiz. 98, 39. 
Domino nostro. 


(10) Σὺ δὲ «ί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου; ἢ καὶ σὺ 
Thou but why judgest the brother of you? or also thou 
Tu autem cur judicas fratrem tuum? autetiam tu 


φί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου; πάντες γὰρ παρας ησύμεθα 
why set αἱ nought the brother of you? all for shall stand — 
eur pro nihilo habes fratrem tuum ? omnes enim sistemur 


σῷ βήματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ. (11) Γέγραπται γὰρ, Ζῶ 
at the tribunal of the Christ. It is written for, (As) live 
tribunali Christi. Scriptum est enim, vivo 


ἐγὼ, λεγει Ἐύριος, Ors ἐμο: χάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ 
I, saith the Lord, that to me shall bend every knee, and 
ego, dicit Dominus,ut mihi flectet omne genu, et 


πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ. (12)"Apa οὖν ἕκαστος 
every tongue shall confess to the αδά. So then every one 
omnis lingua confitebitur Deo. Itaque unusquisque 


ἡμῶν «περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον δώσει «τῷ Θεῷ 

of us concerning himself an account shall give to the God 

nostrum de seipso rationem reddet Deo. 
Romans ziv. 10- 2. 


(9) Tov δὲ βρχ τι παρ᾽ ἀγγέλους Hrarruptvov βλέπομιεν 
The but little than (the) angels made lower we see 
Tllum autem breve quid pre angelis minoratum videmus 


290 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Ἰησοῦν, διὰ τὸ πάθημα τοῦ θανάτου, δέξη ᾿ καὶ τιμῇ 
Jesus, for the suffering of the death, with glory and honor 
Jesum, propter passionem mortis, gloria et honore 


ἐστεφανωμιένον, ὅπως χάριτι Θεοῦ ὑπὲρ wavrig γεύση- 
crowned, that by the grace of God for every one should 
coronatum, ut gratia Dei proomnibus  gus- 


rot bavarov. (10) Ἔπρεπε γὰρ αὐτῷ, δ’ ov τὰ 
taste death. Itbecame for him, for whom (are) the 
taret mortem. Decebat enim eum, propter quem 


πόντα, καὶ Ov οὗ τὰ πάντα «ολλοὺς υἱοὺς 
all (things,) and by whom the all (things are) many sons 
omnia, et per quem omnia multos filios 
εἰς δοξαν ἀγαγόντα, τὸὺν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν 

unto glory in bringing, the captain of the salvation of them 
in gloriam adducentem, auctorem salutis eorum 


διὰ σαθημίάτων τελειῶσαι. 
through sufferings to make perfect.—Hebrews iz. 9, 10. 
per passiones consumare. 


Kai ἀπαλλάξη τούτους ὅσοι φόύξῳ θανάτου 
And that he might free those who through fear of death 
Et liberaret hos qui timore mortis 
διὰ πανεὺς σοῦ ἡ Civ ἔνοχοι ἦσαν δδουλεὶῖας. 
luring the whole of (their).life held were in servitude. 
per omne vivere obnoxii erant in servituti. 
Hebrews iz, 15. 
"Ev ᾧ γὰρ πέπονθεν arog «ειρασθεὶς, 
In that for hath suffered he himself being tempted, he 
In quo ΘΓ) passus est ipse tentatus, 


δίναται τοῖς πειραϑωμένοις βθοηθῆσαι. 
is able them that are tempted to succor.—Hebrews 7. 18, 
potest 1115  tentatis auxiliari. 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 291 


(26) Τοιοῦτος γὰρ ἡμῖν ἔπρεπεν ἀρχιερεὺς, ὅσιος, ἄκακος, 
Such for us became high priest, holy, harmless, 
Talis enim nobis decebat pontifex, sanctus, innocens, 


ἀμίαντος, κεχωρισμένος ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν, καὶ ὑψηλότερος 
‘undefiled, separate from the sinners, and higher (than) 
impollutus, segregatus ἃ _ peccatoribus, et excelsior 


τῶν οὐρανῶν γενόμενος. (97) Ὃς οὐκ exes καθ᾽ ἡμέραν dvayxny, 
she heavens made. Who not hath byday __ need, 
celis factus. Qui non habet quotidie necessitatem, 


wewep οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, πρότερον ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἰδίων ἁμαρτιῶν 
as those high priests, first for the hisown sins 
quemadmodum pontifices, prius pro  propiis peccatis 


θυσίας ἀναφέρειν, ἔπειτα σῶν τοῦ λαοῦ" φαῦτφο 
sacrifice to offer up, then (for) those of the people; this 
hostias  offere, deinde populi; hoe 
γὰρ ἐποίησεν ἐφάπαξ ἑαυτὸν ἀνενέγχας. 
because he did once himself when he offered up. 
enim fecit semel seipsum offerens. 
Hebrews vii. 26, 27. 
(3) ᾿Αλλ’ ἐν αὐταῖς ἀνάμνησις ἁμαρτιῶν 
But in those (sacrifices) ἃ remembrance οἵ sins 
Sed in ipsis commemoratio peccatorum 
nar’ ἐνιαυτὸν. (4) ᾿Αδύνατον γὰρ 
(is made) every year. Impossible (it 1s) for 
(factum est) per singulos annos. Impossibile enim 
αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων ἀφαιρεῖν 
(that) the blood of bulls and of goats should take away 
sanguinem taurim et hircorum auferre 
ἁμαρτίας (δ) Διὸ εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τὸν χόσμον, λέγει, 
sins, Wherefore coming into the world, he saith 
peccata. Ideo ingrediens in mundum, divit, 


19* 


299 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


Θυσίαν καὶ προσφορὰν οὐκ ἠθέλησας, σῶμα δὲ 
Sacrifices and offering not thou wouldst, ἃ body but 
Hostiam et oblationem non  voluisti, corpus autem 


᾿ χκαφηρτίσω pote (6) ᾿Ολοκαυτώματα καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 
hast thou prepared me. In burnt offerings and for sins 
aptasti mihi. Holocautomata et pro peccato 


οὐκ εὐδόκησας. (7) Tore εἶπον, ᾿Ιδοὺ ἥχω, 
not thou hast had pleasure. Then I said, Behold I come, 
non approbasti. Tunc dixi, Ecce venio, 


(ἐν κεφαλίδι βιξλίου γέγραπται πέρι ἐμιοῦ,) 
(in the volume of the book it is written concerning me,) 
(in capite libri scriptum est de me.} 


τοῦ ποιῆσαι, ὃ Θεὺς, τὸ θέλημά σου. 
to do, O,God,the will of thee.—Heb. x. 3-7. 
ad faciendum, Deus, voluntatem tuam. 


~ 


"Ev ᾧ δελήματι ἱγιασμένοι ἐσμὲν οἱ διὰ τῆς «προσφορᾶς 
In which will sanctified we are thro’the sacrifice . 
In qua voluntate sanctificati sumus per — oblationem 


σοῦ σώματος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐφάπαξ. 
of the body of the Jesus Christ once.—Heb. z. 10. 


corporis Jesu Christi semel. 


(24) Πίστει Μωσῆς μέγας vyevowsvos, ἠρνήσατο λέγεσθαι 
By faith Moses grown up being, refused to be called 
Fidi Moses grandis factus, negavit vocarl 


υἱὸς buyout pig Φαραώ. (25) Μᾶλλον ἑλόμενος 
ihe son of the daughter of Pharaoh. Rather choosing 
filius filize Pharaonis. Malis _ eligens 


συγχακχουχεῖσθαι τῷ λαῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ πρόσκχαιρην 


to suffer affliction with the people of God, than for a season 
affligi cum populo Dei, quam temporariam 


GRtiK GRAMMAR. AAS ~ 2993 


ἔχειν ἁμαρτίες ἀπόλαυσιν. (26) Μείζονα πλοῦτον ἡγησάμιενος 
to have of sin the pleasure. Greater riches esteeming 
habere peccatiemolumentam. « Majores divitias estimans 


τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ δησαυρῶν τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν «τοῦ Χριστοῦ" 
(than all) the in Egypt treasures the reproach of the Christ ; 
fJEgypti thesauris improperium Christi. 


ἀπέξλεπε γὰρ sig τὴν μισθαποδοσίαν. 
he had regard for unto the recompense.—Heb. xz. 24-26. 
aspiciebat enim in remunerationem. 


(2) ᾿Αφορῶντες cig cov «τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ 
Looking unto the of the faith (our) author and 
Aspicientes in - fidei auctorem et con- 


φελειωτὴν Ἰησοῦν," ὃς ἀντὶ τὴς προχειμένης αὑτῷ χαρᾶς, 
finisher § Jesus, who for the set before him joy, 
summatorem Jesum, qui pro proposito sibi gaudio, 


ὑπέμεινε σταυρὸν, αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας, ἐν δεξιᾷ 
endured the cross, the shame despising, on the right hand 
sustinuit crucem, confusione contempta ad dextram 


ve τοῦ ὀρόνυ so Θεοῦ ἐχάϑισεν. 
and of the throne of the God is set down. 
que throni Dei sedit. 


(12) Aw τὰς παρειμιίένας χεῖρας καὶ τὰ παραλελυμένα 
Wherefore the which hang down hands and the feeble 
Ideo remissas manus et soluta 


γόνατα ἀνορθώσατε 
knees lift up. 
genua erigite. 


* Transposed—it reads, ᾿Αφορῶντες εἰς Ἰσοῦν, τὸν ἀρχηγὺν 
καὶ τελειωοσὴν τῆς πίστεως. 


294 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


(16) M4 Tis πύρνος, ἢ βέξηλος, ὡς Ἦσαῦ 
Lest (there be) any fornicator, or profane person, as Esau, 
Ne (sit) quisfornicator,aut prophanus, ut Esau, 


ὃς ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς ἀπέδοτε τὰ πρωτοτόκια αὑτοῦ. (17) 
who for morsel one 5014 the birthright of him. 
qui propterescam unam vendidit primogenita sua. 


Ἴστε γὰρ ore καὶ μετέπειτα θέλων κληρονομῆσαι τὴν 
Ye knew for that also afterward wishing to inherit the 
Scitis enim ut et  postea  volens hereditare 


εὐλεγίαν, ἀσπεδοκιμάσθη" μετανοίας γὰρ τύπον 
blessing, he was rejected; of repentance for place 
benedictionem, reprobatus est; pcenitentie enim locum 


ox —-EUpE, χαίπερ μετὰ δακρύων ex€yrydag αὐτήν. 
no he found, although with tears seeking it. 
non invenit, quanquam cum lachrymis exquirens eam. 


(18) Οὐ γὰρ προσεληλύθατε «Ψηλαφωμένῳ 
Not for are ye come unto the that might be touched 
Non enim accessistis tractibilem 
ὄρξ., xai κεχαυμένῳ πυρὶ, καὶ γνόφῳ, καὶ 
mount, and that burned with fire, and to blackness, and 
montem, et incensum igne, et turbinem, et 


σχύτῳ, καὶ θυέλλῃ, (19) Καὶ σάλαιγγος ἤχῳ, καὶ 
darkness, and tempest, And of a trumpet the sound, and 
calignem, et procellam, Et tube sonum, et 


φωνῇ “ρημάτων, ἧς ol ἀκούσαντες παρητήσαντο μιὴ 
the voice of words, which they hearing entreated τοὶ 
vocem verborum, quam illi audientes deprecati non 


προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς Advov. (20) (Οὐκ ἔφερον 
to set before them the word. (Not they could endure 
propow eis sermonem (Non ferebant 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 995 


yap τὸ διαστελλόμιενον " Kav ϑηρίον 
for (that) whick. (was) commanded ; And if (even) a beast 
enim qui mandatus est; Et si bestia 
θίγῳ «τοῦ ὄρους, λιθοβοληθήσεται, ἢἣ βολίδι 
touch the mountain, it shall be stoned, or with a dart it 
tetigeret montem, lapidabitur, aut  jaculo 


κατατοξευθήσεται. (21) Kai, οὕτω φοξερὸν ἦν τὸ pavrag. 
shall be thrust through. § And, so fearful was the sight 
configetur. Et, itaterribileerat δρρᾶ- 


ἔμιενον Μωσῆς εἶπεν, "Εχφοξός εἰμι καὶ ἔνφρομιος") (22) 
(that) Moses said, Terrified I am and (I) quake ;) 
rens(ut) Moses dixit, Exteritus sum et tremebundus ;) 


AAG σπροσεληλύθατε Σιὼν ὄρει, καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ 
But ye are come unto Sion mount, and to the city of God 
Sed accessistis Sion montem,et civitatem Dei 


ζῶντος, ἹἹερουδαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ, καὶ μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων, 
the living, Jerusalem the heavenly, and myriads of angels, 
viventis, Hierusalem celestem, et myriades angelorum, 


(23) Πανηγύρει καὶ ἐχχλησί,ς «φωτοτόχων ἐν 
To the general assembly and church of the first born in 
Frequentiam et ecclesiam primogenitorum in 


οὔρανοις ἀπογεγραμένων, καὶ χριτῇ Θεῷ πάντων, καὶ πνεύπασι 
heaven written, and to the judge God of all, and to the spirits 
celis scriptorum,et § judicem Deum omniun, et spiritus 


δικαίων τετελειωμένων, (94) Καὶ διηθήκης νέας 
of just (mer. made perfect, And covenant of the new 
justorum _ perfectorum, Et testamenti novi 
pecirn Ἰησοῦ, καὶ αἵματι ραντισμοῦ χρείφ- 


the mediator o Jests, and to the blood of sprinkling better 
mediatorem Jesum, et sangninem aspersionis pra 


296 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


TOVvoL λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν “AGED. 

things speaking before the Abel.—Hed zzz. 2, 12, 16-24. 
stantiora loquentera pre Abel. 

(1) ᾿Οφείλομεν δὲ ἡμεῖς οἱ δυνατοὶ τὰ ἀσϑενήματα τῶν 


Ought then we that (are) strong the infirmities of the 
Debemus tunc nos qui (sunt) potentes imbecillitates 


ἀδυνάτων βαστάζειν, καὶ μὴ ἑαυτοῖς ἀρέσχειν. (2) Ἕκασ- 
weak to bear, and not ourselves to please. Let every 


impotentum portare, et non nobis ipsis placere. Unus- 
σὸς γὰρ ἡμῶν τῷ πλησίον ἀρεσχέτω εἰς τὸ ἀγαθὸν πρὸς 


one therefore of τ the neighbor please for his good unto 
quisque enim nostrum proximo placeat in bonum ad 


οἰχοδομιὴν. 
edification.—Romans xv. 1, 2. 
edificationem. 


(22) Γέγραπται γὰρ ὅτι ᾿Αβραὰμ, δύο υἱοὺς ἔσχεν: ἕνα 
It is written for that Abraham two sons had; one 
Scriptum est enim ut Abraham duos filios habuit; unum 


tx τῆς «αιδίσκης, χαὶ ἕνα ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας. 
of these by a bond maid, and one of these by ἃ freed woman. 
de his ancilla, et unum de his libera. 


(23) "AM? ὁ μὲν Ex τῆς παιδίσκης, κατὰ σάρχα 
But the one (that was) of the bond maid, after the flesh 
Etiam qui (erat) de  ancilla, secundum carnem 


γεγέννηται" ὃ δὲ ἐχ THs ἐλευθέρας διὰ 
was born; he but (wno was) of the freed woman, (was) by 
natus est; qui autem (erat) de libera,’ (erat) per 


τῆς ἐπαγγελίας. (24)"A τινὰ ἐστιν ἀλληγορούμιενα" αὗται 
the promise. Which things are an allegory; these 
promissionen. Que sunt allegorizata; hee 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 927 


γὰρ εἶσιν ai ἐύο διαθῆκαι" μία μὲν ἀπὸ ὄρους Σινᾶ 
for are the two covenants; the one from the mount Sinai, 


enim sunt ijuotestamenta; unum ἃ monte Sina, 
εἷς δουλείαν γεννῶσα, ἥτις ἐστὶν "Αγαρ. (25) Τὸ 
unto bondage which gendereth, which is Agar. This 


in servitutem generans, qu est Agar. 


γὰρ" Αγαρ, Σινᾶ ὄρος ἐσεὶν ἐν τῇ ᾿Αραξίᾳ, συστοιχεῖ δὲ τῇ 
for Agar, Sinai mount is ἴῃ the Arabia, answereth and to 
Nam Agar, Sina monsest in Arabia, respondet autem 


νῦν Ἱερουσαλὴμ, OovAsies δὲ μετὰ τῶν 
the now Jerusalem (which) is in bondage and with the 

nunc Hierusalem (que) servit et cum 
φέχνων αὑτῆς. (26) Ἧ δὲ ἄνω Ἱερουσαλὴμ.. 
children of her. The but (which is) above Jerusalem 

filiis 5183. Illa autem (est) sublimis Hierusalem 


ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν, ἥτις ἐστὶ μιήφσηρ πάντων ἡμῶν. 


free is, whichis the mother of allofus.s * * * * 
libera est, que est mater omnium nostrum. 
(29)’AAN ὥσπερ τότε ὁ κατὰ σάρχα γεννηθεὶς, 

But as then he after the flesh (that was) born, 
Sed quomodo tunc ille secundum carnem genitus, 
ἐδίωχε τὸν xara νεῦμα" οὕτο καὶ νῦν. 


persecuted him (born) after the spirit; so even (it is) now. 
persequebatur hunc secundum spiritum ; ita et (est) nunc, 


7 ἢ * * * * 
(31)"Apa, ἀδελφοὶ, οὐκ ἐσμὲν παιδίσκης φέχνα, 
Therefore, brothers, not we are of the bond woman children, 

Nempe, fratres, non sumus ancille nati, 


ἀλλὰ sig ἐλευθέρας. 
but of the free.—Galatians iv. 22-26, 29, 91. 
sed libere. 


928 THE PRINCIPLES OF 


(9) ᾿Αλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζεςςε, καὶ οὕτως ἀναπληρώσατο 
One another’s burdens bear, and_ so fulfil 
Alii aliorum oonera_ portate, et ita complete 


τὸν νύμου σοῦ Χριστοῦ. (3) Εἰ γὰρ doxer σις εἶναί 

the law of the Christ, If for one imagine himself to be 
legem Christi. Sienim videtur quis esse 
Th, μηδὲν ὧν, ἑαυτὸν φρεναπατᾷ. (4) To 


something, nothing being, himself he deceiveth. The 
aliquid, _—_ nihil existens, seipsum animo fallit. 


δὲ ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ δοχιμαζέτω ἕχαστος, καὶ rire sig ἑαυτὸν 
but work his own let prove every one, and then in himself 
At opus suum probet unusquisque, et tunc in seipsum 


, Ἁ , ia] ‘ 9 3 ‘ “ 
udvoy τὺ καύχημα ἕξει, καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸν ἕτερου. (δ) 
alone rejoicing shall he have, and not in an other. 
solum gloriationem habebit, et non in alterum. 


Ἕκχαστος γὰρ τὸ ἴδιν φορτίον βαστάσει. 
Every one for the his own burden shall bear.—Gal. υἱὲ, 
Unusquisqe enim proprium onus _portabit. [2-5. 


(14) Διὸ λέγει, "“Eyespas 6 καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάςα 
Wherefore he saith, Awake thou that sleepest, and arise 
Ideo _ dicit, Surge dormiens, et exurge 


ex σῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ  emripavess σοι ὃ Χριστύς. (15) Βλέ- 
from the dead, and will give light to thee the Christ. See 
ἃ mortuis, et illuminabit te Christus. Videte 


πεσε οὖν πῶς ἀκριβῶς περιπατεῖτε. μὴ ὡς ἄσοφοι, 
therefore that circumspectly ye walk; not as fools, 
itaque quomodoaccurate ambuletis; non quasi insipientes, 


ἀλλ᾽ ὡς σοφοὶ" (16) ᾿Εξαγοραζόμενοι τὸν καιρὸν, ὅτι αἱ ἡμέραι 
but as wise; Redeeming the time, because the days 
sed ut sapieates; Redimentes tempus, quoniam dies 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 295 


τονηραί citi. (17) Aid φοῦτο μὴ γίνεσθξ ἄφρονες, ἀλλὰ 


evil are. Wherefore not be ye unwise, but 

mali sunt. Propter hoc non estote imprudentes, sed 

συνιέντες σι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Κυρίου. (18) Καὶ ph 
understanding what the will of the Lord (is). And not 
intelligentes que voluntas Domini (est) Et ne 


pedtoxecds οἴνω, ἐν ᾧ ἐςιν ἀσωτία, ἀλλὰ πληροῦσθε 
be ye drunk with wine, in which is excess, but be filled 
inebriamini _vino, in quo est luxuria, sed implemini 


ἐν Tiveiparis (19) Λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ψαλμοῖς καὶ 
with the Spirit ; Speaking to yourselves in psalms and 
Spiritu ; Loquentes vobismetipsis psalmis et 


ὕμνοις, καὶ ὠδαῖς «νευματικαῖς" ἄδοντες καὶ «νάλλοντες 
hymns, and songs spiritual; singing and making melody 
hymnis, et canticis spiritualibus ; cantentes et psallentes 


ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν «ῷ Κυρίῳ: (20) Εὐχαριστοῦντες πάντοτε 
in the heart of you to the Lord; Giving thanks always 
in corde vestro Domino; Gratias agentes semper 


ὑπὲρ πάντων, ἐν ὀνόματι sod Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 
for all (things), in the name of the Lord of us Jesus Christ, 
pro omnibus, in nomine Domini nostri Jesu Christi, 


τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Παφρί " (391) Ὑπσοτασσόμενοι 
anto God and the Father; Subjecting yourselves one 
Deo οὐ - Patri; Subjecti alii 


λλῆλοις ἐν φόβῳ Θεοῦ. 
[0 another in the fear of God.— Ephesians Ὁ. 14-21. 


aliis in timore Dei. 


20 


230 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


[Nore.—-The two following Chapters from Matthew, can be 
easily translated into English, from a previous knowledge of the 
form of Greek and Latin words, gained by a thorough perusal 
of the preceding chapters and passages; and a reference to the 
common English Testament for such parts as appear difficult or 


obscure. 


as possible—only when necessity requires. 


It would be advisable, however, to refer to it as seldom 


The following will 


afford a pleasant and agreeable exercise for the student.] 


MATOAIOY Keg. 10’. 

1 Ἔν ἐκείνω σῷ καιρῷ ἤκουσεν 
Ἡρώδης ὁ τετράρχης τὴν ἀκοὴν 
Ἰησοῦ. 


2 Καὶ εἶπε τοῖς παισὶν αὑτοῦ" 


Οὗτός ἐστιν ᾿Ιωάννης ὃ Barsic- 
τῆς" αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεχρῶν, 
καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμιεις ἐνεργοῦ- 
σιν ἐν αὐτῷ. 

9 Ὁ γὰρ Ἡρώδης κρατήσας τὸν 
Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔθετο ἐν 
φυλακῇ, διὰ Ἡρωδιάδα «τὴν γυναῖ- 
καὶ Φιλίππου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὑτοῦ. 

4 Ἔλεγε γὰρ αὐτῷ 6 ᾿Ιωάννης" 
Οὐκ ἔξεστί σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 

5 Καὶ θέλων αὐτὸν ἀποχτεῖναι, 
ἐφοξήθη Tov ὄχλον, ὅτι ὡς προφή- 
THY αὐτὸν εἶχον. 

6 Τενεσίων δὲ ἀγομένων τοῦ 
Ἠρώδου, ὠρχήσατο ἣ θυγάτηρ 
τῆς Ἡρωδιάδος ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, καὶ 
ἤρεσε τῷ ἫἩρώδῆ. 

7 “Obey wed? ὅρκου ὡμολόγησεν 
οὐτῇ δοῦναι ὅ ἐὰν αἰτήσηται. 


8. Ἡ δὲ, προξιξασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς 
υνητρὺς αὑτῆς, Δός μοι, φησὶν, ὧδε 
ἐπὶ πίνακι τὴν κεφολὴν ᾿Ιωάννου 
σοῦ Βακτιστοῦ. 

9 Καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὃ βασιλεύς. 
διὰ δὲ τοὺς ἕρκους καὶ τοὺς συναν- 
αχξιμένους, ἐκέλευσε δοθῆναι. 


MATTHAUM CAP, XIV. 


1 In illo tempore audivit 
Herodes Tetrarcha famam 
Jesu. 

2 Et ait pueris suis: Hic 
est Joannes Baptista: ipse 
suirexit 4 mortuis, et propter 
hoc efficaciz operantur in eo. 

3 Nam Herodes apprehen- 
dens Joannem, vinxit eum, 
et posuit in custodia, propter 
Herodiadem uxorem Philippi 
fratris sui. 

4 Dicebat enim ille Joannes 
Non licet tibi habere eam. 

5 Et volens illum occidere, 
timuit turbam: quia sicut pro- 
phetam eum habebant. 

6 Natalitiis autem agendis 


Herodis, saltavit* filia Hero- — 


diadis in medio, et placuit 
Herodi. 

7 Unde cum juramento 
spopondit ei dare quicquid 
postulasset. 

8 Illa verd preinstructa ἃ 
matre sua: Da mihi, inguit, 
hic in disco caput Joannis 
Baptiste. 

9 Et contristatus est rex: 
propter verd juramenta, et si- 
mul accumbentes, jussit dari. 

* Danced. 


va 0: - a 4 
“Taw eS 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 


10 Kai πέμψας ἀπεχεφάλισε 
τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην ἐν «ἢ φυλακῇ. 

11 Καὶ ἠνέχϑη ἣ κεφαλὴ aise 
ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ" 
καὶ ἤνεγχε τῇ μιηξρὶ αὑτῆς. 

19 Καὶ προσελθόντες οἵ μαϑη- 
ταὶ αὐτοῦ ἦραν φὸ σῶμα, καὶ ἔϑα- 
Lav αὐτό" καὶ ἐλθόντες ἀπήγγει- 
hav τῷ Ἰησοῦ. 

13 Καὶ ἀκούσας ὑ Ἰησοῦς, ἀνε- 
χώρησεν ἕχεῖθεν ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρη- 
μιν τόπον κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. Καὶ ἀκού- 
σαντες οἵ ὄχλοι, ἠκολούθησαν αὐὖ- 
TH πεζὴ ἀπὸ ov πόλεων. 

14 Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ὁ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, εἶὸς 
πολὺν ὄχλον" καὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη 
ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς, καὶ ἐθεράπευσε τοὺς 
ἀρρώστους αὑτῶν. 

15° OLiag δὲ γενομένης, - προστλ.- 
Sov αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, λέγον- 
τες" “Ἔρημός ἐστιν ὃ τύπος, καὶ a 
ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν" ἀπόλυσον τοὺς 
ἔχλες, ἵ ἵνα, ἀπελθόντες εἰς τὰς κώ- 
ues, ἀγοράσωσιν ἑαυτοῖς € ρώμαϊα. 

10 Ὃ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, 
Οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν. ἀπελθεῖν" δότε 
αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς φαγεὶν. 

17 ΟἹ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Οὐχ 
ἔχομεν ὧδε εἰ μὴ πέντε ἄρτους 
καὶ δύο ἰχθύας. 

18 Ὃ δὲ εἰπε Φέρετέ μοι av- 
Tous ide. 

19 Kai χελεύσας τοὺς ὄχλους 
ἀναχλιθῆναι, ἐπὶ τοὺς χόρτους, λα- 
Bay τοὺς wives ἄρτους, καὶ τοὺς 
δύο χϑύας, ἀναξλέψας εἰς Tov 
οὐρανὸν εὐλόγησέ" χαὶ χλάσας, 
ἔδωχε τοῖς μαθηταῖς Tos ἄρτους" 
of δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις. 

90 Καὶ ἔφαγον, πάντες, χαὶ ἑ- 
χορτάσθησαν" χαὶ ἦραν TO περισ- 
σεῦον τῶν χλαδσμάτων δώδεκα. χο- 
φίνους «'λήρεις. 


231 


10 Et mittens decapitavit 
Joannem in custodia. 

11 Et allatum est caput ejus 
in disco, et datum est puelle: 
et attulit matri sue. 

12 Et accidentes discipuli 
ejus, tulerunt corpus, et sep- 
elierunt illud: et venientes 
nunciaverunt Jesu. 

13 Et audiens Jesus secessit 
inde in navicula in desertum 
locum privatim, et audientes 
turbe sequute sunt eum pe- 
dibus de civitatibus. 

14 Et exiens Jesus vidit 
multam turbam, et visceribus 
affectus est erga eos, et cura» 
vit egrotos eorum. 

15 Vespere autem facto, ac- 
cesserunt ad eum discipu'i 
ejus, dicentes, Solitarius est 
locus, et hora jam preteriit: 
absolve turbas, ut abeuntes 
in vicos, mercentur sibi eseas. 

16 At Jesus dixit eis: Non 
usum habent abire: date illis 
vos manducare. 

17 Illi autem dicunt ei: Non 
habemus hic si non quinque 
panes, et duos pisces. 

18 ile autem ait: Afferte 
mihi illos hue. 

19 Et jubens turbas discum- 
bere super feena, accipiens 
quinque panes et duos pisces, 
suspiciens in celum, benedix- 
it; et frangens dedit discipu- 
lis panes: at discipuli turbis. 


20 Et manducaverunt om- 
nes, et saturati sunt, et tuler- 
unt redundans fragmentorum 
duode -im cophinos plenos. 


232 


21 Οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες ἦσαν ἄνδρες 
ὡσεὶ πενταχιόχίλιοι, χωρὶς γυναι- 
κῶν ταὶ παιδίων. 

22 Kai εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν ὃ Ἰη- 
dois τοὺς μαθητὰς αὑφοῦ ἐμβῆναι 
εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν 
εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς 
ὄχλους. 

29. Καὶ ἀπολύσας τοὺς ὄχλους; 
ἀνέξη οἷς τὸ ὄρος nar’ Ἰδίαν προ- 
σεύξασθαι. ᾿ΟΔίας δὲ γενομέ- 
νης; μόνος ἣν ἐχεῖ. 

24 To δὲ. πλοῖον ἤδη μιέσον τῆς 
θαλάσσης ἦ ἦν, βασανιζόμενον ὑ ὑσὺ 
φῶν κυμάφων" ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὃ 
ἄνεμος. 

20 Τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυχ- 
Tig ἀπῆλός. «ρὺς αὐφοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, 
περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλασόης. 

26 Καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν οἱ μιαθη- 
Tal ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν περιπατοῦν- 
TO, ἐπαράχϑησαν, λέγοντες, ἡ ‘Osi 
φάαντασμιό, ἐστι" καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ 
φύξου ἔχραξαν. 

Q7 ἙΕῤθέως δὲ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς 
ὃ Ἰησοῦς, λέγων, Θαρσεῖτε" ἐγὼ 
εἰμι" μνὴ φοξῖσθε. 

28 ᾿Αποχριθεὶς δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Πέ- 
poss εἰπε" Kipus, εἰ σὺ εἶ, χέλευ- 
σύν we πρός σε ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὰ 
ὕδατα. 

29 ‘O δὲ εἶπεν, "EASE. Καὶ 
καςοαιξὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου ὃ Πέτρος, 
περιεπάτησεν ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα, ἐλ- 
θεῖν πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. 

30 Βλέπων δὲ τὸν ἄνεμιον Ἰσχυ- 

piv, ἐφοξήθη" καὶ ἀρξάμενος KOT = 
ἀπυντίζεσθαι, ἔχραξε, λέγων, Κύ- 
ples σῶσὸὺν μι. 

31 Εὐθέως δὲ 0 ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐχτείνας 
ony χεῖρα, ἐπελάξετο αὐτοῦ, καὶ 
λενει aire: ᾿Ολιγύπιστε, εἰς τί 
ἰδισασας,ς 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


21 At edentes fuerunt viri 
feré quinque millia, preter 
mulieres et pueros. 

22 Et statim compulit Jesus 
discipulos suos ascendere in 
naviculam, et preecedere eum 
in ulteriora, dum absolveret 
turbas. 

23 Et absolvens turbas, 85-. 
cendit in montem privatim 
orare. Vespere autem facto, 
solus erat ibi. 

24 Veriim navicula jam me- 
dium maris erat, vexata a 
fluctibus: erat enim contra- 
rius ventus. 

25 Quarta autem vigilia 
noctis, abiit ad eos Jesus cir- 
cumambulans super mare. 

26 Et videntes eum discipuli 
super mare circumambulan- 
tem, turbati sunt, dicentes: 
Quod phantasma est, et pra 
timore clainaverunt. 

27 Statim autem loquutus 
est eis Jesus, dicens: Confi- 
dite, ego sum: he metuatis. 

28 Respondens autem ei Pe- 
trus, dixit: Domine, si tu es, 
jube me ad te venire super 
aquas, 

29 Ipse verd ait: Veni. Et 
descendens de navicula Pe- 
trus, ambalabat super aquam, 
venire ad Jesum. 

30 Intuitus verd ventum va- 
lidum, timuit: et incipiens 
demergi, clamavit, dicens: 
Domine, serva me. 

91 Statim vero Jesus exten- 
dens manum, excepit eum, et 
ait illi: Exigue fidei, ad quid 
dubitasti ? 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 


99 Καὶ ἐμβάνεων αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ 
«λοῖον, ἐκύπασεν ὃ ἄνεμος. 

99 ΟἹ δὲ ἐν τῷ «λοίῳ, ἐλθόντες 
προσεχύνησαν αὐτῷ, λέγοντες, 


4 mw 


᾿Αλήδως Θεοῦ υἱὸς εἰ" 


94 Καὶ διαπεράσαντες, ἦλθον. 


εἰς «τὴν γὴν Τεννησαρές. 

35 Καὶ éxvyvivees αὐεὺν οἱ ἄν- 
- Opes τοῦ τύπου ἐχείνου, ἀπέστει- 
Aav εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον ἐχεί- 
viv, χαὶ «ροσήνεγχαν αὐτῷ πόν- 
σας τοὺς χακῶς ἔχοντας. 

96 Καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν, ἵνα 
μόνον ἅψωνται τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ 
iparion αὐτοῦ" καὶ ὅσοι ἥψαντο, 
διεσώθησαν. 


MATOAIOY Κεφ. xd’. 

1 Kai ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰεσοῦς ἐπο- 
pevero ἀπὸ φτοῦ ἱεροῦ, καὶ π’ροσῆλ- 
bov οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπιδεῖξαι 
αὐτῷ τὰς οἰκοδομιὰς τοῦ ἱεροῦ. 

2 Ὁ δὲ ᾿Τησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς" 
Οὐ βλέπεςς πάντα ταῦτα : ἀμὴν 


λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος. 


efi λίθον, ὅς ov μὴ καταλυθήῆσε- 
ται. 

9 Καδημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ rod 
ὄρους τῶν ἐλαιῶν, προσῆλθον αὐτῷ 
οἱ μαϑηταὶ κατ᾽ ἰδίαν, λέγοντες" 
Εἰπὲ ἡμῖν, πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ 
Fi τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, 

“yas φῶς συντελείας τοῦ αἵῶνος ; 


4 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς 6 ᾿Ιησοῦς, ei 
wey αὑτοῖς" Bagorere paris ὑμᾶς 
πλανήση. 

δ Ἰπολλοὶ γὰρ ἔλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ 
ὀνόματὶ μου, λέγοντες" ᾿Εγώ εἶμι ὁ 
Χριςός, καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσι. 

6 Μελλήσετε δὲ ἀκούειν πολέ- 
μοὺς χα ἀκοὰς πολέμων" ὁρᾶτε 

20* 


233 


32 Et ingressis illis in navi- 
gum, quievit ventus. 

33 Qui autem in navigio, 
venientes adoraverunt eum, 
‘dicentes: Veré Dei Filius es. 
34 Et transferentes vene- 
‘runt in terram Gennesaret. 
| 35 Et cognoscentes eum viri 
loci illius, miserunt in univer- 
sam circumviciniam illam: 
et attulerunt ei omnes malé 
affectos. 
| 36 Et appellabant eum, ut 
vel solim tangerent fimbriam 
‘vestimenti ejus: et quotquot 
tetigerunt, preservati sunt. 


CAPUT XXIV. 

1 Et egressus Jesus ibat 
de templo: et accesserunt 
discipuli ejus ostendere ei 
edificationes templi. 


: 


_ 2 At Jesus dixit illis: Non 
intuemini hec omnia? Amen 
dico vobis, non relinquetur 
hic lapis super lapidem, qui 
non dissolvetur. 

3 Sedente autem eo super 
montem Olivarum accesse- 
runt ad eum discipuli privat- 
im, dicentes: Dic nobis, quan- 
do hec erunt, et quod signum 
tue preesentia et consumma- 
tionis seculi ? 

4 Et respondens Jesus, 
dixit eis: Videte nequis vos 
seducat. 

5 Multi enim venient in no- 
mine meo, dicentes: Egosum 
Christus: et multos seducent. 

6 Futuri estis autem audi- 
re hella, et rumores bello- 


234 


yn θροεῖσθε" det γὰρ ravra γενέσ- 
bars ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω ἐσεὶ τὸ τέλος. 


7 ᾿Ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔδνος ἐπὶ 
ἔϑνον, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ Pacsrs- 
Md ἘΠ y Ν \ 
lov’ x ἔσονται λιμιο! καὶ λοιμοὶ, 
καὶ FET νοὶ κατὰ τόπους. 

8 Πάντα δὲ ταῦτα ἀρχὴ ὠδί- 
νων. 

9 Τύτε παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς 
bAtLiv, καὶ ἀποχτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς" 

, 9 , e 4 , 
καὶ ἔσεσθε μιισεύμιενοι ὑπὸ πᾶντων 
ἐθνῶ, διὰ +O ὄνομιό, μου. 


10 Καὶ τότε σχκανδαλισθήσονται 
πολλοὶ, καὶ ἀλλήλους παραδώ- 
Cougs, καὶ μισήσουσιν ἀλλήλους. 

11 Kai «ολλοὶ ψευδοπροφῆται 
ἐγερθήσονται, καὶ «λανήσουσι 
πολλούς. 

19 Καὶ διὰ τὸ πληθδυνθῆναι τὴν 
ἀνομίαν, ψυγήσεται ἣ ἀγάπη τῶν 
«πολλῶν. 

19 Ὃ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, 
οὗτος σωθήσεται. 

14 Καὶ κηρυχϑήσεται τοῦτο τὸ 
Εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας ἐν 
ὅλῃ τῇ οἰκουμένη, εἰς μαρτύριον 
πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσι" καὶ τότε ἥξει τὸ 
φέλος. 

15 Ὅταν οὖν ἴδητε τὸ βδέλυγ- 
ua τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ἱρηθὲν διὰ 
Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου, ἑστὼς ἐν φτό- 
Ty) ἁγίῳ" ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω" 

16 Tore οἱ ἐν τῇ ᾿Ιουδαίο, φευ- 
“ἔτωσαν ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη. 

17 Ὃ ἐσὶ τοῦ δώματος, μιὴ 
καταξαινέτω ἀραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκὶ- 
ας αὑτοῦ" 

18 Καὶ ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐσι- 
or peLaru bm Fu) apes τὰ ἱμάτια 
miro! . 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


rum: Videte ne turbemini: 
oportet enim omnia fieri: sed 
nondum est finis. 

7 Excitabitur enim gens in 
gentem etregnum inregnum: 
et erunt fames, et pestilentiz, 
et terremotus secundum loca. 

8 Omnia autem hee ini- 
tium dolorum. 

9 Tunc tradent vos in trib- 
ulationem, et occident vos: 
et eritis odio habiti ab om- 
nibus gentibus, propter no- 
men meum. 

10 Et tunc offendentur mul- 
ti: et invicem tradent, et 
odio habebunt invicem. 

11 Et multi pseudoprophete 
excitabuntur, et seducent 
multos. 

12 Et propter multiplicati 
iniquitatem, refrigescet cha- 
ritas multorum. 

13 Qui autem permanens in 
finem, hic servabitur. 

‘4 Et. predicabitur hoc E- 
vangelium regni In universa 
habitata, in testimonium om- 
nibus gentibus: et tunc ve- 
niet finis. 

15 Cum ergo videritis abomi- 
nationem desolationis effatar. 
a Daniele Propheta, stans ir 
locosancto: legensintelligat. 

16 Tune qui in Judea fugi- 
ant ad montes. 

17 Qui super domum, ron 
descendat tol:ere quid de ede 
sua: 

18 Et qui in agro, non re- 
vertatur retro tollere vestem 
suam. 


GREEK GRAMMAR. | 


19 Οὐαὶ δὲ ταῖς ἐν γας ρὶ ἐχού- 
σαις, καὶ «αἷς ϑθηλαϑούσαις ἐν ἐχεί- 
vais ταῖς ἡμέραις. 

90 Προσεύχεσθε δὲ ἵνα μιὴ γέ- 
νηται 7 φυγὴ ὑμῶν χειμῶνος, μιηδὲ 
ἐν σαξξάτῳ. 

91 Ἔσται γὰρ TOTE θλίψις με- 
γάλη, οἵα οὐ γέγονεν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς 
χκύσμου ἕως τοῦ νῦν, od’ οὐ μὴ 
γένηται. 

22 Kai εἰ μὴ ἐκολοξώϑησαν αἱ 
ἡμέραι ἐχεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώβη πᾶσα 
σάρξ" διὰ δὲ τοὺς ἐκλεχτοὺς χολο- 
ξωδθήσονται ai ἡμέραι ὁ ἐχεῖναι. 

23 Tors ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπη" ᾿ς 
dod, ὧδε ὃ Χριστὸς, ἢ ὧδε" μὴ 
«πιστεύσητε. 

94 ᾿Εγερϑήσονται γὰρ ψευδό- 
χριστοι καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ 
δώσουσι σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ φε- 


para, ὥστε πλανῆσαι, εἰ δυνατὸν, 
Ka φοὺς ἐκλεχτούς. 


25 ᾿ἸΙδοὺ, «προείρηκα ὑμῖν. 

26 ᾿Εὰν οὖν εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν: Ἰδοὺ, 
ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστί, μὴ ἐξέλθητε" 
ἰδοὺ, ἐν σοῖς ταμιείοις, μιὴ πιστεύ- 
aye. 

27 Ὥσπερ yap ἣ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρ- 
χεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν, καὶ φαίνεται 
ἕως δυσμῶν" οὕτως ἔσται χαὶ ἣ 
παρουσία Tov υἱοῦ τοῦ 7 ἀνθρώπου. 

28 Ὅπου yap, ἐὰν ἢ τὸ πτῶμα, 
ἐχεῖ συναχθήσονται οἷ ἀετοί. 


29 Εὐδέως δὲ μετὰ τὴν δλίψιν 
τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐχείνων ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισ- 
θήσεται, χαὶ ἣ σελήνη οὐ δώσει «τὸ 
φέγγος αἱ ‘Tig, καὶ οἱ ἀςέρες «εσοῦν- 
Tas ἀπὸ «τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ αἱ δυνά- 
μξις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται. 

3) Kal rire φανήσεται τὸ ση- 
usioy «οῦ υἱοῦ αὐδρώπου ἐν «τῷ 


235 


19 Ve autem in utero ha- 
bentibus, et lactantibus in 
illis diebus. 

20 Orate autem ut non fiat 
fuga vestra hyeme, neque in 
Sabbato. 

21 Erit enim tunc tribulatio 
magna, qualis non fuit ab 
initio mundi, usque, modo, 
neque non fiet. 

22 Et si non contracti fuis- 
sent dies illi, non esset servata 
omnes caro: propter autem 


Ἴ electos contrahentur dies illi. 


23 Tunc si quis vobis dix- 
erit: Ecce hic Christus, aut 
illic: ne credite. 

24 Excitabuntur enim pseu- 
dochristi et pseudoprophetz, 
et dabunt signa magna et 
prodigia ita ut seducere, si 
possibile, et electos. 

25 Ecce, predixi vobis. 

26 Si ergo dixerint vobis: 
Ecce, in deserto est,.ne exe- 
atis: ecce in conclavibus, ne 
credatis. 

27 Sicut enim fulgur exit 
ab Orientibus, et apparet us- 
que Occidentes, ita erit et 
presentia filii hominis. 

28 Ubicunque enim fuerit 
cadaver, illuc congregabun- 
tur aquile. 

29 Statim autem post tribu- 
lationem dierum illorum Sol 
obscurabitur, et Luna non 
dabit lumen suum, et stellx 
cadent de ceelo, et efficacie 
cceelorum concutientur. 

30 Et tune parebit signum 
filii hominis in ce@lo: et tune 


236 


οὐρανῷ" καὶ TOTE κόψονται πᾶσαι 
αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς: χαὶ ὄψονται 
giv υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχύμωενον 
᾿ ἔσὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, μετὰ 
δυνάμεως καὶ δύξης πολλῆς. 

91 Καὶ ἀποςελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλες 
αὑτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος φωνῆς με- 
γάλης, χαὶ ἐπισυνάξουσι τοὺς ἐχ- 
Λεχτοὺς αὐτοῦ éx τῶν τεσσάρων 
ἀνέμων, ἀπ᾽ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως 
ἄκρων αὐτῶν. 

32 ᾿Ασὸὺ δὲ τῆς συκῆς μάθετε 
τὴν παραξολήν" ὅταν ἤδη ὁ κλά- 
δὸς αἰτῆς γένηται ἁπαλός, καὶ 
τὰ φύλλα ἐχφύη, γινώσχετε ὅτι 
ἐγγύς φὸ ϑέρος. 

33 Οὕτω καὶ ὑμεῖς, Orav ἴδηφε 
πόντα ταῦτα, γινώσκετε ὃτι ἐγγύς 
ἐστίν ἐπὶ ϑύραις. 

94 ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὗ μὴ 
παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη, ἕως ἂν 
πόντα ταῦτα γένεται. 

90 Ὃ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἣ γῆ παρε- 
λεύσονται" οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ 
παρέλθωσι. 

36 Περὶ ὁὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐχείνης 
καὶ τὴς ὥρας, οὐδεὶς, οἶδεν, οὐδὲ 
οἱ ἄγγελλοι σῶν οὐρανῶν, εἰ μιὴ ὃ 
πατήρ ou μιόνος. 

st i Ὥσπερ δὲ αἱ ἡμέραι r8 NG ῶε, 
οὕςως ἔσται καὶ ἣ παρουσία τοῦ 
υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 

38" Ωσπερ γ dp ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς h.. ἐ- 
pois THIS πρὸ φοῦ καφοικλυσμιοῦ 
πρώγοντες κι πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες 
καὶ ἐκγαμίζοντες, ὁ ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας 
εἰσηλῦς Νῶς εἰς τὴν κιξωφόν" 

99 Καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν, ἕως ἦλθεν 
ὃ καταχλυσμὸς, καὶ npev ἅσπαν- 
τας" οὕτως. ἔσται καὶ ἣ To ρουσίοι 
τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώσ: υ. 

41) Tors δύ» ἔσοντο, ἐν «ὦ Uy po 


] 


THE PRINCIPLES OF 


> 


plangent omnes tribus terre, 
et videbunt filium hominis 
venientem in nubibus cei, 
cum efficicia et gloria multa. 


31 Et legabit angelos suos 
cum tuba vocis magne, et 
congregabunt electos ejus ἃ 
quatuor ventis, ἃ summis co@- 
lorum usque extrema eorum. 


32 A verd ficu discite para- 
bolam: quum jam ramus ejus 


fuerit tener, et folia germi- 


naverint, 
estas. 

99 Ita et vos, quum videritis 
hee omnia scitote quia prope 
est in januis. 

34 Amen dico vobis, non 
preteribit generatio hee do- 
nec omnia ista fiant. 

35 Celum et terra preteri- 
bunt: verim verba mea non 
preteribunt. 

36 De autem die illa et hora 
nemo scit, neque angeli ca@- 
lorum, si non Pater meus 
solus. 

37 Sicut autem dies Noé, 
ita erit et adventus Filii ho- 
minis. 

38 Sicut enim erant in die- 
bus ante diluvium, comeden- 
tes et bibentes, nubentes et 
nuptui tradentes, usque quo 
die intravit Noé in arcam: 

39 Et non cognoverunt do- 
nec venit diluvium, et tulit 
omnes: ita erit et presentia 
Filii hominis. 

40 Tune duo erunt in agro: 


scitis quia prope 


GREEK GRAMMAR. 


ει εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ ὁ εἷς 


ἀφίεται. 

Al Δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐν τῷ μύλωνι" 
μία παραλαμξάνεται, καὶ μία 
ἀφίεται. 

42 Τρηγορεῖτε οὖν, ὅτι οὐχ οἴ- 
dure ποίῳ ὥρᾳ ὃ κύριος ὑμῶν ἔρ- 
χεται. 

43 Ἐκεῖνο δὲ γινώσχετε, Ors εἰ 
ἤδει ὃ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ φυλακᾷ 
ὃ χλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρηδεν 
ἂν, καὶ οὐχ ἂν εἴασε διορυγῆναι 
Thy οἰκίαν αὑτοῦ. 

44 Διὰ σοῦτο καὶ ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε 
ἕφοιμοι" ort, ἢ ὥρα ov δοκεῖφε, 6 
υἱὸς φτοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται. 


45 Τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὃ σιστὺς δοῦ- 
λος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὃ 
χύριος αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας 
αὑτοῦ, Tou διδόναι αὐτοῖς τὴν 
φροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ; ; 

40 Μακάριος ὁ 6 δοῦλος ἐχεῖνος, 
ὃν ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει 
«ποιοῦντα οὕτως. 

AT ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, Oss ἐπὶ 
πᾶσι τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὑτοῦ χατ- 
αὐστῆσει αὐτὴν. 

48 ᾽Εὰν δὲ Elan 6 κακὲς δοῦλος 
ἕκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδία αὑτοῦ" Χρο- 
νίζει 6 κύριός μου ἐλθεῖν. 

49 Καὶ ἄρξηται τύπτειν τοὺς 
συνδούλους, ἐσθίειν δὲ καὶ «πίνειν 
wera τῶν μεθυόντων" 

60 Ἥξει ‘o i pios φοῦ δούλου 
ἐχείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἦ οὐ προσδοχᾷ, 
χαὶ ἐν ὥρα ἥ οὐ γινώσχει. 

51 Καί διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν, καὶ 
σὺ ἡ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ «τῶν ὑποχρι- 
τῶν Shoes txt ἔσται ὃ χλαυϑμιὸς 
καὶ ὁ Bouywig τῶν ὀξύντων. 


237 


unus assumitur, et unus re- 
linquitur. 

41 Due molentes in mola: 
una assumetur, et una relin- 
quetur. 

42 Vigilate ergo, quia nes- 
citis qua hora Dominus ves- 
ter venit. 

43 Illud autem scitote, quo- 
niam si sciret paterfamilias 
qua custodia fur venit, vigi- 
laret utique, et non sineret 
perfodi domum suam. 

44 Propter hoc et vos estote 
parati, quia qua hora non pu- 
tatis: Filius hominis ventu- 
rus est. 

45 Quis putas est fidelis 
servus et prudens, quem con- 
stituit dominus suus super 
familiam suam, ad dandum 
illis cibum in tempore ? 

46 Beatus servus ille, quem 
veniens dominus ejus, Inve 
nerit facientem sic. 

47 Amen dico vobis, quoni- 
am super omnibus substantiis 
suis constituet eum. 

48 Si autem dixerit malus 
servus ille in corde suo: Tar- 
dat dominus meus venire. 

49 Et ceeperit percutere con- 
servos, edere autem et bibere 
cum ebriosis: 

50 Veniet dominus serv 
illius in die quo non expectat, 
et in hora qua non scit. 

51 Et dividet eum, et par- 
tem ejus cum hypocritis po- 
net: illic erit fletus, et stridor 
dentium. 


238 T iE FRINCIPLES OF 


ANALYSIS OF S3REEK VERBS—Marrzew II 
Prep. Aug. Root ind.imp.3 pl. Prep, Root. 1 fut.3s. 


1. wap ¢ γὲν ὀὄντο. 12. ἐξ ελευός ται. 
Around did come they. Out come shall one, 
Root, 3 8. ind. pr. Root. 1 fut.3s. 
Sacro. v. 19. σοιμαν εἴ. 
Ϊβ ἢ. “Protect shall who. 
Root, 1st pl. Aug. Root.1 aor.ind.3s 
9. £10 ομιν. 14. ἡ κριδξω σε. 
See we. did inquire he. 
Aug.  Rocet. 1st pl. Root. 2 aor. 8 8. 
4, ἡ λό ομιν. 15. sia ε. 
Have come we. Say did he. 
Prep. Root. inf. | Prep. Root. laor.imp 2 pl 
5. προ xv Hoo. 16. & eric ae. 
Before fall ἰο. About inqure do ye. 
Aug. Root. Pas.ind,laor.3s. Root. 2aor. sub. 2 pl. 
§. ἐ ταραχ θη. 17. εὖρ ἢν 8. 
Was troubled he. Found ye shall have. 
Aug. Root. c.v.ind.imp.3s. Prep. Root. 1aor.imp. 2 pl 
7. ἐ wuvdov ε το. 18. ar αγγεκλ are 
Did ask he. Back bring word do ye. 
Root. c.v, 2 fut. mid, 8 58. Prep. Root. (a¢)1 aor. sub. 1 8. 
8, yew ἃ ται. 19. προσ' xv ἢ δ᾽ WW. 
Rorn heshould be. Before fall may I. 
Root. 2 aor. 3 pl, Aug. Root. 1 aor. dep. 3 pl. 
9, civ ον. 920 ἐ πορύ 6 ε η σαν. 
Said they. | Depart did ‘hey, 
Red. Root. Pas. ind. perf.3s. Root, imper.3 s. 
10. ye γραπ = rou. ΤΗΝ, ἀν τὶ οὐ. 
Written it has been Behold thou. 
Root. 2d s. Root. 2 aor. 3 pl.. 
li? i, 22, ed ov 


Art thou. Seen had they. 


GREEK GRAMIIAR. 


Prep. Root. 2 aor.3s. 
23. 4p ny € ve 
Before led it. 
aug.Root. 2 aor. ind. 3 s. 
94.2 σε ἡ. 
Stood it. 
Root. ind. imp. 3 8. 
95. ἢ ν. 
Was it. 
Aug. Root. 1 aor. ind, 3 pl. 
26. ὁ χάρ Ἢ Cov. 
ejoice did they. 
Root. 2 aor. act. 3 pl. 


27. sip ον. 

Found they. 

Prep. Root. 1 aor. act. 3 pl. 
28. προ δ᾽. xv ἡ σαν. 


Before fall did they. 


Prep. Aug. Root. 1 aor. 3 pl. 


29. «pot veyx a wv 
Before did bring —_ they. 
Prep. Root. 1 aor. inf. 

30. ava καμπ' δ᾽ ao. 

Back turn to. 


Prep. Aug. Root.1 aor. a.3 pl. 


91, av ¢ χωρ ἡ Cav. 
Back went they. 
Root. ind. pr. 3 s. mid, 

φαιν ξ φαι. 


Appears he. 


32. 


Prep. Root. imp. 2 aor. 2s. 


99, waparaS ε. 
Up take (do) thou. 

Root. imp. 25. 
34. gsiy ξ. 


Flee (do) thou. 


3 


Root. imp. pr. 2s. 
30. ἴσὸ "- 
Be thou. 
Root, sub. 2 aor. 1 8. 
36. cia ω. 
Call I. 
Root, ind. pr. 3 8. 
37. μελλ ει. 


> 


Is about 

Root. inf. pr. 
38. ξητς εἶν. 

Seek to. 

Prep. Root. 1 aor. inf 
99, avo AS δ᾽ Ot 

De _ stroy to. 

Prep. Aug. Root. 2aor ? . 
40. rap ε AGB & 

Up took he. 


Prep. Root. 1 aor.3 5. 


41. ave yup ἡ C ἕν. 
Back went he. 
Root. 3 s. 
Γ᾿ See eee 
Was he. 
Root. sub. 1 aor. pas. 3 8, 
43. «dup ob 4. 


Fulfilled might be it. 


lug. Root. ind. 1 aor. 1s, 
44, 2 xorks δ, a. 
Called μὲ 

Root, 1 ao~. pass. ind, 3 5. 
45, tverary 8 ἢ. 
Mocked was he. 


Aug.Root.ind.1aor.pas.3s 
46. ¢ by ὦ ὃ 4%. 
Enraged _ was he. 


240 PRINCIPLES OF GREEK GRAMMAR. 


Root. 2 wor. ind. act. 3 58. Root, ind. pres, 3 pl. 
γι ον te ee Ὁ, 53. εἰσ ie 
Killed he. Are they. 


’ Aug. Root. laor.ind,act.3s. Root, ind, pr. 3s. mid. 
48.47 iS ὦ σ᾽ δι 54. pow ς ται. 


Enquired had he. Appears he. 
Aug. Root. 1laor.ind. pas, 3 8. Prep. Root. imp, 2 Aor act. 
49. ὁ «“λὴρ w 6 ἡ. 55. rapa λαβ ε. 
Fulfilled was it. Up take (do) thou. 
Aug. Root.1aor.ind, ρας. 85. Root, imp. pr. 2s. dep 
00. ἡ xd δ ὃ η. 56. sopev OU. 
Heard was it. Depart thou. 
Aug. Root. imp. ind. Red, Root. ind, act. perf. 3 pl. 
51. 4 ber ε. OV. τς θνῆκ a σι. 
did will Dead are they. 


Prep. Root. 1 aor, pass. inf. Aug. Root, 3s, imp, ind, 


3 


52. παρα xX ἡ θη ναι. 58. ἢ Or νον; 


Consoled to be. Did come he. 
NUMERALS. 

1 sis, unus, 17 ἑπτακαίδεκα, septemdecim, 
2 dio, duo, 18 éxrwxaidexa, octodecim, 
3 φρεῖς, tres, 19 évvsaxnidsxan, novemdecim, 
4 τέσσαρες, quotuor, 20 εἴκοσι, viginti, 
5 “ἔντε, quinque, 21 sixoos εἷς, viginti unus, 
6 ἕξ, sex, 22. εἴχοσι δύο, viginti duo, 
 ἑπεὰ, septem, 30 rpiaxovra, triginta, 
8 ὀχτὼ, octo, 40 τεσσαράχοντα, quadraginta, 
9 ἐννέα, novem, 50 σπεντήχοντα, quinquaginta, 
10 δέκα, decem, 60 ἑξήκοντα, sexaginta, 
11 ἕνδεκα,  undecim, 70 ἰβδομήκοντα, septuaginta, 
12 δώδεκα, duodecim, 80 ὀγδομιήχοντα, octoginta, 
13 φτρισκαίδεχα, tredecim, 90 ἐννενήχοντα, nonaginta, 


14 τεσσαρεσχαίδεκα, quotuorde.100 éxarov, centum, 
15 πεντεχαίδεκα, quindecim, 200 διακόσιοι, ducenti, 
16 éxxaidsxa, sexdecim, 300 φριακχόσιοι, trecenti. 


PRINCIPLES 


OF THE 


GERMAN, SPANISH AND FRENCH LANGUAGES. 


ὟΣ 


THE ALPHABETS. 


GERMAN, SPANISH. FRENCH. 
A Wa ah ‘A ah A ah 
B Bb bay B bay B bay 
C ec ἔβαν C thay C say 
D Dd day D day D day 
E Ee a E ἃ E ἃ 
F $f eff EF afa Ἐ ef 
α ®Gg gay G hay G zay 
H Ob hah Η ἄταν Η aush 
ρος δὲ ée I ee I e 
- ae yot J hotta J zee 
K St kah K kak K kaw 
L gt el L é&lay L ell 
M Mm em M d-may M em 
N Rn ἐπ N 4d-nay N 
O Do 6 O 6 O o 
P Pp pay P pay P pay 
Q 4 kuh Q koo 9 kuh 
RRKr air R é&ray R err 
S Sfs* ess S dé-say Sess 
T ft tay T tay T tay 
JTuUu oo U oo U we 
V 8% fow Υ να΄ Vi vay 
W Bw vay 
A Re cex X d&keys Χ δος: 
Y ὧν ἑρβοῖοη, Y eegreedgah Y eegreek 
Z 33 tsett Z_ thater ΖΦ szed 
& x. & etc. & ete. 


* The former of these characters is initial or medial; the latter 
always final. 
21 241 


242 THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. 


There are also, in Spanish— ΄ 
Ch Ll (Ly) N (Ny) Rr 
chay ailyeay anyeay alr-ray 


[Nore.—Let the student remember that the name hes nothing to do 
with the pronunciation of a letter; no reliance will, therefore, be 
placed on the alphabetical cognomen of a letter for its sound. ]} 


PRONUNCIATION OF THE GERMAN. 


%{—like a in far. 

%a—protracted sound of a; as Das Haar, the hair. 

S—At the commencement of syllables, it is like Ὁ in bend; 
but at the close of a syllable, it sounds much like p or pb; as 
gelb, yellow. 

8t—enunciate both consonants; as lebt, (Zebt) Lives. 

C—hefore ¢, i, a, 8, it, 9, like ts; as der Cirfel, the circle. 
Before ἃ, τ, u, and the consonants, like £; as Das Concert, the 
concert. 

Ch (Tsay-hah) before ἃ, 0, u, sounds like £; also at the 
commencement of a syllable, and before the consonants. After 
vowels and consonants, and before ¢ and i, in French and 
Latin words, has a peculiar guttural sound, difficult to repre- 
sent in English. Observe the position of your tongue while 
enunciating the consonant %, in the word Aind—moye the 
tongue back towards the throat a little distance, force the 
breath audibly, without the intonations of the voice, through 

he aperture between the tongue and the roof of the mouth, 
and you have the sound as exactly as it can be made by a 
foreigner. This sound occurs in such words as das Tudh, the 
cloth; die Mild, the milk; Ke. It has the sound of sh in 
Sh, 1; reid, rich, &e. Ke. 
Ghs—like x; as der Ons, the ox. 
@f—like 4; as did, thick. 


THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. 243 


®—tThis letter approximates more closely to the sound of 
tor TH. The tongue is placed against the teeth (instead of 
the roof of the mouth), a Jittle above where it is placed for 
TH; closing the aperture between the roof of the mouth and 
the tongue—the breath is emitted with the intonation of the 
yoice, forming the sound of the German Ὁ, 

€—long, like a in mate; as habe, have: short,* like e in 
met; as Das Ende, the end. 

€e—protracted e. 

§—like f in from, for, fount, &e. 

${—a little heavier sound than f single. 

G—like gk; as gut, good ; grof, great, &e. At th: end of 
syllables, g has a sound similar to ch; as der Weg, the way. 
Also, sometimes in the middle of syllables; as der Regen, the 
rain. 

—aspirates vowels, when placed before them; as der Him- 
mel, the heaven. It is silent, and prolongs the vowel, when 
placed after it; as Das Sabr, the year; wablen, to choose; die 
Ubr, the watch, Ke. 

$—long, like 6 in me: short, like ὁ in pin. 

ᾧ (j) like y; as ja, yes. 

K—like £; as das Kind, the child. 

Q—like 7; as Das Lamm, the lamb. 

M—like m ; as der Mann, the man. 

N—like n; as neu, new. 

Ng—like ng ; as jung, young. 

©O—long, like ὅ in no; as oder: or short, like ὦ in tub; a» 
οἵ, often. 

}—like p ; as preffen, fo press. 

Ph—like f; as der Prophet, che prophet. 

O—like g; as die Qual, the torment. 


* A short vowel maintains its original sound, but is pronounced 
quicker, and a little more compressed. Vowels before double letters 
are short, as cine Daffe, α cup. 


244 THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. 


R—like r; as das Herj, the heart. 

©G—like s; as Das Gal}, the salt. 

Sh—like sh ; as hie Schwefter, the sister. 

T—like ¢; as der Tag, the day. 

In words of foreign derivation, terminating in tion, the i 
is pronounced like tse; as Convention, convention: t—like és. 

i—like 00; as der Hut, the hat: short, like win full; as 
der Hund, the dog. 

*S—like f; as yon, from. 

W—like v; as wahr, true. 

&—like x; as die WUrt, the axe. 

Y—like i; as der Styl, the style. 

83—like ts; as 3ehn, ten. 

9—like ai in.hair, or 6 in men; as der Bir, the bear, 

O—like ὁ in her ; as fcin, beautiful.* 

{i—similar in sound to the French u. In English, we have 
1.7 such sound. Observe the position of the lips in saying 
6¢: with the lips remaining in this position, pronounce ὃ long; 
draw the tongue slightly backward, and you will have the de- 
sired sound. Bear in mind that this is a compressed sound : 
notice that in saying we, you first enunciate oo (w), and after- 
wards é; manage so as to pronounce the e at the same moment 
with 00 (10), the tongue being drawn a little backward, and 
pressed firmly against the upper double teeth, and you will 
ercounter little difficulty in pronouncing the letter correctly. 


DIPHTHONGS. 


Wu—like ow; as Das Haus, the house. 

Wi—like 7 in pine; as der Mai, May. 

Wy—like ὦ in pine. 

* This is as near as this sound can be represented by the English 
vowel. The sound is a little more open than e in her; the tongue 


is moved further forward. The best way to get this sound, is to 
satch it from a German, or some other acquainted with it. 


THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 245 


Gi—like 7 in pine. 

€y—like ὁ in pine. 

%Uu—like οἱ in noise (compressed sound). 
€u—like ot in noise (compressed sound). 
Se—like ee in feet. 

Gi—like ὁ in mine. 


OF THE SPANISH. 


A—is pronounced like ah; as la cara, the face. 

B—like b; as bonito, pretty. 

C—hefore e, 7, like th in think ; as el pincel (e1 peenthail), 
the pencil. Before a, o, u, like &; as eudl (koodl), which. 

D—see German D, 

EK—like @; as me (may), me, Short, like e in hen; as 
el, the. 

F—like /; as café, the cojjee. 

G—like h before e,7; as genio (hi-néo), genius. Before 
a, 0, τι, before consonants and after all vowels, like g in go; 
as grande, great. 

H—is always silent. 

I—like ὁ in me; as el vino, the wine. 

J—like h, in all cases; as, José (Hosay), Joseph. 

K—like &; as kali, seaweed. 

L—like 7; as el papel, the paper. 

M—like m ; as mafiana (manyana), to-morrow. 

N—like n ; as no, not, no. 

O—like 0; as con gusto, with pleasure. 

P—like p; as pan, bread. 

Q—like 4; the subsequent τὸ is not pronounced; as que 
(kay), what. C is now generally used in the place of g. We 
write cudl (kw4l), instead of qual, which. 

R—soft, like r in Lar, sat a hard, like 77 in parrar, to 


246 THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. 


extend. The soft sound is represented by a single r; the hard 
sound, by double 77. 

S—like s in so; as sefidr (sainyédr), sir. 

T—very similar to the German Ὁ : tengo, J have. 

U—like 00; as su (s00), your. 

V—like v; as el vino, the wine. 

X—occurs but seldom; pronounced the same as ὦ; in 
English. 

Y—like ee, or y; as muy (moo-é), very; y, and. _ 

Z—like th in throne; as el lapiz (ldpeeth), the pencil. 

Ch—pronounced in all cases like ch in church ; as el chaléeo, 
th: vest. 

Ll—iike ly; as bello (bailyo), beautiful. 

N—like ny; as sefiorita (sainyoreeta), Miss. 

Rr—see R. 


OF THE FRENCH. 


A—is pronounced like ah ; as alezan (al-zang), bay or sorrel 
horse, Paris, &c.: short, like a in hat; as datte, date, a fruit 

B—like ὃ; as le bal (leh bal), the ball. 

C—like ἃ before a, 0, u, /, 7, t, in the same word; as caleul, 
calculation; clou (kloo), παΐϊ, tack. Before e, ὦ, y, like 8; 
likewise, with the cedilla (, ) under it, before a, 0, τι, is pro- 
nounced like s; as ga (sah), this, that. | 

Ch—like 4; as chlamyde, a cloak. Like sh; as un cheval, 
a horse. 

D—like d; as done, then. 

E—[unaccented], like e in her. Often silent. See Ger- 
man 6. i 

é—f[aczented], like ὦ long; as café (coff-ay), coffee. 

é—like a in am; as le pére, the futher. 

é—same as ὃ, but longer; as téte, the head. 


THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. 247 


F—like /; as fer, cron. 

G—like 7; as gant (gang), glove: like zh; as gésir, to lie, 
be buried. 

H—like h. Often silent. 

I—like ὃ in English; as petite (pettit), little: short, like 7 
in pin; as ici (isy), here. 

J—like s in measure; as jamais (zhama), never; jour 
(zhoor), day. 

K—like &; as kynancie, guinsy. 

L—like 7: ll like ly or l-yuh. 

M—like m.* 

N—like n.* 

O—like o. A. 

P—like p ; as pain, bread. 

Ph—like f; as phare, light-house. 

Q—like Spanish g; as que, that. 

R—like vr. Silent where it terminates a word, if preceded 
by e. 

S—like sor z. Often silent. 

Sc—like s before e, ὦ, y: before a, ὁ, u, J, 7, like sk. 

T—like ¢ It has also, before ia, ie, ceu, ton, a sound like 
ts or c; as tial, tion, tieux, &c. Often silent. 

Th—like ¢, in all cases. 

U—like German it, 

V—like v. 

X—like ks, gz, ss, i, (before c), and z. Silent. 

Y—like ee. 

Z—like z and s. 


᾿ A guttural sound, somewhat similar to ngk. 


DIPHTHONGS, &e. 

Ai—is pronounced like ai in hair: also like ay in day. 
Ey—is pronounced like ey in prey. 

Ei—is pronounced like az in hair. 


* The sound of the French nasals (m,n), can never be learned 
exvept they are Aeard repeatedly. 


248 THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, 


Ay-~is pronouaced like ai in hair. 

Αἴ, aie, ais, ait, aix, oi, like αὖ in haw, but longer. 

Oi—like wa in water: in a few words, like az in hair; as 
frangois, void, affoiblir, Xe. 

Au, eau, aux, eaux, aud, auds, ao, ault, aults, auex, aut, 
auts, 69, oc, ocs, ods, oh, op, oqs, ot, dt, ots, oth, oths, are 
each pronounced like o in no. 

le—like yea. 

NASALS.* 

Am, an—nearly like Ang; as ambition (angbissyong), ambt- 
(ion ; ancre (angkr), anchor. 

Aim, ain, ein, em, en—nearly like short ing. 

Om, on—nearly like ong. 

Um, un—nearly like ung. 


THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 


GERMAN. 
SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace 
Mas. Der, Deg, Dent, den. Die, Der, Den, Die. 
Fem. Die, der, der, Die. ey ee ee 
Neut. Das, des, Dent, Das. eh οὐδ τς, Δ ee - 
SPANISH. 
SINGULAR. PLURAL 
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Gen. Dat. Ace. 
Fem. La, de la, 4 la, la.t as de las, 4 las, las.§ 
Mas. El, del, al, 61. los, de los, ὦ los, 105.}} 
Neut. Lo, de lo, ὦ lo, lo. No plural. 
FRENCH. 
SINGULAR. PLURAL, 
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 
Mas. Le, du, au, le. Les, des, aux, les. 
Fem. La, de la, 4 la, la. δεν τες eae ΟΝ 


* If the m or ἡ is followed by a vowel, it céases to be nasal; but 
if it precedes a consonant, or terminates a word, it is a nasal. « If it 
terminates a word, the next word commencing with a vowel, there is 
a sound of 7 after the nasal. 

ἱ Or, 4 la. t Or, 4 el. @ Or, 4 las. |] Or, & los. 


DECLENSION. 949 


πῃ 


[Norz.-When the French article, in the singular, precedes 
another word commencing with a vowel or silent A, the final vowel 
of the article is dropped; as l’oncle, the uncle, for le oncle; l'étude, 
the study, for la étut.e; Vhoneur, the honour, for le honeur.] 


THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 


GERMAN. 


SINGULAR. 
Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. 


Mas. Gin, eines, einen, einem, 
Fem. Cine, einer, einer, eine. No plural. 
Neut. Cin, eines, einem, ein. 


SPANISH. 


SINGULAR. 
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace, 


Mas. Un, deun, aun, un. No plural. 
Fem. Una, de una, a una, una. 
FRENCH. 
SINGULAR. 
Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. 
Mas. Un, d’un, dun, un. No plural. 


Fem. Une, d’une, ἃ une, une. 
THE FRENCH PARTITIVE.* 


SINGULAR. PLURAL, 
Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. 
Mas. Du, de,fadu, du. des, de,} ἃ des, des. 


Fem. De la, det, ἃ de la, de la. 


DECLENSION. 
GERMAN. 

The German noun is subject to certain terminal mutations, 
which, when they are arranged and classified, are denominated 
Declensions. Of these Declensions, some authors recognise 
eight, five, or four, while many accord that there are, in fact, 
but three. 

_ For the sake of simplicity and brevity, we shall arrange all 
the German nouns into three separate heads or declensions—no 
more; and in following out this arrangement, we shall class 


* Translsted, some, of sone, &c. τ Or, @’ 


2560 DECLENSION. 


all the singulars first in order, and afterwards the plurals, in 
their own place, on the plan of Le Bas and Régnier. _ 
The Declensions are determined by their mode of termina- 
tion. 
SINGULARS. 
First Declension.--All nouns of this declension are either 
masculine or neuter, and make their genitive in 8, ἐδ, and ens, 


Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 
Der Himmel,* des Himmels, Dent Himmel, den Himmel. 
Tn like manner are declined all masculine and neuter nouns 
terminating in el, em, en, er; neuter, in n, chen, Tein, ὅσ. Ke. 
Nouns which already terminate in 8, 3, 3t, f, δ, take an αὶ in 
the genitive before the 8, forsake of euphony; as 


Nom. Gen. Dat. ,. Ace. 
Das Harz,F des Harjzes, Dem αν ἢ das Harz. 

Many nouns, also, take ¢, in this manner, when the final let- 
ter produces too close a sound to admit of an immediate sub- 
sequent ἃ, These nouns are of various terminations, as follows: 

Das Land, the land; das Kind, the child; her Mann, the 
man}; der Hut, the hat; der Wein, the wine, Ke. 


Nouns in ens. 


Ace. 


Der - sunte,§ Ὡς ‘Funtens, Sei Runter, Den Hunter, 
Second Declension.—This declension comprises none but 
masculine nouns. The genitive termination is n oren, All 
the other cases of the singular and plural are like the genitive 


singular. 
Der pret the boy. 


Nom. Ace. 
Der Knabe, beg ‘Knaben, beter ‘Rnober; den Knaben, 


Most of the nouns of this declension, terminating in a con- 
sonant, make their genitive in en, 


* Heaven.—[Nore.—The German noun always commences with 8 
capital letter. | 

+ The rosin. t Or, Harje. 

ὃ Formerly, and occasionally at the present day, Sunken: 


DECLENSION. 251 


Der Bir, the bear. 
Nom. Gen. Dat. A 


ce. 
Der Bar, des Biren, dem Baren, den Baren. 

Third Declension.—All the nouns of this declension are of 
the feminine gender. It takes no inflection in the singular, 
nor does it terminate in any fixed letter. 

§ rau, α woman. 
Die Frau, der Frau, der Frau, die Frau. 
PLURALS. 

The yarious terminations of the nominative plural are e, 
nt, en, eng, or like the nominative singular. 

When the nominative plural ends in n, all the other cases 
are the same. 

When the nominative plural does not end in n, the dative 
alone takes an n, and the genitive and accusative are like the 
nominative. 

No inconsiderable number of nouns change ἃ, 9, 1, and au, 
of the singular, into 4, 6, it, and au. 

Masculine and neuter nouns, of the first declension, in εἴ, 
er, ett, lien, have their nominative plural like the nominative 
singular, and add n for the dative. 

Der Adler, the eagle. 


PLURAL. 


Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace, 
Die WAdler, der Wdler, den WAdlern, die Mdler. 
Das Siegel, the seal. 


PLURAL. 
Die Siegel, der Siegel, den Siegel, die Siegel. 

The greater part of the masculine nouns of the first declen- 
sion take ¢, in the nominative, genitive, and accusative, and n, 
in the dative plural ; as 

Der Fremdling, the stranger. 


PLURAL. 


Die Frembdlinge, der Fremdlinge, den Fremdlingen, der Frembdlinge. 
Feminine and neuter nouns in if, also take ¢; as 


Das Geheimni fF, the secret. 
Die εξ cimniffe, derGebheimniffe, denGeheimniffen, die Geheimniffe. 


[ΝΌΤΕ —When § comes between two vowels, it is changed into ff.] 


252 DECLENSION. 


A great number of nouns of the third declension in the 
singular also are declined in the same manner in the plural; 
so also are nearly all neuter nouns, whose initial is the particle 
ge, and whose terminative is in any letter other than e, I, or er, 
in the nominative singular; as, singular, das Gefdyenf; plural, 
die Gefthenke, the gift, the gifts. 

Thus, also, are declined all neuter nouns terminating in 
ment; as Saframent, Gaframente, &c. There are, also, many 
neuters, whose distinctive features cannot be established. 

All such nouns of the first declension as ending properly 
in ¢, are often terminated by ¢ or em; all nouns of the second 
declension, which take ¢ in the genitive singular, and all 
feminine nouns in εἶ, e, ee, εν" form their plural by adding an 
n to the nominative singular. 

All nouns of the second declension, whose genitive ends in 
en, as Bar, Biren; all feminine nouns not noticed hitherto, in 
this description of the plurals; and especially such as termi- 
nate in end, et, Heit, in, feit, fcyaft, ung; and those derived 
from foreign tongues; also.a number of masculine nouns, the 
nouns Bett, bed; Hemd, shirt; Herz, heart; Obr, ear; and 
nouns in or, incorporated from the Latin language; and a 
greater part of the nouns in tir, are all declined by adding en 
to the nominative singular termination. 

All masculine and neuter nouns in thum, as (sing.) der 
Reihthum, the fortune; (plu.) die Reichthiimer, the fortunes ; 
(sing.) Das Herzogthum, the dukedom ; (plu.) die Herzogthiumer, 
the dukedoms. All such neuters as have not been included in 
the preceding explication, terminating generally in a mute, or 
the letters 4, it, fh; as (sing.) das Bild, the tmage ; (plu.) die 
Bilder, the images; (sing.) Das Dorf, the village; (plu.) die 
Dirfer, the villages; and the following masculine nouns :— 


Bofewicht, Dorn, Geijt, Gott, Leib, Mann, Ort, Rand, Vormund, ἢ 


* With the exception of Die Mutter, mother; die Vodhter, daughter, 
which make their plural with the Umlaut ("), die Matter, die Vbchter. 


DECLENSION. 2538 


Wald, Wurm, all make their plural in er, at the same time — 
placing the Umlaut (7) over the vowel or diphthong, in the last 
syllable in the word; as Gott, Gitter, God; Mann, Manner, 
man; Haus, Haufer, house, το. Ke. 

We have been thus prolix with the German noun, in com- 
parison with the general brief style of this work, that the 
student might have no room for doubt; and for the sake of 
simplifying in a degree the preceding pages on the German 
noun, we submit, in one general view, a table, so arranged as 
to comprehend all the entire terminations in a body. 


2d DECL’N. 
1st DECLENSION. Masculine | 3d DECLENSION. 
Masculine and Neuter Nouns. Nouns. Feminine Nouns. 
N— . a RY Ὲ τ" 
=| G.—(e) ὁ (ei 
: D.—(e). — (¢) πὸ - 
A— . — (¢) Ἐ Γι, ς 
N.—e. |— . |—er. |— ἐπ Ξ (ὦ n.|— (e) n.J—e, 
| G.—e. |— . |—er. |— en.|— (¢) πὸ, πα (e) tie, 
= | D.—en.|— (n).|— ern.|— en.|— (€) π|.- (Ὁ 1t.|— ett. 
A.—e. πα. |— er. |— em} (e) π.ὸ|-- (6) 2. ε- 


SPANISH—FRENCH. 

The Spanish and French nouns are indeclinable. They 
merely add an s for the plural, (a few exceptions) ; but their 
terminations never vary for the case, which can only be deter- 
mined by the article or adjective prefixed, or by its syntactic 
relation. 

[Nore.—The genders, in German, are three, masculine, feminine, 
and neuter. In Spanish, three, but the neuter in Spanish includes 
only « few adjectives, used in the sense of nouns, and not limited in 
their extension; as lo fitil, the useful; it has no plural. In French, 
there is no neuter—nouns are either masculine or feminine, accord- 
ing to usage, or as the termination of the word denotes. ] 

PLURALS OF NOUNS. 

German.—The method of forming the plural of German 
nouns has been shown in the preceding Table of Declension. 

Spanish.—W hen the —— noun is terminated by a short 


254 THE ADJECTIVE. 


vowel,* the plural is formed by adding an s to the termiration 
of the singular; when the noun terminates in a long vowel or 
a consonant, the plural adds es to the singular terminative: 
e. g. first, carta, letter ; cartas, letters; padre, father ; padres, 
fathers: second, verdad, truth; verdades, truths ; tribi, tribe ; 
tribties, éribes. Nouns which terminate in z, change z to ces; 
as lapiz, pencil; lapices. The plural of adjectives is formed 
in the same manner. 

French.—The plural of French nouns is usually formed by 
the addition of ans; but when the noun (or adjective) ter- 
minates in wu, preceded by one or more vowels, the plural is 
made by adding x; as beau, beaux; also nouns ending in ad, 
ail, not followed by e final (ale, aile), make their plural by 
changing al, az/, into aux; as-travail, travaux; mal, maux. 
. These nouns, ciel, ceil, aieul, also make their plural in a; 
cicux, yeux, aieux. These rules are also applicable to the 
adjective. 


-------- 


THE ADJECTIVE. 
GERMAN. 


When the adjective is employed as an attribute, it is inde- 
clinable, but when it occurs in a qualifying phrase as an 
epithet, it becomes declinable ; so that the same adjective is at 
one time indeclinable, at another, declinable. We say, der 
Vater gut ift, the father is good ; die Mutter gut ift, the mother 
is good ; Das Kind gut ift, the child is good, ἕο. Kc. But when 
- it is employed as an epithet, it is declined as follows: 

Ist. If the adjective immediately precedes the noun, and is 
not itself preceded by either the article definite or indefinite, 


or any other declinable word, it is declined thus: 
SINGULAR, 


Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 
Mas. Guter,f gutes (quten), gutent, guten. 
Fem. Gute, guter, guter, gute. 


Neut. Gutes, gutes (guten), gutem, gutes, 


* An accented vowel (4, 1 6, &c.) is long; unaccented, is short. 
+ Good, of good, Xa. 


THE ADJECTIVE. 255 


PLURAL. 


Mas. Fem. Neut. Gute, guter, guten, gute. 
2d. When the adjective is preceded by the definite article, 


or som. other determinate word, it is declined as follows: 


SINGULAR. 
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 


Mas. G@ute, guten, gute, guten. 
Fem. Gute, guten, guten, gute. 
Neut. Gute, guten, guten, gute. 


PLURAL. 


Mas. Fem. Neut. Guten, guten, guten, guten. 
3d. When preceded by the indefinite article, ein, or any of 
the possessive pronouns, mein, my; dein, thy; fein, Ais, her ; 
unfer, ow; eucr, your; ir, their ; and fein, any, it is declined 
in this wise : 


"SINGULAR. 
Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. 


Mas. Guter, guten, guten, guten. 
Fem. Gute, guten, guten, gute. 
Neut. Gutes, quten, guten, gutes. 

ΒΩ Participles are declined in the same manner. 


SPANISH—FRENCH. 
The Spanish and French adjectives are indeclinable, and 


only form their plural in order to be of the same number as 
the noun to which they are attached, according to the rules 
laid down on page 253. 

The Spanish and French participles conform to the same 
rules as their adjectives. 

N. B. The adjective must be of the same gender, number, 
and case as the noun to which it is attached in all the three 
tongues. 


OF THE ADJECTIVES USUALLY CALLED DEMONSTRATIVE 
PRONOUNS. 


GERMAN. 
Diefer, diefe, diefes, (hic, heec, hoc, Lat. ; οὗτος, aben, τοῦτο, 
Gr.) this, these ; declined like guter. 
Sener, jene, jenes, (116, illa, illud, Lat. ; éxsivos, —y, —o, Gr.) 
that, those; declined in the same manner. 


256 INTERROGATIVES. 


Der, die, Das, used as a pronoun, instead of Diefer, in imita- 
tion of the Grezk (see page 153, Gr. Gram.), is thus declined: 


Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. 


Mas. Dev, deffen, Dent, Det. 

Fem. Die, deren, . Der, Die. 

Neut. Das, deffen (defi,) dent, das, 
PLURAL 


Mas. Fem. Neut. Die, Deren (derer), Dene, die. 

Derjenige, this, that, those; derfelbe, the same, are compounds. 
The first part of the words, der, follows the declension of the 
article, while the other part follows the declension of the 
adjective. 

Solther, such, like, declined like diefer. 

SPANISH. 

Hste (mas.), esta (fem. sing.),this ; indeclinable. 

Estos (mas.), estas (fem. plu.), these ; indeclinable. 

Hse (mas.), esa (fem. sing.), chat; indeclinable. 

Hsos (mas.), esas (fem. plu.), those ; indeclinable. 

Also, esto (neut. sing.), this, this thing, any thing; indeclinable. 

And eso, (neut. sing.), that, that thing, any thing; “' 


[Norr.—All these adjectives are indeclinable, and follow the 
general rule in forming their plural to agree with their nouns. ] 


FRENCH. 
SINGULAR, PLURAL. 
Mas. Fem. Mas. Fem. 
Ce, cet, cette, this; ces, these. 
Celui, celle, that; ceux, celles, those. 


Celui-li, celle-li, the former; ceux-li, celles-li, the former. 
Cetui-ci, celle-ci, the latter;  ceux-ci, celles-ci, the latter. 


INTERROGATIVES. 
GERMAN. 
Welder, who, which, what; thus declined : 
SINGULAR. 
Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc, 


Mas. Welcher, weldhes, welchent, welchen. 
Fem. QWelche, welcher, welcher, welche. 
Neut. Welches, welches, welchent, welches. 


PLURAL. 
Mas. Fem. Neut. Welche, welder, weldhen, welche. 


PRECONJUNCTIVES. 257 


Wer, who? τὸ a 8, what? thus declined : 


Gen. Dat. Acc. 
Mas. Fem. Wer, weffen (wef), went, wen. 
Neut. Was, was, 
SPANISH. 


Quién, que, who? which? &c., is declined by being placed 
after the same particles as the definite article ed. 

Cual (sing.), cuales (plu.) both genders, which ? 

Qué (both genders and numbers), what ? 


FRENCH. 
Quel, quelle, quels, quelles, which ? what? declined by placing 


oefore it the same particles that are placed before the article 
le, la. 

Qui (of both genders and numbers), declined in the same 
manner. Quoi, what; like que. 


PRECONJUNCTIVES.* 
GERMAN. 
Welthes, which, that; declined same as weldhes. 


Was, which, what; like was. 
So, who, whom; indeclinable. 
FRENCH. 

En, tt, them, so; indeclinable. 

Y, it, so; relating to something before it; indeclinable. 

Le, it, &c., indeclinable. 

Ce qui, that which ; thus declined : 

Nom. Ce qui, that which. Dat. Ce & quoi, that to which. 

Gen. Ce dont, that ofwhich. Acc. Ce que, that which. 

[J’ai oublié ce dont vous me parliez, 7 have forgotten that 
yf which you were speaking to me.] 

SPANISH. 

The pronoun cuyo is used as a preconjunctive or interroga- 
tive. It always agrees with the thing possessed (not with the 
possessor), in gender, number, and case. [ Whose te are 
these ? gCuyas son estas plumas ?— Whose book is this ? 4 Cayo 


258 PRONOUNS. 


PRONOUNS. 
GERMAN. 
Sh, 4 
Dat. Ace. 
Sing. Su, I; ἀρνῶν my, mine, of me; mir, me, tome; mich, me. 
Plu. Wir, we; unfer, our, ours ; uns, us, to us; Uns, us. 
Du, thou. | 


Sing. Du, thou ; deiner, thine, of thee ; dir, thee, to thee ; dich, thee. 
Plu. Shr, you, ye; ener, yours, of you; euch, you, to you; euch, you. 
; Er, fie, e8, he, she, tt. 
Nom. Gen. ᾿ Dat. ek : Acc, 
Cr, he; feiner, his; ihm, him, tohim; ibn, him. 
Gie, she; ihrer, hers; ihr, her, to her; fie, her. 
G3, it; feiner, tts; ihm, dt, to tt; ifn, ὦ. 
PLURAL. 
Sie, they; ihrer, theirs; ifnen, them, to them ; fie, them. 
The reflective pronoun has no nominative, and is thus 


declined : 


Gen. Dats > Acc. 

Mas. Geiner, of one’s self; fich, to one’s self; fich, one’s self. 

Fem. Shrer, of one’s self; fich, to one’s self; fic, one’s self. 

Neut. Geiner, of one’s self; fich, to one’s self; fich, one’s self. 

PLURAL. 

Shrer, of themselves ; fic), to themselves ; fie, themselves. 

[Norz.—The word felbft, or felber, often added to the personal pro- 
nouns, and answers the place of our word self; as ich felbft, myself, 
 &e.] 

The pronouns Man, one; Jemand, some one; Niemand, no 
one, take e3 in the genitive, and en in the dative and accusa- 
tive. Occasionally, also, they are used indeclinable. 

Ctwas, something ; Nichts, nothing, are indeclinable. 

Giner, some ene; Reiner, any one, are declined like the ad- 
jective, guter. 

; SPANISH. 

Yo, J. 

Dat. 
M. F. "Yo 1; ὅδ᾽ mi," of me; ὦ mi, to me; "eter 


PRONOUNS. 259 


PLURAL. 
Mas. Nos, nosotros, we; de nosotros, of us; ὦ nosotros, nos, 
to us; ᾧ nosotros, nos, us. 


Fem Nosotras, we; de nosotras, of us; ὦ nosotras, nos, to us ; 
4 nosostras, nos, us. 
Tui, thou. 
M.F. Tu,* thou; de ti, of thee; ἃ ti, te, to thee; & ti, te, thee. 
PLURAL. 
Mas. Vos,* vosotros, ye, you; de vosotros, of you ; 4 vosotros, os, 
to you; ὦ vosotros, 0s, you. 


Fem. Vosotras, ye, you; de vosotras, of you; ὦ, vosotras, os, 
to you; ὦ vosotras, os, you. 


El, he; Ella, she. 
Mas. El, he; de 6], of him; ἃ 4, le, se, to him ; ἃ 6, le, lo, him. 
Fem. Ella, she ; de ella, of her ; 4 ella, le, se, to her ; & ella, la, her. 


PLURAL. 
Mas. Ellos, they; de ellos, of them; 4 ellos, les, se, to them; 4 
ellos, los, them. 


Bem. Ellas, they; de ellas, of them; 4 ellas, les, se, to them; 
4 ellas, las, them. 


The reflective pronoun has no nominative, and is thus de- 
clined : 
Nom. Gen, Dat. 
De sf, of one’s self; & si, se, to one’s self; & si, se, one’s self. 
N. B. Plural is declined like singular. 


FRENCH. 
Je, moi, J. 


~ Το, 7 moi,f I; de moi, of me, my, mine; ἃ moi, to me; me, 


moi, me. 
PLURAL. 

Nous, me; de nous, of us, ours; ἃ nous, to us ; nous, ws. 

* T4, vos, are seldom used in Spanish. Usted, (abbreviated U.) 
takes its place, except in very familiar conversation. 

¢ Used in all cases before the verb. 

1 Used, Ist, After an intransitive verb; as c’est moi, it is J, for 
c'est je; c’est lui, it is he, instead of c’est il; ce sont eux, it ὦ they, 
or, they are. 2d, After an imperative mood, if it is affirmative, in- 
stead of me; as donnez-moi, give me ; léve-toi, raise thyself; but if the 
imperative is negative, it follows the general rule and takes me; as 
ne we donnez pas do not give me; ne te léve pas, do not raise up. 


260 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 


Tu, toi, thou. 
Τα, toi, thou; de toi, of thee ; ἃ toi, to thee; te, toi,} thee. 


PLURAL. 
Vous, you, ye; de vous, of you; ἃ vous, to you; Yous, you. 


Il, elle, on, he, she, one. 
Mas. I1,* lui,} he; de lui, of him ; ἃ lui, to him; le, lui,} him. 
Fem. Elle, she; d’elle, of her; ἃ elle, ta her; la elle, her. 
Neut. On, one, they, he, somebody, anybody, (indefinite—inde- 
clinable). 


PLURAL, 
Mas. Is,* eux,} they; d’eux, of them; leur, ἃ eux, to them; 
les, eux, them. 


Fem. Elles, they ; d’elles, of them ; ἃ elles, to them ; elles, them. 
The pronoun reflective, soi, is declined by adding the pre- 
position ἃ and de. 
N.B. In imitation of the German and English, we fre- 
quently find méme attached to the personals, which we 
translate se//; as moi-méme, myself, &e. 


OF THE ADJECTIVE, COMMONLY CALLED THE POSSESSIVE 
PRONOUN. 


GERMAN. 
Mein, my. 
Mein, my; meines, of my; meinent, to my; meinen, my. 
Meine, my; meiner, of my; meiner, tomy; meine, my. 
Mein, my; meines, of my; meinen, tomy; meine, my. 
RAL. 
Meine, my; meiner, of mgs meinen, to my; meine, my. 


Unfer, unfere (or, unfre), unfer, our, ours. 

Dein, deine, dein, chy, thine. 

Euer, euere (or, eure), euer, your, yours. 

Sein, feine, fein, Acs, her, dts. [Used when the 
name of the possessor is masculine or neuter]. 

Shr, ihre, ihr, Ais, hers, cts. [Used when the 
name of the possessor is feminine]. 

Shr, ihre, ihr, their, theirs. [For the plural of 
fein and ihr, and for all the three genders]. 

* See ani, (note f, p. 259). t See ant2, (note {, p. 259). 


POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 261 


When the adjective mine relates to an antecedent, or agrees 
with a noun previously mentioned; as this is your hat, but 
where is mine? the word mine is represented in German by 
meiner, meiner, meines, or by der, die, Das meinige. 

Meiner, meine, meines, mine, that of mine. 

Unferer, unfere, unferes, ours, that of ours. 

Der, die, Das meinige, mine, that of mine. 

Der, die, Das unfrige, ours, that of ours. 

Der, die, bas deinige, thine, that of thine. 

Der, die, Das eurige, yours, that of yours. 

Der, die, das feinige, his, her, its. [Used if the 
‘name of the possessor is masculine or neuter]. 

Der, die, Das ihrigey his, her its, theirs. [Used 
if the name of the possessor is feminine, or if the substantive 
for which they stand is plural]. 


SPANISH. 
Mi, my. 
Mi, my ; de mi, of my; ὦ mi, tomy; mi, ἃ mi, my. 
Ε PLURAL. 
Mis, my ; de mis, of my; ὦ mis, to my; 4 mis, my. 
Ταῦ (sing.), tus* (plu.), chy ; declined as above. 
Su (sing.), sus (plu.), Ais, hers, its; declined as above. 
Nuestro, —a, —os, —as (mas. fem. plu.), our; “ & 
Vuestro, —a, —os, --β (M. F. sing. plu.), your; “ «ἐ 
Su (sing.), sus (plu.), their ; so. «ἰ 
The Spaniards, like the Germans, use some of these adjec- 
tives with the definite article prefixed, thus: 
Mas. El mio, mine ; del mio, of mine; al mio, to mine; el or 
al mio, mine 
Fem. La mia, mine; de la mia, of mine; ἃ la mia, to mine ; 
la or & la mia, mine. 


* In all good society, and ordinary conversation, the Spaniard 
makes use of de usted, cr de usteds, (abbreviated de U.), instead of 
tu, tus, &e. 


262 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 


PLURAL. 
Mas. Los mios, mine; de los mios, of mine; ὦ los mios, ἐσ 
mine; los or & los mios, mine. 


Las mias, mine; de las mias, of mine; ἃ las mias, to 
mine; las or & las mias, mine. 
And el tuyo, la tuya, thine; el suyo, la suya, his, hers; 
el nuestro, la nuestra, ours; el vuestro, la vuestra, yours; el 
_suyo, la suya, theirs, with their plurals; los tuyos, las tuyas, 
thine ; los suyos, las suyas, his, hers ; los nuestros, las nuestras, 
ours; los vuestros, las vuestras, yours; los suyos, las suyas, 
theirs, are all declined the same as el mio. 


FRENCH. 

Mon, my; ton, thy; sop, his, hers, tts; notre, owr; votre, 
your; leur, their; are indeclinable, and add s to form the 
plural. Mon, ton, son, though masculine, are used before 
all feminine nouns commencing with a vowel or mute h; as, 
mon heur, my hour ; ton ignorance, thy ignorance ; son assu- 
rette, Ais or her assurance. 

Mien, mine, is declined by prefixing the definite article, 
mienne (fem.), miens (mas. plu.), miennes (fem. plu.); tien, 
thine; sien, his, hers, its; notre (mas. and fem. sing.), notres 
(mas. and fem. plu.), owr, ours; votre (mas. and fem. sing.), 
votres (mas. and fem. plu.), your, yours; leur (mas. and fem. 
sing.), leurs (mas. and fem. plu.), ¢heirs, are all declined in the 
same manner as mien, and cannot be used in any case without 
the article. In imitation of the German, these adjectives re- 
late to an antecedent noun, with which they agree in gender, 
number and case. 


MOOD AND TENSE. 263 


Pres. 
Ger. -¢, 


‘Sp. -ο. 
Fr. -Ὁ, re. 


Eng. do- 


Ger. -¢. 
Sp. -o. 


ee. 3 
Eng. may. 


PRESENT. 
Ger. wirde —en. 
Sp. Ist, aria,* eria,} irfa.2 2d, ara,* 


Fr. rai-— (ions, -iez.t) 


TABLE OF MOOD AND TENSE SIGNS. 


INDICATIVE MOOD. 


Imp. Perf. Plup. 1st Fut. 2d Fut 
te. habe ge= hatte ges werde. -en το, 
ge-t haben. 
ba,*ia,+ he,*habia.} habia, r. habre—do. 
ai(ions,{ a,*i,ju,gai. avais, eus. er. aurai. 
iez.t) 
"κά. have. had. shall. shall have. 
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. , : 
(ὁ) te. habeges hatte ges wwerde. Like Indic. 
ase,*iese. All others like Indicative. 
Like Indicative. 
might. may have. mighthave. shall. shall have. 
CONDITIONALS. 
PAST, 
> wirde ge—t haben. 


Ist, habria. 2d, hubiera. 


iera,f iese,} 856. 


aurai, ausse, —6. 


Eng. should. should have. 
IMPERATIVE. 
2d. 3d. Ist. 2d. 8d. 
Ger. (ὁ). -, er. -ἰα wit, -ἰ, πἐπ fie. 
Sp. -ἃ ta -e él. —mos noso- —d yos- —en ellos. 
tros otros. 
Fr. -e. quwil-e. ons. -er. qu ils -nt. 
Eng. do thou. lethim. let us. do ye. let them. 
' INFINITIVE. 
German. Spanish. French. E£nglish. 
Pres. -¢n. —ar, -er, —ir. er, ir, oir, re. te. 
Perf. haben. haber --(ο. avoir. to have. 
PARTICIPLES. 
Pres. -end. -ἀο. nt. -ing. 
Past. -t. habiendo, -do. 6. -α haying. 
PERSONAL TERMINATIONS. 
Sing. Plu. Sing. Plu. Sing. Plu. 
Ist. ¢. en. 0,a,e,i. mas. The personal terminations of the 
2d. ft. t,en. 58, ste. is. French are numerous, and are 
8d. t,en. en. 2, 6, 0. an, en. determined by the profoun. 
* 1st Conjug. ¢ 2d Conjug. 2 3d Conjug. { 1st person plurai. 


t 2d person plural. 


264 MOOD AND TENSE. 


INFINITIVE. 
Sein; ser (or) estar; étre, to be. 
PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 
Seiend (or) wefend; siendo (or) estendo; étant, being. 


INDICATIVE MOOD.—PRESENT TENSE. 
Ger. Sch bin, du bift, ev ift, wir find, ihr feid, fie find. 
Sp. Yo soy, ti eres, el, la es, nosotras somos, vosotros sois, ellos son. 
Sp. Yo estoy, ti estas, el, la esta, ‘“‘estamos, ‘ estais, ‘ estan. 
Fr. Je suis, tu es, il, elle est, nous sommes, yous étes, ils, elles sont. 
Eng. I am, thou art, he, she, is, we are, you are, they are. 
IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Sch war, du war(e)ft, ev war, wir waren, ihr war(e)t, fie waren. 
Yo era, tfi eras, el era, nosotros éramos, vosotros érais, ellos eran. 
Yo estaba, ta estabas, el estaba, nosotros estébamos, vosotros estibais, 
ellos estaban. 
Yofui, tifuiste, elfué, nosot. fuimos, vosot. fuisteis, ellos fueron. 


“«Estuve, ‘‘estuviste, ‘‘ estuvo, ‘estuvimos, ‘ estuvisteis, ‘‘estuvieron. — 


J’étais, tu étais, il était, nous étions, vous étiez, ils étaient. 
Je fus, tu fus, il fut, nous fimes, vous faites, ils fiirent. 
I was, thou wast, he was, we were, you were, they were. 
PERFECT TENSE. [ &e. 
Bin gewefen,* bit gewefen, ift gewefen, find gewefen, ihr feid, &e., fie find, 
He sido, has sido, ha sido, hemos sido, habeis sido, han sido. 
He estado, has estado, ha estado, hemos estado, habeis estado, han 
estado. 
Ai été, as été, a été, avons été, avez été, ont été. 
Have been, hast been, has been, have been, have been, have been. 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. , 
War gewefen, war(e)ft,Kc., war,&c., waren, &e., war(e)t, &e., waren, &e. 
Hube sido (or) estado, hubiste, &c., hubo, &c., hubimos, &c., hubis- 
teis, &c., hubieron, &c. 
Yo habia sido (or) estado, habias, &c., habia, &c., habiamos, ὅτ. 
habiais, &c., hubian, &c. 
Ayais (or) eus été, avais, eus, &c., avait, eut, &c., avions, efimes, &¢ 
aviez, &c. &c. &e. 
Had been, hadst been, had been, had been, had been, had been. 
FIRST FUTURE. . 
Werde fein, wirft fein, wird εἰ, werden fein, werdet,&c., werden, &e. 
Seré (estaré), serds (estar4s), ser4 (estar&), serémos (esterémos), 
seréis (estaréis), serdn (esteran). | 
Serai, seras, sera, serons, serez, seront. 
Shall be, shalt be, shall be, shall be, &c. ὅσ. 
SECOND FUTURE. 
Werde gewefen fein, wirft, &c., wird, &c., werden, &e., werdet, &e., 
werden, ὅσο. 
Habré sido,; habrds sido,+ habr& sido,t habrémos sido,} habréis 
sido,; habran sido.+ 
Aurai été, auras été, aura été, aurons été, aurez été, auront été. 
Shall have, shalt have, shall have, shall have, &c. &c. 


* A repetition of the pronoun is unnecessary. + Or estado. 


» 


EXPLANATIONS. 265 


EXPLANATION OF THE TEXT AND OF THE FIGURED 
PRONUNCIATION. 


THE TEXT is not encumbered by too much literalism ; 
and great pains have been taken to use correct expressions. 
Those words connected in a brace belong to one phrase, and 
are for the most part idiomatic expressions. All the notes to 
the references through the text—explaining expressions, ete.— 
will be found at the close of each part. The small figures are 
guides to the literal translation: thus enabling a person ac- 
quainted with one, to translate correctly the other three languages. 

Inasmuch as there exist certain sounds in the foreign tongues 
unrich we do not have in English, the following table will be 
very important to him who has no teacher. 


GERMAN. 
Gh, ὦ (guttural), represented in fig. pron. by on. 
Cy (like sh), “ “ “ ‘ 
Ch (like k), “ {ς {{ k. 
F iT] {{ ( oe 
l, ‘“ ( ‘“ ue. 
Yi, ay, et, (Ρ, 51 μν a 
Mu, eu, ( ( ( οἷ. 
SPANISH 
N, represented in figured pronunciation by ny. 
Ll {{ {{ “ ({ ] 
; γ. 
FRENCH. 
U, represented in figured pronunciation by ue. 
Eu, “ { { { oe. 
The nasals 3 = e ng. 
Oi, oix, Xe. ( “ “< φραῖυ. 
J, “ “ “ ‘“c ch. 


The accents have been arranged according to the actual pro- 
nunciation, This (~) over a vowel denotes the vowel to be 
long; (7) is short; and (*) is the brozd accent. Where it 
was thought necessary, the Mood ae been divided into syllables. 


CONVERSATIONS IN 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


Sn einem Sudladen. 
Mier nennen* Sie diefes>? 
Vee nénén 866 désés? 
E31 ijt? ein? Scdhawl*. 

Ase ist ine shahl. 
apse περῆς τὰ ται 

Wie vielta ijt? der? Preis* ? 
Vee feel ist der prise? 
Behn Dollars? 


Tsane dollars. 

Weldhet Cinkinfe? haben? Sies 
Velcha ine-koifab hah-ben see 
in® London’ gemacht? 

in Liindiin gémacut ? 


Sch Eaufte? eine? Auswahl 
Ish kowftd ind owswahl 


pon® Spiben®, Bandern’?, Muffe- 


fin spitsen, béndern, misa- 
Tins’, dins, 

Kalifos*, Wollenftoffen*, 

kdlicds,  wolénstofen, 


Shawls"; shakes ; 


undoon™Paris*einenBallen® 


oond fiin Péris inén  bdllén 
Der® fhonften*, und 

der shoensten, oond 
reichften® Ticher™, Kafimirs™, 
rishe-ten tuecher, kdsémérs, 
u. f. 1.75, uw. f. 1,78 ¢ 

Haben’? Sie? Gonnenf{chirmes ? 


Hahben see sunensheerma ? 


Tienda de patito y de l.enzo. 
1 Comot 565 Ilama*4 eso®? 
6ms say lyahmah asé ? 
Es*? un? chal’. 
Es -oon chal. 


j Cualt es? 615 precio*? 
Quahl és el prdathéd? 


Diez? pesos’. 

Dé-Gih pasos. 

que articulos? ha? comprado® 
a Grticoolés ah comprade 


U.4 —_ en® Londres? ? 
Oosted en Loindrés ? 


He comprado*? un? surtido* 
A  codmprahdo oon soortido 


de> encages®, cintas?, museli- 
da éncahés, thintds, moosdlee- 
nas®, nds, 


zaraza’, lana merina”, 
sarasa, lan-ah méreenah 
chales" ; chaldse ; 


γ᾽ de® Paris un*® cantidad® 
é da Paris oon cantedad 


de’” paiios® y casimires™*, muy 
da panyds ἃ caséméres, mwy 


hermosos” y*t muy ricos”, 
ermosos ὃ muy rékos, 


etc.*> etc.2% et cetera®?, 


1 Tiene”*® U.* quitasoles*? 
Te-and oosted kitasélés ? 


yd habe? fehr* [ὕπο Gonnene Tengo"? quitasoles® muy* her- 


h hahba sGre shoenad siinen- 


ayn sheerma 
266 


Téngo kitasdlés muy δ" 
mosos* mdsds 


CONVERSATIONS IN 


FRENCH. 


> 


ENGLISH 


Magasin de draps. 


Ψ 


Αἱ a dry-goods store. 


Commentt ceci> s’appelle*-t-il?@ Whatt do? you® cail* {8185 ? 


Comdng sésy 58᾽ dpél - til? 
C’! est? un? schale*. 

S’ dite ting shal. 

Quel' en» est? le® prix*? 

Καὶ dng ἃ luh pree? 

Dix' piastres*. 

Dee pyastr. 

Quellest emplettes? avez*-vous* 
Kél -z-ang-plet ivy - voo 
faites 4° Londres? ? 

fat ah Londr? 

J'ai acheté** un? assortiment* 
Zh’a ashti ung asortimang 
de® dentelles®, de rubans’, de 


duh dangtel, duh ruebang, duh 
mousselines®, moosleen, 


de calicos9, d’étoffes de laine”, 
duh calico, d’etof duh lan, 
de schales* ; duh shal ; 

et*? 443 Paris", 1615 plus*® beau* 
a ah Pary, luh plue bo 
οὐδε le plus précieux™ choix*® 

a luh plue presyoe shwaw 
de draps™, de casimirs*, 

duh drah, duh casimeer, 


etc.%5 etc.*® etc.26 


Tenez**-vous* des parasols*? 
Teny - voo dd parasol ? 
J’ enc ai? de® trés* beaux 
Zhang ἃ duh tra - ὃ 


It* 155 a? shawlt. 

What} is* the? prite*? 

Ten‘ dollars*. 

What! purchases? did? you* 
make* in® London? ? 

I bought? an* assortment* 


of® laces®, ribbons’, muslins®, 


prints’, de-laines, shawls*; 


and® from*® Paris‘, a lot*® 


ΟΥ̓ the*® most beautiful 
and*t 


rich™ cloths™, casimeres*, 


&e.% &.% 
Dot you? have? parasols*? 
It have* some? very‘ fine* para- 


sols® 
267 


268 GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


- ----..- 


gu7ecinem®fehr®nietrigen* reife, 47 un® precio muy® equita- 


tsoot-nem sare nee-dreahen pri-sd. 


᾿ 


Haben? Sie? Flanellet ? 
Hahben see flanéla ὃ 


Ja»? [015 ἰώ Shnen® welche” 
Yah, soll ish é-nen velcha 
geigen®? tsiken ? 


Sat, rothen® Flanell*, 
Yah, roten flannel. 


S$ch* Habe? nur? weifen’. 


Ish hahb& noor vise-sen. 


D2 das? geniigt®> nicht. 
O, das gdnuezht nisht. 


τ muf* etiwas* rothen® haben’, 
Ish moos etwas roten hahben. 


Siet fonnen? ifn zu> einem® 
See koenen een tsoo i-nem 


Farber? bringen®, und® ibn? ge- 
Férbér bringen, oond een ga- 
farbt befommen?, ferbtbakomén. 


Das wiirde? 3zu* Foftfpieligs 


Das vuerda tsoo kostspeelizh 


und® 3u* πη απ fein’, 
oond tsoo muesdim sine. 


TREE , " 
Gut**, fo wie* (Οἰρῦ οὐ twitn- 
Goot, sovee see dsevuen 


fhen.® Sit fon(ts nod? Etwagitd 


shen. Ist sonst noon etvas 


ah oon prathéo mwy dkita- 
tivo”. té-vo. 


jTiene* U.* bayetas* (frane- 
Té-dnd oosted bah-yatas (frdané- 
las)? 8 lds?) 
Tengo*?algunas. ; Le mostra- 
Tengo, algoonds. Ld mostrah- 
τό" 4 U.® algunas?? 
ra ah U. dlyoonds ? 
Sit, las de? rojo%. 
See, las da roho. 


No® tengo mas que? blancas* 
No tengo mas ka bléinkds. 


la 


No*? me? bastan® 5. 
No mda bahstén. 


Necesitot 3 algunas* rojas’. 
Nethesét6 algoonas rohas. 


Puede? U.1 llevarlas** 4158 
Pwada oosted lya-vérlahs al 


tintorero’, y® hacerlas%?® 
teentoradro ὃ hétherlahs 
tefiir™. td-nyeer. 


Es6é'me costaria®** demasia- 
Asé ma costareeah daimahséah- 
do’, do, 


y® seria? tambien demasiado 
éséryah tambyén dadmahséahdo 
tedioso’.b ta-de-dso. 


Muy’ bien’, sea? como? lo qui- 
Mwy byén, sa-ah komé lo kee- 
ere® Use éra U. 


ἐ Quiere“* U.* ἱροῦ 
Kee-érad oosted algo 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 269 


7 trés®*-bas prix" 
ah tra-bah pree. 


Avez*-vous? de la? flanelle*? 
Avay-voo duh lahd flanel ? 


Oni. 
We. Vooz-ang mongtrérd- 


jet? zhuh? 
Ouit, de la? rouge®. 
We, @ la roozh. 


Jet n’%ai* que® de la blanche’. 
Lhuh πᾶ kuh Wd la blangsh. 


Oht,ce*n’est pas mon affaire. 
O, suh n’& pah mong afare. 


Jet veux de la* rouge®. 
Zhuh voe d’ la roozh. 


Vous‘ n’avez? qu’ ἃ la* porter? 


Voo wavy δ᾽ ah lah porta 
chez> sha 


166 teinturier’,e οὐδ la faire® 


luh tangtueryad, ἃ lah fare 
teindre™. tangdr. 


Cet serait™ trop* cofiteuxs οὐδ 
Suh βγῶ ἰγ cootoe ἃ 


trop ennuyeux’. 
70 —enue-yce. 


Soit.f A votre plaisir®* & 6, 
Swah. Ah votr plazer. 


Desireriez**-vous™ autre® 
Ddzccer-ér-ya-rerz 6-tr 


Vous® en? montrerai-*5 


at? a® very® low* price”. 


Havet you? any® flannels*? 


It have*. Shall? I* shows you® 


some? ? 


Yest, some? red? flannels. 

I* have* only® white‘. 

01, that? will? never* do’. 

It must? have* some‘ red5. 

Yout can? take? it* ἰοῦ a® 

dyer’,and® have®it** coloured“. 

That* would? be* too* expen- 
sive® 


and® troublesome’. 


Very? well’, just* as* you’ 


choose®. Is? there’ any thing 


270 GERMAN. SPANISH. 


was? Sie Heute haben micy- mas*t hoy? 
vahs see hoité hahben moech- mds oy? 
tern? tén ? 


ae SEs EET τ ῶοτοι 
Heute? θυ δ᾽, mein Herr’, ἰῷ Nada* mast ahora*,d sefior,® 
Ποιὰ nix, mine hér, ish Nahdahmdsah-orah,sain-yor, 
Dante? Shuen®; danka eenen ; 


aber? id)® werde® in einigen*!> gracias*®®; pero” volvere*—* 
ahber ish vérdad in t-nizhén grathee-as; pdro volva-ra 


Tagen® wieder einfpreden*, ent? pocas* dias*®. 
Tahgen veeder ine-spreshen. en wpodkds dé-as. 
J sp P 


δῶ werde? Shnen®7 fehrt Quedaré"*3 muy* agradecido® 
Ish vérd& é-nen ἄγ Ka-dihraé mwy dgrahda-thée-do 


verbunden® fein’, mein Herr®. 46. U7. 
férboondén sine, mine hér. ah oosted. 


1, nicjt? im? Geringftente mein No hay de que.e 
O, nisht im géringstén, mine No ὁ da ka. 
Herr hér. 


Guten® Tag’, mein® Freund», | Buen® dia’, amigo? mio*. 


Gooten tag, mine froind. Bwen dé-ah, amé-g6 mé-6. 
Guten? Tag’. Buent dia’. 
Gooten Tag. Bwen dé-ah. 


Wollent Sie? mich einige” Kalifos® ; Hagame vert algunas? 
Vollén see mish i-nizhd kalikoes Ha-gahma vér algoonas 


fehen™ Laffen®, mein Herr9? telas pintadas’,f sefior?? 
sd-dn lassen, mine hér ? talas pintah-das, sainyor ? 


Mitt dem? groften® Vergniigen*, Cont muchisimo*® gustos. 
Mit dem groesten férgnuezhen. Kodn moochisemo  goosto. 


<= : 3 ΄ A ‘ 
Wie vielt ijt? der? Preist ? j A’ como vende U. eso? g 
Vee feel ist der prise ? Ah kémé venda U. aso ? 


Diet Preife? πὸ σου δίοδον, Lost precios? son* varios*, 
Dee pri-sd sind fersheeden, Lis pra-the-os sin var-e-os, 


ihrer? Giite® entiprechend®®f en razon deh 57 cualidad’. 
eerér guetd "πὲ reshend. en rah-thon dd soo quahl-é-dad. 


FRENCH. 


¥NGLISH. 271 


chose en ce moment? g 
shize ang suh momdng ? 


Rien’, aujourd’ hui*, monsieur,* 


Rying, dzhoord’we, mitsyoe, 
je* vous® zhuh voo 


ee 


remercie*®; mais’ j’aural soin 
rémérsé; md 


de repasser®—” 


duh répdssi 800 06. 


zh’ ord swawng 


a a 
sous peu**—46,h 


Vous m’obligerez beaucoup*”,i 


Voo m’obleezhéra bélcoo, 


monsieur*. 
musyoe. 


Ohi, il n’y a pas de quoi® *4,k 


O, il n’ce ah pah duh quaw, 
monsieur®. musyoe. 

Bon®-jour?, mon*® ami’. 

Bong zhoor, mong nammy. 

Bon*-jour’. 

Bong-zhoor. 


Voudriezt-vous? bien me* faire® 


Vood-rya voo byang muh fare 


voir’ des’ calicos*, monsieur® ? 
vwaw da idlékd, musyoe ? 


Avect le? plus grand] plaisir‘. 


Avck luh plue grang plazeer. 
De quel' prix‘ sont-ils*? τὰ 
Duh kél pree singt-w ? 

Le* prix* varie** 

Luh pree varee 


suivant®® la? qualité’.n 
see-vany lah kahle-ta. 


else*t that? you" wish" to- 
day? 


Nothing* to-day’, sir*, I*thank® 


you’; but? Is will® call‘° in‘ 
again” in* at* few’ days*®. 

It shall? be* much* obligeds 
to® you’, sir®. 


01, not? αὐδ 4115, sir’. 


Good’ day’, my® friend® 
Good* day*. 

Will* you? let* me* look’ at® 
some? prints*, sir?? 

With* ὑπο" greatest* pleasure’. 
Whatt is? the® price*? 

The* prices* are® yarious*, 


according’ to® their? quality® 


272 GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


Hier? ift? εἰπῇ Stir, fehr> fain, 


Heer ist ine stuek, sare shoen, 


fein? int Gewebe’, und? darer- 
jine im gd-vaba, oond dower- 
Haft, fiir nur? givei® Schill- 
haft, fuer noor tswi — shill- 
inge und* fechs Cents”, 

ing&d oond sex sents. 

Wirdt er? verbleicden® ? 

Veerd cer férblichen ὃ 

Ot, nein®, icy? habet ifn® felbft7 


O, nine, ish hahba een selbst 


geprobts. Siet fonnen® fedhszehns 
ga-probpt. See koenen sextsdne 
Elfen® abmeffen*, und? ifn® int? 
élén Ghbmessen, oond een in 


meine Wohnung™, No.8 (Sahl) 


mind vo-nung, nummero (tsahl) 
4214 Paulus*® 

tswi-vond-feertsig Powloos 

Strafe fhiden®. 

strassé shiken, 


Ert foll? fogleid> gefchidt* werden’. 


dér sol sdglishe gashikt vérdén. 
Sct habe* 
Ish hahba 


Nadeln®, einen® Fingerhut, 
Nahdeln, i-nen fing-er-hoot, 


Wahs?, Scheerent®, und* fehrt® 


Vax,  shda-ren, oond sdre 


ntirt Swirn® und” 
meer tsveern oond 


feinen Stoff yu Hembden'® 
fi-nén stiff tsoo hemden 


Aqui? esta? una®  piezat, 
Ak-ké éstah oonah pyd-thah, 
bellisima®®, bellis-é-mah, 


de tegido*, muy lindo’, γϑ 
da ta-hé-dé, mwy lindé, ἃ 
durable, por"solamente*dos* 
doorable, por solah-menta& dos 


chelines'* y*5 seis centayos.¥ 
chelinénes ὃ  sd-is thentahvos 


j Perdera su colors>s ?i 
Pérda-rah soo kélor ? 

Ot, ποῦ, la® het probado® yo? 
O, no, lah ἃ pro-bah-do yo 


mismo.? Cortemet*k 
mees-mo. Kor-tad-mda 


diez y seis> varas® , y7 
dee-aith ὃ sd-is vdras, ὃ 
envielas*® 4° mi‘ casa‘, 
enve-G-las ah mé casah, 
calle” de San*® Pablo‘ 
kali da San Pab-lo 
No.® 4234, 


Noomd-ro quahr-entah é dos. 


᾿ ας... τ 
Let enviere*** 4 U. al punto5.1 
Lé enve-ara ah U. all poonto. 


Het? comprado? hilo®, 
a komprah-dé é-lé, 
agujas®*, dedal?®, 
ahgoohas, da-dal, 


cera¥, unas tijeras*’, 
tha-rah, oonds té-her-ds, 


y** telas*® muy’? finas", 
δ td-lis mwy fé-nds, 


FRENCH, 


ENGLISH. 273 


Voici"? ἀπο piéce* fort® belle®, 
Vwawsé uen pé-ds for bel, 


trés fine’, d’un grand usage”, 
tra fin, d ing grangd uezazh, 


a4? deux* chelines 


ah doe — shelin 
| [aes 

six sols-5, net.o 
see sol, nd. 


La couleur—passera**-t-elle?? 
Lah cooloer—passd-rah-t-el? 
Oh‘, non*, j’*en® ait 

O, nong zh’ang ἃ 


fait l’épreuve®. Donnez-m’en** 

Say Cuhproev. Don-nd-m’ ang 

seize® aunes®, 

sdze On 

et? envoyez®-les? 41° ma‘ 

e ang-voyd -la ah mah 

residence”, rue” saint's 

resé-dings rue sdng 

Paul*®, numero* 4214 

Pole, numédro karangt-dis. 

Je yais vous les envoyer de- 

Zhuh va voo la-z-angvoyad duh 
suite’.p swit. 

Jet viens? de m’* acheter? du 

Zhuh vying duh m’dshta due 

fil®, des aiguilles*, un? dé, 

Jil, da - z- dgwil, ung da, 


de la‘ cire, une puire de 
εἰ lah eer, wen padre da 


ciseaux™, et det trés*® belle” 
siz-d, ἃ duh tra δεῖ 


Here is? αὐ piece*, very® 


beautiful’, fine” texture®, and® 

durable’, fortt only’? two® 
shillings" 

and‘5 sixpence*® (six cents.) 

Willt it? fade® ? 

Ot, no’, I? have‘ tried® it® 

myself.? You* may? 

measure® off* sixteen® 

yards®, and’ send® it® to 

my*t residence’, No. 42% 


St. Paul*® street*7. 


It* shall? 
diately®. 


be? sent* imme- 


I have* bought? me* 
some® thread® and’ needles’, 
αὖ thimble’, some beeswax”, 


scissors, and‘* some* 


274 GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


gefaujts. 
ga-kowft. 
Mein? Brut rr? hat? ein® newes® 
Mine brooazr hat ine noiyes 


Paar? Gamafchen”® gefanftt, 
pahr gad-mashen gd-kowft. 


3 a hp a 
Meinet Tante? hat? fo ebent 
Mind tahnta haht sé aben 


einen® fdonen? neuen® Hut? 
i-nen shoenen noi-yen hoot 


mit? einer’ Eleinen*? blauer™ 
mit i-ner kli-nen blow-ér 


Heder gefauft>, welches® fiet? 
fa-dér gd-kowft, velches 866 


ΤΣ ΣΤ ΞᾺ " ’ 
auf® eine? fone? WArt™ ziert?s, 
owf i-nd shoend Grt tseert. 


Scht witrde? mich nicht? wundernt 
Ish vuerda mish nisht voon-dérn 


wenn? ihr? 5 Sentand»7 feinent 
ven ecr yd-miand  si-nen 

Untrag machte*®; ungeadhtet* 
dntrig macutad; oongd-acutet 
fiet® eimne*® ganz” alte? Sungfer? 
see i-nd gants alta youngféer 

ift°—Jch** bitte?? um Entfahuly- 
ist — Ish bitta oom ent-shoold- 
iguig™ — ἰδὲ meine?> 3 fer” 
égung —ish mind sare 


horgeridt®® im? Z1ter% 
forgaruekt im Ger. 


para camisas’’,.m 

parah kdamésas. 

Mit hermano? ha? comprado 
Mé érmahné Gh kim-prado 


un par® de” polaynas? nuevas.® 
p Ρ 


oon pahr dd pola-énas noo-d-vas. 


Mia‘ tia? acaba®*n de com 
Mé-ah té-ah ak-ahbiéh da kim- 
prar® un® sombrero hermoso? y 
prahr oon sim-brda-ré ér-mé-sd 6 
nuevo’, con’? una garzoti- 
nwd-vo, kon oonah garthoté- 
ca’ 14 azul? ques 1617 embell- 
kah Gth-ool ka lah embel- 
icet® 18 muchisimo® 2% 21, 

é-tha moo-chis-é-mo. 

No? seridi*? sorprendido',o si5 
ΝΟ sa-ré-ah sdr-prén-de-do sé 
alguno®7 lat*43 cortejaria®—*; 
alyoo-né lah kir-td-har-yah; 
aunque seat>16 ynats don- 
ah-oon-kd sd-ah oonah don- 
celliduefiat® 2° — Perdone- 
thelyé-doo-enyah — Per-do-nad& 
me*t—*s esas Queria™ 58 

ma KG-ré-ah 


decir muy*”? adelantada® 
da-theermwy ddé#lantchda 


en” ajios®, 
én anyos. 


ae ee 
ΠΑ 
Ἢ 2 2 
= ν 


. 


ΡΥ a. ν 


Mong frare ah ashty uen pare 


de? geutres® neuves*. 
duh goetr noev. 


Ma‘ tante? vient*4 d’acheter5 


Mah tangt vyangt d’ashta 


un® beau’? chapeau’ neuf’, 
ung b6 = shap-6_—_ noes, 


orné d’*? une plume* bleue® 
drnd εὐ uen pluem Odlue 
qui’ 1117 rend*& 28 

ké lah rang 

“σου τωρ, 

trés jolie 2 21, 

tra zholy. 


Je* πο serais* point? étonné*, 
Lhuh nuh sera pwawngt a-ton-d, 


que® quelqu’® un? lui 13 
huh kell? ung lwé 

κκ--ΣἜ ------ x ᾿ 

fit la cour*—*; quoiqu’* 

78 lah koor; kwawk 
elle*® soit*® surannée® *° gq — 
el swaw suer-dn-d — 


Bien des ‘pardons! r— 
Byiing da pairding — 
Je* vyoulais® dire’, 
Zhuh voola deer, 
fiigée*—, 

aga 


FRENCH. ENGLISH. 275 
~ toile pour faire des chemises"®, very’® fine’? shirting**. 
twawl poor fare da shmis. 
Mon‘ frére* a3 acheté une’ paire® My! brother? has* bought* 


8" pair® of 7 new® gaiters®. 

My?* aunt? has* just‘ 

purchased$ a® beautiful? 

new® hat®, with*® a‘ little 

blue* plume that® sets*® 

her” off** in*? fine*® style**, 

I* shouldn’t** wonder* 15 

some® one? were® paying? his 

addresses** tot* her’; not- 
withstanding 

she 1516 quite’? an’ old*® 

maid*® — Το beg™ pardon®— 

I* should® say’, quite”? 


advanced® in*® life®, 


276 GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


In cinen SGHhneitterladen 


τς ae 
Guten’ Tag?, mein Herr’, 
Gootén tag, mine hér. 
Haben' Sie? Ricde* 25 verfaufen®? 
Hahbén see roeké tsoo ferkowfen? 


ἐπ agenee 5" baer amare 
Yat, mein Herr®, ich? habet Roces 


Yah, mine hér, ish hahba roe-ka 


yon? allen? Sorte®. Welche® Wrtt? 


Juin Gllén sorté. Velchad Grt 


gon Rod? fol ih Shen” 
fiin rock sol ish’ ee-nén 
geigen’®? tstken ? 


Runt, einen? fdwarjzen* Frac, 
Noon, i-nen shwartsen frahk, 


yon feinem Tuche-—Fay? Dente” 
Sun fi-ném toocha — ish dénka 


Dags® ift? amt? modernften™. 

das tist Ghm modérnstén. 

Sebt> nicht? ganz? [05 modern* 

Vétst nisht gants 8 moddérn 
g 


als® der? Uberroc — iberrice? 
als der ueber-rickh—ueber-roeka 


werden? mehr™ getragen?®. 
verden mare gd-trah-gen. 


Gut? denn?, zeigen Sie* mir® 
Goot, den, tsi-ken see meer 
einen® Uberrod?. 
i-nen ueber-rok. 


Hter* tft? einer>—ich* denfe> das 


Heer ist i-nér —ish denka& das 


er® Shnen’ papts. 
dre ecnén past. 


Con un Sastre. 


Buenos dias, sefior’. 
Bwa-nos dé-ds, sainyor. 


j Tiene* ‘U.* vestidos* que ven- 
Té-dnd U. vesté-dis ka& vén- 
der®®? dér? 


Sit, sefior?, tengo®* vestidos§ 
Sé, sain-yor, téngd vésté-dds 
de® todos? generos®. 3 Que? 
da todos héndros. KGa 


genero’ det vestidos* le mos- 
héndrd da vesté-dis la mos- 
traré4—16 4 U.17? trardahU? 


Bient, un? vestido fino®5, y 
Byén, oon véstédéd fe-nd, ὃ 
negro’, Creo®7 este® 9 vestido 
nd-gré. Krda-6 ésté vestédé 
a eens 

de modo*4, 

da médo. 

oem τ τ 

Not es tan? de modo* ahora’ 
No és tan da& médé ah-6-rah 


como® 617 saco®’—los sacos? 
komo el sakéd —lods sakos 


son’? muy de modo”, 

son mwy da médo. 

Muy? bien*, ensefieme*5 
Mwy byen, ensdin-yd-ma& 
un® saco?. 

oon sako. 

Aquit esta? uno? que® viene® 
Ah-ké éstah oo-nd ka& ve-éna 


bien 4 U.*P 
byén ah oosted. 


Ὅν. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 277 


Avec un Tailleur. 


Bonjour! *. monsieur.® 
Bong-zheor, miis-yoe. 
Avez'-vous? des* habits* a° 
Avy - voo da-z-abé-z-ah 
vendre®? vangdr ? 


Ouit,monsieur’, j’ai** des habits® 
We, miis-yoe, σᾶ da-z-abé 
de® toutes’? espéce®’. Quelle® 
duh toot - s - éspés. Καὶ 
sorte? d’habit**** yous’? mon- 


sor d’ abé voo mong- 
trerai-je*—? trérd-zhuh ? 


Eh bien’, un’noir* de beau drap*. 
Eh byang,iingnwawr duh bb dra. 


Celui-la® me® semble’ plus’ 
Sélwe-lah muh stingbl plue-z- 
ἃ la mode. 

ah lah mod. 

Past autant® que® 167 paleteaus— 
Pah-z-6-tang ka luh paléto— 
les paleteaux® sont* 

la pdleété song 


plus usage” »" 

plue d’ue-zazh. 

Eh bien, donc,? faites moi 
Eh byang, dongk, fat mwaw 


voir*> un® paleteau.” 
vwaw-r-ung paleo. 


—_—_ 
En vyoici*? πη, qui® vous? 
Ang vwawsy ung, ké  voo 
siéra7*9, je* 

syérah, zhuh pangs. 


24 


At a Tailor-shop. 
Good! morning’, sir®. 


Havet you* any® coats* ἰοῦ 
sell®? 


Yes?, sir*, 15 have* coats® of ® 


What? 


every’ description.® 


kind* oft a4® coat*® shall Is 
show*® yout?? 


Wellt, a? broadcloth*—black*, 
frock — 16. think” that® is® 
most*® fashionable“. 

Not* quite? so® fashionable* 
now® as® the” sack®* — sacks? 
are? much* worn. 

Very? well*, then’, show* me® 
a® sack’. 

Heret 155 one*—I* think’ 


106 is’ your® fit®. 


278 GERMAN. 


SPANISH 


1, nein, gang und gar nidt—g 


O, nine, gants oond gar nisht, 


er® ift® viel” gu’ groh®—er™ wird" 
Gre ist feel tsoo grose—dare veerd 


nie geniigen®, 
nee gd-nuezhen. 


Hiert iff? ein andern’, ein 
Heer ist ine andern, ine 


Fleinerer—oorjudhen Stebiefen®, 
kli-nérér—fersoochen see deesen. 


Diefert ift? befferX—er pafit® [οὔτ᾽ 


Dee-ser ist besser—der past sare 


αἰ, %Gas7 denfen*? Sie? 
goot. Vas denken see 


Dariber™?, Schneider ? 
darueber, shni + der? 


Er fist Shnen™ fehr* gue’, 


Are sitst é-nén sare goot, 


wahrlid®, 


vahr-lish. Proeshtizh—nix 


fonnte?? beffer™ fiben™. 
koenta besser sitsen. 


Wast if? der? Preist? 
Vas «ist der prise? 


Er hetragtnur*dreizehn*Dollars> 


Are bétrégt noor dritsane dollars. 


Dast ift? gang? billig. 
Das ist gants billizh. 


Prbchtig? — Niches? 


Οἱ, de ninguna manera*~*; 6558 


O, da neen-goond mindrah; és 


demasiado”?® ancho*9, 
da-mas-é-ah-dé ancho, 
no me ira jamas*%.q 
no ma é-rah hamdas. 


Aqui! esta? unotro’— 
Ah-ké estah oon-6-tr6— 


mas pequeiio’, pruebela®® U.5 
miths pakdny6, proo-a-balah U. 


Es** mejor’—vya muy bien*’, 
Ase ma-hir—vah mwy byen. 
| RR = 
i Que” le parece*~° de* eso”, 
Ka li paré-thi da asd, 


sefior sastre?? 
sainyor sastra ? 


Va muy bien? ; muy? bien’, 
Vah mwy byen; may byen, 
ciertamente®, Nada? pue- 
the-ertamenta. Nah-dah pwa- 
da*° ir? mejor®. 
dah eer mahor. 


j A como le. vende U.?. 
Ah kémé la venda oosted ? 


Solamente? trece* pesos®. 
Sol-ah-mentd tra-tha pd-sos. 


ΣΈΘΕΝ 
Est? muy? de barato‘. 
Es mwy da barahto. 


Jcht verfaufe? alles meine* Keider> Vendo»? todos® mis* vestidos® 


Ish ferkowfa alla mind kli-der 


Vendo ἰδιϊδς mis vestedds 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 279 


Ομ", non’, point? du? touts. Ils 
O, nong, pwawny due too. Il 


Cela” 
S’lah 


a® trop* d’ampleur’.s 
ah tré αἰ ang-ploer. 


ne me ya _ pas**, 
nuh muh vah peh. 


eee ine, 
En voicit? un autre’ 
Ang vuawsy ung-n-otr 


plus étroit*, essayez5-le®. 
plae-z-etrwaw, essay - ὦ - 1d. 


Tit ya?t mieux’. ΠῚ sied ἃ mer- 
li vah myoe. Il syd-d-ah mer- 


- ᾽ 
veille**.u Qu’? en” pensez’- 


valyuh. 


vous’, monsieur le tailleur? 
voo, musyoe luh tdl-yoer ? 


Rang  pangsa- 


; : Perey as 
Il sied ἃ merveille**—& mer- 
LL sya ah mérvilyuh — ah mér- 
vielle*5, en vérité®. C’est un 


vilyuh, ang véréta. S’a-t-ung 


chef-d’ ceuvre,Y—on ne? saurait*® 


shef-d’ oevr — ong nuh sd-ra 


rien® vous faire ‘de mieux*»32 
ryang voo fare duh myoe. 


Quel* en est* le* prix*? 

Kel ang ἃ luh pree? 

Ce! n’est? que® treize* piastres’, 
Suh wa kuh traze  pe-astr. 

C'est? bien ἃ bon marché. 
S’a  byang ah bong marsha. 

Jct vends* tous* mes* habits® 

Zhuh vang too md-z-abé - z- 


O', not? at? 411", 10 

is’ quite” too® large®*—it”® 
will never® do*. 

Here? 155 another’— 


smaller*—try® this®, 

That* is* better*—very* fine’ 
fit®. What? do* you® think” 
of * it, tailor ? 
Very! fine? Ὁ. Very* fine’, 
Admirable’ fit*. 


indeed.® 


Nothing® could” sit** better®. 


Whatt is* the® price*? 
It 153 only® thirteen‘ dollars’. 
That+ is* quite* cheap*. 


I sell? all? my* clothes® 


280 GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


billig®, Dies? ifts per® 
billig. Dees ist der 


wolhlfeilst? Laden*, 
vole-fi-la laden. 

Hier if das? Gelb*—ih® 
Heer ist dis geld — ish 
Denke® es? ift® ridtig® 
dénka ase ist rish-tizh. 


Ganj ridhtig?, mein Herr’; folltens 


Gants rish-tizh, mine hér ; sdlten 


Gie® irgend? Etwas® mehr? zu 
see eer-kend etvahs mdre tsoo 


meinem Gephajt 2h belangend, 


mi-nem ga-shéft  bd-long-end, 


baratismos®. Aqui’ esta® 
baritismos. Ak-ké estah 


la® tienda" baratisima?®. 
lah tyenda baratisémah. 
Aqui esta* su® dinero*. 
Ak-ké estah soo dé-na-ro. 


Ami parecer®® 6578 equitativo®. 
Ah mé pirathér és akitahtéve. 


Si#2 sefior’. Cuando* nece- 
Sé, sdinyor. Quandé nd-the- 


sitara>® alguna’ cosa’, 
setdrah algoonah kdsah, 


hagame el favor de darme 
higdma el fahvor da darma 


gebrauchen®, fo laffen Sie εὖ uns 
gabrowcHen, so lisén see dse oons 
wiffen.—% vissen. 


ΣΤᾺ 
Scht werde? est ἐπ, mein Herr.> 
Ish vérda ase toon, mine hér. 


Guten® Morgen’. 


Gooten morken. 


Haben' Sie? Beinkleiner? ? 
Haben see _ bine-kli-der ? 


Sa, icht habe? Beinkleiders 
Vah, ish hah-ba bine-kli-der 


gon jeder® WArtS und? Gites, 
Sin yadér rt oond gueta. 


Was fordern* Sic? [τὸ diefes! 
Vahs fiirdern see fuer deeses 
Paar?? pahr ? 


Siebent Dolarg?, 
Seeben dollars. 


la _preferencia.4— 
lah preferenthéah. 


Lo* haret-, sefior®. 
Loh ah-ra, sain-yor. 
Buen? dia’. 

Bwen dé-ah. 


j Tienet U.? pantalones*? 
Tyd-na U. pantilo-nés ? 


Tengo** pantalones? de‘ todas$ 
Tengo pantilo-nés da todas 


calidades® yide todos generos®. 
kaledadés ὃ da& todos hend-ros. 


jCuanto! quiere*4 Us por® 
Quanto ké-éra U. por 
este® par?? esta pahr ? 


Sietet pesos. 
Sé-dta pa-sts. 


“δ. 
‘ y i 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 281 


§ bon marché, -C’7 est® 

ah bong marsha. S’a 

169 magasin™ au bon marché", 
lui magdzang 6 bing marsha. 


Vous voici*? |’*argent*— 
Yoo vwawsy lLarzhang— 


C’7 est just’—n’ est ce pas? Ww 
S’a zhuest—n’a suh pah ? 


cheap®. This? 155 
the® cheap® store". 
Heret is* the? money*— 


15 think® that? 155 right®. 


C’est bien, monsieur’, Quand‘ All‘ right’, sir. When 


Sa byang, musyoe. Kang 


vous’ désirerez® quelque’? 
voo dd-séra-ra kell 


chose® de® notre*t resort*?, 
shiz duh δὶ resor, 
venez nous voir.“~*%x 
vend noo vwawr. 


Je n’y manquerai pas, M's 
Lhuh π᾿ ἃ mang-kera pah, M. 


Bonjour®’. 
Bong-zhoor. 


Avez*-vous? des* pantalons* ? 
Αὐυᾶ ~ woo dd pang-talong ? 


Jet tiens* toutes® sortes® de* 
Zhuh tyang toot sort 


pantalons’, et? d’une grande 
pang-ta-long, ἃ d’ung grang 
variété®. varé-ttd. 


Que* youlez-vous** 465 cette’ 

Κα voola-voo tuh set 
paire’? pdr ? 

Sep‘ piastres*. 

Si pe-“istr 


24* 


duh 


you’ want® any’ thing® 
more® in*? my* line*’, 


give us“ at call, 


It shall* do® go*, sir’. 

Good® morning’. 

Have you? any® pantaloons*? 
I* have? pantaloons* οὐ“ all 


kinds® and’ descriptions’. 


Whatt do* you? ask‘ for® this® 
pair? ? 


Seven dollars®. 


282 GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


Dast it? au? viel*, 
Dés ist tsoo feel. 
Nicht, wenn? Sie? pie> Gute® 
Nicht, ven sce dee gueta 


bes” > Tuches® und? den 
ὅς toochés oond den 


Shuitts in Betradht sehen’, 


schnit tn bda-tracué tsé-én. 


Haben*? Sie? Weften* gu> ver= 
tsoo fer- 


Hahben 5.6 véstén 
faufen®? kowfen ? 


ay 
Sat, mein Herr?, SollFid*Ghnen® 


Yah, mine hér, sol ish &-nen 


eine” Btlafwefte™® zeigen? 
“na Atlds-vesta tst-ken ? 


Meint, ich? witnfdye** eine® yon® 


Nine, ish vuensha i-nd fin 


PEL IEES 
Kafimir®. (61 fangt απ gut 
kasi-meer. Ase féngt Gn tsoo 


regnen? ; 
rdzhnén ; 


πα HDaufes*. Legen*? Sie mir 
Lazhén see meer 


wach how-za. 


jene® Beinfleider*® und*7 diefet® 
yd-nd bine-kli-der oond deesa 


Welter? zufammen™, 


vesta tsoosammen. leer ist 


ein” Hemd™—ich* gedenfe*> ο639 


ine hemd — ish ga-denkd ase 


ag Fae Α 
απ 39 2: faufen?**—legen™ 
owth ὅ3)0 kowfen — lizhen 


ἰῷ Denke? id) gebe 


ish denka& ish ga-a 


Hier” iftet 


Ks"? demasiado*?. 
Es dd-mahs-é-ado. 


Not, 8", si? se? ha de juzgar* 
No, Sr., si sé ah da hooth-gar 


der la’ calidad® γ de lat 
da lah kél-é-dad ὃ da lah 


hechura® de* este® paiio®. 
d-choo-rah da ésté painyo. 


ἐπ oR eT 

jTiene U.*-* chalecos* que 

Lyana_ U. chalakése ka 
vender®? wvéndér ? 


Sit, sefior®. ; Le ensefiare*™ 
Se, sainyor. La ensd-nyara 


eae Pa i 
& U.® un’ chaleco® de raso®? 
ah U. oon chala-ké da rah-s6? 


Not, prefereria?-* uno 
No, prafér-ér-é-ah oond 
de casimiro®. Empesat~* 44 
da kisé-mé-r6. Empés-ah ah 


llover’, y voy®*° 4 casa™. 
lyovér, ὃ voy ah kah-ses. 


Enfardelad® 13. estos® panta- 
Enfahr-dd-lid ests panta- 


lones'® y*7 este?® chaleco™. 
lonés δ €ésté chald-ko. 
Aqui? esta** una” camisa™. 
Ah-ké estah oonah kum-é-sah 


Quiero* 35 comprarla**—* tam. 
Ké-éré =komprahr-lah tam- 


bien®. Enfardeladla®*—* con™ 
byen. Enfahrdaldd-lah kin 


{es 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 283 


©’! est? trop®4. 
Sa tro. 


Non’, si yous examinez?~ bien 

Nong, 88 voo-z-eziminad byang 

a® qualité® du” ® drap®, 

lah kélé-ta due drah, 

et* Jatt fagon™, 

ἃ lah fasong. 

Seas 

Avez-vyous' des gilets* 45 

Avy-voo da zhiltizah 
vendre®? vangdr ? 

Oui‘, monsieur.? Vous*® montre- 

We, musyoe. Voo mongtra- 

CL FORE 
rai®>-je* un’ gilet® de satin® ? 
rd-zhuh ung zhila da sdtding ? 


Non’, jen préférerais** un‘ 


Nong, zh’ang pra-ferérais ung 


| re mean | 
de casimir®. I]t commence®® δῇ 


dé kazémeer. Il kim-aings ah 


pleuvoir® — je* vais®,z je® 
ploe-vwawr—zhuh va, zhuh 


oe απ σι, 
pense’, retourner* chez moi™. 
pangs, ratoornd cha mwaw. 


Empaquetez “*-moi* ces* pan- 
Empiketa mwaw sa pang- 
talons‘ et*? ce" gilet*®. Voici*** 
tdlong & suh zhild. Vwawsy 


une* chemise*. Je* γα 1557, je™ 
uen shmis. Zhuh va, zhuh 


pense®, l’acheter® également®. 


pangs, ( ashta  agalmangq. 
Mettez*-la® Met-d-lah 


That* is? too* much‘. 

Nott when? you® consider* 
the® quality® of7 the® cloth®, 
and’ thet make* of 8 them". 


Dot you? keep? vests‘ to5 sell®? 


Yes‘, sir. Shall? I* sou 
you® a7 satin’ vest? ? 

Not; I? would? like* a§ 
cassimere®, It*is* beginning 
tot rain'—I® think’ 15 will? 
return’? home. Put me* 
up* those pantaloons*® and‘” 
that** vest*®, Here*® 155: a® 
I* think*> 159 will*” 


shirt. 


purchase* that” also*°. Put® 


264 GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


Sie e8* 3u™ Dem Ubrigen®, 
see ase tsoo dem uebrigen. 
Sat Gas? if? εἰπῇ fehr> fhines® 
Yah, das ist ine sare. shoenés 


Hemd7, hemd. 
Wag if? der? Preis* diefen>® 


Vahs ist der prets deesen 
Halsbinder7 ὁ hals-binder ? 


Dert ift® {εὐ τ᾽ niedrigs— 

Dér ist sare né-drizh— 

nir> golf? Schillinge’. 

noor tswoelf shilinga. 

Sehr Gut?; legen®> Sie diefelbe* 


sare goot; lazhen see dee-sélba 


3u° dem” Ubrigen’. 
tsoo dem uebrizhen. 


Sn citnen Sadhubladen. 
τ" Denke? ich? willt unten® 


Ish denka& ish vil oontén 


in Die Stadt? gehen®, und> mir? 
in dee stit gd-én, oond meer 


ein? Paar Stiefel faufen, 
ine pahr steefel  kowfen. 


Wollen*> Siet® mich*s hegleiten’? Ὁ 
Vollén see mish bégli-tén ? 


Mitt Vergniigen?, mein® Freund’. 
Mit verg-nuezhen, mein froind. 


Werden wir? gehen? oder*fahrens? 
Verdén veer ga-én ddér fah-rén ? 


los®5 otros articulos*®. 
lis 6-trds ahrtikoolos. 


Sit, es*® una‘ camisa7 her- 
Sé, és oona kaim-é-sa ér- 
mosisima®. mdsis-é-mah. 


CG τὰ, 

Cuantot pidé U.*~ por® esta® 
Quanto peda U. por estah 
corbata’ ? korbatah 2 

ae πηρελ όσα ane ST 
Ks** muy? de barato’. 
Es mwy dda baraté. 
Solamente® doce® chelines”. 
Solaménta dotha chel-é-nés. 


Bien**, bien**, enfardelad’4- 
Byen, byen, enfahr-dd-lad- 


la* con® los’ otros articulos’. 
la kon los 6-trds artikoolés. 


Con un Zapatero. 


Me propongo™*s deir> 4 la 
Ma proépoingé dé eer ah lah 


ciudad? baja®, y® de comprar? 
the-oodad baha, ὃ dakomprahr 


un par™ de® botas**. 
oon pahr da botas. 


{QuiereU.* venir7conmigo*? 
é-€rd U. vd-neer kon-mé-go: 
Ké-éra U. k "0 
Con’ gusto*, amigo* mio?. 
Kon goostd, amégé mé-5 


jIremos ὦ pie!-8, 6*en coche’t 
Erdmés ah pe-d, 6 en kochaé? 


ΡΣ 
oo 
. 


FRENCH. ENGLISH. 285 


avec™ les® autres articles. it up* with* the® rest®®, 
a@vik la-z-6-tre-zartikl. 
Ouit, ¢’? est* une* trés® jolie® Yest, that® is* a* very> fine® 
We, sdte uen tra chély shirt?, 

chemise”. shmis. 


Quel‘ est* 165. prix* de® cette? What* 155 the? price* οὐδ this® 
Kel ἄἅ lah pree- duh set cravat? ? 

cravate?? kravat? 
Elle* est? ἃ" trés* bon marché*— That is* very? cheap*— 
Εἰ ἃ -ah tra bing marsha— 
Douze® chelins’, pas d’s Frantage”: only® twelve® shillings’. 
Dooz shélang pah @ ivangtazh. 


Fort* bien*, envelloppez**-lat § Very* well*, put® that* 
For byang, ang-vel-dnpa-lah 


avec® 1’? achat’ up® with® the? rest’. 
dvék VU dashah. 
" Magasin ἃ Bottes. In a Shoe-store. 


Je suis d’avis de descendre®-* I* think? 15 wills go® down® 
Zhuh swé davé duh dasingdr 


en ville? pour m’*° acheter® town’, and® buy® me* a7 
ang vil poor m’ashta 

une paire* de® bottes. Vou- pair® of ® boots* 

uen pdr duh bdt. Voo- 


lez*5-yous*® m’** accompagner’?7? Will you** accompany” me**? 
li - voo mdak-dmpdn-ya ? 


Avect plaisir’, mon* ami‘. With' pleasure*, my? friend‘. 
Ahvék plahzeer, mong-n-amé. 


Trons-nousipied**out prendrons- Shall we? walk, or* rides? 
Trong-noo ah pya οο prangdrong- 
nous V :iture*’? noovwawtuer? 


286 GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


te, 
1, laffen Sie? uns® gehen ; 
O, lasén see oons ga-én; 
ἐδ5 ift® nur” ein® Schritt® bis 
ise ist noor ine shrit bis 


gu*? einem Schubladen*, 
tsoo t-nem shoo-lahden. 


Sehr? wohl?, dann’, wollen® wirt 
Sdre vole, din, vollén veer 
gehen’, ga-én. 


Belldufig bemerkt, beobach- 
Bi-lifizh ba-mérkt, ba-vbacu- 


teten*® Sied geftern’ Whend* 
télén see gestérn Gbend 


Shren? Vetters im? Theater? 


é-rén fetter tm  td-ah-ter? 


Nein, ich? heohachtete? ihn nicht, 


Nine, ish ba-dbacutéa een nicht, 


meine® Gedanfen® waren’ 3us fehr9 
mi-na ga-danken var-en tsoo sare 


mitt dem? Spiele bhefdyaftigt®. 
mit dem spé-la bd-shéfugt. 


(81 war? ein® fehrt fhines® 
Ase vitr ine ἄγε shoenes 


εν wurde aber? durdy? den* 


stuek ; voordd Ghber doorsh den 


Unrubeftifter® im Parterre® 
son-ro0-G-stifler im partér-ra 


gu® oft? unterbrodyen’?, 
tsoo oft oonter-brochen. 


Sat, εὐϑ war’ eint fehr> fomifder® 
Yah, are var ine sdre kémisher 
Kamera’. kahm-rad. 


Vamos, pues, 4 pie, Porque 
Vamos, pwase, ah ped. Porka 
no’ hay®® que” un® paso® hasta” 
nd t kd oon pahsd astah 
lat! (primera) zapateria*%, 
luh (pré-marah) thapatéré-ah. 
Muy? bien’, vamos*—*, 

Mwy byen, vahmos. 


ΣΑ͂ proposito*, hat visto® U.5 
Ah pr6-pozé-to ah veestd U. 


su”? primo® 819» 10 teatro 
soo pré-mé αἴ td-atrd 


ayer por la serat®45?t 
ahyér por lah sarah ? 

Not, ποῦ le he? visto— 

Nob, πὸ la & veesto— 

Mié espiritu® era? captivado” 
Mé éspé-rétoo d-rah kaptévado 
port! 1435 pieza*’. 

por la ptatha. 

Krab? una? pieza® muy* 
A-rah oonah pe-d-thah mwy 


agradable®; pero” interompi- 
agradahble ; paro intér-ompe- 


dat? demasiado®, por este” 
da déimahséddo, por esta 


bribon® del 15 patio*®. 
bré-bon del  pahté-6. 


Sit, era®? un* bufonillo®’. 
Sé, d-rah oon buf-o-nilyé. 


FRENOH. . ENGLISH. 287 


4 Marchons™, 115 n’y? 0', let? us* walk; 10 
Marshong, il we 

a a® qu’7 un* pas? d’ici, 4° un** [58 but? aS step? “- .. 

; * ah Kung pah Wisy, ah ung 


magasim® ἃ soulier™. ἰοῖ att shoe*-shop™, ; _ 
magazang ah soolyér. ΔΝ 


Eh bien*? donc?, allons 2 jed*~®, Very* well’, then’, πὸ ΜΠ. 
? Ρ ὦ; ’ ᾽ 
Eh byang,dongk, allong-z-ah ργᾶ.  go*. 


A‘ propos*®, avez*-yous® yu® Βγ' the* way®, did* you 
Ah ργδρδ - z - avd-voo vue 


hier® soir, votre” cousin® observe® your” cousin® at® 
yer swawr, votr koozang 


au®*?° théatre ? the* theatre last evening’? 
δ td-ah-tr ? 

Non’, 165 ne* l’y αἱ point vu. No’, 15 did* not*—my5 

Nong, zhuh nuh? ἃ ἃ pwoing vue. 

Mon® esprit® était? trop*® mind® was’ too* much® 
Mong-n-éspré - t - ty tré 

oceupéde"la*réprésentation®. engrossed*® with" the* play* 
okuepa duh lah réprdséntasé-ong. 

C’* était? une* trés* belles It* was? a® very* fine’ 
S’ety-t-uen tra bel 


: 
piéce® ; mais’ trop* souvent® = play®; but? too® frequently® 
pets; mad ἐγ soo-vang-t- 
interrompue” par ce*# interrupted” by* that" 
dingter-Ompue par suh 
plaisant® du’**5 parterre*®. rogue in the’ pit*®, 
_ pla-sang due parter. 
Oui', 115 était? trés’ comique®. Yes*, he? was* δῷ very® comi- 
We, al eta tra kom-ikh. cal® fellow’. 


288 GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


Gang? fo; aber* hier® find* wir? Hs verdad**.u Perot aquf? 


Gants so; ber heer sind veer Es vérdad. 


beim>*? Schubladen’, 


bime  shoo-léden. 


Laffen® 
Ldssén 
Sie uns’ eintreten*, 

see oons tne-trétén. 


Sollt ich? Sie* mit? einem® 
Soll ish see mit t-nem — 


Paar? Schube? verfehen? 2 


pahr shood versd-én ? 


en 
Nein, mein Herr?; ich’ verlange* 


Nine, mine hér ; 
Stiefel®. sté-fel. 

Welchet Wrt? von? Stiefeln* 

Velcha Grt fin sté-feln 


ish ferlang-a 


gichen? Sie’ yor7? von Kalbs- 
tse-en see for? fiin kalbps- 


hauts, son gropem Kalhsfell,eh 
howt, fin grisem kalbpsfel, 


oder” yon Gaffian? Sh 
ddér fun saf-é-in? Ish 


Habe* einige fer jdine® 
hahba i-nizha sare shoena 


SGaffian’” Stiefelts, melchet® ich2 


velcha ish fe-no, ka 


saf-é-Gn _ stee-fel, 


billig? verfaufen® will? 
billig verkowfen vill. 


Paro aké 


estamos® ὁ delante’ de la® 
estamos dd-lanta da lah 
zapateria”®, Hntremos**4 
thapateréa. Entrd-nios 

ἐ Quiere U.t-5v un® par’ de® 
Ké-éra Uz. oon par da 
zapatos? ? . 
thapitos 


Not, sefior?; quiero®* botas®. 
No, sainyor ; ké-trd δδίαϑ. 


ὁ Quet genero? de® botas4 
Ka hendré da botas. 


le agradece ὦ U. mas*72w 
la agrahdatha ah U. més? 


ΕἸ piel becerillo®, de becerra¥, 
El pyél betherily6, dé betherah, 


613 de cordobant*? Tengo 
6 da korddban? Tengo 


botas® 4617 cordoban’” muy™ 
bitas da korddban mwy 


fino®, que’? vendré—* 4 U. 
véindra ah U. 


muy de barato®. 
muy da barato. 


Welchet Art? Kalbsleder®* haben® ;Quetgencro? de*cuero de terne- 
Velcha art kalbpslader hahben Ka hendaro dé kwaro da térnd- 


Sie® ὁ 866 ὁ ? 
“rg habe? ἔραν Bfifches®, 


h hahba frantsoesiches, 


ro*tiene>U.®? ro tydna U. 


Tengo cuero* de ternero4, 
Tengo kwaro da térnaro, 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 289 


C’est vrai*?.aa Enfin,bb 

δ᾽ ἃ vra. Ang-fang, 
nous voili?~* au>® magasin® 
noo vwawlah ὃ magazang 
ἃ bottes?. Entrons*. 

ah bit. Angtrong. 

Vous* Offrirai-je-> une® 
voo-z - offré-rd-zh - uen 
paire’ de® souliers®? 

par duh sool-yér ? 


Non', monsieur*, je* désirerais* 
zhuh ddazéréra 


Nong, musyoe, 
des bottes®. da bot. 


Quelle* sorte* de* bottes* 
Kel sort da bit 


"Sinema aes ti 
préférez*7-yous°—en veau’, 
prafarad - voo — ang vd, 


en yvieux veau’, ou? 
ang vyeu vd, 00 


en maroguin"? 713 4113 det 
ang marokang? zh’a duh 


trés* bellest® bottes*® en maro- 
bel bot-s - ang mar-o- 


tra 


quin”, que” 1655 puis* offrir™ 
kang, kuh zhuh pwe-z-of-reer 


» bon “marché, 
ah bong marsha. 


Quite* so*; but* here* we* 


are*, αὐ the® shoe’-store®. 


. Let® us’ enter. 


Shall I? accommodate* yout 


= 


with’ a® pair” of ® shoes®? 


Not, sir?; 15 want* boots®. 


Whatt kind? of* boots* 

do® you® prefer?7—calfskin®, 
kipskin9, or*® 

morocco? I have 
some” yery® fine*® morocco” 


boots’, that’? 130 will 


sell” cheap™. 


Quelle* espéce? de® veau* avez’- What* kind? of® calfskin* have* 


Kel —esptis duh v6 avy- you"? 
vous®? voo ? 
J’? ait des cuirs de veaux* ‘ de It have? French? calfskin‘, 


Zh'a dad kweer duh vi duh 


25 


290 GERMAN. 


aes 


SPANISH. 


Philadelphiers, und® ordindres” 
Filadelfier, oond ordinarés 


Kalbaleder. (Gch habe) einen fehr® 
kailbsladér. (Ish hahba) inen sare 
fhinen® WArtifel*? von" franzoftz 
shoenen Artikel fiin frantsoesi- 


fdhem™ Kalbsleder®, Soll ict 
shem kalbsladér. Sol, ish 


Shnen” welches*® zeigent® ? 


é-nen velches_ tsi-zhen ? 


"gy ᾽ . 
Wennt es Fhnen® gefallig {8,1 
Ven dse e-nen ga-fellig ist. 


Hiert find? fier.  Gch* denke® fie® 
Heer sind see. Ish denkd see 


werden? Fhnen® genau” paffen’, 
vérdén é-nen gd-now passen. 


Siet fehen? felr? plump* und> 
ee sd-én sare ploomp oond 
grop® aus®, gross ows. 


Pielleiht* mogen** Sie? 
Fé-licht moezhen see 
ee eres, 
am liebjten® Gaffian’-Stiefel, 
alm leebsten Safi, dan-sté-fel. 
Scht will? mir einige? Saffian®- 
qsh vil meer i-nizha Safyan- 
Stiefel befehen®, wenn? Sie® er- 
ste-fec béd-sd-én, vén see ér- 
lauben®, lowbén. 
Hier* ift? ein? fehr* fchoines> Paar’, 
Heer ist ine sére shoenes pahr, 


welded” (ὦ 5 Shnen™ unter” dem® 
vélchés ish é-nen oonter dem 


frances*, de Filadelfia’, y® 
Jranthés, da Filadelféah, δ΄ 


de algunos ordinarios’. (Ade- 
da dlgunds ordéndaréos. ( Ahdé- 
mas) otros generos*® de 
mahs) otros héndros da 


ternero® frances’, muy® boni- 
terndro franthes mwy boné- 


(059. ;Quiere U. verlos*#—8? 
tos. Ké-éra U. vérlods? 


Con mucho gusto. 


_ Kon moocho goosto. 


Aquift estan* ὃ. 
Ah-ké estan. 


Creo*> que — 
Kré-o μᾶ 


le calzan “muy bien.x 
li kalthan mwy byen. 


2 ME ee 

Me parecen*’y muy® groceros* 

Ma parathén mwy grotherés 
y® anchos®. e dnchdés. 


. . ee 
Quizat le gustarian?~* mucho 
Kéthah la goostéréahn moochs 


as — m μευ 
mas®z botas de maroqui’. 
mas, botas da mdaré-ké. 


Quiero’? ver** algunas® de 
Kée-ér6 ver dlyunahs da 
F —_*— 
maroqui®, si7 U.8 le gusta’. 
maroké sé U. la goostah. 


Aqu{testa? un? par® muy? fino’, 
Ah-kéesta oon pahr mwy feno, 


que? puedo*® vender? 4 U.% 
ka pwda-dd véndér ah U. 


FRENCH. ENGL’SH. 291 


France’, de Philadelphia’, et® Philadelphia*, and® 
Franys, duh Filadelfyah, ἃ 


‘méme d’ordinaires?’ (J’ai) | common.” A very® 


mame εἰ érdindr. (Zh’a) 


un trés®-bean® choix’? de™ veaux™ fine? article’® of * French 


ung tra -bo shwaw duh v6 


de France”. Vous*? en*® mon- ealf%—shall [4 
duh Frangs. Voo-z-ang méng- : 


trerai™?*-je* quelques-uns**? = show*® you‘? some’® ? 
trerd -zhuh kelkd-zung ? 


51 vous plait'*.ce Τί: you? please.? 
Sil voo μία. 


‘Les? voici**. Elles* yous® vont?* Here? they? are*. I* think 


Lavwawsy. Eli voo vong 


je* pense’, ἢ merveille™. they® will’ fit* you® exactly”, 
zhuh pangs ah mérvadlyuh. 


Fllest ont? trop* ordinaires* et’ They* look? very* coarse* ani! 
El-z-ony ἐγ ordindr 4a large®. 

trop grandes®. tro grang. 
Vous?en préféreriez™, peut-étret, Perhaps‘ you* would® like* 
Voo-z-any prafaréryd, poe-t-dtr, 


en maroquin*. morocco’ better® 
ang mardkdang. 


Montrez m’en dead maroquin®, I* will? look® at* some’ 
Mongtra m’ang duh marokang, 


je vons prie, (s’7 il vous* plait®.) morocco’, if7 you® please®. 


zhuh voo pre, (sil voo pld.) 


En voici? * ret fort* belle’ Ἠοτγοῖ is® a very‘ fine® pair®, 


Ang vwawsy uen for bel 


paire®, que? 165 puis® vous that? 15 can® sell’? you” 
par, ka zhuh pwé voo 


292 GERMAN. 


SPANISH 


---- ---- - 


erfte* Preig*> verfaufen® fann®, menos de® su precio corri- 


ér-sten prise vérkowfen kdn. 


menos dad soo prathéds korry- 


(616 find’? prachtige Stiefeln*®, ente**.Son**7botas*%escelentes*®. 


Ase sind preshtizhd ste-feln. 


Gind* es* δεν _ 
Sind ase ba-zhedigt ? 


$4, nein?, ich? Fauftet fie? auf dem® 
O, nine, ish kowfta see owf dem 


Auftion?; und® fann? fies 
owk-tse-on ; oond kan see 


billigt* ofnets Verluft? 
billizh δᾶ ferloost 


verfaufen.™ 
Serkowfen. 


Was ift? der? Preis ? 
Vahs ist dér prise ? 


Murt gwanzig? Schillinge’. 
Noor tswantsig shillingd. 


Das if? gwei? und® ein® Halben? 
Das ist tswi oond we halben 


Dollars, dollars. 


Sat, mein Herr’. 
Yah, mine hér. 


PH Das if? febye billig’. 
Das ist sare billizh. 


: Hter® ift® das? Geld®, 
Heer 1st das geld. 


Guten Tag?, mein Herr’, 
Gooten tag, nvne hér. 


énta. Son 


bétds asthéléntés. 


ὦ Son? averiadas*? 
Son  dveriadas ? 


0+, ποῦ, seiior, las> he compra- 
O, no, sainyor, las ἃ kompra- 
do*4 4° la almoneda7; y® 

do ahlah almond-dah; δ΄ 


puedo® venderlas** muy de 
pwa-do venderlas mwy da 


barato“ sin*® perdida*®, 
barahto sin perdé-da. 


1 A cuanto las vende U.? 
Ah quanté las venda U. ? 


Solamente? veinte? chelines’. 
Solaménta vd-inta cha-lénes 


τ ΞΡ 

Es decir**, dos? pesos* υ" 

Es ddtheer, dos pd-sos ἃ 
medio’. madéd. 


Sit, sefior®. 
Sé sainyor. 


Es*? muy de barato™#, 
Es muy da baraté. 


Aqui® esta® su? dinero®, 
Ah-ke estah soo dénaro. 


Buent dia*, sefior*. 
Bwen déah, sainyar. 


ate 


a 


oe 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 293 


«δ 


vendre” ἃ bas prix.ee 
vangdr ah bah pré. 


less* than* prime“ cost**. 


Ce*® sont? d’excellentes*® bottes.1® They*® are excellent* boots*®. 


Suh song d’ézélingt Φοί. 


Sontt elles? avariées* ? 
Song-t-el - z- ἀυᾶγξα ? 


Oh’, non*, 16 1655 ai achetées* A® 
O, nong, zhuh la-z-4 ashta ah 


un encan’; οὐδ 169 puis les® 


ung anykang ; ἃ zhuh pwé la 


vendre"? 4 bon marché", 
vangdr ah bong marsha, 


gans*® y perdre*®, 
sang-z-€ pérdr. 
Quel* en®® est? le* prix*? 


Kel ang ἃ luh pree? 


Seulement vingt? chelins*. 
Soelmang vang shélang. 


C’est™? deux® piastres* οὐδ 
S’a doe pyastr ἃ 
demi’. demy. 


Oui‘, monsieur’. 
We, musyoe. 


C’est2 ἃ tras? bon marché". 


S’a-t - ah tra bong marsha. 


En voici*® argent”, 


Ang vwawsy larzhang. 


Bonjour * monsieur’, 
Bong-zhoor, musyoe. 


Are* they? damaged? ? 

G+, ποῦ; 15 bought* them® at* 
auction” ; and® can® afford® 
to sell* them cheap*, 
without loosing”. 

Whatt is? the® price* of § them®? 
Only* twenty? shillings®. 


That* is? two* dollars* and a® 
half7. 


Yes, sir’. 
That is* yery* cheap‘. 
Here is* the? money’. 


Good* day’, sir’. 


294 GERMAN. SPANISH. 


Sn εἰπεῖν Gewhrgladen. Con un Especiero. 


Haken’ Sie® Kartoffeln* gu ver- 2 Tienet U.? patatas* απο ven- 
Hahben see kartufeln tsoo fer- Té-dnd U. patadtas ka ven- 
Taufen®? Low/fen. der®? der ? 


So viel Sie wollen, mein Herr>? Cuantas quiere U.aa, sefior’. 
So feel see vollen, mine hér. Quantis ké-érad U., saingor. 


Was fordern®* Sie? bafir>?? ,Cuantotquiere® {7.3 portellas®? — 
Vas fiirdérn see dah-fuer? Quanto ké-érad U. por ellas? 


Hunfig? Cents* das’ Bufdhel®  Cincuenta?  centavos* la* 
Puen ftsizh tsents das booshel. Theen-thoo-entah thentavos lah 
fanega®. fandgah. 


Past ift? 2115 viels, Es? demasiado*4, 
Das ist tsoc feel. Es déimahséahdo. 
Siet founen® fier in® irgend® No? puede* U.1 comprarlas™ 


See koenén see in cerkend N6 pwa-da U. kimprarlas 


cinemt andern’? Gewtrzladen® en ninguna? especeria’, 
i-ném andérn gd-vuertsladen —_ en ningoonah espd-the-éréa 


nicht? unter? 75% Cents? faufen*, menos® det? 75% centavos. 
nisht oonter 75 tsents kowfen. ménds d& 75 thentavos. 


Gutt, Sie? fonnen® mir® durdden> Bien. Puede* U.? enviarme™* 
Goot, see koenen meer doorsh dén Byen. Pwa-da U. envedrmé 


Knaben® einen’ BSufhelbringen®® una fanega™ por su mozo® 
knahben i-nen booshél bringén oona fandga por soo méthé 


faffen*, wenn es Shnen™ beliebt*, sit? quiere™ *, bb 
liissen, οὖν dse e-nen bd-leebt. se ké-érd. 


Wie theuer® {{|6 der Kafe'7?  y Cuanto* vale*® el queso” ἢ 


Vee toier ist der kaesd? Quanto vahla el καεῦ ? 
Zebhnt Cents*. Diezt centavos*. 
Tsdine tsents. Dé-aith thentah-vos. 


Geben Sie mir'* fechst Pfund> Dame'- seis* libras® de® man- 
Ga-ben sce meer séx pfoond Dah-md sd-is lébras da man- 
Butter7, swei? Oubend® Cier*4, teca’, dos* docenas® de® hue- 
biitter, tswi doot-strd i-yer,  tdkah, dos déthadnis da τοῖν 


FRENCH. ) ENGLISH. 295 


Epicerie. . Ata Grocery. 


Avez'-vous*des* pommesde terret Have you? any? potatoes* tot 
Ava-voo da pim duh tér sell® ? 
a yendre®? ah vangdr ? 


Autant qu'il vous plaira, Μ. Any* quantity? of? them’, sir 
O-tting I’il voo pla-rah, M. 

Combien les vendez-vous? What* do* you*ask‘ for>them*? 
Kombyang la vang-dda-voo ? 


Cinquante* sous* 'e* boisseau®, They* are? fifty? cents‘ per’ 
Sangkang soo luh bwawsd. bushel®. _ 


ΟἿ" est* trop™ That* is*too* high* (too much). 
ΝΜ α tro. 


γουβ᾽ ne? sauriez* 1655 acheter? Yout cannot* buy*® them* 
Noo nuh sé-rya  la-z-ashta 


d’> aucun®? épicier* at’ any® other’ grocery® 
@ d-leung - né-pisyd 
ἃ moins? de® 75% sous*. 6589 than*® 75% cents. 


ah mwawng duh 75 soo. 

Eh bien*, envoyez’-m’* en, s'il Wellt, you* can’ let* the’ 

Eh byang, ang-voyd-m’ ang, s'il 

yous plait**, un® boisseau,  boy® bring? me® up? a*° 

voo pld-t-ung bwawsd, . 

par votre petit gargon®.f bushel", if** you™ please. 

par volr pety garsong. 
~ 

Quel*’ est*® le prix** du fromage’7? What* is*® cheese’? worth*? 

Kel ἃ luk pree due fromazh ? 

Dix‘ sous’. Tent cents®. 

Dee soo. 

Donnez-moi*~ six‘ livres’ de® Lett me? have* six* pounds® οὔθ 

Don-naé-mwaw see lévr duh 


beurre”, deux® douzaines® butter7, two* dozen? of eggs", 
beer, doe doozdn 


296 GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


funf? Pfund® Schinfen™, eins 
fuenf pfoond shinkén, ine 


Pfund® Sal;8, drei? Leih*? 
pfoond silts, dri libe 


Brov™, vier? Pfund* Thee? 
braid, feer pfoond ta, 
funf?? Pfund Kaffe®®, und 
fuenf pfoond koffi, oond 
eine Tite®® mit Pfeffer™. 
ind tueta mit pfeffer. 


Hier ift?? herrlides?” Schwine- 


Heer ist hérlishes  shwina- 


fleifch®. Was ijt 
flishe. Vas ist 
der*? Preis ὁ 

der prise? 

Acht! Cents, 


Okt tsents. 

Yast Foftet?> diefer® Defen’t 
Vas kostet deeser bésén ? 
Sunf? und gwanzig' Cents* 
Fuenf oond tswantsig tsents. 
Habent Sie? Apfel*? 
Hahben see épfel? 


Neint, mein Herr’, wir? halten® 


Nine, mine hér, veer hédlten 
niet weldhe®, né velchd. 

Wollen* Sie? mirt eine? Tite” 

Vollen see meer ind tieta 


mits Relfenpfeffer® geben®* ἡ ? 
mit Nelkenpfeffer ga-ben ? 


Mitt Verguitgen®. 
Mit Vergruezher. 


vos"',cinco” libras* de jamon", 
vos, thinké lébris da himén, 


y una* libra*® de?” sal‘, tres*# 
6 oonah librah da sal, trés 


libras® de®! pan®, cuarto* 
lébrds dad pan, kwarto 


libras*4 de® té?6, cinco” libras 
lébras dad ta, thinké lébras 
de® cafe?9; y®° un3* poco% 06 
da ἀγα; e oon poké 

de® pimienta*. Aqui® esta’? 
da pimé-entah. Ah-ke estah 


escelente*® puerco*, 
ésélenta  pwerko. 


jA como le vende U.? 
Ah kémé la venda U.? 


Ocho? centavos®. 
oké _ théntdavos. 


ἐ Cuantot vale® este® escobat? 
Quanto vala esta &skdbah? 


Veintet y cinco® centavos’. 
Vyénta ὃ thinkd thentavos. 
J 
jTiene*U.*algunas* manzanas*? 
Teana U. algoonas manthands? 
J 
Not, sefior*, ningunas*® tengo§. 
N6, sainyor, ningoonas tengo, 


Dame? U.2 
Dé-ma_ Uz. 


algunos® clavos®, 
alyoonos klévos, 


Cont gusto®. 
Kon goosto. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 297 


-- 


d’*° coufs', ciny” livres**dejam- five ρουπά 813 ham“, Ομ 615 


@ coef sung lévr duh zham- 
bon",une* livre** de*sel’s, trois 
bong, uen lévr duh sel, trwaw 
livres® de* pain”, quatre” 

lévr duh pang, kdatr 
livres™ de® thé*, cing*” livres 
léxr duh ta, sank lévr 
de** cifé*?, et®° un*™ peu*? 

duh hiffa, ἃ ung poe 

de* poivre*. Voici**4 

duh pwawrr. Vwawsy 


d’*7 excellent* cochon® (pore*®). 
d@ exellang koshong (pork). 


Gombien se vend-il? gg 

Kombyang sa vang-d-il ? 

Huit* sous’. 

We soo. 

Quel'est*le prix’ de ce? balait? . 

Kel ἃ luh pree duh suh balla ? 

Vingt* cing® sous’. 

Vang sank soo. 

Avez*-vous? des* pommes*? 

Avad-voo dai pim? 

Non’, M.*, nous? n’* en® tenons? 

Nong, M., noo n’ang tangnong 
jamais‘. zhdimd. 

Donnez**-moi* un® peu? de$ 

Donna-mwaw ung poe tuh 


‘lous de girofles®. 
kloo duh zheeroft. 
Avec’ plaisir® 
Avek plazir. 


pound"® of17 salt**, threet® 
loaves” of* bread**, four* 
pounds of* tea*, five*7 

of* coffee®; and* a*t paper™ 
of** pepper**. Here 1556 


some” excellent®* pork®®, 


What* ist the price οὔ" 
its? 

Kight* cents*. 

Whatt is? this* broom* worth’? 

Twenty*-five? cents’. 


Hayet you? any® apples? 


Not, sir’, we® never keep’ 
them’, 


Will* you? let* me* have’ a® 
paper οὐδ allspice®? 


With pleasure’®. 


29? NOTES. 


GERMAN NOTES. 


a Iie viel, how much. 

Ὁ The oz in this, and all other words, where printed in the 
Roman character, must be pronounced more like ὁ than open oz. 

ὁ 11. f. w. (und fo weiter), and so forth. 

ἃ Sonjt, else; nod), more; etwas, some; (some more else). 

€ Nicht im Geringften, not. in the least. 

f Entfprechend, being answered for; taken into account. 

& Gefdaft, occupation ; affair. 

h Of great calf’s hide, (the same exp. in Spanish and French). 


SPANISH NOTES. 


a Bayeta is the more comprehensive word; it signifies woollen 
tabric, in general. It is sanctioned by the Academy in pre- 
ference to flanela or franela. 

Ὁ It me would cost exceedingly ; and would be also (tambien) 
exceedingly (demasiado) irksome. / 

ὁ Let it be as you like it. ἃ Ahora, af present. 

e Not there is of what, οὐ about what, (to be thankful). 

f Telas pintadas, printed cloths. 

g At how much sell you this? 

h En razon de, in reason of. i Will it lose its colour? 

κ᾿ Cut me off (cut off for me). 1 Al punto, at the point. 

m Telas para camisas, cloths for shirts. 

n Acaba, finishes to. © Surprised. 

P Que viene bien ἃ U., that goes well on you. 

q It will go on me never. Τὶ If one has to judge of. 

8 Propongo, J propose—v. irr. from propones, to propose. 

t Yesterday for (at) the evening. 

u That is true. V Do you wish? 

w Le agrad2sce, Xc., ἐξ pleases you more. 

x Que le, &c., that they will go on very well (muy bien) ; 
calzar means to try on shoes. 

y They appear to me. ? Mucho mas, much more. 


—— 


i ΌΣΛΑΒΝ 
τὰ 


NOTES. 299 


aa As much as you wish, or as much as you candesire. The 
same exp. in French and German. 

bb You can bring (send) me up a bushel by the boy, if 
you please. | 

ce Poco, Litile. 


FRENCH NOTES. 


a How does this call itself? » En, of it. 

¢ En, some of them ; I have some of them very fine. 

ἃ Or, εἰ lah. 9 You have but to take it, Xe. 

f Soit, let it be so. g Or, aujourd’hui. 

hI shall have a care to pass this way again, after a little 
(sous peu). 

i You will oblige me much, 

k There is not (nothing) of that (for which you may thank 
me). xp. similar to Spanish. 

1 Plus makes the superlative. πὶ Sont-ils? are they ? 

n The prices vary following the quality. o Net, no more. 

p Iam going (vais) to send them immediately (de swit). 

q Or, une veille fille. σ Or, je demand pardon. 

8 Or, il est beaucoup trop gross,—il a trop d’ampleur, it has 
too great breadth. 

t Va, goes on. ἃ It sits to a marvel. 

Υ͂ It is a masterpiece. w Is it not? 

x Come and see us. Y I shall not fail to do so. 

z Je vais, 7 am going to. 

aa Q’est vrai, that is true. bb At length. 

ce If it pleases you. dd Show me some of. 

ee Or, au dessous le premier prix. 

ff You can send up a bushel, if it pleases you, by your 
little boy. 

ΒΒ How does it sell itself? 


800 


a 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


[Nore. The pronunciation is purposely suppressed in the following pages; for, as 
the student is supposed to have given marked attention to the rules of pronunciation 
as laid down in the first part of this work, and to have acquired the ability to pronounce 


Geld. 


MWollent Sie? mir* gweld Franken® 
borgen® ? 


Mitt dem? groften® Vergniigent, 

Sftt diefes® ein® Thaler* ? 

Sat, mein Herr2.—Diefes* iftein® 
Pfennig’ (Penny®). 

Habent Sie? εἰπῇ paart Pfunde>? 
hei"fichs weldhe*Siewinfden™ 
Το gu werden*~, indem*® Sie 
mir®? foldje borgen*? ? 

«δ᾽ Habe® nicht? einen® Heller® 

Das if? unangenehm', 

Nennen*® Sie? Diefes* einen’ 
Dimes ? 

Jat, und* diefes® iftt ein® Wdler® 


Das iftrein® funft Thalerfdein®®. 


Kinnent Sie? cine? Krown' wed)= 
feln® 2 

Sftt das? ein® merifanifdent 
Schilling>? 

Meint; ε85 ift? englifhes* Geld> 

Dies ift? ein’ fpanifdher* Dollar>, 

Kinnent Sie? mir* eine? Guinie® 
wechfeln®> 2 

Neint, ih? fannt es niGhtP—Geld* 
ift> bei® mir® gegenwartig? 
gag? rar’, 


Sit diefes? cin® guter Louishor5? 


Dinero. 


Quieret U.* prestarme** dos’ 
francos® ? 


Cont muchisimo** gusto‘. 
Est eso? un? peso‘ (thaler*) ? 


Sit, sefior’. 
centavo®. 


j Tienet U.? dos* 


pesos esterlines® 


Aquello® es* un> 


que® disponer?—% 

y*® prestarmet?—? ? 
No*tengo**uno solo*marayedi®, 
Ksot es? lastimoso’. 


Llamat eso* una? dima® 
(diez centavos) ? 
Sit, y? esto? es* una® aguila® 
(diez pesos). 
Ks** un® billete® de cinco 
pesos®. 
Puedet U.* cambiarme® un‘ 
crown’? 
j Es* aquel? un® cheline® Meji- 
cano*? 
Not; 6558 moneda® inglesa‘. 
Hsot es* un® peso® espaiiol* 
j Puedet U.* cambiarme®* una? 
guinea’? 
No’, ποῦ lo puedo*+. La mone- 
da‘esta’ muy® escasa? ahora* 
con® migo®. 


j Es* este? luis’ bueno*? 


ΨΥ +" 


' FRENCH. ENGLISH. 301 


all words correctly, through the observance of these rules, and by means of continual 
practice in the preceding pages where the figured pronunciation occurs, it is deemed 
unnecessary to continue it (the pronunciation) any farther.] 


Argent. Money. 
Voulez'-vous* me* préter* deux5 Willt you? lend* me* two’ 
francs® ? francs® ? 
Avec" le* plus grand? plaisir’. | With* the* greatest pleasure’. 
Est*-ce 14? un? écut? 151 this? a* thaler*? 


Oui‘, monsieur?—C’? est ὑπ΄ Yes', sir*—This*is*a® penny®. 
sou’, pan 
Avez*-vous?, sur? yous*quelques* Havet you? a. couple* οὐδ 


liyres sterlings®, dont? yous — pounds® about? you’, that? 
désireriez* Yous defaire’ you want" to” get*rid“of45 
pour’’ m’en faire un pret? —_ by*“loaning*”them**to™me%? 
Je n’*ai? pas? méme un’ sou®. I*have*not*thet first* farthing®. 
Ο τ est? malheureux’. - Thatt is® bad’. 
fist-ce 1d dix sous? Dot you? call? this* a5 dime®? 


Ouit; et? ceci® est* une> aigle® Yest; and? this* ist an’ eagle’, 
(10 piastres). 

C’test#? un® assignat® de cing* Thatt is® δῇ five* dollar® bill®. 
piastres’®. 

Pouvez*-vyous*changer*un‘écu5? Cant you? change® a* crown’? 


Est* ce* un? chelin’ méxicain*? Ist that® a? Mexican‘ shil- 
| ling’ ? 
Non‘; c’*est*deVargent’ anglais‘. No‘; 105 155 English money’. 
C”est? une? piastre® Espagnole*. Thist is? αὐ Spanish* dollar®. 
Pouvez*-vous*me‘changer> une’ Cant you* give’ me* change® 
guinée® ? for® a? guinea’ ? 
Non, je? ne? le puis* pas*. L’ar- Not, I? can* not*—money* is® 
gent* me? fait de bien rares’ quite® scarce? with? ποὺ 
AE en A Ν jast*® now. 
visites, en ce moment*™t,a 


Est* ce* un* bon‘ louis d’or'? [51 this? αὐ good* louisd’or’? 
26 


802 GERMAN. 


SPANISH 


ὅν fieht? gut? aus*—idy* “wei? 
aber nicht® ob er gut ift, es” ἐξ 
jebt viel? falfcyes*? Geld im” 
Umlaufe’*. Diefer™ fieht* den- 
noc)? gutt® aus’, 

Gold* werden wir? jest® in Urber- 
flufr* befommen®, Wirt {πὲ 
erzahlt worden’? die? Minen® 
in® Californien” liefern™ eine 
grofe Menge. 

Pielet find? geneigt® 3u* glauben® 
e3° fet cine” Wuffcdyneiderei®, 


«γ᾽ herfichere? Sie? Daft es? feine” 
Auffchneideret® ijt; ich? haber 
gute“Beweife™, um meine Be- 
hauptung*® gu unterftuben*, 


Scht bin? aufs die Beweisfuhrung® 
nicht? begierig*, aber? ich® bin? 
Der? Meinung daft? die Rar= 
toffelgraber™> Dody amt 
Ende alle wohlhabender™= 
fein? werden alg* die? 
Goly*® graber®”, 


Mit einem Wirthe. 


Habent Sie? Zintmer* gu> ver- 
miethen’® ? 

Sat, mein Herr, ich? habe* meh- 
rere®, Was? fir Bimmer’ 
wiinfdent? Sie? Wollent 
Sie™ ein*® moblirtes*® yD rr? 
unmoblirtes®® Bimmer? ? 


Parecet? bueno’. 


No puedo 
decirseloAU. Corre*mucha® 
moneda" falsa?® en’? 6] co- 
mercio’.a Esta? parece 
todavia’? buena*®. 


ἘΠ oro’ esta? muy* abundante® 


presentemente®. Me*> ha‘ 
dicho’? que las? minas*® 
de® California produzcan™ 
una” cantidad muy abun- 
dante’. 


Muchos‘ son? dispuestos? 4 


Ss 
-ereer5 que es® una’ charla- 
taneria’. 


Aseguro*? ὦ U.? que* ποῦ 6558 


charlataneria®’. Tengo%# 
pruebas” muy autenticas™ 
para? probar™ my“asunto*®. 


No® quiero*** argiiir®; pero? 


soy*? det parecer™ que 
todos los*® buscadores*® de 
patatas** seran’?°  final- 
mente’*—® mas” ricos® que™ 
los* buscadores”” de oro”. 


Con un Hostalero. 


j Tienet U.* cuartos* de® al- 


quiler® ? 


Sit, sefior?; tengo** muchos’. 


j Que® cuartos’ quiere’ {7.39 
jQuiere® U.% un’ apo- 


sento’? con muebles*® 6% 


EGS Tee 
sin ellos®°? Ὁ 


᾿ er 
~ 


F FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 303 


‘ : Sarees. 

[l* semble? bon*—je* ne saurais 
vous® dire®. II]? court’? 13h 
beaucoup® de /fausse’® mon- 
naie™. Cette piece parait*, 
cependant?”, fort bonne**. 


L’ort abonde*- en ce moment®. 
On m’a dit*~7 que [657 
mines* de® la Californie’® en 
fournissent* une grande" 

,. quantité™. 


Bien des personnes' pensent?- 
que c’est® de la? charla- 
tanerie’. 

_Je* vous® assure” quet ce> n’7est® 

oint? de la charlatanerie’. 
J’*ai® des preuves*® authen- 


tiquest qui appuient*4¢ 
mon* assertion™, 

Jet nai? point® envie* d’Sargu- 
menter®; mais’ je® suis® 
d’*opinion** que tous les® 


mineurs**de pommes de terre 
seront*, aprés® ἰου 7718, 


᾿ ΄ ‘ 
bien*t plus*® ἃ leur aise*d 
que 1655 mineurs*? d’or®, 


Avec un Hote. 


Avez"-vous? des? chambres* 25 


louer® ? 
Quit, Mr.?, j’%en αἱ" plusieurs’. 
Quelles® chambres? vou- 


lez°-vous® (avoirt**) ἢ Vou- 
lez**-yous** une chambre’? 


meublée¥ou#n γα meubléc?? 


It! looks? good?—I* don’t’ 
know®— there? 155. much® 
bad*® money in*® circula- 
tion’. That** looks* good’, 
however’. 


Gold* is* getting quite* plentys 
now®. The? mines* in® 
California’? yield an” 
abundant** quantity, I+ 
am*® told’” 


Many’? are? inclined? to* think 
106 a7 humbug’. 


I* assure* you® that* it® is® 
no? humbug*®. 19 have* 
authentict proofs to® 
back** my" assertion*®, 


{* am* not* desirous* οὐδ ar- 
guing®; but? 15 am® of? _ 
opinion that the® pota- 
toe“diggers*®,in*the7end’, . 
will*® be* altogether**more™ 
wealthy* than™ the* gold 
diggers”. 


With a Landlord. 


Have* you? any® rooms* tu: 
let®? 


Yes*, sir*, I? have* several5— 
what* rooms’ do* you® wish*® 
to“have*? Do you" wish 
an*® apartment” furnished* 
or? unfurnished” ? 


804 GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


σι brauche? moblirte® Bimmer. 


Sch? Fann? Shnen* dienen.? 
Beliehen Sie herein’ 3u® tre- 
ten’, Sch? willt? Shnen™ diets 
Bimmer zeigen™, Hier ijt? 

‘Dert? Saalt®9, 


Er ift? nicht? fehr* grof>; aber® 
er? paft? furt? mich, 

Siet fehen? Daf hier* Wes” ift', 
was Sie bediirfen’, und® dap? 
Diet MBbel*? felyr™ nett? find. 
MWlle*® Mobhel*® find"? yon (of) 
Mahagony? 


Hier* find? zwei? Wrmftiuhle, 
fecys® Stiihle7, ein® neuer? 
Teppich”, ein fconer?? Spie= 
gel®, und felr faubern*® 
Porhanget”. Wuch*s find an® 
beiden®* Seiten® pes? Ra-= 
mins Sdrante®, 


Laffent Sie mich? diet Schlafftu- 
ben® fehen’. 


Hierhert?, mein Herr?, wenn* es 
Shunen> beliebt®, 


Wir? wollent fehen®, ob* Das® 
BHett® gut ift?; denn? dast? 
ift**die*Hauptfadet*, Wenn 
ich® cin*® gutest® Bett? haber, 
Fiimmere™ ich? mid) menig® 
um das Ubrige*>*7. 


Siet fonnen® ὦ fein? befferes® 
witnfden’, 

Beht** pie? Stube> anf> die® 
Straffe? hinaus™ ? 


Necesito*? aposentos* alhaja 
dos*. 


. ATES chien 
Puedo* servirle**, Hégame 


SS 
el favor’ de® entrar7®. En- 
sefiare? 4 U.t? los® apo- 
sentos. Aqui estat lat7 
sala18-19, 


No? es** muy‘ ancha’, pero® 
me cuadra7—% bien.¢ 


U.t yé? que® hay** todo®7 lo 


que es necesario®; y? que™ 
lost meubles™ son muy” 
hermosos. ‘'Todos*® los‘? 
muebles*son*de anacardo™, 


Aqui‘ estan* dos? paltronas*5, 
seis® sillas’, un® nuevo? ta- 
piz?®, un" espejo* hermoso®, 
y* colgaduras’” muy** boni- 
tas®; ademas**19, estan? 
alacenas* 4% los ambos™ 
lados® de® 1657 chimenea*. 


‘ ———__—_—_—- 
Higame** ver? los* cuartos de 
‘eis 
dormir’. 


; ea aR τ», 
Por aqui, sefior®,si le guste**. 


Veamos*-*, sit la’ cama® esta? 
buena’, porque? eso 6517 
lo principal*4, 5115 ten- 
ga‘St7 ynat® buena’? cama™, 
nada*—*6 mas*7 quiero*—*4.d 


No? puede? U.* tener*#e unas 
mejor®. | 

jAbre**f el* cuarto* en> lat 

_ calle? ? 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 805 


It me faut? des chambers* 
meublées*. 


Jet puis® vous* en donner. 
Ayez la bonté d’entrer®*. 
Je? vais yous montrer’” 


les*® chambres. Voicit® 16 
1617 salon*9, 


IL' nest? pas? bien* grand®; 
mais® 117 fera®® mon" affaire. 


Voust voyez* αὐ} y* δ' tout®7 
ce qui est necessaire®; et® 
que |’#ameublement** en 
est fort’ beau. Tous*® les” 
meubles*® sont*? d’acajou”. 


Voici? deux* fauteuils*’, six® 
chaises?, un® tapis’® tout 
neuf®, une belle glace*, 
et de* trés* jolis rideaux’’; 
il y*® a, en*® outre’®, des 
armoires™ de** chaque” οὐδ 
de® la” cheminée*. 


᾿ ————— 
Montrez-moi*~ les* chambres ἃ 


coucher’. 


* r) Ἀ ery 
De ce cété-ci**, monsieur’, δ᾽ 
a 
vous plait**. 
Voyons*-* git le® lit® est? bon*; 
car® c’est** 1), le princi- 
pal, Quand j’ai®7 uns 


bon lit®, 1651: fais peu de 
cas®23 du™ reste”. 


Voust ne* sauriez? en désirer™* 
un® meilleur®7, 

La‘ chambre? lonne-t-elle*‘e sur® 
la® rn»? 


ΤΊ want? furnished? rooms.‘ 


I* can? accommodate*® yout. 
Please> to® walk? in’. 19 
will” show*t you the* 
rooms*. Here 1515 the” 
sitting*® room”, 


It* is? ποῦ very‘ large>; but® 
it? will’ do® fort? me. 


Yout see? that? there* 155 every® 
thing’ necessary*; and®%that*® 
thet furniture” 1513 very** 
neat, All*® the’? furni- 
ture’ 1519 mahogany”. 


Here* are* two* arm‘ chairs®, 
six® chairs’, ἃ new? carpet”, 
a‘! fine glass; and** very’ 
neat® curtains”; besides‘ 
that, there®® are cup- 
boards* on® both** sides* 
of ** the®? chimney*. 


Let? me? see® the* bedrooms’. 


Thist way*, sir’, if* you' 
please®. 


Let* us* see* whether* the’ 
bed® 157 good*; for® that*® 
is thet® main‘* point*, 
When* I** have?” a* good’® 
bed™, 15: hardly** care* 
for any* thing else”. 

Yout cannot* wish* fort a‘ 
better® one’. 

Doest the? room*® look* inte’ 
the® street? ? 


26° 


806 GERMAN. 


SPANISH 


Meint, mein Herr?, fie? geht* πα 
dem® Garten’ hinaug*. 

Deftor? beffer*. Sh? [Τα 69 
nidt® gerne? vorn οἰπαιθ15, 
wegen dest? Wagenge- 
raffels?o*t, 


Wiinjhen’® Sie? die? andern’ 
Stube® 3u* fehend ? 
Fh vermuthe? das? Bett* iff 


gut®, est? fommt est 


ee =) eC 
nur nod? auf? den® Preis" 
at.2 Was verlangen*® Cie’ 
fiir’? Die® Drei* Zimmer mit* 
Der Kitche® 2 

Ych* Habe? den> Saal? mit? einem 
Der*? Simuter™ immer? fur? 
gierzehnt® ΘΟ πιθοῦ: vermie- 
thet*, Giet follen™ mir [Ὁ 
pas™ Ganjze® eine’? Guinee” 
Die Woche? geben”—das? 
ift?? nur? fieben?® Schiflinge®? 
flirt die? andere®? Stube* 
uny® Die? Kirche?” 


Das finde icht? yicl>S Gelds,b 


Bedenfent Sie, daft? dicfes? einess 
Der®7 heften® Stadtviertel?-— 
if, wo dict Haufer?> felrt® 
theuer?? yermiethet’? werden. 


Mun, ich? will? Shonen’ eine® 
Guinee? geben*; aber® ich? 
braudjet?* cinen® Theilt 
Sess RKellers® und” einen’® 
Plah*? um? Hol; und? Koh= 
len” aufbevabren™ zu fonnen. 


------.-.. ς 
Bien esta. 


Not, sefior’, abre** en® el %jar- 
din’. 

Mucho? mejor*. No® quiero*” 
dormir*® en?? un™ cuarto” 


que abre en la calle*, 


eae eS | 
44 razon (41611017 ryidot® 
de? los?® coches”. 


i Quiere*® U.? ver*® los® otros” 
cuartos’? 


Creo"? que la® cama* esta 


buena®. Nada mas que del 


10.714 15 jere1518 
precio.7* ; Que quiere 
U.17 por’? los® tres** cuar- 
tos* y® la** cocina®>? 


He? siempre? alquilado* la’ 
sala® y7 uno® de® los’ cuar- 
tos por® catorce® cheli- 
nes™, [0.1.5 met darat&i7 


una*8guinea®’ 41a semana» 
por® 615: todo®, Es*7 so- 
lamente* siete*® chelines* 
por! el otro* cuarto* y% 
la®* socina*?, 


A mi parecer’,h es? mucho 
de dinero*. 


φ--- TE. 

Mire U.1 que? este** cuartel® 
es® el? mejor de® la* ciu- 
dad’, y donde*® last casas'S 
son muy*%earas**(costosas ). 


Le dare** 4 U.? 
una® guinea’, pero® necesi- 
ἰοθ 1 una® parte” de la% 
cantina’®, y? unt® lugar’ 
para® poner* mi horna 
guéra® y® mi lefio™. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 307 


Neat, morsieur*, elle? donne* 
suré le® jardin’. 
Tant** mieux* ; 
point 2° coucher? 


je®> n’aime®” 
dans” 


une chambre*® sur la rue’, 
‘A cause du™—'® bruitt® des'%2 
voitures*. 

Desirez-vous** voir les® autres” 
chambres® ? 

Le® 11" semble? bon®. 
Il ne s’agit plus** ἃ présent? 
que du prix™.f Que de- 
mandez-vous"*—*%des'?™trois®* 


chambres*, et® de la* cui- 
sine ? 


me? 


J’ai** toujours? loué*, i qua- 
torze* chelines", le salon®, 
et? une*® seule chambre“. 
Vous* me*donnerez**7du>*4 
tout® une guinée® par™ 
semaine’. Ce* n’*est*” que* 
sept® chelins® pour* ]’au- 
tre* chambre et®> la*® cuis- 
ine”, 


A Yous dire vrai,g c’%est_ beau- 
coup*® d’7argent®. 

Considerezt que* c’%est* un’ des®7 
meilleurs® quartiers® de* la* 


» oe ae ame 
ville*; et que le“ loyer*? des 
maisons* y est*® fort** cher’. 


Eh bient, je* vous> donnerai™ 
une® guinée?; mais bien en- 
tendu queh j’%aurai?®** une” 
partie de la cave", et? 
un** endroit* pour® y mettre”! 
mon charbn de terre” et® 
mon be's*, 


No’, sir*; it? looks* into® thet 
garden’. 

Sot much? the? better*—-I5 
don’t® like? to* sleep® in‘ 
at front room‘, on™ ac- 
count* of the” noise of # 
the* carriages™. 


Dot you? wish* to* see® the® 
other? rooms® ? 


I* fancy? the* bed* 15 good®. 
Now’ the® only? question* 
ist about*? the® price‘. 
What* do’ you’? ask*® for* 
the® three** rooms* with* 
the™ kitchen®? 


1: have? always® let* the par- 
lour®, with? one® of? the 
rooms", fort? fourteen*® shil- 
lings**. Yout® will*® give” 
me** one” guinea” a** week™ 
for® the*™ whole*—it*® 1597 
only* seyen®  shillin 
for** the® other room™ 
and®> the®* kitchen”. 


I* think? it? a* great’ sum® of? 
money’®. 

Consider’ that? this? ist one’ 
of® the? best® quarters? οὔτ 
thet town”, where* the 
houses*® are let!? very** 
high’. 

Well, 15. will® givet you’ a® 
guinea’ ; but® 19 must” 
have at? part? in* the*® 
cellar”, and’? a** place*® to 
put coals® and” wood™ 
in®, 


308 GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


Das verfteht® fid)d Cie* follen’ 
eltrenverfbliefbaren®—“Plab? 
befommen®, IWann'® denfen 
Sie** yon? Shrer™ Wohnung™ 
BHefib” zu? nelhhmen* ? 


Sch Denke? diefen® Whend= gum 
Seblafen® herzufommen**. 


Machen Sie Alles heir 
guter Zeit’? gurecht* e, 


Sehr wohl, mein Herr?, Siet 
fonnen® [07 {05 fommen® als? 
ἐδ Shnen’? gefalligt ijt, 


BSegarifungen. 


Sch* witnfche? Fhnen® einen* gu- 
ten> Morgen®. 


Wier hefinden®* Θἰε ὦ heute>? 


Gangt wohl, ich danke? Shnent. 
Wiet if? Shr? Befindent ? 
Unferordentlicht gut*; und* das 
Shriget? 


Wiet gewohnlich?, mein Herr’, 

Srlaubent Sie mir?, mid nach? 
Shrer® Gefundheit? 215 erfun- 
digen*. 

DankGhnen,*mein Herr, Amir ift*> 
nidyt® ganz” wohls, 


Wahrligh,t das betritkt> nich 
febr*. 


Se entiende asii Tendra® 
U.* un’ lugar® cerrado 
‘con® Jlave?,k ; Cuando 
quiere”?9 U.1* tomar* pos- 
esion” de® sus* aposentos®? 


|e si tan 

Me propongo* de® yenir*, γῆ 
de acortarme® aqui’ esta® 
noche®. Veat?U .quetodo™s 


piel 
sea? preparado,* en*® hora 


Wlosernneneinn nanan 
buena.?7 


Sera servidot, Sefior.* Puede*5 
venir® cuando7*9 lo 
quierat™4, 


Salutaciones. 


Buenas® dias® tenga U8. 
j Como? esta? 05, hoy5? 


Muy? bien?, Gracias. 
] 


ἐ Comot va? su? salud*? 


΄ re 
Perfectamente™*, y® jcomo 
estat U? 
A? mi ordinario®, Sefior®. 


Permitame*? de? preguntar* 4° 
US1;como esta su salud? ?m 


Mil gracias*?, Βοῖοι, No® 
estoy*> muy” bueno’. 

En verdad‘, lo siento? mu- 
chisimo’. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 809 


Cela* est? entendu®. Vous‘ au- 
rez®® un’ endroit®, qui ferme 
Cy 

ἃ la clef*?-*. © Quand‘ pen- 
sez-1719 yous*® occuper*—* vyo- 
tre* appartement* ? 


Jet me propose? d®y’ venir’, οὐδ 


‘ ope 
coucher® ce*® soir®. Faites 


en sorte que*“4i tout soit** 
prét*® 476 temps’. 


Fort* bien, Monsieur*. Vous* 
pouvez’ yenir® quand’-® bon 


il vous plaira*™**, 


Saluter. 


Je* yous* souhaite? le* bon- 


jour>® 


Comment yous? portez-** yous, 
aujourd huis? k 


Fort* bien’, je vous‘ remercie’®. 
Comment est? votre? santé‘? 
Trést bonne*—et? la votre‘? 


Comme? ἃ l’ordinaire*, Mr. 


Vous me? permittez* de* m’in- 
former* de® yotre® santé’. 


Merci**, monsieur*—je* ποῦ m2 

‘porte® pag? trés’-bien® 
Jen suis*, vraimentt, bien 
fiché. 


That* is? understood®. You 
shall> have® a7 place® with® 
a’? lock*t and¥ key® tot 
it. When do” you's 
mtan to” take* posses- 
sion™ of * your* lodging*? 

It intend? to? come* and 
sleep® here? to®-night. 
See thatt every thing¥ 
1515 ready* in*® season’. 


Very? well’, sir. You* may’ 
come® as? soon® as? you” 
please. 


Salutations. 


It wish? you? a* good’ morn- 
ing®. 


How? do® you® dot to-day>? 


Quite well*, thank yout. 
How? is? your* health*? 
good? ; 


Exceeding* and? 


yours‘? 

As* usual,® sir’. 

Permit* me? ὑοῦ inquire* after’ 
your® health’. 

Thank* you’, sir*; I* am‘ not® 
very’ well’, 


Indeed‘! I* am? quite‘ sorry®. 


310 GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


Beim Mittagseffen. 
Diet Glocke? (autet® gum* Cffen’; 
Taffen® Sie uns? dem Rufe 
folgens4, 


Jas wollen? Sie nehment? 


Rindfleifey:, wenn id bitten 
Ὁατ 

Wollent Sie? einen* Teller> Sup- 
pe7? 

Wiinfcdhen® Sie? Schweinefleifay>? 


Sollt ich? Ghnen* etiwas® yon’? 
Diefen® Erbhjen® yorlegen®? 


Wennt es Fhnen® gefallig® ift, 
mein Herr* 

Wollent Sie® diet Gute> haben’, 
mir’ ein? Sti yon” diejem* 
Kalhfleifah* gu geben’ ? 

Mitt Vergniigen®. 

Wiunfohen® Sie? 
Mageres®? 


Cint Wenig? von® Beident, wenn 
ἐδ Shnen® gefallig’ ijt. 


eett* oder> 


Kellner?! Cine® Taffe? Thee°. 
Sat, ja? mein Herr’, 
Wollent Sie? fo* αἰ fein® und 
— σος 
mir? pas? Brod? reidjen®? 


Wollent Sie? etiwas* yon® diefem® 
Salat? nehmen*? 


> 


Comiendo. 


Toca? lat campanilla* por* la 
comida’; entremos** γί, 
comama”™, 


1} 6. que quiere U. que le 
sirva ? 2 


Un poco'de vaca?, sile gusta*->. 


 Quiere** U.? βοραῦ 


j Quiere*® U.? un pedazo de 
preteen dame 
-puerco5 7o 


jQuiere U. que le sirvat-> 
guisantes®? 


Con mucho gustot, Sefior*. 


jQuieret U.? hacerme® 614 
favor’ de® darme”*p τη 
pedazo" de” ternero**? 

Cont gusto*. 


jQuiere*® U?*. 
gordo®? 


magrot, 6° 
cee 
Unt poco? de? ambos* me gus- 
ta bien. 
;Muchacho'! una? taza* de* té® 
Si2, ρ5, Seftor. 


Hagame ΤΊ. el favor de? dar. 


me® pan‘. 


; Quieret U.? tomar® un poco* 
de> esta® ynsalada 27 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 81) 


Diner. 


La* clochette* sonne* pour* ti- 
ner®. Allons*~* diner. 


Que* souhaitez-** vous’? 


Dut boeuf? 5511 vous* plait*. 


Voulez-vyous? de la soupe?? 


Désirez-“yous? un morceau du 
yea 
cochon$? 

Vous* offrirai-je** de® ces” 
pois*? 


Sil vous? plait*, Monsieur‘. 


Voulez?-yous? avoir? la* bonté 
de® me® donner? un‘ mor- 
ceau* de” ce yeau-4la ? 

Avect plaisir’. 


Désirez-*vous? du 


gras* ou du 
maigre®? ; 


Unt peu? de l’un, et de Vautre™, 
5511 vous® plait’. 
Gargon'! une? tasse® de* thé. 


Oui*, oui*! Monsieur’. 


Voundriez-tyous? bien me faire 
a αθΑ ς 
passer?~® 109 pain? ? 


Prendrez*-yous*? un peu* de 
cette® salade ?7 


At Dinner. 


Thet bell? rings? for* dinner’ 
let® us? go® in? and’ dine**, 


Whatt will? you have*? 


Somet beef?, if* you* please’. 


Willt you? have’ a‘ plate’ of® 
soup”? 


Dot you* wish? for* ρου 


Shallt I? help? you* ἰοῦ some® 
of7 these® peas? ? 


If* you? please’, sirt. 


Will you? μανοῦ the*kindness® 
to® help? me to® a*® piece*t 
of * that* veal*#? 

With' pleasure®. 

Dot you* wish? fat* οὐδ lean®? 


A? little? of* both’, 15 you® 
please’. 


Waiter !* A? cup? of* tea’. 

Ay’, ay’, sir’. 

Willt you? be® so* kind§ as® to? 
pass* the? bread‘ this* 
way 715 

Will* you? take? some* of δ this® 
salad 7 


312 NOTES. 


GERMAN NOTES. 


a Geht auf, goes out. 

Ὁ Now comes it but yet on the price to, (Now ἐξ comes to 
the price). 

ὁ Τ find that much gold (money). , 

ἃ The proper import of the expression is, that the statement 
is not only understood; but agreed to. 

e Make every thing aright by good time. 


SPANISH NOTES. 


a The Market (Commerce). » Without them. 

ὁ Cuadra bien, please well. ἃ I require nothing more. 
e Have. f Opens. 

g Nothing more but the price. 

h It appears to me. i One understands it so. 

k Cerrado con lave, fastened with a key. 

1 Preguntar ἃ U., to inquire of you. 

m How is your health ? 

n What do you desire that I should help you to? 

o Pedazo, piece. p Dar, give. 4 Would please me well. 


FRENCH NOTES. 


a Money makes rare visits to me in this moment. 

b Court, circulates, runs, (from the Latin curro, to run). 

¢ Qui appuient, which help. ἃ At their ease. 

e Gives it? 

f It does not agitate itself. There is nothing more to be 
discussed at present, but the price. ; 

g To tell you the truth (υγαΐ). 

h Bien entendu que, it being well understood that. 

i En sort que, in such a manner that. 

k How do you carry yourself to-day? 


POLYGLOT ARRANGEMENT 


OF A 


PART OF THE GOSPEL OF ST. MATTHEW. 


Giinfehn, 
Sechjehn (fedszehn), 
Siebenjehn, 
φεῦ, 
Neunzehn, 

ppanig, , 

n und sivanjia, 
Dre san jig 


Hundert und eins, 
τοοῖ hundert, 
aufend, 


( Cardinal.) 
SPANISH FRENCH. 
uno, un(e), 
dos, deux, 
tres, trois, 
quatro, quatre, 
cinco, cinq, 
seis, six, 
siete, sept, 
ocho, huit 
nueve, neuf, 
diez, dix, 
once, onze, 
doce, douze, 
trece, treize, 
catorce, quatorze, 

uince, quinze, 

iez y sels, seize, 
diez y siete, dix-sept, 
diez y ocho, dix-huit, 
diez y nueve, _ dix-neuf, 
viente, vingt, 
viente yuno, _—vingt-un, 
treinta, trente, 
quarenta, quarante, 
cincuenta, cinquante, 
sesenta, soixante, 
setenta, soixante-dix, 
ochenta, quatre-vingt, 
noventa, quatre-vingt-dix, 
ciento, cent, 
ciento y uno, cent un, 
dos ciento, deux cent, 
mil, mille 


THE NUMERALS. 


twelve. 
thirteen. 
fourteen. 
fifteen. 
sixteen. 
seventeen 
eighteen. 
nineteen, 
twenty. 
twenty-one. 
thirty. 
forty. 

fifty. 

sixty. 
seventy. 
eighty. 
ninety. 

one hundred. 


hundred and one. 


two hundred. 
one thousand. 


314 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER II. 


GREEK. 


1. Τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ yev- 
νηθέντος ἐν Βηθλεὲμ 
τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας, ἐν ἡμέ- 
pas Ἡρώδου τοῦ βα- 
ἰδοὺ, μάγοι 
ἀνατολῶν παρε- 


σιλέως, 
ἀπὸ 
γένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυ- 
pa, λέγοντες * 

2. Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τε- 
χθεὶς βασιλεὺς 
Ιουδαίων ; εἴδομεν γὰρ 


τῶν 


αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν 

cal ? ~ ‘\ a 

τῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἤλθο- 
-»“" » ~ 

μεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ. 


9. ᾿Ακούσας δὲ Ἣρώ- 

¢ 4 . 4 

dns ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐταρά- 

χθη, καὶ πᾶσα ἽΕερο- 
σόλυμα μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 


4. Καὶ συναγαγῶν 
πάντας τοὺς ᾿Αρχιερεῖς 
καὶ Τραμματεῖς 
Neovd, ἐπυνθάνετο παρ᾽ 


τοῦ 


> “ Lad ¢ A 
αὐτῶν tov ὁ Χριστὸς 
γεννᾶται. 


D. Οἱ δὲ εἶπον αὐτῷ " 
Ἔν Βηθλεὲμ τῆς Ἰου- 
δαίας " οὕτω γὰρ γέ- 
γραπται διὰ τοῦ προ- 
φήτου " 


6 ‘Kal σὺ Βηθλε- 
5... a > Ud ᾽ lod 
ἐμ. yn Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς 

> ΄ 
ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς 
ς , » ΄ > 
ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα - ἐκ 

~ ᾿ > , 

σοῦ yap ἐξελεύσεται 
e - 
ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποι- 
μιιννεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν 


FRENCH. 


1. Or Jésus étant 
né a Bethléhem, 
ville de Juda, au 
temps du roi Hé- 
rode, voici arriver 
des sages d’Orient 
ἃ Jérusalem, 


2. en disant: Ou 
est le roi des Juifs 
qui est né? car 
nous ayons vu son 
étoile en Orient, et 
nous sommes venus 
l’adorer. 

3. Ce que le roi 
Hérode ayant en- 
tendu, il en fut trou- 
blé, et tout Jérusa- 
lem avec lui. 

4. Et ayant assem- 
blé tous les princi- 
paux sacrificateurs, 
et les scribes du 
peuple, il s’*informa 
d’eux ou le Christ 
devait naitre. 


5. Etils lui dirent: 
A Bethléhem, ville 
de Judée; car il est 
ainsi écrit par un 
prophéte : 


6. Et toi, Bethlé- 
hem, terre de Juda, 
tu n’es nullement la 
plus petite entre les 
gouverneurs de Ju- 
da; car de toi sorti- 
ra le Conducteur qui 


ENGLISH. 


1. Now when Je- 
sus was born in 
Bethlehem of Ju- 
dea, in the days or 
Herod the king, be- 
hold, there came 
wise men from the 
east to Jerusalem, 

2. Saying, Where 
is he that is born 
king of the Jews? 
for we haye seen 
his star in the east, 
and are come to 
worship him. 

3. When Herod 
the king had heard 
these things, he was 
troubled, and all Je- 
rusalem with him. 

4. And when he 
had gathered all the 
chief priests and 
scribes of the peo- 
ple together, he de- 
manded of them 
where Christ should 
be born. 

5. And they said 
unto him, In Beth- 
lehem of Judea : for 
thus it is written by 
the prophet, 


6. And thou Beth- 
lehem, in the land 
of Juda, art not the 
least among the 
princes of Juda: for 
out of thee shall 
come a Governor, 


MAITHEW, CHAPTER TI. 


315 


GERMAN. 

1. Da Nejus oeboren 
war pu Bechlehem, tm 
ptdifehen sande, pur 
Sar oes Kbnigs He 
rodes, fiche, da Famen 
bie Weifen pom Mor: 
denlande gen Ferusa- 
fem, und fprachen: 

2, Do ijt der neu: 
aeborne RKanig ver 
SJuden? Wir haben 
feinen Greern oefeven 
im Morgenflands, und 
find gefominen, ihn 
anzubeten. 

8. Da das der Koz 
nig Herodes hérece, 
erfchract er, und mit 
ihm das ganze Neru- 
falem ; 

4, Und fief verfam- 
mein alle Hobepriciter 
und Gebriftgelehreen 
titer dem BolkF, und 
erforfehte pon ihnen, 
wo Chriftus follte ge: 
boren werden. 


5. Und fie fagten 
ihm: 3u Bethlehem, 
im Ἰδοὺ gande, 
Denn alfo ftehet ge- 
fehvieben durch den 
Prophecen : 

6. Und du Bethle: 
Hem, im jirdifeben ganz 
de, Lift mit nichten dic 
Fleinite unter den Fite: 
fier Juda; denn aus 
div foll mir Fommen 
der Herzoa, der ither 


SPANISH. 


1. Y despues que 
hubéd nacido Jesus 
en Bethlehem de 
Judea en los dias 
del Rey Herodes, 
he aqui unos Magos 
vinieron del Orien- 


‘ite 4 Jerusalem. 


2. Diciendo ς Don- 
de esta el que ha 
nacido rey de los 
Judios ? Porque he- 
mos visto su estrella 
en el Oriente, y vi- 
nimos 4 adorrle. 

3. Y cuando el 
Rey Herodes hubd 
oido esto, turbése y 
con él toda Jerusa- 
lem. 

4. Y convocados 
todos los principes 
de los Sacerdotes 
y los Escribas del 
pueblo preguntéles 
dénde habia de na- 
cer el Christo. 


5. Y ellos le dije- 
ron: En Bethlehem 
de Judea, porque 
asi est4 escrito por 
el profeta. 


6. Y ta Bethle- 
hem tierra de Juda, 
no eres Ja menor 
entre los principes 
de Juda, porque de 
ti saldra el caudillo 
que regira ἃ Israé! 


IATIN. 


1, At.esu nato in 
Bethlehem Jude, 
in diebus Herodis 
regis, ecce Magi ab 
Orientibus accesse- 
runt in» Hierosoly- 
mam, dicentes : 


2. Ubi est natus 
rex Judzorum? vi- 
dimus enim ejus 
stellam in Oriente, 
et venimus adorare 
eum. 


3. Audiens autem 
Ferodes rex, turba- 


tus est, et omnis 
Hiercsolyma cum 
illo. 


_ 4, Et congregans 
‘omnes principes Sa- 
cerdotum et Seribas 
populi, sciscitabatur 
ab eis ubi Christus 
nasceretur, 


5. At ΠῚ dixeruat 
ei: In Bethlehem 
Jude: sic enim 
scriptum est per 
Prophetam : 


6. Et tu  Bethle- 
hem terra Juda, ne- 
quaquam minima es 
in ducibus Juda: ex 
te enim exibit dux, 
qui regat populum 


meum Israél. 


316 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER II. 


GREEK. 


Ἰσραήλ." 


7. Τότε Ἡρώδης λά- 
θρα καλέσας τοὺς μά- 
yous, ἠκρίβωσε παρ᾽ 
αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ 
φαινομένου ἀστέρος. 


8. Καὶ πεμψὰς αὐ- 
τοὺς εἰς Βηθλεὲμ, εἶἷ- 
’ > 
me Πορευθέντες, ἀκρι- 
βῶς ἐξετάσατε περὶ 
cal , δ. δὰ ‘ 
τοῦ παιδίου " ἐπὰν δὲ 
Ψ > , , 
εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ 
e Rd ‘ > ‘ 
μοι, ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν 
΄ “ 
προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ. 


> ’ 
9, Οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες 
“ ’ 5 Ud 
τοῦ βασιλέως, ἐπορεύ- 
a 55. A c 
θησαν καὶ ἰδοὺ, ὁ 
? \ a op > a 
ἀστὴρ, ὃν εἶδον ἐν τῇ 
ἀνατολῇ, προῆγεν av- 
‘ id > \ »” 
Tous, €ws ἐλθὼν ἔστη 
? , a> ‘ , 
ἐπάνω ov ἦν TO παιδίον. 


10. Ἰδόντες δὲ τὸν 
ἀστέρα, ἐχάρησαν χα- 


ρὰν μεγάλην σφόδρα. 


> 
11. Καὶ ἐλθόντες eis 
4 > ¢ 3 A 
τὴν οἰκίαν, εἶδον τὸ 
, \ , 
παιδίον μετὰ Μαρίας 
- ‘ > “-“ 
τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ - καὶ 
πεσόντες προσεκύνη- 
, A > 
σαν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνοίξαν- 
« 
τες τοὺς θησαυροὺς av- 


FRENCH. 


paitra mon peuple 
d’Israél. 

7. Alors Hérode, 
ayant appelé en se- 
cret les sages, s’in- 
forma d’eux  sol- 
gneusement du 
temps que létoile 
leur était apparue. 

8. Et les envoyant 
ἃ Bethléhem, il leur 
dit: Allez, et vous 
informez soigneuse- 
ment touchant le 
petit enfant; et 
quand yous l’aurez 
trouve, faites-le-moi 
savoir, afin que j’y 
aille aussi, et que je 
adore. 

9. Eux‘done ayant 
oui le roi, s’en al- 
lérent; et voici, l’é- 
toile quwils avaient 
vue en Orient allait 
devant eux, jusqu’a 
ce qu’elle vint et 
s’arréta sur le lieu 
ou était le petit en- 
fant. 

10. Et quand ils 
virent l’étoile, ils se 
réjouirent d’une fort 
grande joie. 

11, Et étant entrés 
dans la maison, ils 
trouvérent le petit 
enfant avec Marie, 
sa mere, lequel ils 
adorérent, en se 
prosternant en terre; 


ENGLISH. 


that shall rule my 
people Israel. 

7. Then Herod, 
when he had privi- 
ly called the wise 
men, inquired of 
them diligently 
what time the star 
appeared. 

8. And 
them to Bethlehem, 
and said, Go, and 
search diligently for 
the young child; 
and when ye have 
found him, bring 
me word again, 
that I may come 
and worship him 
also. 

9. When they had 
heard the king, they 
departed ; and lo, 
the star, which they 


saw in the east, 
went before them, 
till it came and 


stood over where 


the young child 
was. 
10. When _ they 


saw the star, they 
rejoiced with ex- 
ceeding great joy. 
11. And when 
they were come in- 
to the house, they 
saw the young child 
with Mary his moth- 
er, and fell down, 
and worshipped 


he sent ~ 


— = 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER II. 


817 


(GERMAN. 
mein Bolf Sfracl ein 
Here fey. 
7 Da bericf Hero: 
des Die Weijen heim: 


- fich, und οὐ Του πο mit 


Hleif von ihuen, wann 
der Stcru erfebienen 


wire, 


8. Und wires fie 
gen Bethlehem, und 
(prac: Ziehet hin 
und forfchet βεϊβίᾳ 
nach dem RKindlein; 
und wenn ihr es fin: 
det, fo faget es mir 
wieder, da ich auch 
fomme, und es an: 
bete. 


9, Uls fie nun den 
Konig achéret hatten, 
zogen fie hin. Und 
fiche, der Geern, den 
fie im Morgenlande 
aefehen Hatten, ging 
por ihnen bin, bis dag 
er Fam, und = ftand, 
oben ther, da_ das 
Kindlein war. 

10. Da_ fie den 
Stern fahen, wurden 
fie hoch erfreuct, 


11. Und gingen in 
das Haus, und fariden 
das = Kindlein = mit 
Maria, feiner Mut: 
tev, und fielen nicder, 
und beteten es an, 
und thaten thre Geba: 


SPANISH. 
mi pueblo. 


7. Enténces He- 
rodes llamados en 
secreto los Magos 
inquirié de ellos 
cuidadosamente el 
tiempo en que apa- 
recié la estrella. 

8. Y enviandoles 
4 Bethlehem les di- 
jo: Id, y preguntad 
con diligencia por 
el niiio, y cuando 
le hubieseis hallado 
hacedmelo _ saber, 
paraque vaya yo 
tambien y le adore. 


9. Y __habiendo 
ellos oido al Rey 
marcharonse. Y he 
aqui la estrella que 
habian visto en el 
Oriente iba delante 
de ellos hasta que 
llegando 86 paré 
sobre dénde estaba 
el niiio. 

10. Y al ver la 
estrella se regocija- 
ron con extremado 
gozo. 

11. Y entrando en 
la casa hallaron al 
nifiio con su madre 
Maria, y postran- 
dose le adoraron, y 
abriendo sus tesoros 


le ofreei¢rom iones 
97 * 
~~ 


LATIN, 


7. Tune Herodes 
clam vocans Magos, 


perquisivit ab eis 
tempus apparen:.s 
stelle. 


8. Et mittens eos 
in Bethlehem, dixit: 
Euntes  diligenter 
explorate de puero: 
cum autem invene- 
ritis, renunciate mi- 
hi ut et ego veniens 
adorem eum. 


9. ΠῚ autem audi- . 
entes regem, profec- 
ti sunt, et ecce, stel- 
la quam viderant in 
Oriente, antecede- 
bat eos, usque dum 
veniens staret supra 
ubi erat puer. 


10. Videntes au- 
tem stellam, gavisi 
sunt gaudium mag- 
num valde. 

11. Et  venientes 
in domum, invene- 
runt puerum cum 
Maria matre ejus. 
Et procidentes ado- 
raverunt eum, = et 
aperientes thesauros 


318 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER II. 


GREEK. 


τῶν, προσήνεγκαν av- 
τῷ δῶρα, χρυσὸν, καὶ 
λίβανον, καὶ σμύρναν. 


12. Καὶ χρηματισθέν- 
τες κατ᾽ ὄναρ μὴ ava- 
κάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρώδην, 
δι᾽ ἄλλης ὁδοῦ ἀνεχώ- 
ρῆσαν εἰς τὴν χώραν 
αὑτῶν. 


3 ΄ 
13. ᾿Αναχωρησάντων 
‘ > ~ 5 ‘ + 
δὲ αὐτῶν, ἰδοὺ, ayye- 
λος Κυρίου φαίνεται 
+ 4 ~ 9 ᾿ 
κατ᾿ ὄναρ τῷ Ιωσὴφ, 
λέγων, Ἐγερθεὶς πα- 
ράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ 
τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ 
φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον" 
Ἂ, Ὁ > ΄ “ ὁ 
καὶ ἴσθι εκεῖ ἕως ἂν 
4 , A 
εἴπω σοι μέλλει γὰρ 
Ἡρώδης ζητεῖν τὸ παι- 
Siov, τοῦ ἀπολέσαι αὐ- 
τό. 


14. Ὃ δὲ ἐγερθεὶς 
παρέλαβε τὸ παιδίον 
καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ 
νυκτὸς. καὶ ἀνεχώρη- 
σεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον. 


- ἜΜ ι.] 
15. Καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἕως 


τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρώδου’ 
ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν: 
ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίῳ διὰ" 


FRENCH. 


et, aprés avoir de- 
ployé leurs trésors, 
ils lui offrirent des 
présens, savoir, de 
lor, de l’encens, et 
de la myrrhe. 


12. Puis étant di- 
vinement __avertis 
dans un songe de 
ne retourner point 
vers Hérode, ils se 
retirérent en leur 
pays par un autre 
chemin. 

13. Or, aprés qu’ils 
se furent retirés, voi- 
ci, Vange du Seign- 
eur apparut dans un 
songe a Joseph, et 
lui dit: Léve-toi, et 
prends le petit en- 
fant et sa mére, et 
tenfuis en Egypte, 
et demeure la jus- 
qu’a ce que je te le 
dise ; car Hérode 
cherchera le petit 
enfant pour le faire 
mourir. 


14. Joseph donc | 
étant réveillé, prit | 
de nuit le petit en- | 
fant et sa mere, et | 
se retira en Egypte. 


15. Et il demeura | 
14 jusqu’a la mort , 
d’Herode, afin que 
fut accomplice dont 


ENGLISH. 


him: and when 
they had opened 
their treasures, they 
presented unto him 


gifts; gold, and 
frankincense, and 
myrrh. 

12. And _ being 


warned of God in 
a_dream that they 
should not return to 
Herod, they depart- 
ed into their own 


country another 
way. 
13. And — when 


they were depart. _ 
ed, behold, the an- 

gel of the Lord ap- 
peareth to Joseph | 
in a dream, saying, 
Arise, and take the 
young child and his 
mother, and flee 
into Egypt, and be 
thou there until 1 
bring thee word: 


for Herod will seek 


the young child to 
destroy him. 


14. When he 
arose, he took the 
young child and his 
mother bv night. 


and departed into 


Egypt: 

15. And was there 
until the death of 
Herod: that it 


might be fulfilled 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER II. 


319 


GERMAN. 
be auf, und fchenften 
ibm Gold, “θεῖ: 


rauch und Mtyrrben. 


12. Und Gott be: 
fabl ihuen im Traum, 
Daf fie fich nicht foll- 
ten wieder zu Heroves 
fenfen. Und fie zogen 
durch cinen anderit 
Weg wieder in ihr 
sand. 

13. Da fie aber hin- 
WEG Aezogen waren, 
 fiebe, da erfchien der 
Engel des Herren dem 
Sofeph im Traum, 
und fprach: Grebe 
auf, und nimm das 
Kindlein und = feine 
Mutter zu dir, und 
fliche in Eqgnptenfand, 
und bleibe allda, bis 
ich Dir fage; denn es 
iff vorhanden, dag 
Herodes das Kind- 


fein fuche, dasfelbe 
umjubringen. 
14. Und er ftand 


auf, und nabm das 
Kindlein und feine 
Mutter zu fich, bey 


ber Macht, und ence. 


wich in Egnptentand, 

15. Und bliet alfoa 
bis nach dem Tore 
Herodes, auf daG er: 
(ἀπὰς wite, dag ter 


SPANISH. 


oro ὁ incensio, y 
mirra. 


12. Y avisados en 
sueiios que no yol- 
viesen & Herodes 
regresaron ἅ su ti- 
erra, por otro ca- 
mino. 


13. Y despues que 
hubieron ellos par- 
tido he aqui el an- 
gel del Sefior apa- 
rece en suefios 4 
Joseph _ diciendo : 
Leyantate y toma 
al πἰῆο, y 4 su ma- 
dre y huye 4 Egip- 
to, y estate alli 
hasta que yo te 
avise porque ha de 
acontecer que He- 
rodes busque al ni- 
fio para matarle. 


14. Y levantando- 
se él tomé de no- 
che al nijio y 4 su 
madre, y fuese 4 


Egipto. 


15. Y permanecié 
alli hasta la muerte 
de Herodes _para- 


que 56 cumplicse 


|plereiur 


LATIN. 


suos, obtulerunt e? 
munera, aurum, et 
thus, et myrrham. 


12. Et responsi 
secundum. somni- 
um, non reflectere 
ad Herodem, per 
aliam viam recesse- 
runt in regionem 
suam. 


13. Recessis au- 
tem ipsis, ecce an- 
gelus Domini appa- 
ret per somnium 
Joseph, dicens : Ex- 
citatus accipe pu- 
erum et matrem 
ejus, et fuge in 
AEgyptum: et esto 
ibi usque dum di- 
cam tibi. Futurus 
est enim Herodes 
querere puerum ad 
perdendum eum. 


14. Is autem exci- 
tatus accepit pue- 
rum et matrem ejus 
nocte, et secessit in 


Jigyptum : 


15. Et erat ibi 
usque δα obitum 
Herodis : ut adim- 
dictum a 


320 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER II. 


GREEK 


τὰ. ’ , 
τοῦ προφήτου, λέγον- 
τος, “Ἐξ Αἰγύπτου 
He: ‘ ce 77 
ἐκάλεσα τὸν υἱόν μου. 


16. Τότε Ἡρώδης 
γΆΝ Lil > , ς ‘ 
ἰδὼν ὅτι everraixOn ὑπο 
τῶν μάγων, ἐθυμώθη 
λίαν. καὶ ἀποστείλας 
ἀνεῖλε πάντας τοὺς 
παῖδας τοὺς ἐν Βηθ- 
λεὲμ, καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς 
c , > a > + 
ὁρίοις αὐτῆς. ἀπὸ διε- 
τοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω, 
κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ὃν 
ἠκρίβωσε παρὰ τῶν 
μάγων. 


17. Τότε ἐπληρώθη 
τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Ἰερεμίου 
τοῦ προφήτου, λέγον- 
TOS, 


18. ““ Φωνὴ ἐν ‘Papa 

> ΄ a κ 
ἠκούσθη. θρῆνος καὶ 
κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς 
πολὺς, Ῥαχὴλ κλαίου- 
σα τὰ τέκνα αὑτῆς" 
καὶ οὐκ ἤθελε παρα- 
“ > 
κληθῆναι, οὐκ 


4) 
εἰσί. 


e 
OTt 


19. Τελευτήσαντος δὲ 
τοῦ Ἡρώδου, ἰδοὺ, ἄγ- 
γελος Κυρίου κατ᾽ ὄναρ 
φαίνεται τῷ Ἰωσὴφ ἐν 
Αἰγύπτῳ, 


FRENCH. 


le Seigneur avait 
parlé par un pro- 
phéte, disant: J'ai 
appelé mon Fils 
hors d’Egypte. 

16. Alors Hérode, 
voyant que les sages 
s’étaient moqués de 
lui, fut fort en co- 
lére, et il envoya 
tuer tous les enfans 
qui étaient dans 
Bethléhem, et»dans 
tout son territoire, 
depuis lage de deux 
ans et au-dessous, 
selon le temps dont 
il s’était exactement 
informé des sages. 


17. Alors fut δο- 
compli ce dont avait 
parle Jérémie le pro- 
phéte, en disant : 


18. On a oui ἃ 
Rama un cri, une 
lamentation, des 
plaintes, et un grand 


gémissement; Ra- 
chel pleurant 565 
enfans, et n’ayant 
point voulu étre 
consolée de ce 


qwils ne sont plus. 
19. Mais aprés 
qu’Hérode fut mort, 
voici, l’ange du Sei- 
gneur apparut dans 
un songe a Joseph, 


ENGLISH. 


which was spoken 
of the Lord by the 
prophet, saying, 
Out of Egypt have 
I called my son. 

16. Then Herod, 
when he saw that 
he was mocked o, 
the wise men, wa 
exceeding wroth, 
and sent forth, and 
slew all the chil- 
dren that were in 
Bethlehem, and in 
all the coasts there- 
of, from two years 
old and under, ac- 
cording to the time 
which he had dili- 
gently inquired of 
the wise men. 

17. Then was ful- 
filled that which 
was spoken by Jer- 
emy the prophet, 
saying, 

18. In Rama was 
there a voice heard, 
lamentation, and 
weeping, and great 
mourning, Rachel 
weeping for her 
children, and would 
not be comforted, 
because they are 
not. 

19. But when 
Herod was dead, 
behold, an angel of 
the Lord appeareth 
in a dream to Jo- 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER II. 


921 


GERMAN 


Ἄν durch den Pro- 
pheten gefagt hat, dev 
Da fpriche: Uus Egnp- 
ten babe ich meinen 
Gobhn gerufen. 

16. Da Herodes nian 
fah, daf ev von den 
Weifen betrogen war, 
ward er febr zornig, 
und {τς aus, und 
lief alle Kinder zu 
Bethlehem δόξω, 
und an ifren ganjzen 
Grenjzen, die da pwey: 
jahrig und darunter 
waren, nach dev Zeit, 
die er mit Fleif vou 
den Weifen erlernet 
hatte. 


17. Da ift erfillet, 
das gefagt it von dem 
Propheten Feremia, 
der da fpriche : 


18. Uuf dem Gebir- 
ge bat man ein (θυ: 
fchrey gehdret, viel 
Klagens, Weinens 
und Heulens ; Mabel 
beweinete ihre Kinz 
der, und wollte fich 
niche trojten laffen; 
deUN CS War aus mit 
ibiuen. . 

19. Da aber Hero- 
des geftorben war, fie 
he, da erfchien der 
Engel des Herren dem 
ΚΟ {Ὁ uy Traum in 


SPANISH. 


lo que habld el Se- 
fior por el profeta 
diciendo: De Egip- 


to llamé 4 mi hijo. 


16. Enténces He- 
rodes cuando se vid 
burlado de los Ma- 
gos irritése sobre 
manera, y envid, é 
hizé matar 4 todos 
los nifios, que ha- 
bia en Bethlehem, 
y en toda su co- 
marca de dos aiios 
abajo conforme al 
tiempo que él ha- 
bia cuidadosamente 
inquirido de los Ma- 
gos. 


17. Enténces se 
cumplié lo que ha- 
bia hablado por el 
profeta Jeremias di- 
ciendo, 

18. Voz fué oida 
en Rama lamentos, 
y lloros y grandes 
gemidos: Raquel 
llorando sus hijos y 
no quiso ser conso- 
lada porque no ex- 
isten ya. 


19. Pero habien- 
do muerto Herodes 
he aqui un angel 
del Sefior aparecid 
en sueiios 4 Joseph 


LATIN. 


Domino per Pro- 
phetam, dicentem : 
Ex Egypto vocay: 


filium meum. 


16. Tune Herodes 
videns quoniam illu- 
sus esset a Magis, 
iratus est valde: et 
mittens occidit om- 
nes pueros qui in 
Bethlehem, et om- 
nibus finibus ejus, a 
binatu. et infra, 
secundum tempus 
quod perquisivit a 
Magis. 


17. Tunc adimple- 
tum est dictum per 
Jeremiam _ prophe- 
tam, dicentem : 


18. Vox in Rama 
audita est, ploratus 
et ululatus et ejula- 
tus multus: Rachel 
plorans natos suos, 
et noluit consolari, 
quia non sunt. 


19. Desinente an- 
tem Herode, ecce 
angelus Domini se- 
cunduri1 somnium 
appare Joseph in 


$22 


MATTEEW, CHAPTERS II., III. 


GREEK. 


20. Λέγων, Ἐγερ- 
θεὶς παράλαβε τὸ 
παιδίον, καὶ τὴν μη- 
τέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ πο- 
ρεύου εἰς γῆν Ἰσρα- 
NA+ τεθνήκασι γὰρ 
οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν 
ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου. 

21. Ὁ δὲ ἐγερθεὶς 
σαρέλαβε τὸ παιδί- 
ον, καὶ τὴν μητέρα 
αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς 
γῆν Ἰσραήλ. 

22. ᾿Ακούσας δὲ 
ὅτι ᾿Αρχέλαος βα- 
σιλεύει ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰου- 
δαίας ἀντὶ Ἡρώδου 
τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, 
ἐφοβήθη ἐκεῖ ἀπελ- 
θεῖν " χρηματισθεὶς 
δὲ κατ᾽ ὄναρ, ἀνεχώ- 
ρῆσεν εἰς τὰ μέρη 
τῆς Ταλιλαίας " 

23. Καὶ ἐλθὼν 
κατώκησεν εἰς πό- 
λιν λεγομένην Να- 
Caper, ὅπως πλη- 
ρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ 
τῶν προφητῶν, ὅτι 
Ναζωραῖος κληθή- 


σεται." 


a. Ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡ- 
μέραις ἐκείναις πα- 
ραγίνεται ᾿Ιαάννης 
ὁ βαπτιστὴς κη- 
γύσσων ἐν τῇ ἐρή- 
μῳ τῆς ᾿ἸἸουδαίας, 

2. Καὶ 


Μεταναεῖτε > ἢγ- 


λέγων, 


FRENCH. 
en Egypte, 
20. et lui dit: 


Léve-toi, et prends le 
petit enfant etsa mére, 
et ten va au pays 
d’Israél; car ceux qui 
cherchaient ἃ oter la 
vie au petit enfant sont 
morts. 

21. Joseph done s’é- 


tant réveillé, prit le 
petit enfant et sa mére, | 
et s’en vint au pays| 
d’Israél. | 
22. Mais quand il 
eut appris qu’Archeé- 
laiis regnait en Ju- 
dée, a la place d’He- 
rode, son pére, il crai- 
gnit d’y aller; et étant 
divinement averti dans 
un songe, il se retira 
en Galilée. 


23. Et y étant arrivé 
il habita dans la ville 
appelée Nazareth, afin 
que fut accompli ce 
qui avait été dit par les 
prophétes: Il sera 
appelé Nazarien. 


1. Or en ce temps- 
la vint Jean-Baptiste, 
préchant dans le dé- 
sert de la Judée, 


2. et disant : Con- 


vertissez-vous, car le 


ENGLISH. 
seph in Egypt, 

20. Saying,. Arise, 
and take the young 
child and his mother, 
and go into the land of 
Israel: for they are 
dead which sought the 
young child’s life. 


21. And he arose, | 
and took the young 
child and his mother 
and came into the land 
of Israel. 

22. But when he 
heard that Archelaus 
did reign in Judea in 
the room of his father 
Herod, he was afraid 
to go thither : notwith- 
standing, being warn- 
ed of God in a dream, 
he turned aside into 
the parts of Galilee: 

23. And he came and 
dwelt in a city called 
Nazareth: that it 
might be fulfilled 
which was spoken by 
the prophets, He shall 
be called a Nazarene 


1. In those days 
came John the Baptist, 
preaching .in the wil- 
derness of Judea, 


2. And saying, Re- 
pent ye: for the king- 


ail J oo 


MATTHEW, CHAPTERS IL., III. τ § 828 
GERMAN. SPANISH. LATIN. 
Egyptenfand, en Egipto. ZEgypto, 
90. Und fprach: Gte-| 20. Diciendo: Le-| 20. Dicens: Ex- 


he auf, und nimm das 
Kindlein und = feine 
Mutter zu dir, und zie 
be bin in das sand Jy- 
racl; fie find geftorben, 
dic Dem Kinde nach dem 
Seben ftanden. 

21. Und er fiand auf, 
und nah das Kindlein 
und feine Mutter zu 
fich, und fam in das 
sand Sfracl. 

22. Dacr aber hirete, 
dak Urchelaus im jirdi- 
fchen sande Konig war, 
an Statt feines Vaters 
Herodes, fiirchtete er 
fich dabhin 21: fommen. 
Und im Traum empfing 
er Befehl von Gott, 
Und 204. in die Herter 
des galildifchen Landes, 

23. Und fam, und 
wohuete in der Stadt, 
Die da Heift Mazareth ; 
auf daf erfillet wurde, 
das da gefagt ift von 
dem Propheten: Er 
foll Mazarvenus heifen. 


1. Bu der Beit fam 

Sohannes, dev Taufer, 
und predigte in der 
Wirte des jidifchen 
sandes, 


2. Und fprah: Thu: 
Bufe, das H mmelreich 


vantate y toma al ni- 
iio y ἅ su madre, y 
vete 4 tierra de Isra- 
él porque muertos 
son los que atenta- 
ban 4 Ja vida del niiio. 


21. Enténces le- 
vantandose él tomé 
al nifio, y 4 su ma- 
dre, y vinose 4 tierra 
de Israél. 

22. Mas habiendo 
oido .que Archelao 
reynaba en Judea en 
lugar de su padre He- 
rodes temié ir alla y 
avisado en suefios se 
retiré 4 tierra de Ga- 
lilea. 


23. Y vind y habité 
en una ciudad llama- 
da Nazareth paraque 
se cumpliese lo que 
habian dicho los pro- 
fetas: Sera llamado 
Nazareno. 


1. Y en aquellos di- 
as vind Juan el Bau- 
tista predicando en 
el desierto de Judea. 


2. Y diciendo: Ar- 
repentios porque el 


citatus accipe pu- 
erum, et matrem 
ejus, evade in 
terram Israél : 
mortui sunt enim 
querentes δΔηΪ- 
mam pueri. 

21. Ille autem 
excitatus accepit 
puerum et ma- 
trem ejus, et venit 
in terram Israél. 

22. Audiens au- 
tem quod Arche- 
laus regnaret, in 
Judza pro Hero- 
de patre suo, ti- 
muit illoire. Re- 
sponsus autem se- 
cundum  somni- 
um, secessit in 
partes Galilee. 

23. Et veniens 
commigrayit in 
civitatem dictam 
Nazaret: ut im- 
pleretur dictum 
per _ Prophetas, 
Quod Nazorzus 
vocabitur. 


1. In autem die- 
bus illis accedit 
Joannes Baptista, 
preedicans in de- 
serto Judee, 


2. Et dicens: 
Peenitemini, ap- 


824 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


171. 


GREEK. 


γικε γὰρ ἡ βασι- 
λεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 


3. Οὗτος ap ἐστιν 
ὁ ῥηθεὶς We to. 
ov τοῦ προφήτου, 
λέγοντος, “Φωνὴ 
βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρή- 
μῳ, ἉἙτοιμάσατε 

A i’ \ , 
τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, 
εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς 

, ᾿ ~ 3) 
τρίβους αὐτοῦ. 

4. Αὐτὸς δὲ Ἰω- 
, 3 ἡ 
ἄννης εἶχε τὸ ἔνδυ- 
μα αὑτοῦ ἀπὸ τρι- 
χῶν καμήλου, καὶ 
ζώνην δερματίνην 

Α A 5 - ς 
περὶ τὴν ὀσφῦν αὗ- 
τοῦ" ἡ δὲ τροφὴ 

᾽ - > > , 
αὐτοῦ ἢν ἀκρίδες 

Ἀ , » 
καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. 


ὅ. Τότε ἐξεπο- 
ρεύετο πρὸς αὐτὸν 
«ς , ‘ 
Ιεροσόλυμα, καὶ 

ol ¢ > / 
πᾶσα ἡ ‘lovdaia, 
καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχω- 
pos τοῦ Ιορδάνου, 

6. Καὶ ἐβαπτί- 

3 ~ > 4, 
ζοντο ἐν τῷ Ἰορδά- 
c 
€.: 9 > “ 3 
vn ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ἐξο- 
μολογούμενοι τὰς 
ἁμαρτίας αὑτῶν. 

7. ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ πολ- 
λοὺς τῶν Φαρισαί- 
ων καὶ Σαδδουκαί- 
ὧν ἐρχομένους ἐπὶ 
τὸ βάπτισμα ad- 

-“ > n 
τοῦ, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, 

, a 
Γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, 

, ς ’ ca 

τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν 


FRENCH. 


royaume des cieux est 
proche. 


3. Car c’est ici celui 
dont il a été parlé par 
Esaie le prophéte, en 
disant: La voix de 
celui qui crie dans le 
désert est: Préparez 
le chemin du Seigneur, 
aplanissez ses sen- 
tiers. 

4, Or Jean avait son 
vétement de poil de 
chameau, et une cein- 
ture de cuir autour de 
ses reins; et son man- 
ger était des saute- 
relles et du miel sau- 
vage. 


5. Alors les habitans 
de Jérusalem, et de 
toute la Judée, et de 
tout le pays des envi- 
rons du Jourdain vin- 
rent ἃ lui. 

6. Et ils étaient bap- 
tisés par lui au Jour- 
dain, confessant leurs 
péchés. 


7. Mais yoyant plu- 
sieurs des pharisiens 
et des sadducéens ve- 
nir ἃ son baptéme, il 
leur dit: Race de vi- 
péres, qui yous a aver- 
tis de fuir la colére a 
venir ? 


ENGLISH. 


dom of heaven is at 
hand. 


3. For this is he that 
was spoken of by the 
prophet Esaias, say- 
ing, The vaice of one 
crying in the wilder- 
ness, Prepare ye the 
way of the Lord, make 
his paths straight. 


4. And the same John 
had his raiment of 
camel’s hair, and a 
leathern girdle about 
his loins ; and his meat 
was locusts and wild 
honey. 


5. Then went out to 
him Jerusalem, and 
all Judea, and all the 
region round about 
Jordan, 


6. And were baptized 
of him in Jordan, con- 
fessing their sins. 


7. But when he saw 
many of the Pharisees 
and Sadducees come 
to his baptism, he said 
unto them, O genera- 
tion of vipers, whe 
hath warned you to 
flee from the wrath to 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER III. 325 
"GERMAN. SPANISH. LATIN. 
ift nabe herbey gefom:|reyno de los cielos| propinquavit e+ 


mien. 


3. Und er ift der, von 
dem der Prophet Jez 
faia gqefagt hat, und gez 
fprochen: “Es ijt eine 
Grimme eines Predi- 
gers in der ΘΙ τ, be- 
reiter dem Herrn den 
Weg, und machete rich: 
tig feine Greige. 

4. Er aber, Johan: 
nes, hatte cin Kleid yon 
Cameclshaaren, und εἰ: 
nen [edernen Girtel 
uin feine senden 5; feine 
Gpeife aber war Heu- 
fcbrecten und wilder 
Honig. 


5. Da ging ju ihm 
hinaus die Grave Se: 
rujalem, und das ganze 
Jjirdifebe gand, und alle 
wuder an dem Fordan, 


6. Und liefen fich tau- 
fen von θαι τὶ Jordan, 
und befannten ihre 
Gimden, 


7. Ulls er nun viele 
Pobharifaer und Gaddu- 
caer {Ὁ zu feiner Taufe 
Fommen, fprach er ju 
ihnen: Yhe Otternge- 
δες, wer hat denn 
euch gewiefen, Daf ifr 
dem jzullinftigen Zorn 


esta cerca. 


3. Porque ‘este es 
aquel de quien hablo 
el profeta Isaias dici- 
endo: Voz del que 
clama en el desierto : 
Aparejad el camino 
del Sefior, haced de- 
rechas sus sendas. 


4. Y el mismo Juan 
llevaba un vestido de 
pelos de camello, y 
un cinto de cuero al 
rededor de sus lomos, 
y su comida eran lan- 
gostas y miel silves- 
tre. 


5. Enténces salidé 
4 él Jerusalém, y to- 
da la Judea, y toda la 
tierra de la comarca 


del Jordan. 


6. Y eran bautiza- 
dos por él en el Jor- 
dan confesando sus 
pecados. 


7. Mas viendo que 
muchos de lus Pha- 
riseos y Saduceos ve- 
nian 4 su bautismo 
les dijé ; oh genera- 
cion de yiboras ! qui- 
én os ha ensefiado 4 
huir de la ira veni: 


nim regnum ce- 
lorum. 

3. Hic enim est 
pronuhtitas ab 
Esaia Propheta, 
dicente : Vox cla- 
mantis in deserto: 
Expedite να 
Domini, rectas fa- 
cite semitas ejtts. 


4. Ipse autem 
Joannes habebat 
indumentum sue 
um e pilis cameli, 
et zonam pellice- 
am circa lumbum 
suum: esca au- 
tem ejus erat lo- 
custe et mel sil- 
vestre. 

5. Tune ‘exibat 
ad eum Hieroso- 
lyma, et omnis 
Judea, et omnis 
circum _-vicinia 
Jordanis. 

6. Et baptiza- 
bantur in Jordane 
ab eo, consitentes 
peccata sua. 


7. Videns autem 
multos Pharisseo- 
rum et Sadduce- 
orum _ venientes 
ad baptismum su- 
um, dixit eis: Ge- 
nimina vipera- 
rum, quis demon- 


826 


MATTHEW, .CHAPTER 111. 


GREEK. 
φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς 
’ 3 a 
μελλούσης ὀργῆς; 
, > 

δ, Ποιήσατε οὖν 
καρπὸν ἀξίον τῆς 
μετανοίας. 

9, Καὶ μὴ δόξητε 
λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, 
Πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν 
"ABpadu: λέγω 

\ | sc te a) , 
yap ὑμῖν, ore δύνα- 
ται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν 
λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖ- 
pat τέκνα τῷ ᾿Α- 
βραάμ. 

10. Ἤδη δὲ καὶ 
ς > / A 
ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν 
ε; -“ ’ 
ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων 
κεῖται " πᾶν οὖν 
δίνδρον μὴ ποιοῦν 
καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκ- 
κόπτεται, καὶ εἰς 
πῦρ βάλλεται. 

11, Ἐγὼ μὲν 

ep. con ᾽ 
βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς ἐν 
A > , 
ὕδατι eis μετάνοι- 
αν " ὃ δὲ ὀπίσω μου 
ἐρχόμενος, ἰσχυρό- 
τερός μου ἐστὶν, οὗ 
οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ 
ς , , 
ὑποδήματα βαστά- 
σαι, ὑμᾶς 
θαπτίσει ἐν πνεύ- 
E εν ἢ ᾿ ΤΣ 
ματι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 


ee, 
avuTos 


τ ’ 

12. Οὗ τὸ πτύον 
» lol ~ 
ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ, 
καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν 
“ ς a ‘ 
ἅλωνα αὑτοῦ, καὶ 
συνάξει τὸν σῖτον 
αὑτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀπο- 

΄ 
θήκην, τὸ δὲ ἄχυ- 


FRENCH. 


8. Faites donc des 
fruits convenables a la 
repentance. 

9. Et ne présumez 
point de dire en vous- 
mémes: Nous avons 
Abraham pour pére ; 
car je vous dis que 
Dieu peut faire naitre 
de ces pierres méme 
des enfans ἃ Abra- 
ham. 

10. Or la cognée est 
déja mise a la racine 
des arbres ; c’est pour- 
quoi tout arbre, qui ne 
fait point de bon fruit, 
va €tre coupé et jeté 
au feu. 


11. Pour moi, je 
vous baptise d’eau en 
signe de repentance ; 
mais celui qui vient 
aprés moi est plus pu- 
issant que moi, et je 
ne suis pas digne de 
porter 565 souliers ; 
celui-la vous baptisera 
du Saint-Esprit et de 
feu. 


12. Il a son yan en 
sa main, et il nettoiera 
entiérement son aire, 
et il assemblera son 
froment au grenier ; 
mais il brulera la paille 
au feu qui ne s’eteint 


ENGLISH. 


come ? 


8. Bring forth there- 
fore fruits meet for re- 
pentance : ἢ 

9. And think not to 
say within yourselyes, 
We have Abraham to 
our father: for I say 
unto you, that God is 
able of these stones to 
raise up children unto 
Abraham. 


10. And now also 
the axe is laid unto 
the root of the trees: 
therefore every tree 
which bringeth — not 
forth good fruit is hewn 
down, and cast into 
the fire. 

11. I indeed baptize 
you with water unto 
repentance: but he 
that cometh after me 
is mightier than I, 
whose shoes I am_ not 
worthy to bear: he 
shall baptize you with 
the Holy Ghost, and 
with fire : 


12. Whose fan is in 
his hand, and he will 
thoroughly purge his 
floor, and gather his 
wheat into the garner 5 
but he will burn up 
the chaff with wun- 


ΝΣ εν»... 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER III. 


827 


GERMAN. 
cutrinnen werdct 7 


8: Geher ju, thut 
rechefchatfene Frirchee 
der Buse. 

9. DenFet nur niche, 
dak thr bey euch wollt 
fagen: Wir haben YU: 
brabam jum Bater 
Sch fage euch: Gort 
Yermag Dem Wbraham 
aus diefen Greinen 
Kinder zu erweefen. 


10. E¢ ift (οι dic 
Art den Baumen an die 
Wurjzel aelegt Daz 
ruin, welcher Baum 
niche gute Fruche brin- 
act, wird abgehauen 
und ins Feucr gewor- 
fen. 

11. τῷ taufe euch mit 
Wafer zur Bue; der 
aber nach mir Fomme, 
it ftarfer, denn ich, 
dem ich auch nicht ge- 
nugfam bin, feine Gehu- 
be ju tragen 5 der wird 
euch mit tem Heiligen 
Geift und mit Feuer 
taufen. 


12. Und er hat feine 
Worffehaufel in feiner 
Hand; ev wird feine 
Tenne fegen, und den 
Weizen in feine Geheu- 


ne fammeln; aber die la quemara en un fu- 
Spreu wird cv verbren: ego inextinguible. 


SPANISH. 


dera ? 


8. Producid pues 
frutos dignos de ar- 
repentimiento. 

9. Y no penséis en 
decir interiormente : 
A Abraham tenemos 
por padre ; porque yo 
os digo: que podero- 
so es Dios para le- 
vantar hijos 4 Abra- 
ham atin de estas pi- 
edras. 


10. Y ahora tambi- 


LATIN. 


stravit vobis fu- 
gere a futura ira? 

8. Facite ergo 
fructus —_dignos 
poenitentize. 

9. Et ne arbitre- 
mini dicere in vo- 
bis ipsis: Patrem 
habemus Abra- 
ham; dico enim 
vobis,quoniam po- 
test Deus de lapi- 
dibus istis suscita- 
re natos Abrahe. 

10. Jam vero et 


en ya esta puesta la 
segur a la raiz de los | 
arboles. 
bol que no produce | 
buen fruto cortado 
sera, y echado al fu- 
ego. 

11. Yo en verdad, 
os bautizo en agua, 
para arrepentimien- | 
to, mas él que viene 
en pos de mi, mas 
poderoso es que yo, 
cuyos zapatos no soy 
digno de llevar. El 
os bautizara en el 
Espiritu Santo, y en 
fuego. 


12. Su bieldo esta 
en su mano, y lim- 
piara bien la era, y 
recogera su trigo en 


la trox mas la paja 


Y todo ar-| jacet. 


securis δά radi- 
cem arborum ad- 
Omnis er- 
go arbor non fa- 
ciens fructum bo- 
num, exciditur, et 
in ignem jacitur. 

li, Ego qui- 
dem baptizo” vos 
in aqua in poeni- 
tentiam, qui au- 
tem post me veni- 
ens, fortior me 
est: cujus non 
sum idoneus cal- 
ceamenta portare, 
ipse vos baptiza- 
bit in Spiritu sane- 
to et igni. 

12. Cujus venti- 
labrum in manu 
sua, et permunda- 
bit aream suam, 
et congregabit tri- 
ticum suum in 


-horreum: at pa- 


328 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


III. 


GREEK. 


pov karakavoet πυ- 
pi ἀσβέστῳ. 

13. Τότε παραγί- 
νεται ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἀπὸ 
τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐπὶ 
τὸν Ιορδάνην πρὸς 
τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην, τοῦ 
βϑαπτισθῆναι ὑπ᾽ 
αὐτοῦ. 

14, Ὁ δὲ Ἰωάν- 
νης διεκώλυεν av- 
τὸν, λέγων, ᾿Εγὼ 
χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ 
βαπτισθῆναι, 
σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με; 

15, ᾿Αποκριθεὶς 
δὲ 6 Ἰησοῦς εἶπε 
πρὸς αὐτὸν " “Ades 
ἄρτι " οὕτω γὰρ 
πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν 
πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν 
δικαιοσύνην - τότε 
ἀφίησιν αὐτόν. 


\ 
Και 


16. Καὶ βαπτισ- 
4 ε» - » ΄ 
θεὶς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἀνέ- 
᾿] \ > A - 
βη εὐθὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ 
A ‘ > ‘ 
ὕδατος, καὶ ἰδοὺ, 
» , > -“ 
ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ 
ε > ‘ ‘ 5 
οἱ οὐρανοὶ, καὶ εἶδε 
Ἢ a a a 
TO πνευμα TOV Θεοῦ 
καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ 
περιστερὰν, καὶ ἐρ- 
χόμενον ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 


17. Καὶ ἰδοὺ, φω- 


νὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν," 


4 ae 4 3 
λέγουσα, Οὗτός ἐσ- 
τιν 6 vids μου ὁ 
ff eae 9 
ἀγαπητὸς, ἐν @ εὐ- 


δόκησα. 


FRENCH. 


point. 


13. Alors Jésus vint 
de Galilée au Jourdain 
vers Jean pour étre 
baptisé par lui: 


14. Mais Jean l’en 
empéchait fort, en lui 
disant: Jai besoin 
d’étre baptisé par toi, 
et tu viens vers moi! 


15. Et Jesus répon- 
dant, lui dit: Laisse- 
moi faire pour le pré- 
sent; car il nous est 
ainsi convenable d’ac- 
complir toute justice. 
Et alors il le laissa 
faire. 


16. Et quand Jésus 
eut été baptisé, il sor- 
tit incontinent hors de 
Peau; et voila, les 
cieux lui furent ou- 
verts, et Jean vit l’Es- 
prit de Dieu descen- 
dant comme une Co- 
lombe, et venant sur 
lui. 

17. Et voila une voix 
du ciel, disant: Celui- 
ci est mon Fils bien- 
aimé, en qui j’ai pris 
mon bon plaisir. 


ENGLISH. 


quenchable fire. 


13. Then cometh Je- 
sus from Galilee to 


Jordan unto John, to. 


be baptized of him. 


14. But John forbade 
him, saying, I haye 
need to be baptized of 
thee, and comest thou 
to me? 


15. And Jesus’ an- 
swering said unto him, 
Suffer it to be so now: 
for thus it becometh us 
to fulfil all righteous, 
ness. ‘Then he suf- 
fered him. < 


16. And Jesus, when 


he was baptized, went. 
up straightway out of 


the water: and lo, the 
heavens were opened 
unto him, and he saw 
the Spirit of God. de- 
scending like a de 
and lighting upon hi 


17. And lo, a voice 
from heaven, saying, 
This is my _ beloved 
Son, in whom I am 
well pleased, 


καὶ 


i εἶν, “5.4 = " ie Ἐ 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER III. 


829 


GERMAN, 
nen mit ewigem Feuer. 


13. 3u der Zeit Fam 
Fefus aus Galilaia an 


den Jorden zu Johan- 


ae, Daf ev fich don ihm 
ον liege. 


14. Uber TFohannes 
wehrete ihm, und 
fprah: Bch bedarf 
wohl, da ich von dir 
Getauft werde ; und du 
Fommyt 3u mir 2 

15. Sefus aber ane: 
wortete, und fprach zu 
ihm: sa jege alfo feyn; 
alfo gebithree es une, 
alle Serechcigfeit zu 
erfitllen. Da {{}} er ἐδ 
ihm ju. 


16. Und da Jefus ge- 
tauft wartieg er bald 
herauf aus dem Way: 
fer; und fiehe, da that 
ὦ dev Himmel auf 
iber ifm. Und Johan: 
nes fah den Geift Got: 
tes, gleich als cine Tau- 
Μ herab fahren, und 

ber ihn fommen. 

17. Und fiehe, cine 
SGtimme pom Himmel 
herab fprach: Dies it 
mein lieber Gohn, an 
welchem ih Woblge- 
fallen habe. 


SPANISH. 


13. Enténces Jesus 
vind de Galil2a al 
Jordan a encontrar 4 
Juan para ser bauti- 
zado de él. 


14. Mas Juan se lo 
estorbaba diciendo : 
2 Yo he menester ser 
bautizado de ti, y τύ 
vienes 4 mi? 


15. Y respondiendo 
Jesus le dij6: ¢ De- 
ja esto ahora porque 
asi nos  conviene 
cumplir toda justicia. 
Enténces condescen- 
did. 


16. Y despues que 
Jesus fué bautizado, 
subio luego del agua, 
y he aqui se le abri- 
eron los cielos, y vid 
al Espiritu de Dios 
descendiendo como 
paloma y viniendo 
sobre él. 


17. Y he aqui una 
voz del cielo que de- 
cia: Este es mi hijo 
muy querido, en qui- 
en tengo toda mi 
complacencia. 


28 * 


LATIN. 


leam comburet ig- 
ni inextinguibili. 
13. Tune acce- 
dit Jesus a Gali- 
lea ad Jordanem 
ad Joannem, bap- 
tizari ab eo. 


14. At Joannes 
prohibebat eum, 
dicens: Egousum 
habeo a te bapti- 
zari, et tu venis 
ad me ? 

15. Respondens 
autem Jesus dixit 
ad eum, Sine in- 
terim: sic enim 
decens est no- 
bis implere om- 
nem justificatio- 
nem. Tune di- 
mittit eum. 

16. Et baptiza- 
tus Jesus, ascen- 
dit statim de aqua: 
Et ecce aperti 
sunt ei ceeli, evidit 
Spiritum Dei de- 
scendentum sicut 
columbam, et ve- 
nientem super 
eum. 

17. Et ecce vox 
de celis, dicens: 
Hic est filius me- 
us dilectus, in quo 
complacui. 


890 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


IV. 


GREEK. 


> 
1. Τό τε ὁ Ἴη- 
“- 2" Δ > εἶ 
σοῦς ἀνήχθη εἰς τὴν 
ἔρημον ὑπὸ τοῦ 
πνεῦματος, πειρασ- 
θῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ δια- 

, 

βόλου. 
4, 

2. Kal νηστεύσας 
ἡμέρας τεσσαρά- 
κοντὰ καὶ νύκτας 
τεσσαράκοντα, ὕσ- 
τερον ἐπείνασε. 

3. Kal προσελ- 
θὼν αὐτῷ 6 πειρά- 


> > eX 
Cav, εἶπεν > Ei υἱὸς. 


> ΄ ΄“ 3 ‘ 
εἰ Tov Θεοῦ, εἰπε 
a 
iva of λίθοι οὗτοι 
ἄρτοι γένωνται. 
"4, Ὃ δὲ ἀποκρι- 
εὖ ᾿ὕ 
θεὶς εἶπε " Τέγραπ- 
ται " Οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ 
΄ , ΕἾ 
μόνῳ ζήσεται ἄν- 
3 
θρωπος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ 
ξ 
παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπο- 
ρευομένῳ διὰ στό- 
uaros Θεοῦ. 
5. Τότε παραλαμ- 
, ew, ς ΄ 
βάνει αὐτὸν ὁ διά- 
’ A c , 
βολος εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν 
πόλιν, καὶ ἵστησιν 
‘ 
αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύ- 
“yLov τοῦ ἱεροῦ. 
6. Καὶ λέγει av- 
a J eA > a 
τῷ * Et υἱὸς εἰ Tov 
Θεοῦ, Bare ceav- 
TOV κάτω * γέγραπ- 
gL. «Ὁ » 
ται γάρ, Ort τοῖς 
, -~ 3 
ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐν- 
τελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, 
καὶ ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀ- 
΄ , 
ootai σε, μήποτε 
κ 
προσκόψῃς πρὸς 


FRENCH. 


1. Alors Jésus fut 
emmené par |’Esprit 
au désert, pour y étre 
tenté par le diable. 


2. Et quand il eut 
jetiné quarante jours et 
quarante nuits, finale- 
ment il eut faim. 


3. Et le tentateur 
s’approchant, lui dit: 
Si tu es le Fils de Dieu, 
dis que ces pierres de- 
viennent des pains. 


4, Mais Jésus répon- 

dit, et dit: Il est écrit: 
L’homme ἢ6. vivra 
point de pain seule- 
ment, mais de toute 
parole qui sort de la 
bouche de Dieu. 


5. Alors le diable le 
transporta dans la 
sainte ville, et le mit 
sur les créneaux du 
temple ; 


6. et il lui dit: Si tu 
es le Fils de Dien, jette- 
toien bas; car il est 
écrit: Il ordonnera a 
ses anges de te porter 
en leurs mains, de peur 
que tu ne heurtes ton 
pied contre quelque 
“ierre. 


ENGLISH. | 
1. Then was Jesus 


led up of the Spirit 
into the wilderness, to 


be tempted of the 


devil. 


2. Anc ween he had 


fasted forty days and 
forty nights, he was 
afterward an hungred. 


3. And when the 
tempter carne to him, 
he said, If thou be the 
Son of God, command 
that these. stones be 
made bread. 

4. But he answered 
and said, It is written, 


Man shall not live by. 


bread alone, but by 
every word that pro- 
ceedeth out of the 
mouth of God. 


5. Then the devil 
taketh him up into the 
holy city, and setteth 
him on a pinnacle of 
the temple, 


6. And saith unte 
him, If -thou be the 
Son of. God, cast thy- 
self down: for it is 
written, He shall give 
his angels charge con- 
cerning thee: and in 
their hands they shall 
bear thee up, lest at 
any tme thou dash 


= TT 


=< - 


~ 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV. 


331. 


; GERMAN. 
1. Da ward Sefus 
pom ὅθε in die Wi- 
fie acfithret, auf das er 
bon dem Teufel-verfuche 
witrde. 


2. lind da er vierzig 
Tage und vierzig Mach: 
te gefaftct δα, bun: 
gerte iba. 


3. Und der Verfucher 
frat suihm, undfprach: 
Bit du Gortes Gohn, 
fo fprich, δαβ diese 
Gteine Brod werden. 


4, Und er antwortete, 
und (ρα: Es fte- 
het gefcbrieben : Der 


“Menfch lebet niche vom 


Brod allein, fondern 
von cinem  jeglichen 
Wort, das durch den 
Mund Gortes geher. 
5. Da fithrte ihu der 
Teufel mit fich in die 
beilige Grade, und fiel- 
fete ihn auf die Zinne 
des Tempels, 


6. Und fprach zu ihm: 
Bit du Gottes Gon, 
fo laf dich Hinab; deun 
es fichee gefcbrichen: 


SPANISH. 


1. Enténces Jesus 
fué llevado por el 
Espiritu ἃ] desierto 
para ser tentado del 
diablo. 


2. Y habiendo ayu- 
nado quarenta dias y 
quarenta noches de- 
spues tuvo hambre. 


3. Y llegandose 4 
él el tentador le dijé : 
Si eres Hijo de Dios, 
di que estas piedras 
se hagan panes. 


4. Mas él respondi- 
endo le dijé: Eseri- 
to esta: no de solo 
pan vivira el hombre, 
mas de toda palabra 
que sale de ‘la boca 
de Dios. 


5. Enténces le to- 
m6 el diablo, le llevé 
4 la Santa Ciudad, y 
le puso sobre las al- 
menas del templo. 


6. Y le dijé: Si 
eres Hijo de Dios! 
echate de aqui abajo, 
porque escrito esté, 


LATIN. 


1. Tune Jesus 
actus est in deser- 
tum ἃ  §Spiritu, 
tentari a diabolo, 


2. Et jejunans 
dies quadraginta, 
et noctes quadra- 
ginta, postremum 
esuriit. 

3. Et accidens 
el tentator, dixit:: 
Si filius es Dei, 
dic ut lapides isti 
panes fiant. 


4. Ille autem re- 
spondens, dixit: 
Scriptum est, Non 
in pane solo vivet 
homo, sed in om- 
ni verbo exeunte 
per os Dei. 


5. ‘Tune assu- 
mit eum diabolus 
in sanetam civi- 
tatem, et statuit 
eum super pinna- 
culum templi. 

6. Et dicit ei: 
Si filias es Dei, 
dejice teipsum de- 
orsum. Scriptum 


Er wied feinen Engelu| que te encomendaré est enim, Quia 


fiber dir Wefehl chun, 
und fie werden dich auf 


| 


ἃ sus Angeles, y te. 
La 
tomaran en sus ma- 


den Handen tragen, auf nos paraque tu pié no | 
DAK DU deinen Fug uicht tropieze con piedra 


an einen Giein stogest. alguna. ) 


angelis suis man- 
dabit de te, et in 
manibus _ tollent 
te, ne forte im- 
pingas ad lapidem 


832 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


IV. 


GREEK. 
λίθον 


σου. 

. δ». τιν τὰ 

͵ 7. Ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ 

Ἰησοῦς + Πάλιν γέ- 
δ ἃ 

γραπται, “᾿ Ouk εκ- 

πειράσεις Κύριον 
τὸν Θεόν gov.” 

8, Πάλιν παρα- 
λαμβάνει αὐτὸν ὁ 
διάβολος εἰς ὄρος 
ὑψηλὸν λίαν, καὶ 
δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ πά- 

‘ , 
gas τὰς βασιλείας 
τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ τὴν 
δόξαν αὐτῶν. 

, > 

9. Καὶ λέγει av- 
τῷ" Ταῦτα πάντα 
σοι δώσω, ἐὰν πε- 
THY προσκυνήσῃς 
μοι. 

10. Τότε λέγει 
δ δ ..8 a o 
avtg ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Y- 
Taye, ὀπίσω μου 
σατανᾶ. Τέγραπ- 
, “sé , 
ται γάρ, “ Κυριον 
τὸν Θεόν σου προσ- 
κυνήσεις, καὶ αὐτῷ 

& 

, , 29 
μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. 

11, Τότε ἀφίησιν 

» 
αὐτὸν 6 διάβολος - 
καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελοι 
προσῆλθον, καὶ δι- 
ηκόνουν αὐτῷ. . 

> , 4 

12. ᾿Ακούσας δὲ 
φὶ 8 al “ > 
ὁ Inaovs ὅτι Ἰω- 
, , > 
ἄννης παρεδόθη, a- 
νεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν 
Γαλιλαίαν. 

13. Καὶ καταλι- 


τὸν πόδα 


FRENCH. 


7. Jésus lui dit: Il 


est aussi écrit: Tu ne 


tenteras point le Seign- 
eur ton Dieu. 


8. Le diable le trans- 
porta encore sur une 
fort haute montagne, 
et lui montra tous les 
royaumes du monde 
et leur gloire ; 


9. et il luidit: Je te 
donnerai toutes ces 
choses, si, en te pros- 
ternant en terre, tu 


m/’adores. 
10. Mais Jésus lui 


dit: Va, Satan; car il 


est écrit: ‘Tu adoreras 
le Seigneur ton Dieu, 
et tu le serviras lui 
seul. 


11. Alors le diable le 
laissa, et voila, les an- 
ges s’approchérent, et 
le servirent. 


12. Or Jésus ayant 
oui dire que Jean avait 
été mis en prison, se 
retira en Galilée. 


13. Et ayant quitté 


wav τὴν Ναζαρὲτ, Nazareth, il alla de- 


ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν 


meurer ἃ Capernatm, 


ENGLISH. 


thy foot against a 
stone. 

7. Jesus said unto 
him, It is written again, 
Thou shalt not tempt 
the Lord thy God. 


8. Again, the devil 
taketh him up into an 
exceeding high moun- 
tain, and sheweth hime 
all the kmgdoms of 
the world, and the glo- 
ry of them, 


9. And saith unto 
him, All these things 
will I give thee, if thou 
wilt fall down and wor- 
ship me. 

10. Then said Jesus 
unto him, Get thee 
hence, Satan: for it is 
written, ‘Thou shalt 
worship the Lord thy 
God, and him only 
shalt thou serve. 


11. Then the devil 
leaveth him, and be- 
hold, angels came and 
ministered unto him. 


12. Now when Jesus 
had heard that John 
was cast into prison, 
he departed into Gali- 
lee ; 

13. And leaving Naz- 
areth, he came and 
dwelt in Capernaum, 


cae 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV. 


333 


GERMAN. 


Υ͂ Part 
ΕΟ _- 


ἡ. Da fprach Fefus 
guihm: Wiederum fte- 
het auch geychrieben: 
Du follyt Gore, deinen 
Herru, niche verfuchen. 
8. WGiederum fihrere 
ihn der Teufel mic fich 
auf cinen {τ bhoben 
Berg, und jeigete ihm 
alle Diciche der Welt 
und ihre HervlichFeic; 


9. Und fprach gu ihm: 
Hies alles will ich dir 
geben, fo du nieder- 
fallyt, und mich anbe- 
tet. 

10. Da fprach Sefus 
gibi: Hebe dich weg 
pon mir, Gatan! denn 
es fieht gefchrieben: Ou 
folift anbeten Gott, δεῖ: 
nen Hervn, und ihm 
allein dienen, 


11. Da verlie§ ihn 
der Teufel; und-fiehe, 
da (τατον die Engel zu 
ihm, und diencew ibm. 


12. Da nun Jefus 
hdrete, dag Johannes 
itberantworter war, 309 
cr it dus galilayche 
Sand; 

13. Und verlic§ dic 
Stade Mazareth, fam 
und wohute gu Caper: 


SPANISH. 


7. Y Jesus le dijé : 
tambien esta escrito : 
No tentards al Seijior 
tu Dios. 


8. De nuevo el dia- 
blo le subiéd 4 un 
monte muy encum- 
brado, y le mostré 
todos los reynos del 
mundo, y la gloria de 
ellos. 


9. Y le dijo: te daré 
todas estas cosas 5] 
postrado me _  ado- 
rares, 


10. Enténces Jesus 
le respondié : Apar- 
tate Satanas ; porque 
escrito esta: Adora- 
ras al Seiior tu Dios, 
y 4 él solo serviras. 


11. Entdénces le de- 
jo el diablo, y he 
aqui los angeles lle- 
garon, y le servian. 


12. Mas cuando Je- 
sus oy6é que Juan es- 
taba en prision volvi- 
ose 4 Galilea. 


13, Y dojando 4 
Nazareth, vind, y 
moro en Japharna- 


LATIN, 


pedem tuum. 


7. Ait illi Jesvs; 
Rursum scriptum 
est: Non tentabis. 
Dominum Deum 
tuum. 

8. Iterum. assu- 
mit eum diabolus 
in montem excel- 
sum valde, et os- 
tendit ei omnia 
regna mundi, et 
gloriam eorum : 


9. Et dicit ei: 
Hee omnia tibi 
dabo, si cadens 
adoraveris me. 


10. Tune dicit 
ei Jesus: Abi Sa- 
tana;  scriptum 
est enim, Domi- 
num Deum tuum 
adorabis, et  illi. 
soli servies. 


11. Tune dimit 
tit eum diabolus : 
et ecce angeli ac- 
cesserunt, et mi- 
nistrabant ei. 

12. Audiens au- 
tem Jesus quod 
Joannes  traditus 
esset, secessit in 
Galilean, : 

13, Et relin- 
quens Nazaret 
veniens commi 


934 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


IV. 


GREEK. 


> ‘ \ 
εἰς Καπερναουμ, τὴν 


παραθαλασσίαν, ἐν 
ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ 
Νεφθαλείμ. 


14, Ἵνα πληρωθῇ 
τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ησαίου 
τοῦ προφήτου, λέ- 
yovros, 


15. “1H ZaBov- 
λὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθα- 
λεὶμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, 
πέραν τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου, 
Ταλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν, 


16. Ὅ λαὸς ὃ Ka- 
θημενος ἐν σκότει, εἷ- 
de φῶς μέγα, καὶ τοῖς 
καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ 

Ν ΄“- , ΄“ 
καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς 

Ὁ" ἣν ᾽ -~ 939 

ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς. 


17. ᾿Απὸ τότε ἤρ- 
ξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς κηρύσ- 
σειν, καὶ λέγειν, Με- 
τανοεῖτε " ἤγγικε γὰρ 
ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρα- 
νῶν. 

18, Περιπατῶν δὲ 
παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 
τῆς Ταλιλαίας, εἶδε 
δύο ἀδελφοὺς, Σίμω- 
να τὸν λεγόμενον Πέ- 
τρον, καὶ ᾿Ανδρέαν 
τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, 
βάλλοντας ἀμφίβλη.- 
στρον εἰς τὴν θάλασ- 
σαν" ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλι- 
εἴς" 


FRENCH. 


ville maritime, sur les 
confins de Zabulon et 
de Nephthali ; 


14.. afin que fut ac- 
compli ce dont i 
avait été parlé par 
Esaie le  prophéte, 
disant : 

15. Le pays de Za 
bulon, et le pays de 
Nephthali, vers le 
chemin de la mer, au- 
dela du Jourdain, la 
Galilee des Gentils ; 

16. ce peuple, qui 
était assis dans les 
tenébres, a vu une 
grande lumiére ; et ἃ 
ceux qui étaient assis 
dans la région et dans 
Vombre de la mort la 
lumiére s’est levée. 

17. Dés-lors Jésus 
commenga a précher, 
et a dire : Convertis- 
sez-vous, car le roy- 
aume des cieux est 
proche. 

18. Et comme Jé- 
sus marchait le long 
de la mer de Galilée, 
il vit deux fréres, sa- 
voir Simon, qui fut 
appelé Pierre, οἱ An- 
dré, son frére, qui je- 
taient leurs filets dans 
la mer, car ils étaient 
pécheurs. 


— 


ENGLISH. 


which is upon the seas 
coast in the borders of 
Zabulon and Neph- 


thalim ; 


.14, That it might be 
fulfilled which was 
spoken by Esaias the 
prophet, saying, 


15. The land οἵ 
Zabulon, and the land 
of Nephthalim, by the 
way of the sea, be- 
yond Jordan, Galilee 
of the Gentiles : 

16. The “ people 
which sat in dark- 
ness saw great light; 
and to them which 
sat in the region and 
shadow of death, light 
is sprung up. 


17. From that tine 
Jesus beganto preach 
and to say, Repent. 
for the kingdom of 
heaven is at hand. 


18. And Jesus, walk- 
ing by the sea of Gal- 
ilee, saw two breth- 
ren, Simon called Pe- 
ter, arid Andrew his 
brother, casting a net 
into the sea ; for they 
were fishers. 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER Iv. 


GERMAN. 
naum, die da Liege am 
Meer, an den Grenzen 
_* und Mephtha- 
im. 


14. Unf da erfiller 
Wilrde, das da gefagt ift 
durch den SProphecen 
Sefaia, dev da fpriche : 


15. Das sand Zabu- 
fon, und das sand 
Mephehalim, am Wege 
des Meers, jenfeit des 
Jordans, und die heid- 
nifhe Galilia, 

16. Das Volf, das in 
Sinfternif faf, hat cin 
grofes sicht gefehen, 
und die da fafen am 
Orte und Gehatten des 
FTodes, denen aft ein 
Sicht aufgegangen. 


17. Bon der Zeit an 


fing SJefus ar zu predi- 
gen, Und 2: fagen: 
Thue Bug§e, das Him- 
melreich ift nabe έν δον 
geFommen, 

18. Uls nun SJefus 
an dem  galildifcen 
Meere ging, fah er 
poeen Brider, Gimon, 
Der da heift Petrus, 
und Andreas, feinen 
Bruder ; die warfen 
ihre Meke ing τε, 
denn fle waren Fifcher. 


SPANISH. 


um ciudad maritima 
en los confines ce 
Zabulon, y Nephta- 


lim. 


14. Paraque se 
cumpliese lo que fué 
dicho por el profeta 
Isaias que dijé. 


15. La tierra de Za- 
bulon, y la tierra de 
Nephtalim, camino 
del mar al otro lado 
del Jordan, Galilea 
de los Gentiles. 

16. Pueblo sentado 
en tinieblas vid gran 
luz y 4 los que mo- 
raban en la region y 
sombra de la muerte, 
luz les amanecid. 


17. Desde aquel 
punto comenz6 Jesus 
a predicar y 4 decir: 
Arrepentios porque 
el reyno de los cielos 
esta cerca. 

18. Y Jesus yendo 
por la costa del mar 
de Galilea vio 4 dos 
hermanos Simon, lla- 
mado Pedro, y An- 
dres su hermano que 
echaban la red en el 
mar, pues eran pes- 
cadores. 


LATIN. 
gravit in Caper- 
naum mariti- 
mam : in finibus 
Zabulon et Neph- 
thalim. 

14. Ut adimple- 
retur pronuncia- 
tum per Isaiam 
Prophetam,  di- 
centem : 

15. Terra Zabu- 
lon, et terra Neph- 
thali, viam maris 
ultra. Jordanem, 
Galilea gentium: 


16. Populus se- 
dens in tenebris, 
videns lucem 
magnam, et Se€- 
dentibus in regi- 
one et umbra mor- 
tis, lux orta est 
eis. 

17. Ex tunc ce- 
pit Jesus preedica- 
re, etdicere: Ρω- 
nitemini: appro- 
pinquavit enim 
regnum celorum. 

18. Circumam- 
bulans autem Je- 
sus juxta mare 
Galilee, vidit du- 
os fratres, Simo- 
nem dictum Pe- 
trum, et Andream 
fratrem ejus, mit- 
ten es verriculum 
in mare; (erant 
enira piscg ores.) 


836 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV. 


GREEK. 
19. Kai λέγει ad- 
τοῖς, Δεῦτε ὀπίσω 


’ ΄- 
μου, καὶ ποιήσω ὑμᾶς 
ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων. 


20. Οἱ δὲ εὐθέως 
ἰφέντες τὰ δίκτυα, 
ἱκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. 


21. Καὶ προβὰς 
τεῖθεν, εἶδεν ἄλλους 
ἀφο ἀδελφοὺς, ᾿Ιάκω- 
δον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαί- 
ov, καὶ ᾿Ιωὡάννην τὸν 
ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν 
“~ ‘ \ 
τῷ πλοίῳ μετὰ ZeBe- 
4 A 
duiov Tod πατρὸς αὐ- 
TOY, καταρτίζοντας 
τὰ δίκτυα αὑτῶν" καὶ 
3 2 » ’ 
ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς, 
22. Οἱ δὲ εὐθέως 
“1 ἃ Ἔ 
ἀφέντες τὸ πλοῖον 
καὶ τὸν πατέρα αὗ- 


τῶν, ἠκολούθησαν 
αὐτῷ. 
23. Καὶ περιῆγεν 


ὅλην τὴν Ταλιλαίαν 
6 “Ingots, διδάσκων. 
ev ταῖς συναγωγαῖς. 
αὐτῶν,. καὶ κηρύσσων 


FRENCH, 


19. Et il leur dit: 
Venez aprés moi, et 
je vous ferai pécheurs 
d’hommes. 


tot quitté leurs filets, 
ils le suivirent. 


21. Et de la étant 
allé plus avant, il vit 
deux autres fréres, 
Jacques, fils de Zé- 
bédée, et Jean, son 
frére, dans une na- 
celle, avec Zébédée, 
leur pére, qui rac- 
commodaient leurs fi- 
lets, et il les appela. 


22. Et ayant aussi- 
tot quitté leur nacelle 
et leur pére, ils le 
sulvirent. 


23. Et Jésus allait 
par toute la Galilée, 
enseignant dans leurs 
‘synagogues, préchant 
‘Pevangile du roy- 
et gueérissant 


- 20. Et ayant aussi- } 


rT) εὐαγγέλιον τῆς aume, 
Α βασιλείας, καὶ θερ ἃ- toutes sortes de mala- 
πεύων πᾶσαν νόσον dies, et toutes sortes 
Kat πᾶσαν μαλακίαν de langueurs parmi le 
ἐν τῷ λαῷ. peuple. 

24. Kai ἀπῆλθεν 24. Et sa renom- 
ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην mee se répandit par 
τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ προο ‘toute la Syrie ; et on 
ἤνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάν ‘lui présentait — tous 
ras τοὺς κακῶς ἔχον- CeUX qui se portaient 
τας, ποικίλαις νόσοις Mal, tourmentés de, 


ENGLISH. 


19; ‘Andhesaithvant 


to them, Follow me, 
and 1 will make you 
fishers of men... 


20. And 
straightway left their 
nets, and followed 
him, 

21. And. going on 
from thence, he saw 
other two brethren, 
James the son of Zeb- 
edee, and John his 
brother, ina ship with 
Zebedee their father, 
mending their nets: 
and he called them. 


22. And they im- 
mediately left’ the 
ship, and their father, 
and followed him. 


23. And Jesus went 
about all Galilee, 
teaching in their syn- 
agogues, and preach- 
ing the gospel of the 


kingdom, and healing. 


all manner οὐ sick- 
ness, and all manner 
of disease among the 
people. 


24. And his fame- 
went throughout all — 


they — 


Syria: and 
brought unto him all 
sick people that were 


taken with divers dis- 


they | 


; 
4 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV. 


837 


GERMAN. 
19. Und er fprach zu 
ihnen: Solget mir 


nach 5 ich will euch yu 
Menfehen-Fifehern maz 
chen. 

20. Bald verlicfen fie 
ihre Mese, und folgten 
ihm nach. 


21. Und da er von 
dannen weiter ging, fal 
er ziween andere Brit: 
der, Jafobum, den 
Gohn Bebedii, und 
STohannem, feinen Brit: 
der, im Schiff, mit 
ihrem Bater 3cbhedio, 
δαβ fie ihre Mese flict 
fen; und er rief fir. 


22. Bald verliefen fie 
das Gchiff und ihren 
Bater, und folgten ihm 
Nach. 


23. Und Nefus ging 
umber im ganzen galiz 
[difehen Sande, [ebrete 
in den Gehulen, und 
predigte das Evangeli- 
wn yon dem Meich, 
und beilete alferfer 
Geuche und Krankheit 
im Bolf. 


24. Und fein Geriicht 
erfcholl in das ganze 
Goricnland. Und fie 
brachten ju ihm αἰετοῦ 
Kranfe, mit mancherley 
SGeuchen und Qual be- 


SPANISH. 


19. Y¥ les dijé: Se- 
guidme, y yo haré 
que seais pescadores 
de hombres. 


- 20. Y ellos dejadas 
al instante las redes, 
le siguieron. 


21. Y pasando de 
alli adelante vio a4 
otros dos hermanos 
Jacobo hijo de Zebe- 
deo, y su hermano 
Juan que estaban en 
un barco con su pa- 
dre Zebedeo remen- 
dando las redes, y 
les llamo. 


22. Y ellos imme- 
diatamente dejaron 
el barco, y su padre, 
y le siguieron. 


23. Y recorrié Je- 
sus toda la Galilea 
ensejiando en las Si- 
nagogas de ellos, y 
predicando el Evan- 
gelio del reyno, y 
curando toda enfer- 
medad, y toda dolen- 
cia en el pueblo. 


24. Y corrié su fa- 
ma por toda la Syria 
y le traian todos los 
enfermos atacados de 
diversos males y tor- 
mentos, y los posei- 


----- -- - 


LATIN. 
19. Et ait illis: 
Ventte post me, 
et faciam vos pis- 


catores hominum. 
20. Illi autem 
continuo _ dimit- 


tentes retia, secu- 
ti sunt eum. 

21. Et proce- 
dens inde, vidit 
alios duos fratres, 
Jacobum Zebe- 
dei, et Joannem 
fratrem ejus in 
navi cum Zebe- 
deo patre eorum, 
resarcientes retia 


sua: et vocavit 
eos. 
22. Illi autem 


statim dimittentes 
naviculam et pa- 
trem suum, secu- 
ti sunt eum. 

23. Et circuibat 
totum Galileam 
Jesus, docens in 
synagogis eorum, 
et preedicans eu- 


jangelium  regni, 
et sanans omnem 


morbum, et om- 
nem infirmitatem 
in populo. 

24. Et abiit au- 
ditio ejus in totam 
Syriam, et obtu- 
lerunt ei omnes 
male habentes, 
variis norbis, et 


838 


MATTHEW, CHAPTERS IV., V. 


GREEK. 


καὶ βασάνοις συνεχο- 
μένους, καὶ δαιμονι- 
ζομένους, καὶ σεληνι- 
αζομένους, καὶ παρα- 
λυτικούς * καὶ ἐθερά- 
πευσεν αὐτούς. 


25. Καὶ ἠκολούθη- 
σαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολ- 
λοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαί- 

‘ ᾿ 
as καὶ Δεκαπόλεως 
ac ΄ ‘ 
καὶ ᾿Ιεροσολύμων καὶ 
> ΄ ‘ , 
Ἰουδαίας, καὶ πέραν 
a 3 , 
Tov ᾿Ιορδάνου. 


᾽ 
1, ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ τοὺς 
᾿ 3. 2 \ 
ὄχλους. ἠνέβη εἰς τὸ 
ὄρος - καὶ καθίσαν- 
τος αὐτοῦ, προσῆλ- 
> A ς \ 
Gov αὐτῷ of μαθηταὶ 
αὐτοῦ. 

2. Καὶ ἀνοίξας τὸ 
, c A“ »Ὁ 7 ‘ 
στόμα αὑτοῦ, edida- 
σκεν αὐτοὺς, λέγων, 
3. Μακάριοι οἵπτω- 
χοὶ τῷ πνεύματι, ὅτι 

ep 
αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασι- 
λεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 
4. Μακάριοι οἵἷπεν- 
θοῦντες, αὐτοὶ 
παρακληθήσονται. 


“ 
οτι 


5. Μακάριοι of πρᾳ- 
is, ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρο- 
νομήσουσι τὴν γῆν. 


6. Μακάριοι of πει- 
΄ 5 spd 
νῶντες Kat διψῶντες 
τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι 
, 
αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσον- 


FRENCH. 


diverses maladies, les 
démoniaques, les lu- 
natiques, les paraly- 
tig ses, et il les gué- 
rissait. 


25. Et de grandes 
troupes de peuple le 
suivirent de Galilée, 
et de Décapolis, et de 
Jérusalem, et de Ju- 
dée, et de dela le 
Jourdain. 


1. Or Jésus voyant 
tout ce peuple, mon- 
ta sur une montagne : 
puis s’étant assis, ses 
disciples s’approché- 
rent de lui; 

2. et ayant com- 
mencé ἃ parler, il les 
enseignait de la sorte: 

3. Bienheureux sont 
les pauvres en esprit; 
car le royaume des 
cieux est a eux. 

4. Bienheureux sont 
ceux qui pleurent ; 
car ils seront conso- 
lés. 

5. Bienheureux sont 
les débonnaires; car 
ils hériteront la terre. 


6. Bienheureux sont 
ceux qui sont affa- 
més et altérés de la 


ENGLISH. 


eases and torments 
and those which were 
possessed with devils, 
and those which were 
lunatic, and those that 
had the palsy ; and he 
healed them. 

25. And there fol- 
lowed him great mul- 
titudes of people from 
Galilee, and from De- 
capolis, and from Je 
rusalem, and frons 
Judea, and from be- 
yond Jordan. 


1. And seeing the 
multitudes, he went 
up into a mountain: 
and when he was set, 
his disciples came un- 
to him. 

2. And he opened 
his mouth, and taught 
them, saying; 

3. Blessed are the 
poor ἴῃ spirit: for 
theirs is the kingdom 
of heaven. 

4. Blessed are they 
that mourn: for they 
shall be comforted. 


5. Blessed are the 
meek : for they shalt 
inherit the earth. 


6. Blessed are they 
which do hunger and — 
thirst after righteous- 


justice ; car ils seront ness: “or they shall 


MATTHEW, CHAPTERS IV, V. 


339 


i 
~ 

2 

J 

Py 

, 


— hungere 
nach der Gerechtigbeit ; 
denn fie follen fate were 


GERMAN. 


haftet, die Befeifencn, 
Die Montyfichtiqen und 
_ die 
und er machee fie alle 
—gefund. 


Gichebrichigen ; 


25. Und es folate ihm 


nach viel Bolfs aus 
Galifaa, aus den zehn 
Gradeen von Feruja- 
fem, aus dem jidifehen 
Sande, und von jenfeit 
des Jordans. 


1. Da er aber das 


Bolf fah, ging er auf 
einen Berg, und fesee 
fich, und feine Finger 
τατον zu im. 


2. Und er that feinen 


Mund auf, lehrete fie, 
und fprach : 


3. Gelig find, die da 


gciftlich arm find; denn 
das Himmelreich it ibe. 


4, Gelig find, die da 


{cid tragen; denn fic 
follen getrdjtet werten. 


5. Gelig find die 
Ganftmithigen ; denn 
fie werden das Erdreich 
befigen. 


6. Gelig find, die da 
und — dilrftet 


SPANISH. 


dos del demonio y 
los lunaticos y los 
paraliticos ; y los cu- 
raba. 


25. Y le seguian 
grandes multitudes 
de pueblo de Galilea, 
y de Decapolis y de 
Jerusalem y de Ju- 
dea, y de la otra ban- 
da del Jordan. 


1. Y viendo Jesus 
las gentes subié 4 un 
monté y habiendose 
sentado llegaron 4 él 
sus discipulos. 


2. Y abriendo su 
boca les ensefiaba di- 
ciendo. 

3. Bienaventurados 
los pobres de espiri- 
tu, porque de ellos es 
el reyno de'los cielos. 

4. Bienaventurados 
los afligidos, porque 
ellos seran consola- 
dos. 

5. Bienaventurados 
los mansos, porque 
ellos recibiran en he- 
rencia la tierra. 

6. Bienaventurados 
los que tienen lham- 
bre y sed de justicia, 
porque ellos seran 


LATIN. 


torminibus com- 
prehensos, et ἀς- 
moniécos, et luna- 
ticos, et paralyti- 
cos: et curavit 
eos. 


25. Et secute 
sunt eum turbe 
multe de Galilea, 
et Decapoli, et 
Hierosolymis, et 
Judea, et trans 
Jordanem. 


1. Videns autem 
turbas, ascendit 
in montem : etse- 
dente eo, advene- 
runt ei discipuli 
ejus. 

2. Et aperiens 
os suum, docebat 
eos, dicens : 

3. Beati paupe- 
res spiritu, quo- 
niam ipsorum est 
regnum celorum. 

4. Beati lugen- 
tes, quia ipsi con- 
solabuntur. 


5. Beati mites 
quoniam ipsi hee- 
reditabuntterre ™. 


6. Beati esuri 
entes et sitientes 
justitiam, quoni- 
am ipsi saviras 


340 MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 
GREEK. FRENCH. ENGLISH. 
ται. rassasiés. be filled. 
7. Μακάριοι of ἔλε-͵ ἢ. Bienheureuxsont| 7. Blessed are the 
npoves, ὅτι αὐτοὶ éde-| les miséricordieux ;| merciful: for they 


ηθήσονται. 


8. Μακάριοι οἱ κα- 
θαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι 
αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψον- 
ται. 

9. Μακάριοι οἱ εἰ- 
ρηνοποιοὶ, ὅτι αὐτοὶ 
υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσον- 
ται. 


10. Μακάριοι οἷ δε- 
διωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δι- 
καιοσύνης, ὅτι αὐτῶν 
5» ¢ , a 
ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν 
οὐρανῶν. 


11. Μακάριοί ἐστε 
bid > , 
ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν 
Θ᾿ Lc ‘ , 
ὑμᾶς καὶ διώξωσι, 
καὶ εἴπωσι πᾶν πο- 
a 
νηρὺν ῥῆμα καθ᾽ 
ε wn , 
ὑμῶν,  wWevddpevor, 
ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, 


12. Χαίρετε καὶ 
ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι 
μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς 
ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς * οὕ- 
‘ »ὼὰ ‘ 
τὼ γὰρ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς 
προφήτας τοὺς πρὸ 
ὑμῶν. 


ς 


oO 


13 ε »“ 3 Ἁ 
. Ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ 
ἅλας τῆς γῆς. Ἐὰν 
δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῆ, 
3 , « , 

ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται ; 


car miséricorde leur 
sera faite. 

8. Bienheureux sont 
ceux qui sont nets de 
coeur ; car ils verront 
Dieu. 

9. Bienheureux sont 
ceux qui procurent la 
paix; car ils seront 
appelés enfans de 
Dieu. 

10. Bienheureux sont 
ceux qui sont persé- 
cutés pour la justice ; 
car le royaume des 
cieux est a eux. 


11. Vousserez bien- 
heureux quand on 
vous aura injuriés et 
persécutés, et quand, 
a cause de mol, on 
aura dit faussement 
contre vous’ toute 
sorte de mal. 

» 


12. Réjouissez-vous, 
et tressaillez de joie, 
parce que votre ré- 
compense est grande 
dans les cieux; car 
on a ainsi persécuté 
les prophétes qui ont 
été avant vous. 

13. Vous étes le sel 
de la terre ; mais si 
le sel perd sa saveur, 
avec quoi le salera-t- 


shall obtain mercy. 


8. Blessed are the 
pure in heart: for 
they shall see God. 


9. Blessed are the 
peace-makers: for 
they shall be called 
the children of God. 


10. Blessed are they 
which are persecut- 
ed for righteousness’ 
sake: for theirs is the 
kingdom of heaven. 


11. Blessed are ye 
when men shall re- 
vile you, and perse- 
cute you, and shall 
say all manner of evil 
against you falsely, 
for my sake. 


12. Rejoice, and be 
exceeding glad: for 
great is your reward 
in heaven: for so. 
persecuted they the 
prophets which were 
before you. 


13. Ye are the salt 
of the earth: but if 
the’'salt have lost his 
savor, wherewithshall 


ss 


rae 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 


841 


-- 


GERMAN. 


sen. ; 
7. Gelig find die 

Barmberzigen 5 denn 
ἐκ werden Barurherjzig- 

it erlangen. 

8, Gelig find, die rei: 
8 Herzens find; denn 
fe werden Gort (chau 
τ. 

9. Gelig find δὶς 
Gricdfertigen ; denn fie 
werden Gottes Kinder 
Jeifen. 


10. Gelig find, die um 
Gerechtigkcie willen 
Perfolget werden; denn 
das Himumelreich yt iby. 


11. Gelig feyd ibe, 
wenn euch die Menfehen 
Min meinetwillen fehma: 
Hen und veefolgen, und 
reden allerfeyn Uebels 
wider euch, fo fie δα: 
ran litgeu. 


12. Ged frohlich 
und getrojt, es wird 
euch im Himmel woh! 
belohuet werden. Denn 
alfo haben fie ver folace 
die Propheten, die vor 
euch gewefen find. 


13. Nhe (δ das 
Gal; dev Erde. Wo 
nun das Galy dumm 
wird, womif will man 


SPANISH. 


saciados. 

7. Bienaventurados 
los misericordiosos, 
porque ellos aleanza- 
ran misericordia. 

8. Bienaventurados 
los limpios de cora- 
zon, porque ellos ve- 
ran 4 Dios. 

9, Bienaventurados 
los pacificos, porque 
ellos seran llamados 


hijos de Dios. 


10. Bienaventura- 
dos los que padecen 
persecucion por cau- 
sa de Ja justicia, por- 
que de ellos es el 
reyno de los cielos. 

11. Bienaventura- 
dos sois cuando os 
maldijeren, y os per- 
siguieren, y dijeren 
iodo mal de vosotros 
con falsedad por mi 
causa. 


12. Gozaos y ale- 
graos porque es gran- 
de vuestro galardon 
en los cielos, porque 
asi persiguieron 4 los 
profetas que fueron 
antes de vosotros. 


13. Vosotros sois 
la sal de la tierra, 
y si la sal perdiere 
su sabor ὁ con ‘jue se 
OO * 
~ 


LATIN, 


buntur. 

7. Beati miseri- 
cordes, quoniam 
ipsi_ misericordia 
afficientur. 

8. Beati mundi 
corde, quoniam 
ipsi Deum vide- 
bunt. 

9. Beati pacifi- 
ci, quoniam ipsi 
filii Dei vocabun- 
tur. 


10. Beati per- 
secutione affecti 
propter justitiam, 
quoniam ipsorum 
est regnum ceelo- 
rum. 

11, Beati estis 
quum maledixe- 
rint vos, et perse- 
quuti fuerint, et 
dixerint omne raa- 
lum verbum ad- 
versum vos, men- 
tientes, propter 
me. 

12. Gaudete et 
exultate, quoniam 
merces vestra 
multa in ceelis, sic 
enim persequuti 
sunt Prophetas 
qui ante vos. 


13. Vos estis sal 
terre ; si autem 
sal infatuatum sit, 
lin quo salietur καὶ 


342 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


v. 


GREEK. 
eis οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, 
εἰ μὴ BAnOjvu ἔξω, 
καὶ καταπατεῖσθαι 
ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 


14. Ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ 
φῶς τοῦ κόσμου. Οὐ 
δύναται πόλις κρυβῆ- 
vat ἐπάνω ὕρους κει- 
μένη " 

15. Οὐδε 


λύχνον, καὶ τιθέασιν 


καίουσι 


τὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδι- 
ov, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ 
λυχνίαν, καὶ λάμπει 

πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. 


᾿ 
την 


16. Οὕτω λαμψά- 
4 had ¢ ~ aa 
Tw TO φώς ὑμῶν Ep- 
προσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώ- 
πων, ὅπως 
ς be 4 \ »ὕ 
ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργα, 

‘ , A 
καὶ δοξάσωσι τὸν 
πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν 
τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 

17. Μὴ νομίσητε 
ὅτι ἦλθον καταλῦσαι 
τὸν νόμον, ἢ τοὺς 

, > > 
προφήτας" οὐκ ἢλ- 
θον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ 
πληρῶσαι. 


18. ᾿Αμὴν γὰρ λέ- 
γω ὑμῖν, ἕως ἂν πα- 

, ε > A 4 
οέλθη ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ 
ἡ γῆ, ἰῶτα ἕν ἢ μία 
κεραία οὐ μὴ παρέλ- 
θῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου, ἕως 
ἂν πάντα γένηται. 


ἴδωσιν. 


FRENCH. 


on? Il ne vaut plus 
rien qu’a étre jeté 
dehors, et foule des 
hommes. 


14. Vous étes la lu- 
miére du monde. 
Une yille située sur 
une montagne ne peut 
point étre cachée. 

15. Et on n’allume 
point la lampe pour 
la mettre sous un 
boisseau, mais sur un 
chandelier, et elle 
éclaire tous ceux qui 
sont dans la maison. 

16. Ainsi, que votre 
lumiére luise devant 
les hommes, afin 
qwils volent vos 
bonnes ceuvres, et 
qwils glorifient votre 
Pére quiestaux cieux. 


17. Ne croyez pas 
que je sois venu ane- 
antir la loi ou les pro- 


phétes; je ne suis} ets 


pas venu les anéan- 
tir, mais les accom- 
plir. 


18. Car je vous dis, 
en verité, que jus- 
qu’a ce que le ciel et, 
la terre soient passés, | 
un seul iota, ou un 
seul trait de lettre, n= 
passera point, que 
toutes ces choses ne 


ENGLISH. 


it be salted? it is 
thenceforth good for 
nothing, but to be cast 
out, and to be trodden 
under foot of men. 
14. Ye are the light 
of the world. A city 
that is set on an hill 
cannot be hid. 


΄- 

15. Neither do men 
light a candle, and 
put it under a bushel, 
but on a candlestick : 
and it giveth light un- 
to all that are in the 
house. 

16. Let your light 
so shine before men, 
that they may see 
your good works, and 
glorify your Father 
which is in heaven. 


17. Think not that 
I am come to destroy 
the law, or the proph- 
: 1 am not come 


to destroy, but to ful- 
fil. 


18. For verily I say 
unto you, Till heaven 
and earth pass, one 
jot or one tittle shall 


in no wise pass from 


the law, till all be ful- 
‘filled. 


MaTTHEW, CHAPTER V. 


343 


GERMAN. 
faljen? Es ift zu niches 
binfort nage, Denn da 
man es binausfchirtte, 
und [ajfe es die δα 


jertveten, 
14. Shr feyd das siche 
oer Wele. (δὲ mag 


die Gradt, die auf εἰ: 
nem Berge liegt, niche 
verborgen feyn. 

15. Man zitndet auch 
niche cin gicht an, und 
fest eS unter einen 
Geheffel, foudern auf 
einen scucheer, fo euch: 
fetes deucn allen, die 
tim Haufe find. 

16. Ulfo faec ener 
Licht feuchten vor den 
Scuten, δα fie eure gue 
ten Werke fehen, und 
curen Gater im Him: 
mel preifen. 


17. Shr follt niche 
wabhnen, δὰ ich gefom- 
men bin, das Gees 
oder die SPropheten 
aufjuldfen. Feb bin 
niche gefommen aufzu- 
ldfen, fendern gu erful: 
len, 

18. Denn ich fage euch 
wahriich: Bis daf 
Himmel und Erde zer- 
gehe, wird nicht zerge- 
hen dev Eleinjte Wich: 
ftabe, noch Ein Titel 
vom Gefek, bis daf es 
fies gefebshe. 


SPANISH. 


hard salada ? Novale 
ya para nada sino 
para ser echada fue- 
ra- y pisada de los 
hombres. 

14. Vosotros sois la 
uz del mundo. Una 
ciudad situada sobre 
un monte no puede 
esconderse. 

15. Nise enciende 
una vela para poner- 
la bajo un celemin 
sino en el candelero, 
y asi alumbra 4 todos 
los de la casa. 


16. Brille asi vu- 
estra luz delante de 
los hombres paraque 
vean vuestras buenas 
obras y glorifiquen 4 
vuestro Padre que 
esta en los cielos. 


17. No credis que 
yo he venido 4 abro- 
gar la Ley 6 los pro- 
fetas: no he venido 
ὦ abrogarlos sino 4 
hacerlos cumplidos. 


18, Porque en ver- 
dad os digo que an- 
tes pasaran el cielo 
y la tierra, que deje 
de pasar una jota 6 
una tilde de la Ley 


sin que todas las co- 


sas scan cumplidas, 


LATIN. 


ad nihilum valet 
ultra, si non ejici 
foras, et concul- 
cari ab homini- 
bus. 

14. Vasestis lux 
muhdi: non po- 
test civitas ab- 
scondi supra mon- 
tem posita. 

15. Neque ac- 
cendunt _ lucer. 
nam, et ponunt 
eam sub modio, 
sed super cande- 
labrum, et lucet 
omnibus in domo. 

16. Sic luceat 
lux vestra coram 
hominibus, ut vi- 
deant vestra pul- 
chra opera, et glo- 
rificent Patrem 
vestrum qui in 
celis. | 

17. Ne putetis 
quod veni dissol- 
vere legem, aut 
Prophetas ; non 
veni_ dissolvere, 
sed adimplere. 


18. Amen quip- 
pe dico vobis, do- 
nec preetereat cee- 
lum et terra, jota 
unum, aut unus 
apex non preeter- 
ibit a lege, donee 
omnia fiant. 


944 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


V. 


GREEK. 


19 Os ἐὰν οὖν 
λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντο- 
λῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλα- 
χίστων, καὶ διδάξῃ 
οὕτω 
πους, ἐλάχιστος 'κλη- 
θήσεται ἐν τῇ βασι- 
λείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν" 


ὃς δ᾽ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ 
-enseignés, sera tenu 


διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας 
κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ 
βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρα- 
νῶν. 

20. Λέγω γὰρ 
ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ πε- 
ρισσεύσῃ ἡ δικαιοσύ- 
νὴ ὑμῶν πλεῖον τῶν 
Γραμματέων καὶ Φα- 
ρισαίων, οὐ μὴ εἰ- 
σέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασι- 
λείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. 


21. Ἠκούσατε ὅτι 
x27 Sa Ne 
ἐῤῥέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις, 

, 
Ov φονεύσεις - ὃς δ᾽ 
“Ὁ , " 
ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος 
ἔσται τῇ κρίσει. 


22. Ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 
ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ὀργι- 
ζόμενος τῷ ἀδελφῷ 
αὑτοῦ εἰκῇ, ἔνοχος 
ἔσται τῇ κρίσει " ὃς 
ν] ” ἊΣ πὰ 
δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ἀδελ- 
φῷ αὑτοῦ ῥακὰ ἔνο- 
Xos ἔστα. τῷ συνε- 

, a > 93 
δρίῳ ὃς ὃ ἂν εἴπῃ 
μωρὲ, ἔνοχος ἔσται 
εἰς τὴν yeervav τοῦ 


FRENCH. 


soient faites. 

19. Celui done qui 
aura violé l’un de ces 
petits | commande- 


mens, et qui aura 
τοὺς ἀνθρώ-. 


enseigné ainsi les 

hommes, sera tenu le 
ε 

plus petit au royaume 

des cieux ; mais celui 

qui les aura faits et 


grand au royaume 
des cieux. 


20. Car je vous dis 
que si votre justice ne 
surpasse celle des 
scribes et des phari- 
siens, vous n’entrerez 
point dans le roy- 
aume des cieux. 


21. Vous avez en- 
tendu 4} a eté dit 
aux anciens: Tu ne 
tueras point; et qui 
tuera sera punissable 
par le jugement. 


22. Mais moi, je 
vous dis que qui- 
conque se met en co- 
lére sans cause con- 
tre son frére, sera pu- 
nissable par le juge- 
ment; et celui qui 
dira ἃ sor. frére, Ra- 
cha, sera punissable 
par le conseil ; et ce- 
lui qui lui dira, Fou, 


—F 


ENGLISH. 


19. Whosoever there: 
fore shall break one 
of these least com- 
mandments, and shal! 
teach men so, he shall 
be called the least in 
the kingdom of heay- 
en: but whosoever 
shall do and teach 
them, the same shal. 
be called great in the 
kingdom of heaven. 


20. For I say unte 
you, That except your 
righteousness 
exceed the righteous- 
ness of the scribes 
and Pharisees, ye 
shall in no case enter 
into the kingdom ot 
heaven. 

21. Ye have heard 
‘that it was said by 
them of οἷά time, 
Thou shalt not kill: 
and whosoever shall 
kill, shall be in dan- 
ger of the judgment: 

22. But I say unto 
you, That whosoever 
is angry with his 
brother without a 
cause, shall be in 
danger of the judg- 
ment: and whosoev- 
er shall say to his 
brother, Raca, shall 
be in danger of the 


council: but whos. 


shal! . 


—  . 
᾿ 


i hee 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 


845 


GERMa®*, 


19. Wer nm Cins 
pon dicfen Fleinjten Ge- 
boten aufldjet, und leh: 
ret Die seute aljo, der 
wird der Kletajte heifen 
im Hunmelreich 5 wer 
es aber thut und lebret, 
der wird grog heifen 
im Himinelreich. 


20. Denn ich fage 
euch: Es fey denn eure 
Gerechtigfcit  beffer, 
denn der Gebhriftge- 
fehrten und Phavifier, 
fo werdet iby niche in 
das Himmelreich fom: 
men. 


21. Shr habe qehsree, 
Daf zu den Wleen gefage 
ift: Dufolljt niche ἐδὺ: 
ten; wer aber codter, 
der foll des Geriches 
(chuldig feyn. 


22. Fch aber fage euch: 
Wer mit feinem Bru: 
ber jitrnec, der ift des 
SGeviches fehuldig; wer 
aber zu feinem Bruder 
fagt: Macha, dev ift 
des Mache fchuldig ; 
wer aber fagt: Du 
Marr, dev ift des δ 6]: 
Lichen Feucrs (cehuldig. 


SPANISH. 


19. De modo que 
el que quebrantase 
uno de estos minimos 
mandamientos, y en- 
sefiase asi 4 los hom- 
bres, sera llamado 
muy pequefio en el 
reyno de los cielos. 
Mas el que los guar- 
dare y enseiiare, este 
sera llamado grande 
en el reyno de los 
cielos. 

20. Porque yo os 
digo que si vuestra 
justicia no fuere ma- 
yor que la de los 
Escribas y Phariseos 
no entraréis en el 
reyno de los cielos. 


21. Oisteis que fue 
dicho 4 los antiguos : 
no mataras, y cual- 
quiera que matare, 
quedara obligado 4 
juicio. 


22. Mas yo os digo 
que cualquiera que 
se enojare con su 
hermano, quedara 
sujeto 4 juicio, y cu- 
alquiera que llamare 
Raca 4 su hermano, 
queda sujeto al Sy- 
nedric Mas él que 
le llarnare insensato 
quedara sujeto al fu- 


LATIN. 


19. Quiergosol- 
verit unum man- 
datorum istorum 
minimorum, et 
docuerit sic ho- 
mines, minimus 
vocabitur in reg- 
no celorum: qui 
autem fecerit et 
docuerit, hic mag- 
nus vocabitur in 
regno celorum. 


20. Dico enim 
vobis, quod si non 
abundaverit jus- 
titia vestra plus 
Scribarum et Pha- 
riseeorum, non in- 
trabitis in regnum 
celorum. 


21. Audistis quia 
pronunciatum est 
antiquis: Non oc- 
cides: qui autem 
occiderit, obnox- 
ius erit judicio. 


22. Ego autem 
dico vobis, quia 
omnis __ irascens 
fratri suo imme 
rito, obnoxius erit 
judicio: qui au- 
tem dixerit fratri 
suo Raca obnox- 
jus erit concessul: 
qui autem dixerit 
fatue, obnoxius 


346 


MATTHEW, CILAPTER V. 


GREEK. 


πυρός. 


3 A > 
23. *Edv οὖν προσ- 
, A a 
φέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σον 
ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, 
κἀκεῖ μνησθῆς, ὅτι ὁ 
ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τὶ 
χατὰ σοῦ, 


24. "Ades ἐκεῖ τὸ 
δωρόν σου, ἔμπροσ- 
θεν τοῦ θυσιαστηρί- 
ov, καὶ ὕπαγε, πρῶ- 
τον διαλλάγηθι τῷ 
ἀδελφῷ σου, καὶ τό- 
τε ἐλθὼν πρόσφερε 
τὸ δῶρόν σου. , 

25. Ἴσθι 

“ > , 
τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου Ta- 

s 3 ¢ > 3 
Xv, €ws ὅτου εἶ ἐν 
τῇ ὁδῷ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, 

2 2 “- 
μήποτέ σε παραδῷ 
“Eye / ΄“- vad 
ὃ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ, 

‘ 
kal 6 κριτῆς σε πα- 
ραδῷ τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, 


> ΄“ 
E€VVO@Y 


καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν 
βληθήσῃ. 
26. ᾿Αμὴν λέγω 


σοὶ, οὐ μὴ ἐξελθῃς 
> c -“ * > 
ἐκεῖθεν ἕως ἂν ἀπο- 
δῷς τὸν ἔσχατον κο- 
δράντην. 


27. Ἠκούσατε ὅτι 
»5»6͵7,ἅ “ 5 , 
ἐῤῥέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 
Οὐ μοιχεύσεις " 


FRENCH. 


sera punissable par 
la gerenne du feu. 


23. Si done tu ap- 
portes ton offrande a 
Pautel, et que la il te 
souvienne 416 ton 
frére ἃ quelque chose 
contre tol; 


24. laisse li ton of- 
frande devant l’autel, 
et va te réconcilier 
premiérement avec 
ton frére; puis viens, 
et offre ton offrande. 


25. Sois __ bientét 
d’accord avec ta par- 
tie adverse, tandis que 
tu es en chemin avec 
elle; de peur que ta 
partie adverse ne te 
livre au juge, et que 
le juge ne te livre au 
sergent, et que tu ne 
5015. mis en prison. 


26. En vérité, je te 
dis que tu ne sortiras 
point de Ja, jusqu’a 
ce que tu aies payé 
le dernier quadrain. 


27. Vous avez en- 
tendu qu’il a été dit 
aux ancien: : Tu ne 
commettras φοϊηΐ 


-adultére. 


ENGLISH. 


ever shall say, Thou 
fool, shall be in dan- 
ger of hell-fire. 

23. Therefore, it 
thou bring thy gift to 
the altar, and there 
rememberest that thy 
brother hath aught 
against thee, 


24. Leave there thy 
gift before the altar, 
and go thy way; first 
be reconciled to thy 
brother, and then 
come and offer thy 
gift. 


25. Agree with thine 
adversary quickly, 
while thou art in the 
way with him; lest 
at any time the ad- 
versary deliver thee 
to the judge, and the 
judge deliver thee to 
the officer, and thou 
be cast into prison. 


26. Verily, I say 
unto thee, Thou shalt 
by no means come 
out thence, till thou 
hast paid the utter- 
most farthing. 

27. Ye have heard 
that it was said by 
them of old time, 
Thou shalt not com- 
mit adultery : 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 


347 


GERMAN. 


23. Darum, wenn du 
deine Gabe auf dem 
Altar opferft, und τοί 
allda cingedenf, daf 
dein Bruder etwas wi- 
der dich habe, 


24. Go [af allda vor 
dem Δ ταν deine Gabe, 
und gehe zuvor pin, 
und verjshne dich mit 
Deinem Wruder; und 
alsdann Fomm, und op- 
{τς deine Gabe. 


25. Sey willfibrig 
deinem Widerfacher 
bald, dieweil du nocd 
ber ihin auf dem Wege 
ijt, auf daf dich der 
Widerfacher niche δεῖ: 
maleinft iberantworte 
dem Hichter, und der 
Richter iberantworte 
dich Dem Diener, und 
werdelt in den Kerfer 
geworfen. 

26. Sch fage dir: 
Wahrlih, du wiryt 
nicht von dannen He: 
raus fommen, bis du 
auch den [esten Heller 
bezahfeyt. 

27. Thr habt gehiret, 
dag gu den Ulten gefage 
ift: Du follyt nicht ehe- 
brechen. 


SPANISH. 
ego del infierno. 


23. Por tanto si ta 
llevares tu ofrenda 
al altar y alli te a- 
cordares que tu her- 
mano tiene algo con- 
tra ti, 


24. Deja tu ofren- 
da ante el altar y ve- 
te: reconciliate. pri- 
mero con tu herma- 
no, y despues ven y 
presenta tu ofrenda. 


25. Acomodate con 
tu adversario pron- 
tamente mientras es- 
tas con él todavia en 
el camino, no sea 
que el adversario te 
entregue al Juez, y 
el Juez te entregue 
al ministro, y seas 
echado en la carcel. 


26. En verdad te 
digo que no saldras 
de alli hasta que pa- 
gues al Gltimo mara- 
vedi. 


27. Oisteis que fué 
dicho 4 los antiguos : 
No cometerfs adul- 
terio. 


LATIN. 


erit in geheanam 
ignis. 


23. Si ergo of- 
fers munus tuum 
ad altare, et ibi 
recordatus fueris, 
quia frater tuus 
habet aliquid ad- 
versum te, 

24. Relinque ibi 
munus tuum ante 
altare, et vade, 
prius reconciliare 
fratri tuo, et tune 
veniens offer mu- 
nus tuum. 


τοῦ, Esto bene- 
sentiens adversa- 
rio tuo cito, dum 
es in via cum eo: 
ne forte te tradat 
adversarius judi- 
ci, et judex te tra- 
dat ministro, et in 
custodiam conji- 
ciaris. 


26. Amen dico 
tibi, non exios in- 
de, donec reddas 
novissimum qua- 
drantem. 


27. Audistis quia 
pronunciatum est 
antiquis : Non 
maechaberis 


348 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


Υ. 


GREEK. 

28. Ἐγὸ δὲ λέγω 
Φ ~ oa -“ ε ’ 
ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶς ὁ Axe 
Tov γυναῖκα πρὸς TO 


5 “ > ‘ 
ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν, 
” ἜΣ ν 
ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν av- 

‘ >? loa ‘ 
τὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ 
αὑτοῦ. 


29. Εἰ δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλ- 
μός σου ὁ δεξιὸς 
σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξε- 
λε αὐτὸν, καὶ βάλε 
ἀπὸ σοῦ" συμφέρει 
γάρ σοι, ἵνα ἀπόλη- 
ται ἕν τῶν μελῶν 
σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ 
σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς 
γέενναν. 


90. Καὶ εἰ ἡ δεξιά 
4 td 
σου χεὶρ. σκανδαλί- 
᾿»ἤ᾿ » 
ζει σε, ἔκκοψον av- 
τὴν, καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ 
σοῦ " συμφέρει γάρ 
σοι, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἕν 
τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ 
A Lid ‘ n , 
μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά 
σου βληθῇ εἰς γέεν- 
ναν. 


31. ᾿Ἐῤῥέθη δὲ ὅτι 
-6s ἂν ἀπολύσῃ. τὴν 
γυναῖκα αὑτοῦ, δότω 
αὐτῇ ἀποστάσιον " 


32. ᾿Εγὼ δὲ λέγω 
cn ” A > 
ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὃς ἂν ἀπο- 
λύσῃ τὴν ~vvaika αὖ- 


FRENCH. 


28. Mais moi, je 
vous dis que qul- 
conque regarde une 
femme pour la con- 
voiter, il a deja com- 
mis dans son cceur 
un adultére avec elle. 


29. Que si ton cil 
droit te fait broncher, 
arrache-le, et jette-le 
loin de toi; car il 
vaut mieux qu’un de 
tes membres périsse, 
que si tout ton corps 
était jeté dans la gé- 
henne. 


30. Et si ta main 
droite te fait bron- 
cher, coupe-la, et 
jette-la loin de toi; 
car il vaut mieux 
qwun de tes mem- 
bres périsse, que si 
tout ton corps était 
jeté dans la géhenne. 


31. Ila été dit en- 
core: Si quelqu’un 
répudie sa femme, 
qu’il lui donne la let- 
tre de divorce. 


32. Mais moi, je 
vous dis que qul- 
conque aura répudié 


ENGLISH. 


28. But I say unto 
you, That whosoever 
looketh on a woman 
to lust after her, hath 
committed adultery 
with her already in 
his heart. 


29. And if thy right 
eye offend thee, pluck 
it out, and cast it from 
thee: for it is prof- 
itable for thee that 
one of thy members 
should perish, and not: 
that thy whole body 
should be cast into 
hell. 


30. And if thy right 
hand offend thee, cut 
it off, and cast it from 
thee: for it is prof- 
itable for thee that 
one of thy members 
should perish, and not 
that thy whole body 
should be cast into 
hell. 


31. It hath been said, 
Whosoever shall put 
away his wife, let him 
give her a writing of 
divorcement : 


32. But I say unto 
you, That whosoever 
shall put away his — 


a ll ie el 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER Y. 


849 


GERMAN. - 
28. Febh aber fage euch: 
Wer cin Weib anfie- 
het ihrer zu begebren, 


der Hat fehon mit thr: 


die Ehe gebrochen in 
fein em Herzen. 


29. Uergert dich aber 
dein rechtes Uuge, fo 
reifi es aus, und wirf 
(6 Von dir. CEs ijt dir 
beffer, Daf cines deiner 
Glieder verderbe, und 
niche dev ganze scib in 


"δίς Holle geworfen wer- 


de. 


30. Uergert dich deine 
rechte Hand, fo haue fie 
ab, und wirf fie bon dir. 
Es it dir beffer, dag 
eines deiner Slieder 
Perderbe, und niche der 
ganze Scib in die Hille 
Geworfen werde. 


31. Es iff auch gefagt: 
Wer fich von feinem 
Weibe fcheidet, der foll 
ibe geben einen Gebei- 
debrief. 


32. Tch aber fage euch: 
Wer fich bon feinem 
Weihe feheidet, (es fey 


SPANISH. 


28. Yo os digo pu- 
es que todo aquel 
que pusiere los ojos 
en una muger para 
codiciarla ya come- 
tid con ella adulterio 
en su corazon. 


29. Υ 51] tu ojo de- 
recho te fuere oca- 
sion de caer, sacalo 
y arrojalo fuera de 
ti, porque mas te va- 
le que perezca uno 
de tus miémbros que 
no, que todo tu cuer- 
po sea arrojado al in- 
flerno. 


30. Y si tu mano 
derecha te fuere oca- 
sion de caer cortala, 
y lanzala de ti pues 
mejor te es el que 
perezca uno de tus 
miembros que no el 
que todo tu cuerpo 
sea arrojado al infi- 
erno. 


31. Hase dicho: 
Cualquiera que repu- 
diare 4 su muger de- 
la carta de divorcio. 


32. Mas yo os digo 
que cualquiera que 
repudia4re 4 su mu- 
30 


LATIN. 


28. Ego autem 
dico volis, quia 
omnis conspici- 
ens mulierem ad 
concupiscendum 
eam, jam meoecha- 
tus est eam in cor- 
de suo. 

29. Si autem 
oculus tuus dexter 
scandalizat 6. 
erue eum, et pro- 
jice abs te; con- 
fert enim  tibi 
ut pereat unum 
membrorum tuo- 
rum, et non totum 
corpus tuum con- 
jiciatur in gehen- 
nam. 

30. Et si dex- 
tera tua manus 
scandalizat te, ab- 
scinde eam, et 
projice abs te: 
confert enim tibi ~ 
ut pereat unum 
membrorum tuo- 
rum, et non totum 
corpus tuum con- 
jiciatur in gehen- 
nam. 

31. Pronuncia- 
tum est autem, 
quod quicumque 
absolverit uxorem 
suam, det el re- 
pudium. 

32. Ego autem 
dico vobis, quia 
quicunque absol- 


350 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


Vv. 


GREEK. 


τοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου 
πορνείας, ποιεῖ av- 
τὴν μοιχᾶσθαι " καὶ 
~ @ >’ > , 
ὃς ἐὰν ἀπολελυμένην 
’ ΄ 
γαμήσῃ, μοιχᾶται. 


33. Πάλιν ἤκούσα- 
Ἵ 29> ¢7 a 

Te ὅτι ἐῤῥέθη τοῖς 
> , > 3 
ἀρχαίοις " Οὐκ ἐπι- 
ορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις 

Ν “ , ‘ 
δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς 
ὅρκους σου" 


, 
34, ᾿Εγὼ δὲ λέγω 
cn 
ὑμῖν, μὴ ὀμόσαι 
of , 5) a 
ὅλως - μήτε ἐν TO 
> ~ 7 , 
οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος 
> - - 
ἐστὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ " 


90. Μήτε ἐν τῇ γῆ 
᾿ 7) 7 V7 
σ «ς , , > 

OTL ὑποπόδιόν ἐστι 
τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ" 

’ » « , 

μῆτε εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, 
bid , > 4 - 
ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶ τοῦ 


μεγάλου βασιλέως " 


96. Μήτε ἐν τῇ 
κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, 
ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν 
τρίχα λευκὴν ἢ μέ- 
λαιναν' ποιῆσαι. 


37. Ἔστω δὲ 6 λό- 
γος ὑμῶν, Nal, ναὶ - 
Od, οὔ - τὸ δὲ πε- 
οιστὸν τούτων, ἐκ 
τοῦ πονηροῦ ἐστιν. 


38. Ἠκούσατε ὅτι 


ἐῤῥέ θη, Ὄφθαλ μὸν 


FRENCH. 


sa femme, si ce n’est, 


pour cause d’adul- 
tére, il la fait devenir 
adultére ; et qui- 
conque se mariera a 
la femme répudiée, 
commet un adultére. 
33. Vous avez aussi 
appris qu’il a été dit 
aux anciens: Tu ne 
parjureras point; mais 
tu rendras au Seign- 
eur ce que tu auras 
promis par jurement. 
94. Mais moi, je 


‘vous dis: Ne jurez 


en aucune maniére ; 
ni par le ciel, car 
c’est le tréne de Dieu; 


35. ni par la terre, 
car c’est le marche- 
pied de ses pieds ; ni 
par Jérusalem, parce 
que c'est la ville du 
grand rol. 


36. Tu ne jureras 
point non plus par ta 
téte ; car tu ne peux 
faire un cheveu blanc 
ou noir. 


37. Mais que votre 

parole soit : Oui, Oui, 
Non, Non; car ce 
qui est de plus est 
mauvais. 


38. Vous avez ap- 
pris 4} a été dit: 


_ ENGLISH. 
wife, saving for the 
cause of fornication, 
causeth her to com- 
mit adultery: and 
whosoever shall mar- 
ry her that is divorced, 
committeth adultery. 
33. Again, ye haye 
heard that it hath been 
said by them of old 
time, Thou shalt not 
forswear thyself, but 
shalt perform unto the 
Lord thine oaths: 
34. But | say unto 
you, Swear not atall: 
neither by heaven; 
for it is God’s throne : 


35. Nor by the 
earth; for it is his 
footstool: neither by 
Jerusalem; for it is 
the city of the great 
King : 


36. Neither shalt 
thou swear by thy 
head, because thou 
canst not make one 
hair white or black. 


37. But let your 
communication — be, 
Yea, yea; Nay, may: 
for whatsoever is 
more than these ¢zm- 
eth of evil. 

38. Ye have heard 
that it hath been said, 


F 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 


851 


GERMAN. 


denn um Ehcbrach) 
Der machet, dag fie die 


Ehe briche; und wer 


eine Ubgefchietence Frey: 
et, der brichte die Ehe. 


33. χε habe weiter 
Aehdret, δὰβ zu den Ul: 
fen gefagt it: Du follit 
feinen falfeben Eid 
thun, und folljt Gore 
deinen Eid halcen. 


94. Fh aber fage cuch: 
dag ihr allerdinge nicht 
fcbiwiren folle, weder 
ben dem Himinel, denn 
er ift Gorttes Grudl ; 


35. Moch bey oer Er: 
de, denv fle ift feiner 
Hike Gebemel ; noch 
ben Jerufalem, denn fle 
it cines grofen Kdnigs 
Grate. 


36. Δ follft ou 
nicht ber deinem Haup- 
te febmdéren; denn du 
Vermaaft niche cin εἰμ: 
ges Haar wei oder 
fcbiwary zu machen. 

37. Eure Diede aber 
fed: Ja, jas nein, nein. 
Was daritber ijt, tas 
ift vom Ucbel, 


88, Thr habe qeharee, 
das Da acfage it: Au: 


SPANISH. 


ger @ no ser por cau- 
sa de  fornicacion, 
hace que ella sea 
adiltera, y cualqui- 
era que se case con 
la divorciada comete 
adulterio. 

33. Tambien oiste- 
is que fué dicho 4 los 
antiguos. No te per- 
juraras, mas cumpli- 
ras lo que hubieres 
jurado al Seiior. 


_ 34. Mas yoos digo: 
Nojuréis de ninguna 
manera ni por el cie- 
lo porqué es el trono 


de Dios. 


35. Ni por la tierra 
porque es la peana 
de sus pies ni por 
Jerusalem porque es 
la ciudad del gran 
Rey. 


36. Ni juraras por 
tu cabeza porque no 
puedes hacer un ca- 
bello blanco 6 negro. 


37. Μὰ vuestro 
hablar sea si, si; no, 
no; porque lo que 
excede de esto, de 
mal procede. 


38. Habéis oido que 
fué dicho ojo por ojo, 


LATIN. 


verit uxorem su- 
am, excepta rati- 
one fornicationis, 
facit eam me- 
chari: et qui ab- 
solutam duxerit, 
adulterat. 

33. Iterum au 
distis quia pro- 
nunciatum est an- 
tiquis: Non per- 
jurabis: reddes 
autem Domino 
juramenta tua. 

34. Ego autem 
dico vobis, non 
jurare omnino, 
neque in celo, 
quia thronus est 
Dei: 

35. Neque in 
terra, quia scabel- 
lum est pedum 
ejus: neque in Hi- 
erosolyma, quia 
civitas est magni 
regis : 

36. Neque in 
capite tuo jurave- 
ris, quia non po- 
tes unum capil- 
lum album aut ni- 
grum facere. 

37. Sit autem 
sermo vester, Eti- 
am, etiam, Non, 
non: quod autem 
abundans his, a 
malo est. 

38. Audistis quia 
pronunciatum est: 


802 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


Vv. 


GREEK. 

ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ, καὶ 
ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος " 

99. Ἐγὼ δὲ λεγω 
ὑμῖν, μὴ ἀντιστῆναι 
τῷ πονηρῷ: ἀλλ᾽ 
a PS , > 4 
ὅστις σε ῥαπίσει ἐπὶ 
τὴν δεξιάν σου σια- 
γόνα, στρέψον αὐτῷ 
καὶ τὴν ἄλλην " 


40. Καὶ τῷ θέλον- 
τί σοι κριθῆναι, καὶ 
τὸν χιτῶνά σου λα- 

΄“-΄ » > a \ 
βεῖν, ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ 
τὸ ἱμάτιον. 


41. Καὶ ὅστις σε 
> ’ -΄ 
ἀγγαρεύσει μίλιον ἕν, 
ὕπαγε μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ 
δύο. 

42. Τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε 
δίδου " καὶ τὸν θέλον- 
Ta ἀπὸ σοῦ δανεί- 
σασθαι μὴ ἀποστρα- 
φῆς. . 

> , 

43. Ἠκούσατε ὅτι 
ΕΣ > , 
ἐῤῥέθη, ᾿Αγαπήσεις 
τὸν πλησίον σου, καὶ 
μισήσεις τὸν ἐχθρόν 
σου" 


44. ᾿Εγὼ δὲ λέγω 
ὑμῖν, ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς 
ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, εὐλο- 
γεῖτε τοὺς καταρω- 
μένους ὑμᾶς, καλῶς 
ποιεῖτε τοὺς μισοῦν- 
τας ὑμᾶς, καὶ προσ- 
εύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν 
ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς 


FRENCH. 


CEil pour ceil, et dent 
pour dent. 


39. Mais moi, je 
vous dis: Ne résistez 
point au mal; mais 
si quelqu’un te frappe 
a ta joue droite, pré- 
sente-lui aussi l’autre. 


| 40. Et si quelqu’un 
‘veut plaider contre 
'tol, et t’éter ta robe, 
laisse-lui encore le 
manteau. 


41. Et si quelqu’un 
te veut contraindre 
'@aller avec lui une 
lieue, vas-en deux. 
42. Donne a celui 
qui te demande, et ne 
te détourne point de 
celui qui veut. em- 
prunter de toi. 

43. Vous avez ap- 
pris quwil a été dit: 
Tu aimeras ton pro- 
chain, et tu hairas 
ton ennemi. 


44. Mais moi, je 
‘vous dis: Aimez vos 
/ennemis, et bénissez 
ceux qui vous mau- 
dissent ; faites du bien 
a ceux qui vous ha- 
issent, et priez pour 
ceux qul vous cou- 
‘rent sus et vous per- 


ENGLISH. 


An* eye for an eye, 
and a tooth for a 
tooth. 

39. But I say unto 
you, That ye resist 
not evil: but whoso- 
ever shall smite thee 
on thy right cheek, 
turn to him the other 
also. 

40. And if any man 
will sue thee at the 
law, and take away 
thy coat, let him have | 
thy cloak also. 


41. And whosoever 
shall compel. thee to’ 
go a mile, go with 
him twain. 

42. Give to him that 
asketh thee, and from 
him that would bor- 
row of thee, turn not 
thou away. 

43. Ye have heard 
that it hath been said, 
Thou shalt love thy 
neighbor, and hate 
thine enemy : 


44, But I say unto 
you, Love your ene- 
mies, bless them that 
curse you, do good 
to them that hate you, 


ane pray for them 


which despitefully use 
you and _ persecute 
you ; 


MATTHEW, CIIAPTER V. 


853 


GERMAN. 


eum Auge, Zahn um 
(Babu. 


39. Jch aber fage ench: 
Daf ihe niche wideritre- 
ben follt dem Uebel; 
foudern fo dir jemand 
cinen Gereich gicht auf 
deinen rechten WBuacten, 
dem bicte den andern 
auch dar, 

40. Und fo jemand mit 
Dir rechten will, und 
deinen Koc uchmen, 
a Lif auch den Manz 
fel. 


41. Und fo dich je: 
mand unédthiget cine 
Meile, fo gehe mit ibm 
pido. 

42. Gich dem, dev 
Dich bittet ; und wende 
Dich niche von dem, der 
dir abborgen will. 


43. Shr habe aehore, 
Daf gefaat it: Dufollye 
deinen Machyten lieben, 
und deinen Feind haf 
feu. 


44, Xch aber fage euch: 
Sieber cure Feinde 5 (eg: 
net, die euch fluchen ; 
thut wohl denen, dic 
euch hajjen; bittee fiir 
dic, fo euch belewigen 
und verfolacn ; 


SPANISH. 
y diente por diente. 


39. Mas yo os digo: 
No opéngais resis- 
tencia a la injuria, 
antes si alguno te hi- 
riese en la mexilla 
derecha, presentale 
la otra. 


40. Y si alguien 
quisiere ponerte pley- 
to y quitarte la tuni- 
ca, alargale tambien 
tu capa. 


41. Y si alguno te 
compeliere 4 una le- 
gua vé con él dos. 


42. Al que te pidi- 
ere, dale; y al que 
te quisiese pedir pres- 
tado, no le vuelvas 
las espaldas, 

43. Habéis oido que 
fué dicho: Amaras 4 
tu proximo, y abor- 
receras 4 tu enemi- 


go. 


44. Mas yo os digo: 
Amad 4 vuestrosene- 
migos bendecid 4 los 
que os maldicen: 4a- 
ced bien 4 los que us 
odian, y orad por los 
que os calumnian y 
prsiguen, 


80» 


LATIN. 


Oculum pro ocu- 
lo, et dentem pro 
dente. . 

39. Ego autem 
dico vobis, non 
obsistere malo: 
sed quicumque te 


percusserit in 
dexteram  tuam 
maxillam, verte 


illi et aliam. 

40. Et volenti 
tibi judicium pa- 
rari, et tunicam 
tuam tollere, di- 
mitte ei et palli- 
um. 

41, Et quicun- 
que te angariave- 
rit milliare unum, 
vadecum illo duo. 

42. Petenti te, 
da: et volentem 
a te mutuare, ne 
avertaris, 


43. Audistis quia 
pronunciatum est, 
Diliges proximum 
tuum, et odio ha- 
bebis inimicum 
tuum. 

44. Ego autem 
dico vobis, Diligi 
te inimicos ves- 
tros, benedicite 
maledicentes vos: 
benefacite odien- 
tibus vos, et orate 
pro infestantibus 
vos et insectanti- 


854 


MATTHEW, CHAPTERS V., VI. 


_— 


GREER. 


ca 
καὶ St@xdvras ὑμᾶς " 
σ ΄ 
45. Ὅπως γίνησθη 
υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν 
“ " - ov 
τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ὅτι 
4 a ς a 
τὸν ἥλιον αὑτοῦ ava- 
’ Φ΄..6. ‘ 
στέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς 
> teed ‘ A ’ 
καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ βρέ- 
7 
χει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ 
ἀδίκους. 


46. ᾿Εὰν γὰρ ἀγα- 
πήσητε τοὺς ἀγαπῶν- 
τας ὑμᾶς, τίνα μισθὸν 
ἔχετε; οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ 
τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποι- 
οὔσι; 


S34 3 Ul 
47. Kal ἐὰν ἀσπά- 
σησθε τοὺς ἀδελ- 
φοὺς ὑμῶν μόνον, τί 
περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; 
δ΄. ἃ ‘ c ~ 
roxt καὶ οἱ τελῶναι 
A - 
ὕτω ποιοῦσιν ; 


” 

48. "Eoecbe οὖν 
ε ~ 4 er 
ὑμεῖς τέλειοι. ὥσπερ 
ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν 
τοῖς οὐρανοῖς τέλειός 
3 
ἐστι. 


1. Προσέχετε τὴν 
ἐλεημοσύνην ὑμῶν μὲ 
ποιεῖν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν 
ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τ᾿ 
θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς " ε: 
δὲ μήγε, μισθὸν οὐκ 
ἔχετε Tap τῷ πατρὶ 
ὑμῶν τῷ ἐν τοῖς οὐ- 
ρανοῖς. 


FRENCH. 


sécutent ; 

45. afin que vous 
soyez les enfans de 
votre Pére qui est aux 
cieux ; car il fait le- 
ver son soleil sur les 
méchans et sur les 
gens de bien, et il en- 
voie sa pluie sur les 
justes et sur les in- 
justes. 

46. Car si vous ai- 
mez seulement ceux 
qui vous aiment, 
quelle récompense en 
aurez-vous ὃ Les pé- 
agers méme  n’en 
font-ils pas tout au- 
tant ? 

47. Et si vous faites 
accueil seulement ἃ 
vos fréres, que faites- 
vous plus que les 
autres ? Les péagers 
méme ne le font-ils 
pas aussi ? 

48. Soyez donc par- 
faits, comme votre 
Pére qui est aux cieux 
est parfait. 


1, Prenez garde de 
ne pas faire votre 
aumdne devant les 
hommes pour en €tre 
regardés ; autrement 
vous n’en recevrez 
point la récompense 
de votre Pére qui est 
ἃ ᾽Χ cieux. 


ENGLISH. 


45. That ye may be 
the children of your 
Father which is in 
heaven: for he mak- 
eth his sun to rise on 
the evil and on the 
good, and sendeth 
rain on the just and 
on the unjust. 


46. For if ye love 
them which love you, 
what reward have ye? 
do not even the pub- 
licans the same ? 


47. And if ye salute 
your brethren only, 
what do ye more than 
others ? do not even 
the publicans so ? 


48. Be ye therefore 
perfect, even as your 
Father which is in 
heaven is perfect, 


1. Take heed that 
ye do not your alms 
before men, to be seen 
of them: otherwise 
ye have no reward of 
your Father which is 
in heaven. 


_—- 


MATTHEW, CHAPTERS V., VI. 


355 


GERMAN. 


45. Unf daf ihe Kin: 
dev fend cures Baters 
im Himmel. Denn ev 
{aft feire Goune auf: 
gehen ther die Bofen 
und ither die Guten, 
und lage requen iber 
Gerechte und Unge- 
τοδί, 


46. Denn fo ibe fie 
bet, die cuch lieben, was 
werdet ihr fiir fon ha- 
ben? Thun niche δα: 
felbe auch die Zélluer ? 


47. Und fo ihr euch 
nur zu curen Brivdern 
freundlich thut, mas 
thut ihr fonderliches.? 
Thun nicht die 5 ί πεν 
alfo ? 


48. Darum folft ihr 
pollFommen fenn, gleich: 
wie ιν Vater im Him- 
mel vollfommen it. 


1. Habt Ucht auf cure 
Ulmofen, δα β iby die 
nicht gebet vor den Seu- 
ten, δὰ ihr von ihnen 
aefehen werdet; ihr 
batt anders Feinen Sohn 
bey curem Bater ἰδ] 
Hiunimel. 


SPANISH. 


45. Paraque séais 
hijos de vuestro Pa- 
dre que esta en los 
cielos el cual hace 
salir el sol sobre ma- 
los y buenos, y llue- 
ve sobre justos, é in- 
justos. 


46. Porque 51] διηά- 
is 4 los que os aman, 
ὁ que recompensa ha- 
béis de tener? 3 No 
hacen lo mismo aun 
los publicanos ? 


47. Y si saludais 
solamente 4 vuestros 
hermanos ¢ qué mas 
hacéis que los otros? 
¢ No hacen tambien 
lo mismo los publi- 
canos ? 

48. Sed pues voso- 
tros perfectos asi 
como yuestro Padre 
que esta en los cie- 
los es perfecto. 


1. Mirad que no 
hagais vyuestra li- 
mosna delante de los 
hombres con el fin 
de ser vistos de ellos 
de otra manera no 
tendréis galardon de 
vuestro Padre que 
Θ {4 en los cielos. 


LATIN. 


bus vos. 

45. Ut sitis filir 
Patris vestri qui 
in celis, quia so- 
lem suum produ- 
cit super malos et 
bonos, et pluit su- 
per justos et in- 
justos. 


46. Si enim di- 
lexeritis diligen- 
tes vos, quam 
mercedem habe- 
tis? nonne et pub- 
licani idem faci- 
unt ? 


47. Et si salu- 
taveritis fratres 
vestros tantum, 
quid abundans fa- 
citis ὃ nonne et 
publicani sic faci- 
unt ? ' 
48. Estote ergo 
vos perfecti, sicut 
Pater vester qui 
in celis, perfec- 
tus est. 


1. Attendite mi- 
sericordiam yes- 
tram non facere 
ante homines, ad 
spectayi eis: sl 
autem non, mer- 
cedem non habe- 
tis apud Patrem 
vestrum qui in 


856 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


VI. 


GREEK. 


σ΄ > a 
2, Ὅταν οὖν» ποιῇς 
, 
ἐλεημοσύνην, μὴ 
᾿ » , 
σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν 
σου, ὥσπερ οἱ ὑπο- 
κριταὶ ποιοῦσιν ἐν 
ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ 
3 + ε 
ἐν ταῖς ῥύμαις, ὅπως 
δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν 
> , > \ 
ἀνθρώπων. Αμὴν 
λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπέχουσι 
τὸν μισθὸν αὑτῶν. 


9. Σοῦ δὲ ποιοῦν- 
’ 
τος ἐλεημοσύνην. μὴ 
» 
γνώτω ἡ αἀμιστερά 
’ "“ε , 
σου Ti ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά 
σου" 
ν φ ¢ 
4. Ὅπως 7 σου ἡ 
> , > 
ἐλεημοσύνη ἐν 
~ s, 2 , 
κρυπτῷ " καὶ 6 πατή 
ε ΄ > a 
σου ὁ βλέπων ἐν TO 
a > 
κρυπτῷ, αὐτὸς απο- 
, > ~ 
δώσει σοι ἐν τῷ φα- 
νερῷ. 
5. Καὶ ὅταν προσ- 
[4 
εὔχῃ; οὐκ ἔσῃ ὥσπερ 
4 ‘ a 
οἱ ὑποκριταὶ, ὅτι φι- 
λοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς συνα- 
γωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς 
γωνίαις τῶν πλατει- 
ὧν ἑστῶτες προσεύ- 
bi x 
χεσθαι, ὅπως ἂν φα- 
“- ΄ » 
νῶσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις " 
᾿᾽ A ΄ cn a 
᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι 
> 
ἀπέχουσι τὸν μισθὸν 
c ΄“- 
αὑτῶν. 


τῷ 
« 


6. Σὺ δὲ ὅταν προσ- 
evn, εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ 
ταμιεῖόν σοὺ, καὶ 
«λείσας τὴν & ραν 


FRENCH. 


2. Lors done que tu 
feras ton aumOne, ne 
fais point sonner la 
trompette devant toi, 
comme les hypocrites 
font dans les syna- 
gogues et dans les 
rues, pour en étre ho- 
norés des hommes, 
En vérité, je vous dis 
quwils recoivent leur 
récompense, 

3. Mais quand tu 
fais ton auméne, que 
ta main gauche ne 
sache point ce que 
fait ta droite. 

4. Afin que ton au- 
mone soit dans le se- 
cret ; et ton Pére qui 
voit ce qui se fait en 


secret t’en récom- 
pensera __ publique- 
ment. 

_ 5, Et quand tu prie- 
ras, ne 8015 point 
comme les _ hypo- 


crites ; car ils aiment 
a prier en se tenant 
debout dans les syna- 
gogues et aux coins 
des rues, afin d’étre 
vus des hommes. En 
vérité, je vous dis 
qwils regoivent leur 
récompense. 

6. Mais toi, quand 
tu pries, entre dans 
ton cabinet ; et ayant 
fermé ta porte prie 


ENGLISH. 


2. Therefore, when 
thou doest thine alms, 
do not sound a trum- 
pet before thee, asthe - 
hypocrites do, in the 
synagogues, and in 
the streets, that they 
may have glory of 
men. Verily, I say 
unto you, They have 
their reward. 


3. But when thou 
doest alms, let not thy 
left hand know what 
thy right hand doeth: 


4. That thine alms 
may be in secret: 
and thy Father, which 
seeth in secret, him- 
self shall reward thee 
openly. 


5. And when thou 
prayest, thou shalt not 
be as the hypocrites 
are: for they love to 
pray standing in the 
synagogues, and in 
the corners of the 
streets, that they may 
be seen of men. Ver- 
ily, I say unto you, 
They have their re- 
ward. 

6. But thou, when 
thou prayest, enter 
into thy closet, and 
when thou hast shut 


. MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI. 


30T 


GERMAN. 


2. Wenn du nun 2{{- 
mofen gichyt, folift ou 
niche fajfen vor div po- 
faunen, wie die Heuch- 
ler thun in den Gebu- 
fen, und auf den Gay- 
fen, auf da fie von den 
geuten aepricfen wer: 
den. DWGabhrlich, ich 
fage euch: Gie haben 
ibren sohn dabin. 


3. Wenn ou aber Ul- 
tmofen gichit, fo lag 
deine finfe Hand niche 
Wiffen, was die rechte 
thut; 

4. Uuf δαβ dein Δ: 
mofen verborgen fey; 
Und dein Bater, dev in 
das Verborgene fiehee, 
Wird dirs vergelten Hf: 
fentlich. 


5. Und wenn du beteft, 
follt du niche feyn wie 
die Heuchler, die da ger: 
ne ftehen und beten in 
den Gebulen, und an 
den Ecfen anf den Gal: 
fen, auf da fie von den 
geuten gefeben werden. 
Wabhrilich, ich fage cuch: 
Gie haben ihren sohn 
dabhin. 


6. Wenn out aber be: 
tcjt, fo ache in dein 
Kammerlein, und {τς 
fe die Thitr gu, und 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 
ceelis. 


2. Asi que cuando} 2. Cum ergo fa- 
haces limosna no ha- | cis eleémosynz m, 


gas que se toque la 


trompeta delante de 
ti, como hacen los 
hipdécritas en las si- 
nagogas, y en las cal- 
les para atraerse hon- 
ra de los hombres. 
En verdad+os digo 
que ya recibieron su 
recompensa. 

3. Mas cuando des 
limosna haz que tu 
mano izquierda, no 
sepa lo que hace tu 
derecha. 

4. Paraque tu li- 
mosna quede secreta, 
y tu Padre que ve en 
lo secreto, te premi- 
ara en publico. 


5. Y cuando ores 
no seas como los 
hipécritas : Porque 
ellos aman el orar en 
pié en las sinagogas 
y en las esquinas de 
las calles para ser 
vistos de los hombres. 
En verdad os digo 
que ya recibien su 
recompensa. 


6. Mas ta cuando 
orares entra en tu 
aposento, y cerrada 
la puerta ora 4 tu Pa- 


ne tuba clanxeris 
ante te, sicut hy- 
pocritee faciunt in 
synagogis et in 
vicis, ut glorifi- 
centur ab homini- 
bus: amen dico 
vobis, excipiunt 
mercedem suam. 


3. Te autem fa- 
ciente elec€mosy- 
nam, nesciat si- 
nistra tua quid fa- 
οἷαί dextera tua. 

4. Utsit tua eleé- 
mosyna in secre- 
to: et Pater tuus 
videns in secreto, 
ipse reddet tibi in 
manifesto. 


5. Et quum ores, 
non eris sicut hy- 
pocritee: quia a- 
mant in synago- 
gis, et in angulis 
platearum stantes 
orare, ut appare- 
ant hominibus. 
Amen dico vobis, 
quod —_ excipiunt 
mercedem suam. 


6. Tu autem 
cum ores, intra in 
cubiculum tuum, 
et claudens osti- 


808 


® 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI 


GREEK. 


gov, πρόσευξαι τῷ 
πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ 
κρυπτῷ᾽ καὶ 6 πατήρ 
σου 6 βλέπων ἐν τῷ 
κρυπτῷ, ἀποδώσει 
σοι ἐν τῷ φανερῷ. 
7. προσευχόμενοι 
δὲ μὴ βαττολογήση- 
Te, ὥσπερ οἱ ἐθνικοί " 
δοκοῦσι γὰρ ὅτι ἐν 
τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὑτῶν 
εἰσακουσθήσονται. 


8. Μὴ οὖν ὁμοιω- 
θῆτε αὐτοῖς - οἷδε γὰρ 
6 πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὧν 
χρείαν ἔχετε, πρὸ τοῦ 
ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν. 


[2 
9, Οὕτως οὖν 
,ὔ - 

προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς " 

, Cees Ue ie ~ 
Πάτερ ἡμῶν o ἐν τοῖς 

> ΄- 
οὐρανοῖς, ἁγιασθήτω 
τὸ ὄνομά σου " 

» 
10. ᾿Ελθέτω ἡ βα- 
, , 

σιλεία σου " γενηθή- 
τω τὸ θέλημά σου, 
« » Ε] an 
ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ 
> “~ a 
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 

11. Τὸν ἄρτον ἧ- 

lol > 
μῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον 

c¢ a , 

δὸς ἡμῖν σήμερον. 


12. Καὶ ἄφες ἡμῖν 
δι. , ε a 
τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν, 

e 4.3¢£ -" > , 
ὡς Kal ἡμεῖς ἀφίεμεν 
τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν. 


15 Καὶ μὴ εἰσ - 

νέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πει' 
4 > 4 ta 

ρασμὰν, ἀλλὲ δῦσα 


tion ; 


FRENCH. 


ton Pére qui te voit 
dans ce lieu secret; 
et ton Pére qui te voit 
dans ce lieu secret, 
te récompensera pub- 
liquement. 

7. Or, quand vous 
priez, n'usez point de 
vaines redites, comme 
font les paiens; car 
ils s’imaginent d’étre 
exaucés en parlant 
beaucoup. 

8. Ne leur ressem- 
blez done point; car 
votre Pére sait de quoi 
vous avez besoin, 
avant que vous le lui 
demandiez. 

9. Vous done priez 
ainsi: Notre Pére qui 
es aux cieux, ton nom 
soit sanctifie. 


10. Ton régne vi- 
enne. ‘Ta_ volonté 
soit faite sur la terre 
comme au ciel. 


11. Donne-nous au- 
jourd’hui notre pain 
quotidien. 


12. Et nous quitte 
nos dettes, comme 
nous quittons aussi les 
dettes 4 nos débiteurs. 


13. Et ne nous in- 
duis point en tenta- 
mais dj'ivre- 


ENGLISH. 


thy door, pray to thy 
Father which is in 
secret; and thy Fa- 
ther, which seeth in 
secret, shall reward 
thee openly. 

7. Butwhenye pray, 
use not vain repeti- 
tions, as the heathen 
do: for they think 
that they shall be 
heard for their much 
speaking, 

8. Be not ye there- 
fore like unto them: 
for your’ Father 
knoweth what things 
ye have need of be- 


fore ye ask him. 


9. After this manner 
therefore pray ye: 
Our Father which art 
in heaven, Hallowed 
be thy name. 

10. Thy kingdom 
come. ‘Thy will be 
done in earth as it is 
in heaven. 


11. Give us this day 
our daily bread. 


12. And forgive us 
our debts, as we for- 
give our debtors. 


13. And lead us not 
into temptation, but 


‘deliver us from evil. 


τ - -σ“-ΎΎ:-ν---- 


MATTHEW, ΟἿΑΙ ΤῈΝ VI. 


359 


GERMAN. 


fete zu deinem Bater 
im BVerborgenen; unt 
dein Baer, der in dag 
Berborgene fiehet, wird 
dirs vergelten ὀξύν: 
Lich. 

ἡ. Und wenn ihr be- 
tet, follt ihr niche viel 
plappern, wie die Hei: 
den; denn fie meyuen, 
fie werden erbédret, 
wenn fie viele Worte 
machen, 

8. Darum folle ihr 
euch ihnen niche gleich: 
en: Ener Vater weif, 
was ibe bediirfet, ehe 
Denn iby ihn bitter. 


9. Darum follt ihr 
alfe beten: Unfer Ba: 
ter in dem Himmel ! 
Dein Mame werde ge: 
heiliger. 

10. Dein Meich fom: 
me. Dein Wille ge: 
fchehe auf Erden, wie 
tm Himmel. 


11. Unfer tiglichee 
Brod gieh uns heute. 


12. Und vergich uns 
unfere Gehulden, wie 
wir unfern Gehuldigern 
vergeben. 


13. Und fiihre uns 
nicht in Berfuchung, 
foudern εὐ δε uns von 


SPANISH. 


dre en secreto, y tu 
Padre que ve en lo 
secreto, te recompen- 
sara en ptblico. 


7. Y al orar no ha- 
bléis mucho como 
los Gentiles creyen- 
do que han de ser 
oidos por su mucho 
hablar. 


8. No os asemejéis 
ὦ ellos: porque vu- 
estro Padre sabe de 
lo que tenéis necesi- 


-dad antes que γοβο- 


tros le pidais. 

9. Vosotros pues ha- 
béis de orar asi: Pa- 
dre nuestro que estas 
en los cielos santifi- 
cado sea tu nombre. 

10. Venga el tu rey- 
no: hagase tu volun- 
tad en la tierra asi 
como en el cielo. 


11. Danos hoy nu- 
estro pan cotidiano. 


12. Y perdonanos 
nuestras deudas asi 
como nosotros perdo- 
namos 4 _ nuestros 
deudores. 

13. Y no nos dejes 
caer en tentacion mas 
libranos de mal por- 


LATIN. 


um tuum, ore Pa 
trem tuum qui in 
secreto: et Pater 
tuus conspicieng 
in secreto, reddet 
tibi in apparenti. 

7. Orantes au- 
tem ne inania lo- 
quamini, __ sicut 
ethnici, arbitran- 
tur enim quod in 
multiloquio suo 
exaudientur. 

8. Ne igitur as- 
similemini_ eis: 
novit enim Pater 
vester quorum u- 
sum habetis, ante 
vos petere eum. 

9. Sic ergo ora- 
te vos: Pater no- 
ster qui in ceelis, 
sanctificetur no- 
men tuum. 

10. Adveniat 
regnum tuum. 
Fiat voluntas tua, 
sicut in ceelo et in 
terra. 

11. Panem no- ἢ 
strum super sub- 
stantialem da no- 
bis hodie. 

12. Et dimitte 
nobis debita no- 
stra, sicut et nos 
dimittimus debi- 
toribus ncstris. 

13. Et ae infe- 
ras nos in tenta- 
tionem, sed libera 


560 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


VI. 


GREEK. 

Cem > - 
ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονη- 
ροῦ" ὅτι σοῦ ἐστιν 
ε 
ἡ βασιλεία, καὶ ἡ 

, 
δύναμις, καὶ ἡ δόξα, 
εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας" 
ἀμήν. 

14, ᾽Εὰν γὰρ ἀφῆ- 
τε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ 
παραπτώματα αὐτῶν, 
> , ‘ ca ς 
ἀφήσει καὶ ὑμῖν ὁ 

“ > 
πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐρά- 
νιὸς " 

15. ᾽Εὰν δὲ μὴ 
> ~ a > ΄ 
ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 
τὰ παραπτώματα av- 
τῶν, οὐδὲ ὁ πατὴρ 
c a 5 ’ \ 
ὑμῶν ἀφήσει τὰ πα- 

ς᾽ δ 
ραπτώματα ὑμῶν. 

10. Ὅταν δὲ νη- 

, A , 
στεύητε, μὴ γίνεσθε 
ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ, 

’ > , 
σκυθρωποί" ἀφανί- 
ζουσι γὰρ τὰ πρόσω- 
πα αὑτῶν, ὅπως φα- 
νῶσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 
νεστεύοντες. ᾿Αμὴν 

a “ 
λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἀπέ- 
χουσι τὸν μισθὸν av- 
τῶν. 


17. Σὺ δὲ νεστεύων 
, A 
ἄλεψαί σου τὴν κε- 
A ‘ 4 / 
φαλὴν, καὶ τὸ πρόσ- 
ὡπόν σου νίψαι " 
18. Ὅπως μὴ φα- 
a ΄“΄ » , 
vns τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 
“A 5 4 ~ 
νηστεύων, ἀλλὰ τῷ 
, cal > - 
πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ 
κρυπτῷ - καὶ ὁ πα- 
, ε 4 > 
τήρ σου ὁ βλέπων ἐν 
γῷ κρυπτῷ, ἀποδώσει 


FRENCH. 


nous du mal. Cara 
toi est le régne, et la 
puissance, et la gloire 
a jamais. Amen. 


14. Car si vous par- 
donnez aux hommes 
leurs offenses, votre 
Pére céleste vous par- 
donnera aussi les vé- 
tres. 

15. Mais si vous ne 
pardonnez point aux 
hommes leurs * of- 
fenses, votre Pére ne 
vous pardonnera point 
non plus vos offenses. 

16. Et quand vous 
jetinerez, ne prenez 
point un air triste, 
comme font les hypo- 
crites ; car ils se ren- 
dent tout défaits de 
visage, afin qu’il pa- 
raisse aux hommes 
quils jetinent. En 
vérité, je vous dis 
qwils recoivent leur 
récompense. 

17. Mais toi, quand 
tu jetines, oins ta téte, 
et lave ton visage ; 


18. afin qu'il ne 
paraisse point aux 
hommes que tu 
jeunes, mais ἃ ton 
Pére qui est présent 
dans ton lieu secret; 
et ton Pére qui te voit 


ENGLISH.- 


For thine is the king- 
dom, and the power, 
and the glory, for ey- 
er. Amen. 


14. For if ye for- 
give men their tres- 
passes, your heavenly 
Father will also for- 
give you: 


15. But if ye for- 
give not men their 
trespasses, _ neither 
will your Father for- 
give your trespasses. 


16. Moreover, when 
ye fast, be not as the 
hypocrites, of a sad 
countenance : for 
they disfigure their 
faces, that they may 
appear unto men to 
fast. Verily, I say 
unto you, They have 
their reward. 


17. But thou, when 
thou fastest, anoint 
thine head, and wash 
thy face ; 

18. That thou ap- 
pear not unto men to 
fast, but unto thy Fa- 
ther, which is in se- 
cret : and thy Father, 
which seeth in secret, 


shall reward thee 


i Ύτ-- πε eo. 


J” aie 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI. 


361 


GERMAN. 


dem Uebel. Denn dein 
ift das Mieich, und die 
Kraft, und die Herr: 
fichFeit in CEwigFeit. 
2inen. 


14, Denn fo ihe den 
Menfehen ihre Febler 
pergebet, fo wird euch 
ener bimmlifcher Vater 
auch vergeben. 


15. Wo ihr aber den 
Menfchen ihre Febler 
nicht vergebet, fo wird 
euch euer Bater eure 
Sehler auch niche ver: 
geben. 

16. Wenn ihr fajtet, 
follt ihr nicht fauer {Ὁ 
hen, wie die Heuchler ; 
Denn fie verftellen ihre 
Ungefichter, auf da fie 
Por den seuten fcheinen 
mit ihrem  Saften. 
Wahrlich, ich fage euch: 
Gie haben ihren sohn 
dabin. 


17. Wenn du aber 
faftejt, fo falbe dein 
Haupt, und wafche dein 
Ungefiche ; 

18. Auf daf du niche 
fcheinelt vor den seuten 
mit deinem Faften, fon: 
dern Vor deinem Vater, 
welcher verborgen it; 
und dein Vater, dev in 
das Berborgene fieher, 


SPANISH. 


que tuyo es el reyno, 
el poder, y la gloria 
porlossiglos. Amen. 


14. Porque si per- 
donareis 4 los hom- 
bres sus ofensas vu- 
estro Padre celestial 
os perdonara tambien 
& vosotros. 

15..Mas si no per- 
donareis 4 los hom- 
bres sus ofensas tam- 
poco vuestro Padre 
os perdonara yues- 
tras ofensas. 

16. Y cuando ayu- 
néis no os pongais 
caritristes como los 
hipécritas, los cuales 
desfiguran sus rostros 
para hacer ver 4 los 
hombres que ayunan. 
En verdad os digo 
que ya recibien su 
recompensa. 


17. Mas ta cuando 
ayunes unge tu cabe- 
za y lava tu cara. 


18. Para no hacer 
ver 4 los hombres 
que ayunas sino 4 tu 
Padre que esta en lo 
secreto y tu Padre 
que ve en lo secreto 


te recompensara en 
31 


LATIN. 


nos a malo. Quo- 
niam tuum est 
regnum, et po- 
tentia, et gloria in 
secula. Amen. 


14. Si enim di- 
miseritis homini- 
bus lapsus eorum, 
dimittet et vobis 
Pater vester ce- 
lestis. ἡ 

15. Si autem 
non dimiseritis 
hominibus lapsus 
ipsorum, nec Pa- 
ter vester dimittet 
lapsus vestros. 

16. Quum au- 
tem jejunatis, ne 
fiatis sicut hypo- 
crite, obtristati ; 
obscurant enim 
facies suas ; ut 
appareant homi- 
nibus jejunantes. 
Amen dico yo- 
bis, quia recipiunt 
mercedem suam. 


17. Tu autem 
jejunans, unge tu- 
um caput, et fa- 
ciem tuam lava: 

18. Ut ne appa- 
reas hominibus 
jejunans, sed Pa- 
tri tuo qui in se- 
creto: et Patez 
tuus videns in se- 
creto, reddet tibi 


ὧδ 


3862 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


VI. 


GREEK. 


ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 
σοι ἐν τῷ φανερῷ. 


19. Μὴ θησαυρίζε- 
τε ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς 
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς») ὅπου 

Ἁ ‘ “ > 
σὴς καὶ βρῶσις apa- 

, ‘ μὲ ΄ 
viet, καὶ ὅπου κλέ- 
πται διορύσσουσι, 
καὶ κλέπτουσι" 


20. Θησαυρίζετε δὲ 
ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν 
οὐρανῷ, ὅπου οὔτε 
σὴς, οὔτε βρῶσις 
> , ‘ μὲ 
ἀφανίζει, καὶ ὅπου 
κλέπται οὐ διορύσ- 

Lac! , 
σουσιν, οὐδὲ κλέ- 
πτουσιν. 

“ ’ > 

21. Ὅπου γάρ ἐσ- 
τιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, 
ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρ- 
δία ὑμῶν. 

22. Ὁ λύχνος τοῦ 
σώματός ἐστιν ὁ 
ὀφθαλμός " ἐὰν οὖν ὁ 
ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς 
> ἡ " “ , 

7], ὅλον TO σῶμά σου 
φωτεινὸν ἔσται " 


3 

23. Ἠλν δὲ 6 
ὀφθαλμός σου πονη- 

κ 3 ¢ \ - , 
pos ἢ, ὅλον TO σῶμά 
σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. 
Ei οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν 
σοὶ, σκότος ἐστὶ, τὸ 
σκότος πόσον; 


94 Οὐδεὶς δύναται 
δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύ- 


FRENCH. 


dans ton lieu secret 
te récompensera pub- 
liquement. 

19. Ne vous amas- 
sez point des trésors 
sur la terre, que les 
vers et la rouille con- 
sument, et que les 
larrons percent et de- 
robent. 


20. Mais amassez- 
vous des trésors dans 
le ciel, ot ni les vers 
ni la rouille ne con- 
sument rien, et ot les 
larrons ne percent ni 
ne dérobent. 


21. Car oli est votre 
trésor, lA sera augsi 
votre coeur. 


22. L’cil est la lu- 
miére du corps; 5] 
donc ton ceil est net, 
‘tout ton corps sera 
éclairé. 


23. Mais si ton eil 
est mal disposé, tout 


ton corps sera téné- 
| breux ; sl done la 
lumiére qui est en 
toi n’est que téné- 
bres, combien seront 
grandes les ténébres 
mémes ὃ 

24. Nul ne peut ser- 
vir deux maitres; car, 


ENGLISH. 


openly. 


19. Lay not up for 

yourselves treasures 
upon earth, where 
moth and rust doth 
corrujt, and where 
thieves break through 
and steal : 


20. But lay up for 
yourselves treasures 
in heaven, where nei- 
ther moth nor rus 
doth corrupt, and 
where thieves do no 
break through nor 
steal. 

21. For where your 
treasure is, there wil 
your heart be also. 


22. The light of the 
body is the eye: if 
therefore thine eye be 
single, thy whole body 
shall be full of light. 


23. But if thine eye 
be evil, thy whole 
body shall be full of 
darkness. If there- 
fore the light that is 
in thee be darkness, 
how great is that 
darknuss ! 


24. No man can 


serve two rasters? 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI. 


363 


᾿ς GERMAN. 


wird dirs vergelten sf 
(τ. 


19. Shr follte euch 
nicht Gehabe fammeln 
auf Erden, da fie dre 
Morten und der Kot 
(τὰν, und da die Diez 
ΗΝ nach graben und fteb- 
cn. 


20. Gammelt ench 
aber Gebaige im Him: 
mel; da fie weder Moe: 
ten noc Most freien, 
UND da dic Diebe niche 
nach graben, noch fteb- 
fen, 


21. Denny wo eucr 
Gebag ijt, da ift auch 
cuev Her}. 


22. Das Auge ift des 
Scibes Sicht. Wenn 
dein Uuge cinfalcig it, 
fo wird dein gaujzer 6610 
Licht {εν 


23. Wenn aber dein 
Auge cin Gchalk it, fo 
wird dein ganzer seib 
finjtcr (τη. Wenn 
aber das sicht, das in 
div it, Fingternig it, 
Wie grok wird daun die 
Hlufternif felber feyn ὁ 


24. Micmand Fann 
pocen Herren dienen ; 


SPAHISH. 


publico. 


19. No amontonéis 
tesoros para vosotros 
en la tierra, en don- 
de la polilla -y el 
orin los consumen y 
en donde los ladrones 
los desentierran y ro- 
ban. 

20. Mas amontonad 
para vosotros tesoros 
en el cielo en donde 
ni la polilla ni el 
orin los consumen, y 
en donde los ladrones 
no los desentierran 
ni roban. 

21. Porque donde 
esta. vuestro tesoro 
alli estA tambien vu- 
estro corazon. 

22. Luz de tu cu- 
erpo es tu ojo, por lo 
que si tu ojo fuere 
sencillo, todo tu cu- 
erpo estara lleno de 
luz. 


23. Mas si tu ojo 
fuere maligno todo 
tu cuerpo esta‘a lle- 
no de tinieblas. Asi 
que si la luz que hay 
en ti es tinieblas ;cu- 
an grandes seran las 
mismas tinieblas ? 


24e Ninguno puede 


servir 4 dos seiiores, 


LATIN 
11 manilesto. 


19. Ne thesau- 
rizate vobis the- 
sauros in terra, 
ubi zerugo et tinea 
exterminat, et ubi 
fures perfodiunt, 
et furantur. 


20. Thesauriza- 
te autem vobis 
thesauros in czlo, 
ubi neque erugo, 
neque tinea ex- 
terminat, et ubi 
fures non effodi- 
unt, nec furantur. 

21. Ubi enim 
est thesaurus ve- 
ster, ibi erit et cor 
vestrum. 

22. Lucerna cor: ° 
poris est oculus: 
si igitur oculus 
tuus simplex fue- 
rit, totum corpus 


tuum lucidum 
erit. 
23. Si autem 


oculus tuus malus 
fuerit, totum cor- 
pus tuum tene- 
brosum erit. Si 
ergo lumen quod 
in te, tenebre 
sunt, tenebrae 
quantee ὃ 

24. Nemo po- 
test duobus dumi- 


864 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


VI. 


—_—_— > — 


CREEK. 

a \ A με 
εἰν " ἢ γὰρ TOV eva 
μισήσει, Kal τὸν ἕτε- 

> 
pov ἀγαπήσει " ἢ ἑνὸς 
3 a ‘ “ 
ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ 
’ 

ἑτέρου καταφρονή- 

, - 
σει" οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ 

, 
δουλεύειν καὶ pap- 
μωνᾷ. 


25. Διὰ τοῦτο λέγω 
ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνᾶτε τῇ 
ψυχῇ ὑμῶν, τί φάγη- 
τε, καὶ τί πίητε " μη- 
δὲ τῷ σώματι ὑμῶν, 

’ > , δ, 
τί ἐνδύσησθε > οὐχὶ 
.« ‘ Ae > 
ἡ Ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι 
τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ 
σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος; 


20. ᾿Ἐμβλέψατε εἰς 
Ta πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρα- 
νοῦ, ὅτι οὐ σπείρου- 
σιν, οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν, 
οὐδὲ συνάγουσιν εἰς 
ἀποθήκας, καὶ 6 πα- 
τὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 
τρέφει αὐτά. Οὐχ 
ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέ- 
ρετε αὐτῶν; 


27. Τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν 
μεριμνῶν δύναται 
προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν 
ἡλικίαν αὑτοῦ πῆχυν 
ἕνα ; 

28. Καὶ περὶ ἐνδύ- 
ματος τί μεριμνᾶτε ; 
καταμάθετε τὰ κρίνα 


τοῦ ἀγροῖ, ras avéd- | 


FRENCH. 
ou il hatra lun, et 
aimera l’autre ; ou il 
s’attachera a l’un, et 
méprisera [Δ 06 ; 
vous ne pouvez servir 
Dieu et Mammon. 


25. C’est pourquoi 
je vous dis : Ne soyez 
point en souci pour 
votre vie, de ce que 
vous mangerez, et de 
ce que vous boirez; 
ni pour votre corps, 
de quoi vous serez 
vétus. La vie n’est- 
elle pas plus que la 
nourriture, et le corps 
plus que le vétement? 
206, Considérez les 
oiseaux du ciel, car 
ils ne sément, ni ne 
moissonnent, ni n’as- 
semblent dans des 
greniers, et cepen- 
dant votre Pére cé- 
leste les  nourrit. 
N’étes-vous pas beau- 
coup plus excellens 
qu’eux ἢ 

27. Et qui est celui 
d’entre » vous, qui 
puisse par son souci 
ajouter une coudée a 
sa taille ? 

28. Et pourquoi 
étes-vous en souci du 


vétement ἢ Apprenez 
sommentcroissent les 


ENGLISH. 


for either he will hate 
the one, and loye the 
other ; or.else be will 
hold to the one, and 
despise the other. Ye 
cannot serve God and 
Mammon. 


25.. Therefore I say 
unto you, Take no 
thought for your life, 
what ye shall eat, or 
what ye shall drink; 
nor yet for your body, 
what ye shall put on. 
Is not the life more 
than meat, and the 
body than raiment ? 


26. Behold the fowls 
of the air: for they 
sow not, neither do 
they reap, nor gather 
into barns; yet your 
heavenly Father feed- 
eth them. Are ye not 
much better than 
they ? 


27. Which of you 
by taking thought can 
add one. cubit unto 
his stature ? 


28. And why take 
ye thought for rai- 
ment? Consider the’ 


lilies of the field, how 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI. 


363, 


GERMAN. 


entweder er wird einen 
haffen und den andern 
lichen; oder wird εἰ: 
nem anhangen, und den 
andern verachten, hr 
Founct nicht Gott die: 
nen und dem Wram- 
mon, 


25. Darum fage ich 
euch: Gorget nicht fir 
eucr Scben, was ihr ef: 
fen und trinken τούτο: 
auch niche fir euren 
$cib, was ihr anzichen 
werdet. Ft niche das 
Scbhen mehr, denn die 
Gpeiye? Und der seib 
mehr, denn die Klei- 
dung ? 


26. Gehet die “δαί 
unter dem Himmel an: 
fie faen niche, fie ernten 
nicht, fie fammeln niche 
in. die Gebeunen, und 
eucr himmlifeber Vater 
nabret fie doch. Geyd 
ihr denn nicht viel 
mehr, deun fie? 


27. Wer ijt unter 
euch, der feiner sang 
eine Eile zufesen mage, 
ob er gleich Durum for: 
get? 

28. Und warum for: 
act ihe file die Klei- 
dung? Gebanet die si- 
ficn auf dem Felde, wie 


SPANISH. 


porque 6 aborrecera 
al uno y amara al 
otro, 6 se allegara al 
uno y menospreciara 
al otro. No podeéis 
servir 4 Dios y a las 
riquezas. 


25. Por esto os di- 
go: no andéis afa- 
nados por vuestra 
vida pensando que 
habeis de comer 6 
que habéis de beber, 
ni por vuestro cuer- 
po que habeis de ves- 
tir. ¢~No vale mas 
la vida que el alimen- 
to, y el cuerpo que 
el vestido ? 

26. Mirad las aves 
del cielo que nosiem- 
bran ni siegan, ni re- 
cogen en troges, y 
vuestro Padre celes- 
tial lasalimenta ὁ no 
valéis pues vosotros 
mucho mas que e- 
lias ? 


27. Y quien de vo- 
sotros dandose 4 dis- 
eurrir podra aiiadir 
un codo 4 su estatu- 
ra? 

28. Y ¢porqué os 
afandis por el vesti- 
do? Contemplad los 
lirios del campo co- 


“ιῈ 


_ LATIN. 


nis servire: aut 
enim unum ode- 
rit, et alterum di- 
liget: aut unum 
amplexabitur, et 
alterum despiciet. 
Non potestis Deo 
servire et mam- 
mone. 

25. Propter hoc 
dico vobis, ne 
anxiemini anime 
vestre, quid man- 
ducetis, et quid 
bibatis : neque 
corpori __ vestro, 
quid _ induamini. 
Nonne anima plus 
est esca, et cor: 
pus - indumento ? 


26. Inspicite in 
volatilia celi, 
quoniam non se- 
minant, neque 
metunt, neque 
congregant in 
horrea, et Pater 
vester czlestis 
pascit illa. Non- 
ne vos magis ex- 
cellitis illis ? 

27. Quis autem 
ex vobis anxiatus 
potest adjicere ad 
staturam suam 
cubitum unum ἢ 

28. Et circa ves- 
timentum quid 
anxiamini? Ob- 
servate Lilia agri 


866 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


Vis 


GREEK. 
> ~ ΑΝ 
νει" οὐ κοπιᾷ, οὐδὲ 


νήθει. 


29. Λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, 
ὅτι οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν 
, ”~ Ud ες n~ 
πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὑτοῦ 
΄ « a 
περιεβάλετο ὡς ἕν 
τούτων " 


90. Εἰ δὲ τὸν χόρ- 
τὸν τοῦ ἀγροῦ σήμε- 
pov ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον 
εἷς κλίβανον βαλλό- 

ς ‘ 4 
μενον, 0 Θεὸς οὕτως 
> , > 
ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολ- 
λῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλι- 
γύπιστοι ; 


91. Μὴ οὖν μερι- 
μνήσητε, λέγοντες, 
Ti φάγωμεν, ἢ τί πί- 
ὦμεν, ἢ τί περιβα- 


λώμεθα; 


32. Πάντα γὰρ 
> A » 3 
ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπι- 
ζητεῖ - οἷδε γὰρ ὁ πα- 
τὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος, 
ὅτι χρήζετε τούτων 

ἁπάντων. 


99. Ζητεῖτε δὲ πρώ- 
Tov τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ 
Θεοῦ, καὶ τὴν δικαιο- 
σύνην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ταῦ- 
Ta πάντα προστεθή- 
σεται ὑμῖν. 

84, Μὴ οὖν “μερι- 
μνήσητε εἰς τὴν αὔ- 
aov> ἡ γὰρ αὔριον 


FRENCH. 


lis des champs; ils 
ne travaillent ni ne 
filent. 

29. Cependant, je 
vous dis que Salomon 
méme, dans toute sa 
gloire, n’a pas été vé- 
tu comme l’un d’eux. 


30. Si done Dieu 
revét ainsi ’herbe des 
champs, qui est au- 
jourd’hui sur pied, et 
qui demain sera jetée 
au four, ne vous vé- 
tira-t-il pas beaucoup 
plutot, 6 gens de pe- 
tite foi ? 

31. Ne soyez donc 
point en souci, di- 
sant: Que mange- 
rons-nous? ou que 
boirons-nous ? ou de 
quoi serons-nous vé- 
tus ? 

32. Vu que les 
paiens _recherchent 
toutes ces choses; car 
votre Pere céleste 
connait que vous 
avez besoin de toutes 
ces choses. 

33. Mais cherchez 
premiérement le roy- 
aume de Dieu et sa 
justice, et toutes ces 
choses vous seront 
données par dessus. 


34. Ne soyez donc 


print en souci pour 
la lendemair * car le 


ENGLISH. 


not, neither do they 
spin : 

29. And yet I say 
unto you, That even 
Solomon, in all his 
glory, was not ar- 
rayed like one of 
these. 

30. Wherefore, i. 
God so clothe the 
grass of the field, 
which to-day is, and 
to-morrow is cast into 
the oven, shall he not 
much more clothe 
you, O ye of little 
faith ? 

31. Therefore take 
no thought, saying, 
What shall we eat? 
or, What shall we 
drink ? or, Where- 
withal shall we be 
clothed ? 

32. (For after all 
these things do the 
Gentiles seek :) for 
your heavenly Father 
knoweth that ye have 
need of all 
things. 

33. But seek ye first 
the kingdom of God, 
and his righteousness, 
and all these things 
‘shall be added unte 


ou. 
34. Take therefore 
no thought for the 
‘morrow : for the mou- 


they grow; they toil © 


these 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI. 


367 


GERMAN. 


fie wachfen: fie arbei- 
ten nicht, auch fpinnen 
fie niche. 

29. «τῷ fage euch, daf 
auch Galomo in aller 
feiner Hervlichécit nicht 
befleidet gewefen ΠῚ, 
als derfelben Eine. . 


80. Go denn Gott 
das Gras auf dem Fel: 
de alfo Fleidet, das doch 
heute ftehet, und mor- 
gen in den Ofen gewor- 
fen wird, follte cr das 
nicht vielmehr euch 
thun? Oibr Kleinglau- 
bigen! 

31. Darum follt ihr 
nicht forgen, undfagen: 
Was werden wir effen ? 
Was werden wir trin- 
fen? DWomit werden 
wir uns Fleiden. 


32. Nach folchem al: 
fen trachten dic Heiden. 
Denn cuer Himmlifcher 
Bater weif, af ihr def 
alles bediwrfet. 


33. Trachtet am ere 
fien nach dem Reiche 
Gottes, und nach feiner 
Gerechtiqkcit; fo wird 
cuck “oiches alles ju: 
fallen. 

34. Darum forget 
nicht fiir den andern 
Morgen; denn der 


SPANISH. 


mo crecen: ellos no 
trabajan, ni hilan. 


29. Y sinembargo 
os digo que ni ain 
Salomon en medio 
de toda su gloria no 
estuvo vestido como 
uno de estos. 

30. Pues si la yer- 
ba del campo que 
hoy es y. maiiana es 
echada en el horno, 
Dios la viste asi no 
os vestira mucho mas 
ἃ vosotros hombres 
de poca fé ? 


31. No os afanéis 
pues diciendo que 
comeremos? 6 que 
beberemos? 6 con 


que nos cubriremos ? 


32. (Porque los 
Gentiles buscan estas 
cosas) porque vues- 
tro Padre celestial 
sabe que tenéis ne- 
cesidad de todas es- 
tas cosas. 

33. Buscad pues 
primero el reyno de 
Dios, y su justicia, y 
todas estas cosas os 
seran aiiadidas. 


34. Asi que no an- 
déis cuidadosos por 
el aia de majana, 


LATIN, 


quomodo augen 
tur: non fatigan- 
tur, neque nent. 
29. Dico autem 
vobis, quoniam 
nec Salomon in 
omni gloria sua 
amictus est sicut 
unum istorum. 
30. Si autem 
foenum agri hodie 
existens, et cras 
in clibanum_ in- 
jectum, Deus sic 
circumornat, non 
multo magis vos, 
exiguee Πάρι 


31. Ne igitur 
anxiemini, dicen- 
tes: Quid man- 
ducabimus, aut 
quid _ bibemus, 
aut quid circum- 
amiciemur ? 

32. Omnia enim 
heec gentes inqui- 
runt. Novyit enim 
Pater vester cz 
lestis quod opus 
habetis horum 
omnium. 

33. Queerite au 
tem primum reg- 
num Dei, et jus- 
titiam ejus, et hee 
omnia adponen; 
tur vobis. 

34. Ne igitur 
anxiemini incras; 
num cras curahit 


868 


MATTHEW, CHAPTERS VI., VII. 


GREEK. 
μεριμνήσει τὰ ἕαυ- 
τῆς * ἀρκετὸν τῇ ἡμέ- 
ρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς. 


1. Μὴ κρίνετε, ἵνα 
μὴ κριθῆτε. 


9 "EE e ‘ ἊΝ 
- Ἐν ᾧ γὰρ xpi 
’ 
ματι κρίνετε, κριθη- 
weobe* καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέ- 
΄σ > . 
τρῷ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμε- 
τρηθήσεται ὑμῖν. 


9. τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ 

, A > a“ 
Kappos τὸ ἐν τῷ 
> “ a > 
ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελ- 
φοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν 

“- -΄Ρ̓ “ 
τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δο- 
κὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς ; 

4. Ἢ ras ἐρεῖς τῷ 
3 a ” 
ἀδελφῷ σου, “Ades 

, 
ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος 
ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ 
A > Ὺ \ ¢ 
gov; kat ἰδοὺ ἡ do- 
Kos ev τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ 
σου" 

5. Ὑποκριτὰ, ἔκ- 
βαλε πρῶτον τὴν δο- 
κὸν ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ 
σου, καὶ τότε διαβλέ- 
Weis ἐκβαλεῖν τὸ 
κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλ- 

-“ “Ὁ ierD - 
μοῦ Tov ἀδελφοῦ σου. 
Ἁ ἊΝ \o 

6. Μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγι- 

we 4 ‘ 
ον τοῖς κυσὶ, μηδὲ 
βάλητε τοὺς μαργα- 
pitas ὑμῶν ἔμτρο- 
utley τῶν χυίρωι “ἡ- 


FRENCH. 


lendemain _ prendra 
soin de ce qui le re- 
garde : a chaque jour 
suffit sa peine. 


1. Ne jugez point, 
afin que vous ne soy- 
ez point jugées. 

2. Car de tel juge- 
ment que vous juge- 
rez, VOUS serez Jugeés; 
et de telle mesure 
que yous mesurerez, 
on vous mesurera ré- 
ciproquement. 

3. Et pourquoi re- 
gardes-tu le fétu qui 
est dans l’a@il de ton 
frére, et tu ne prends 
pas garde a la poutre 
qui est dans ton ceil ? 

4, Ou comment dis- 
tu a ton frére: Per- 
mets que j’6te de ton 
ceil ce fétu, et voila, 
tu as une poutre dans 
ton ceil ? 


5. Hypocrite, dte 
premiérement de ton 
ceil la poutre, et apres 
cela tu verras com- 
ment tu Gteras le fétu 
de l’ceil de ton frére. 


6. Ne donnez point 
les choses saintes aux 


chiens, et ne jetez 


point vos perles de- 


vant les pourceaux, swine, lest they tram 


ENGLISH. 


row shall take thought 
for the things of itself. 
Sufficient unto the 
day is the evil thereof. 


1. Judge not, that ye 
be not judged. 


2. For with what 
Judgment ye judge, 
ye shali be judged; 
jand with what meas- 
jure ye mete, it shall 
ibe measured to you 
again. 

3. And why behold- 
‘est thou the mote that 
‘is in thy brother’s 
eye, but considerest 
‘not the beam that is 
‘in thine own eye? - 
| 4. Or how wilt thou 
‘say to thy brother, 
‘Let me pull out the 
|mote out of thine 
‘eye; and behold, a 
beam is in thine own 
| eye? 
| 5. Thou hypocrite, 
‘first cast out the beam 
out of thine own eye ; 
and then shalt thou 
see clearly to cast out 
the mote out of thy 
brother’s eye. 

6. Give not that 
which is holy unto the 


‘your pearls before 


dogs, neither cast ye 


MATT"IEW, CHAPTERS VI., VII. 


369 


GERMAN 
moraende Tag wird fir 
das Seine forgen. Es 


ift genug, daf ein jeg 
licher Taq feine cigene 
Plage habe. 


1. Michree niche, auf 
daf ihr niche gerichtet 
“Werder. 

2. Denn mit welcher: 
fey Geriche iby richtct, 
werdet ihr gerichtet 
Werden ; und mit welch: 
eric MaaK iby mejfee, 
wird euch gemeifen wer- 
den. 

3. Was fieheft du aber 
den Gplitter in ὑεῖ: 
nes Bruder Uuge, und 
Wirft nicht gewahr den 
Balfen in deinem Aue 
ge ? 

4. Oder wie darfit du 
fagen zu deinem Ἔτι: 
der: Halt, ich will dir 
den Gplitter aus dei- 
nem Uge ziehen? und 
fiche, cin Balke ἢ in 
Deinem Unge. 

5. Du Heuchler, zie: 
be am erften den Bal: 
fen aus deinem Auge ; 
darnach befiehe, wie du 
den Gplitter aus dei- 
κῃ Bruders Uuge zie 

( . 

6. Nhr folle dag Hei- 
figthum nicht ten Hun: 
den geben, und eure 
Perlen follt iby niche 
vor die Gaue werfen; 


SPANISH. 


porque el dia de ma- 
fiana traerd su cul- 
dado; bastale al dia 
su proprio afan. 


1. No juzguéis pa- 
raque no seais juz- 
gados. 

2. Porque con el 
juicio con que juzga- 
reis seréis juzgados, 
y con la medida con 
que midiereis se os 
volvera 4 medir. 


3. Y 2 porqué ves 
la mota en el ojo de 
tu hermano y no 
echas de ver la viga 
que esta en tu ojo? 


4. O :como dices 
& tu hermano, deja 
que saque la mota de 
tu ojo, y he aqui td 
tienes una viga en tu 
proprio ojo? 


5. Hip "τὰ. echa 
primero .a viga de 
tu ojo, y entdnces 
veras claramente pa- 
ra sacar la mota del 
ojo de tu hermano. 


6. No déis lo santo 
ὦ los perros ni echié- 
is yuestras perlas de- 
lante de los puercos, 
no sea que las hu- 


LATIN. 
suaipsius : suffi- 
ciens diei malitia 
sua. 


1. Ne judicate, 
ut non judicemi- 
ni. 

2. In quo enim 
judicio judicave- 
ritis, judicabimi- 
ni: et in qua 
mensura mensi 
fueritis, remetie- 
tur vobis. 

3. Quid autem 
intueris festucam 
quze in oculo fra- 
tris tui, at in tuo 
oculo trabem non 
animadvertis ? 

4. Aut quomodo 
dices fratri tuo: 
Sine ejiciam fe- 
stucam de oculo 
tuo, et ecce trabs 
in oculo tuo ? 


5. Hypocrita, 
ejice primum tra- 
bem de oculo tuo, 
et tunc intueberis 
ejicere festucam 
de oculo fratris 
tul. 

6. Ne detis sanc - 
tum canibus, ne- 
que mittatis mar- 
garitas vestras 
ante porcos, he 


3870 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII. 


GREEK, 


; 
πότε καταπατήσωσιν 
> A > ΄- 
αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν 
Φ ed ‘ ¢ 
αὑτῶν, καὶ στραφέν- 
cer -“ 
τες βήξωσιν ὑμᾶς. 


7. Αἰτεῖτε, καὶ §- 
’ ΄- ΄ 
θήσεται ὑμῖν " ζητεῖ- 
τε, καὶ εὑρήσετε" 
7 

Kpovere, καὶ ἀνοιγή- 
σεται ὑμῖν. 

8. Πᾶς γὰρ 6 
a , wars 
τῶν λαμβάνει, καὶ ὁ 
ζητῶν εὑρίσκει, καὶ 
΄-“ , > ’ 
τῷ κρούοντι ἀνοιγή- 
σεται. 


5 
at- 


a 

9. Ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ 
can » 4 
ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν 
3A - es ς [2 > 
ἐὰν αἰτήσῃ ὁ vids ad- 
τοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον 
ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ ; 


10. Καὶ ἐὰν ἰχθὺν 
: PA \ 9 b 
αἰτήσῃ. μὴ ὄφιν ἐπι- 

δώσει αὐτῷ; 


> ε “ 
11. Ki οὖν ὑμεῖς, 
Nw Ww 
πονηροὶ ὄντες, οἴδατε 
, >. ‘4 , 
δόματα ἀγαθὰ διδόναι 
τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν, πό- 
Led ε 4 
σῳ μᾶλλον ὁ πατὴρ 
“ c > ~ , 
ὑμῶν, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρα- 
΄“-“ , > ‘ 
vois, δώσει ἀγαθὰ 
col > - 
τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν; 


12. Πάντα οὖν ὅσα 
ἂν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶ- 
σιν ὑμῖν ot ἄνθρωποι, 


o € ΄ “-“ 
οὕτω καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιεῖ- 
»-“ = , 
τε αὐτοῖς - OUT IS yap 
ἐστιν 6 νόμος Kit οἵ, 


FRENCH. 
de peur qu’ils ne le 
foulent a leurs pieds, 
et que se retournan 
ils ne vous déchirent. 


7. Demandez, et i 


vous sera donné ; 
cherchez, et vous 
trouverez ;_ heurtez, 


et il vous sera ouvert. 

8. Car quiconque 
demande, regoit; et 
quiconque_ cherche, 
trouve; et il sera ou- 
vert a celui qui 
heurte. 

9. Mais qui sera 
Phomme d’entre vous 
qui donne une pierre 
a son fils, s’il lui de- 
mande du pain? 


10. Et s'il lui de- 
mande un poisson, lui 
donnera-t-il un ser- 
pent ? 

11. Si done vous, 
qui étes méchans, sa- 
vez bien donner a vos 
enfans des _ choses 
bonnes, combien plus 
votre Pére qui est aux 
cieux, donnera-t-il des 
biens a ceux qui les 
lui demandent ἢ 

12. Toutes les 
choses done que vous 
voulez que les 
hommes vous fassent, 
faites-les-leur aussi de 
méme, car c’est la loi 


ENGLISH. 


ple them under their 
feet, and turn again 
and rend you. 


7. Ask, and it shall 
be’ given you; seek, 
and ye shall find; 
knock, and it shall be 
opened unto you: 

8. For every one 
that asketh, receiv 
eth; and he that seek- 
eth, findeth; and to 
him that knocketh, it 
shall be opened. 

9. Or what man is 
there of you, whom 
if his son ask bread, 
will he give him a 
stone? . 


10. Or if he ask a 
fish, will he give him 
a serpent ? 


11. If ye, then, be- 
ing evil, know how to 
give good gifts unto 
your children, how 
much more shall your 
Father which is in 
heaven " give good 
things to them that 
ask him ? 

12. Therefore all 
things whatsoever ye 
would that men should 
do to you, do ye even 
so to them: for this 
is the law and the 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII. 


911 


a 


GERMAN. 
auf δα β fie dicfelbigen 
niche zertreten mit ih: 
τῶι Figen, und = fich 
wenden, und euch zer- 
reifen. 

7. Bittet, fo wird euch 
qegeben 5 fuchet, fo wer: 
det ihr finden; Flopfet 
an, [0 wird euch aufge- 
than. 

8. Denn wer da bit: 
fet, Dev empfangt; und 
Wer da fuchet, der fin: 

δεῖ; und wer da an: 
Flopfet, dem wird auf 
gethan. 

9. Welcher it unter 
euch Menfehen, fo ibn 
fem Gohn biteee um 
Wrod, der ihm cinen 
Grein bicte ἢ 


10. Over fo ev ifn 
‘bittet um einen Fifch, 
dev ihm cine Schlange 
biete ? 

11. Go denn ibr, die 
ihr doch arg feyr, fin- 
net dennoch curen Kinz 
Dern gute Gaben ge: 
hen, wie vielmebr wird 
cuer Vater im Himmel 
Gurtes geben δέν, die 
ibn bitten. 


12. Ulles nin, was 
ihr wollet, δα ἢ] euch dre 
Seute thun follen, das 
thut ibe ibnen; das yt 
das Gefeg und die Pro- 
pheten. 


SPANISH. 


ellen con sus pies y 
volviendose contra 
vosotros os despeda- 
cen. 


7. Pedit, y se os 
dara: buscad, y ha- 
llaréis: llamad, y se 
os abrira. 


8. Porque todo a- 
quel que pide récibe ; 
y el que busca halla, 
y al que llama se le 
abrira. 


9. O quien de vo- 
sotros es el hombre 
4 quien si su hijo pi- 
diere pan acaso le 
dara una piedra ? 


10. O si le pidiere 
un pez, acaso le dara 
una serpiente ? 


11. Si vosotros pues 
siendo malos sabéis 
dar buenas didivas a 
vuestros hijos 2 cuan- 
to mas vuestro Pa- 
dre que esta en los 
cielos dar4 buenas 
dadivas 4 los que se 
las pidieren ? 

12. Asi que todo lo 
que quisiereis que los 
hombres hagan con 


LATIN. 


forte conculcent 
eas in pedibus su- 
is, et conversi di- 
rumpant vos. 


7. Petite, et da- 
bitur vobis : que- 
rite, et invenietis : 
pulsate, et aperie- 
tur vobis. 

8. Omnis enim 
petensaccipit : et 
queerens invenit, 
et pulsanti aperi- 
etur. 


9. Aut quis est 
ex yvobis homo, 
quem si petierit 
filius suus panem, 
nunquid lapidem 
dabit ei? 

10. Et si piscem 
petierit, nunquid 
serpentem dabit 
ei? 

11. Si ergo vos 
mali existentes, 
nostis data bona 
dare filiis vestris, 
quan ὁ magis Pa- 
ter vester qui in 
czelis, dabit bona 
petentibus se ? 


12. Omnia ergo 
queecumque_ vul- 
tis ut faciant vo- 


vosotros, hacedlo asi bis homines, ita 


vosotros tambien con 
ellos: porque esta es 


et vos facite illis, 
Hee enim 60." 


372 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII. 


GREEK. 
προφῆται. 
ΟῚ 

13. Εϊσέλθετε διὰ 
τῆς στενῆς πύλης" 
e a ε , 
ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη, 

4 > ¢ €¢ ¢Q. 
Kal εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς 
ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν 
ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί 
εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι 
δι᾽ αὐτῆς. 

σ \ ¢ 

14. Ὅτι στενὴ ἡ 
πύλη, καὶ τεθλιμμένη 
ς ξεῷῶν « > , 

ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα 

> ‘ \ ἡ 347 
eis THY ζωὴν, Kal OAL- 
you εἰσὶν of εὑρίσκον- 
Tes αὐτήν. 

15. Προσέχετε δὲ 
ἀπὸ τῶν Ψευδοπρο- 
φητῶν, οἵτινες ἔρχον- 
ται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐν- 
δύμασι προβάτων, 
ἔσωθεν δέ εἶσι λύκοι 
ἅρπαγες. ι 

16. ᾿Απὸ τῶν καρ- 
πῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώ- 

᾽ ’ , 
σεσθε αὐτούς. Μήτι 
’ὔ > \ > 
συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ a- 

κανθῶν σταφυλὴν, ἢ 
- > 4 , " 
ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα; 

ΩΦ cal , 

17. Οὕτω πᾶν δέν- 

Spov ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς 

‘ ΄“ A ‘ 
καλοὺς ποιεῖ " τὸ δὲ 
σαπρὸν δένδρον καρ- 
ποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ. 


18. Οὐ δύναται 
δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρ- 
ποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖν, 

LENS! ΄ A 
οὐδὲ δένδρον σαπρὸν 
καοποὺς καλοὺς ποι- 
εἴν. 


19. Πᾶν δένδρον μὴ 


FRENCH. 


et les prophétes. 

13. Entrez par la 
porte étroite, car c’est 
la porte large et le 
chemin spacieux qui 
méne a la perdition ; 
et il y ena beaucoup 
qui entrent par elle. 


14. Car la porte est 
étroite ; et le chemin 
est étroit qui méne a 
la vie; et il y ena 
peu qui le trouvent. 


15. Or gardez-vous 
des faux prophétes, 
qui viennent ἃ yous 
en habits de brebis, 
mais qui au-dedans 
sont des loups ravis- 
sans. 

16. Vous les con- 
naitrez a leurs fruits : 
Cueille-t-on les rai- 
sins a des épines, ou 
les figues a des char- 
dons ἢ 

17. Ainsi tout bon 
arbre fait de bons 
fruits; mais le mau- 
vais arbre fait de 
mauvais fruits. , 


18. Le bon arbre ne 
peut point faire de 
mauvais fruits, ni le 
mauvais arbre faire 
de bons fruits. 


19. Tout arbre qui 


ENGLISH. 


prophets. 

13. Enter ye in at 
the strait gate ; for 
wide is the gate, and 
broad is the way, that 
leadeth to destruction, 
and many there be 
which go in thereat : 


14. Because strait is 
the gate, and narrow 
is the way, which 
leadeth unto life, and 
few there be that find 
it. 
15. Beware of false 
prophets, which come 
to you in sheep’s 
clothing, but inward- 
ly they are rayening 
wolves. 


16. Ye shall know 
them by their fruits. 
Do men gather grapes 
of thorns, or figs of 
thistles ἡ 


17. Even so every 
good tree bringeth | 
forth good fruit; but 
a corrupt tree bring- 
eth forth evil fruit. 


18. A good tree can- 
not bring forth evil 
fruit, neither can a 
corrupt tree bring 
forth good fruit. 


19. Every tree that 


fi 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII. 


873 


GERMAN. 


13. Gebet cin durch 
die enge Pforte ; denn 
die Pforte ift weit, und 
der Weg ift breit, der 
zur Berdammnife ab- 
fithret; und ibrer find 
viele, die darauf wane 
deln. 

14. Und die Pforee 
ijt enge, und der Weg 
ἢ fchmal, dev zum fe: 
ben fiibret; und weni- 
ge find ihrer, die ihn 
finden. 

15. Gebhet euch vor, 
Hor den falfchen Pro- 

heten, die in Gehafs- 
feidern 3 euch fom: 
men; iinvendiq§ aber 
find fie reifende Wolfe. 


16. Un ifren διὰ: 
ten follt ihr fie erfen- 
nen. Kann man auch 
Frauben lefen von den 
Dornen, oder Feigen 
pon den Dijfteln ? 

17. Ulfo ein jealicher 
guter Baum  bringet 
gute δυάδες; aber ein 
fauler Baum bringet 
arge Friichte. 


18, Ein guter Baum 
Faun nicht arge Friichte 
bringen, und cin fauler 
Baum Fann nicht gute 
Srichte bringen. 


19. Cin  jeglicher 


SPANISH. 


la Ley y los Profetas. 

13. Entrad por la 
puerta angosta, por- 
que ancha es la pu- 
erta, y espacioso el 
camino que conduce 
4 la perdicion, y mu- 
chos son los que en- 
tran por ella. 

14. Porque estrecha 
es la puerta, y an- 
gosto el camino que 
conduce 4 la vida y 
pocos son los que 
atinan con él. 

15. Guardaos de los 
falsos profetas que 
vienen 4  vosotros 
vestidos de pieles de 
ovejas y por dentro 
son lobos rapaces. 


16. Por sus frutos 
los conoceréis. Aca- 
so se cogen uvas de 
los espinos, 6 higos 
de los abrojos ? 


17. Asi mismo todo 
Arbol bueno lleva bu- 
en fruto, y el arbol 
malo lleva mal fruto. 


18. No puede el 
Arbol bueno llevar 
mal fruto, ni el Ar- 
bol malo llevar fruto 
bueno. 


19. Todo Arbol que 
32 


LATIN. 


Lex et Prophete. 

13. Intrate per 
angustam portam, 
quia lata porta et 
spatiosa via du- 
cens ad perditio- 
nem, et multi sunt 
ingredientes per 
eam. 

14. Quia angus- 
ta porta, et stricta 
via ducens ad vi- 
tam, et pauci sunt 
invenientes eam. 


15. Attendite ve- 
ro a falsis prophe- 
tis, qui veniunt ad 
vos in indumentis 
ovium,  intrinse- 
cus autem sunt 
lupi rapaces. 

16. A fructibus 
eorum agnoscetis 
eos. Nunquid col- 
ligunt a  spinis 
uvam, aut de tri- 
bulis ficum ? 

17. Sic omnis 
arbor bona fruc 
tus bonos facit. 
at cariosa arbor 
fructus malos fa- 
cit. 

18. Non potest 
arbor bona fruc- 
tus malos facere, 
neque arbor cari- 
osa fructus pul- 
chros facere. 


19. Omnis arbor 


914 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII. 


GREEK. 

- 4 A 
ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν 
ἐκκόπτεται, καὶ 


πῦρ βάλλεται 


ἣν 
εἰς 


» rae, 
20. "Apaye ἀπὸ τῶν 
καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπι- 
γνώσεσθε "αὐτούς. 
21. Οὐ πᾶς ὁ λέ- 
; , 
yov pot, Κύριε, Ku- 
pte, εἰσελεύσεται εἰς 
A , σ 
τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν 
οὐρανῶν " ἀλλ᾽ ὃ ποι- 
~ ‘ , -“ 
ὧν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ 
πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν 
΄ ΄σ 
οὐρανοῖς. 
22. Πολλοὶ ἐροῦσί 
> ΄ 
μοι ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέ- 
, ’ > 
pa, Κύριε, Kupte, ov 
Lo rae τὰν 
τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι mpo- 
A cal 
εφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ 
σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια 
2 / “ 
ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ 
΄ » / , 
σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις 
\ 
πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν ; 


23. Καὶ τότε ὁμο- 
, > “~ μή 
λογήσω αὐτοῖς, ὅτι 
4." - 
οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς" 
> 6 a 
ἀποχωρεῖτε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ 
» 
οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν 
ἀνομίαν. 


» > a 
24. Πᾶς οὖν ὅστις 
» Ld A ; 
ἄκουει μου τοὺς Ad- 
΄ 
yous τούτους, καὶ ποι- 
"“" > 
εἰ αὐτοὺς, ὁμοιώσω 
ok > ‘ , 
αὗτον ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, 
@ ? , \ 
ὅστις φκοδόμησε τὴν 
, « ΄“ 
οἰκίαν αὑτοῦ επὶ τὴν 
΄ 
πέτραν " 


FRENCH. 


ne fait point de bon 
fruit, est coupé et je- 
té au feu. 


20. Vous les con- 
naitrez donc a leurs 
fruits. 

21. Tous ceux qui 
me disent: Seigneur! 
Seigneur! n’entre- 
ront pas dans le roy- 
aume des cieux ; mais 
celui qui fait la vo- 
lonté de mon Pére 
qui est aux cieux. 

22. Plusieurs me di- 
ront en ce jour-la: 
Seigneur ! Seigneur ! 
n’avons-nous pas pro- 
phétise en fon nom? 
et n’ayons-nous pas 
chassé les demons en 
ton nom? et n’avons- 
nous pas fait plusieurs 
miracles en ton nom? 


23. Mais je leur di- 
ra alors tout ouverte- 
ment: Je ne vous al 
jamais reconnus ; ΤῸ: 
tirez-vous de moi, 
vous qui vous adon- 
nez a l’iniquité. 

24. Quiconque en- 
tend donc ces paroles 


que je dis, et les met 


en pratique, je le com- 
parerai ἃ VPhomme 
prudent, qui a bati sa 
maison sur la roche ; 


ENGLISH. 


bringeth not forth 
good fruit is hewn 
down, and cast into 
the fire. 

20. Wherefore by 
their fruits ye shall 
know them. 

21. Not every one 
that saith unto me, 
Lord, Lord, shall en- 
ter into the kingdom 
of heaven; but he: 
that doeth the will of 
my Father which is 
in heaven. 

22. Many will say 
to me in that day, 
Lord, Lord, have we 
not prophesied in thy 
name ? and in thy 
name have cast out 
devils ? and in thy 
name done many 
wonderful works ? 


23. And then will I 
profess unto them, I 
never knew you: de- 
part from me, ye that 
work iniquity. 


24. Therefore who- 
soever heareth these 
sayings of mine, and 
doeth them, I will 
liken him unto a wise 
man, which built his 
house upon a rock : 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII. 


875 


GERMAN. 


Baum, der niche σε 
Friichte bringet, wird 
—abgehauen und ings Feu- 
er geworfen. 

20. Darum an ihren 
Hricchten follt ihr fie 
erfennen. 
21. Es werden niche 
alle, die γι mir fagen: 
Herr, Herr! in das 
Himmelreich fommen ; 
fondern die den Willen 
thun meines Baters 
im Simmel. 


22. Es werden viele 
mir fagen an jenem 


, Herr, Herr, ha: | 


ben wir niche in deinem 
Mamen geweilfaget ὃ 
Haben wir niche in δεῖ: 
nem Mamen Teufel 
aUusgetrieben 2 
Wit nicht in deinem 
Mamen viele Thaten 
gethan ἢ 

23. Daun werde ich 
thnen befennen: Joh 
Habe euch noch nie εὐ: 
fannt 5 weichet alle pon 
mir, ihe Uebelthacer. 


24. Darum, wer die- 
fe meine Mede hore, 
und thut fie, den ver: 
aleiche ich cinem Flugen 
Manne, der fein Hangs 
auf einen Felfen bau- 
tte. 


Haben | 


SPANISH. 


no lleva buen fruto, 
sera cortado y echa- 
do al fuego. 


20. Por sus frutos 
pues los conoceréis. 


21. No todo aquel 
que me dice Sejior, 
Sejior, entrara en el 
-reyno de los cielos, 
_sino aquel que hicie- 
re la voluntad de mi 
Padre que esta en 
los cielos. - 
| 22. Muchos me di- 
'ran en aque] lia Se- 
ΠΟΥ, Sefior ὁ πὸ he- 
_mos profetizado en 
tu nombre? gy no 
hemos en tu nombre 
lanzado demonios ? 
| gy hecho muchos mi- 
_lagros en tu nombre ? 


23. Y enténces yo 
les diré claramente. 
Nunca os conoci ; 
apartaos de mi ope- 
rarios de la maldad. 


24. Por tanto todo 

aquel que oye estas 
mis palabras y las 
practica, lo compa- 
raré ἃ un hombre 
cuerdo que edificé su 
casa sobre peiia. 


LATIN. 


non faciens fruc- 
tum  pulchrum, 
exscinditur, et in 
ignem injicitur. 

20. Itaque ex 
fructibus eorum 
agnoscetis eos. 

21. Non omnis 
dicens mihi, Do- 
mine, - Domine, 
intrabit in regnum 
celorum: sed fa- 
ciens voluntatem 
Patris mei, qui in 
celis. 

22. Multi dicent 
mihi in illa die: 
Domine, Domine, 
nonne tuo nomi- 
ne _— prophetavi- 
mus, et tuo no- 
mine damonia _ 
ejecimus, et tuo 
nomine ¢ fficien- 
tias multas feci- 
mus ? 

23. Et tune con- 
fitebor illis, Quod ἢ 
nunquam πονγὶ 
vos; abscedite a 
me omnes ope- 
rantes iniquita- 
tem. 

24. Omnis ergo 
quicunque audit 
mea verba hec, 
et facit ea, assi- 
milabo illum viro 
prudenti, qui edi- 
ficavit domum su- 
am super petram 


376 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII. 


GREEK. 


25. Kal κατέβη ἡ 
βροχὴ, καὶ ἦλθον oi 
ποταμοὶ, καὶ ἔπνευ- 
σαν οἱ ἄνεμοι, καὶ 
προσέπεσον τῇ οἰκίᾳ 
ἐκείνῃ, καὶ οὐκ ἔπε- 
σε" τεθεμελίωτο γὰρ 
᾽πὶ τὴν πέτραν. 


26. Καὶ πᾶς 6 ἀ- 

΄ ‘ , 
Kovwy μου τοὺς λό- 
γους τούτους, καὶ μὴ 
ποιῶν αὐτοὺς, ὁμοιω- 

, > “ 
θήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ 
Lid > , ‘ 
ὅστις φκοδόμησε τὴν 
οἰκίαν αὑτοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν 


wy 
ἄμμον " 


27. Καὶ κατέβη ἡ 
\ Φ 
βροχὴ, καὶ ἦλθον οἱ 
ποταμοὶ, καὶ ἔπνευ- 
σαν οἱ ἄνεμοι, καὶ 

, “ mM δ 
προσέκοψαν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 
» , 
ἐκείνῃ, Kal ἔπεσε" 

Bes a » 
καὶ ἦν ἡ πτῶσις av- 


τῆς μεγάλη. 


, 
28. Kat ἐγένετο 
a ‘ ξ 
ὅὃτε συνετέλεσεν 6 
> “ ‘ , 
Ιησοὺῦς τοὺς λόγους 
, > ’ 
τούτους, ἐξεπλήσ- 
« a ~~. '¢ 
σοντὸ οἱ ὄχλοι ἐπὶ 
τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ - 


3 , 
29. Ἦν yap διδά- 
, ‘ « b] 
TKwP αὐτοὺς ws ἐξου- 
σίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ 
ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς. 


FRENCH. 


25. et lorsque la 
pluie est tombée, et 
que les torrens sont 
venus, et que les 
vents ont soufflé, et 
ont donne contre 
cette maison, elle 
n’est point tombée, 
parce qu’elle était 
fondée sur la roche. 
26. Mais quiconque 
entend ces paroles 
que je dis, et ne les 
met point en pratique, 
sera semblable a 
VPhomme insensé, qui 
a bati sa maison sur 
le sable ; 


27. et lorsque la 
pluie est tombée, et 
que les torrens sont 
venus, et que les 
vents ont soufflé, et 
ont donnée contre 
cette maison, elle est 
tombée, et sa ruine 
a été grande. 

28. Or il arriva que 
quand Jésus eut ache- 
ve ce discours, les 
troupes furent éton- 
nées de sa doctrine ; 


29. car il les ensel- 
enait comme ayant 
de lautorité, et non 
pas comme les 
scribes. 


ENGLISH. 


25. And the rain 
descended, and the 
floods came, and the 
winds blew, and beat 
upon that house ; and 
it fell not: for it was 
founded upon a rock, 


26. And every one 
that heareth these 
sayings of mine, and 
doeth them not, shall 
be likened unto a 
foolish man, which 
built his house upon 
the sand: 


27. And the rain 
descended, and the 
floods came, and the . 
winds blew, and beat 
upon that house ; and 
it fell: and great was 
the fall of it. 


28. And it came to 
pass, when Jesus had 
ended these sayings, 
the people were as- 
tonished at his doc- 
trine : 


29. For he taught 
them as one having 
authority, and not as 
the scribes. 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII. 


377 


GERMAN. 


25. Da nun ein Plats 
regen fiel, und cin Ge- 
wafier Fam, und mehe- 
ten die Winde, und 
ftiefen an das Harte, 
fiel es doch nicht, denn 
ἐδ war auf einen Felfen 
Gegriindet. 


26. Und wer diefe 
meine Mede hore, und 
thut fie nicht, der ist 
einem thorichten ται: 
ne gleich, der fein Haus 
auf den Gand bauete. 


27. Da nun ein Plag- 
regen fiel, und fam ein 
— Gewaifer, und webeten 
die Wirde, und ftiefen 
an das Haus, da fiel es, 
und that einen grofen 
Fall. 


28. lind es begab fich, 
da Sefus dicfe Θεοὺς 
vollendet hatte, entfesce 
fich das Volk iiber fei: 
ne gebre. 


29. Deun ev predigte 
gewaltig, und nicht wi? 
die Schriftgelehrten. 


SPANISH. 


25. Y descendid 
lluvia, y vinieron ri- 
os, y soplaron vien- 
tos, y dieron con im- 
petu sobre aquella 
casa y no cayé por- 
que estaba cimenta- 
da sobre peiia. 


26. Y todo aquel 
que oye estas mis 
palabras, y no las 
cumple, sera seme- 
jante 4 un hombre 
loco que edificé su 
casa sobre arena. 


27... Y descendié 
lluvia, y rios vinie- 
ron, y soplaron vien- 
tos, y dieron impetu- 
osamente sobre a- 
quella casa, y cayé, 
y fué grande su rui- 
na. 


28. Y sucedié que 
cuando Jesus hubo 
concluido estos razo- 
namientos las gentes 
estaban pasmadas de 
su doctrina. 


29. Porque los en- 
sefiaba como quien 
tiene autoridad y no 
ὦ la manera de los 


Escribas. 
32 * 


LATIN. 


25. Et descen- 
dit pluyia et vene- 
runt flumina, -et 
flaverunt venti, et 
procubuerunt do- 
mui illi, et non 
cecidit: fundata 
erat enim super 
petram. 


26. Et omnis 
audiens mea ver- 
ba hee, et non 
faciens ea, assi- 
milabitur viro 
stulto, qui edifi- 
cavit domum su- 
am super are- 
nam: 

27. Et descen- 
dit pluvia, et ve- 
nerunt flumina, et 
flaverunt venti, et 
proruerunt domui 
illi, et cecidit, et 
fuit casus_ illius 
magnus. 


28. Et factum 
est, quum con- 
summasset Jesus 
sermones hos,stu- 
pebant illum tur- 
bee super doctrina 
ejus. 

29. Erat enim 
docens eos ut auc- 
toritatem habens, 
et non sicut Scr 
bee. 


878 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 


GREEK. 


1. Καταβάντι 
Φ. : 4 “ 
αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, 
> ’ > ΄σ 
ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 


ὄχλοι πολλοί. 


2. Καὶ ἰδοὺ λεπρὸς 
> AQ ’ » 
ἐλθὼν προσεκύνει αὐ- 

2, λέ . Κύριε, ἐὰν 
τῷ, λέγων ριε, 

, 
θέλῃς, δύνασαί με Ka- 
θαρίσαι. 


3. Καὶ ἐκτείνας τὴν 
a oe > ~ 
χεῖρα, ἥψατο αὐτοῦ 
ε Ε ~ ‘ 
6 “Ingots, λέγων" 
Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι " 
Καὶ εὐθέως ἐκαθαρί- 
> a «ὃ ‘ 
σθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα. 


4. Καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ 
whe 
ὃ Ἰησοῦς" Ὅρα μη- 
4 4 > 4 
δενὶ eimys* ἀλλὰ 
ὕπαγε, σεαυτὸν δεῖ- 
ξον τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ 
προσένεγκε τὸ δῶρον, 
ε , “ 
ὁ προσέταξε Μωσῆς, 
εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. 


5. Εἰσελθόντι δὲ 
5 Ἰησοῦ εἰς Καπερ- 
τῷ Ἰησοῦ απερ 
ναοὺμ, προσῆλθεν 
᾿ ψν e , 
αὐτῷ ἑκατόνταρχος 
παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν, 


6. Καὶ λέγων, Κύ- 

pie, ὁ παῖς μου βέ- 
βληται ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 
παραλυτικὸς, δεινῶς 
βασανιζόμενος. 


7. Καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ 
Ἰησοῖς " ᾿Εγὼ ἐλ- 


88 | 
descendu de la mon- 
tagne, 


FRENCH. 


1, Et quand il fut 


de grandes 
troupes le suivirent. 


2. Et voici, un 1é- 
preux vint et se pro- 
sterna devant lui, en 
lui disant : Seigneur, 
si tu veux, tu peux 
me rendre net. 

3. Et Jésus étendant 
la main, le toucha, en 
disant: Je le veux, 
sois net; et inconti- 
nent sa lépre fut gué- 
rie. 


4, Puis Jésus lui dit: 
Prends garde de ne le 
dire ἃ personne; mais 
va, et te montre au 
sacrificateur, et offre 
le don que Moise a 
ordonneé, afin que cela 
leur serve de témoi- 
gnage. 

5. Et quand Jésus 
fut entré dans Caper- 
nailm, un centenier 
vint a lui, le priant, 


6. et disant: Sei- 
gneur, mon serviteur 
est paralytique dans 
ma maison, et il souf- 
fre extrémement. 


7. Jésus lui dit: J'i- 
rai, et je le guérirai. 


ENGLISH. 


1. When he was 
come down from the 
mountain, great mul- 
titudes followed him. 

2. And behold, there 
came a leper and wor- 
shipped him, saying, 
Lord, if thou . wilt, 
thou canst make me 
clean. 

3. And Jesus put 
forth his hand, and 
touched him, saying, 
I will; be thou clean. 
And immediately his 
leprosy was cleansed. 


4. And Jesus saith 
unto him, See thou 
tell no man; but go 
thy way, show thyself 
to the priest, and offer 
the gift that Moses 
commanded, for a tes- 
timony unto them. 


5. And when Jesus 
was entered into Ca- 
pernaum, there came 
unto him a centurion, 
beseeching him, 


6. And saying, Lord, 
my servant lieth at 
home sick of the pal- 
Sy, grievously  tor- 
mented. | 


7. And Jesus saich 
unto him, I will come 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 


919 


GERMAN. 


1. Da er aber vom 
Berye herak ging (οἵα: 
tein viel BVolfs nach. 


2. Und flehe, cin Aus: | 


fagiger Fam, und betete 

hu an, und fpracd: 
Herr, fo du willft, 
Fannjt du mich wobl 
reinigen, 

3. Und Sefus ftrecéte 
feine Hand aus, rithre: 
te ifm an, und fprach : 
Sch wills chun fey ge: 
reiniget. Und alfobald 
ward er von feinem 
Uusfas rein. 

4. Und Sefus fprach 
qu ihm: Giehe zu, fa: 
ge eS niemand; fon: 
Dern aehe hin, und zei- 
ge dich dem Pricfter, 
und opfere die Gabe, 
die Mofes befohfen hat, 
i einem Zeugnif, iber 
te. 

5. Da aber Yefus cin: 
ging gu Capernaum, 
trat cin Hauptmann 
zu ifm, der but ibn, 


6. Und fpracdh: Herr, 

mein Knecht liege zu 
Haufe, und it gichebrir- 
chig, und bat groge 
Qual, 


7. Sefus fprach yu 
ibe = =SJeh will fom: 


SPANISH. 


1. Y cuando hubo 
descendido del monte 
le seguian muchas 
gentes. 


2. Y he aqui viné 
un leproso, y le ado- 
raba diciendo Seiior, 
si ti quieres puedes 
limpiarme. 


3. Y estendiendo 
Jesus la mano le to- 
οὖ diciendo: Quie- 
ro, se limpié, 6 in- 
mediatamente quedo 
limpio de su lepra. 


4. Entonces Jesus 
le dij6: Mira no lo 
digas 4 nadie mas ve, 
presentate al Sacer- 
dote, y ofrece el don 
que Moyses ordené 
en testimonio 4 ellos. 


5. Y habiendo en- 
trado Jesus en Ca- 
pharnaum se llegé 4 
él un centurion ro- 


gandole. 
6. Y diciendo : Se- 


fior, mi criado esta 
postrado en cama 
paralitico reciamente 
atormentado. 


7. Y Jesus le dijo: 
Yo iré y le sanaré. 


LATIN. 


1. Descendeute 
autem eo de mon- 
te, secute sunt 
eum turbe mul- 
tee. 

2. Et ecce le- 
prosus yeniens, 
adorabat eum, di- 
cens: Domine, si 
velis, efficax es 
me mundare. 

3. Et extencens 
manum, _ tetigit 
eum Jesus, di- 
cens: Volo, mun- 
dare. Et confes- 
tim mundata est 
ejus lepra. 

4: Et ait illi Je- 
sus: Vide, nemi- 
ni dixeris: sed 
abi, teipsum os- 
tende _ sacerdoti, 
et offer munus 
quod _ preecepit 
Moyses, in testi- 
monium illis. 

5. Introeunte au- 
tem Jesu in Ca- 
pernaum, acces- 
sit ad eum Cen- 
turio, appellans 
eum, 

6. Et dicens: 
Domine, — fuer 
meus jacet in do- 
mo paralyticus, 
vehementer dis- 
cruciatus. 

7. Et ait illiJe 
sus : Ego veniens 


280 


MATTEEW, CHAPTER VIII. 


GREEK. 


A Ls 
θὼν θεραπεύσω 
τόν. 

> 

8. Kal ἀποκριθεὶς 
¢. 5 , od 
6 ἑκατόνταρχος ἔφη " 
Κύριε, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκα- 
νὸς ἵνα μου ὑπὸ τὴν 

id ᾿] , ᾿ 
στέγην εἰσέλθης * 
ἀλλὰ μόνον εἰπὲ λό- 
yo, καὶ ἰαθήσεται ὁ 
παῖς μου. 


> 
αυ- 


a 
9. Καὶ yap ἐγὼ ἄν- 

, » «ς A > 
θρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξ- 
ηουσίαν, ἔχων ὑπ᾽ 
ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας " 
καὶ λέγω τούτῳ, πο- 

, 
ρεύθητι. “καὶ mopeve- 
ται" καὶ ἄλλῳ, ἔρ- 
χου, καὶ ἔρχεται " 
καὶ τῷ δούλῳ pov, 
, τ “ ᾿ ‘ 
ποίησον τοῦτο, καὶ 

ποιεῖ. 


> , 

10. ᾿Ακούσας δὲ ὁ 
> a 5] , ᾿ 
Ἰησοῦς, ἐθαύμασε, 

> ΄“΄ 
καὶ εἶπε τοῖς ἀκολου- 
~ > 4 ΄ 
θοῦσιν: ᾿Αμὴν λέγω 
ὑμῖν. οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσ- 

si ‘ ’ ᾿ , 
ραὴλ τοσαύτην πί- 
στιν εὗρον. 


11. Λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, 
o Ἁ > 4 > 
ὅτι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ ava- 

~ A “ a 

τολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν ἥ- 
\ > , 

ξουσι, καὶ ἀνακλιθή- 
Ὑ ‘ 

σονται μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ 

‘ > ‘ \ 2 
kat Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ia- 
κὼβ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ 
τῶν οὐρανῶν " 


12 οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς 


FRENCH. 


8, Mais le centenier 
lui répondit: Sei- 
gneur, je ne suis pas 
digne que tu entres 
sous mon toit; mais 
dis seulement la pa- 
role, et mon serviteur 
sera guéri. 


9. Car moi-méme, 
qui suis un homme 
constitué sous la puis- 
sance d’autrui, 77] 
sous moi des gens de 
guerre, et je dis a 
l'un: Va, et il va; et 
& un autre: Viens, et 
il vient; et ἃ mon 
serviteur: Fais cela, 
et il le fait. 


10. Ce que Jésus 
ayant entendu, il-s’en 
étonna, et dit a ceux 
qui le suivaient: En 
vérité, je vous dis que 
je n’ai pas trouvé, 
méme en Israél, une 
si grande foi. 

11. Mais je vous dis 
que plusieurs vien- 
dront d’Orient οἱ 
d’Occident, et seront 
a table dans le roy- 
aume des cieux, avec 
Abraham, Isaac et 
Jacob. ᾿ 


12. Etles enfans du 


ENGLISH. 
and heal him. 


8. The centurion 
answered and _ said, 
Lord, Iam not wor- 
thy that thou should- 
est come under my, 
roof: but speak the 
word only, and my 
servant shall be 
healed. 

9. For ἴ am a man 
under authority, hav- 
ing soldiers under 
me: and I say to this 
man, Go, and he go- 
eth; and to another, 
Come, and he cometh; 
and to my servant, 
Do this and he doeth 
it. 


10. When Jesus 
heard it,he marvelled, 
and said to them that 
followed, Verily I say 
unto you, I have not 
found 50. great faith, 
no, not in Israel. 


11. And I say unto 
you, That many shall 
come from the east 
and west, and shall 
sit down with Abra- 
ham, and Isaac, and 
Jacob, in the kingdom 
of heaven : 


12. But the children 


τ. .- -- 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER ΥἹΙΙ. 


381 


.»--α- το 


GERMAN 


men, und ibn gefund 
machen. 

8, Der Hauptmann 
antivortete, und fprach : 
Herr, ich bin niche 
werth, da du unter 
mein Dach aebeyt ; fon- 
Dern fprich uur ein 
Wort, fo wird mein 
Kueche gefund. 


9. Denn ich bin cin 
Menfedr, dagu— der 
Obrigfeit unterthan, 
und habe unter mir 
Kriegstucchte 5 doch 
wenn ich fage ju cinem : 
Gehe hin, fo aebet 
er; und zum andern: 
Komm her, fo Comme 
ee; und yuo meinem 
Kuechte: Thue das, fo 
thut ers, 

10. Da das “γι 

drete, verwunderte er 

ch, und fprach zu δύ: 
nen, die thm nachfoly- 
ten: Dabhriich, ich fa- 
ge euch, folchen Glau- 
ben habe ich in Sfrael 
nicht gefunden. 

11. Uber ich fage enh: 
Biele werden fommen 
vom Morgen und vom 
Abend, und mit 2 τα: 
bam und SJyaaf und 
Safob ims Himmelreich 
figen. 


12. Uber tie Kinder 


SPANISH. 


8. Enténces el cen- 
turion le respondid 
diciendo: Sefior yo 
no soy digno de que 
entres debajo de mi 
techo, mas di sola- 
mente la palabra, y 
sanara mi criado. 


9. Porque yo tam- 
bien soy hombre su- 
jeto 4 la autoridad de 
otro, y tengo 4 mis 
érdenes soldados, y 
digo 4 este: Vé y 
va; y al otro ven, y 
viene: y 4 mi cria- 
do: haz esto, y lo 
hace. 


10. Al oir Jesus se 
maravill6 y dijé 4 
los que le seguian: 
En verdad os digo 
que no he hallado fé 
tan grande, no, ni en 
Israel. 


11. Y os digo que 
vendran muchos de 
oriente, y de occi- 
dente, y se sentaran 
con Abraham, ὅ 
Isaac y Jacob en el 
reyno de los cielos. 


12. Y los hijos del 


LATIN. 
curabo eum. 


8. Et respon- 
dens Centurio ait: 
Domine, non sum 
idoneus ut meum 
sub tectum intres: 
sed tantum dic 
verbum, et sana- 
bitur puer meus. 


9. Etenim ego 
homo sum _ sub 
auctoritatem, ha- 
bens sub meip- 
sum milites: et® 
dico huic, Vade, 
et vadit: et alii, 
Veni, et venit: et 
servo meo, Fac 
hoc, et facit. 


10. Audiens au- 
tem Jesus, mira- 
tus est: et ait se- 
quentibus: Amen 
dico vobis, neque 
in Israél tantam 
fidem inveni. 


11. Dico autem 
vobis, quod multi 
ab orientibus et 
occidentibus ve- 
nient, et recum- 
bent cum Abra- 
ham, et Isaac, et 
Jacob in regno 
celorum. 

12. Filii autem 


382 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIL. 


tio 


GREEK. 


βασιλείας ἐκβληθή- 
σονται εἷς τὸ σκότος 
τὸ ἐξώτερον " ἐκεῖ 
ἔσται ὃ κλαυθμὸς καὶ 
6 βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόν- 
των. 

13. Καὶ εἶπεν 6 
Ἰησοῦς τῷ ἕκατον- 
τάρχῳ " ὕπαγε, καὶ 
ὡς ἐπίστευσας yevn- 
θήτω σοι. Καὶ ἰάθη 
ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ 
ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ. 


14. Καὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ 
Pe] -“ ᾿] A “ιν 
Τησοὺς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 

bad 
Πέτρου, ξἶδε τὴν πεν- 
θερὰν αὐτοῦ βεβλη- 
μένην καὶ πυρέσσου- 
σαν" 

15. Καὶ ἥψατο τῆς 
χειρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀ- 
φῆκεν αὐτὴν ὃ πυρε- 
τός " καὶ ἠγέρθη, καὶ 

s* καὶ ἠγέρθη, καὶ 

» A 
διηκόνει αὐτῷ. 

16. ᾽οψίας δὲ γε- 

΄ , 
νομένης προσήνεγκαν 
΄- ΄ 
αὐτῷ δαιμονιζομένους 
πολλοὺς - καὶ ἐξέβα- 
λε τὰ πνεύματα λό- 
γῷ, Καὶ πάντας τοὺς 
κακῶς ἔχοντας ἐθε- 

ράπευσεν. 


17. πως πληρω- 
θῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἡ- 
σαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, 
λέγοντος " ““ Αὐτὸς 
τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν 
ἔλαβε, καὶ τὰς νόσους 
ε«βάστασε».᾽" 


FRENCH. 


royaume seront jetés 
dans les ténébres de 
dehors, ot il y aura 
des pleurs et des 
erincemens de dents. 


13. Alors Jésus dit 
au centenier: Va, et 
qu’il te soit fait selon 
que tuascru. Et a 
Pheure méme_ son 
serviteur fut guéri. 


14. Puis Jésus étant 
venu dans la maison 
de Pierre, vit la belle- 
mére de Pierre qui 
était au lit, et qui 
avait la fiévre. 

15. Et lui ayant tou- 
ché la main, la fiévre 
la quitta : puis elle se 
leva, et les servit. 


16. Et le soir étant 
venu, on lui présenta 
plusieurs § démoni- 
aques, desquels 1 
chassa par sa parole 
les esprits malins, et 
guérit tous ceux qui 
se portaient mal ; 


17. afin que fut ac- 
compli ce dont il avait 
éte parlé par Esaie 
le pfophéte, en di- 
sant: [l a pris nos 
langueurs, et a porte 
nos maladies. 


ENGLISH. 


of the kingdom shall 
be cast out into out- 
er darkness: there 
shall be weeping and 
gnashing of teeth. 


13. And Jesus said 
unto the centurion, 
Go thy way; and as 
thou hast: believed, 50 
be it done unto thee. 
And his servant was 
healed in the self- 
same hour. 

14. And when Jesus | 
was come into Peter’s 
house, he saw his 
wife’s mother laid, 
and sick of a fever 


15. And he touched 
her hand, and the fe- 
ver left her: and she 
arose, and ministered 
unto them. 

16. When the even 
was come, they 
brought unto him 
many that were pos- 
sessed with devils. 
and he cast out the 
spirits with his word, 
and healed all that 
were sick: 

17. That it might 
be fulfiled which was 
spoken by Bsaias the 
prophet, saying, Him- 
self took our infirmi- 
ties and bare our sick 
nesses. 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 


888 


GERMAN. 


des Reichs werden aus: 
geftofen in die duferite 
Finfternif hinaus, da 
wird { Heulen und 
Zahnklappen. 


13. Und Sefus fprach 
gu dem Hauptmanne : 
Gebe hin, div gefchebe, 
wie du geglaubet Haft. 
Und fein Kuecht ward 
gefund zu derfelbigen 
Gtunde. 


14. Und Sefus fam 
in Petri Haus, und 
fahe, daf feine Gchwie- 
germutter [ag, und hat: 
te das Sieber. 


15. Da gvriff er ihre 
Hand an, und das Fie- 


ber verlicf fie. Und fie 
ftand auf, und dienete 
ibnen. 


16. Um Abend aber 
brachten fie viele Bee 
feffene zu ihm; und er 
trich die Geijter aus 
mit Worten, und mach: 
te. allerfen Kranke ge- 
fund, 


17. Uuf daG erfillet 
τοῦτος, das gefagt ift 
durch den Propheten 
Nefaia, dev da fpricht : 
Ex hat unfere Gchwach- 
θεῖε auf fich genommen, 
und unfere Geuche hat 


SPANISH. 


reyno seran echados 
4 las tinieblas esteri- 
ores. Alli sera el 
llanto y el crugir de 
dientes. 


13. Y Jesus dijé al 
centurion: Vé y co- 
mo creiste asi te sea 
hecho. Y fué sano 
el sieryo en aquella 
hora. 


14. Ὑ habiendo 
llegado Jesus 4 la 
casa de Pedro vid 4 
su suegra postrada 
en cama, y con fie- 
bre. 

15. Y tocd su ma- 
no, y la fiebre la dejé, 
y levantose, y los 
servia. 


16. Y venida la tar- 
de le trajeron mu- 
chos endemoniados, 
y con su palabra lan- 
zaba los espiritus, y 
curd 4 todos los do- 
lientes. 


17. Para que se 
cumpliese lo que fué 
dicho por el profeta 
Isaias, cuando” dijé 
El mismo tomé nu- 
estras enfermedades, 
y cargé con nuestras 


LATIN. . 
regni ejicientur in 
tenebras exterio- 
res: ibi erit fle- 
tus, et fremitus 
dentium. 


13. Et dixit Je 
sus Centurioni: 
Abi, et sicut cre- 
didisti, fiat tibi. 
Et sanatus. est 
puer ejus in hora 
illa. 


14, Et ingressus 
Jesus in domum 
Petri, vidit so- 
crum ejus jacen- 
tem et febrici- 
tantem : 

15. Et. tetigit 
manum ejus, et 
dimisit eam fe- 
bris: et surrexit, 
et ministrabat eis. 

16. Vespere au- 
tem facto, obtu- 
lerunt ei deemoni- 
acos multos, et 
ejiciebat spiritus 
yerbo et omnes 
male habentes sa- 
nabat: ᾿ 


17. Ut adimple- 
retur dictum per 
Isaiam Prophe- 
tam, dicentem: 
Ipse iafirmitates 
nostras accepit, et 
eegrotationes por- 


384 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 


GREEK. 


> 
18. ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ 6 Ἰη- 
σοῦς πολλοὺς ὄχλους 
» , 
περὶ αὑτὸν, εκέλευ- 
> - 5 4 
σεν ἀπελθεῖν eis τὸ 
πέραν. 


19. Καὶ προσελ- 
A τ ‘ 
θὼν εἷς Tpapparevs, 
3 tN μὲ , 
εἶπεν avT@* Διδά- 
σκαλε, ᾿ἀκολουθήσω 
σοι ὅπου ἐὰν ἀπέρ- 


Χῆ: . 
20. Kal λέγει av- 


τῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς" Αἱ 
ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς 


᾿» ‘ A , 
ἔχουσι, καὶ τὰ πετεί- 
να τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατα- 
ae ς {Ὁ 
σκηνώσεις " ὁ δὲ υἱὸς 
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ 
» a“ \ 
ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφα- 
λὴν κλίνῃ. 
21. Ἕτερος δὲ τῶν 
a > -“ 3 
μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶπεν 
2" P K 2 » ae 3 
αὐτῷ - Κύριε ἐπίτρε 
, ~ 
ψόν μοι πρῶτον 
> r ᾿ 
ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ θάψαι 


, 
τὸν πατέρα μου. 


22. Ὃ δὲ Ἰησοῦς 
᾽Ακο- 
λούθει μοι, καὶ ἄφες 
‘ \ , 
τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι 
τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς. 
23. Καὶ ἐμβάντι 
αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, 
> ‘ or "ὩΣ © 
ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ 
μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. 


Ἂν aH 
EL7TEV αὐτῷ i 


24, Kai ἰδοὺ, σεισ- 
μὸς μέγας ἐγένετο 


FRENCH. 


18. Or Jésus voyant 
autour de lui de 
grandes troupes, com- 
manda de passer a 
autre rivage. 


19. Et un scribe 
s’approchant, lui dit: 
Maitre, je te suivrai 
partout ow tu iras. 


20. Et Jésus luidit: 
Les renards ont des 
taniéres, et les oi- 
seaux du ciel ont des 
nids; mais le Fils de 
Phomme n’a pas ou 
il puisse reposer sa 
téte. 


21. Puis un autre de 
ses disciples lui dit: 
Seigneur, permets- 
moi d’aller premiére- 
ment enseyelir mon 
pére. 


22. Et Jésus lui dit: 
Suis-moi, et laisse les 
morts ensevelir leurs 
morts. 


23. Et quand il fut 
entré dans la nacelle, 
ses disciples le sui- 
virent. 


24. Et, voici, il s’é- 
leva sur la mer uné si 


ENGLISH. 


18. Now when Je- 
sus saw great multi 
tudes about him, he 
gave commandment 
to depart unto the 
other side. 

19. And a certain 
scribe came, and said 
unto him, Master, I 


will follow thee 
whithersoever thou 
goest. 


20. And Jesus saith 
unto him, The. foxes 
have holes, and the 
birds of the air have 
nests; but the Son of 
man hath not where 
to lay his head. 


21. And another of 
his disciples said un- 
to him, Lord, suffer 
me first to go and 
bury my father. 


22. But Jesus said 
unto him, Follow me; 
and let the dead bury 
their dead. 


23. And when he 
was entered into a 
ship, his disciples fol- 
lowed him. 


24, And _ behold, 
there arose a great 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 


385 


er getragen. 

18. Und da Sefus viel 
Golfs um fic fahe, 
~bie§ εὐ δ πάθεν jenfeit 
des Mteers fahren.. 


19. Und es trat ju 
ibm ein Gehriftgelehr- 
ter, dev fprach zu ibm: 
Meifter, ich will dir 
folgen, wo du hingeheft. 


20. Jefus fagte ju 
ἰδ: Die Firchfe ha: 
ben Gruben, und dic 
Bigel unter dem Him- 
mel haben Mefter; aber 
des Menfcher Gohu 
hat nicht, da er fein 
Haupt hinlege. 


21. Und ein anderer 
unter feinen Fitngern 
fprach zu ihm: Herr, 
erfaube mir, da ich 
hingehe,. und  zuvor 
meinen Vater begrabe. 


22. Uber Fefus fprach 
zu ihm: Folge ou mir, 
und laf die Todten ihre 
Todten begraben, 


23. Und ev trat in das 
Giff, und feine Fin: 
ger folgten ibm. - 


24. Und fiche, da er: 
hob fich cin grofes Un- 


SPANISH. 


dolencias. 

18. Mas como vie- 
se Jesus muchas gen- 
tes al rededor de si, 
ordené pasar 4 la 
otra parte del lago. 


19. Y llegandose 4 
él un Escriba le dijé : 
Maestro te seguireé 
adonde quiera que 
fueres. 


20. Y Jesus le dijé 
las zorras tienen ma- 
drigueras y las aves 
del cielo nidos, mas 
el Hijo del hombre 
no tiene donde recli- 
nar su cabeza. 


21. Y otro de sus 
discipulos le dijé: 
Sefior permite que 
primero vaya y enti- 
erre 4 mi padre. 


22. Mas Jesus le 
dijé: sigueme y de- 
ja que los muertos 
entierren 4 sus mu- 
ertos. : 

23. Y habiendo él 
entrado en un barco 
le siguieron sus dis- 
cipulos. 


24. Y he aqui se 
levanté una tempes- 
33 


LATIN. 


tavit. 

18. Videns au- 
tem Jesus multas 
turbas circum se, 
jussit abire in ul- 
terius. 


19. Et accedens _ 
unus Scriba, ait 
illi: Magister, se- 
quar te quocum- 
que ieris. 


20. Et dicit ei 
Jesus: Vulpes fo- 
veas habent, et 
volucres czeli um- 
bracula: Filius 
autem __ hominis 
non habet ubi ca- 
put reclinet. 


21. Alius autem 
discipulorum ejus 
ait ΠῚ: Domine, 
permitte mihi pri- 
mum abire, et se- 
pelire patrem me- 
um. 

22. At Jesus ait 
illi: Sequere me, 
et dimitte mortu- 
os sepelire suos 
mortuos. 

23. Et ascen- 
dente .eo in navi- 
culam, secuti sunt 
eum discipuli e- 
jus. 

24. Et ecce mo- 
tus magnus fac- 


886 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 


GREEK. 
> -“ ,ὔ a 
ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, ὥστε 
τὸ πλοῖυν καλύπτε- 
σθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμά- 
SS wag VERY: 
των" αὐτὸς δὲ ἐκά- 
θευδε. 
25. Καὶ mpoced- 


θόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ 


FRENCH. 


grande tempéte, que 
la nacelle était cou- 
verte de flots; et Jé- 
᾿ 5.15 dormait. 


25. ΕΠ ses disciples 
vinrent, et léveillé- 


αὐτοῦ ἤγειραν αὐτὸν, | rent, en lui disant: 


λέγοντες Κύριε, σῶ- 

¢ ~ > , 
gov ἡμᾶς, ἀπολλύ- 
μεθα. 

26. Καὶ λέγει αὐ- 
τοῖς " Τί δειλοί ἐστε, 
ὀλιγόπιστοι ; 
> ‘ > , 
ἐγερθεὶς ἐπετίμησε 
τοῖς ἀνέμοις καὶ τῇ 

lA \ 3 , 
θαλάσσῃ " καὶ ἐγένε- 
,’ 
To γαλήνη μεγάλη. 


27. Οἱ δὲ ἄνθρω- 

Ε] ΄ ΄ 
ποι ἐθαύμασαν, λέ- 
γοντες " Ποταπός 
ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ 


Τότε, 
| foi ? 


Seigneur, sauve-nous, 
‘nous périssons ! 


26. Ez il leur dit: 
Pourquoi avez-vous 
peur, gens de petite 
Alors s’étant 
levé, il parla forte- 
ment aux vents et a 
la mer, et il se fit un 
grand calme. 

27. Et les gens qui 
étaient la s’en éton- 


nérent, et dirent: Qui 
est celui-ci que les 


οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θά- | vents méme et la mer 


λασσα ὑπακούουσιν, 
αὐτῷ; 

98. Καὶ ἐλθόντι 
αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ πέραν εἰς 
τὴν χώραν τῶν ΤῈρ- 

- ε ’ 
γεσηνῶν, ὑπήντησαν 
αὐτῷ δύο᾽ δαιμονιζό- 

εἰ > μ , 
μενοι, ἐκ TOY μνημεί- 
ὧν ἐξερχόμενοι, χα- 
‘ , is \ 
λεποὶ λίαν, ὥστε μὴ 
σχύειν τινὰ παρελ- 


θεῖν διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ, 


» , 
ἐκείνης. 


29. Καὶ ἰδοὺ ἔκρα- 
fav, λέγοντες. Τί 
πμῖν καί σοι, Ἰησοῦ 


‘lui obéissent ἢ 


| 28. Et quand il fut 
‘passé a l’autre οὔτέ, 
‘dans le pays des Ger- 
géséniens, deux dé- 
moniaques étant sor- 
'tis des sépulcres vin- 
‘rent le rencontrer ; et 
ils étaient si dange- 
reux que personne ne 
pouvait passer par ce 
chemin-la. 


29. Et, voici, ils 
s’écriérent, en disant: 
Qu’y a-t-il entre nous 


ENGLISH. 


tempest in the sea, 
insomuch that the 
ship was covered with 
the waves: but he 
was asleep. 

25. And his disci- 
ples came to him, and 
awoke him, saying, 
Lord, save us: We 
perish, 


26. And he saith 
unto them, Why are 
ye fearful, O ye of 
little faith? Then he 
arose, and rebuked 
the winds and the 
sea; and there was 
a great calm. 

27. But the men 
marvelled, saying, 
What manner of man 
is this, that even the 
winds and the sea 
obey him! 


28. And when he 
was come to the othe 
side, into the country 
of the Gergesenes, 
there met him two 
possessed with devils, 
coming out of the 
tombs, exceeding 
fierce, so that no man 
might pass by that 
way. 


29. And behold, they 
cried out, saying, 
What have we ‘o do 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 


551 


GERMAN. 


aefitim im Mieer, alfo, 
dak auch das Gebifflein 
mit Wellen  hedecte 
Wards; und er fchlicf. 


25. Und die Finger 
fraten ju ihm, und 
weetten ibn auf, und 
fprachen: Herr, δι 
uns, wir verderben! 


26. Da faate er yu 
ihbuen: ον Kleinglau: 
bigen, warum feyd ipr 
fo furehtjam? Und 
ftand auf, und bedro- 
δεῖ den Wind und das 
Meer 5 da ward es gan3 
ftille. 

27. Die Menfcben 
aber verwunderten fich, 
und fprachen: Was itt 
das fitr cin Mann, dag 
ihm Wind und Meer 
gehorfum it? 


28. Und er Fam jen: 
fert des Wieers, in die 
Gegend der Gergefe- 
ner. = Da fiefen thm 
entaegen zween ΒΕ: 
fene, die Famen aus den 
Todtengrabern, und 
Waren {τ grimmig, 
— alfo, da} niemand die- 
felbe Gerage wandeln 
Founte, 


29. Und fiche, fie 
wee und fprachen : 
ch Sefu, ou Gobhn 


SPANISH. 


tad tan grande en el 
mar que las olas cu- 
brian el barco. Y el 
dormia. 


25. Y llegandose 4 
él sus discipulos le 
dispertaron diciendo: 
Sejior, salvanos que 
perecemos. 


26. Y el les dijo: 
2 Qué teméis 6 hom- 
bres de poca fé? Y 
levantandose repren- 
dio 4 los viéntos y 4 
la mar y_ siguidse 
gran bonanza. 


27. Y los hombres 
se maravillaron y 
decian: 2 Quiéu es 
este que hasta los 
vientos, y el mar le 
obedecen ? 


28. Y cuando Je- 
sus hubo pasado 4 
la otra parte del la- 
go en el pais de los 
Gergesenos vinieron 
a su encuentro dos 
endemoniados que 
salian de los sepul- 
cros de tal manera 
fieros que nadie po- 
dia pasar por aquel 
camino. 

29. Y he aqui que 
empezaron 4 dar gri- 
tos diciendo ἡ qué te- 


LATIN. 


tus est in mari, 
ita ut naviculam 
operiri sub flucti- 
bus: ipse vero 
dormiebat. 

25. Et acceden- 
tes discipuli ejus, 
suscitaverunt e- 
um, dicentes : Do- 
mine, salva nos, 
perimus. 

26. Et dicit eis: 
Quid timidi estis, 
exigue  fidei ? 
Tunc surgens im- 
peravit ventis et 
mari, et facta est 
tranquillitas mag- 


na. 

27. At homines 
mirati sunt, di- 
centes:  Qualis 
est hic, quia et 
venti et mare obe- 
diunt ei? 


28. Et venienti 
1asi in ulterius in 
regionem Gerge- 
senorum, occur- 
rerunt ei duo de- 
moniaci de monu- 
mentis exeuntes, 
szevi nimis, ita ut 
non valere quen- 
quam transire per 
viam illam. 


29. Et ecce cla 
maverunt, d.cen- 
tes: Quid nobis 


388 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 


GREEK. 
υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ; ἦλθες 
ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βα- 


σανίσαι ἡμᾶς; 


90. Ἦν δὲ μακρὰν 
ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀγέλη χοί- 
ρὼν πολλῶν βοσκο- 
μένη. 


31. Οἱ δὲ δαίμονες 
παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν, 


λέγοντες - Ei ἐκβάλ- 


λεις ἡμᾶς, ἐπίτρεψον 
δ΄ δὲ > “ > 
ἡμῖν ἀπελθεῖν eis 
Α Pu ὦ a , 
τὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοί- 
ρων. 
Η 

32. Καὶ εἶπεν αὐ- 
τοῖς - Ὑπάγετε. Οἱ 


δὲ ἐξελθόντες ἀπὴλ- 
» A > "4 

Oov εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην 

΄“΄ ’ 4.3 A 
τῶν χοίρων. Kat ἰδοὺ, 
ὥρμησε πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέ- 
λη τῶν χοίρων κατὰ 
τοῦ κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν 
θάλασσαν, καὶ ἀπέ- 
θανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν. 


33. Οἱ δὲ βύσκον- 


' FRENCH. 
et tol, Jésus, Fils de 
Dieu? Es-tu venu 
ici nous tourmenter 
avant le temps ? 


30. Or, il y avait un 
peu loin deux un 
grand troupeau de 
pourceaux qui pais- 
sait. 

31. Et les démons 
le priaient, en disant : 
Si tu nous jettes de- 
hors, permets-nous 
de nous en aller dans 
ce troupeau de pour- 
ceaux. 

32. Et il leur dit: 
Allez. Et eux étant 
sortis, s’en allérent 
dans le troupeau de 
pourceaux; et, voila, 
tout ce troupeau de 
pourceaux se préci- 
pita dans la mer, et 
ils moururent dans 
les eaux. 


33. Et ceux qui les 


TES ἔφυγον, καὶ ἀπεὰλ- | gar daient s’enfuirent, 
θόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν, | et étant venus dans la 


ἀπήγγειλαν πᾶντα, 
καὶ τὰ τῶν δαιμονι- 
fopevey. 


Hz. Καὶ ἰδοὺ, πᾶσα 
ἡ πόλις ἐξῆλθεν εἰς 
συνάντησιν τῷ Ἰη- 
τοῦ " καὶ ἰδόντες av- 


σὸν, παρεκάλεσαν G- | 


ville, ils racontérent 
toutes ces choses, et 


ce qui €tait arrivé aux 
démoniaques. 


34. Et voila, toute 
la ville alla au-devant 
de J.isus; et Payant 
vu i3le priérent de 
se retirer de leur 


ENGLISH. 


with thee, Jesus, thon 
Son of God ? art thou 
come hither to tor- 
ment us before the 
time ? 

30. And there was 
a good way off from 
them an herd of mary 
swine, feeding. 


31. So the deyils 
besought him, saying 
If thou cast us out, 
suffer us to go away 
into the herd of 
swine. 


32. And he said un- 
to them, Go. And 
when they were come 
out, they went into 
the herd of swine: 
and behold, the whole 
herd of swine ran vio- 
lently down a steep 
place into the sea, 
and perished in the 
waters. 

33. And they that 
kept them fled, and 
went their ways into 
the city, and told ey- 
ery thing; and what 
was befallen to the 
possessed of the dev- 
ils. 

34. And behold, the 
whole city came out 
to meet Jesus: and 
when they saw him, 
they besought him 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 


389 


GERMAN. 


Gottes, was haben wir 
mit dir ju chun? Bist 
du Hergefommen nus 
τὶ quale, che denn ¢s 

cit ijt ὁ 

30. Eé war aber fer- 
ne von ihuen cine groge 
Heerde Gaue an der 
Weide. 


31. Da baten ihn die 
Teufel, und fprachen : 
Bilt du une austrei- 
ben, fo erlarbe uns in 
die Heerde Gaue zu 
fahren. 


32. Und er fprach: 
Sabhret hin, Da fubren 
fie aus, und fubren in 
die Heerde Gaue.. Und 
fiehe, die ganze Heerde 
Gane ftirzte fich mit 
¢inem Geurm in das 
Meer, und erfoffen im 

afjer. 


33. Und die Hirten 
flohen, und gingen bin 
ta Die Geade, und fag: 
ten das alles, und wie 
es mit den Befe(fenen 
ergaugen war. 


34. Und fiehe, da ging 
die ganze Grade heraus 
Nefu entgegen. Und da 
fie ihn fahen, baten fir 
δ), Pak cv ben ihrer 


SPANISH. 


nemos que ver con- 
tigo Jesus Hijo de 
Dios? ¢ Has venido 
aca 4 atormentarnos 
antes de tiempo ? 
30. Y lejos de ellos 
estaba paciendo una 
gran piara de puer- 


_COS. 


31. Y los demonios 
le rogaron diciendo : 
Si nos echas de aqui 
permitenos que vay- 
amos 4 aquella pidra 
de puercos. 


32. Y él les dijé, 
Id. Y habiendo ellos 
salido se fueron 4 la 
piara de los puercos. 
Y he aqui que toda 
la piara de los puer- 
cos se precipité en la 
mar por un despeiia- 
dero, y perecieron en 
las aguas. 


33. Y los que los 
guardaban huyeron 
y se fueron 4 la ciu- 
dad, y lo contaron 
todo con lo que ha- 
bia acontecido 4 los 
endemoniados. 


34. Y he aqui que 
toda la ciudad salié 


4 encontrar 4 Jesus, | 
y al verle le regaron 

qug se fuese de sus 

333 * 


LATIN. 


et tibi, Jesu fili 
Dei? Venisti hue 
ante tempus tor- 
quere nos ? 


30. Erat autem 
longe ab illis grex 
porcorum multo- 
rum pascens. 


31. Verum de- 
mones appella- 
bant eum, dicen- 
tes : Siejicis nos, 
permitte nobis 
abire in gregem 
porcorum. 

32. Et ait illis, 
Abite. Illi autem 
exeuntes abierunt 
in gregem porco- 
rum. Et ecce ir- 
ruit totus grex 
porcorum ΡΘΥΙ͂ 
preeceps in mare, 
et mortui sunt in 
aquis. 


33. Pastores au- 
tem fugerunt, et 
venientes in civi- 
tatem, nunciave- 
runt omnia, et illa 
quee dzemoniaco- 
rum, 


34. Et ecce tota 
civitas exiit in oc- 
cursum Jesu. E 
videntes eum, ro 
gabant ut transi 


890 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


IX. 


GREEK. 
mas μεταβῇ; ἀπὸ τῶν 
ὁρίων αὐτῶν. 


1. Καὶ ἐμβὰς εἰς 
4 “a la 
τὸ πλοῖον, διεπέρα- 
Ἂ 3 > A 
σε, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν 
a7 , 
ἰδίαν πόλιν. 


2. Καὶ ἰδοὺ, προσέ- 
> cad 
φερον αὐτῷ παραλυ- 
A » " ‘ 
τικὸν ἐπὶ κλίνης Be- 
βλημένον - καὶ ἰδὼν 
3 ΔΙ, Dae PE 
ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τὴν πίστιν 
o > a“ 
αὐτῶν, εἶπε τῷ πα- 
Lol 4 
φαλυτικῷ- Θάρσει 
τέκνον, ἀφέωνταί σοι 
αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου. 


‘ 
3. Καὶ ἰδοὺ, τινὲς 
τῶν Τ,ραμματέων ei- 
2 ε ~ ho 
πον ev eavTois* Ov- 
ros βλασφημεῖ. 


4. Καὶ ἰδὼν ὁ Ἰη- 

σοῦς τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις 
“ > 

αὐτῶν, εἶπεν" “Ivati 

ς ΄“- >, -“ 

ὑμεῖς ἐνθυμεῖσθε πο- 

νηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις 

ὑμῶν ; 

5. Τίγάρ ἐστιν εὐ- 
κοπώτερον, « εἰπεῖν." 
᾿Αφέωνταί σοι αἱ 
ἁμαρτίαι ἢ εἰπεῖν " 
Ui 
Eyewpat καὶ περιπά- 
τει; 

6. Ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε, 
ὅτι ἐξουσίαν. ἔχει ὁ 
ε a > ie 
vids τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 

> 4 - “ » ‘ 
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι 
Ua 
Suaprias " τότε λέγει 
lol ~ > 
τῷ παραλυτ κῷ' E- 


FRENCH. 


Paya 


_1. Alors, étant en- 
tré dans la nacelle, 
il repassa la mer, et 
vint en sa ville. 


2. Et, voici, on lui 
présenta un paraly- 
tique couché dans un 
lit. Et Jésus voyant 
leur foi, dit au. para- 


lytique : <Aie bon 
courage, mon fils! 
tes péchés te sont 
pardonnés. 

3. Et, voici, 
quelques-uns des 
scribes disaient en 
eux-mémes: Celui- 


ci blasphé me. 

4, Mais Jésus, con-, 
naissant leurs pen- 
sées, leur dit: Pour- 
quoi pensez-vous du 
mal dans vos ceeurs ? 


5. Car lequel est le 
plus aisé, ou de dire : 
Tes péchés te sont 
pardonnés ; ou de 
dire: Léve-toi, et 
marche ? 

6. Or, afin que vous 
sachiez que le Fils 
de Phomme a le pou- 
voir sur la terre de 


ENGLISH. 


that he wouid depart 
out of their coasts. 


1. And he entered 
into aship, and passed 
over, and came into 
his own city. 


2. And behold, they 
brought to him a man 
sick of the palsy, ly- 
ing on a bed: and 
Jesus, seeing their 
faith, said unto the 
sick of the palsy, Son, 
be of good cheer; thy 
sins be forgiven thee. 


3. And behold, cer- 
tain of the scribes said 
within themselves, 
This man blasphem- 
eth. | 

4, And Jesus, know- » 
ing their thoughts, - 
said, Wherefore think 
ye evilin your hearts? . 


5. For whether is 
easier to say, Thy 
sins be forgiven thee ; 
or to say, Arise, and 
walk ? , 


6. But that ye may 
know that the Son of 
man hath power on 
earth to forgive sins, 


pardonner les péchés, 
il dit afors au paraly- | 


(then saith he to the 
sick of the palsy,) 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 1X. 


391 


GuEMAX. 
τοι weichen wollte. 


1. Da trat ev in das 
ΘΙ, und fuhr wie: 
der -hevitber, und fam 
in feine Grade. 


2. Und fiehe, da brach- 
fen fie 3u ihm einen 
Gichtbriichigen, δεῖ 
Jag auf einem Bette. 
Da nun Fefus ihren 
Glauben fah, fprach er 
δι dem = Gichthrirchi- 
gen: Gey getroft, mein 
Gohn, deine Ginden 
find dir vergeben, 

3. Und fiche, etliche 
unter den Gebhriftge- 
febreenfprachen bey {ὦ 
felbjt: Diefer laytert 
Gott. ᾿ 
4. Da aber Jefus ihre 
* Gedanken fay, fprach 
er: Warum denfet ihr 
fo Urges in euren Her: 
zen? 


5. Welches ijt leich- 
ter, gu fagen: Dir find 
deine Gianden verge: 
‘ben; oder 21: agen: 
Seehe auf, und wan: 
dle? 

6. Unf daR if aber 
Wilfet, Daf de¥ Menfch: 
en Gohu Mache habe 
auf Erden, die Gin: 
den Fu veraeben, fprach 
ex gu dem Gichebrinchi- 


SPANISH. 
términos. 


1. Y entrando en 
un barco pasd 4 la 
otra ribera, y vind a 
su ciudad. 


2. Y he aqui le tra- 
jeron un paralitico 
postrado en un lecho, 
y viendo Jesus la fé 
de ellos dijé al para- 
litico: Ten confian- 
za, hijo, tus pecados 
te son perdonados. 


3. Y he aqui algu- 
nos de los Escribas 
decian para consigo: 
Este blasfema. 


4. Y viendo Jesus 
sus pensamientos dijé 
ἃ porqué pensais mal 
en vuestros corazo- 
nes ? 


5. ¢Cual cosa es 
mas facil decir per- 
donados te son tus 
pecados, 6 decir le- 
vantate y anda ? 


6. Pues paraque sé- 
pais que el Hijo del 
hombre tiene potes- 
tad en la tierra de 
perdonar _pecados, 
levantate (dijé él en- 


est facilius, 


LATIN. 


ret a finibus eo- 
rum. 


1. Et ascendens 
in naviculam, tra- 
jecit, et venit in 
propriam civita- 
tem. 

2. Et ecce offe- 
rebant ei paraly- 
ticum in lecto ja- 
centem: et Vi- 
dens Jesus fidem 
illorum, dixit pa- 
ralytico: Confide 
fili, . remittuntur 
tibi peccata tua. 


3. Et ecce qui 
dam Scribarum 
dixerunt in seip- 
sis: Hic blasphe 
mat. 

4. Et videns Je 
sus cogitationes 
eorum, dixit, Ut 
quid vos cogitatis - 
mala in cordibus 
vestris ? 

5. Quid enim 
di- 
cere; Dimittun- 
tur tibi peccata 
an dicere, Eri: 
gere, et ambula ? 

6. Ut autem sci- 
atis quod auctori- 


tatem hiubet Fili- 


us hominis in ter- 
ra remittere pec- 
cata: tunc. ait 


892 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 


GREEK. 
γε"θεὶς Gpdv σου τὴν 
κλίνην, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς 
τὸν οἶκόν σου. 


7. Καὶ ἐγερθεὶς, 
δας > A 3 
ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἷ- 
κον αὑτοῦ. 

8. ᾿Ἰϑόντες δὲ οἱ 
ὄχλοι ἐθαύμασαν, καὶ 
a7 A \ 
ἐδόξασαν τὸν Θεὸν, 
\ , > , 
τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν 
τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνθρώ- 
ποις. 


9. Καὶ παράγων 6 
Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν, εἶδεν 
ἄνθρωπον καθήμενον 
ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον, 
Ματθαῖον λεγόμενον" 


, ~ 3 
καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Ακο-" 


λούθει μοι. Καὶ ἀνα- 

4 > 40 
στὰς, ἠκολούθησεν 
αὐτῷ. 


10. Καὶ ἐγένετο αὐ- 
γοῦ ἀνακειμένου ἐν 
τῇ οἰκίᾳ, καὶ ἰδοὺ, 
πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ 
ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἐλθόντες, 
συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰη- 
σοῦ καὶ τοῖς μαθη- 
ταῖς αὐτοῦ. 

11. Καὶ ἰδόντες οἱ 
Φαρισαῖοι, εἶπον τοῖς 
μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ" Δια- 
τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν 
καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθί- 
εἰ ὁ διδάσκαλος ὕ- 
μῶν; 


᾿ΕΒΕΝΟΗ. 
tique : Léve-toi, 
charge ton lit, et t’en 
va en ta maison, 


7. Et il se leva, et 
s’en alla en sa mal- 
son. . 

8. Ce que les troupes 
ayant. vu, elles s’en 
étonnérent, et elles 
glorifiérent Dieu de 
ce quwil avait donné 
une telle puissance 
aux hommes. 

9. Puis Jésus pas- 
sant plus avant, vit 
un homme, nommé 
Matthieu, assis au lieu 
du péage, et il lui dit: 
Suis-moi, et il se le- 
va, et le suivit. 


10. Et comme ‘Jé- 
sus était ἃ table dans 
la maison de Mat- 
thieu, voici, plusieurs 
péagers, et des gens 
de mauvaise vie, qui 
étaient, venus la, se 
mirent a table avec 
Jésus et ses disciples. 

11. Ce que les pha- 
risiens ayant vu, ils 
dirent a ses disciples : 
Pourquoi votre mai- 
tre mange-t-il avec 
des péag>rs et des 
gens de mauvaise 
vie? 


ENGLISH. 
Arise, take up thy 
bed, and go unto 
thine house. 


7. And he arose, 
and departed to his 
house. 

8. But when th 
multitude saw it, they 
marvelled, and glori- 
fied God, which had 
given such power uns 
to men. 


9. And as Jesus 
passed forth — from 
thence, he saw a man 
named Matthew, sit- 
ting at the receipt of 
custom: and he saith 
unto him, Follow me. 
And he arose, and 
followed him. 


10. And it came to 


pass, as Jesus sat at. 


meat in the house, 
behold, many publi- 
cans and _ sinners 
came and sat. down 
with him and his dis- 
ciples. 


11. And when the 


Pharisees saw it, they 
said unto his disci- 
ples, Why  eateta 
your Master with pubs 
licans and sinners ? 


Yo 


MATTUEW, CHAPTER IX. 


898 


GERMAN. 


gen: GStehe auf, Hebe 
dein Bete auf, und ge- 
He heim. 


7. Und er απὸ auf, 
und ging Heim. . 


8. Da das Bolf das 
fah, verwunderte es 
fich, und prices Gott, 
der folthe Mucht den 
Menfchen gegeben hat. 


9 Und da Sefus von 
Dannen ging, fah er εἰ: 
nen Menfehen am Zoll 
figen, der Hief Mat: 
thaus, und fprach zu 
. thm: Folge mir. Und er 
ftand auf, und folgte 
ihm. 


10. Und ἐδ begab fich, 
da εὐ zu Tifche fag im 
Hanfe, fiehe, da Famen 
υἱεῖς 3hl{uer und Gitn- 
der, UND fafen ju Tifche 
mit Sefu und feinen 
Titngern, 


11. Da dae die Pha- 
vifacr fahen, fprachen 
fie σὰ feinen Siinaern: 
Warum {πὸ eur Mei: 
fier mit BéTnern und 
Gioderr ἢ 


SPANISH. 


t6énces al paralitico) 
toma tu lecho, y vete 
a tu casa. 


7. Y levantdése y se 
fué 4 su casa. 


8. Y cuando le vie- 
ron las gentes se ma- 
ravillaron y glorifica- 
ron a Dios, por ha- 
ber dado tal potestad 
4 los hombres. 


9. Y pasando ade- 
lante de alli Jesus 
vio 4 un hombre que 
estaba sentado en 
dénde se recibian los 
tributos, el cual se 
llamaba Matheo, y 
le dijo: Sigueme, y 
él levantése y le si- 
guid. 

10. Y acaecié que 
estando Jesus senta- 
do 4 la mesa en la 
casa, he aqui vinie- 
ron muchos publica- 
nos y pecadores, y 
se sentaron 4 comer 
con él y sus discipu- 
los. 

11. Y¥ al verlo los 
Phariseos dijeron 4 
sus discipulos ὁ por- 
qué yuestro Maestro 
come con publicanos 
y pecadores ? 


LATIN. 
paralytico: E- 
rectus tolle tuum 
lectum, et abi in 
domum tuam. 

7. Et erectus 
abiit in domum 
suam. 

8. Videntes au- 
tem turbe, timu- 
erunt, et glorifi- 
caverunt Deum, 
dantem auctorita- 
tem talem homi- 
nibus. 

9. Et preteri- 
ens Jesus inde, 
vidit hominem se- 
dentem in telonio, 
Mattheum  dic- 
tum: et ait illi: 
Sequere me: et 
surgens sequutus 
est eum. 


10. Et factum 
est eo discum- 
bente in domo, et 
ecce multi publi- 
cani et peccatores 
venientes,  dis- 
cumbebant cum 
Jesu, et discipu- 
lis ejus. 

11. Et videntes 
Pharisei dicebant 
discipulis ejus: 
Quare cum pub 
licanis et pecca 
toribus manducat 
Magister vester? 


394 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


ΙΧ, 


GREEK. 
« . a 
12, Ὃ δὲ xoods 
> * > >? 
ἀκούσας, εἶπεν av- 
ca > , »~ 
τοις " Ov χρείαν e- 
χουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες 
ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ κα- 
κῶς ἔχοντες. 


13. Πορευθέντες δὲ 
, , 2? ” 
μάθετε τί ἐστιν " "E- 
λεον θέλω... καὶ οὐ 

, > 4 > 
θυσίαν - ov yap ἢλ- 
θον καλέσαι δικαίους, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς 
μετάνοιαν. 


, Ld 
14. Τότε προσέρ- 
χονται αὐτῷ οἱ μαθη- 
Per | , 7 
ταὶ ‘Iwdvvov, λέγον- 
ae “ s 
τες" Διατὶ ἡμεῖς Kal 
- , 
οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεὺ- 
ομεν πολλὰ, οἱ δὲ 
μαθηταί σου οὐ νη- 
στεύουσι; 
> ᾿ 
15. Καὶ εἶπεν av- 
τοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς" Μὴ 
id a 
δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ 
νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, 
oe eee 
ep’ ὅσον per’ αὐτῶν 
> 
ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος ; 
’ + ¢ , 
ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι 
ὅταν ἀπαρθῆ ἀπ αὐ- 
“ ς , A 
*Tav ὃ νυμφίος, καὶ 
τότε νηστεύσουτιν. 


16. οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπι- 
βάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥά. 
κους ἀγνάφου ἐπ 
‘patio παλαιῷ" αἴρε 


FRENCH. 


12.. Mais Jésus l’a- 
yant entendu, leur 
dit : Ceux qui sont 
en santé n’ont pas be- 
soin de médecin, mais 
ceux qui se portent 
mal. 

13.. Mais allez, et 
apprenez ce que 
veulent dire ces pa- 
roles: Je veux misé- 
ricorde, et non pas 
sacrifice; car je ne 
suis pas venu pour 
appeler a la repen; 
tance les justes, mais 
les pécheurs. 

14. Alors les disci- 
ples de Jean vinrent 
a lui, et lui dirent: 
Pourquoi nous et les 
pharisiens jetnons- 
nous souvent, et tes 
disciples ne jeanent 

oint ? . 

15. Et Jésus leur ré- 
pondit: Les gens-de 
la chambre du nou- 
veau marié peuvent- 
ils s’affliger pendant 
que le nouveau ma- 
rié est avec eux? 
Mais les jours vien- 
dront que le nouveau 
marie leur sera ote, 
et c’ést alors qu’ils 
jednersnt. 

16. Aussi personne 
ne met une piéce de 
drap neuf ἃ un vieux 
Labit ; car ce qui est 


ENGLISH. 


12. But when Jesus 
heard that, he said 
unto them, They that 
be whole need not a 
physician, but they 
that are sick. 


13. But go ye an 
learn what that mean 
eth, I will have mer- - 
cy, and not sacrifice : 
for [am not come to 
call the righteous, but 
sinners to repentance. 


14. Then came to 
him the disciples of 
John, saying, Whydo . 
we and the Pharisees 
fast oft, but thy dis- 
ciples fast not ὃ 


15. And Jesus said 
unto them, Can the 
children of the bride- 
chamber mourn, as 
long as the bride- 
groom is with them ἢ 
but the days will 
come when the bride- 
groom shall be taken 
from them, and then 
shall they fast. 


16. No man putteth 
a piece of new cloth 
unto an old garment: 
for that which is put 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 


895 


GERMAN. 


12. Da das Jefus 
hores, fprach ev zu ib- 
nen: Die Gtaréen be- 
Diirfen des Urztes nicht, 
fondern die Kranfen. 


13. Gehet aber hin, 
und fernet, was das 
fey: Ich habe Wohl: 
gefallen an Barmbher- 
zigkeit, und nicht am 
Opfer. Feb bin gefom- 
men, dic Gitnder zur 
Bue 211 rufen, und 
nicht die Frommen. 


14, SndeG Famen die 
Sunger Fohannis zu 
ibm, und = fprachen: 
Warum fasten wir und 
Die Pharifaer fo viel, 
und deine Finger fajten 
niche? 


15. Sefus fprach ju 
ibuen: Wie Finnen 
Die Hochzeitleute cid 
tragen, fo fange der 
Braiutiqam bey ihnen 
itt? Es wird aber die 
Scit fommen, daf der 
Brautigam von ihnen 
gevommen wird; als: 
Daun werden fle fajten. 


16. Miemand Εἰ εξ 
cin altes ΑἸ εἰν mit εἰ: 
nem Lappen von nenem 
Tuch; denn dev Lappe 


SPANISH. 


12. Mas oyendolo 
Jesus les. dijé6: no 
tienen los que estan 
sanos necesidad de 
médico, sino los que 
estan enfermos. 


13. Id pues, y a- 
prended lo que sig- 
nifica : Misericordia 
quiero, y no sacrifi- 
cio, porque no he 
venido 4 llamar los 
justos sino los peca- 
dores 4 arrepentimi- 
ento. 


14, A esta sazon 
vinieron 4 él-los dis- 
cipulos de Juan di- 
ciendole _—¢ porqué 
nosotros y los Phari- 
seos ayunamos con 
frequencia, y tus dis- 
cipulos no ayunan ἢ 

15. Y Jesus les di- 
͵6 ¢ pueden acaso los 
que estan de bodas 
andar afligidos mien- 
tras el esposo esta 
con ellos? Mas ven- 
dran dias en que el 
esposo les sera quita- 
do; y enténces ayu- 
naran, 


16. Nadie echa re- 
miendo de paiio re- 
cio en vestido viejo, 
porque el tal remien- 


LATIN. 


12. At Jesus au- 
diens, ait fllis: 
Non usum habent 
valentes médico, 
sed male haben- 
tes. 


13. Euntes au- 
tem discite quid 
est, Misericordi- 
am volo, et non 
sacrificium. Non 
enim veni yocare 
justos, sed pecca- 
tores ad poeniten- 
tiam. 


14. Tunc ade- 
unt eum discipuli 


‘Joannis, dicentes: 


Quare nos et Pha- 
risei jejunamus 
frequenter, disci- 
puli autem tui non 
jejunant ? 

15. Et ait illis 
Jesus, Nunquid 
possunt filii spen- 
si lugere quam- 
diu cum illis est 
sponsus? Veni- 
ent autem dies, 
quum auferetur 
ab eis sponsus, et 


‘| tunc jejunabunt. 


7 


16. Nemo au- 
tem injicit injec- 
tionem panni ru- 
dis in vestimen 


396 


IX. 


GREEK. 
yap τὸ πλήρωμα. ad- 
τοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, 
καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα 
γίνετᾶι. 


17. οὐδὲ βάλλου- 
> ΄ 
tty οἶνον νέον εἰς 
>? A 7 5" 
ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς " εἰ 
ν" ’ cer 
δὲ μήγε, ῥήγνυνται 
? 
οἱ ἀσκοὶ, καὶ 6 οἶνος 
> ΄σ΄ 
ἐκχεῖται, καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ 
> a 
ἀπολοῦνται " 
, > , 
βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον 
> 
εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς, 
' > ,ὔ 
καὶ ἀμφότερα συν- 
τηροῦνται. 


18. Ταῦτα αὐτοῦ 
λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς, 
ἰδοὺ, ἄρχων ἐλθὼν 
προσεκύνει αὐτῷ, λέ- 
yor: Ὅτι ἡ θυγάτηρ 
μου ἄρτι. ἐτελεύτη- 
σεν" ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν, 
ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου 
+ P| > \ ‘ , 
ἐπ᾿ αὐτὴν, kat ζήσε- 
ται. 

19. Καὶ ἐγερθεὶς ὁ 
> “ > , 
Ἰησοῦς ἠκολούθησεν 

ΡΝ 
αὐτῷ, καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ 

» - 
αὐτοῦ. 

20. Καὶ ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ 
1 e »ε “ , 

αἱμοῤῥοοῦσα δώδεκα 
ἔτη, προσελθοῦσα 

ὄπισθεν, ἥψατο τοῦ 
κρασπέδου τοῦ jua- 
τιου αὐτοῦ " 


21. Ἔλεγε γὰρ ἐν 
» > 
ἑαυτῇ " Edy μόνον 
LA a ¢ , 
Gyouat τοῦ ἱματίου 


ἀλλὰ 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


FRENCH. 
mis pour remplir, em- 
porte de habit, et la 
déchirure en est plus 
grande, . 


17. On ne met pas 
non plus le vin nou- 
veau dans de vieux 
vaisseaux ; autrement 
les vaisseaux se rom- 
pent, et le vin se re- 
pand, et les vaisseaux 
périssent ; mais on 
met le vin nouveau 
dans des vaisseaux 
neufs, et l’un et l’au- 
tre se conservent. 

18. Comme il leur 
disait ces choses, voi- 
ci venir un seigneur 
qui se prosterna de- 
vant» lui, en lui ‘di- 
sant: Ma fille est dé- 
ja morte ; mais viens, 
et pose ta main sur 
elle, et elle vivra. 


19. Et Jésus s’étant 
levé, le suivit avec 
ses disciples. 


20. Et, voici, une 
femme travaillee 
dune perte de sang 
depuis douze ans, vint 
par derriére, et tou- 
cha le bord. de son 
vétement. 

21. Car elle disait 
en elle-méme: Si 
seulement je touche 


ENGLISH. 


in to fill it up taketh 
from the garment, 
and the rent is made 
worse. : 


17. Neither do men 
put new wine into old 
bottles: else the bot- 
tles break, and the 
wine runneth out, and 
the bottles perish: but 
they put new wine 
into new bottles, ‘and 
both are preserved, 


18. While he spake 


these 


came a certain ruler, 


and worshipped him, | 
saying, My daughter ἡ 


| 


is even now dead: 
but come and lay thy 
hand upon her, and 
she shall live. 

19. And Jesus arose, 


and followed him, and — 


so did his disciples, 
20. (And behold, a 


woman, 
diseased with an issue 
of blood twelve years, 
came behind him, and 
touched the hem of 
his garment. 

21. For she sad 
within herself, If I 
may but touch his 


things unt 
them, behold, there 


which was ° 


᾿ 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 


991 


GERMAN. 


reife doch wieder vom 
Kleide, und der Θὲ 
wird arger ; 


17. Man fae auch 
nicht Mot in alte 
Ghlauche 5 andere die 
SGhliuche  zerreifen, 
und der Miojt wird 
perfchittter, und die 
SGebhliuche Fommen um: 
fondern man (απ 
Molt in neue Gchlau- 
(δέ, fo werden fie bende 
mit cinander behalten. 


18. Da er folches mit 
ihmen vedete, fiche, da 
Fam der Oberften εἰπεῖ, 
und fief vor ihm nie: 
der, und fprach: Herr, 
meine Tochter it jee 
gcftorben; aber fomm, 
und lege deine Hand 
auf fie fo wird fie fe- 
bendig. 

19. Und Fefus ftand 
auf, und folgte ibm 
nach, und feine Finger. 


20. Und fiehe, cin 
Weih, das zwilf Dabh- 
re den Blutgang αὐ: 
habt, trat von hinten 
gt, UND vilhrete feines 
Kleides Gaum an. 


21. Denn fie fpracd 
ber fich felbft: Mochee 
ich nur fein Klee ar 


SPANISH. 


do se lleva parte del 
mismo vestido, y la 
rotura se hace peor. 


17. ΝῚ tampoco 
echan vino nuevo en 
odres viejos. . De 
otra suerte se rom- 
pen los odres y el 
vino se’ derrama, y 
se pierden los odres. 
Mas echan el vino 
nuevo en odres nue- 
vos, y asi se conser- 
va lo uno y los otros. 


18. Mientras δ] les 
estaba diciendo estas 
cosas he aqui vino 
un cierto hombre 
principal, y le adoré 
diciendo: Sefior mi 
hija acaba de morir, 
pero ven, pon tu ma- 
no sobre ella y vivi- 
ra. 

19. Y levantandose 
Jesus le fué siguien- 
do con sus discipu- 
los. 

20. Y he aqui una 
muger que hacia 
doce aiios que pade- 
cia un flujo de san- 
gre, llegandose por 
detras le tocé la orla 
de su vestido. 

21. Porque decia 
ella entre si: si yo 
puedo tocar tan sola- 
34 


LATIN. 


tum vetus: aufert 
enim _plenitudi- 
nem ejus a vesti- 
mento, et pejor 
scissura fit. 

17. Neque mit- 
tunt vinum no- 
vum in utres ve- 
teres: si autem 
minus, rumpun- 
tur utres, et vi- 
num effluit, et 
utres pereunt: 
sed mittunt vi- 
num novum in u- 
tres novos, et am- 
bo conservantur. 

18. Hec illo lo- 
quente eis, ecce 
princeps veniens, 
adorabat eum di- 
cens: Quod filia 
mea modo de- 
functa est: sed 
veniens impone 
manum tuam su- 
per eam et vivet. 

19. Et surgens 
Jesus sequebatur 
eum, et discipuli 
ejus. 

20. Et ecce mu- 
lier = sanguiflua 
duodecim annis, 
accedens retro, 
tetigit fimbriam 
vestimenti ejus. 


21. Dicebat e- 
nim in seipsa: 
Si tantum tetige- 


898 MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 
GREEK. FRENCH. EN SLISH. 
αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι, ᾿50η vétement, je se-| garment, I shall be 
rai guérie. whole. 


22. O δὲ 


αὐτὴν, εἶπε" Θάρσει 
θύγατερ " 
σου σέσωκέ σε. Καὶ 
ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ 
τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης. 


23. Καὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ 
> ΄“ ᾿] A > 9 
Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν οἰκι- 
av τοῦ ἄρχοντος, καὶ 
FO ‘ 3 5) 
ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς, 
καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυ- 
βούμενον, 


24, Λέγει αὐτοῖς. 
> . > x 
ἈΑναχωρεῖτε" ov yap 
ἀπέθανε τὸ κοράσιον, 
> A a 2 ᾿ 
ἀλλὰ καθεύδει. Καὶ 


’ ΕῚ an 
κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ. 


25. Ὅτε δὲ ἐξε- 
βλήθη ὁ ὄχλος, εἰσ- 
ελθὼν ἐκράτησε τῆς 
χειρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ 
ἠγέρθη τὸ κοράσιον. 


25. Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν 
ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην 
τὴν γὴν ἐκείνην. 


27. Καὶ παράγοντι 

ἐκεῖθεν τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ, 
> , , «A 
ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 
δύο τυφλοὶ, κράζον- 
res, καὶ λέγοιτες > 
"EXenoov ἡμᾶς, υἱὲ 
Δαβίδ. 


> ΄“ 
Ιησοὺυς 
> ‘ SY FON 
ἐπιστραφεὶς καὶ ἰδὼν 


22. Et Jésus s’étant 
retourné, et la regar- 


| dant, lui dit: Aie bon 


| 


ἡ πίστις ~courage, ma fille ! ta 


foi [ἃ sauvée. Et 
| dans ce moment la 
femme fut guérie. 


23. Or quand Jésus 
fut arrive ἃ la maison 
de ce seigneur, et 
40} eut vu les joueurs 
d’instrumens, et une 
troupe de gens qul 
faisait un grand bruit, 

24. il leur dit: Re- 
tirez-vous, car la 
jeune fille n’est pas 
morte, mais elle dort; 
et ils se moquaient de 
lui. 

25. <Aprés . donc 
qu’on eut fait sortir 
toute cette troupe, il 
entra, et prit la main 
de la jeune fille, et 
elle se leva. 

26. Et le bruit s’en 
répandit par tout ce 
pays-la. 


27. Et comme Jé- 
sus passait plus loin, 


virent, en criant et 
disant: Fils de David, 
aie p tié de nous ! 


‘Daughter, be of 


deux aveugles le sui- 


22. But Jesus turned 
him about ; and when . 
he saw her, he said, 

aos 
thy faith 
hath made thee 
whole. And the wo- 
man was made whole 
from that hour.) 

23. And when Jesus” 
came into the ruler’s” 
house, and saw the © 
minstrels and the peo: 
ple making a noise, 


comfort : 


d 


24. He said untc 
them, Give place: fer 
the maid is not dead, 
but sleepeth. An 
they laughed him to 
scorn. 

25. But when thes | 
people were put forth, — 
he went in, and took 
her by the hand, and 
the maid arose. 


26. And the fame 


hereof went abroad 
into all that land. 


27. And when Jesus 
departed thence, two 
blind men followed 
him, crying, and say- 
ing, Thou son of Da- 
vid, have merey on 
us. 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 


399 


}/ERMAN. 


τάβεεμ, fo τοὗτος ich 
nd. 


ΠῚ 

oe. Da wandte fich 

Fefus um, und fah fie, 
und fprach: Gey ge- 
- "ἀφ Tochter, 
Bein Glaube hat dir ge 

holfen. Unddas Wri 


Bh. ba acfund zu derfel- 
τος bigen Stunde. ἡ 


_ 23. Und als er in dee 
berjten Haus fam, 
i und fab die Pfeifer 
und das Getitmme! des 

» ; 4 6, 


24. Gprah er ju 
nen: Weichet, denn 
as MRaagdlein it niche 
df, fondern es [ΘΙ ἀξ, 
ud fle verlachten ibn. 


25. Uls aber das 
Golf ausgetriehenwar, 
Ging er Hinein, und er: 
ariff fle bey der Hand; 
δὰ ftand Das Mtdgolein 
auf. 

26. Und dies Geriiche 
erjcholl in δα ἰδίας 
ganze sand. 


27. Und da Fefus von 
Dannen weiter ging, 
folaten ibm = zween 
Blinve nach, die (chrie- 
en und fprachen: Uch 
du Gohn Davids, εἰ: 
barme dich unfcr! 


Ξ 
Π 


ee 


SPANISH. 


mente δι vestido, 
seré sana. 

22. Y volviendcse 
Jesus y viendola la 
dijé ; ten confianza 
hija, tu fe te ha sal- 
vado. Y quedé la 
muger sana desde 
aquella hora. 


23. Y cuando llegé 
Jesus 4 casa de aquel 
hombre principal, y 
vid los taiiedores de 
flautas y ἃ l& gente 
que hacian ruido. 


24. Dijoles: Reti- 
raos, pues la mucha- 
cha no esta muerta 
sino que duerme. Y 
hacian burla de él. 


25. Y echada que 
fue la gente fuera, 
entré: y la tomé de 
la mano, y la mucha- 
cha se levantd. 


26. Y corrié la fa- 
ma de esto por toda 
aquella tierra. 


27. Y cuando par- 

tid Jesus de aquel 
lugar le siguieron 
dos ciegos gritando 
y diciendo: Hijo de 
David ten misericér- 
dia de nosotros. 


LATIN. 


ro vestimentum 
ejus, servabor. 
22. At Jesus 
conversus, et vi- 
dens eam, dixit : 
Confide filia, fides 
tua servavit te. 
Et servata est 
mulier ab hora 
illa. 


23. Et veniens 
Jesus in domum 
Principis, et vi- 
dens tibicines et 
turbam tumultu- 
antem, 


24. Dicit illis: 
Recedite : non 
enim mortua est 
puella, sed dor- 
mit. Et deride- 
bant eum. 

25. Quum vero 
ejecta esset turba, 
ingressus appre- 
hendit manum 
ejus, et surrexit 
puella. 

26. Et exiit fa- 
ma hee Ἢ uni- 
versam terram 
illam. 

27. Ἐπ transe- 
unte inde Jesu, 
sequuti sunt eum 
duo ceci, cla- 
mantes, et dicen- 
tes: Miserere no- 
stri fili David. - 


400 MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 
GREEK. FRENCH. ENGLISH. 
28. Ἐλθόντε δὲ 28. Et quand il fut] 28. And when he 


eis τὴν οἰκίαν, προσ- 
“- » a ς 
ἦλθον αὐτῷ οἱ τυ- 
φλοὶ, καὶ λέγει av- 
"“" > “ 
τοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῖς " Πι- 
pss ccd 4 
στεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι 
cal “ 4 
τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; Ae- 
γουσιν αὐτῷ, Ναὶ 
Κύριε. 


29. Tore ἥψατο 
τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ad- 
τῶν, λέγων: Κατὰ 
τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γε- 
νηθήτω ὑμῖν. 

80. Καὶ ἀνεῴχθη- 
σαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλ- 
μοί" καὶ ἐνεβριμή- 
σατο αὐτοῖς 6 Ἴη- 
σοῦς, λέγων " Ορᾶτε 
μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω. 

91, Οἱ δὲ ἐξελθόν- 
τες διεφήμισαν αὐτὸν 
ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ γῇ ἐκείνῃ. 


32. Αὐτῶν δὲ ἐέξ- 


ἐρχομένων, ἰδοὺ, 
προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ 
ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαι- 
μονιζόμενον " 


99, Καὶ ἐκβληθέν- 
tos τοῦ δαιμονίου. 
ἐλάλησεν 6 κωφός" 
καὶ ἐθαύμασαν οἱ 
ὄχλοι, λέγοντες - Ὅτι 

a7 of Κ ΄ 
οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη ov- 

> a? , 
Tas ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ. 


94, οἱ δὲ Φαρυ- 


arrivé dans la maison, 
ces aveugles vinrent 

ἃ lui, et il leur dit: 
Croyez-vous que je 
puisse faire ce que 
vous me demandez ? 
Ils lui répondirent : 
Oui, vraiment, Sei- 
gneur. 

29. Alors il toucha 
leurs yeux, en disant: 
Qu’il vous soit fait 
selon votre foi. 


30. Et leurs yeux 
furent ouverts ; et Jé- 
sus leur défendit avec 
menaces, disant : Pre- 
nez garde que per- 
sonne ne le sache. 

31. Mais eux étant 
partis, répandirent sa 
renommée dans. tout 
ce pays-la. . 


32. Et comme ils 
sortaient, voici, on lui 
présenta un homme 
muet et démoniaque. 


33. Et quand le dé- 
mon eut été chassé 
dehors, le muet_ par- 
la; et les troupes s’en 
étonnérent, en disant: 
Il ne s’est jamais rien 
vu de semblable en 
Israél. | 

34.. Mais les phari- 


was come into the 
house, the blind men 
came to him: and Je- 
sus saith unto them, 
Believe ye that I am 
able to do this ? They 
said unto him, Yea, 
Lord. 


29. Then touched 
he their eyes, saying, 
According to your 
faith be it unto you. 


30. And their eyes 
were opened; and 
Jesus straitly charged 
them, saying, See 


that no man know it. 


31. But they, when 
they were departed, 
spread 
fame in all that coun- 
try. 

32. As they went 
out, behold, they 
brought to him a 
dumb man possessed 
with a devil. 


33. And when the 
devil was cast out, 
the dumb spake : and 
the multitudes mar- 
velled, saying, It was 
never so seen in [8- 
rael. 


34. But the Phari- 


abroad his 


αν κυ. 


—. 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 


491 


GERMAN. 


28. ind da er heim 
fam, traten die Blin: 
den ju ihm. Und Se: 
fus fprach zu ifnen: 
Glauber ihr, dag ich 
euch folches thun Fann ? 
Da frrachen fiezu ibm: 
Herr, ja 


29. Darihrete er ihre 
Augen an, und fprach : 
Euch acfchehe nach eu: 
cem Glauben. 


30. lind ibre Unaen 
wurden gedffuet, Und 
Fejus bedrobhete fie, 
uid fprach: Gebet ju, 
daf ἐδ nicmand erfubre. 


᾿ 91. Uber fie gingen 
aus, und machten ihn 
ruchebar in demfelbigen 


- gangen Sande, 


32. Da nun diefe wa- 
ren Hinaus gefommen, 
fiche, da brachten fie zu 
ihin einen Menfehen, 
der war ftumm und bez 
fejjen. 

33. Und da der Teu: 
fel war ausgetricben, 
redete der Getumme. 
Und das Volf verwiun: 
derte fich, und fprach: 
Golches ijt noch nie in 
Airacl erfehen worden. 


34. Uber die Phari- 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


28. Y llegado 4 Ια. 28. Venienti au- 


casa los ciegos vinie- 
ron 4 él. Y Jesus 
les ἀΠό ς Creéis que 
puedo hacer esto? 


Sejior. 


29. Entdénces les 
tocé los ojos dicien- 
do: Segun vuestra 
fé asi os sea hecho. 


30. Y fueron abier- 
tos sus ojos, y Jesus 
les encarg6 estrecha- 
mente diciendo: mi- 
rad que nadie lo se- 


a. 

[8]. Mas habiendo 
ellos salido de alli 
divulgaron su fama 
por toda aquella ti- 
erra. 

32. Y al salir ellos, 
he aqui le trajeron 
un hombre mudo po- 
seido del demonio. 


33. Y lanzado fué- 
ra el demonio el mu- 
do hablo, y las gen- 
tes maravilladas de- 
cian: nunca se vid 
tal cosa en Israel. 


34. Ma 
34* 


los Phari- 


tem in domum, 
accesserunt ad 
eum ceci. Et 


dicit eis Jesus: 


Ellos digeron: Si, 


Creditis quod pos- 
sum hoc facere ? 
Dicunt ei: Ut- 
que Domine. 


29. Tunc teti- 
git oculos eorum, 
dicens: Secun- 
dum fidem  ve- 
stram fiat vobis. 

30. Et aperti 
sunt eorum oculi: 
et comminatus est 
illis Jesus, di- 
cens: Videte ne 
quis sciat : 

31. Illi autem 
exeuntes diffama- 
verunt eum in 
tota terra illa. 


32. Illis autem 
egressis, ecce ob- 
tulerunt ei homi- 
nem mutum de- 
moniacum. 


33. Et ejecto 
azemonio, locutus 
cst mutus, et mi- 
rate sunt turbe, 


dicentes, Nun- 
quam apparuit sic 
in Israel. 


34. Pharisee: au. 


402 


MATTHEW, CHAPTERS IX., X. 


GREEK. 
σαῖο, ἔλεγον " Ἔν 
τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαι- 
μονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ 
δαιμόνια. 

35. Καὶ περιῆγεν 
ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς πόλεις 
πάσας καὶ τὰς κώμας, 
διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συ- 
ναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ 
κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέ- 
λιον τῆς βασιλείας, 
καὶ θεραπεύων πᾶσαν 
νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μα- 
λακίαν ἐν τῷ λαῷ. 


> 

36. ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ τοὺς 
ὄχλους, ἐσπλαγχνί- 
σθὴ περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅτι 
> 3 2 \ 
ἦσαν εἐκλελυμένοι καὶ 
ἐῤῥιμμένοι ὡσεὶ πρό- 
βατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποι- 
μένα. 


37. Τότε λέγει τοῖς 
la ς cal ε 
μαθηταῖς αὑτοῦ" “O 
A \ \ 
μὲν θερισμὸς πολὺς, 
¢ \ 3, , ay ὁ 
ci δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι " 


38. Δεήθητε οὖν 
τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ θε- 
a a > , 
ρισμοῦ, ὅπως εκβάλ- 
λῃ ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν 
θερισμὸν αὑτοῦ. 


1. Καὶ προσκαλε- 
; ‘ U 
σάμενος τοὺς δώδε- 
κα μαθητὰς αὑτοῦ, 
ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξου- 
σίαν κατὰ πνευμάτων 
ἀκαθάρτων, ὥστε ἐκ- 


FRENCH. 
siens disaient: Il 
chasse les démons 


par le prince des dé- 


- Mons. 


35. Or Jésus allait 
dans toutes les villes 
et dans les bourgades, 
enseignant dans leurs 
synagogues, et pré- 


chant Vévangile du 


royaume, et gueéris- 
sant toutes sortes de 
maladies, et toutes 
sortes _ d’infirmités 
parmi le peuple. 

36. Et voyant les 
troupes, il en fut ému 
de compassion, parce 
qwils €taient disper- 
sés et errans comme 
des brebis qui n’ont 
point de pasteur. 


37. Et il dit ἃ ses 

disciples : Certes la 
moisson est grande, 
mais il y a peu d’ou- 
vriers. 


38. Priez donc le 
seigneur de la mois- 
son, 4} envoie des 
ouvriers en sa mois- 
son. 


1. Alors Jésus a- 
yant appelé ses douze 
disciples, leur donna 
puissance sur les 
esprits — Immondes 
pour les shasser hors 


ENGLISH. 


sees said, He casteth 
out devils, through 
the prince of the 
devils. : 
35. And Jesus went 
about all the cities 
and villages, teaching; 
in their synagogueg 
and preaching tl 
gospel of the king 
dom, and healing ey 
ery sickness, and ev: 
ery disease among 
the people. 


36. But when hesaw 
the multitudes, he was 
moved with compas» 
sion on them, because 
they fainted, and were 
scattered abroad, as 
sheep having no shep- 
herd. 

37. Then saith he 
unto his disciples, 
The harvest truly is” 
plenteous, but the la- 
borers are few. 


38. Pray ye there- 
fore the Lord of the 
harvest, that he will 
send forth laborers 
into his harvest. 


1. And when he had 
called’ unto him his 
twelve disciples, he 
gave them power 
against unclean spir- 


‘its, to cast them out, 


MATTHEW, CHAPTERS IX., X. 


405 


> 


fier fprachen: Er trei- 
bet die Teufel aus durch 
der Teufel Oberften. 


35. Und Sefus ging 
umber in alle Gtddte 
und Marfte, [τοῖς in 
ipren Gehufen, und 
predigte das Evanageli- 
um von dem Meich, 
und beifete allerley 
Geuche, und allerley 
Kranfheit im Golf. 


36. Und da er das 
Bolk fah, jammerte ihn 
deffelbigen ; denn fie 
waren  verfchmachtet 
und jerfireuct, wie die 
Shafe, die einen Hir- 
ten haben. 


37. Da fprach ev zu 

feinen Fitngern: Die 
Ernte iff grog, aber 
wenige find dev Urbei- 
ter. 


38. Darum bittet den 
Herrn dev Ernte, daf 
er Urbheiter in feine 
Erute fende, 


1. Und er vief feine 
POHIF Diinger zu fich, 
und gab ihnen Mache 
itber die unfaubern Gei- 
fier, da fle diefelben 
austricben, unt beile- 


SPANISH. 


seos decian: por me- 
dio del principe de 
los deménios echa 
fuéra los deménios. 
35. Y Jesus iba re- 
corriendo todas: las 
ciudades y villas en- 
seiiando en sus sina- 
gogas y predicando 
el Evangelio del rey- 
no, curando toda en- 
fermedad y toda do- 
léncia en el pueblo. 


36. Y al ver aque- 
llas gentes tuvo com- 
pasion de ellas, por- 
que estaban abatidas 
y desparramadas co- 
mo Ovejas sin pastor. 


37. Enténces dijé 
& sus, discipulos: 
Verdaderamente la 
mies. 685 copidsa’; 
mas los. trabajadores 
son pocos. 

38. Rogad pues al 
Sejior que envie tra- 
bajadores 4 su mies. 


1, Enténces _ Ila- 
mando 4 si sus doce 
discipulos les ἀϊό po- 
testad sobre los espi- 


ritus inmundos para’ 


lanzarlos fuera, y cu- 


LATIN, 


tem dicebant : In 
principe dzemoni- 
orum ejicit de- 
mones. 

35. Et circumi 
bat Jesus civitates 
omnes, et castel- 
la, docens in sy 
nagogis eorum, el 
predicans euan- 
gelium regni, et 
curans omnem 
languorem, et 
omnem infirmita- 
tem in populo. 

36. Videns au- 
tem turbas, mi- 
sertus est de eis, 
quia erant yexati, 
et dispersi sicut 
oves non haben- 
tes pastorem, 


37. Tunc dicit 


discipulis _ suis; 
Messis | quidem 
multa, operarii 


autem pauci. 


38. Supplicate 
ergo domino mes- 
sis, ut emittat o- 
perarios in mes- 
sem suam. 


1. Et adyocans 
duodecim disci- 
pulos suos, dedit 
1115 _ potestatem 
spirituum immun- 
dorum, ut ejicere 


404 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


Xx. 


GREEK. 


βάλλειν αὐτὰ, καὶ 
θεραπεύειν πᾶσαν νό- 
σον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλα- 
κίαν. 


2. Τῶν δὲ δώδεκα, 


ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνό- 
ματά ἐστι ταῦτα" 
πρῶτος, Σίμων ὁ λε- 
γόμενος Πέτρος, καὶ 
᾿Ανδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς 
αὐτοῦ" Ἰάκωβος ὃ 
τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, 
Ἰωάννης ὁ ἀδελφὸς 
αὐτοῦ" 

9. Φίλιππος, 
Βαρθολομαῖος " -Θω- 
pas, καὶ Ματθαῖος ὁ 
τελώνης - Ἰάκωβος 6 
τοῦ ᾿Αλφαίου, καὶ 
Λεββαῖος ὁ ἐπικλη- 
θεὶς Θαδδαῖος. 


\ 
Και 


4. Σίμων ὃ Κανα- 

, pe | > ς 
νίτης, Kal “Iovdas. 6 
Ἰσκαριώτης, ὁ καὶ 
παραδοὺς αὐτόν. 

5. Τούτους τοὺς δώ- 
δεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὃ 
Ιησοῦς, παραγγείλας 

» ~ id > 
αὐτοῖς, λέγων - Eis 
ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν μὴ ἀπέλ- 
Onre, καὶ εἰς πόλιν 
Σαμαρειτῶν μὴ εἰσ- 
έλθητε " 


6. Πορεύεσθε δὲ 
μᾶλλον πρὸς τὰ πρό- 
βατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα 
οἴκου Ἰσρεήλ. 

7. τπτορει ὅμενοι δὲ 
κηρίσσετε λέτοντες " 


νη] 
Και 


FRENCH. 
des possédés, et pour 
guérir toutes sortes 
de maladies, et toutes 
sortes d’infirmités. 

2. Et ce sont ici les 
‘noms des douze apé- 
‘ties: Le premier 
-est Simon, nomme 
Pierre, et André, son 
frére ; Jacques, fils 
de Zébédée, et Jean, 
son frére ; 


3" Philippe et Bar- 
thélemi ; ‘Thomas, et 
Matthieu, le péager ; 
Jacques, fils d’Al- 
phée, et Lebbée, sur- 
nommé Thaddée ; 


4. Simon Canané- 
en, et Judas Iscariot, 
qui méme le trahit. 


5. Jésus envoya ces 
douze, et leur com- 
manda, en disant: 
N’allez point vers les 
Gentils, et n’entrez 
point dans aucune 
ville des Samaritains; 


6. mais plutdét allez 
vers les brebis per- 
dues de la maison 
d’Israél. 

7. Et quand vous 
serez partis, pt€chez, 


ENGLISH. 


and to heal all man- 
ner of sickness, and 
all manner of disease. 


2. Now the names 
of the twelve apostles 
are these: The first, 
Simon, who is called 
Peter, and Andrew, 
his brother; James 
the son of Zebedee, 
and John his brother ; 


3. Philip, and Bar- 
tholomew ; Thomas, 
and Matthew the pub- 
lican ; James the son 
of Alpheus, and Leb- 
beus, whose surname 
was Thaddeus ; 


4, Simon the Cana- 
anite, and Judas Is- 
cariot, who also be- 
trayed him. 

5. These twelve Je- 
sus sent forth, and 
commanded them, 
saying, Go not into 
the way of the Gen- 
tiles, and into any 
city of the Samari- 
tans enter ye not. 


6. But go rather to 
the lost sheep of the 
house of Israel. 


7. And as ye go, 
preach, saying, The 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER X. 


405 


a 


GERMAN. 


ten allerf[eyr Geuche, 
und αἰ εν [ον Kranlheit. 


2. Die Mamen aber 
ver ziwdlf Upojtel find 
dDiefe: Der εὐ Giz 
mon, genaunt Petrus ; 
und Wndreas, fein Bru: 
dev; Safobus, Zebe- 
ddi Gohbn; und So- 
hannes, fein Bruder ; 


3. Dbhilippus; und 
Bartholomius ; Tho: 
mas; und Matthius, 
der Billuer; Jafobus, 
Alphat Gohun; sebba- 
us, mit dem Zunamen 
Thaddius ; 


4, Gimon von Cana; 
und Judas Sfcharioth, 
welcher ihn verricth. 


5. Diefe zwolf fandte 
Nefus, gebot ihuen und 
fprach: Gebhet niche 
auf der Heiden Gtrage, 
Und Zichet nicht in der 
Gamariter Stdodte ; 


6. Gondern gebet hin 
zu den verfornen Gcha- 
fen aus dem Haufe If 
τας, 

7. Gebet aber und 
prediget, und fprechet ; 


SPANISH. 


rar toda enfermedad 
y toda dolencia. 


2. Y los nombres 
de los doce Apésto- 
les son estos: el pri- 
mero Simon llamado 
Pedro y Andres su 
hermano, Jacobo hijo 
de Zebedeo, y Juan 
su hermano. 


3. Felipe y Barto- 
lome: Tomas y Ma- 
theo el publicano: 
Jacobo hijo de Alfeo, 
y Lebeo por sobre 
nombre 'Thadeo. 


4. Simon el Cana- 
neo, y Judas Iscari- 
otes 6] mismo que le 
entreg6. 

5. Estos doce envid 
Jesus y les mandé 
diciendo : no andéis 
por camino de Gen- 
tiles ni entréis en ci- 
udad alguna de los 
Samaritanos, 


6. Mas id antes 4 
las ovejas perdidas 
de la casa de Israel : 


7. Id, y predicad 
diciendo: el reyno 


LATIN. 


eos, et curare 
omnem  languo- 
rem, eft omnem 
infirmitatem. 

2. Duodecim au- 
tem Apostolorum 
nomina sunt hee: 
Primus, Simon 
dictus Petrus, et 
Andreas _frater 
ejus, Jacobus Ze- 
bedei, et Joannes 
frater ejus. 


3. Philippus et 
Bartholomeeus : 
Thomas et Mat- 
theeus publicanus: 
Jacobus Alpheei, 
et Lebbzeus cog- 
nominatus Thad- 
deeus : 

4. Simon Cha- 
nanites, et Judas 
Iscariotes, qui et 
tradens eum. 

5. Hos duode- 
cim legavit Jesus, 
denuncians _ eis, 
dicens: In viam 
gentium ne abie- 
ritis, et in civita- 
tem Samaritano- 
rum me intrave- 
ritis. 

6. Ite autem ma- 
gis ad oves perdi- 
tas domus Israél. 


ἡ. Euntes au- 
tem predicate, di- 


ea 


406 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


GREEK. 


Ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ βασι 


λεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 


8. ᾿Ασθενοῦντας θε- 


ραπεύετε, λεπροὺς 
καθαρίζετε, νεκροὺς 
ἐγείρετε, δαιμόνια 


ἐκβάλλετε - δωρεὰν 
ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δό- 
τε. 


9. Μὴ κτήσησθε 
χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυ- 
ρον; μηδὲ χαλκὸν εἰς 
τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν - 

10. Μὴ πήραν εἰς 
ὁδὸν, μηδὲ δύο χιτῶ- 
νας, μηδὲ ὑποδήματα, 
μηδὲ ῥάβδους - ἄξιος 
γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς 
τροφῆς αὑτοῦ ἐστιν. 


4 

11. Εἰς ἣν δ᾽ ἂν 

πόλιν i) κώμην εἰσέλ- 
» 

Onre, ἐξετάσατε τίς 
> : ὡς , > 
ἐν αὐτῇ ἀξιός ἐστι" 

5» ΄“ 
κακεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν 


ἐξέλθητε. 


12. Εἰσερχόμενοι 
δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, 
> , Ὕ > , 
ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν. 

πὰ ny ‘ 3 

13. Καὶ ἐὰν μὲν 7) 


« seee 
«τ ἢ οἰκία ἀξία, ἐλθέτω 


ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ᾽ 
αὐτήν " ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἢ 
ἀξία, ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν 
πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστρα- 
φήτω. 


f 


FRENCH. 


en disant: Le roy- 
aume des cieux est 
proche. 

8. Guérissez les ma- 
lades, rendez nets les 
lepreux, ressuscitez 
les morts, chassez les 
démons hors des pos- 
sédés ; vous l’avez re- 
cu gratuitement, don- 
nez-le gratuitement. 

9. Ne faites provi- 
sion ni d’or, ni d’ar- 
gent, ni de monnaie 
dans vos ceintures ; 

10. ni de sac pour 
le voyage, ni de deux 
robes, ni de souliers, 
ni de baton ; car l’ou- 
vrier est digne de sa 
nourriture. 


11. Et dans quelque 
ville ou bourgade que 
vous entriez, infor- 
mez-vous qui y est 
digne de vous loger; 
et demeurez chez lui 
jusqu’a ce que vous 
partiez de la. 

12. Et quand vous 
entrerez dans quelque 
maison, saluez-la. 

13. Et εἰ cette mai- 
son en est digne, que 
votre paix vienne sur 
elle ; mais si elle n’en 
est pas digne, que vo- 
tre paix retoury> a 
vous, 


ENGLISH. 


kingdem of heaven 
is at hand. 


Ὺς 


8. Heal the sick, 
cleanse the lepers, 
raise the dead, cast. 
out devils: freely ye 
have received, freely 
give. 


9. Provide neither 
gold, nor silver, nor 
brass, in your purses ; 
» My Ρ δ 


10. Nor scrip for 
your journey, neither 
two coats, neither 
shoes, nor yet staves: 
for the workman is 
worthy of his meat. 


11. And into what- 
soever city or town 
ye shall enter, inquire 
who in it is worthy; 
and there abide till 
ye go thence. 


12. And when ye 
come into an house 
salute it. 

13. And if the house 
be werthy, let your 
peace come upon it: 
but if it be not wor- 
thy, let your peace 
return τὸ you. 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER X. 


x "2 ». 407 


GERMAN. 


Das Himmelreich itt 
παρὸ herbey geFommen. 


8. Machet die Kranz 
fen gefund, reiniget die 
Uusfagigen, weefet die 
Todten auf, treibet die 
Teufel aus. lUmfonst 
habt ibe es empfangen, 

umfonft gebt es auch. 


9. Thr folle niche 
Gold, ποῦ Gilber, 
noch Erz in euren Gir: 
telu haben; 

10. Auch Feine Tafche 
gur Weafahrt, auch 
nicht ween Θ δεῖξε, feine 
Gehubhe, auch Feinen 
Steen. Denn cin 
Urbeiter ἢ feiner 
Gpeife werth. 


11. Wo ibr aber in 
cine Stadt oder Markt 
gehet, da erfundiget 
euch, ob jenfand dari: 
nen fey, der es werth 
ift ; und bey demfelben 
bleibet, bis ihr von 
dannen ziebhet. 

12. Wo ihr aber in 
cin Haus gebhet, fo grit- 
fet dajfelbige, 

13. Und fo es daffel: 
δίας Haus werth it, 
wird cuer Friede auf 
fie fommen. | Sit es 
aber nicht werth, fo 
wird fich ener Friede 
wieder Zu euch wenden. 


SPANISH. 


de los cielos esta cer- 
Ca. 


8. Curad enfermos, 
limpiad leprosos, re- 
sucitad muertos, lan- 
zad demonios: de 
valde recibisteis, dad 
de valde. 


9. No llevéis oro ni 
plata ni cébre en vu- 
estras bolsas. 


10. Ni alforja para 
el camino, ni dos ta- 
nicas, ni zapatos, ni 
baston ; porque el 
trabajador, digno es 
de su alimento : 


11. Mas en cual- 
quiera ciudad 6 aldea 
donde entrareis, in- 
formaos de quien hay 
en ella, que sea dig- 
no; y morad alli 
hasta que salgais. 


12., Y al entrar en 
la casa saludadla. 


13. Y si la casa fu- 
ere digna, vyuestra 
paz vendra sobre 


LATIN. 
centes: Quiaap- _ 
propinquavit reg- 
num czlorum. 

8. Infirmos cu- 
rate, leprosos 
mundate, mortu- 
os suscitate de. 
mones __ejicite : 
gratis accepistis, 
gratis date. 


9. Ne possideatis 
aurum, neque ar- 
gentum, neque es 
in zonis vestris : 

10. Non peram 
in viam, neque 
duas tunicas, ne- 
que calceamenta, 
neque virgam: 
dignus enim ope- 
rarius alimento 
suo est. 

11. In quam- 
cunque autem ci- 
vitatem aut ca- 
stellum intraveri+ 
tis, interrogate 
quis in ea dignus 
sit: et ibi manete 
donec exeatis. 

12. Intrantes au- 


tem in domum, 


salutate eam. 

13. Et si qui- 
dem fueritdomus, “. 
digna, ingredia- 


ella, mas si no fuere | tur pax vestra su- 
digna vuestra paz se per eam: si au- 
volvera 4 yosotros. ‘tem non fuerit dig- 


) 


᾿ 
᾿ 


na, pax vestra ad af 
“= 


vos convertatur. 
° 


~ 


ADVERTISEMENT 


TO 


THE INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


The following pages, prepared for the convenience of the mer- 
chant, the man of business, and the mechanic, may not be 
deemed altogether unimportant by the scholar or learned ama- 
teur, as a book of etymological reference. | 

Every one must have observed the unusual emigration to our 
shores of Germans, Spaniards and French. Coming into daily 
intercourse with these foreigners, the merchant, more especially, 
will find this little work vastly beneficial to him; and will regard 
it as an indispensable auxiliary in the transaction of business. 
The more recent discoveries of gold have induced an extraordi- 
nary influx of the inhabitants of all nations, more especially of 
Spain, France and Germany; and it is strange that no attempt 
has hitherto been made to produce a work of this kind, the im- 
mense benefit of which must be perceived by the most casual 
observer. 

The compiler did not deem it necessary to include all the words 
in these languages, as, in many instances, after the primitive 
radical is given, it would be a superlative waste of space to add 
the derivations which follow according to fixed rules, and are, 
consequently, obvious to every one. 

Hoping that these few pages will serve to fill a void hitherto 
seriously felt in the commercial and literary world, the compiler 
offers them to a generous public, trusting that they will be re- 
ceived with the same spirit of kindness which has guided the 
writer in the compilation of the work, and which has ever been 
the characteristic of the American people. 


INTERNATIONAL 


COMMERCIAL DICTIONARY, 


EMBRACING 


AM the Principal aud Radical Words 


IN THE 


ENGLISH, GERMAN, SPANISH AND FRENCH 


LANGUAGES, 


WITH MANY OF THEIR DERIVATIVES, 


MUTUALLY TRANSLATED INTO EACH OTHER, 
COMPILED FROM STANDARD AUTHORS, 


By B. 8S. BARRETT. 


BUFFALO: 


E. R. JEWETT & ΟΟ., STEREOTYPERS, 161 MAIN ST. 
35 


EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS 


USED IN THE DICTIONARY. 


8. substantive. int. interjection. 
v. verb. m. masculine, 
adj. adjective. jf. feminine. 

adv. adverb. nm. neuter. 

prep. preposition. m. 7. masculine or 
0077. conjunction. feminine. 


Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1857, 
Br B. 8. BARRETT, 


In the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of the United States, for the Northern District 
of New York. 


A ee .." ΄, 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


ABA. GERMAN. : SPANISH. FRENCH, 
Abaft, Nach dem hint- En popa, De la-proue. 
ertheile, . 
Abandon, Verlassen, Abandonar, §Abandonner. 
Abase, Niederlassen, Abatir, Humilier, 
Abasement, Erniedrigung, Κὶ Abatimiento, m. Abaissement, m. 
Abash, Beschimen, Avergonzar, Rendre honteux. 
Abate, Vermindern, Minorar, Diminuer. 
Abatement, Abnahme,f Rebaxa, Κὶ Diminution, Καὶ 
Abbey, Kloster, 2. Abadia, Καὶ Couvent, m. 
Abbreviate, | Abkiirzen, Abreviar, Abréger. 
Abbreviation, Abkiirzung,f Compendio,m. Abréviation, Καὶ 
Abbreviator, | Abkiirzer, m. Abreviador, m. Abréviateur, m. 
Abdicate, Aufgeben, Abdicar, Abdiquer. 
Abdication, Abdankung, αὶ Abdicacion, ΚΖ Abdication, Κὶ 
Abdomen, Unterleib, m. _ Abdomen, m. Abdomen, m. 
Abduct, Abziehen, - Tirar, (una cosa Oter, separer. 
dé otra), 
Aberration, Abweichung, f Aberacion, i | Aberration, Καὶ 
Abet, (assist,) Helfen, ’ Apoyar, ‘Supporter, 
Abettor, Anstifter,m. Fautor, m. Promoteur, m 
Abhor, Verabscheuen, Aborrecer, Abhorrer. 
Abhorrence, Abscheu, m Aborrecimiento, Detestation, Καὶ 
Abhorrent, Verabscheuend, Llenode horror, Pleine d’horreur. 
Abhorrer, Verabscheuer,m.A borrecedor, m. Celui quiabhorre 
Abide, Bleiben, Habitar, sufrir, Demeurer. 
Abiding place, Wohnort, m. Habitacion, fi. Demeure, f. 
Ability, Vermégen, n. Potencia, Καὶ Pouvoir, m. 
- Abject, Regwerey v. Repulsar, v, vil, Rebute, v., ab- 
niedrig, adj. adj. ject, vil, adj. 
Abjection, Niedertrichtig- Baxeza, vileza, f, Abjection, Καὶ 
keit, αὶ 
Abjure, Abschworen, Abjurar, Abjurer. 
Abjuration, Abschwoérung, f:Abjuracion, f. Serment, m., 
Ablation, Wegnahme, 7, Quite, m. Ablation, αὶ 
Able, Geschickt, Capaz, habil, Capable. 
Able-bodied, Stark, riistig, Forzudo, Robuste. 
Ablution, Abwaschen, x. <Ablution, Καὶ Ablution, Καὶ 
Aboard, An Bord, A! bordo, “A bord. 
Abode, Aufenthalt, m. Domicilio,m. Demeure, Καὶ 
Abolish, Abschaffen, Abolir, Abolir. 
Abolition, Abschaffung, 7 Abolicion,f Abolition, Κὶ 


412 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


ABO. 
Abominable, 
Abomination, 
Abortion, 
Abortive, 
Abound, 


About, 
Above, 
Abridge, 


Abridgement, 


Abrupt, 
Abscess, 
Abscind, 
Abscond, 
Absence, 
Absent; 


Absolute, 
Absolution, 
Absolve, 
Absorb, 
Abstain, 
Abstemious, 
Abstinence, 


Abstract, 


Abstruse, 
Absurd, 
Absurdity, 
Abundance, 
Abundant, 
Abuse, 


Abuser, 
Abusive, 
Abyss, 
Academic, 
_ Academy, 
Accede, 


GERMAN. 
Abscheulich, 
Abscheu, m. 
Fehlgeburt, Καὶ 
Unzeitig, 
Ueberfluss ha- 

ben, 
Um, im, an, in, 
Ueber, oben, 
Abkiirzen, 
Abkiirzung, Κὶ 
Abgebrochen, 
Geschwiir, n. 
Abschneiden, 
Verbergen, 
Abwesenheit, καὶ 
Abwesend, adj. 

entfernen, v. 


Unumschrinkt, 
Lossprechung, Καὶ 
Lossprechen, 
Verschlucken, 
Sich enthalten, 
Enthaltsam, 
Enthaltsam- 
* keit, ἃ 
Abziehen, v. ab- 
gezogen, adj. 
Verdeckt, 
Ungereimt, 
Albernheit, Καὶ 
Ueberfluss, m. 
Ueberfliissig, 
Missbrauch, s.m. 
misbrauchen, v. 
Verfiihrer, m. 
Missbrauchend, 
Abgrund, m. 
Akademisch, 
Akademie, αὶ 
Hingehen, 


᾿ SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Abominable, | Abominable. 
Odio, m. Haine, Καὶ 
Aborto, m. Abortion, Καὶ 
Abortivo, inutil, Abortif-ve, 
Abundar, Abonder. 
Cerca, Autour de. 
Encima, sobre, Sur, au desus de. 
Abreviar, Abrégér. 
Compendio, m. Abrégement, m. 
Quebrado, Soudain,-e. 
Absceso, m. Abcés, m. 
Cortar, Retrancher, 
Esconderse, Se cacher. 
Ausencia, Καὶ Absence, Καὶ 


Ausente, adj. 
ausentarse, Ὁ, 


Absoluto, 
Absolucion, Καὶ 
Absolver, 
Absorver, 
Abstenerse, 
Abstemio, 
Abstinencia, Καὶ 


Abstraer, v. 
abstracto, adj. 
Abstruso, 
Absurdo, 
Absurdidad, αὶ 
Abundancia, Καὶ 
Abundante, 
Abuso, m. abu- 
sar, Ὁ. 
El que abusa, 
Abusivo, 
Abismo, m. 
Academico, 
Academia, Καὶ 
Acceder, 


Absent, eloigné, 
adj. s’absen- 
tér de, v. 

Absolu,-e, libre. 

Absolution, Καὶ 

Absoudre de. 

Absorber. 

Se priver de. 

Abstéme, sobre. 

Abstinence, Καὶ 


Abstraire, v. 
abstrait, adj. 
Abstrus,-e. 
Absurde. 
Incongruité, Καὶ 
Abondanee, Καὶ 
Abondant. 
Abus, 8. m. 
abuser, v. 
Abuseur, m. 
Injurieux,-se. 
Abime, m. 
Academique. 
Academie, Καὶ 


_ Accéder. 


΄ 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 413 
ACC. _ GERMAN, SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Accelerate, | Beschleunigen, Acelerar, Accélérer. 
Acceleration, Beschleunig-  Aceleracion, f. Accélération, αὶ 
ung, f. 
Accent,. Accent, s.m.  <Acento,s.m. Accent, s. m. 


accentuiren,v. acentuar, v. 
Accentuation, Tonsetzung, f Acentuacion, 7. 
Accept, Annnehmen,  Aceptar, 
Acceptable, Annehmlich, Aceptable, 
Acceptance, Annahme,f Aceptacion, Καὶ 


Access, Zugang, m. Acceso, m. 
Accessible,  Zugiinglich, Accesible, 
Accessory, __ Beigefiigt, Cémplice, 
Accident, Zufall, Vorfall,m. Accidente, m. 
Accipient, Empfainger, m. Recibidor, m. 
Acclamation, Zuruf, m. Acclamacion, f. 
Acclivity, Steilheit, αὶ Cuesta ariba, Καὶ 
Accommodate, Schlichten, Surtir, 


Accommoda- Anpassung, f/f. <Adaptacion, Καὶ 
tion, 


Accompani- Begleitung,f | Acompanami- 
ment, ento, m. 
Accompany, Begleiten, Acompanar, 
Accomplice, Mitschuldige, m. Cémplice, m. 
Accomplish, Erfiillen, Efectuar, 


Accomplish- Vollendung, αὶ Complemento,m. 
ment, 


Accord, 8, Uebereinstimm- Acuerda, s. αὶ 
ung, 8. fe 

Accord, Ὁ. Verséhnen,- v. Acordar, v. 

Accordance, Uebereinstimm- Conformidad, αὶ 
ung, f. 

Accordingly, Nach, gemiss, Segun, 

Accost, Antreten, Saludar, 

Account, s. Rechnung, s. f. Cuenta, 8. Κὶ 

Account,v. = Rechnen, ». Tener, contar, v. 

Accountant, Rechner, m. Contador, i. 

Account-book, Rechnungsbuch, Libro (m) de 

cuentas, 


Accumulate, Aufhaufen, Acumular, 
Accumulation, Anhiufung,f Acumulacion, Καὶ 


35* 


prononcer, ¥. 
‘Accentuation, Καὶ 
Accepter. 
Acceptable. 
Acceptation, αὶ 
Accés, m. 
Accessible. 
Complice. 
Accident, m. 
Récipient, m. 
Acclamation, Καὶ 
lévation, καὶ 
Accommoder. 
Accommode- 
ment, 7. 
Accompagne- 
ment, 7. 
Accompagner. 
Complice, γι. f- 
Accomplir. 
Accomplisse- 
ment, m. 
Accord, 8. m. 


Accorder, v. 
Conformité, καὶ 


Selon. 
Accoster, saluer 
Compte, s. m. 
Expliquer, v. 
Compteur, m. 
Livre (m) de 
comptes. 
Amasser. 
Accumula- ἢ 


tion, Καὶ 


* 


414 INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 

ACC. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Accuracy, Genauigkeit, f Cuidado, m. Précision, Καὶ 
Accurate, Genau, Exacto, Exact,-e. 
Accurse, Verfluchen, Maldecir, Maudire. 
Accusation; Anklage, αὶ Acusacion, f. Accusation, καὶ 

᾿ς Accuse, Anklagen, Acusar, Accuser. 
Accuser, Anklager, m. Acusador, m. Accusatetr,- 
trice, m. Καὶ 
Accustom, Gewodhnen, Acostumbrar, Accoutumer. 
Accustomed, Gewdhnt, Freqiiente,| to,m. Coutumier,-e, 
Acervation, Aufhiufung, Κα Amontonamien- Entassement, m. 
Ache, s. ’ Pein, 8. Καὶ Dolor continua- ° Pein, f. mal, s.n. 
do, 8. m. . 
Ache, v. Schmerzen, v. Doler, v. Avoir mal, νυ. 
Achieve, Ausfiihren, Executar, Executer. 
Achievement, Ausfihrung, αὶ Execucion, fi Exploit, m. 
Acid, Siuer, Acido, _ Acide, piquant. 
Acidity, Saure, Κὶ Agrura, f. Acidité, καὶ 
Acknowledge, Erkennen, Reconocer, Confesser, 
Acknowledg- Anerkennung, Κὶ Reconocimien- Aveu, m. con-_ 
ment, to, m. cession, Καὶ 
Acme, Gipfel, γι. ΕἸ ultimo pun- La plus haute 
to, m. pointe, Καὶ 
Acquaint, Bekanntmachen, Imponer, Informer. 
Acquaintance, Bekanntschaft, αὶ Conocimiento, m. Connaissance, /f. 
Acquiesce, Hinwilligen, Allanarse, Acquiescer. 
Acquire, Erwerben, Adquirir, Acquerir. 
Acquisition, Erwerbung,f. Adquisicion, f. Acquis, m. 
Acquit, Freimachen, Libertar, Décharger. 
Acquittal, Lossprech- Absolucion,f. Absolution, Κὶ 
ung, f. [ des,m. 
Acre, Morgen Lan- | Acre, m. Acre, Καὶ 
Across, Kreuzweise, De través, ἃ travers. 
Act, s. Verhand- Hecho, s. m. Acte, 8. m. 
lung, s. αὶ . 
Act, v. Handeln, v. Hacer, v. Agir, jour, v. 
Action, Handlung, f. Δοοίοη, hecho,m. Action, Κὶ 
Actively, Thitig, Activo, Actif,-ve. 
Actor, Schauspieler,m. Agente, actor,m. Acteur, m.. 
Actress, Schauspieler- Comedianta, f. Actrice, comé- 
in, ἢ. dienne, Καὶ 
Actual, Wirklich, Actual, Actuel, réel. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


415 


ACT. 
Actuate, 
Acute, 
Adage, 
Adamant, 
Adapt, 
Add, 
Addict, 
Addition, 


Address, υ. 


Address, s. 


Adept, 
Adequate, 
Adhere, 
Adherent, 
Adhesion, 
Adieu, 
Adjacent, 
Adjourn, 


Adjournment, 


Adjure, 
Adjutant, 


Administer, 
Administra- 


tion, 


Administrator, 
Admiration, 


Admire, 
Admission, 
Admit, 
Admonish, 
Adopt, 


Adoption, 
Adoration, 


Adore, 
Adorn, 


Adornation, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Treiben, Mover, Pousser, exciter. 
Spitzig, scharf, Agudo, Aigu. 
Sprichwort, n. Adagio, m. Adage, m. 
Diamant, m. Diamante, m. Adamant, m. 
Anpassen, Adaptar, Adapter. 
Hinzuthun, Afiadar, Ajouter. 
Widmen, Dedicar, S’ appliquer a. 
Hinzusetzen, n. Adicion, Καὶ Addition, Καὶ 
Anreden, υ. Hablar, v. Addresser, ¥. 
Verwendung,s.7f. Recurso (m) Addresse, 8. f. 

[dige, m. verbal, 

Kunstverstin- Adepto, m. Adepte, m. 
Angemessen, Adequado, Adequat,-e. 
Anhangen, Pegarse, Adherer. 
Anhangend, Adherente, Adherent. 
Anhangen, n. Adhesion, Καὶ Adhesion, Καὶ 
Lebe wohl! ἃ Dios, Adieu. 
Anliegend, Adyacente, Adjacent. 
Aussetzen, Diferir, Ajourner. 
Aufschub, m. Suspension, 7. Ajournement, m. 
Beschwoéren, Juramentar, Adjurer. 
Adjutant, m. Ayudante Adjutant, m. 
mayor, m. 
Verwalten, Administrar, Administrer. 
Verwaltung, f£ Administra- Administra- 
cion, Κ᾿ tion, Καὶ 
Verwalter, m. Administrador,m Administrateur. 
Bewunderung, αὶ Admiracion, α Admiration, Καὶ 
Bewundern, Admirar, Admirer. 
Zulassung, f-/ Admission, f. Admission, Καὶ 
Zulassen, Admitir, Admettre. 
Erinnern, Amonestar, Avertir. 
An Kindes Statt Adoptar, Adopter. 
annehmen, 
Annahme, an  Adopcion, Καὶ Adoption, Καὶ 
Kindes Statt, αὶ 
Anbetung,f Adoracion,f = Adoration, αὶ 
Anbeten, Adorar, Adorer. 
Zieren, Adornar, Decorer, 
Schmuck, m. Laaccion(f) Decoration, Καὶ 


de adornar, 


416 INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 

ADV GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Advance, Vorriicken, Avanzar, [to, m. Avancer, 
Advancement, Fortschritt, m. Adelantamien- Avancement, m. 
Advantage, — Vortheil, m. Ventaja, Καὶ Avantage,m. ὁ 
Advent, Advent, m. Adviento, m. Avent, m. 


Adventure, s. 


Adverb, 
Advert, 
Advertise, 


Abenteuer,s.. Aventura, 8. Καὶ 
Adveniure, v. Wagen, v. 


Nebenwort, n. 


Aventurar, v. 
Adverbio, m. 


Achtung geben, Atender, 
Benachrichtigen, A virsar, 


Advertisement, Nachricht, Καὶ 


Advertiser, 
Advice, 
Advise, 
Advocate, s. 
Advocate, v. 
A ffable, 
Affinity, 


Affix, 

A fflict, 
Affliction, 
Affront, s. 
Affront, v. 
A foot, 
Afraid, 
After, 
Again, 
Against, 
Age, 
Agent, 
Agegravate, 
Agegrayation, 
Ageorieve, 
Agitate, 
Agitator, 
Ago, 
Agonize, 
Agony, 
Agree, 
Agreeable, 
Agreed! 


Anzeiger, 72. 
Nachricht, f- 
Rathen, 
Advocat, 8. m. 


Noiicia, αὶ 
Advisador, m. 
Consejo, m. 
Conejar, 
Abogado, s.m. 


Vertheidigen, v. Abogar, v. 


Gesprachig, 
Verschwiger- 
uns) I: 
Beifiigen, 
Aengstigen, 
Leiden, 2. 
Aneriff, s. m. 


Angreisen, , 


Afable, 
Afinidad, αὶ 


Anexar, 


Afligir, 
Afliccion, Καὶ 
Afrenta, s. f. 
Encarar, v. 


Zu Fusze, A' pie, 
Furchtsam, Amedrentado, 
Nach, Despues, 
Wieder, Otra vez, 
Wider, gegen, Contra, 

Alter, 7. Edad, καὶ 
Agent, m. Operativo, m. 
Schwerer,[ ung, f Agravar, 
Verschlimmer- Agravacion, f. 
Krinken, Apesadumbrar, 
Bewegen, Agitar, 
Unwalt, m. Timon, m. 
Vorbei, Pasado, 
Peinigen, Estar agonzando, 
Pein, f [men, Agonia, Κὶ 
Uebereinstim- Concordar, 
Gemiisz, Conveniente, 


Topp! richtig! 


Establecido! 


Aventure, 8. Καὶ 
Aventurer, v. 
Adverbe, m. 
Observer. 
Avertir. 
Avertissement. 
Avertisseur, mm. 
Conseil, avis, m. 
Conseiller. 
Avocat-e, 8. m. f. 
Defender, v. 
Affable. 
Affinité, αὶ 


Joindre ἃ 
Affliger. 
Affliction, Καὶ 
Affront, 8. 22. 
Affronter, v. 
‘A pied. 
Affrayé. 
Aprés. 
Encore, 
Contre. 
Siécle, age, m. 
Agent, m. 


Ageraver. 


᾿ Ageravation, fi. - 


Vexer. 

Agiter 
Agitateur, m. 
Depuis. 
Agoniser. 
Agonie, peine, 7. 
S’accorder. 
Plaisant,-e. x 
Fini! D’accord! 


AGR. 


Agreement, 


ὶ iculture, 
AL 


Alarm, s. 
Alarm, Ὁ. 


Alas, 
Album, 
Alcohol, 


Alderman, 


Ale, 
Algebra, 

like, 
Aliment, 
Alimony, 
Alive, 
All 


᾽ 
Allay, 
Allow, 
Allowance, 
Allspice, 

usion, 
Almighty, 
τὲ ποῦς ἡ 
Alms, 
Aloes, 
Aloft, 
Alone, 
Along, 
Already, 
Also, 


Alter, 
Alteration, 
Although, 
Alum, 
Always, 
Amaze, 


Ambassador, 


Ambiguity, 


Zweideutigkeit,f£ Ambiguedad, Καὶ 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 417 
GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Uebereinstim- Concordia,f Accord, m. 
mung, f. 
Landbau, m. Agricultura, 7 Agriculture, Καὶ 
Lust, 7. Ayre, Zefiro, m. Air, m. brise, f. 
Larm, 8. m. Alarma,s.f. Alarme, 8. Καὶ 
' Larm blassen, v. Alarmar, v. Alarmer, v. 
Ach,oweh! Ay! Hélas! 
Stammbuch, n. Librito, m. Album, m. 
Rectificirter Alcohol, m. Alcohol, m. 
Weingeist,m. 
Rathsherr, m. Senador ὃ mag- Alderman, m. 
[ Bier, n. istrador, m. . 
Ungehopftes Cerveza, Καὶ Aile, καὶ 
Algebra, αὶ Algebra, αὶ Algebra, Καὶ 
’ Gleich, Descender, Pareillement. 
Nahrung, 7. Alimento, m. Aliment, m. 
Unterhalt, m. Alimentos, m. Pension, Καὶ 
Lebendig, Vivo, viviento, Vivant,-e. 
All, aller, jeder, Todo, Tout,-e, chaque. 
Legiren, Ligar, Allier. 
Erlauben, Admitar, Admettre. 
Erlaubnisz, f. Permission, f£ Indulgence, Καὶ 
Piment, m. Pimento, m. pice, αὶ 
Anspielung, f. Indirecta, Καὶ Allusion, Καὶ 
Allmichtig, Omnipotente, Tout-puissant. 
Fast, beinahe, Casi, Presque. 
Almosen, 7. Limosna, Καὶ Aumone, Καὶ 
Aloe, αὶ Aloe, 6 linalo, m. Aloés, m. 
Hoch, iiber, Arriba, En haut. 
Allein, Solo, solamente, Seul,-e. 
Langs, A' lo largo, De long. 
Bereits, A’ la hora esta, Déja. 
Ebenfalls, Tambien, Aussi. 
Aendern, Alterar, Changer. 
Veranderung, αὶ Alteracion,f. Alteration, Καὶ 
Obgleich, Aunque, Quoique. 
Alaun, m. Alumbre, m Alum, m. 
‘Immer, stets, Siempre, ‘Toujours. 
Erschrecken, _—Aterrar, ‘Attonner. 
Gesandte, m. | Embaxador, m. ‘Ambassadeur,m. 


‘Ambiguite, αὶ 


q 


418 INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 

AMB. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Ambition, Ehrgeiz, m. Ambicion, αὶ Ambition, Κὶ 
Ambitious, —_ Ehrgeizig, Ambicioso, Ambitieux, f. — 
Amiable, Liebenswiirdig, Amable, Aimable. 
Amicable, Freundschast- Amigable, Doux,-ce. 

lich, , 
Amid, Mitten in, Entre, Parmi, entre. 
Among, Unter, zwischen, Entre, Parmi, dans. 
Amount, s. Βοίγαρ, 8. m. = _Importe, 8, m. Somme, Καὶ 
Amount, v  Betragen, v. Retirar, υ. Se monter, v. 
Amuse, Unterhalten, -Entretener, Amuser. 
Amusement, Unterhaltung, f Diversion, Καὶ Amusement, m. 
Analogy, Analogie, Καὶ Analogia, Καὶ Analogie, Καὶ 
Analyze, Auslasen, Analizar, Analyser. 
Anatomy, Zergliederung- Anatomia, 7 Anatomie, αὶ 

skunst, αὶ f 
Anchor, Anker, 8. m. Ancla, s.f. Ancre, 8. fi | 
Ancient, Vor alters, Antiquo, Ancienne, ~ 
And, Und, γ; Et. 
Angel, Engel, m. Angel, m. Ange, m. 
Anger, Zorn, m. Colera, αὶ Colere, αὶ 
Animal, Thier, 7. Animal, m. Animal, m. 

Annex, Beisiigen, Anexar, Annexer-a, 

Annihilate, | Vernichten, Aniquilar, Anéantir. 
Annuity, Yehrgeld, x. Renta, Καὶ Annuité, αὶ 
Another, Kin anderer, Otro, Autre. 
Answer, Antwort, s. f. Respuesta, s. f. Réponse, s. Καὶ 
Antagonist, | Gegner, m. Antagonista, m. Antagoniste, m. 
Antemeridian, Vormittigig, Maiiana, Avant midi. 
Antichrist, Antichrist, m. Antechristo, m. Antichrist, m. 
Antiquarian, Alterthumsken- Antiquario, m, Antiquaire, m. f 

ner, 71, 
Antiquity, Alter, x. Antiguedad, ἡ Antiquite, Καὶ 
Anvil, Amboss, m. Yunque, m. Enclume, Καὶ 
Any, Jeder, jede, Qualquier, Quelque. 
Apology, Schutzspruch, m. Apologia, αὶ Apologie, f. 
Apostate, Abtriinnige, Apostata, Apostat. 
Apostle, Apostel, m. Apostol, m. Apdtre, m. 
Apparel, Kleidung, Καὶ Trage, m. Habillement, m. 
Appear, Erscheinen, Aperecer, Paraitre. 
Applaud, Beifall geben, Aplaudir, Applaudir.[ment. 
Applause, Beifall, m. Aplauso, m. Applaudisse- 


ν᾽ 


INTERNATIONAL DIOTIONARY. 419 

APP. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Apple, Augapfel, m. | Manzana, Κὶ Pomme, f. 
Application, Anwendung, / Aplication, # Application, καὶ 
Apply, Auslegen, Aplicar, S’appliquer 4. 
Appoint, Bestimmen, Sefialar, Appointer. 
Appointment, Bestimmung, Δ Estipulacion, # Appointment, m, 
Apprentice, Lehrling, m. = Aprendiz,m. = Apprentice, m.f- 
Approve, Billigen, Gustar, Approver. 
April, April, m. Abril, m. Avril, m. 
Apron, Schiirze, Καὶ Devantal, m. Tabliér, m. 
Aqueduct, Wasserleitung, αὶ Aqueducto, m. Aqueduc, m, 
Arbitrary, Willkirlich, Arbitrario, Arbitraire. 
Arbitrate, Entscheiden, —_Arbitrar, Arbitrer. 
Arcade, Bogengang, m. Boveda, καὶ Arcade, Καὶ 
Arch, Bogen, m. Arco, m. Arche, f. 
Architect, Baumeister, m. Arquitecto,m. Architect, m. 
Argue, Disputiren, Razonar, Raisoner. 
Argument, = Beweis, m. Argumento, m. Argument, m. 
Arise, Aufsteigen, Levantarse, Se lever. 
Aristocracy, Aristokratie,# Aristocracia, f Aristocratic, αὶ 
Arithmetician, Rechenmeister, Arithmético, m. Arithméticien,m. 
Arithmetic, | Rechenkunst,f Arithmética,f£ Arithmétique, αὶ 
Arm, Arm, m. Brazo, m. Bras, mm. 
Army, Armee, αὶ Exercito, m. Armée, Καὶ 
Around, Rings, herum, Circa, Autour de. 
Arrange, Orduen, [men, Colocar, Arranger. 
Arrest, in Beschlagneh- Prender, Arréter. 
Arrival, Ankunft, Καὶ Arribo, m. Arrivée, αὶ 
Arrive, Ankommen, Arribar, Arriver ἃ. 
Arrow, Pfeil, m. Flecha, Καὶ Fléche, Καὶ 
Arson, Mordbrennerei, ἘΠ delito, m. — Arson, f. [sion. 
Art, Kunst, List, # Arte, cautela, αὶ Art, m. profes- 
Artery, Pulsader, αὶ Arteria, 7. Artére, Καὶ 
Artful, Kiintslich, Artificioso, Rusé,-e.” 
Article, Artikel, m. Articulo, m. Article, m. 
Artillery, Artillerie, Καὶ Artilleria, Καὶ Artillerie, Καὶ 
Artist, Kinstler, m. Artista, m Artiste, m. 
As, . Als, da, sofern, Como, Presque, comme. 
Ascent, Aufsteigen, n. Subida, αὶ Elévation, Καὶ 
Ashes, Asche, αὶ Ceniza, Κὶ Cindres, αὶ 
Aside, Bei seite, 4 lado, ‘A cdté, ἃ part 
Ask, Demander. 


Um etwas bitten, Pedir, 


420 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. | 


ASL. 
Asleep, 
Aspire, 
Ass, 
Assassin, 
Assassinate, 


Assault, 


Assembly, 
Assertion, 
Assess, 
Assessment, 
Assessor, 
Assign, 
Assignation, 
Assignee, 


Assignment, 
Assist, 
Assistance, 
Assistant, 
Associate, 


_ Assort, 
Assortment, 


Assure, 
Astonish, 


Astonishment, 


At, 
Atheism, 
Atheist, 
Atlas, 


Atmosphere, 
Atone, 
Atonement, 
Attach, 
Attachment, 


Attack, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Schlasend, Durmiendo, En dormi. 
Streben, Aspirar, Aspirer a. 

Esel, m. eselin, f. Asno, m. Ane, m. anesse, f. 


Menchelmorder, Assassator, m. Assassin,-e, m. f. 


Verritherischer Asesinar, Assassiner. 

weise ermorden, 

Aneriff, 8, m. an- Asalto, 8. m. ac- Assaut, 8. m. at- 
greisen, v. ometer, 6. taquer, v. 


Bersammlung, f Asamblea, f, Assemblée, αὶ 


Behauptung, αὶ Asercion, f. Assertion, αὶ 
Beschatzen, Carcar, Taxer. 
Schatzung, f. Derechos,m. Taxation, καὶ 
Beistzer, ™. Asesor, . Assesseur, 22. 
Anweisen, Asignar, Assigner. 


Anweisung, f Asignacion, ἡ Assignation, Καὶ 

Curator (m.) de Podatorio, m. Député, m. 
masse, 

Anweisung, f. Sefialamiento, m. Consignation, Κι, 


Beistehen, Asistir, Assister, aider. 
Beistand, m. Asistencia, f Assistance, αὶ 
Gehiilfe, m. Asistente, 22. Auxiliaire, m. 


Associé,-e, m. fi 
associer, v. 


Theilnehmer, s. Socio, 8. m. 
m.begleiten, v. asociar, v. 


Mit waaren ver- Colocar, Assortir. 

schen, [ glada, 
Sortiment, ἢ. | Colecion, ΚΖ arre- Assortiment, m., 
Versichern, Asegurar, Assurer. 
Erschrecken, | Asombrar, Etonner. 
Bestiirzung, f Pasmo, m. Etonnement, m. 
Zu, an, bei, &c. <A’, al, Au, ἃ la, sur, &e. 


Gottesleugnung, Ateismo, m. Athéisme, m. 

Gottesleugner,m. Ateista, atéo, m. Athéiste, m. f. 

Landkarten- Atlas, m. Atlas, m. 
sammlung, f. 

Dunstkreis, m. Atmosfera, 7 Atmosphere, Κὶ 


Ausgleichen, §Expiar, accordar, Expier. 

Vergiitung, 7 Concordia, Expiation, Καὶ 

Verhaften, Prender, Attacher, lier. 

Verhaftneh- Amistad, αὶ Attachement, m, 
mung, Κὶ 

Angriff, sm.  Ataque,s.m. Attaque,s. f. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


421 


“ATE. 
Attempt, 


Attend, 
Attendance, 
Attendant, 
Attention, 


Attest, 
Attorney, 
Attract, 
Auction, 
Auctioneer, 


Audible, 
Audience, 
Aunt, 
Author, 
Authority, 
Authorize, 
Autograph, 
Autumn, 
Avenue, 
Average, 
Avert, 
Avocation, 


Awake, 


Away, 
Awful, 
Awl, 
Ax, 
Axle, 
Azure, 


Babe, 
Bachelor, 
Back, 


‘GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Versuch, s. m. Ataque, 8. Ἤν. in- Essai, s. m. tent- 


versuchen, v. 


tentar, v. 


er, v. 


Aufmerken, Atender, servir, Acompagner. 
Aufwartung, f. Corte, m. Service, m. 
Aufwirter, m. ἘΠ que atiende, Compagnon, m. 
Aufmerksam- Atencion, Καὶ Attention, Καὶ 
heit, αὶ 

Bezeugen, Atestiguar, Attester. 
Bevollmachtigte, Procurador, m. Avoué, m. 
Anzichen, Atraer, Attirer, inviter. 
Auction, f. Almoneda, f. —_Encan, m. 
Auctionator,m. Pregonero, m. Vendeur Ὧι. a 

de almoneda, _‘l’enchére. 
Horbar, Audible, Haut, chair,-e. 
Audienz, f. Audiencia, αὶ Audience, Καὶ 
Muhme,Tante, f Tia, Καὶ Tante, Καὶ 
Urheber, m. Autor, m. Auteur, m. 
Ansehen, zn. Autoridad, Δ  Autorité, Καὶ 
Bevollmichtigen, Autorizar, Autoriser. 
Unterschrift, f Autographo, m. Autograph, m. 
Herbst, m. Otoiio, m. Automne, m. f. 
Allee, Καὶ Entrada, Καὶ Avenue, αὶ 
Frohndienst,m. Averia, f. Average, m. 
Abwenden, Desviar, Detourner. 
Beruf, m. La accion ( f.) de Emploi, m. pro- 

blamar, fession, f. 
Aufwachen, v. Despartar,v. des- Eveiller, v. 

wach, adj pierto, adj. eveillé, a. 
Weg, fort, Ausente, Absent,-e. 
Ehbrwiirdig, Tremendo, Sublime. 
Pfrieme, Καὶ Lesna, f. Aléne, Καὶ 
Axt, αὶ [1 Segur, hacha, Καὶ Hache, cognée, Καὶ 
Axe, (am wagen) Exe, n. Essieu,-x, m. 
Himmelblau, Azul, claro. Azur, bleu. 
B. 

Saiugling, m. Infante, m. Enfant, m. 
Junggeselle, m. Soltero, m. Bachelier, ™. 


Riicken, 8. m. zu-Espalda,s,f. mon- Dos, 8. m. secon- 


reiten, Ὁ, 
36 τὴ 


atr a caballo,v. 


der, v. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


Bake, 
Balance, 


Ball, 
Balloon, 


Ballot, 


Balm, 

Bane, 
Banish, 
Banishment, 
Bank, 


Banner, 

Baptism, 
Baptize, 

Bar, 


Barbarian, 
Barbarous, 
Barber, 
Bare, 


Bargain, 
Bark, 


Barn, 
Barrel, 
Barren, 
Barter, 
Base, 


Bashful, 
Basket, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. _ FRENCH. 
Speck, m. Tocino, m. Lard, 7. 
Krank, schlecht, Mal, malo, Mauvais,-e. 
Zeichen, 7. Divisa, Καὶ Marque, m. 
Sack, m. Saco, m. Sac, m. poche, αὶ 
Landvyogt, m.  Alguacil, m. Bailli, m. Ὁ 


Backen, Cocer, en horno. Boulanger. 
Wage, s. f. er- Balanca, 8, f. ba- Balance, s. f. pe- 
wigen, v. laucear, v. ser, v. 
Ball, m. Kugel, Καὶ Bola, bala, fi — Balle, f. 
Lustball, σι. Bola (f.) de co- Ballon, 7. 
lumna. 
Wahlkiigelchen. Balota, 8, f. ba-Ballotte, s.f. bal- 


s.m. ballotiren,v. —_ lotar, v. lotter, v. 
Balsam, zm. Balsamo, m. Baume, m. 
Gift, n. - Veneno, m. Poison, m. 
Verbannen, Destarrar, Bannir. 
Verbannung, 7 Destierro, m. | Bannissement,m. 
Ufer, n. damm, Banco, m. Bord, rivage, m. 
m. Geldbank, Καὶ banque, f. 
Pannier, 2. Bandera, Καὶ Banniére, Κὶ 
Taufe, αὶ Bautismo, m. _Bapteme, f- 
Taufen, Bautizar, Baptiser. 


Stange, s. f sper- Palenque, 8. m. Barre, s. f. bar- 


ren, v. atrancar,v. [m. rer, Ὁ. 
Barbar, m. Hombre barbaro, Barbare, ™. 
Grausam, Barbaro, Sauvage. 


Barbier, m. Barbero, m. Barbier, 7. 
Blosz, adj. ent- Desnudo, adj. Nue,adj. depou- 
blészen, v. desnudar, v. iller, v. 
Handel, s. m. Ajuste, 8. m. pac- Marche, s.m. bar- 
handeln, v. tar, v. guigner, Φ. 
Baumrinde, 8. f Barco, 8. m. la- Barque, 8. fI a- 
bellen, v. drar, v. boyer, v. 
Scheune, Καὶ Granero, m. Grange, f- 
Tasz,n. Tonne, f. Barril, huso, m. Baril, tonneau,m. 
Unfruchtbar, —_Esteril, Sterile. 
Tauscn, 8, m. ‘Trafico, 8. m. Troc, 8. m. 
Niedrig, adj. Baxo, adj. fondo, Bas,-se, adj. bas, 


bass, 8. m. 8. mM. 8. M2. . 
Schamhaft, Vergonzoso, Modeste, timide 
Korb, mm. Cesta, canasta,f Panier, m. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


423 


BAS. GEKMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Bason, basin, Becken, n. Jofayna, αὶ Bassin, m. 
Bass, Bass, m. Esparto, m. Basse, Καὶ 
Bat, Fledermaus, f. Garrote, m._ Massue, crosse, ft 
‘Bath, n. bathe, Bad, x. Bahung, Baiio, s.m. bafiir, Bain, s. m. se 
υ. 8. f. baden, νυ. υ. baigner, v. 
Battery, Angriff, m. Bateria, Καὶ Batterie, αὶ 
Battle, Schlacht, Καὶ Batalla, f. Bataille, Καὶ 
Bayonet, Bajonnet, n. [n. Bayoneta, Κὶ Baionnette, Καὶ 
Beach, Strand, m. Ufer, Costa, fi _ Bord, rivage, m. 
Beacon, Liirmzeichen, n. Valiza, αὶ Phare, m. 
Beak, Schnabel, m. —_— Pico, m. Bee, m. [m. 
Beam, Balken,Strahl,m. Viga, 7. rayo, m. Poutre, f. rayon, 
Bear, Bar, 8. m. tragen, Oso, 8. m. llevar Ours, s,m: por- 
υ. alguna cosa,v. ter, υ. 
Beard, Bart, m. Barba, Καὶ Barbe, Κ [m. 
Beast, Thier, 2. Bestia, f. Béte, f. animal, 
Beau, Stutzer, m. Caballero, m. Petit maitre, m. 
Beautiful, Schén, Hermoso, Beau, bel, belle. 
Beauty, Schénheit, £ | Hermosura,f. Beauté, αὶ 
Because, Darum, weil, Porque, Parce que. 
Beck, Wink, 8. m. Cabecco, s.m. Signe s. f. 
Become, Werden, Hacerse, Convenir, a, 
Bed, Bétt, 2. Cama, Κὶ [locos, Lit, m. 
Bedlam, Tollhaus, n. Casa (f) de Petites maisons. 
Bee, Biene, Καὶ Abeja, αὶ Abeille, αὶ 
Beech, Buche, Καὶ Haya, f. Hétre, m. 
Beef, Rindfleisch, xn. Vaca, αὶ Beeuf, γι. 
Beer, Bier, 2. Cerveza, f. Biére, αὶ 
Beet, Riibe, Καὶ Acelga, αὶ Bette, poirée, αὶ 
Befriend, Begiinstigen, §Favorecer, Supporter, 
Beget, Zeugen, Engendrar, Engendrer. 
Beggar, Bettler, n. Mendigo, m. . Mendiant,-e,m./. 
Begin, Anfangen, Empezar, Commencer, 
Beginning, Anfang, n. Principio, m. | Commencement. 
Begrudge, Beneiden, Envidiar, Nier, envier. 
Behave, Sich betragen, Proceder, Se conduire. 
Behavior, Betragen, n. Μοάαὶ, m. Deportment, m. 
Behead, Enthaupten, = Degollar, Decapiter. 
Behind, Hinter, [Siehe! Detras, atrés, Deriére, aprés. 
Behold, Ansehen, v. Ver, ». he! iné. Voir, v. Voici! 
Being, s. Dasein, n. Existencia, f. Etre, m. 


424 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


BEL. 
Belch, 
Belie, 
Belief, 
Believe, 
Bell, 
Bellow, 
Bellows, 
Belly, 
Belong, 
Below, 
Belt, 
Bench, 
Bend, 
Beneath, 
Benefit, 


Bequeath, 


Bereaye, 
Berry, 
Beseech, 
Beset, 
Beside, 
Besiege, 


7 
Betide, 
Betray, 
Betroth, 
Better, 

. Between, 
Bewitch, 
Beyond, 
Bible, 
Bid, 


Bidding, s. 


Big, 
Bigamy 
Bigot, "ἢ 
Bile, 
Bilge, 
Bilious, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Riilpsen, Regoldar, Roter, vomir. 
Beliigen, Contrahacer,  Contredire. 
Glaube, m. Creencia, Καὶ Croyance, foi, fz 
Glauben, Creer, Croire. 

Glocke, αὶ Campana, ἢ © Cloche, Καὶ 
Brillen, Bramar, Beugler. 
Blasebalg, m.  Fuelles, m. Soufflet, m. 
Bauch, m. Vientre, m. Ventre, m. 
Betreffen, Pertenecer, Appartenir. 
Unter, unten, | Debaxo, abaxo, Au dessous 46. 
Gehenk, ἢ. Carrea, Καὶ Ceinturon, 7. 


Bank, f. [gen v. Banco,m. [var, v. Bane, m. 
Biegung, f. bie- Comba, f. encor- Pli, s.m. plier, τ. 


Unter, Abaxo, Sous. 
Wohlthat, s.f Beneficio, s.m. Bienfait, 8. m. 
Vermachen, Mandar, Legtter ἃ. 
Berauben, Despojar, Depouiller. 
Beere, Καὶ Baya, fe Baie, αὶ ᾿ 
Bitten, flehen, Suplicar, Prier, conjurer. 
Besetzen, Sitiar, acosar,  Assieger. 
Auszer,neben, Cerca, ademas, “A cdté de. 
Belagern, Sitiar, Assieger. 
Beste, Mejor, Meilleur,-e. 
Schenken, Dar, conferir. Donner. 
Wette, 5. ἃ Apuesta, 8... Gageure, Καὶ 
Begegnen, Sucedar, Arriver. 
Verrathen, Exponer, Trahir. 
Verloben, Desposar, Fiancer. 
Besser, El mejor, Meilleur,-e. 
Zwischen, Entre, Entre. 
Beheren, Encantar, Enchanter. 
Ueber, jenseits, Mas alla, Au dela de. 
Bibel, αὶ Biblia, αὶ Bible, m. 
Entbieten, Pedir, mandar, Proposer. 
Befehl, m. Orden, m. 7. Commande. Καὶ 
Dick, kiihn, Grande, Gros, large. 


Bigamie, αὶ Bigamia, Κὶ Bigamie, Καὶ 
Scheinheilige, m. Partidario, m. — Bigot,-e, m. ft 
Beule, Galle, 7. Bilis, colera, fi Bile, Κὶ clou, m. 
Leck werden, Hacer agua. Couler. “Ὁ 
Gallenhaft, Bilioso, Bilieux-se. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 495 


BIL. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Bill, ἐν Schnabel, Bill, f Pico (m) de ava, Bec, billet, m. 
Billow, Woge, Welle, f. Oleada, αὶ Vague, Καὶ 
Bin, Kasten, m. Lade, Despensa, Καὶ Coftre, m. 
Bind, Binden, ‘Atar, [m. Enchainer. 
Binder, ' Binder, m. Enquadernador, Relieur, lieur, m. 
Biped, Thier, 7. Animal de ἀοβ Bipéde, m. 
ies, m. 
Birch, Birke, Ruthe,f Abedul, m. Bouleau,-x, m. 
Bird, Vogel, m. Ave, m. Oisseaux-x, m. 
Birth, Geburt, αὶ Nacimiento, m. Naissance, Καὶ 
Biscuit, Zwieback, m. Galleta, Καὶ Biscuit, m. 
Bishop, Bischof, m. Obispo, m. Evéque, m. 
Bit, Bissen, m. Stiick, Bocado, m. Morceau,-x, m. 
Bite, Beiszen,krinken, Morder, Mordre, pincer. 
Bitter, Bitter, Amargo, Amer,-e. 
Black, Mirrisch, Negro, obscuro, Noir, sombre. 
Black-lead, Reisz-blei, n.  Lapiz-plomo, m, Minede plomb, Κα 
Blacksmith, | Grobschmied, m. Herrero, m. Forgeron. m. 
Bladder, Blase, αὶ Vexiga, f. [mo, Vessie, enflure,f. 
Blade, Blattchen, n. ‘Pala (33) dere- Lame, tige, f- 
Blame, Tadel, 8. m. Calpa, αὶ Blame, crime, m. 
Blameless, Untadelhaft, Inocente, Innocent,-e. 
Blanket, WolleneDecke, Καὶ Manta, Καὶ Couverture Καὶ 
Blaspheme, _— Gott listern, Blasfemar, Blasphémer. 
Blasphemer, Gotteslisterer,n, Blasfemo, m. Blasphemateur. 
Blast, Windstoss, 8. m. Nublo, 8. m. Boutlée, 5. m. 
Blaze, Flamme, s.f. Llama, s. 7 bril- Flamme, s. Καὶ 
Flammen, ὃ. lar, v. allumer, v. 
Bleach, Bleichen, Blanquear, Blancher. 
Bleachery, Bleich, αὶ Blanqueria, 7 —_ Blanchisserie, Καὶ 
Bleat, Bléken, s. 2. v. Balido, 8, m. Bélement, 8. 7m. {Ψ 
balar, υ. béler, v. 
Bleed, Bluten, Sangrar, Saigner. 
Blemish, Makel, s. γι. Tacha, s.f. Tache, s. f< 
Blend, Besudeln, Mezelar, Méler. 
Bless, Segnen, Bendecir, Bénir, louer, 
Blind, — Blind, falsch, — Ciego, Aveugle. 
Blindness, Blindkeit, Καὶ Ceguedad, f. Aveuglement,m. 
Bliss, Seligkeit,~£ Gloria, Καὶ Béatitude, Καὶ 
Blister, Blatter, s. Καὶ Vexiga, s. Καὶ Vésicule, 8. Καὶ 


Bloat, Anfblasen, Hinchar, S’ enfler, gonfler. 


426 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


BLO. 
Block, 
Blood, 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Block, Klotz, m. Zoquete, sm. Bloc, 8. m. 


Blut, 2. 


Sangre, m. 


Blood-thirsty, Blutdiirstig, [v. Sanguinario, 
Bliithe,s. bliihen, Flor,s. fenchar,v Fleur,s.fieurir, v, 


Bloom, 
Blot, 
Blotch, 


Klecks, s. m. 
Blatter, ΚΔ 


Borron, 8. m. 


Roncha, Καὶ 


Blotting-paper, Léschpapier, x. Teleta, αὶ 
Stosz,m.wehen,v Golpe,s. soplar,v, Coup,s.souffler,v. 


Blow, 
Blue, 
Bluff, 
Blunder, 
Blunt, 


Blur, 
Blush, 


Bluster, 
Board, 
Boarder, 
Boast, 


Boat, 
Bobbin, 
Bodice, 
Bodkin, 
Body, 
Box’ 
Bohea, 
Boil, 
Boisterous, 
Boiler, 
Bold, 
Bombard, 
Bond, 
Bondage, 
Bone, 
Bonfire, 


Bonnet, 
Book, 
Boom, 


Blau, 

Grob, 

Schnitzer, s.m. 

Stumpf, adj. 
abstumpfen, υ. 

Klecks, 8. mm: 


Azul, 

Agreste, 

Desatino, s. m. 

Lerdo, adj. em- 
botar, v. 

Borron, 8. 7”. 


Schamrothe, s.f Chapa, 8. f. 


erréthen, v. 
Sturm, s. m. 
Brett, 2. Kost, Καὶ 
Kostganger, 7. 
Prahlerei, s. f. 


prahlen, v. 


hacer roxo, v. 
Ruido, s. m. 
Tabla, s. ft 
Mes, afio, m. 
Jactancia, s. fi 

jactar, Ὁ. 


Boot, n. Fabre, f Bote, m. 
Schnur, Spule, /. Bolillo, m. 


Schniirbrust, Καὶ 
Haarnadel, Καὶ 


Leib, Korper,m. 


Corsé, m. 
Punzon, m. 
Cuerpo, ἢ». 


Sumpf,Morast,m Pantano, m. 


Theebuh, m. 
Kochen, 
Stiirmisch, 
Sieder, m. 


Kiihn, frech, 


Bombardiren, 


Band,n.Strick,m. 


Knechtschaft, καὶ 
Knochen, m. 


Freudenfeuer, n. 


Damenhut, m. 
Buch, 2. 


Querstange, Κὶ 


Especie de té,m. 
Hervir, 
Barrascoso, 
Cocedor, m. 
Intrepido, 
Bombardear, 
Grillo, 2. 
Cautiverio, m. 
Hueso, m. 
Fuego (m.) de 
regocijo. 
Bonete, m. 
Libro, ™. 
Botalon, m. 


Sang, m. 
Sanguinaire, 


Tache, s. ft 
Pustule, [lardym, 
Papier brouil- 


Bleu, d’azur. 
Rude, fier,-e. 
Erreur, s. f. 
moussé, adj, 
émousser, v. 
Tache, s. f. 
Rougeur, s. f. 
rougir, Ὁ. 
Fracas, 8. δ. 
Planche, 8. Καὶ 
Pensionnaire, 7). 
Parade, 8.1 
vanter, v. 
Bateau,-x, ™. 
Bobine, Καὶ 
Corset, m7. 
Poingon, m. 
Corps, homme,m, 
Marais, m. 
Thé-bou, m. 
Bouillir. 
Violent,-e. 
Bouilloire, Καὶ 
Hardi,-e, rude, — 
Bombardier. 
Lien, m. 
Captivité, /. 
Os, m. arréte, fi 
Feu (m) de joie 


mM. 
Bonnet, chapeau, 
Livre, m. : 
Bome, perche, f 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 427 


Borough, 
Borrow, 
Bosom, 
Boss, 
Botanical, 
Botanist, 
Botany, 
Botch, 
Both, 
Botile, 
Bottom, 
Bough, 
Bound, 


Boundless, 
Bounty, 
Bow, 


Bow, (δο.) 
Bowcls, ~* 
Bowl, 

Box, 

Boy, 
Brace, 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Gabe,s.lustig,ad). Dadiva, 8. alegre, Present,s.bon, a: 


Stiefel, m. Ganancia, αὶ Botte, αὶ 
Beute, Καὶ Raub, Botin, m. Butin, pillage, m. 
Geboren, Nacido, Né. 
Marktflecken, m. Ciudad, Καὶ Bourg, m. 
Borgen, Tomar fiado, Emprunter. 
Busen, m. Seno, m. Sein, m. 
Buckel, Καὶ Clavo, m. Bosse, Καὶ 
Botanisch, Botanico, Botanique. 
Botaniker, m. Botanista, m. Botaniste, m. f. 
Krauterkunde, αὶ Botanica, Καὶ Botanique, Καὶ 
Flickwerk,s.n. | Roncha, 5, f. Enflure, 5. Καὶ 
Beide, Ambos, los dos, Tous deux. 
Flasche, Καὶ Botella, αὶ Bouteille, Καὶ 
Grund, Boden,m. Fondo, m. Fond, m. 

Ast, m. Brazos de arbol, Branche, f. 


Sprung, m. 
prallen, v. 
Grenzenlos, 


Primie, αὶ 
Bug, 8. m. 


beigen, συ. 


Bogen, m. 


Eingeweinde, n. 
Becken, s. n. 


Biichse, αὶ 


Knabe,Junge,m. 


Band, 8. n. 


schniiren, v. 


Ni ; 
Prailen, 


Prahler, m. 
Flechte, s. Καὶ 
flechten, v, 


Gehirn, n. 


Farnkraut, n. 


Kleie, αὶ 


Zweig, 8. m. 
Brand, s. m. 


Limite, s.m. des- Limite, 8. f- limi- 
lindar, v. ter, v. 
Illimitado, Tilimité, [té, f 
Generosidad, Κα Bonté, générosi- 
Reverencia, 7; Salut, m. cour- 


encorvar, Ὁ. ber, v. 
Arco, m. Are, archet, τῇ. 
Intestinos, m. —_Entraillles, Καὶ 


Taza, 8. f. Bassin, s. m. 

Box, m. caxa, f. Buis, m. caisse, αὶ 

Muchacho, nifio, Garcon, m. 

Abrazadera, s. f. Paire,s. f. lier, v. 
bracear, v. 


Clavo, m. Clou, sans téte, 
Jactarse, Vanter. 
Fanfarron,m. Bravache, m. 


Trenza, 8. f. tren- Noeud, s. m, tres- 


ΖΔΓ, v. ser, v. 
Celebro, m. Cerveau-x, m. 
Helechal, m. Buisson, m. [m. 
Salvado, m. Son, bran de son, 
Rama, 5, Κὶ Branche, s. f. 
Tizon, 8. m. Tison, 8. 72. 


Branntwein, m. Aguardienteym. Brandevin, πεν 


~Kohlpfanne, 7 ~=Latonero, m. 


Brasier, m. 


428 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


BRA. 
Brass, 
Brat, 
Bravado, 
Brave, 
Bravery, 
Bray, 
Bread, 
Breadth, 
Break, 
Breakfast, 
Breast, 
Breath, 
Breathe, 
Brevity, 
Brew, 
Brewer, 
Brewery, 
Bribe, 
Brick, 
Brickle, 
Bridal, 
Bride, 
Bridge, 
Bridle, 
Brier, 
Brig, 
Brigade, 
Bright, 
Brim, 
Brimstone, 
Brindle, 
Brine, 
Bring, 
Brink 
Bristle, 
Broach, 
Broad, 
Brogan, 
Broker, 
Brook, 
Broom, 


GERMAN. 


Kupfer, 2. 


FRENCH. 
Airain, 22. 


SPANISH. 
Bronce, ™.., 


Kind, n. Balg,m. Rapaz, prole, m. Petit marmot, m. 


Groszprahlerei,/. Bravata, αὶ 


Tapfer, 
Prahlerei, αὶ 
Schallen, 
Brod, 2. 
Breite, Καὶ 
Brechen, 
Frihstiick, ἢ. 
Brust, Καὶ 
Athem, m. 
Athmen, 
Kirze, ζὶ 
Brauen, 
Brauer, m. 
Brauhaus, 7. 


Geschenk, 5. ἢ. 


Ziegelstein, m. 
Zerbrechlich, 
Briutlich, 
Braut, Καὶ 
Briicke, Καὶ 
Zaum, 7m. 
Stauch, m. 
Brigg, m. 
Brigade, f- 
Hell, klar, 
Rand, m. 
Schwefel, m. 
Schecke, 
Salzwasser, 7. 
Bringen, 
Rand, m 
Borste, 8.1 
Bratspies, 8. m. 
Breit, grosz, 


- Holzschuh, m. 


Makler, m. 
Bach, s. m. 


Pfriemenkraut,n. Escobera, Καὶ 


Bravade, αὶ 
Bravo, Brave, 
Pompa, αὶ Courage, mm. 
Majar, Broyer, v. 
Pan, m. Pain, m. 
Anchura, Καὶ Largeur, f. 
Romper, Rompre, casser. 
Almuerzo, m.  Déjetiner, 8. mv. 
Pecho, m. Poitrine, Καὶ 
Aliento, m. Haleine, Καὶ 
Alentar, Respirer. 
Brevidad, αὶ Bréveté, Καὶ 
Hacer licores,  Brasser. 
Cervecero, m. Brasseur, m. 
Cerveceria, f. Brasserie, αὶ 


Cohecho, 8... Present, m. 


Ladrillo, m. Brique, αὶ 
Quebradizo, Fragile. 
Nupcial, Nuptial,-e. 
Novia, Καὶ Epouse, αὶ 
Puente, m. Pont,chevalet,m. 


Brida, Καὶ freno, m. Bride, Καὶ frein, m. 


Zarz0, 7). Ronee, Καὶ 
Bergantin, m. Brigantin, Καὶ 
Brigada, αὶ Brigade, Καὶ 
Claro, Brilliant,-e. 
Borde, m. Bord,extrémité, f 


Azufre, m. [res, Soufre, /- 
Veriedad decolo- Tavelure, tache. 


Salmuera, 7 Saumure, mer, f- 
Llevar,.traer, | Apporter. 
Orilla, Καὶ Bord, m. 
Cerda,s.f. 6ῸΟ Soie, s. f 


Broche, s. ft 
Large, gros,-se. 
Soulier, m — 
Courtier, m. 
Ruisseau-x, $m. 
Genét, ballai, m. 


Espeto, 8. m. 
Ancho, claro, 
Zapato, m. 
Corredor, m. 
Arroyo, 8. ™. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 499 


BRO. 


Broth, 
Brother, 
Brotherly, 
Brown, 
Bruise, 
Brush, 


Brute, 
Bubble, 
Bud, 
Budget, 
Buffalo, 
Buffet, 
Buffoon, 
Bug, 

. Buggy, 
Bugle, 
Build, 
Bulk, 
Bull, 
Bullet, 
Bully, 
Bumper, 
Bunch, 
Bundle, 
Bung, 
Buoy, 
Buoyant, 
Bur, 
Burdock, 
Burden, 
Burgamot, 
Bureau, 
Burglar, 
Burn, 


is: 
ury 
Bush, 
Bushel, 
Bustle, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Fleischbriithe, Κα Caldo, m. Fréze, m. 
Bruder, m. Hermano, m. _— Bouillon, m. 
Bruderlich, Fraternal, Fraternel,-le. 
Braun, Bruno, Brun,-e. 
Schlagen, v. Contusion, 8, f. Contusion, 8, Καὶ 
Biirste, 8. Καὶ Bruza, 8. f. Brosse, 8. Καὶ 

biirsten, υ. acepillar, v. brosser, v. 
Vieh, 5. n. Bruto, 8. m. Brute, s. αὶ 
Wasser-blase, f. Burbuja, s.f —_Bouteille, 8. αὶ 
Knospe, s. αὶ Pimpolla, s. f Bouton, 8. m, 
Ranzen, 7. Talego portatil, Petit sac, m. 
Biffel, m. Bifalo, m. Buffle, m. 
Schlagen, Combatir, Souffleter. 
Possenreiszer, m. Bufon, m. Bouffon. 
Wanze, Καὶ Chinche, m. Punaise, Καὶ 
Einspinner, m. Especie de carro, Voiture, f. 
Waldhorn, n, Corneta, Καὶ Cor de chasse,m. 
Bauen, Edificar, Batir. 
Klumpen, m. | Tamaiio, m. Grandeur. 
Stier, m. Toro, m. Taureau, ™. 
Kugel, f. Bala de metal, Balle,fboulet, m., 
Kuppler, 9. τι. Espadachin, m. Tapageur, m. 
Volles Glas, n. Copa, lleno, Rasade, αὶ 
Bund, Biindel, xn. Nudo, racimo, m. Bosse, αὶ 
Bund, n. Atado, lio, m. Paquet, m. 
Spund, m. Bondon, m. Bondon, m, 
Boje, f. Boya, f. Bouéé, Καὶ 
Bebend, Boyante, 15. Flottant,-e. 
Klette, αὶ Cadillo, m. Bardane, αὶ 
Klette, αὶ Bardana, Καὶ Glouteron, m. 
Last, Καὶ Carga, Fardeau,-x, m. 
Bergamotte, f. Pera bergomota, Bergamote, Κὶ 
Schreibtisch, m. Escritorio, m. Bureau,-x, m. 
Dieb, m. Robador, m. Voleur, m. 
Brand, 8. m. Quemadura,s. f. Brilure, s.f. bra- 

brennen, ὕ. quemar, v, ler, v. 
Bersten, Reventar, Crever. 
Vergraben, Enterrar, Enterrer. 
Busch, m. Arbusto, m. Buisson, ™. 
Scheffel, m. Fanega, αὶ Boisseau,-X, ™. 
Gerausch, 5, 5. Bullicio, s.m. Bruit, m 


430 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


BUS. 
Busy, 


But, 
But, 


Butcher, 


Butchery, 
Butter, 
Buttery, 
Button, 


Buttress, — 
Buy, 
Buyer, 


By, 
Bye (good,) 


Cabbage, 
Cabin, 
Cabinet, 
Cable, 
Cadet, 
Cage, 


Cake, 
Calash, 
Calculate, 
Calculation, 
Caldron, 
Calender, 
Calf, 
Calico, 
Call, 

Calm, 


Calomel, 
Calumny, 
Cambric, 


GERMAN. 


Geschiftig, ad). 


beschiaftigen, v. 


Aber, nur, als. 
Ende, s. 2. an- 
grenzen, v. 
Fleischer, s. m. 
schlachten, v. 
Fleischbank, Καὶ 

Butter, Καὶ 


SPANISH. 

Ocupado, adj. 

ocupar, v. 
Excepto, 
Limite, cabo,s.m. 

hincharse, v. 
Carnicero, 8. 70. 

matar, v. 
Carruceria, Καὶ 
Manteca, Κὶ 


Speisekammer,f. Mantecoso, m. 
Knopf, 8. m. zu- Boton, 8. m. 


knopfen, v. 
Stiitze, Καὶ 
Kaufen, 
Kaufer, m. 
Durch, von, zu, 


Lebe wohl, 


Kohl, m. 
Cabinet, n. 
Cabinet, n. 
Ankertau, ἢ. 
Cadet, m. 
Vogelbauer,s.m. 
einspenen, v. 
Kuchen, m. 
Kalesche, αὶ 
Ausrechnen, 
Berechnung, Καὶ 
Kochtopf, m. 
Kalender, m. 
Kalb, n. 
Kattun, m. 
Nennen, 
Windstille, s. f. 
ruhig, adj. 
Calomel, n. 


abotonar, v. 
Estribo, m. 
Comprar, 
Comprador, m. 
Por, 

4 Dios, 


C. 


Berza, Καὶ 
Cabana, Καὶ 
Gabinete, m. 
Cable, m. 
Cadete, m. 
Jaula, 8. f. en- 
jaular, v. 
Bollo, m. 
Calesa, Καὶ 
Calcular, 
Calculacion, Καὶ 
Caldera, αὶ 
Calandria, αὶ 
Pontorrilla, αὶ 
Calicad, Καὶ 
Llamar, 
Calmo, 8. m. 
tranquilo, adj. 
Mercurio dulce, 


Verleumdung, Κὶ Calumnia, Καὶ 


Kammertuch, n. 


Batista, f. 


- 


FRENCH. 
Actif,-ve, adj. 0¢- 
cuper, v. 
Mais. 
Bout, s. m. heur- 
-ter, Ὁ. 
Boucher, 8. ™. 
egorger, U. 
Boucherie, Καὶ 
Beurre, ™m. 
Dépense, Καὶ 
Bouton, 8. m. 
boutanner, Ὁ. 
Arc-boutant, m. 
Acheter. 
Acheteur-se,mf. 
Par, de, 4, au, 
Adieu. 


Chou,-x, [2 
Petite chambre, 
Cabinet, m. 
Cable, m. 
Cadet, m. 
Cage, s. f. enca- 
ger, v. 
Gateau-x, m. 
Caléche. f 
Calculer. 
Calcul, m. 
Chaudron, m. 
Calandre, Καὶ 
Veau-x, m. 
Indienne, f. 
Appeler. 
Calme, s. m, cal- 
me, adj. 
Calomel, m. 
Calomnie, Καὶ 
Batiste, καὶ 


Se 


- 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 431 
OAM. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Camel, Kameel, x. Camello, m. Chameau,-x, m. 
. Camomile, Kamille, Καὶ Manzanilla,f Camomille, αὶ 
Camp, Lager, 8. x. cam- Campo, s.m. Camp, 8. m. 
iren, ὃ. acampar, Vv. camper, v. 
Campaign,  Feldzug, m. Campaiia,f. Campagne, Καὶ 
Camphor, Kampfer, m. _—- Alcanfor, m. amphre, m. 
Canal, Canal, m. Canal, m. Canal,-aux, m. 
Canary-bird, Canarienyogel,m Canario, m. Serin, m. f. 
Cancel, Ausstreichen, Cancelar, Canceller. 
Cancer, Krebs, m. Cancer, m. Cancre, m. 
Candid, Weisz, Candido, Blanc,-he. 
Candidate, Candidat, m. Candidato, m. Candidat, m. 
Candle, Licht, n. Candela, αὶ Chandelle, 7. 
Candle-snuffer, Lichtputze, f | Despabiladeras,fMoucheur (m) de 
chandelle. 
Candlestick, _ Leuchter,m. | Candelero, m. Chandelier, m. 
Candor, Biederkeit, f. | Candor, m. Candeur, αὶ 
Cannibal, Kannibal, m. | Canibal, m. [ria, Canibale, m. 
Cannon, Kanone, αὶ Canon de artille- Canon, m. 
Canon, Kanon, m. Canon, m. Canon,statute,m. 
Canopy, Traghimmel, m. Dosel, m. Dais, pavillon, m. 
Cant, Heuchelei, s. 7. Gerigonza, 8. f. Argot, 8. m. jar- 
winfeln, v. almonedear, v. gonner, ὕ. 
Canter, Pasz, 8. m. Galope, s.m. | Galop, 8. m. 
galopiren, v. —_— galopear, v. galopear, v. 
Canto, Gesang, m. Canto, m. Chant, m. 
Canvass, Cannevas, 8. m. Lona, s.f. solici- Canevas, 8. m. 
‘ priifen,y.[lerjm, tar, v. solliciter, v. 
Canvasser, Stimmensamm- Solicitador, m. Solliciteur, m. 
Cap, Miitze, Haube, f. Gorro, m. Gorra, Chapeau, m. 
Capable, Fiahig, tiichtig, Capaz, Capable. 
Capacity, Umfang, m. Capacidad,f£ - Capacité, αὶ 
Cape, Kragen, mt. Cabo, m. Collet, m. 
Capit-al,-ol,  Hauptstadt,s.f. Capitolio, s,m. Chapiteau-x, s,m.” 
peinlich, adj. capital, adj. " capital,-e, adj. 
Captain, Hauptmann,m, Capitan, m. Capitaine, m. 
Captivate, Einnehmen, [ 7 Cautivar, Captiver. 
Captivity, Gefangenschaft, Cautiverio, m. Captivité, αὶ 
Car, Karren, m. Carreta, 7. Charrette, αὶ 
Carcass, TodterKérper,m Res muerta, f. Carcasse, /- 
Card, Karte, Καὶ Naype, m. Carte, curde, Καὶ 


432 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


CAR. 
Cardinal, 


Care, 
Careful, 
Careless, 
Caress, 
Cargo, 
Carmine, 
Carnage, 
Carol, 


Carpenter, 
Carpet, 
Carriage, 
Carry, 
Cart, 
Carve, 
Case, 
Cash, 
Cashier, 
Cask, 
Cast, 
Castle, 
Castor, 
Cat, 
Cataract, 
Catch, 
Cathedral, 
Catholic,. 


Cattle, 
Cause, 


Caution, 


Cavern, 


Cedar, 
Celebrate, 


Celebration, 


Celestial, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 
Cardinal, s.m. Cardinal, s. m. 
vornehmst, adj. cardinal, adj. 
Sorge, Vorsicht, / Cuidado, m. 


Besorgt, Cuidadoso, 
_Nachiassig, Descuidado, 
Liebkosen, Acariciar, 


Schiffsladung,f Carga, f. 


Carmin, m. Carmin, m. 

Blutbad, 2. Carniceria, f. 

Lied, s.2. sin- Villancico, 8. m. 
gen, v. cantar, v, 


Zimmermann, m. Carpintero, m. 


FRENCH. 

Cardinal, 8. m._ 

cardinal,-e, adj. 
Soin, m. 
Soigneux,-se. 
Negligent,-e, 
Caresser, 
Cargaison, Κὶ 
Rouge, carmin-e. 
Carnage, m. 
Chanson joy- 

euse, s.f. chan- 

ter, v. 


Charpentier, m. 


Teppich, m. [m. Tapéte de mesa, Tapis, m. 


Fuhre, f.Wagen, Porte, Coche,m. Voiture, Καὶ [ter. 


Tragen, fihren, Llevar, 
Karren, m. 
Graben, 
Futteral, ἢ. 
Baares Geld, | Dinero comtan- 
Cassirer, 7. Caxero, m. 
Fasz, n. Helm,m. Barril, m. 
Werfen, Tirar, mudar, 
Schloss, n. [. Castillo, m. 


Grabar, 


Biber, Biberhut, Castor, m. 
Katze, αὶ Cato, m. 
Wasserfall,n. Cascada, αὶ 
Fangen, Coger, 


Domkirche, f. Catedral, καὶ 
Katholik, sm. Catolico, 8, m. 


katholisch,adj. _catdlico, adj. 
Rindvieh, n. Ganado, m. 
Ursache, s. f.. Causa, s. f. 
verursachen,v. causar, 2. 
‘Vorsicht, s.f. Cautela, s. f. 
warnen, v. prevenir, v. 
Hohle, αὶ Caverna, αὶ 
Ceder, αὶ Cedro, m. 
Feiern, Celebrar, 
Feier, f. Celebracion, Κὶ 
Himmlisch, Celestial, 


Porter, transpor- 


Carro,carromato, Charrette, Καὶ 


Couper. 


Estado, m. [te, Boite, Καὶ [tant,m. 


Argent compt- 
Caissier, m. 
Tonneau,-X, 77}. 
Jeter, lancer. 
Chateau,-x, m. 
Castor, m. 
Chat, m. 
Chute (7) d’eau. 
Saisir, prendre. 
Cathédrale, αὶ 
Catholique, s.m. 
catholique, adj. 
Betail, m. Bétes. 
Cause, f cau- 
ser, Ὁ. 
Prudence, 8, Καὶ 
avertir, v. 
Caverne, Καὶ 
Cédre, m. 
Célébrer. 
Celebration, f 
Celeste. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 433 


CEL. 
Cellar, 
Cent, 
Centinel, 
Centre, 
Century, 
Ceremony, 
Certain, 
Certificate, 
Certify, 
Cessation, 
Chaff, 
Chain, 
Chair, 

_ Chalk, 
Chamber, 
Chance, 
Chancellor, 
Chancery, 
Change, 


Chap, 
Chapel 
Character, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Keller, m. Sétano, m. Cave, fcellier,m. 
Hundert, n. Ciento, m. -Cent, m. 
Schildwache, f. Centinela,m. Sentinelle, αὶ 
Mittelpunkt, m. Centro, m. Centre, m. 
Jahrhundert, x. Centuria, αὶ Centur,-ie, Καὶ 
Ceremonie,~ Ceremonia,f. Cérémonie, Καὶ 
Gewisz, Cierto, certain, Certain,-e. 
Bescheinigung,f. Certificacion, αὶ Certificat, m. 
Vergewissern, Certificar, Certifier. 
Stillstand, m.  Cesacion, Καὶ Cessation, f. — 
Spreu, αὶ Zurron, m. Paille, αὶ 
Kette, καὶ Cadena, αὶ Chaine, Καὶ 
Sitz, Stuhl, m. Silla, Καὶ Chaise, αὶ 
Kreide,fKalk,m. Greda, αὶ Craie, marne, αὶ 
Kammer, αὶ Camara, Καὶ Chambre, αὶ 
Zufall, καὶ Fortuna, καὶ Hasard, m. 
Kanzler, m. Canciller, m. Chancelier, m. 
Kanzlei, αὶ Cancilleria, fi | Chancellerie, αὶ 


Wechseln,v.Ver- Mudar, v. mu- Changer, v. 


ainderung, s.f. danza, s.f. changement,s.m. 
Maul,s. spalten,v. Grieta,s,f.rajar,v. Fente,sffendre,v 
Capelle, καὶ Capilla, #. Chapelle, αὶ 
Schriftzug, m. Caracter, m. Caractére,m. [m. 
Holzkohle, f Carbon, m. Charbon de bois. 
Ladung, s. f. Cargo, 8. m. Charge, s. f. 

laden, v. encargar, ¥. charger, v. 

Gutmiithigkeit,~ Caridad, καὶ Charite, αὶ 


Encanto, s.m, Charm, 8. m. 
encantar, v. charmer, v. 
Encantador, m. Enchanteur, m. 
Seekarte, αὶ Cartadenavigar, Carte marine, Καὶ 
Urkunde, αὶ Privilegio,m. Titre, m. [ser,v. 
Jadg,s.f. Jagen,v Caza,s. f. cazar,v. Chasse,s. f. chas- 


Zauber, s. m. 
bezaubern, v. 
Zauberer, m. 


Keusch, Casto, puro, Chaste, fidéle. 
Keusehheit, # ~—- Castidad, αὶ es Chasteté, αὶ 
Vermégen, x. Bienes muebles, Biens, m. 
Wohlfeil, Barato, ‘A bon marché. 
Betrug, s.m.  Trapa, 8. f. Tromperie, s. 7. 


tromper, v. 
Obstacle, 8. m. 
arretter, v. 


betriigen, v. 
Einhalt, 8. m. 
hemmen, v. 


engaiiar, v. 
Rechazo, 8. m. 

reprimir, v. 
37 ΤΡ 


454 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


CHE. © 
Cheek, 
Cheese, 
Chemistry, 
Chesnut, 
Chess, 
Chest, 
Chew, 
Chicken, 
Chief, 


Child, 
Chill, 


Chimney, 
Chin, 
Chip, 


Chisel, 


Chocolate, 
Choice, 


Choose, 
Chord, 


Christ, 
Christian, 
Christmas, 
Church, 
Churn, 


Chemist, 
Cider, 
Cinnamon, 
Circle, 
Circulate, 


Circulation, 
Circumcise, 


 Scheidekiinstler, Quimico, m. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Wange, fi Carrillo, m. Joue, Καὶ 
Kise, m. Queso, m. Fromage, m. 
Chemie, αὶ Quimica, Καὶ Chimie, Καὶ 
Kastanie, αὶ Castana, &{drez, Chataigne, f. 


Schachspiel, x. Juego(m)de axe- Echeco, m. [m. 


Kiste, Lade,f. Area, f. Caisse, Καὶ coffre, 
-Kauen, Mascar, Macher. [m. 
Kiichlein, Polluelo, m. Poulet, poussin, 


Principal, adj. Chef, 8. m. 
oberst, adj. Xefe, 8. m. principal, adj. 

Kind, n. Infante, m. [v. Enfant, m. αὶ 

Frost, s. m. kalt Frio, s.m.enfriar, Froid,.s. m. 


Erste, 8. m. 


machen, Ὁ. glacer, v, 
Kamin, ἢ. Chimenea, f. Cheminée, αὶ 
_Kinn, x. Barba, αὶ Menton, m. 
Span, 8. m. Brizna, s. fi Copeau,-x, SNe. 
schneiden, v. _ astillar, v. hacher v. 


Escoplo, 8. m. Cisseau-x, 8. 223, 
meizeln, v. escoplear, v. ciseler, v, 

Chocolate, Καὶ Chocolate, m. Chocolat, m. 

Wahl, s. f. aus- Elecion, s. f es- Choix, 8. m. 
erlesen, adj. cogido, adj. Choisi,-e, adj. 

Wahlen, Escoger, Choisir. 

Saite, Κὶ mit Sai- Cuerda, 8. f. en- Corde,s. Κὶ mon- 


Meissel, s. m. 


ten beziehen,v. _cordar, v. ter, Ὁ. 
Christus, m. Christo, m. Christ, m. 
Christ, ™. Christiano, Ὁ. Chréten,-neym. Καὶ 
Weichnachten,n. Navidad, fis . Noél, m. 


Kirche, Κα Iglesia, αὶ olise; 
Butterfass, s. n. Mantequera, s. f. Baratte, 
schiitteln, υ. agitar, v. 


Aepfelwein, m. Sidra, Κὶ 
Zimmt, m. Canele, Καὶ Cinnamome, 2. 
Zirkel, Kreis, m. Circulo, circo, m. Cercle, m. 
In Umlauf brin- Cercar, Circuler. 

gen, [lauf, γι. 
Umlauf, Kreis- Circulacion, f. Circulation, Καὶ 
Beschneiden, — Circuncidar, Circoncire. 


Circumcision, Beschneidung, f. Circuncision, f Circoncision, Κ 


Circumference, Umkreis, m. 


Circunferencia, Circonference, Κὶ 


_INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 435 


CIR. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRencH. 
Cireumnavi- Umschiffen, Navegar al rede- Naviguer autour 
gate dor, de. 


? 
Circumstance, Umstand, m. 
Circumstantial, Zufillig, 


Circus, 
Cistern, 
Cite, ° 
City, 
Citizen, 
Civil, 
Civilize, 
Claim, ; 


Clap, Υ 
Clarify, 
Clasp, 


Class, 
Classical, 
Clatter, 


Clause, 
Claw, 
Clay, 
Clean, 


Clear, 


Circunstancia, f Circonstance, Καὶ 
Accidental, Accidentel,-le. 


Circus, m. [m. Circo, m, Circque, m. 
Wasserbehilter, Cisterna, αὶ Citerne, Καὶ 
Vorladen, Citer a juicio, —Citer. 
Stadt, Κ᾿ Ciudad, αὶ Ville, cité, αὶ 
‘Birger, m. Cindadano, m. Citoyen,-ne, fm. 
Biirgerlich, Civil, Civil,-e. 
Gesittet machen, Civilizar, Civiliser. 


Anspruch, 8. m. Demanda, s. f Demande, 8. αὶ 
“ machen, v. demandar,v. Demander, v. 
Klappern, Batir, Batir, claquer. 
Abklaren, Clarificar, Clarifier. 
Haken, s.m. —_- Broche, 8. ἢ. Ἀρταΐο, 5: Καὶ 
zuhaken, v. abrochar, v. agrafer, v. 


Classe, αὶ Clase, αὶ Classe, αὶ 

Classich, Clasico, Classique. 

Gerassel, s.n. Resonancia, s.f. Choe, 8. γι. faire 
zanken, v. resonar, v. du bruit, υ. 


Redesatz, m. [v. Clausula, [rar,v. Clause, Καὶ 

Klaue, Κὶ kratzen, Garra,s.f.desgar- Griffe, gratter, v. 

Thon, Lehm, m. Arcilla, Καὶ Argille, Καὶ 

Rein, glatt, adj. Limpio, adj. lim- Popre, adj. net- 
reinigen, v. lar, Uv. toyer, v. 

Hell, klar, adj. Claro, adj. clari- Claire, adj. 
einigen, v. ficar, v. éclaircir, v. 

Geistlichkeit, Κα Clero, m. Clergé, m. 


Geistliche, m. — Clerigo, m. Clerc, m. 
Geschickt, Diestro, Habile. 

Klima, n. Clima, αὶ Climat, m. 
Klimmen, Subir, Grimper sur. 
Befestigen, Empuiiar, Empoigner. 
Anhangen, Colgar, Se tener a. 
Abschneiden, Abrazar, Embrasser. 
Mantel, m. Capa, αὶ Manteau,-x, m. 
Schlaguhr, 7. Relox, m. Horloge, αὶ 


Cerrar, v. cerra- Fermer, v. en- 
do, adj. ferme, ad). 
Retrete, m. Cabinet, m. 


Zumachen, ν. 
verborgen, adj. 
Cabinet, n. 


ye 


436 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. | 


CLO. 
Cloth, 
Clothe, 
Clothes, 
Clothier, 


Cloud, 
Clove, ͵ 
Clown, 
Club, 
Cluster, 


Coach, 
Coal, 
Coalition, 
Coarse, 
Coat, 
Coax, 
Cobble, 
Cobbler, 
Cock, 
Code, 
Coffee, . 
Coffin, 
Cogent, 
Coin, 
Coincide, 


Coincidence, 
Cold, 

Collar, 
Collect, 
Collection, 
Collector, 
College, 
Collegian, 


Collegiate, 
Collision, 
Colonel, 
Colony, 
Colt, . 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


Zeugym. Tuch, n. Paiio, m. 


Bekleiden, 
Kleidung, Κὶ 
Tuchhandler, m. 


Wolke, Καὶ 
Kloben, m. 
Grobian, m. 
Keule, αὶ 
Schwarm, 8. m. 
hiusen, v, 
Kutsche, Καὶ 
Kohle, καὶ 
Vereinigung, f. 
Grob, roh, 
Roch, m. Fell 2. 
Schmeicheln, 
Flicken, 
Pfuscher, m. 
Hahn, m. 
Gesetzbuch, n. 
Kaffee, m. 
Sarg,m. Diite, Κὶ 
Dringend, 


Ecke, f. Keil, m. 


Zusammentref- 
fen, μὴ 


Zusammenkunft, 
Kalte, kalt, adj. Frio,s.m. frio,ad}. 


Haisband, 2. 
Sammeln, 


. Sammlung, Καὶ 


Sammler, 2. 
Collegium, n. 
Student, m. 


Collegialisch, 
Collision, αὶ 
Oberste, m. 
Kolonie, αὶ 
Hengstfillen, n. 


Vestir, 
Vestidos, m. 
Fabrikante (ne) 
de pafios, 
Nube, f. 
Clayo, m. 
Patan, m. 
Clava, αὶ 
Racimo, s. m. 
apifiar, v. 
Coche, m. 
Fuego, m. 
Union, Κὶ 
Baste, 
Cassaca, αὶ. 
Lisonjear, 
Chapucear, 


‘Chapucero, m. 


Gallo, m. 
Libro, mm. 
Café, m. 
Ataud, m. 
Conyincente, 
Moneda, αὶ 


Coincidir, 
Coincidencia, αὶ 


Collera, Καὶ 
Congregar, 
Colecion, Καὶ 
Colector, m. 
Colegio, m. 
Colegial, m. 


Colegial, 
Colision, f. 
Coronel, m. 
Colonia, Καὶ 
Potro, m. 


FRENCH. 
Toile, Καὶ drap, 7. 
Habiller. 
Habillement, m. 
Drapier, m. 


Nue, f. nuage,m. 
Clou de girofle,m 
Paysan, m. 
Massue, αὶ 
Amas, 8. m. 
amasser, Vv. 
Carosse m. 
Charbon, m. 
Coalition, /- 
Grossier. 
Habit, m. 
Flatter. 
Saveter. 
Savetier, 2. 
Coq, m. 
Code, m. 
Café, m. 
Biere, Καὶ 
Convainquant,-e. 
Monnaie, αὶ 


Coincider. 


Coincidence, Καὶ 
Froid, froid,-e,ad} 
Collier, 7." 
Ramasser. 
Collection, Καὶ 
Collecteur, m. 
Collége, m. 
Membre m. d’un 
Collége. 
Collégial,-e. 
Choc, m. 
Colonel, m. 
Colonie, Καὶ 
Poulain, m. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 437 


coL. 
Column, 
Comb, 
Combat, 


Combine, 
Come, 
Comedian, 
Comedy, 
Comet, 
Comfort, 


Comforter, 
Comical, 
Command, 


Commander, 
Command- 
ment, 
Commence, 
Comment, v. 


Comment, ἢ. 


Commentator, 


Commerce, 
Commercial, 
Commission, 
Commit, 
Committee, 


Common, 
Commotion, 
Communica- 
tion, 
Communion, 
Community, 
Compact, 


Companion, 
Company, 
Compare, 
Comparison, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Columne, Καὶ Columna, αὶ Colonne, Καὶ 
Kamm, m. Peyne, m. Peigne, m. 


Kampf,s.m. strei- Combate, s. m. Combat, 8. m, 


ten, v. combatir, v. combattre, v. 
Verbinden, Combinar, Joindre. 
~ Kommen, Venir, Venir. [-ne, m.f, 
Schauspieler, m. Comediante, m. Commedien, 
Lustspiel, 2. Comedia, Καὶ Comédie, καὶ 
Comet, m. Cometa, καὶ Cométe, αὶ 


Trost, 8. m. trés- Confortacion,s. Κὶ Secours, s. m. 


ten, v. confortar, v. consoler, v. 
Troster, m. Consolador, m. Consolateur, m. 
Possierlich, Comico, Comigue. 
Befehl, s. m. Mando, s.m. = Odre, s.m., com- 

befehlen, v. mandar, v. mander, Ὁ. 
Befehlshaber, m. Comandante, m. Comniandant, m, 
Héchste Ge- Mandato, m. Command- 

walt, Καὶ | ment. m. 
Beginnen, Comenzar, Commencer, 
Bemerkungen Comentar, Commenter. 

machen, 


Commentaire, m. 
Commentateur. 
Commeree, m. 


Anmerkung, 7. Comento, m. 
Ausleger, m. | Comentador, m. 
Gewerbe, n. Comercio, m. 


Merkantisch, Comercial, Commercial,-e. 
Auftrag, m, Comision, Καὶ Commission, Καὶ 
Uebergeben, [m. Cometer, Confier a, 


engerA usschusz, Junta(f#)de com- Comité, m. 
misionados,m. 
Gemein, Comun, [m. Commun,-e. 
Bewegung, f.  Levantamiento, Emeute, ff 
Mittheilung, 7. Comunicacion, Κὶ Communica- 
tion, Καὶ 
Gemeinschaft, Κα Comunidad, £ Communion, Καὶ 


Gemeinde, Comunidad, £ Communauté. 
Betrag, s.m.  Pacto, 8. γι. com- Pacte, 8. m. 
Gedrungen,adj. ρδοίο, adj. compact, adj. 
Gesellschafter, m Compaiiero, m. Compagnon, m. 
Zunft, καὶ Compaiiia, 7. Compagnie, f. 
Vergleichen, | Comparar, Comparer. 


i ince J. Comparacion, αὶ Comparaison, fi 
3 


438 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


com. 
Compass, 


Compel, 
Compete, 
Compile, 
Complain, 
Complainant, 
Complaint, 
Complement, 
Complete, 


Complexion, 
Complicate, 


Compliment, 


Comply, 
Compose, 
Composition, 
Compositor, 
Comprise, 
Compulsion, 
Compute, 
Comrade, 
Conceal, 
Conceit, 
Conceive, 
Coriception, 
Concern, 


Concert, 
Concise, 
Conclude, 
Conclusion, 
Concord, 
Concourse, 
Concur, 
Concurrence, 


Condemn, 


GERMAN. 
Compass, 8. ™. 
einschliessen, v. 


SPANISH, 
Circulo, 8. m. 
circulr, ὃ, 


Zwingen, Compeler, 
Concurriren,| gen Disputar, 
Zusammentra- Compilar, 
Beklagen, Quejarse, ᾿ 
Klager, m. Querellante, m. 
Klage, Κ᾿ Queja, Καὶ 


Erganzung, f. Complemento,m. 


Vollenden, v. 
vollstandig, ad). 

Ansehen, 7. 

Verwickeln, συ. 


verwickelt,adj. complicado,ad). 
Compliment, 8... Cumplimiento,7. 


griissen, v. 
Einwilligen,[zen, 
Zusammenset- 
Schreibart, Καὶ 
Setzer, m. 
Begreifen, 
Zwang, m. 
Rechnen, 
Camerad, m. 
Verhehlen, 
Gedanke, m. 
Fassen, [m. 
Begriff, Vorsatz, 
Sorge, 8. αὶ 

betreffen, v. 
Concert, n. 
Gedrungen, 
Schlieszen, 
Schluss, 2. 
Eintr cht, Καὶ 
Zulauf, m. [men, 
Uebereinstim- 
Uebereinstimm- 


ung, f. 
Verdammen, 


Completar, υ. 
‘completo, adj. 
Complexo, m. 
Complicar, v. 


cumplimentar,v. 
Cumplir, 
Componer, 
Composicion, Κὶ 
Compositor, m. 
Comprehender, 
Compulsion, αὶ 
Computar, 
Camarada, αὶ 
Callar, 
Concepcion, /- 
Concebir, 
Concepcion, Κὶ 
Negocia, 8. Καὶ 
concernir, v. 
Concierto, 7. 
Conciso, 
Concluir, 
Conclusion, f. 
Concordia, Καὶ 
Concurso, 77}. 
Concurrir, 
Concurrencia, Καὶ 


Condenar, 


FRENCH. 
Tour, 5. 7... 
entourer, v. 

Forcer. 
Concourir. 
Compiler. 
Deplorer. [mf ° 
Complaignant,-e. 
Plainte, αὶ 
Perfection, Καὶ 
Acomplir, v. 

complet,-e,adj. 
Complexion, f. 
Compliquer, v. 
complique,-e,adj. 
Compliment, m. 
complimenter, v. 
Condescendre a. - 
Composer. 
Composition, f. 
Compositeur, m. 
Contenir. 
Contrainte, Καὶ 
Compter. 
Camarade, m. f. 


_Celer, cacher. 


Imagination, Καὶ 
Concevo1r. 
Conception. 
Affaire, s. f. con- 
cerner, Ὁ. 
Concert, m. 
Concis,-e. 
Conclure. 
Conclusion, Κὶ 
Concorde, αὶ 
Concours, m. 
Concurir. 
Concours, 7. 


Condamner. 


Condemnation, Verdammung,/. Condenauion. £ Condemnation, 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


439 


CON. 


Consequence, Einfluss, m. 


einwilligen, v. consentir, v. 


Conseqiiencia, 7 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Condense, Verdichten, Condensar, Condenser. 
Condition, Zustand, m. Condicion, Καὶ Condition, Καὶ 
Conduct, Geleit, 8. n. fiih- Conducta, s,f. Conduit, 5. αὶ 
ren, v. conducir, v. mener, v. 
Conductor, Fiihrer, m. [7 Conductor, m. Conducteur, m. 
Confectionery, Zuckerbickerei, Confiteria, Καὶ Laboratoire, ἢ. 
Confer, Vergleichen, Conferenciar,  Conférer. 
Confess, Bekennen, Confesar, Confesser, αὶ 
Confession, Zeugniss, ἢ. Confesion, καὶ Confession, 
Confide, Vertrauen, Confiar, Se fier. 
Confidence, Vertrauen, x. ©. Confianza, f. Confiance, Καὶ 
Confine, Grenze, s. f. an- Confin, s. m. Bourne,s.n.confi- 
grenzen, v. confinar, v. ner,v. [ment,m. 
Confinement, Verhaft, αὶ Prision, Καὶ Emprisonne- 
Confirm, Bestatigen, Confirmar, Confirmer, 
Conflagration, Feuersbrunst, αὶ Conflagracion, Κι Incendie, Καὶ 
Conflict, Kampf,s.m. kam- Conflicto, s. m. Combat, s.. m. 
pfen, υ. luchar, v. lutter, v. 
Conform, Sich richten, | Conformar, Conformer. 
Confuse, Verwirren, Confundir, Méler. 
Confusion, Verwirrung,7f. Confusion, Καὶ Confusion, Καὶ 
Congratulate, Gliick wiinschen Congratular, | Congratuler. 
Congregation, Versammlung,f. Agregado, m. Congrégation, Καὶ 
Congress, Congress, m.[s.f Congreso, m. Congrés, m. 
Conjecture, Muthmaszung, Conjectura, 8, f Conjecture, 9. f. 
| . muthmaszen,v, _conjecturar, v. conjecturer, v. 
Conjugal, Ehelich, Conyugal, Conjugal,-e. 
Conjugate, Conjugiren, Juntar, Unir, marier. 
Conjugation, Verbindung, αὶ Conjuncion, f. Conjugaison, Κα 
Conjunction, Bindewort,n. Conjuncion, αὶ Conjunction, Καὶ 
Conjure, Beschworen, — Conjurar, Conjurer. 
Conjurer, Beschworer, m. Conjurador, m. Enchanteur, m. 
Connect, Verbinden, [m. Juntar, Joindre. 
Connexion, Zusammenhang, Connexion, f Connexion, f. 
Connive, Winken, Guinar el ojo, Conniver. 
Conquer, Besiegen, Conquistar, Conquérir. 
Conquest, Eroberung,f. Conquista, Καὶ Conquéte, Καὶ 
Conscious, Bewuszt, Consabido, [s. m. Sensible, [s. m. 
Consent, Einwilligung, 8... Consentimiento, Consentement, 


consentir, v. 
Consequence, Κὶς 


440 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


CON. 
Conservative, 
Consider, 
Consideration, 
Consist, 
Consistent, 
Consolation, 
Console, 
Conspiracy, 
Conspire, 
Constable, 
Constant, 
Constitute, 
Constitution, 
Constrain, 
Constraint, 
Construct, 
Constructor, 
Construction, 
Consult, 
Consume, 
Consumption, 
Contact, 
Contain, 
Contempt, 
Contend, 
Content, 


Contentment, 
Contest, 


Continent, 
Continual, 
Continue, 
Contract, 


Contradict, 
Contradiction, 
Contrary, 
Contrast, 


, Contribute, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Erhaltend, Conservativo, Préservatif,-ve. 
Betrachten, Considerar, Considérer. 
Ueberlegung, 7. Consideracion, Κὶ Considération, Καὶ 
Bestehen, Consistir, Consister. 
Dicht, fest, Consistente, Conforme. 
Trost, m. Consolacion, ἃ Consolation, Καὶ 
Trésten, - Consolar, Consoler. 
Verschwoérung, f Conspiracion, 7. Conspiration, καὶ 
Verschworen, — Conspirar, *Conspirer. 
Hiischer, m. Alguacil, m. Connétable, 
Standhaft, Constante, Constant,-e. 
Ausmachen, [/ Constituir, Constituer. 
Staatsverfassung Constitucion, αὶ Constitution, Καὶ 
Zwingen, Constreflir, [m. Contraindre. 
Zwang, m, Constreflimiento Contrainte, Καὶ 
Errichten, Construir, Construire. 
Erbauer, m. Arquitecto, m. BAtisseur, m. 
Erbauung, Καὶ Construccion, Κὶ Construction, Καὶ 
um Rath fragen, Consultarse, Consulter. 
Verzehren, Consumir, Consumer. - 
Verbrauch, m. Consumo, m.  Consomption, f, 
Beriihrung, f. | Contacto, m. Contact, m. 
Enthalten, Contener, Contenir. 
Verachtung,f. Disprecio,m.  Mépris, m. 
Streiten, Contender, Disputer. 


Befriedigen, v. Contentar, γψ. Contentir, v. con- 
Zufrieden, a. contento, adj. tent,-e, a. 

Zufriedenheit, f. Contentamiento, Satisfaction, Καὶ 

Streit, s. m.strei- Contienda, s. f Contestation, sft 


ten, v. contestar, v. disputer, 2. 
feste Land, ». Continente, m. Continent, m. 
Ununterbrochen Continuo, Continual,-le. 
Sortsetzen, Continuar, Pursuivre. 
Vertrag, s.m. Contrato, 8, m. Contrat, s. m. se 

verkiirzen, v. —_contratar, v. contracter, v. 
Widersprechen, Contradecir, Contredire. 
Widerspruch, m. Contradiccion, Κι Contradiction, ft 
Zuwider, gegen, Contrario, Contraire. 


Abstich, s,m. Contraste, s. m.Contraste, 8, me 
abstechen, v. contrastar, v. contraster, v. 
Beitragen, Contribuir, Contribuer. . 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 441 


CON. 
Contribution, 
Contrivance, 
Contrive, 
Control, 


Controversy, 


Convalescence, Genesung, Καὶ 
Conyalescent, Genesend, 


Convene, 
Convenience, 
Convenient, 
Convent, 
Convention, 
Conversation, 
Converse, 
Conversion, 
Convert, 


Convey, 
Conveyance, 
Convict, 


Conviction, 
Convince, 
Cook, 
Cool, 


Cooper, 
Copartner, 


Copartnership, Genossenschaft,f Compaiiia, αὶ 


Cope, 


Copious, 
Copy, 
Coquette, 


GEKMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Steuer, Κα Codperacion, Κα Contribution, καὶ 
Erfindung,f = Idea, αὶ Invention, Καὶ 
Erfinden, Idear, Inventer. 


Gewalt, s. f. be- Contra-lista, s.f Controle, s. m. 
herrschen, v. —_—reprimer, 2. controler, υ. 

Streit, m. Controversia, f. Dispute, Καὶ 

Convalecencia, f Convalescence,f. 


Convaleciente, Convalescent,-e. 
Vorladen, Convocar, Assembler. 
Schicklichkeit, £ Conveniencia, f Aise, αὶ 
Schicklich, Conveniente, | Convenable. 
Kloster, 2. Convento, m. | Couvent, m. 


Versammlung, f. Convencion, f. Convention, Καὶ 
Gesprich,. | Conyercion, f. Conversation, Καὶ 
Umgang haben, Conversat, Converset. 
Umkehrung, f£ Conversion, f Conversion, Καὶ 
‘Bekehrter, s.m.Converso, 8, m. Prosélyte s,m, 
bekehren, v. convertir, v convertir,v. 
Fithren, tragen, Transporters” ’ Transporter. 
Weefihren, n. ~Conduccion, f. Transport, m. 
Verbrecher, s.m. Convicto, 8. m.Forcat, s,m. re- 


wigerlegen, Ὁ. convencer, v futer, v 
Ueberfiithrung, f Conviccion, fo. Conviction, f. 
Ueberzeugen, Convencer, Convaincre. 
Koch, m. kéchin, Cocinero, s. m. Cuisinier, s. m. 

8. 7. kochen, v. cocinar, τ cuisiner, v. 


Kaltsinnig, adj. Fresco, adj. en- Frais, calme, adj. 
erkalten, v. friar, v rafraichir, v. 
Kiiper, m Tonelero, m. Tonnelier, m 
Theilhaber, m. Compaiiero,m. Associé,-e, m. f. 
Association, Καὶ 
Decke, s. f. kim- Capa (s.f.) plu- Calotte, 8. I: 


pfen, υ. vial, cubrir, v. s’ opposer, a, v 
Haufig, Copiose, Copieux,-se. 
Abschrift, αὶ Copia, καὶ Copie, example f- 
Coquette, f. Dama presumida Coquette, Καὶ 

de hermosa, Καὶ 
Koralle, αὶ Coral, m. Corail,-aux, m. 
Seil, n, Strick, m. Cuerda, f. Corde, Καὶ 
Greibs, Kern, m. Corazon, m. Coeur, m. 


Korkbaum, m. Alcornoque, m. Liége, m. 


449 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


COR. GERMAN. SPANISH. . FRENCH. 
Corn, Korn, 2, Grano, m. Blé, grain, m. Ὁ 
Corner, Winkel, m. Angulo, 7). Angle, coin, m. 
Cornice, -Karniess, ἢ. Cornica, αὶ Corniche, fi 
Corporal,.......... Corporal, m. Caporal, m. Corporal,-aux, 2) 
Corporation, ~Gemeine, Καὶ Cabildo, m. Communauté, f. 
Corporeal, Kérperlich, Corporeo, Corporel,-le. 
Corps, Truppencorps, 2. Cuerpo, m. Corps, m. [m. 
Corpse, Leichnam, m. Cadaver, m. Corps, cadavre, 
Correct, Verbessern, v. Corregir, v, cor- Corriger, Ὁ. cor- 

verbessert,adj. recto, adj. rect,-e, adj. 
Correction, Verbesserung,/. Correccion, 7. Correction, f. 
Correspond, Uebereinstim- Corresponder, ° Correspondre. 
: men, : 
Correspond- ἘΒυϊθίνγθοββὶ,»ὺ Corresponden- Correspond- 
ence, [m. οἷα, αὶ [m. ance, fi [m 
Correspondent, Correspondent, Correspondiente, Correspondant, 
Corrode, Zernagen, Corroer, Corroder. : 
Corrosive, Zerfressend, Corrosivo, Corrosif,-ve. 
Corrupt, Verderben, v. Corromper, v. Corrompre, 2 
. verfault, adj. corrompido, a. corrompu,-e, a 
Corruption, Fiulniss, /. Corrupcion, ἃ Corruption, Κὶ 
Cosmetic, Verschénerungs- Cosmetico, m. Cosmétique, m. 
mittel,n.| ten ,v, [ tar, v. [cotiter, υ. 
Cost, Kosten, s. f. kos- Coste, s. m. cos- Dépense, s. f. 
Costive, Verstopft, Estrenido de Constipé,-e. 
ἂν , cererpo, 
ον, ται Hiitte, καὶ Cabana, f. Cabane, αὶ 
Cotton, Baumwollen, αὶ Algodon, m. Coton, m. 
Couch, Ruhebett,[ten, v. Silla poltrona, f Lit, m. [ser, v. 
Cough, Husten,s.m.,hus- Tos, 8. f. toser, v. Toux, s. f. tous- 
Council, Rathsversamm- Concilio, m. Concile, m. 
lung, Καὶ ϑὴν 
Counsel, , Ueberlegung,s.f. Consejo, 8. m. Conseil, 8. m. 
rathen, v. aconsejar, Ὁ. conseiller, v. 
Count, Rechnen, v. Contar, v. con- Compter, v.com- 
Graf, s. m. de, 8. ἤν. pte, 8. m. 
Countenance, Gunst, s.f. billi- Semblante, 8. m. Contenance, 8. f. 
gen, Ὁ. sostener, v. favoriser,v.[ m. 
Counter, Zahlpfennig, m. Contador, m. Jeton, Comptoir, 
Counterfeit, © Nachmachen,v. Contrahacer, v. Contrefaire. ὃ. 


nachgemacht,a. contrahecho,a forgé,-e, adj. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 443 


cou. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Counterpane, Bettdecke, f.  Colcha, αὶ Courte-pointe, f. 
Country, Landschaft, f ——- Pais, m. Pays,m.contrée, αὶ 
County, Grafschaft, 7, Condado, m. Camté,district,m. 
Courage, Muth, m. Corage, m. Courage, m, 
Course, Lauf, Gang, m. Corrida, Κὶ Course, αὶ 
Court, Hof, Vorhof, m. Corte, m. Cour, f. 
Courtship, Gunstlewer-, Corte, m. Galanterie, αὶ 
bung, Κὶ 
Cousin, Vetter, m. Primo, m. Cousin,-e, m. ἢ. 
Covenant, Vertrag, m. Contrato, m. Contrat, m. 
Cover, Decke, s. f. Cubierta, s. f. Couvert, 8. m. 
‘decken, v. cubrir, v. couvrir, v, 
Covetous, Begierig, Codicioso, Avide. ᾿ 
Cow, Kuh, Καὶ Vaca, Καὶ Vache, Καὶ 
Coward, Memme, Καὶ Cobarde, m. Lache, m. 
Cozen, Betriigen, Engaiiar, Tromper. 
Crack, Spalte, 8.1 Salto, 8. m. Fente, 8, 72. 
platzen, v. hender, v. fendre, v. 
Cradle, Wiege, Δ [be,n. Cuna, Καὶ Berceau,-x, m. 
Craft, Kunst, 7. Gewer- Arte, m. Métier, m. 
Crafty, Listig, [sen,-m, Astuto, Adroit,-e. . [m, 
Crag, Klippe, ΚΑ Fel- Despeiiadero, m. Rocher escrapé, 
Cramp, Kampf, s.m.  Lafia, 8. Καὶ Crampon, s. m. 
driicken, v. lafiar, v. [rol, cramponner,v, 
Crank, Kurbel, αὶ Hierro (m.) de fa- Levier, m. 
Crape, Krepp, ™. Crespon, m. Crépe, m. 
Crash, Gekrach, 8. n. . Estallido, s. m, Craquement,s.m, 
krachen, 2, romper, v. craqueter, v. 
Cravat, Halsbinde, αὶ Corbata, Καὶ Cravate, Καὶ 
Crave, Bitten, Rogar, Implorer. 
Crawl, Kriechen, Arrastrar, . Ramper. 
Crazy, Gebrechlich, | Quebrantado, Casse,-e, folle. 
Cream, Rahm, m. Crema, f. Créme, αὶ 
Create, Erschaffen, Crear, Créer. 
Creation, Schépfung, ~ Creacion, Καὶ Creation, f. 
Creator, Schépfer, m. [n. Criador, τ, Createur, m. 
Creature, - Geschdpf, Thier, Criatura, Καὶ Créature, αὶ 
Credible, Glaubwiirdig, - Creible, Croyable. 
Credit, Glaube, 5. m.  Credito, s,m. —_ Foi, s.f. Croire v. 
glauben, v. creer, v. 
Creditor, Glaiubige,m. Acreedor,m.  Créancier,-em.f. 


444 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


CRE. 


Credulous, 
Creed, 


Creek, 
Creep, 
Crew, 
Crime, 
Criminal, 


Cripple, 
Critic, 
Criticise, 
Criticism, 
Croak, 
Crockery, 


Crocodile, 
Crook, 


Crooked, 
Crop, 


Cross, 
Croup, 
Crow, 
Crowd, 


Crown, 


Crucifixion, 


Crucify, 
Cruel, 
Cruise, 
Crush, 


Crust, 
Cry, 


Crystal, 
Cuckoo, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 
Leichtgliubig, Crédulo, 
Glaubensbe- Credo, m. 


kenntniss, 7. 
Kleine Bucht, Καὶ Cala, Καὶ 
Schleichen, Arrastrar, 
Schiffsvolk, ἢ. Quadrilla, αὶ 
Verbrechen, ». Crimen, m. 
Verbrecher, s.m. Reo, s. m. 

peinlich, 84]. . criminal, adj. 
Kriippel, 8. m. Coxo, 8. m. 
verstimmeln, v. derrenger, v. 


Kritiker, m. Critico, m. 
Beurtheilen, Criticar, 
Beurtheilung, αὶ Critica, Καὶ 
Quaken, Croaxar, 


Tépferwaare, f. Vidriado, m. 
Crocodile, n. _ _ Cocodrilo, m. 
Haken, s. m. Gancho, 8. m. 
krummsein, ¥. incoryar, v. 
Schief, krumm, Corvo, 
Kropf, m. 
Kreuz, 8. 2. 
kreuzen, Ὁ. 


Cruz, 8. Καὶ 
atravesar, v. 


Braune, Καὶ Obispillo, m. 
Krihe, 8.1 Barra, s. f. 
krahen, v. cantar el gallo,v. 


Haufe, 5. m. 
drangen, v. 


Caterva, s. f. 
amontonar, v. 


Krone, 8. f- Corona, s. f. 
krénen, 2. coronar, Ὁ. 
Kreuzigung, 7. Crucifixion, f. 

Kreuzigen, Crucificar, 


Grausam, [en,v. Cruel, 
Krug,s.m. kreuz- Xicara, s. f. eru- 
Stoss, s. m. Colision, 8. Καὶ 
quetschen, v. _—_apretar, ὕ. 
Kruste, Καὶ Costra, αὶ 
Geschrei, s..  Alarido, 8. m. 
schreien, Ὁ. gritar, v. 
Krystall, m. Cristal, m. 
Kuckuk, m. Cuclillo, m. 


Buche de ava, m. 


[zar, v. 


FRENCH. 
Crédule. 
Confession, Καὶ 

de foi. 
Petite baie, αὶ 


Ramper, trainer. 


Bande, αὶ 
Crime, Ὧν. 


-Criminel,-le, s,m, 


criminal,-le,adj. 
Estropié,-e,s.mf. 
estropiler, 2. 


‘ Critique, m. f. 


Critiquer. 
Critique, Καὶ 
Croasser. 
Poterie, Καὶ 
Crocodile, m. 
Croc, 8. m. 
courber, Ὁ. 
Courbé,-e. 
Récolte, αὶ 
Croix, δ. 
croiser, U. 
Croupe, Καὶ 
Corneille, 5.1 
coqueliner, v. 
Foule, 8.1 
presser, v. 
Couronne, s. f. 
couronner, . 
Crucifiement, m. 
Crucifier. 
Cruel,-le. [ser, v. 
Course, s. f. croi- 
Choc, s. m. 
presser, v. 
Croute, Καὶ 
Cri, 8. m. 
crier, Ὁ. 
Cristal, m. 
Coucou, 22. 


a κυ. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 445 


cue. 
Cucumber, 
Cue, 
Culprit, 
Cultivate, 
Cultivation, 
Cunning, 


Currency, 
Current, 


Curry, 
Curse, 


Curtain, 
Curve, 


Cushion, 
Custody, 
Custom, 
Customary, 
Customer, 


Cut, 


Cutlass, 

Cutler, 

Cylinder, 

Cypress, 
Zar, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Gurke, f. Cohombro, m. Concombre, m. 
Queue, Καὶ Cola, Καὶ Queue, αὶ 
Verbrecher, m. Reo acusado, m. Accusé,-e, m. f. 
Ausbilden, Cultivar, Cultiver. 
Ausbildung, 7 Cultura, f Culture, Καὶ 

- Erfahren, Sabio, experto, Adroit,-e. 
Becher, m Copa, Καὶ Coupe, tasse, Καὶ 


Begierde, Lust, Ff. Concupicencia, Καὶ Cupidité, SI. 
Pfarrgehiilfe, m. Teniente decura, Curé, m 
Kinkette,s. fim Barbada, s. f. Gourmette, 8. αὶ 


Zaume halten,v. _refrenar, v. gourmer, 2. 
Quark, m. [en, Cuajada, Καὶ Lait caille, m 
Gerinnen mach- Cuajarse, Cailler. 
Heilung, s.f. Cura, 5.1 Reméde, s. m. 
curiren, v. curar, v. guérir, v ᾿ 
Seltenheit, ~ | Curiosidad,fé. Οσαυποβιίξ, αὶ 
Neugierig, Curioso, Curieux,-se. 
Korinthe, αὶ Grosellero, m. Gadelle, αὶ 
Courantgeld, x. Circulacion, 7. Circulation, Καὶ 
Strom, s. m. Arroyo, 8. ἢ. Courant, 8, m. 
umlaufend, adj. corriente, adj. courant,-e, adj. 
Giarben, Curtir pieles, | Corroyer. 
Fluch, 8. m. Maldicion, s. 7. Malediction, s.m. 
fluchen, v. maldecir, v. maudire, v. 


Vorhang, 8. m. Cortina, s.f. Rideau,-x, 8. m. 


umhangen, v. rodear, v enfermer, v. 
Kriimme, s. f. Corva, 8. αὶ Courbure, 5.1 
kriimmen, v. — encorvar, v. courbery, v. 

Kissen, 2. Coxin, m. Coussin, m. 


Verhaft, m. Custodia, Καὶ [m.Garde,f. [Κ 
Gebrauch,Zoll,m Costumbre, Uso, Coutume, mode, 
Gebriuchlich, Usual, Habituel,-le. 
Kunde, m Parroquiano, m. Chaland, m. 
Schnitt, s.m. Corte, 8. m. Morceau,m. tran- 
schneiden, v —_—cortar, v. che,s.f.couper,v. 
Hirschfainger,[m. Espada, auch Ff. Coutelas, m. 
Messerschmied, Cuchillero,m. Coutelier, m. 


Walze, αὶ Cilindro, m Cylindre, m 
Cypresse, αὶ Cipres, m. Cyprés, m. 
Czar, m. r, m. Czar, τὶ 


38 


446 INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


DAG. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
D. 
Dagger, Dolch, m. Daga, f. Poignard, m. 
Daily, Taglich, Diario, Journalier,-e, 
Dainty, Leckerhaft, Delicado, Exquis,-e. 
Dairy, Hollinderei, 7. Oficina, Κὶ Laiterie, f- 
Daisy, Ganseblume, 7. Margarita, f. Marguerite, Καὶ 
Dale, Thal, n. Caiiada, αὶ Vallon, m. 
Dally, Tandeln, Bobear, Badiner. 
Damn, Damm, s.m. Presa, 8. Καὶ Digue, s. f. 
dammen, v. repressar, Ὁ. enfermer, 2. 
Damage, Schade,sm.Scha- Daiio, n. dafiar,v. Dommage, 8. 22. 
den zufiigen, v. endomager, 2. 
Dame, Dame, Frau, f. Dama, f. Dame, f. 
Damn, Verdammen, -Condenar, Damner. . 
Damp, Nebel, 8. m. Niebla, 8... Humidité, ς, Se 
feucht, adj. Humedo, adj. humide,a. [f 
Damsel, Madchen, αὶ Damisela, καὶ Jeune damoiselle 
Dance, Tanz, 8. m. Danza, s. αὶ Danse, 8. Κὶ 
tanzen, v. baylar, v. danser, v. 
Dandelion, Léwenzahm, m. Diente de leédn, Dent de lion, Καὶ 
Danger, Gefahr, αὶ Peligro, m. Danger, m. 
Dangerous, Gefahrlich, Peligroso, Dangereux,-se. 
Dare, Diirfen, Osar, Oser. 
Dark, Dunkel, adj. | Obscuro, adj. Obscur,-e, adj. 
Dunkelheit,s.f. obscuridad,s.f. tenébres, s,f. 
Darken, Verdunkeln, Obscurecer, Obseureir. 
Darling, Liebling, s. m. Predilecto, 8, m. Favori, 8. m. 
theuer, adj. querido, adj. ἴπιθ,-6, adj. 
Darn, Stopfen, Surcir, Rentraire. 
Dart, Wurfspiess, 8.5. Dardo, 8. m. Dard, 8. m.. 
werfen, v. lanzar, v. lancer, 2. 
Dash, Schlag, m. Choque, s. m. Choc,m.barre,s.f. 
schlagen, v. arrojar, v. jaillér, υ. 
Date, Datiel, s. 7. Data, 8. Καὶ Date, 8. Κὶ 
datiren, υ. ponar la data, υ. ἀαίου, υ. 
Daub, Beschmieren, _Pintor rear, Barbouiller. 
Daughter, Tochter, αὶ Hija, Καὶ Fille, f. 
Dawn, Daimmerung, s.f. Alba, s. f. Point, 5. m. 


tagen, v. amanecer, 7. —poindre, v. 


Ἢ 
INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 447 
DAY. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Day, to-day, Tag, m. heute, Dia, m. ahora, Jour,m. aujourd, 
Deacon, Diaconus, m. Diacono, m. Diacre, m. [hui 
Dead, Todt, Muerto, Mort,-e. 
Deaf, Dumpf, Sordo, Sourd,-e. 
Deafen, Taub machen, Ensordar, Assourdir. 
Deal, Theil, 8. m. Trato, s. m. Partie, s. f. 
austheilen, v. _ distribuir, v. _trafiquer, υ. 
Dealer, Kartengeber, m. Interventor, m. Merchand,-e, 7. 
Dealing, Handel, m. Modo de obrar,m. Commerce, m. 
Dear, Lieb, Querido, Chér,-e, 
Death, Tod, m. Muerte, αὶ Mort, Καὶ 
Debate, Streit, s. m. Debate, s.m. Débat, 8. m. 
disputiren, v. debatir, v. débattre, v. 
Debility, Schwachheit, αὶ Debilidad, καὶ Débilité, αὶ 
Debt, Schuld, αὶ Deuda, αὶ Dette, fi [mi αὶ 
Debtor, Schuldner, m. Deudor, m. Débiteur,-trice, 
Decanter, Flasche, αὶ Botella, Καὶ Flacon, m. 
Decay, Verfallen, v. —Tisica, s. Καὶ Déclin, 8. m. 
Verfall, s.m. —_ decaer, v. decliner, v. 
Decease, Absterben, 8. π. Muerte, s. αὶ Décés, 8. m. 
sterben, v. morir, v. décéder, υ. 
Deceit, Betrug, m. Engaiio, m. Fraude, αὶ 
Deceive, Betriigen, Enganar, Tromper. [m.f. 
Deceiver, Verfiihrer, m. Engaiiador, m. Trompeur,-se, 
December, December, m. Diciembre, m. Décembre, m. 
Decent, Ziichtig, Decente, Décent,-e. 
Decide, Entscheiden, = Decidir, Décider. 
Decision, Entscheidung, Καὶ Decision, αὶ Décision, Καὶ 
Deck, Verdeck, s. x. Cubierta,s.f —‘Tillac, 8. m. 
verdecken, v. | Cubrir, υ. couvrir, v. 
Declare, Erklaren, Declarar, Déclarer. 
Decline, Abweichen, Deeclinar, Déchoir,decliner 
Decorate, Verzieren, Decorar, Décorer, orner. 
Decorum, Anstindigkeit, αὶ Decoro, m. Décorum, m. 
Decree, Beschluss, s.m. Decreto, s.m.  Décret, 8. m. 
beschlieszen, v. decretar, v. décerner, v. 
Dedicate, Zueignen, Dedicar, Dédier. 

' Dedication, Zueignung,f. Dedicacion,f. Dédicace, Καὶ 
Deduce, Herleiten, Deducir, Déduire. 
Deduct, Abziehen, Deducir, Déduire. 
Deduction, Abzug, m. Deducion, Καὶ Conséquence, Καὶ 


448 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


DEE, 


Deed, 
Deep, 


Deer, 
Deface, 
Defame, 
Default, 
Defeat, 


Defect, 
Defence, 
Defend, 
Defendant, 
Defer, 
Define, 
Definition, 
Deform, 
Deformity, 
Defray, 
Defunct, 
Defy, 
Degenerate, 


Degradation, 
Degrade, 
Degree, 
Deign, 

Deist, 

Deity, 
Dejection, 


Delay, 
Delegate, 


Deliberate, 
Deliberation, 
Delicacy, 
Delicate, 
Delicious, 


Delight, 


GERMAN. 


FRENCH. 


That, Handlung, Accion,hazana,f Action, Καὶ 


Tief, dunkel,adj. Profondo, adj. 
Pielago, 8. m. 


Meer, 8. n. 
Rothwild, π. 
Entstellen, 
Verleumden, 
Fehler, m. 


Vernichtung, s.f. Derrota, s. 7. 


schlagen, v. 
Gebrechen, 2. 


Vertheidigung,f. Defensa, f. 


Vertheidigen, 


Vertheidiger, m. El que defiende, 


Aufschieben, 
Bestimmen, 


Erklirung, f. ~~‘ Definicion, Καὶ 


Verunstalten, 


Ungestaltheit, f. Deformidad, Καὶ 
_ Auslegen, 


Verstorben, 


Herausfordern, Desafier, 

Degenerar, ». 
degenerante, a. 

Herabsetzung, Κὶ Degradacion, Καὶ 


Ausarten, v. 
ausgeartet, adj. 


Herabsetzen, 


Stufe, Κα Grad,m. Grado, m. 


Wirdigen, 
Deist, m. - 


Gottheit, [heit, f Deidad, καὶ 
Niedergesclagen Melancholia, αὶ 
Aufschub, s.m. Dilacion, 8. αὶ 


verzogern, v. 


Abgeordnete,sm. Delegado, 8. m. 


versenden, νυ. 


Ueberlegen, 


Ueberlegung, αὶ Deliberacion, Κὶ 
Delicadeza, αὶ 


Zartheit, Καὶ 
Sein, zart, 


Hochst, 


Vergniigen, 8. π. Delicia, s. f. 


ergotzen, v. 


Profond,-e, adj. 
Mer, 5.1 
Cerf, m. 
Détruire. 
Diffamer. ° 
Défaut. 
Défaite, 2. 
defaire, ν᾿. 
Défaut, m. 
Défense, Καὶ 
Défendre. 
Défendeur, m. 
Différer. 
Définir. 
Définition, Καὶ 
Défigurer. 
Difformité. αὶ 
Défrayer. 
Défunct,-e. 
Défier. 
Dégenérer, v. 
dévénéré, adj 
Dégradation, fA 
Déerader. 
Drade, degré, m 
Daigner. 
Déiste, m. 
Déité, αὶ 
Abattement, m. 
Délai, 8. m. 
tarder, v. 
Délégué, 8. m. 
déléguer, v. 
Délibérer. 
Délibération, Καὶ 
Délicatesse, fA 
Délicat,-e. 
Charmant,-e. 


_ Délice, s. m. 


plaire, v. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


449 


DEL. 
Delightful, 
Delinquent, 
Delirium, 
Deliver, 
Deliverance, 
Delude, 
Deluge, 


Delusion, 
Demand, 


Democracy, 
Democrat, 
Demolish, 
Demon, 
Demonstrate, 


Demonstration, Beweis, m. 


GERMAN, SPANISH. 
Angenehm, Delicioso, © 
Verbrecher, m. Deliqiiente, m. 
Waknsinn, m. ODelirio, m. 
Befreien, Dar, entregar, 
Befreiung, Καὶ Entrega, f. 

~ Tauschen, Enganiar, 


Siindfluth, s. 7. 
tiberfluthen, v. 
Betrug, m. 


Forderung, s. f. 


Deluvio, 8. m. 
deluviar, v. 
Dolo,m. ilusion, αὶ 

Demanda, 8. f. 


fordern, v. demandar, v. 
Demokratie, αὶ Demoeracia, f. 
Demokrat, m. | Democratico, m. 
Niederreiszen, Demoler, 

Geist, Teufel, m. Demonio, m. 
Erweisen, Demonstrar, 


Den, Hohle, Grube, f. Caverna, Καὶ 
Denial, Verneinung, ἢ Denegacion, Κὶ 
Denomination, Benennung, f Denominacion, Κὶ 
Denote, Bezeichnen, Denotar, 
Denounce, Ankiindigen, | Denunciar, 
Dense, Dicht, fest, Denso, 
Dentist, Zahnarzt, m. Dentistia, m. 
Deny, Leugnen, Negar, 
Depart, Weggehen, Partir, 
Daparture, Abreise, f:Tod, m Partida, Καὶ 
Depend, Herabhingen, Pender, 
Dependence, Abhingigkeit,# Dependencia, αὶ 
Dependent, Abhingig, [dig, Dependiente, 
Deplorable, | Beklagenswiir- Deplorable, 
Deplore, Beklagen, | ge, m. Deplorar, 
Deponent, Beeidigte Zeu- Deponente, m. 
Deposit, Pfand, s. n. Deposito, s. m. 
niederlegen, v. —_ depositar, v. 
Depot, Depot,Magazin,n Depot, posito, m. 
Deprave, Verderben, Depravar, 
Depravity, Verdorbenheit, Καὶ Depravacion, καὶ 
Depredation, Pliinderung, f. Depredacion, Καὶ 
Depress, Niederdriicken, Comprimir, 
Depression, pnterdztokang, Compresion, ἢ 


FRENCH. 
Agréable. [m.f- 
Delinguant,-e, 
Délire, m. 
Délivrer. 
Livraison, αὶ 
Tromper. 
Déluge, 5. m. 

submerger, v, 
Fourberie, Καὶ 
Demande, s. f. 

demander, v. 
Démocratie, Καὶ 
Démocrat, m. 
Démolir. 
Démon, ne. 
Démonstrer. 


Demonstracion, f Démonstration,~. 


Caverne, Καὶ 
Déni, refus, m. 
Dénomination, f 
Dénoter. 
Dénoncer. 
Dense. 
Dentiste, m. 
Nier. 
Sortir, partir. 
Départ, m. 
Dépendre, 
Dépendance, Καὶ 
Dépendante. 
Déplorable. 
Déplorer. 
Déposant, m. 
Dépot, 8, m. 
deposer, ¥. 
Dépot, m. 
Dépraver. 
Corruption, f. 
Dépredation, f2 
Déprimer. 


Dépression, f- 


450 


* 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


DEP. 
Deprive, 
Depute, 
Deputy, 
Derange, 
Deride, 
Derision, 
Derive, 
Descant, 


Descend, 
Descendant, 
Describe, 
Description, 
Desert, 


Deserter 
Deserve, 
Design, 


Desire, 


Desirous, 
Desist, 
Desk, 
Despair, 


Despatch, 


Desperate, 
Despise, 
Despite, 


Despond, 
Despot, 
Despotism, 
Destination, 
Destine, 
Destitute, 
Destroy, 
Destruction, 
Detach, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 
Berauben, Privar, 
Abordnen, Deputar, 
Abgeordnete, m. Deputado, m. 
Stéren, Desarreglar, 
Verlachen, Burlar, 
Spott, m. Trrision, f. 
Herleiten, Derivar, 


Discante, s. m. 
discantar, v. 
Descender, 


Discant, 8. m. 
trillern, v. 
Sich senken, 


FRENCH. 
Priver. 
Députer. 
Député, m. 
Déranger. 
Railler. 
Dérision. 
Dériver. 
Discours, 8. m. 

haranguer, v. 
Déscendre. [m. 7. 


Abkémmling,m. Descendiente, m. Déscendant,-e, 


Beschreiben, Describir, 
Beschreibung, f. Descripcion, f. 
Wiiste, 7. verlas- Desierto, s.m. 


sen, v. desertar, v. 
Abtriinniger, m. Desertor, m. 
Verdienen, Mercer, 

Plan, s. m. Designio, 8, m. 


designar, v. 
Deseo, 8. m. 


entwerfen, v. 
Verlangen, 8. 2. 


wiinschen, v. — desear, v. 
Wiinschend, Deseoso, 
Abstechen, Desistir, 


Schreibepult, x. Escritorio, m. 


Verzweiflung, 8... Desconfianza, 8.7. 


desesperar, v. 
Despacho, 8. 2. 
despachar, v. 


verzweifeln, v. 
Bericht, s. m. 

abschicken, v. 
Verzweifelt, Desesperado, 
Verachten, Despreciar, 
Hasz, s.m.zum Despecho, s. m. 

Trotz, prep. a pesar de, prep. 

Verzagen, Desconfiar, 
Despot,m.[ walt f. Déspota, m. 
Willkiirliche Ge- Despotismo, m. 
Bestimmung, f. Destinacion, Κὶ 
Verhangnisz, n. Destino, m. 


Verlassen, Destitudo, 
Zerstéren, Destruir, 
Vernichtung, Κα Destruccion, Καὶ 
Absondern, Separar, 


Décrire. 
Déscription, f 
Désert, 8. m. 
déserter, v. 
Déserteur, m. 
Mériter. 
Dessein, s. m. 
désigner, v. 
Désir, m. dé- 
sirer, Ὁ. 
Désireux,-se. 
Se désister de. 
Pupitre, m. 
Désespoir, 8. m. 
désespérer, v. 
Expédition, 8. Καὶ 
dépécher, υ. 
Désespéré,-e. 
Mépriser. 
Malice, 8... 
malgré, prep. 
Désespérer. 
Despote, m. 
Despotisme, m. 
Destination, Καὶ 
Destinée, αὶ 
Délaissé,-e, 
Détruire, 
Destruction, ΚΣ 
Détacher. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


- 


451 


DET. 
Detachment, 
Detain, 
Detect, 
Detection, 
Deter, 
Determination, 
Determine, 
Detest, 
Dethrone, 
Detract, 
Detraction, 
Detriment, 
Detrimental, 
Develop, 
Deviate, 
Devil, 

Dew, 
Diamond, 
Diaper, 
Diary, 
Dice, 
Dictate, 
Dictionary, 
Die, Ἢ 
Differ, 
Difference, 
Different, 
Difficult, 
Difficulty, 
Dig, ἢ 
Digest, 
Digestion, 
Dignify, 
Dignity, 
Diligent, 
Dim, 


Dinner, 
Diocese, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH, 
Detachement, x. Destacamento,m. Détachement, m. 
Vorenthalten, Retener, Détenir. 
Autdecken, Descubrir, Découvrir. 
Entdeckung, Κα Averiguacion, 7, Découverte, Καὶ 
Abschrecken, Dasanimar, Détourner. 
Entscheidung, Κὶ Determinacion, Κὶ Détermination, f. 
Beschlieszen, | Determinar, Déterminer. 
Verabscheuen, Detestar, Détester. 
Entthronen, Destronar, Détroner. 
Abziehen, Detractar, Médire. 
Verleumdung,f. Detraccion, 7. Détraction, Καὶ 
Schade, n. Detrimento, m. Détriment, m. 
Nachtheilig, Perjudicial, Préjudiciable. 
Enthiillen, Desenyolver,  Développer. 
Abweichen, Desviarse, S*éloigner. 
Teufel, m. Diablo, m. Diable, m. 
Thau, m. Rocio, m. Rossée, αὶ 
Diamant, m. Diamante, m. Diamant, m., 
Serviette, Καὶ Servilleta, 7. Linge ouvré, m. - 
Tagebuch, ἢ. _ Diario, m. Jourual,-aux, Ὧι. 
Wiirfel, m. Dados, m. Dés, m. 
Dictiren, Dictar, Dicter. 
Worterbuch, n. Diccionario, m. Dictionnaire, m. 
Sterben, Morir, Mourir. 
Abweichen, [f. Diferenciarse,  Différer. 
Verschiedenheit, Diferencia, Καὶ Différence, Καὶ 
Unterschieden, Diferente, Différent,-e. 
Schwierig, Dificil, Difficile. 
Schwierigkeit, f. Dificultad, f£ — Difficulté, Καὶ 
Graben, bohren, Cavar, Creuser. 
Verdauen, Digerir, Digérer. 
Verdauung, f. Digestion, αὶ Digestion, αὶ 
Ehren, Dignificar, Elever a. 
Wiirde, καὶ Dignidad, Καὶ Dignité, Καὶ 
Fleiszig, Diligente, Diligent,-e. 
Dunkel Obscuro, Obscur,-e. 
Griibchen,n. | Hoyo, m. Fossette, Καὶ 
Schall, γι. Ruido violento,m Bruit, m. 
zu Mittag essen, Dar de comer, Diner. 
Mittagsmahl, n. Comida, Καὶ Diné, m. 
Kirchsprengel,m. Diocesis, αὶ Diocése, m., 


$ ~*~ 
452 INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 
DIP. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Dip, Eintunken, Mojar, Plonger. 
Diploma, Urkunde, Καὶ Diploma, f. Diplome, m. 
Dire, Griszlich, Horrendo, Terrible. 
Direct, Gerade, adj. Directo, adj. Direct,-e, adj. 
richten, v. dirigir, νυ. [f.  diriger, v. 
Dirge, Klagelied, n. | Cancionlugubre, Chant funébre,m 
Dirk, Dolch, m. Especie de daga, Poignard, m. 
Dirt, Koth, Dreck, m, Cieno, ™. Boue, f. 
Dirty, Schmutzig, Baxo, Crotte,-e. 
Disable, Entkriften, Inhabilitar, A ffaiblir. 
Disadvantage, Nachtheil, m. Menoscabo, m. Desavantage, m, 
‘Disagree, Nicht tiberein- Disconvenir, Disconvenir. 
stimmen, 
Disagreeable, Unpiiszlich, Contrario, Desagréable. 
Disappear, Verschwinden, Desaparecer, — Disparaitre. 
Disappoint, Vereiteln, Frustrar, Frustrer. 
Disappoint- Vereitelung, f Chasco,m.  ° Contretemps, m. 
ment, 
Disaster, Unstern, m. Desastre, m. Désastre, mm. 
Disband, Abdanken, Descartar, Casser. 
Discard, Verstoszen, Descartar, Ecarter. 
Discern, Unterscheiden, Discernir, Discerner, voir. 
Discharge, Entladung, s. 7. Descarga,s.f. Décharge, s. f. 
entladen, v. descargar, v.  decharger, v. 
Disciple, Schiiler, m. Discipulo, m. Disciple, m. 
Disconsolate, —_Trostlos, Desconsolado, Inconsolable. 
Discord, Missklang, s.m. Discordia, s.f. Discorde, s. ft 
misslingen, v. _—_discordar, v. discorder, ὑ. 
Discount, Abzug, s.m. — Descuento, s.m. Rabais, s. m. 
discontiren, v. descontar, v. | escompter, v. 
Discourage, Muthlos machen, Desalentar, Décourager. [m. 
Discouragement Abschreckung,f Desaliénto, αὶ | Découragement, 
Discourse, Unterredung,s.f. Discurso, s. m. Discours, 8. m. 
sprechen, v. conversar, v. discourir, v. 
Discover, Aufdecken, Descubrir, [m. Révéler. 
Discovery, Entdeckung, Κα Descubrimiento, Découverte, αὶ 
Discrete, Getrennt, Discreto, Discret,-e. 
Discretion, Besonnenheit, Κα Discrecion, ἃ —Discrétion, f. — 
Disdain, Verachtung, 8. Καὶ Desden, 8. m. Dedain, 8. m. 
verschmihen, v. desdenar, v. dédaigner, v. 
. Disease, Krankheit, f. — Mal, πηι. Maladie, καὶ 


a 


> 
INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 453 


DIS. 
Disembark, 
Disgrace, 


Disgraceful, 
Disguise, 


Disgust, 
Dish, 
Dishonorable, 
Disinherit, 
Disinterested, 
Disjoin, 
Dislike, 


Dislocate, 
Dislodge, 
Dismal, 
Dismay, 


Dismiss, 
Disobedience, 
Disobey, 
Disorder, 
Dispatch, 


Dispel, 
Display, 


Displeasure, 
Disposal, 
Dispose, 
Disposition, 
Dispute, 


Disregard, 


Dissemble, 
Dissipate, 

Dissipated, 
Dissolution, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 


-Ausschiffen, Desembarcar, | Débarquer. 


Ungunst,s.f aus- Ionominia, s. f. Honte, s. Καὶ 

ser Gunstsetzen,v. desgraciar, v.  déshonorer, v. 

Schimpflich, Vergonzoso, Déshonorant,-e. 

Verkleidung, 8... Disfraz, s,m.  Déguiser. 
verkleiden, v. _—disfrazar, v. 


Eckel, m. Disgusto, m. Dégotit, m. 
Schiissel, αὶ Fuente, plato, m. Plat,m. ecuelle, f. 
Schindlich, Deshonroso, Déshonorable. 
Enterben, Desheredar, Déshériter. 
Uneigenniitzig, Disinteresado, Desintéressé,-e. 
Trennen, Desunir, Déjoinder. 


Miszfallen, s.n. Aversion, s.f:per- Dégoit, s. m. 
nicht mégen, ¥, sona desaprobar, desapprouver,v. 


Verenken, Dislocar, Disloquer. . 
Verlegen, Desalojar, Déloger. 
Elend, Triste, Triste. 


Schrecken, s.m. Desmayo, s.m. Terreur, 8, f- 
erschrecken,v. desmayar, ¥. epouvanter, v. 


Entlassen, Despedir, Congédir. 
Ungehorsam, m. Disobediencia, αὶ Désobéissance, αὶ 
Ungehorsamen, Deobadecer, Désobéir, 


Unordnung, 7. Desdérden, m. _Désordre, m. 
Bericht, s.m. | Despacho, s.m. Expedition, 8. Καὶ 
abschicken, v. despachar,v.  déprécher, υ. 


Zerstreuen, Esparcir, Chasser. 
Schau, 8. αὶ Ostentacion, s.f. Montre, 8. Καὶ 
auskramen,v. ostentar, v. déployer, v. 


Missvergniigen,n Desplacer, m. Déplaisir, m. 
Anordnuung, f. Disposicion, f Disposition, Καὶ 
Anordnen, Disponer, Disposer. 
Einrichtung, 7. Disposicion, ἃ Disposition, Καὶ 
Streit, s. m. Disputa, s.f, Dispute, s. Κὶ 
disputiren, v. — disputar, v. disputer, v. 
Vernachlissig- Desatencion, 8. Καὶ Indifférence, s, f 
ung, s.f. ver- desatender,v. πέρσεν, v. 


nachlissigen, v. 
Verbergen, Disimular, Feindre. 
Zerstreuen, Desparramar, __ Dissiper. 
Liederlich, Desparrama, _Dissipé. 


Auflésung,f, —_Disolucion, # —_— Dissolution, Κὶ 


454 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


DIS. 
Dissolve, 
Distance, 
Distant, 


Distemper, 


Distil, 
Distillery, 
Distinct, 


Distinguish, 


District, 
Disturb, 
Disunion, 
Ditch, 
Ditto, 
Diversion, 
Divide, 
Divine, 


Divinity, 
Division, 
Divorce, 


Domestic, 
Doom, 


Door, 
Dose, 
Dot, 
Double, 
Doubt, 


Dough, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 
Auflésen, Disolver, 
Ferne, Καὶ Distancia, Καὶ 
Entfernt, Distante, 
Krankheit, fi. = Mal, m. 
Destilliren, Distilar, 
Brennhaus, 2. _Distilatorio, m. 
Unterschieden, Distinto, 
Auszeichnen, — Distinguir, 
Bezirk, m. Distrito, m. 
Storen, Perturber, 
Trennung, 7. Desunion, Κὶ 
Graben, m. . Zanga, 7. 
Desgleichen, Dicho, 


Zeitvertigib, m. Diversion, Καὶ 
Theilen, Dividir, 
Wahrsagen, v. Adivinar, v. 
géttlich, adj. divino, adj. 

Gottheit, αὶ Divinidad, καὶ 
Theilung, f[ 8... Division, f- 
Ehescheidung, Divorcio, s. m. 

Ehe auflésen,v. —divorciar, v. 
Schwindelig, Vertiginoso, 
Thun, machen, Hacer, 


Doche, f.Kreuz,n Mazlo, dique, m. 


Doctor, Arzt, m. Doctor, m. 


Herumziehen, Trampear, 
Hund, m. Perro, m. 
Lehrsatz, m. Dogma, ἢ. 
Thaler, ™. Dolera, αὶ 
Dom, m. Casa, Καὶ 
Hauslich, Doméstico, 


Schicksal, 8. 2. 

beschlieszen, Ὁ. sentenciar, v. 
Thiir, Καὶ [m. Puerta, Καὶ 
Gabe, f. Antheil, Dosis, f. 


Punkt, m. Tilde, m. 
Doppelt, adj. Doble, adj. 
verdoppeln, v. — doblar, v. 


Zweifeln, s.m. Duda, 8. Καὶ 
zweifeln, v. dudar, v. 


Teig, m. ~ Masa, Καὶ 


Sentencia, 5, Καὶ 


FRENCH. 
Dissoudre. 
Distance, Καὶ 
Distant,-e, 
Maladie, Καὶ 
Distiller. 
Distilerie, Καὶ 
Distinct,-e. 
Distinguer. 
District, m. 
Interrompre. 
Désunion, Καὶ 
Fossé, m. 

Le méme. 
Divérsion, Κὶ 
Diviser. 
Diviner, v. 
divin,-e, adj. 
Divineté, αὶ 
Division, Καὶ 
Divorce, 8. m. 
divorcer, v. 
E'cervelé,-e. 
Faire. 
Queue, plante, f 
Docteur, m. 
Biaiser. 
Chien, m. 
Dogme, m. 
Piastre, αὶ 
Votte,fdome,m. 
Domestique. 
Sentence, s. f 
juger, v. 
Porte, αὶ 
Dose, f. 
Point, m. 
Double, adj. 
doubler, ». 
Doute, 8. m. 
douter, v. 
Pate, Καὶ 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 455 


pov. 
Dove, 
Dower, 
Down, 


Dozen, 
Draft, 
Drag, 


Dragoon, 
Drain, 


Dram, 
Drama, 
Draw, 
Dray, 
Dread, 


Dream, 


Dreary, 
Dress, 


Drift, 
Drink, 


Drive, 
Driver, 
Drop, 


Dross, 
Drove, 
Drover, 
Drown, 
Drug, 
Druggist, 
Dry, 


Duck, 
Due, 


GERMAN, SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Taube, αὶ Palomo, m. Colombe, καὶ 
Brautschatz, m. Dote, m. ‘Dot, f. donaire,m. 
Flaumfeder, s.f. Plumon, s.m. Duvet, 8. m. 
nieder, prep. —_ abaxo, prep. en bas, prep. 


Dutzend, x. [m. Docena, /. Douzaine, 


- Tratte, Κα Abzug, Ocupado al triar, Billet, desein, m. 


Carretilla, s.f. Drague, s. f. 
arrastrar, v. trainer, v. 

Dragon, m. Dragon, m. 

Desaguadero,sm., Tranchée, s.f. 
escurrir, v. saloner, v. 


Zugnetz, 8. ἢ. 
ziehen, v. 
Dragoner, m. 
Graben, s. m. 

ableiten, v. 


Schluck, Dracma, f. Dragme, Καὶ 
Schauspiel, n, Poema, αὶ Drame, m. 
Zichen, Tirar, chupar, ΤΊΤΟΥ, dessiner. 
Schleife, Καὶ Treno, m. Charette, Καὶ 
Schrecken, 8. m. Miedo, 8. m. Peur, 5.1 
sehr fiirchten,v. temer, v. craindre, v. 
Traum, s.m.  Sueifio, s.m. Songe, 8. 22. 
traumen, v. solar, v. songer, Ψ, 
Traurig, Triste, espantoso, Triste,affroyable. 
Kleider, s.2. Vestido,s.m. Habit, 8. m. 
putzen, v. vestir, v. habiller, v. 


But,monceau,sm. 
pousser, Ὁ. 


Trieb, m, Ziel,s.n. Impulso, 8. m. 
aufhiufen, v7 impeler, v. 


Trank, 8. m. Bebida, s. Καὶ Boisson, 8. f. 
trinken, v. beber, υ. boire, v. 
Treiben, Impeler, Chasser de. [m. 


Fuhrmann, [s.m. Empujador, m. Chassoir, cocher, 

Perle, f. Tropfen, Gota, s. αὶ Goutte, sf. laisser 
ausgieszen, v. destilar, v. [les, , tomber, v. 

Schlacke, αὶ Escoria de meta- Ecume, αὶ 


Heerde, αὶ Manada, αὶ Troupeau,-x, m. 
Viehhirt, m. Empujador, m. Bouvier, m. 
Ertranken, Ahogar, Noier. 
Arznei, Καὶ Droga, f. Drogue, f. 
Droguist, m. Droguero, m. Droguiste, m. 
Trocken, adj. — Arido, adj. Séche, adj, 
trocknen, v. secar, v. sécher, v. 
Ente, Καὶ A'nade, m. f. | Canard, m. 
Recht ,s. 2. Debido, 5... Da, 8. m. 


gebihrend, adj, exactamente,adj. due, adj. 


456 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


DUE. 
_ Duel, 
Duke, 
Dull, 
Dumb, 
Dun, 


Dust, 
Dutch, 


Duty, 
Dwell, 
Dwelling, 
Dye, 


Dysentery, 


Each, 
Eager, 
Eagle, 
Ear, 
Karly, 
Earn, 
Earth, 
Kase, 
Kast, 
Easy, 
Eat. 
Eclipse, 


Economy, 
Eddy, 
Edge, 
Edging, 
Edifice, 
Editor, 
Educate, 
Education, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Sweikampf, m. Duelo, m. Duel, m. 
Herzog, m. Duque, m. Duce, m. 

Dumm, stumpf, Lerdo, Emoussé,-e. 

Stumm, Mudo, Muet,-te. 

Glaubiger, 8. m. Seto, 8, m. Créancier, 8. m. 
mahnen, v. executar, v. importuner, v. 


dunkel, adj. bruno, adj. brun, adj, 
Staub, s. m. Polvo, s. m. Poufiére, s. f. 
bestéuben, v. despolvorear,v. _nettoyer, v. 
Hollander, 8. m. Holandes, 8. m. Hollandais,-e, 
hollandish, adj. &adj. [m. 8. m. & adj. 
Pflicht, Wache f. Deber, impuesto, Devoir,m. taxe, f. 


Wohnen, Habitar, Habiter. 

Wohnung, f ~=Habitacion, 7. Demeure, Καὶ 

Farbe, ἢ. Tinte, 8. m. Teinte, s. f. 
farben, v. tefir, v. teihdre, v, 


Rothe Ruhr, f Disenteria, f Dysenterie, Καὶ 


E. 

Jeder, Qualquier, Chacun,-e. 
Sauer, heftig, | Ansioso, Véhément,-e. 
Adler, m. Aguila, Καὶ Aigle, m. Καὶ 
Ohr, Gehér,n. Oreja, αὶ Oreille, Καὶ 
Frith, zeitig, Temprano, De bon heure. 
Erwerben, Ganer, Gagner. [m. 
Erde, Καὶ Tierra, f. Terre, f. Globe, 
Musse, αὶ Quietud, αὶ Aise, f. repos, m. 
Osten, m. Oriente, m. Kst, Orient, m. 
Ruhig, Facil, Aisé,-e, facile. 
Essen, Comer, Manger, 
Finsterniss,s. 7. Eclipse, s.m. Eclipse, s. f. 

verdunkeln,v. —_eclipsar, v. , éclipser, v. 
Wirthschaft, αὶ Economia, αὶ Economie, Καὶ 
Wirbel, m. Remolino, m. Mascaret, m. 
Scharfe, Καὶ Filo, m. punta, f. Tranchant, m. 


Hinfassung, f. Orla, Orilla,f Bordure,/f. 
Gebiaude, n. Edificio, m. Edifice, m. 
Herausgeber, m. Editor, m. Editeur, . 
Erzichen, Educar, Instruire. 
Erziehung, αὶ Education, f. Education, Καὶ 


ν᾿. 4 ‘ »" ch 
Ce ae ee 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


457 


BED. 
Eel, . 
Effect, 


Effort, 


Egg, 

. Biker, 

. Elapse, 
Elate, 
Elbow, 
Elect, 
Election, © 
Elective, 


- .Elector, 


Electricity, 
Elegant, 
Elegy, 
Element, 
Elevate, 
Elevation, 
Elevator, 
Elocution, 
Elogy,-gium, 
Elope, 

Else, 
Elude, 
Elusion, 
Emaculate, 
Emanate, 
Emanation, 
Emancipate, 


Emancipation, 


Emarginate, 
Embarras, 
Embarrass- 
* ment, 
Embassador, 
Embers, 
Emblem, 


Embrace, 
Embroil, 


Ausranden, 
Verwirren, 


Verwirrung, f. Embarazo, m. 


Gesandte, m. [ fEmbaxador, m. 


Glithende Asche, 

Sinnbild, x. 

Umarmung 8. f. 
umarmen, v, 


Verwirren, 
39 ‘ 


-  FRENCH.. 
Anguille, Καὶ 
Effet, s. m. 

effectuer, v. 
Effort, m. 


L’un ou l’autre. 
Se passer. 
Fier,-e. 
Coude, m. 
Elire, choisir. 
Election, Κ 
Electif,-ve. 
Electeur, m. " 
Electricité, καὶ 
Elégant,-e. 
Elégie, Καὶ 
Elément, m. 
Exacter. 
lévation, Καὶ 
“lévateur, m. 
Elocution, Καὶ 
Eloge, m. 
S’enfuir. 
Autre. 
Eluder. 


Escapatoria, f. Artifice, m. 
Quitar manchas, Emaculer. 


“maner. 


Emanacion, f. | Emanation, f. 
Emancipar, αὶ Emanciper. 
Freimachung, Καὶ Emancipacion, αὶ Emancipation, Καὶ 
Quitar la margen,Emarger. 


Embarazar, 


Rescoldo, m. 
Emblema, Καὶ 
Abrazo, 8. m. 


abrazar, v. 


Embrollar, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 
Aal,m.  ——s- Anguila, αὶ 
Wirkung, s. f. Efecto, 8. m. 

bewirken, v. eféctuar, , 
Anstrengung, f. Esfuerzo, αὶ 

ΕἸ, ἢ... [den, Huezo(m)deave, ( αἵ, m. 

Einer yon bei- Qualquiera, 
Verfliessen, Pasar, * 
Aufblahen, Engreir, 
Elbogen, m. Codo, m.. 
Wahlen, Elegir, 
Erwahlung, f. Elecion, Καὶ 
Wihlend, Electivo, 
Wahlmann, m. Elector, m. 
Elektricitat, 7. Electricidad, Καὶ 
Geschmackvoll, Elegante, 
Trauergedicht,n. Elegia, Καὶ 
Element, ἢ. Elemento, m. 
Erhoéhen, Elevar, 
Erhéhung, f —_Elevacion, Καὶ 
Heber, m. ° Elevador, m. 
Vortrag, m. Elocucion, Καὶ 
Lobrede, Καὶ Elogio, m. 
Entlaufen, Escapar, 
Anders, sonst, Otro, 
Abwenden, Eludir, 
Ausflucht, Καὶ 
Reinigen, 
Herrihren, Emanar, 
Ausfluss, m. 
Befreien, 


Embarrasser. 
Embarrs, m. 


Ambassadeur,m. 
Cendres chaudes, 
Embléme, m. 
Embrassement, 
embrasser, ¥. 
Brouiller, 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. , 


458 
EME. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Emersion, Sichtbar werden, Emersion, Emersion, Καὶ 
_ Emetic, Brechmittel, n. Emético, m Emetique. 
Emigrant, Auswanderer, m. El que emigra, Emig oré,-e, m. Καὶ 
Emission, Aussendung, Enmisiofi, Καὶ Emission, I. 
Emperor, Kaiser, m Emperador, m. Kmpereur, m. 
Employ, Beschiftigen, | Emplear, Employer. 
Employment, Geschaft, n. Empleo, m. . Emploi, m 
Empress, Kaiserin, αὶ Emperatriz,f. Emperatrice, fi 
Empty, Leer, adj. aus- Vaciar, v. Vide, adj. 
leeren, v. vacio, ad}. vider, v. 
Enable, In Stand setzen, Habilitar, Habiliter. 
Enact, Verrichten, Kstabiecer, Ordonner. 
Enamel, Emailliren, Esmaltar, Emailler. 
Enclose, Einhangen, Cercar, Clorre. 
Encourage, Ermuthigen, Animar, Encourager. 
Encrease, Wachsthum, s.n. Aumento, 8. m. Augmenter. 
wachsen, v. aumentar, v. 
Encroach, Eineriff thun, | Userpar, Empieter. ᾿ 
Encyclopedia, Encyklopidie, Ff. Enciclopedia, f, Encyclopédie, f. 
End, Ende, 8. 7. ‘in, s.m.aca- Bout, 8. m. 
᾿ endigen, v. bar, v. finir, v 
Endear, Werth machen, Encarecer, Concilier l’amitié, 
Endeavor, Béstreben, 8. ἢ. Esfuerzo, 8. m. Effort, 5. m. 
_ versuchen, Ὁ. esforzarse, 0 s’efforcer, v. 
Endorse, Indossiren, Rotular, Endosser. 
Endure, Aushalten, Aguantar, Endurer. 
Enemy, Feind, m. Enemigo, m. | Enemi,-e, m. Κὶ 
Energy, Thitigkeit, 7. Energia, Καὶ Energie, Κὶ 
Enforce, Verstirken, Ksforzar, A ffermir. 
Engage, Verpflichten, | Empefiar, [m. Engager. 
Engao gement, Verpflichtung, f Empeiiamiento, Engagement, m, 
Engine, Maschine, Καὶ Ingenio, m. Machine, f. : 
Engineer, Ingenieur, m. Ingeniero,m.  Ingenieur, m. 
English, Englische, Ingles, Anglais. 
Engraft, Einpfropfen, Atar, Greffer. 
Engrave, Eingraben, Grabar, Graver, 
Enigma, , Rathsel, n. Enigma, Καὶ Enigme, Καὶ 
Enjoy, Geniessen, Gozar, ouir. 
Enjoyment, Genuss, m. Gozo, m. Jouissance, f. 
Enough, Genug, Bastante, Suffisance, assez. 
Enquire, Untersuchen, Inquirir, Demander. 
. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


459 


ENR. 
Enrage, 
Enrich, 
Enrol, 

* Enshrine, 


Ensign, 
Enslaye, 


Ensnare, 
Entangle, 
Enter, 
Enthusiasm, 
Enthusiast, 
Entice, 
Entitle, 

- Entrance, 


Entrap, 
Entreat, 
Entry, 
Enumerate, 
Envelope, 
Epaulet, 


Epidemical, 
Episcopal, 
Epistle, 
Epoch, 
Equal, 
Equality, 
Equinox, 


Equivocal, 
Era, 

Erase, 
Erasement, 
Err, 
Erroneous, 
Error, 
Erudite, 
Erudition, 


GEKMAN. SPANISH. 
Aufbringen, Infurecer, 
Bereichern, Enriquecer, 
Einschreiben, Alistar, 
Einschliessen, Guardar como 

reliquia, 
Kennzeichen, x. Bandera, αὶ 
Zum Sclaven = Esclavizar, 
machen, 
Verstricken, Entrampar, 
Verwickeln, Enredar, 
Eintreten, Entrar, 


FRENCH. 
Irriter. 
Enrichir. 
Enroler. 
Enchasser. 


Signal, m. 
Assujettir. 


Surprendre. 
Embarrasser. 
Entrer. 


Begeisterung, f. Entusiasmo, m. Enthousiasme,m 


Schwirmer, m. Entusiasta, m. Enthousiaste,m. 
Anlocken, Haligar, Inciter. 
Betiteln, Titular, Intituler. 
Eingang, s.m. Entrada, s.f. Entrée, 5. Καὶ 
entziicken, v. —_ absortar, v. extasier, v. 
Verstricken, Entrampar, Attraper. 
Behandeln, Rogar, Solliciter. 
Einfubr, αὶ Entrada, fi Passage, m. 
Aufzahlen, Enumerar, Dénombrer. 
Umschlag, m. Envolvedero,m. Enveloppe, f- 
Epaulett, 2. Charretera ( f) Epaulette, αὶ 
al hombro, 
Einheimisch, §Epidemial, Epidémique. 
Bisch6flich, Episcopal, Episcopal,-e. 
Brief, m. Epistola, Καὶ Epitre, Ἂ 
Zeitabschnitt, m. Epoca, Καὶ poque, Καὶ 
Gleich, Igual, Egal,- -e. 
Gleicheit, Καὶ Igualdad, Καὶ Eealité. 
Tag- und Nacht- Equinoccio, m. Equinoxe, m. 
gleiche, Καὶ i 
Zweideutig, Equivoca, Equivoque. 
Aera, Καὶ Era, Καὶ Ere, époque, f. 
Abkratzen, Raer, Effacer. 
Vertilgung, 7. Exterminio,m. Rature, f. 
Erren, Vagar, Errer. 
Herumirrend, Errante, Erroné,-e. 
Irrthum, m. Error, m. Erreur, αὶ 
Unterrichtet, | Erudito, Erudit,-e. 
Gelehrsamkeit,f, Erudicion, 7. — Erudition, Καὶ 


460 INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


ESP. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Escape, Dayon laufen, Huir, Eviter. — 
Espouse, Verloben, Desponsarse, Promettre. 
Esquire, Schildknapp, m. Escudero, m. ἘΘΌΥΘΥ, m. 
Essence, Wesen, 2. Esencia, Καὶ Essence, αὶ 
Essential, Wesentlich, Esencial, Essentiel,-le. 
Kstate, Zustand, m. Estado, m. Etat, m. 
Esteem, Schatzen, Estimar, Priser,Regarder, 
Estima-te,-tion, Schatzung, ἡ Estimacion,f Supputation, Καὶ 
Eternal, Ewig, Eterno, Eternel,-le. 
Eternity, Ewigkeit, αὶ Eternidad,f. _—_Eternité, Καὶ 
Ether, Aether, m. Eter, m. Ether, m. 
Ethics, Sittenlehre, Etica, αὶ Ethique, Καὶ 
Etiquette, Hofsitte, αὶ Rotulo, m. Etiquette, Κὶ 
Evangelist, Evangelist, m. Evangelista, m. Evangéliste, m. 
Evasion, Ausflucht, £ Evasion, αὶ Evasion, Καὶ 
Even, Eben, glatte, Llano, Egal,-e. 
Evening, Abend, αὶ Vespertino, m. Soir, m. ᾿ 
Event, Vorfail, mm. Evento, m. Evénement, 22. 
Ever, Jemals, [ f Siempre, Toujours. 
Everlasting, Immerwihrend, Eterno, Eternal,-le. 
Evidence, Beweis, m. Evidencia, f£ Evidence, καὶ 
Evil, Uebel, s.n. Maldad, s. f. Mal, s. m. 

bose, adj. malo, adj. mauvais,-e, adj. 
Evolve, Entwickeln, Desenvolver, _Deplier. 
Evolution, Entwickelung, f. Desplegadura, αὶ Evolution, ite 
Exact, Eintreiben, Exiger, Exiger. 
Exalt, Erheben, Exailtar, Elever. 
Examination, Priifung, αὶ Examinacion,f. Examen, m. 
Examine, Priifen, Examinar, Examiner. | 
Examiner, Untersucher, m. Exdminador, m. Examinateur, m, 
Exceed, Ueberschreiten, Exceder, Excéder. 
Exceeding, Uebermiissig, | Excesivo, Excessif,-ve. 
Excel, Uebertreffen, | Sobresalir, Exceller, 
Excellence, _ Vortrefflichkeit,f Excelencia, αὶ Excellence, Καὶ 
Excellent, Hervorragend, Excelente, Excellent,-e. 
Except, Ausnehmen, Exceptuar, Excepter. + 
Excess, Uebermass, ἢ, Exceso, m. Excés, m. 
Exchange, Austauschen, Cambiar, Echanger. 
Excise, Accise, Excisa, Impot, m, 
Excite, Erregen, Excitar, Exciter. 
Excitement,. Anregung, f. Estimulo, m. Motif, m. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 461 


EXC. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Exclaim, Ausrufen, Exclamar, Crier. 
Exclamation, Ausruf,m. | Exclamacion,f, Clameur, αὶ 
Exclude, Ausschliessen, Excluir, . Exclure, 
Exclusion,[cate Ausschliessung,f;Exclusion, f Exclusion, Καὶ 
Excommuni- Ausschliessen, Excomulgar, Excommunier. 
Excursion, Ausflug, m. Excursion, f. Excursion, Καὶ 
Excuse, Entschuldigen, Excusar, Excuser. 
Execute, Vollziehen, Executar, Exécuter. [m.f. 
Executer,-or, Vollzieher,m. Executor,m. Exécuteur,-trice 
Execution, Ausfithrung, Δ Execucion, f. Execution, f. 
Executive, Vollziehend, Executivo, Exécutif,-ve. 
Exempt, Ausnehmen,  Exéntar, Exempter. 
Exemption, Befreiung,f. = Exencion, Καὶ Exemption, Καὶ 
Exert, Aeussern, Esforzar, Faire des efforts, 
Exertion, Anstrengung, 7. Esfuerzo, m. — Effort, m. 
Exhale, Ausdiinsten, Exhalar, Exhaler 
Exhibit, Darbieten, Exhbibir, Exhiber. 
Exhort, Ermahnen, Exhortar, Exhorter, 
Exhortation, Ermahnung, f. Exhortacion, f. Exhortation, Καὶ 
Exile, Verbannung, s. f. Exilio, 8. m. Exil,s.m. exiler,v, 

verbennen, v. _desterrar, v. 
Exist, Sein, Existir, Exister. 
Existence, Dasein, 2. Existencia, f. Existence, Καὶ 
Expect, _ Erwarten, Esperar, Attendre. 
Expectation, Erwartung,f Expectacion, αὶ Expectation, Καὶ 
Expedience, Schicklichkeit, 7. Aptitud, Καὶ Expedient, m. 
Expedite, Erleichtern, Expedir, Faciliter. 
Expedition, Schnelligkeit, £ Expedicion, αὶ Expédition, Κὶ 

" Expel, Wegtreiben, Expelér, Chasser. 

Expence, Ausgabe, αὶ Expensa, Κὶ Dépense, αὶ 
Expensive, §Theuer, Prodigo, Dépensier,-e. 
Experience, Erfahrung, s. αὶ Experencia, s.f. Expérience, s. Καὶ 

erfahren, ἡ.  experimentar,v. expérimenter, v 
Experiment, Versuch, s.m. Experimento,sm.Experience, s. Καὶ 

versuchen, Ὁ. experimentar,v. expérimenter, v 
Expiate, Abbiissen, Expiar, Expier. 
Expiation, Bissung, αὶ Expiacion, f ~—-Expiation, Καὶ 
Expiration, | Aushauchen, n. Expiracion, f£ Expiration, Καὶ 
Expire, Aushauchen, Expirar, Mourir. 
Explain, Erklaren, Explanar, Expliquer. 
Explanation, ata alin 7 Explanacion, 7. Explication, fi 


462 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


EXP. GERMAN. SPANISH, FRENCH. 
Explicit, Ausdriicklich, Explicito, Explicite. 
Explode, Auspochen, Dar, grita, Siffler. 

Explore, Erforschen, Explorar, Explorer. 
Export, Ausfiihren, Extraer, Exporter. 
Exportation, Ausfuhr, Καὶ Extraccion,f#. | Exportation, 7. 
Expose, Aussetzen, E:xponer, Decouvrir. 
Exposure, Darlegung,f. Manifestacion, αὶ Exposition, fA 
Express, Express, s.m. Expreso, s,m. Exprés, s. m. 

ausdriicken, v. representar, ¥.  exprimer, v. 
Expression, Ausdruck, m. Expresion,f/. Expression, Καὶ 
Exquisite, Auserlesen, Exquisito, Exquis,-e. 
Extend, Ausdehnen, Extender, Etendre. 
Extension, Ausdehnung, Κὶ Extension, f Extension, Κὶ 
Extensive, Ausgedehnt, ‘Extenso, Ktendu,-e. 
Exterminate, Ausrotten, Exterminar, Exterminer. 
Extermination, Ausrottung, αὶ Exterminacion, f Extermination, f 
Extinct, Ausgeloscht,  Extinto, [βίοῃ, Eteint,-e. 
Extort, Abzwingen, Cometer extor- Extorquer. 
Extract, Ausziehen, s.n.v. Extracto, s.m. Extraire, v, ex- 

extraer, v. trait, 8. m. 
Extravagant, Ausschweifend, Extravagante, Extravagant,-e. 
Extreme, Ausserst, héchst,Extremo, Extréme. 
Eye, Auge, n. Ojo, m. Cuil, yeux, m. 
Eye-sight, Sehvermégen, x. Vista, f. Vue, f. 
F, 

Fable, Fabel, καὶ Fabula, Καὶ Fable, Καὶ 
Face, Gesicht, n. Cara, Καὶ Face, f. visage,m. 
Fact, Thatsache, f Hecho, m. Fait, m. 
Faction, Aufruhr, m. Faccion, Καὶ Faction, Καὶ 
Factory, Factorei, f. . Factoria, f. Factorerie, Καὶ 
Fade, Verschwinden, Marchitar, Faner. 
Fail, _Fehlen, Perecer, Manquer. [m. 
Failure, Mangel, m. Falta, αὶ Faute, f.défaute, 
Faint, Verschwinden, Languido, Languissant,-e. 
Fair, Schon, Hermcso, Beau. 
Faith, Glaube, m. Fe, f. Foi, Καὶ ΕΔ 
Fall, -Fallen, v. Fall,sm,Caer, v. caido,s.f Tomber,v. chute 
False, Falsch, Falso, Faux,-sse. 
Fame, Geriicht, 2. Fama, f. Renom, 77). 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


463 


Fate, 
Father, 
Fear, 


February, 
Female, 
Fence, 
Ferry, 
Fever, 
Few, 
Fiddle, 


Field, * 


Fight, 


Fill, 
Find, 
Fine, 
Finger, 
Fire, 
First, 
Fish, 
Five, 
Fix, 
Flag, 
Plana, 
Flesh, 
Flock, 


Flood, 


GERMAN. 


Familie,gattung f Familia, f. 
, Ficher, 5. m. 


facheln, v. 
Einbildung,f#. 
Weit, 


_ Abschied, s. m. 
lebe wohl! ἐπέ. 


Pachtgut, n. 
Pachter, m. 


Form, gestalt, αὶ 
Fest, a. fasten, v. 


Fett, plump, 
Schicksal, 2. 
Vater, m. 


᾿ Furcht, s. f. 


fiirchten, v. 
Februar, m. 


SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Famille, Καὶ 
Abanico, s.m.  Eventail, s. m. 
abanicar, v. éventer, v. 
Fantasia, f. Fantaisie, αὶ 
ejos, oin. 
Despedida, s. f. Adieu,-x, 8. m. 
4 dios! int. adieu! int. 
Heredad, αὶ Ferme, αὶ 
Arrendatario, m. Fermier,-e, m. Καὶ 
Forma, f [ar, v. Facon, mode, 7. 
Firme, adj. ayun- Ferme,a.jetiner v. 


Gordo, ras. 
Fato, m. Destin, m. 
Padre, m. Pere, m. 


Miedo, 8. m. te- Crainte, s. Κὶ 
mer, v. * craindre, υ.Ψ 
Febrero, m. Février. 


Weib, n. Hembra, / [ro, m Femelle. [m. 
Vertheidigung,f Defensa, f. repa- Garde, Κὶ enclos, 
Fahre, καὶ arco, 72. Bateau, m. 
Fieber, 1. Fiebre, m. Fiévre, αὶ 
Wenig, Poco, Peu. 
Geige, αὶ Violin, m. Violon, m. 
Feld, n. Campo, Champ, m. 
Gefecht, 8.5.  Batalla, 8. f. pe- Combat, 8. m. 
fechten, v. lear, v. combattre, v. 
Fiillen, Llenar, Remplir. 
Finden, Encontrar, Trouver. 
Fein, ‘Fino, Fin,-e, subtil,-e. 
Finger, m. Dedo, m. Doigt, m. 
Feuer, n. Fuego, m, Feu,-x, m. 
Erste, erstlich, Primero, Premier,-e. 
Fisch, m. Pez, m. Poisson, m. 
Fiinf, Cinco, Cinq. 
Befestigen, Fixar, Fixer. 
Flagge, αὶ Espedana, f. _— Pavillon, m. 
Flamme, Καὶ Llama, f. Flamme, Καὶ 
Fleisch, n. Carne, m. Chair, Καὶ 
Heerde,s.f. Manada, s.f Troupeau,-x,s.m. 
sich sammeln,v. congregarse, v. concourir, Ὁ. 
Fluth, Καὶ Diluvio, m. Deluge, flux, m. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


o 


Forehead, 
Foreign, 
Foreigner, 
Forget, 
Fork, 
Form, 
Fort, 
Fortune, 
Four, 
Fox, 
Fraction, 
Fracture, 


Frame, 
Fraud, 
Free, 
Freeze, 
French, 
Fresh, 
Friend, 
Fright, 


Fringe, 
Frolic, 
From, 


GERMAN. ἢ 
Fuszboden, m. 
Feine Mehl, 2. 
Blume, αὶ 
Flissigkeit, Κὶ 
Fliege, 8.1 

fliegen, ¥. 
Schaum, 8. m. 
schiumen, v. 


Tasche, Καὶ 


SPANISH. 
Pavimento, m. 
Harina, Καὶ 
Flor, Καὶ 

"Suco, m. 
Mosca, s. Κὶ 
volar, v. 
Espuma, s. f. 
espumar, v. 


Faltriquera, f. 


Dicker Nebel, m. Niebla, Καὶ 


Folgen, 
Speise, Καὶ 
Thor, Narr, m. 
Fusz, m. 

Fir, 
Verbieten, 
Stirn, f. 
Fremd, 


- Auslainder, m. 


Vergessen, 
Gabel, Καὶ 
Form, Καὶ 
Festung, αὶ 
Gliick, n. 
Vier, 
Fuchs, m. 
Bruch, m. 
Bruch, 8. m. 
brechen, v. 
Gebaude, n. 
Betrug, m. 
Frei, 
Frieren, 
Franzosich, 
Frisch, 
Freund, m. 
Schreck, s. m. 
erschrecken, v. 
Franse, αὶ 
Scherz, ™. 
Vor, von, aus, 


Seguirse, 
Alimento, m. 


Bobo, Idiota, m. 


Pie, m. 
Por, 
Prohibir, 


- Frente, m. 


Extrangero, m. 
Extrangero, m. 
Olvidar, 
Tenedor, m. 
Forma, Καὶ 
Fuerte, m. 
Fortuna, f. 
Quatro, 


FRENCH. 
Plancher, m. 
Farine, αὶ 
Fleur, Καὶ 
Fluide, m. 
Mouche, 8. Καὶ 

, voler, v. 
Ecume, Καὶ 
écumer, %. 
Gousset, m. 
Brouillard, m 
Suivre. 
Nourriture, Καὶ 
Simple,m. fou,m. 
Pied, pié, m. 
Pour. 
Défendre. 
Front, m. 
Etranger,-e. 
Etranger,-e. m.f. 
Oublier. 
Fourche, Καὶ 
Forme, f. 
Fort, m. 
Fortune, αὶ 
Quatre. 


Raposa, zorra, 7. Renard,-e, m. f. 


Fraccion, Καὶ 
Fractura, 8. ft 
quebrar, v. 
Fabrica, αὶ 
Fraude, m. 
Libre, 
Helarse, 
Frances, 
Fresco, 
Amigo, m. 
Susto, s. m. 
Espantar, ¥. 
Franja, Κὶ 
Fantasia, Καὶ 
Despues, 


Fraction, αὶ 
Fracture, Καὶ 
casser, Ὁ. 
Structure, f- 
Fraude, αὶ 
Libre. 
Geler. 
Francais. 
Frais. 
Ami,-e, m. αὶ 
Frageur, 8. fr 
effrayer, v. 
Frange, f. 
Boutade, αὶ 
De, a, aux, α΄, 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


465 


Gab, 
Gable, 
Gain, 


Gallon, 
Gallows, 
- Gamble, 
Gambler, 
Game, 
Gammon, 
Garden, 
Garret, 
Garter, 
Gaze, 


Gem, 
Gender, 
Generous, 
Genius, 
Genteel, 
Gentle, 
Gentleman, 
Geography, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 
Stirn, AGesicht,n Frente, m. 
Frost, Reif, [s.f Helada, αὶ 
GerunzelteSurn, Cefio, 8. m. 
finster ausse-  cefiar, v. 
Frucht,f. [hen,v. Fruto, m. 
Fischbrut, 8.5 Enxambre, 8. m. 
rosten, v. freir, v. 
Voll, fm. Lleno, 
Scherz, Hintere, Diversion, Καὶ 


FRENCH. 
Front, m. 
Gelée, αὶ 
Froncement, s.m. 
se refrogner,v. 
Fruit, m. 
Frai, 8, m. 
frire, v. 
Plein,-e. [m. 
Divertissement, 


Raserei, αὶ Furor, m. Furie, fureur, αὶ 
Zukunft, s.f Futuro, s.m. Futur,-e, 8. 21. 

kiinftig, adj. ἔς adj. & adj. 

G. 

Schnattern, Mentir, Babiller. 
Giebel, m. Pared apifiada, f Toit, m. 
Gewinn, s.m. Ganancia, s.f. Gain, 8. m. 

gewinnen,v. = ganar, v. gagner, v. 
Gallone, Κα Galon, m. Gallon, m, 
Galgen, m. Horea, f. Gibet, m. 
Hoch spielen, Jugar enexcesso, Jouer. 
Spieler, m. Tahur, m. ' Filou, m. 
Spiel, x. Juego, m. Récréation, Καὶ 
Schinken, m Jamon, m. Jambon, m. 
Garten, m. Huerta, Καὶ Jardin, m. 
Dachstube, f£ Guardilla, Κὶ Galetas, m. 


Hosenband, n. 


Angaffen, s. n. Contemplacion, 
starren, v. ojear,v. [Δ 
Edelstein, m. Piedra, preciosa, 
Geschlecht, n. Especie, αὶ 
Grossmiithig, | Generoso, 
Schutzgeist, γι, Genio, m. 
Artig, fein, Urbano, 
Vornehm,héflich Suave, 
Herr, | [ung, Κὶ Gentilhombre,m. 
Erdbeschreib- Geografia, αὶ 
Deutsche, Aleman, 
Erhalten, Grangear, 
Geist, m. . Alma racional, Καὶ 


Cenogil, m. [s. f. 


Jarrétiére, Καὶ 
Regard, s. m. 
regarder,v. [ f. 
Pierre précieuse, 
Genre, 7}. 
Généreux,-se. 
Génie, m. 
Poli,-e, élégant. 
Doux,-ce. 
Monsieur. 
Geographie, αὶ 
Allemand. 
Gagner. 
Esprit, m. 


466 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


GIF. 
Gift, 
Gin, 
Girl, 
Give, 
Glad, 
Glass, 
Globe, 
Gloom, 
Glory, 
Glutton, 
Go, . 
God, 
Gold, 
Good, 
Govern, 
Governor, 
Grace, 
Grain, 
Grand, 
Grape, 
Grass, 
Grasshopper, 
Grave, 


Gravel, 
Gray, 
Great, 

- Greece, 
Greek, 
Green, 
Grind, 
Grist, * 
Grocer, 
Grocery, 
Ground, 
Grow, 
Grove, 
Gudgeon, 
Guest, 
Guide, 


. GERMAN. SPANISH. 
Gabe, f. Don, m. 
Schlinge, Καὶ Trampa, f. 
Madchen, n. - Doncillita, Καὶ 
Geben, Dar, donar, 
Heiter, [m. Alegre, 

Glas, n. Spiegel, Vidrio, m. 
Kugel, Καὶ Globo, m. 
Dunkelheit, αὶ Opacidad, Καὶ 
Ruhm, Preis, m. Gloria, f. 
Vielfrass, m. Gloton, m. 
Scheu, Andar, ir, 
Gott, m. Dios, m. 
Gold, x. Oro, aureo, 2). 
Gut, Wohl, Bueno, 
Regieren, Gobernar, 
Beherrscher, m. Gobernador, m. 
Anmuth, αὶ Gracia, Καὶ 
Korn, 2. Grano, m. 
Gross, Grande, 
Weinbeere,f. Uva, f. 
Gras, n. Yerba, f. 
Grashiipfer, m. Langostino, m. 
Grab, 8. ἢ. Sepultura, 8. f. 
feierlich, adj. Grave, adj. 
Kies, m. Cascajo, m. 
Grau, Gris, 
Gross, Grande, 
Griechenland, n. Grecia, f. 
Griechisch, Greco, 
Griin, Verde, 
Reiben, Moler, ainoler, 
Korn, Mehl, x. Mollenda, αὶ 


Gewirzkramer, Especiero, m. 
Kramerwaare, f. Especieria, αὶ 


Grund, m. 
Wachsen, 
Hain, 2). 
Griindlich, m. 
Gast, m. 
Fuhrer, s. m. 
leiten, v. 


Ὁ Tierra, f. 
Crecer, 
Arboleda, ἡ 
Gobio, m. 
Huésped, m. 
Guia, 8. m. 

Guiar, v, 


FRENCH. 
Don, present, m. 
Trébuchet, m. 
Fille, Καὶ 
Donner. 
Content,-e. 
Verre,m. Glace, £ 
Globe,m.sphéref 
Obscurité, καὶ 
Gloire, Καὶ. 
Glouton,-ne, mf. 
Aller. 
Dieu, m. 
Or, m. 
Bon,-ne. _ 
Governer. 
Gouverneur, ἢ}. 
Grace, Καὶ 
Grain, blé, m. 
Grand,-e. 
Raisin, ™. 
Herbe, αὶ 
Sauterelle, αὶ 
Tombeau, 8. 22." 
serieux,-se, adj. 
Gravier, m., 
Gris,-e. 
Grand,-e. 
Grecque, fA 
Grec. . 
Vert. 
Moudre. 
Monture, Καὶ 
Epicier,-e, mf. 
Epecerie, f. 
Terre, Καὶ 
Croitre. 
Bocage, m. 
Goujon, m. 
Convié, m. 
Guide, s. m. 
conduire, v. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


467 


GUI. 
Guinea, 
Gulf, 


Gun, 


Habit, 
Hair, 
Half, . 


Hall, 
Ham, 
Hammer, 


Hand, 
Handle, 


Handmaid, 
Handsaw, 
Handsome, 
Hang, 
Happen, 
Happy, 
Harbor, 
Hard, 
Hardship, 
Hark! 
Harm, 
Harmless, 
Harness, 
Harp, 
Harpoon, 
Hart, 
Harvest, 


- Haste, 
Hat, 


Hatchet, 
Hate, 


GERMAN. 
Guinee, αὶ 
Meerbusen, m. 
Geschiitz, n. 


Zustand, m. 


Haar, 2. 
Hialfte, s. f. 
halb, adj. 
Saal, m. 
Schenkel, m. 
Hammer, s. m. 
hammern, v. 
Hand, Faust, αὶ 
Hanhabe, s. f. 
beriihren, 2. 
Magd, f. 
Handsige, Καὶ 
Bequem, schon, 
Hingen, 
Sich ereignen, 
Gliicklich, 
Hafen, m. 
Hart, heftig, 
Ungemach, 2. 
Horch! 
Unrecht, n. 
Unschidlich, 
Harnisch, m. 
Harfe, αὶ 
Harpune, f. 
Hirsch, m. 
Ernte, 8.1 
ernten, 
Eile, 5... 
eilen, υ. 
Hut, m. 
Beil, n. 
Hass, s. m. 
hassen, v. 


Martillo, 8. m. 
martillar, v. 
Mano, m. 
Mango, s. m. 
. Palpar, 2. 
Doncella, αὶ 
Sierra de mano, 
Hermoso, 
Colgar, 
Acontecer, 
Feliz, 
Albergue, m. 
Duro, 
Injuria, Καὶ 
He! Oyes! 
Maldad, Καὶ 
Sencillo, - 
Guarniciones, f. 
Arpa, αὶ 
Arpon, m. 
Ciervo, m. 
Agosta, 8. m. 
recoger, v. 
Priesa, 8. f. 
acelerar, Ὁ. 
Sombrero, m. 
Destral, m. 
Odio, 8. m. 
detestar, v. 


SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Guinea, Καὶ Guinée, αὶ 
Gulfo, m. Golfe, m. 
Agma, 7. Fusilm. Fusil, m. 

H. 
Estado, m.- . Habitude, καὶ 
Pelo, m. Cheveu,-x, 7. 
Mitad, s. f. Moitié, 5. αὶ 
medio, adj. demi,-e, adj. 
Salon, m. Palais, m. 
Corva, αὶ Jambon, . 


Marteau,-x, 8. m2, 
marteler, v. ᾿ 

Main, Καὶ 

Anse, 8.1 
manier, v. 

Servante, Καὶ 

Scie (..) a main. 

Beau, bel, belle. 

Pendre. 

Venir. 

Heureux. 

Refuge, havre,m. 

Dur,-e. 

Dureté, Καὶ 

Ecoute! 

Mal, Dammage,m. 

Innocent,-e. 

Harnais, m. 

Harpe, αὶ 

Harpon, m. 

Cerf, m. 

Moisson, καὶ 

moissonner, ¥. 

Hate, 5. m. 

- hater, v. 
Chapeau,-x, m. 
Hachette, Καὶ 
Haine, 5.1 


hair, v. 


468 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


HAT. 
Hatter, 


Healthy, 


Heap, 


Hear, 
Heart, 
Hearth, 
Heat, 


Heavy, 
Hedge, 
Heel, 
Heifer, 
Heir, 
Heiress, 
Hell, 
Help, 


Helve, 
Hemp, 
not 
Hence, 
Henpeck, 
Her, 
Herb, 
Here, 
Heretic, 
Hermit, 
Hero, 
Hesitate, 
Hew, 
Hide, 


\ GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Hutmacher, m. Sombrerero, m. Chapelier, m. 
Haben, Traer, haber, § Avoir. 

Hafen, m. @ Puerto, m. Havre, m. 
Falke, m. Halcon, m. Faucon, m. 
Heu, n. Heno, m. Foin, m. 
Er, derjenige, ἘἸ, Tl, lui. 
Haupt, 2. Cabeza, 7. Téte, fi - 
Heilen, Curar, Guérir. 
Gesundheit, f. Salud, καὶ Santé, f. 
Gesund, Sano, Sain,-e. 
Haufe, s. m. Monton,-.s.m. Amas, 8, 72. 

haufen, v. amontonar,”. entasser, v._ 
Horen, Oir, Entendre. | 
Herz, n. Corazon, m. Coeur, m. 

_ Herd, m. Hogar, m. Atre, m. 
Hitze, s. fi Calor, 8. m. Chaleur, s. Κὶ 

erhitzen, v. calentar, v. chauffer, v. 
Schwer, Grave, _ Pesant,-e. 
Hecke, Καὶ Seto, m. Haie, Καὶ 
Ferse, αὶ Talon, m. Talon, m. 

Junge Kuh,f. Vaquilla, καὶ Genisse, Καὶ 

Erbe, m. Heredero,m. _Heritier, m. 

Erbin, Καὶ Heredera, Καὶ Heritiére, Καὶ 

Holle, καὶ Infierno, m. Enfer, m. . 

Hilfe, s. f Ayuda, s. f. Aide,s. f. aider,v. ᾿ 
helfen, v. ~ ayudar, v. [ coonée. 

Stiel, m. Destral, m. Manche(m.)d’u- 

Hanf, m. Cafiamo, m. Chanvre, m. [ne. 

Henne, f. Gallina, f. Poule, Καὶ 

Von hier, De aqui, [ mugar, Loin d’ici[ femme 

Schurigeln, Dominadar de la Gouverner parsa 

Sie, De ella, su, Elle, la, lui. 

Kraut, 2. Yerba, f. Hebe, fo 

Hier, Aqui, Ici. 

Ketzer, m. Herege,m. —- Heretique, m. f. 

Kinsiedler, m. Ermitaiio,m. Hermite, m. 

Held, m. Heroe, ™. Heros, 2). 

Anstossen,  Dudar, Hésiter. 

Hauen, _ Tajar, Hacher. 

Haut, 5.1 Cuero, 8. m, Peau,-x, 8. f. 
verstecken,v.  esconder, v. cacher, 2. - 


en Ort ee ee .- ἡ ὰ 


40 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 469 
Hig. ᾿ GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
High, Hoch, stolz, Alto, Haut,-e. 
Hill, Hiigel, m. _Collado, m. Colline, 7. 
Hinder, Hindern, Impedir, Empécher. 
Hinge, Haspe, Καὶ Gozne, Gond, pivot, m. 
Hint, Wink, 8. m. einen Indirecta, s.f. Suggestion, s. αὶ 
: Wink geben, v. —_apuntar, v. insinuer, v. 
Hip, Hagebutte, f. Cadera, f. Hanche, αὶ 
Hire, Meithen, [ber, m. Alquilar, Louer, engager. 
Historian, Geschichtsschrei, Historiador, m. Historien, m. 
History, Geschichte, ἡ Historia, αὶ Histoire, Καὶ 
Hit, Schlagen, Golpear, Frapper. 
Hitch, Sich schieben, Saltar, Se démener. 
Hive, Bienenstock, m. Colmena, Καὶ Ruche, Καὶ 
Hoax, Erdichtung, αὶ Engafio, m. Charlatanerie, Καὶ 
Hobby, Klepper, m. Sacre, hobin, m. Hobereau,-x, m. 
Hoe, Haue, s. Καὶ Azada, s. Καὶ Houe, s. Καὶ 
hacken, ὃ. cavar, ¥. houer, v. 
Hog, Schwein, 2. Puereo, m. Cochon, m. 
Hoggish, Sehweinisch, Porcuno, Gourmand,-e. 
Hold Halten, 8. x. & v. Tener, v. Tenir, v. 
agarro, 8. 22. prise, s. f. 
Hole, Loch, π. Agujero, m. Creux, m. 
Holy, Heilig, Santo, Saint,-e. 
Home, Haus, 2. Casa propria, f. Demeure, αὶ 
Homely, Nicht verfeinert, Liso, Grossier. [ passer. 
Hone, Wetzstein, m. ‘Piedra, Καὶ Pierre (f-) ἃ re- 
Honest, Anstindig, Honrado, Honéte. 
Honesty, Ehriichkeit, #7 Honestidad, f. Henéteté, αὶ 
Honey, Honig, m. Miel, m. [muger. Miel, m. 
Hood, Haube, Kappe, f. Caperuza (1) de Chaperon, m. 
Hoof, Huf, m. Klaue, Καὶ Pesuna, Καὶ Sabot, m. 
Hook, Haken, s.m. & v. Garabato, s.m. Croc, 8. m. 
enganchar, v. _accrocher, v. 
Hoop, Reif, 5, m. bin- Aro, 8. m. Cerceau,-x, 8. m. 
den, v. cercar, Ὁ. lier, v. 
Hop, Hiipfen, s.r. Salto, 8. m. Houblon, s. m. 
_ Hopfen, υ. saltar, v. sauter, v. 
Hope, Hoffnung, 5.1 Experanza, s. f. Espérance, s. f. 
: hoffen, v. esperar, v. espérer, v. 
Hopper, Hiipfer, m. Saltador, m. Sauteur,-se, mf 
Horn, Horn, n. Cuerno, m. Corne, Καὶ 


470 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


HOR. 
Horror, 
Horse, 
Horticulture, 
Hospital, 
Hospitality, 
Host, 
Hostile, 
Hostility, 
Hostler, 

Hot, 

Hotel, 
Hour, 
House, 
Hover, 
tow, 
However, 
Howl, 
Howsoever, 
Hug, 


Huge, 
Hull, 
Hum, 


Human, 
Humane, 
Humanity, 
Humble, 


Humbug, 
Humiliation, 
Humorous, 
Humor, 
Hump, 
Hundred, 
Hunger, 
Hungry, 
Hunt, 
Hunter, 
Hurricane, 


GERMAN. 
Schauder, m. 
Pferd, n. 


Gartenbau, m. Jardineria, Καὶ 
Krankenhaus, n. Hospital, m. 


FRENCH. 
Horreur, Καὶ 
Cheval,-aux, m. 
Jardinage, m. 
Hopital,-aux, m. 


SPANISH. 
Horror, m. 
Caballo, m. 


Gastfreiheit, 7 Hospitalidad, αὶ Hospitalité, Καὶ 


Wirth, m. 
Feindlich, 


Feindseligkeit, 7. Hostilidad, αὶ 


Hueste,patron,m Hote,m. hostie, αὶ 


Hostile. 
Hostilité, Καὶ 


Hostil, 


Stallknecht, m. Mozo(m)de paja, Valet, m. 


Heisz, eifrig, 
Gasthof, m. 
Stunde, Καὶ 
Haus, ἢ. 
Schweben, 
Wie, 
Dennoch, 
Heulen, 


Doch, jedoch, 
Umarmung, 5... Abrazo, 8, m. 
umarmen, Ὁ). 


Ungeheuer, 


Hiilse, Schale, # Cascara, αὶ 
Summen, 8. 2. 
summen, 2. 


Menschlich, 
Leutselig, 


Menschlichkeit, f Humanidad, Καὶ 
Demiithig, adj. Humilde, adj, 
erniedrigen, v. 


Betrug, m. 


Erniedrigung, αὶ Humillacion, Καὶ 


Launisch, 


Calido, caliente, Chaud, ardent. 


Posada, fonda, Καὶ Hotel, m. 


Hora, Καὶ Heure, Καὶ 
Casa, Καὶ Maison, Καὶ 
Colgar, Roder autour. 
Como, [sea, Comment. 


Como quiera que Copendant. 


Aullar, Hurler. 
Anque, Quoique. [s.m. 
Embarassement, 
abrazar, v. embrasser, v. 
Vasto, Grand, vaste, 


Casse, Καὶ 
Zumbido, s. m. 


zumbar, v. murmurer, Ὁ. 
Humano, Mortel.: 13 
Humano, Bon, tendre, 


Humanité, f. 
Bas, adj. humi- 


humillar, v. lier, v. 
Trampa, αὶ Charlatanerie, Κἃ 
Humiliation, Καὶ 
Grutesco, Plaisant. 


Feuchtigkeit, # Humor, geniom. Humeur, f. 


Buckel, m. 
Hundert, n. 
Hunger, m. 
Hungerig, 


Giba, joroba, 7. Bosse, f 


Ciento, m. Cent, m 
Hambre, m. Faim, Καὶ 
Hambriento, A ffamé, 


Jagen, verfolgen, Montear, segnir, Chereher. 


Jager, m. 
Orkan, m. 


Chasseur, m. 
Ouragan, ™. 


Montero, m. 
Huracan, m. 


Bruit sourd, 8. m. 


ee τ να... 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 471 


HOUR. 
Hurry, 


Hurt, 


Husband, 
Hush, 


Husk, 


Hut, 
Huzza, 


Hydrogen, 


Hydrophobia, 


Hymn, 
Hypocrisy, 
Hypocrite, 
Hypothesis, 
Hyssop, 
Hysterics, 


I, 

Ice, ° 
Icick, 
Isinglass, 
Idea, 
Identical, 


Ignominious, 
Ignorance, 
Ignorant, 
Ill, 

Illegal, 
Illegible, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 

Eile, s. f. Precipitacion, sf. Hate, 5. καὶ 

eilen, v. atropellar, v. _ hater, v. 
Verletzung, s. f. Mal, 8. m. Dommage, 8, m. 

verwunden,v.  dafiar, 8. nuire a, wv. 

_Ehemann, m. Marido, m. Mari, m. 

Still! iné. stil- © Chiton! iné. Chut! int. 

len, v. apaciguar, Ὁ. calmer, v. 
Hiilse, s. Κα Caseara, s. Καὶ Cosse, 5.1. 

aushiilsen, v. | descascarar, v.. cosser, v. 
Hiitte, Καὶ Choza, Καὶ Hutte, cabane, Καὶ 
Heisa, int. Viva! ἐπέ. Vive! int. faire 


des cris, v. 
Hydrogen, m. 


vitorear, v. 
Hidrogeno, m. 


zurufen, v. 
Wasserstoff, m. 


Wasserscheu, f. Hidrofobia, ἡ © Hydrophobie, καὶ 
Lobgesang, m. Himno, m. Hymne, αὶ 
Heuchelei,f. | Hypocresia, fi | Hypocrisie, αὶ 
Heuchler, m. | Hiprocrita, m. Hypocrite, mf. 
Hypothese, f. Hipotesis, f. Hypethese, Καὶ 


Isop, m. [den, 7. Hisopo,m.[terico, Hyssope, f. 


Mutterbeschwer. Parasismo his- Vapeurs, f. pi. 
it 
Ich, Yo, Je. 
Kis, m. Velo, m. Glace, Καὶ 
Eiszapfen, m.  Cerrion, m. Glacon, m. 
Hausenblase, f Colpaez, m. Colle de poisson. 
Idee, f Begriffm. Idea, f. Idée, αὶ 
Einerlei, Identico, Identique. 
Indentificiren,| Χ Identificar, Identifier. 
Spracheigenheit, Idioma, f. Idiome, m. 
Dummkopf, m. Idiota, m. Imbecille, m. 7. 
Miiszig, Ocioso, Paresseux,-se. 
Gétzenbild, n. Idolo, m. Idole, Καὶ 
Wenn, wofern, Si, aunque, Si, pourvu que. 
Schimpflich, Ignominioso, Ignominieux,-se. 
Unwissenheit, αὶ Ignorancia, Ignorance, f. 
Unwissend, Ignorante, Ignorant,-e. 
Uebel, bose, Malo, enfermo, Manvais,-e. 
Gesetzwidrig, Τ|6ραὶ, lllicite. 
Unleserlich, llegible, Point lisible. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


ILL. 
Illegitimate, 
Illiterate, 
Illness, 
Illume,-ine, 
{lumination, 
illustrate, 
[llustration, 
illustrious, 
Image, 
Imaginary, 
Imagination, 
Imagine, 
Imbue, 
Imitate, 
Imitation, 
Tmitator, 
Immaterial, 
Immediate,-ly, 


Immense,-ity, 


Immerse, 
Immersion, 
Immigrate, 
Immolate, 
Immoral, 
Immortal, 
Immovable, 
Immutable, 
Imp, 
Impair, 
Impart, 
Impartial, 
Impatience, 
Impatient, 
Impeach, 
Impede, 
Impediment, 
Impenitent, 
Imperative, 
Imperfect, 


GERMAN. 
Unehrlich, 
Ungelehrt, 
Bosheit, αὶ 
Erleuchten, 
Erleuchtung, Καὶ 
Erhellen, 
Erklarung, Καὶ 
Edel, beriihmt, 
Bild,Ebenbild, x. 
Eingebildet, 
Einbildung, Καὶ 
Ersinnen, 
Kintauchen, 
Nachahmen, 
Nachahmung, Καὶ 
Nachahmer, m. 
Unkorperlich, 
Unmittelbar,ad). 

sogleich, adv. 
Unermeszlich,- 

keit, Κὶ 
Eintauchen, 


Untertauchung,f Inmersion, Καὶ 
Transmigrar, 


Einwandern, 
Opfern, 
Unsittlich, 
Unsterblich, 
Unbeweglich, 
Unverinderlich, 
Teufelchen, ἢ. 
Vermindern, 
Mittheilen, 
Unparteiisch, 
Ungeduld, f 
Ungeduldig, 
Anklagen, 
Verhindern, 
Hindernisz, 7. 
Unbuszfertig, 
Befehlend, 


Unvollkommen, Imperfecto, 


Iluminacion, Καὶ 


Tlustracion, fA 


Imaginacion, f. 


Immediato, ad). 


Hijo, diablillo,m. 
Dar, conceder, 


Impaciencia, f. 


Impedimento, m. 


FRENCH. 
Ilégetime. 
Ignorant, rude, 


Mal,m.maldad, f. Maladie, αὶ 


tJuminer. 
Illumination, Καὶ 


~ Llustrer. 


Explication, Καὶ 
lustre. 

Image, statue, Καὶ 
Imaginaire. 
Imagination, fC 
Imaginer. 
Imbiber. 


τ Imiter. 


Imitation, Καὶ 
Imitateur, m. 
Immatériel. 
Immediat,-e, αὐ). 
sur |’ instant,adv. 
T]limité,infinité, £ 


Plongur. 
Immersion, f. 
Immigrer. 
Immoler. 
Immoral,-e. 
Immortel,-le. 
Immobile. 
Immuable. 
Diablotin, m. 
Altérer. 
Accorder. 
Impartial,-le. 
Impatience, Καὶ 
Impatient,-e. 
Accuser. 
Empécher. 
Obstacle, m. 
Impénitent,-e. 
Impératif. 
Imparfait. 


Ee | " 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


473 


IMP. 


Imperial, 
Impersonal, 


_Impertinence, 


Impertinent, 
Impetuosity, 
Impetuous, 
Impiety, 
Impious, 
Implore, 
Imply, 
Impolite, 
Import, 


Important, 
Importation, 
Importer, 
Impose, 
Imposition, 
Impossibility, 
Impossible, 
Imposter, 
Impress, 
Impression, . 
Improper, 
Impropriety, 
Improve, 
Improvement, 
Imprudence, 
Imprudent, 


GEKMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Imperfection, Unvollkommen- Imperfeccion, 7 Imperfection, Καὶ 
heit, αὶ 
Kaiserlich, Imperial, Impérial. 
Unpersénlich, Impersonal, Impersonnel. 
Anmaszung, f. Impertinencia, Κὶ Impertinence, Καὶ 
Unstatthaft, Impertinente, Impertinent. 
Ungestiim, m. Impetuosidad,f. Impetuosité, Καὶ 
Heftig, Violento, Impétueux, 
Gottlosigkeit, # Impiedad, f. Impiété, αὶ 
Gottlos, Impio, Impie. 
Anflehen, Implorar, Implorer. 
Einwickeln, Implicar, Impliquer. 
Unhéflich, Desortes, Impoli,-e. 
Inhalt, s.m. Tendencia, 8, f Importance, 8. Καὶ 
einfiihren, υ. entrar, v. importer, v. 
Wichtig, Importante, Important,-e. 
Einfuhr, αὶ Importacion,# Importation, fA 
Importeur, m. Importador,m. Importeur, m. 
Auflegen, Imponer, Imposer. 
Auflegung, f Imposicion,f Imposition, Κὶ 
Unméglichkeit, fImposibilidad, Κὶ Impossibilité, f. 
Unméglich, Impossible, Impossible. 
Betriiger, m. Impostor, m. _Imposteur. 
Eindriicken, Imprimir, Imprimer. 
Eindruck, m. Impresion, f —_ Impression, Καὶ 
Unschicklich, | Impropio, Impropre. 
Unpaszlichkeit, fImpropiedad, ΚΔ Improprieté, Καὶ 
Verbessern, Mejorar, Avancer. 
Verbesserung, f. Mejora, αὶ Avancement, ἢ}. 
Unvorsichtigkeit Imprudencia, αὶ Indescrétion, Καὶ 
Unvorsichtig, Imprudente, Imprudent,-e. 
Unverschamtheit Impudencia, f. Impudence, Καὶ 


Impudence, 
Impudent, 
Impulse,-ive, 
Impute, 

In, 

Inaction, 
Inactive, 
Inadequate, 
Inanimate, 
Inaugurate, 


Unverschimt, 


Impudico, 


Impudent,-e. 


Antrieb,(m.)end, Impuls-o,(m)-ivo Motif, m. 


Zurechnen, 
In, an, zu, bei, 


Imputar, 
En, 


Imputer. 
En, dans. 


Unthathigkeit, 7 Inaccion, f. [dad, Inaction, Κὶ 
Unthathig, [sen, Falto de activi- Inactif,-ve. 
Nicht angemes- Inadequado, 


Unbeseelt, 


Einweihen, 
49* 


Inanime, 
Inauguracion, 


Disproportionné, 
Tnanimé. 
Installer, 


414 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


INC. 
Incapable, 
Incapacity, 
Incense, 


Incentive, 
Incessant, 
Inch, 
Incident, 
Incivility, 
Inclination, 
Incline, 
Include, 
Income, 
Incommode, 
Incomparable, 
incompatible, 
inconceivable, 
inconsistent, 
Inconstant, 
Incorporate, 
Incorporation, 
Incorrect, 
Incorrigible, 
Incorrupt, 
Incorruptible, 
Increase, 


Incur, 
Indebt,-ed, 
Indecent, 
Indecision, 


Indeed, 
Indelicacy, 
Indemnify, 
Indemnity, 
Indenture, 
Independence, 
Independent, 
Index, 

Indian, 


GERMAN. 
Unfihig, 
Unfahigkeit, αὶ 


Weihrauch, s.m. 


rauchern, v. 


SPANISH. 
Ineapaz, 
Incapacidad, καὶ 
Incienso, 8, 7. 

exasperar, v, 


FRENCH. 
Incapable. 
Incapacité, αὶ 
Encens, s. m. 

irtiter, v. [m. 


Antrieb, m. Incentivo, m.  Aiguillon, motif, 
Unaufhorlich, Incesante, Incessant,-e. 
Zoll, m. Pulgada, Καὶ Pouce, m. 
Zufall, m. Incidente, m. Incident, m. 
Unhdflichkeit, 7. Incivilidad,f —— Incivilité, καὶ 
Neigung, f. Inclinacion, f. Inclination, 7. 
Neigen, lenken, Inclinar, Inclinir. 
Hinschlieszen, —_Incluir, Comprendre. 
Einkommen, x. Renta, Καὶ Revenu, m. 
Belistigen, Incomodar, Incommoder. 
Unvergleichlich, Incomparable, Incomparable. 
Unvertriglich, Incompatible, Incompatible. 
Unbegreiflich, Inconceptible, Inconcevable. 
Unvereinbar, Inconsistente, Inconsequent. 
Unbestandig, . Inconstante, Volage. 
Einverleiben, __ Incorporar, Incorporer. 
Einverleibung, f. Incorporacion, f. Incorporation, Καὶ 
Unrichtig, Defectuoso, Incorrect. 
Unbesserlich, Incorregible, —_ Incorrigible. 
Unverdorben, _Incorrupto, Pur,-e. 
Unyerweslich, Incorruptible, Incurruptible. | 
Zunahme, s. f. Aumento, 8, m. Augmentation, 
wachsen, v. acrecentar, v. 8. /f. croitre, v. 
Einfallen, Incurrir, [ἀ0, Encourir. 
Verpflichte-n,-t, Obligar, adeuda- Endett-er,-é. 
Unanstindig, Indecente, Indecent,-é. 
Unentschlossen- Indecision, # Indécision, αὶ 
heit, αὶ 
Wirklich, Verdaderamente En verité. 
Unzartheit, f£  Groseria, αὶ Indelicatesse, αὶ 
Schadlos halten, Indemnizar, Indemniser. 


Schadloshaltung Indemnidad,[da, Indemnité, f. 
Vertrag, m. [1 Escritura denta- Contrat, m. 


Unabhingigkeit, Independencia, f Independance, αὶ 


Unabhiangig, Independente, Independant,-e. 
Anzeiger,m. Indice, m. Index, m. ~ ῖ 
Indian, (m.)-ish, Indian, m. china, Indien,(m.)-ne. : 


_ INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 4AT5 

Ss δλδδαι, GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Indicate, Anzeigen, Indicar, Indiquer. 
Indifferent,  Gleichgiltig, § Indiferente, Indifferent. 
Indigestion, we ik ea Indigestion, f. Indigestion, f. 

ς eit, αὶ 
Indignation, Unvwille, m Indignacion, f- Indignation, Καὶ 
Indigo, - Indigo, m. Indigo, m Indigo, m. 
Indiscreet, Unbedachtsam, Indiscreto, Indiscret,-e. 

. Indisputable, Unstreitig, Indisputable,  Indisputable. 
Individual, Individuum, m. Individuo, m Individu, m 
individually, | Persdnlich, Individual, Individuel,-le. 
Individuality, Einzelheit, αὶ Individualidad, £ Individualité, 7. 
Induce, Leiten, Inducir, Persuader, v 
Indulge, Lefriedigen, v. Favorecer, v. —_—‘Tolerer, v. 
Indulgence, _Befriedigung, αὶ Indulgencia,f. Indulgence, Καὶ 
Industrious, — Ficiszig, Industrioso, Industrieux,-se. 
Industry, Fleisz, m. Industria, Καὶ Industrie, αὶ 
Inevitable, Unvermeidlich, Inevitable, Inévitable. 
Infamous, Ehbrios, Infame, Infame. 

Infant, Kind, ἢ. Infante, m. Infant, m. 7. 
Infect, Anstecken, Infectar, Infecter. 

Infer, Herbeifiihren, Inferir, Inferer. 

Inferior, Untergebene, 8, Inferior, s.m. Inferieur,-e, 8. m. 

ὃ mf. unter, adj). & adj. 1 ἃ ad). 
Infernal, Hollisch, Infernal, Infernal,-e. 
Infest, Beunruhigen, Infestar, Infester. 

Infidel, Ungliubige, m. Infiél, a. Infidéle, m. Καὶ 
Infinite, Unendlich, Infinito, Infini,-e. 
Infirm, Kranklich, Enfermo, Faible, Siaiate 
Inflame, Anziinden, Inflamar, Enflammer. 
Inflammation, Entziindung, Κα Inflamacion,f. Inflammation, Καὶ 
Inflict, Zufiigen, Castigar, Infligir. 
Inform, Unterrichten, Informar, Informer. 
Information, Unterricht, m. Informacion, £ Information, /. 
Ingenious, Sinnreich, Ingenioso, Ingenieux,-se. 
Ingenuity, Scharfsinn, m. Ingeniosidad, Κὶ Esprit, m. 
Ingenuous, Freimiithig, Ingenuo, Ingenu,-e, franc 
Ingratitude, Undankbarkeit, αὶ Ingratitud, Καὶ Ingratitude, fe 
Inhabit, Bewohnen, Habitar, Habiter. 
Inherit, Erben, Heredar, Hériter. 
Inheritance, | Erbrecht, n. Herencia, f. Héritage, m, 
Inhuman, Unmenschlich, Inhumano, Inhumain,-e. 


476 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


INI. 
Iniquity, 
Initial, 
Initiate, 
Injection, 
Injure, 
Injury, 

Ink, 

Inn, 
Innocen-ce,-t, 
Inquest, 
Inquire, 
Insane, 

. Insect, 
Insert, 
Insight, 
Insignificant, 
Insinuate, 
Insist, 
Insolence,-t, 
Inspect, 
Inspire, 
Instance, 
Instant, 
Instead, 
Instinct, 
Institute, 


Institution, 
Instruct, 
Instrument, 
Insult, 


Insure, 
Intellect,-ual, 


Intend, 
Intense, 
Intensity, 
Intention, 
Interest, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Siinde, Bosheit,fInjusticia, f Τηϊααϊίέ, Καὶ 
Anfanglich, Inicial, Initial,-e. 
Einfihren, Iniciar, Initier. 
Eingebung, f. Inyeccion,f# — Injection, Κὶ 
Verletzen, Injuriar, Nuire a. 
Nachtheil, m.  Injuria, αὶ Dommage, m. 
Dinte, αὶ Tinta, Καὶ Encre, αὶ 
Wirthshaus, x. Posada, /- Hotellerie, αὶ 


Anschuld,(/)-ig, 


Inocen-cia,(f)-te Innocen,-ce Κὶ -t. 


Nachforschung,f Inquisicion, #7, Enquéte, Κὶ 


Erkundigen, — Inquirir, Demande. 
Unsinnnig, Insano, Fou, folle. 
Insect, ἢ. Insecto, 7. Insecte, m. 
Einschalten, Inserir, Insérer. 
Einsicht, Καὶ Conocimiento, m. Connaissance, Καὶ 
Unbedeutend, — Frivolo, Insignificiant,-e. 
Beibringen, Insinuar, Insinuar. 
Stehen, Insistir, Persister. 
Trotz,(m.)-ig,  Insolen-cia(/)-te Insolen,-ce,(/)-t. 
Besichtigen, | Reconocer, Inspecter. 
Einathmen, Inspirar, Inspirer. 
Ansuchen, x. _—_Instancia, Καὶ Instance, αὶ 
Augenblick, m. Instante, m. Instant, m. 
‘Statty In lugar de, Au lieu de. 
Nasurtrieb, m. Instinto, ™. Instinct, m. 
Gesetz, 8. ἢ. Instituto, 8. m. Institut, s, 72. 
einsetzen, v. instituir, v. instituer, v. 
Verordnung, Κα Institucion,# Institution, Κὶ 
Unterrichten, _—_Instruir, Instruire. 
Werkzeug, Instrumento, m. Instrument, m, 


Beleidigung, s. 7. Insulto, s.m. —_ Insulte, s. f- 


verspotten, v. 


Versichern, 


Verstand,(m)-ig, 


Ausstrecken, 
Gespannt, 
Starke, αὶ 
Spannung, Κὶ 
Interesse, 8. 7. 


betheiligen, v. 


insultar, v, insulter, v. 
Asegurar, Assurer. 
Entendimiento,s. Intellect,(m)-uel. 
m. intelecto,ad). 


Intentar, Proposer. 
Intenso, Intense. 
Exceso, m. Intensité, καὶ 
Intencion, f. Dessein, 72. 
Interés, s,m.  Intérét, s.m 
interesar, v. intéresser, v. 


477 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


INT, GERMAN, SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Interesting,  Anziehend, Interesant, Interessant,-e. 
Interfere, Sich streifen, | Entremeterse, S’interposer. 
Interior, Innerlich,{kunft, Interior, Interieur,-e. 
Interjection, Dazwischen- _Interjeccion, f.  Interjection, Καὶ 
Intermission, Unterlassung,f Intermision, 7. Intermission, αὶ 

Interrupt, -Trennen, Rumpido, Intérrompre. 
Interval, Zwishenraum, m. Intervalo, m. —_Intervalle, m. 
Interveiw, Zusammenkunft, Vista formal, f. Entrevue, Καὶ 
‘Intimate, Innereadj.zuver-Intimo, adj. Intime, adj. 
stehen geben,v. _insinuar, v. intimer, v. 

Into, Hinein, Dentro, Dans, entre. 
Intoxicate, Berauschen, Embriagar, Enivrer. 
Intrepid, Unerschrocken, Intrépido, Intrépide. 
Intricate, Verworren, Intrincado, Embarrassé,-e. 
Intrigue, Verwickelung, f Manejo, m. Intrigue, f. 
Introduce, Einfiihren, Introducir, Introduire. 
Intrude, Eindringen, Introducirse, | Se fourrer. 
Invade, Einfallen, Invadir, Envahir. 

. Invalid, Inyalide, s.m. Invalido, s.m.  Envalide, s. m. 
kraftlos, adj. & adj. & ad). 


Inyent,-ion, | Erfind-en,-ung,/ Invent,-ar,-o,m. Invent-er,-ion, Καὶ 


Inviolate, Unverletzt, Inviolado, Inviolé,-e. 
Invisible, Unsichtbar, Invisible, Invisible. 
Invitation, Einladung, ἡ — Convite,m., Invitation, Κὶ 
_ Iron, Fessel, Καὶ Hierro, m. Fer, m. 
Irony, Spottrede, αὶ Ironia, Καὶ Ironie, f. 
Irresistible, | Unwiderstehlich, Irresistible, Irrésistible. 
Irritable, Reizen, Irritar, Irriter. 
Island, Insel, Καὶ Isla, Καὶ Ile, ile, Καὶ 
Issue, Ausgang, 8. m. Salida, s. f, Issue, 8. f. 
auslaufen, v. salir, v. sortir, v. 
Isthmus, Erdenge, f. Istmo, . Isthme, m. 
It, Es, Ello, lo, Le, ce, il, elle. 
Itch, Kritze, s. f. Sarna, s. f. Gale, s.f. 
jucken, v. picar, v. démanger, v 
Itself, Selbst, sich, Mismo, Soiméme. 
Ivory, " Elfenbein, x. — Marfil, m. Ivoire, m. 
Ivy, Epheu, m. Yedra, Καὶ Lierre, ™. 
J. 
Jabber, Plaudern, Charlar, Jabotter. 


478 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


JAC. 
Jacket, 
Jail, 
January, 
Jar, 


Jaundice, 
Jaw, jaws, 
Jealous, 
Jelly, 

Jest, 


Jewel, 
Job, 
Join, 
Joint, 


Jolly, 
Jolt, 


Journal, 
Journey, 
Joy, 
Judge, 


Judgment, 
Jug 


Justice, 
Justify, 


Juvenile, 


- Keel, 
Keen, 
Keep, 
Keeper, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Jacke, αὶ Xaqueta,f.  Jaquette, Κὶ 
Gefingniss, ἢ. Carcel, αὶ Prison, αὶ 
Januar, ™. Enero, m. Janvier, 70 
Knarren, 8... Jarro, 8. ™. Choc, 8. m 

klappern, v. refiir, v. détonner, v. 
Gelbsucht, f —_Ictericia, αὶ Jaunisse, fi [ft 
Kinnbacken, m. Quixada, Καὶ Machoire,bouche 
Eifersiichtig,  Zeloso, Jaloux,-se. 
Gallerte, Καὶ Jalea, Καὶ Gelée, αὶ 
Spass, 8. 21. Chanze, s.f. Bon mot, 8. 7). 

Spassen, v. bufonearse, v. —_ badiner, v. 
Juwele, Καὶ Piedra preciosa,f Bijou,-x, m. 
Arbeit, αὶ Negozuelo, m. Petit ouvrage,m. 
Verbinden, Juntar, — Joindre. 

Gelenk, s. 2. Gozne, 8. m. par- Jointure, 8... 
verbunden,adj. _ticipante, adj. commun,-e,ad). 

Frohlich, Alegre, Plaisant,-e. 

Stoss, 8. m. Traqueo, s.m. Cahot, 8. m. 


stossen, v. traquear, v. cahoter, v. 


Tagebuch, x. _—Diario, m. Journal,-aux, 7. 
Reise, αὶ Jornada, Καὶ Voyage, m. 
Freude, αὶ Alegria, Καὶ Joie, Κι plaisir,m. 
Richter, s,m. Juez, s.m. Juge, 8. m. 
richten, v. juzgar, v. juger, v. 
Gericht, ἢ. Juicio, 22. Jugement, m. 
Krug, m. Jarro, ™. Broc,m.cruche, Καὶ 
Julius, 22. Julio, m. Juillet, m. 
Springen, Saltar, Sauter. 
Junius, ™. Junio,m. [dos,m. Juin, m. 


Geschwornen,m. Junta(f)de jura- Jurés, m. pl. 


Gericht, eben, Justo, Juste, justement. 
Gerechtigkeit, f. Justicia, Καὶ Justice, Καὶ 
Rechtfertigen, Justificar, Justifier. 
Ju endlich, Juvenil, Jeune. 

K. 
Kiel, Kegel, m. Quilla, Καὶ Quille, Καὶ 


Scharf, strenge, Afilado, agudo, Aigu,-e. 
Halten, Tener, cuidar, Tenir, retiner. 
Aufseher, m. Tenedor, m. Garde, m. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


479 


KEG. 


Keg, 
Kernel, 
Kettle, 
Key, 
Kick, 


Kid, 
Kidnap, 
Kidney, 
Kill, 
Kiln, 
Kin, 
Kind, 


Kindness, 


King, 


Kingdom, 
Kiss, 


Kitchen, 
Knack, 
Knave, 
Knead, 
Knee, 
Knife, 
Knit, 
Knob, 
Knock, 
Knot, 
Know, 


Label, 
Labor, 


Lace, 
Lack, 
Lad, 


GERMAN, 
Fiasschen, n. 


SPANISH. 


Barrica, f, 


Kern,m.Driise, f AJmendra, καὶ 


Kessel, m. 
Schliissel, m. 
Fusstritt, 8. m. 


Caldera, f. 


Llave, clave, αὶ 
Puntapie, 8. m. 


treten, v. patear, v. 
Ziegenlamm, n. Cabrito, m. 
Stehlen, Hurtar nifios, 
‘Niere, Καὶ Rifion, m. 
Tédten, Martar, 

Ofen, γι. Horno, m. 
Verwandschaft,f Conexion, f- 
Art, 5.1 Genero, s. 72. 
σαν, adj. benévolo, adj, 
Giitigkeit, αὶ Benevolencia, f. 
KGnig, m. Rey, m. 
Kénigreich, n; Reyno, m. 
Kuss, 8. m. Beso, 8. m. 

kiissen, v. besar, v. 
Kiiche, αὶ Cocina, αὶ 
Handgriff, m. Chuckeria, Καὶ 
Bube, Schelmm. Bribon, m. 
Kneten, Amasar, 

Knie, n. Rodila, curva, αὶ 
Messer, n. Cuchillo, m. 
Stricken, Enlazar, 
Knopf, m. Prominencia, Καὶ 
Klopfen, Colidir, tocar, 


Knoten, Ast, m. Nudo, lazo, m. 
Wissen, kennen, Conocer, 


Zettel, γι. 
Arbeit, 8. f. 
arbeiten, v. 
Schnur, 8. Κὶ 
schniiren, v. 
Mangel, 8. m. 
bediirfen, v. 


L. 


Esquela, αὶ 
Trabajo, labor, 
8. m. trabajar, v. 
Lazo, 8. m. 
abrochar, v. 
Falta, s. fi . 
carecer, v, 


Knabe, Junge m. Mozallon, m. 


FRENCH, 
Caque, fi [f. 
Amande, graine, 
Chaudiére, αὶ 
Clef, f. quai, m. 
Ruade, s. αὶ 

ruer, v. 
Chevreau,-x, m. 
Enlever, voler. 
Rognon, m. 
Tuer. [x, m. 
Four, fourneau,- 
Allié,-e,.m. f. 
Genre, 8. m. 

bon, adj. 
Bonté, αὶ 
Roi, m. 
Royaume, m. 
Balser, 8. m. 

& v. 

Cuisine, f. 
Adresse, αὶ 
Frifon, m. 
Petrir. 
Genou,-x, m. 
Couteau,-x, m. 
Tricoter, lier. 
Bosse, Καὶ 
Frapper. 
Neeud, m. [tre. 
Savoir, Connai- 


Ecriteau,-x, m. 

Travail, 8. m. 
travailler, v. 

Lacet,s.m.lacer,v 


Besoin, 8. m. 
manquer de, ¥ 
Garcon, m. 


480 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


LAD. 
Ladder, 
Lady, 
Lamb, 
Lame, 
Lament, 


Lamp, 
Lance, 
Land, 
Landlord, 
Landscape, 
Language, 
Lantern, 
Lap, 
Lapse, 
Lard, 
Large, 
Lark, 
Lash, 


Lass, 
Last, 


Latch, 


Late, 
Latent, 
Lath, 


Lathe, 
Latin, 


Laugh, 


Launch, 
Laurel, 
Law, 
Lawn, 
Lawyer, 


Lay, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Leiter, Καὶ Escala, f. Echelle, fi [ft 
Dame, Καὶ Sefiora, lédi, 7 Dame,demoiselle 
Lamm, 2. Cordero, m. Agneau,-x, ἢ. 
Lahm, Lisiado, Estropie, 
Wehklage, s. f. Lamento, s.m. Piainte, s. f. 

klagen, v. lamentar, v. lamentre, v. 


Lampe,f. [nen,v. Lamparaf[trar,v Lampe, f. —[v. 
Lanze, s.f. stech- Lanza, s. f. pene- Lance, 718. percer 
Land, Terreno, pais, m. Terre, f.pays, m. 
Gutsbesitzer, m. Huésped, m. — Proprietaire, m. 
Landschaft, f Pais, region, m. Paysage, m. [m. 
Sprache, Καὶ Lengna, f. Langue/langage 
Lanterne, Καὶ Linterna, /. Lanterne, αὶ 
Lippechen, n. Faldas, f. pl. Giron m. — [m. 
Fall, Verfall, m. Caida, £[puerco, Laps écoulement 


Speck, m. Manteca (3.3) de Lard, m. 

Grass, weit, Grande, ancho, Large, grand, 

Lerche, jf. Alondra, Καὶ Alouette f. [ter v. 

Hieb, 8. m. Latigazo, s. m. Coup s.m. fouet- 
peitschen, v. azotar, Ὁ. 


Madschen, n.  Doncella, αὶ Fillette, Καὶ 
Leisten,s.m.[ adj. Horma, s. f.du- Laste, 8.22. durer 
wihren,v.letzte, rar v.ultimo adj, υ. dernier, ad). 
Klinke, 8. αὶ Aldeba, s.f. cer- Loquet, 8. m. 
zuklinken, v. rarconaldebav.  fermer, v. 
Spat, letat, Tardio, tarde, Tard,-e, lent,-e. 
Verborgen, Escondido, Caché,-e, secret. 
Latte, s.f. mit [v. Lata, f liston s.m. Latte 8,7. latter 2. 
Latten versehen. _ ponar listas, v. 
Drechselbank, f. Torno, m. [adj.Tour,m.  [adj. 


Latein, 8. n. Latin, s.m. latino, Latin, s.m. latine 
lateinisch, adj. 

Lachen, s. n. Lavadero, 8. m. Ris, 8. m. rire, v 
verlachen, v. mofar, v. 

Fortlassen, Botar al agua, S’elancer, lancer, 

Lorbeer, m. Laurel guindo,m. Laurier, m. 


Gesetz, Recht, n. Ley, fderecho,m Loi, 7. droit, m. 
Grasplatz, m. Linon, prado, m. Plaine, flinon,m. 
Rechtgelehrteym Abogado, m. ΑΑγοοδί, m. [8.1 
Lage, s.f.legen,v. Lechos, s.m. | Couche,chanson, 
poner, v. pondre, v. 


‘ © 
‘" re Fy 


Hebel, m. 
41 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 481 
se LAZ, GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH, 
Lazy, Faul, langsam, Perezoso, tardo, Paresseux,-se. 
Lead, Blei, 8.5. leitenjv. Plomo, 8. m. Plombe, s. m. 

| conduelr, v. guider, v. 

Leaf, Blatt, ἡ. Hoja, αὶ Feuille, αὶ 

League, Biindniss, s.n. Liga, s. f. Ligue, s. Καὶ 

' verbinden, v. confederarse,v. 868 liguer, Ὁ. 

~ Leak, Spalte, 5. Κ Obertura, 9.5 Fente, 5. αὶ 
durchlassen, v. derramarse, v. © s’écouler, v. 

Lean, Mager, adj. Magro, adj. Maigre, adj. 

lehnen, v. inclinarse, ¥. —_s’appuyer, ¥. 

Leap, Sprung, s.m. Salto, 8. m. Saut, s. m. 

springen, v. saltar, v. saillir, v. 
Learn, Lernen, Aprender, [s.m, Apprendre. 
Lease, Pachtzeit, s.f Arrendimiento, Bail, s. m. 

verpachten, v. arrondar, v. louer, v. 
Least, Kleinste, adj. Miniomo, s.m. Moindre, moins, 

Atom, 8. m. & ad). s.m. & adj. 
Leather, Leder, τ. Cuero, m. Cuir,m.peau,-x,f. 
Leave, Abschied, 8. m. Licencia,s.f.  Congé, 8. m. 

: lassen, v. dexar, v. quitter, v. 
Lecture, Lesen, s. 7. Discurso, s.m. Lecture, 5. Καὶ 
unterrichten, v. _instruir, v. instruire, v. [m. 
Ledger, Hauptbuch, x. Libro, mayor, m. Livre de compte, 
Left, Link, Siniestro, Gauche. 
Leg, Bein, n. Keule, Καὶ Pierna,f. pie, m. Jambe, f. 
Legacy, Vermichtniss, n. Legado, m. Legs, m. 
Legislature, Gesetzgebende Legisladura, f. Lévislature, Καὶ 

Macht, αὶ 
Lemon, Limonie, αὶ Limon, m. Limon, m. 
Lend, Leihen, borgen, Prestar, Préter. 

Length, Linge, Dauer, f, Longitud, αὶ Longuer,durée, 7, 
Lent, Fastenzeit, Καὶ Quaresma, Καὶ Caréme, m. 
Leopard, Leopard, m. Leopardo, m.  Léopard, m. 
Less, Kleiner, Menor,menos, m. Moins, m. 
Lesson, Lehre, Καὶ Text,m. Leccion, αὶ Legon, Καὶ 
Let, Lassen, Conceder, dexar, Louer, Jaisser. 
Letter, Schrift, fBriefm. Letra, carta, f. Lettre, αὶ 
Lettuce, Lattish, m. Lechuga, f. Laitue, Καὶ 
Level, Fiche, s. f. Llano, 5. m. Niveau,-x, 8. m. 
leich, adj. igualar, -v. aplanir, Ὁ, 
Lever, Palanca, Καὶ Lévier,m.barre, f. 


482 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


LIA. 
Liar, 
Liberty, 
Library, 
License, 


Lick, 

Lid, 

Lie, (falsely,) 
Lie, (down,) 


Life, 
Lift, 


Light, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Liigner, m. Embustero, m. Menteur,-se,m.f. 
Freiheit, αὶ Libertad, αὶ Liberté, αὶ 
Bibliothek, f —_ Libreria, f. Bibliotheque, Καὶ 
Erlaubniss, s. 7. Licensia, s.f. License, s. fi — 


ο΄ gestatten, v. =“ licenciar, v. autoriser, υ. 
Schlag, s. m. Chupa, 5.1 Coup, s. m. 
lecken, v. lamar, v. [m. lécher, v. 
Deckel, m. Tapa, f. parpado, Couvercle, m. 
Lauge, Liige, 8... Mentira, 8. 7. Mensonge, 8. m.. 
lagen, v. mentir, v. mentir, v. 
Liegen, schlafen, Consistir, Récliner,coucher. 
Leben, n. Vida, Καὶ Vie, existence, Καὶ 
Heben, 8. ἢ. Alzamiento, s.m. Effort, 8. m. 
aufheben, v. alzar, v. élever, v. 


Licht,sn.léschen, Luz, 8. f. encen- Lumiére, s.fallu- 
v. Licht, adj. — dar,v. claro,adj. mer,v. clair,adj. 


Light,of weight Leicht, hurtig, Ligero, leve,  Leger,-e. 


Like, 


Likeness, 
Lily, 
Limb, 
Lime, 
Limit, 
Line, 
Linen, 
Lion, 
Lip, 
Liquid, 


Listen, 
Literature, 
Little, 


Live, 
Lo! 
Load, 


Gefallen, v. Gustar, v. Aimer, v. 
gleich, adj. semejante, adj. semblable, adj. 
Gleichniss, n. | Semejanza,f. | Ressemblance, Κ᾽ 


Lilie, 7. Lirio, Lis, m. 
Glied,n.Rand,m. Miembro, m. Membre, ™. 
Leim, Kalb, m. Cal, m. Chaux, Καὶ 
Grenze, 8. αὶ Limite, 8. 2}. Borne, 8. Κα 
begrenzen, ¥. _limitar, v. limiter, v. 
Linie, 8. αὶ Linea, 8. f. for- Ligne, 85... 
liniren, v. rar, v. doubler, v. 
Leinwand, s. f. Lienzo, lino, s.m. Toile, 8. f. 
leinen, adj. de lienzo, adj. de linge, ad). 
Lowe, m. Leon, m. Lion, 7. 
Lippe, Καὶ Labio, m. Lévre, f. 


Flissigkeit, s.f Licor, 8.21. Liqueur, 8. f. 
fliissig, adj. liquido, adj. _, liquide, adj. 


Lauschen, Escuchar, Ecouter. 
Literatur, Καὶ Literatura, f. — Littérature, Καὶ 
Weinigkeit, s. f. Poso, 8. m. Peu, 8. m. 
wenlg, adj. escaso, ad). petit,-te, adj. 
Leben, wohnen, Vivir, subsistir, Vivre, demeurer. 
Siehe ! Hé aqui! Voici! voila! 
Ladung, s. f. Carga, s. f. Fardeau,-x, 8.7. 


laden, v. cargar, Ὁ, charger, v. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


483 


LOA. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


Loaf, (Bread,) Laib,m.Broad,m. Pan, m. 


Loan, 
Local, 
Lock, 


Locket, 
Locust, 
Lodge, 


Log, 
Logic 
Loin, 
Loiter, 
Lone,-ly, 
Long, 


Longitude, 


Look, 
Loop, 
Loose, 
Loosen, 
Lord, 
Lose, 
Loss, 
Lot, 


Loud,-ly 
Love, 


Low, 
Luck, 
Lumber, 
Lum), 
Lunatic, 
‘Lungs, 


Luscious,-ly, 


Lust, 


Lustre, 
Lye, 


Darlehen, 2. 
- Oertlich, 
Schloss, 8. n. 
verwickeln, v. 
Schlésschen, m. 
Heuschrecke, αὶ 
Loge, 8. f- 
wohnen, Ὁ. 
Klotz, m. 
Logick, Καὶ 
Lende, καὶ 
Zaudern, 
Einsam, 
Verlangen, v. 
lang, adj. 
Lange, f. 
Blick, s. m. 
sehen, v. 


( Schlinge, 8.1 


schniiren, v. 


Los, locker, 
smachen, 
err, Lord, m. 


_ Verspielen, 


Verlust, m. 

Loos, 2. 

Laut, 

Liebe, s. f. 
lieben, v. [ adj. 


Préstarmo, m. 
Local, 


« Cerraja, 8. Καὶ 


cerrar, Vv. 
Broche, m. 
Langosta, Καὶ 
Alogimiento,s.m. 

alogar, v. 
Leiio, m. 
Logica, Καὶ 
Lomo, m. 
Haraganear, 
Solitario, 
Antojarse, v. 

largo, ad). 
Longitud, Καὶ 
Aspecto, 8. m. 

mirar, v. 

Ojal, s. m. 

parar, v. 
Suelto, floxo, 
Desunirse, 
Sefior, Dios, m. 


Perder, 


Pérdida, αὶ 


Suerte, lote, 

Ruidoso, 

Amor, 8. ™. 
amar, v. 


FRENCH. 
Pain, m. 
Prét, m. 
Local,-e. 
Serrure, s. 7. 
fermer, v. 
Agrafe, Καὶ 
Sauterelle, Καὶ 
Loge, s. f. 
loger, v. 
Bache, αὶ 
Logique, Κὶ 
Longe, queue, ἢ 
Tarder. 
Solitaire. 
Désirer, v. 
long,-ne, adj. 
Longitude, καὶ 
Regard, 8, m. 
regarder, v. 
Ganse, s. f. 
fermer, v. 
Lache. 
Délier, détacter. 
Seigneur, m. 
Perdre. 
Perte, αὶ 
Lot, sorte, m. 
Haut, 
Amour, 8. m. 
aimer, v. Ἃ 


.-. 


Briillen,v.niedrig Mugir,v.baxo,adj, Mugir, v. bas, adj. 


Gliick, n. 
Geriill, ἢ. 
Klumpen, m. 


Acaso, suceso,m. 
Armotaste, m. 
Pedazo, m. 


Hasard, m. 
Gros bagage, m. 


Morceau,-x, m. 


Mondsiichtige,m. Lunatico, [m. pl. Lunatique, m. 


Lunge, Καὶ 
Uebersiiss, 
Lust, 8. f. 
begehren, v. 
Glanz, m. 


Lauge, αὶ 


Bofes, pulmones, 
Meloso, delicioso, 
Deseo, m. 
gustar, v. 
Lustro, m. 


Lexia, Καὶ 


Poumons, m. pl. 
Doux,-ce. 
Convoitise, s. 7. 
convolter, v. 
Lustre, éclat, m. 
Lessive, αὶ 


484 INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. ν 
MAC. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 3 
M. 
Machine, Maschine, αὶ Maquina, Καὶ Machine, Καὶ 
Machinist, Mechaniker,m. Maquinista,m. Machiniste, m. 
Mad,-ly, Wahnsinnig, Distraido, loco, Furieux,-se. 
Madam, Madam, Καὶ Sefiora,Madama, Madame, αὶ 
Madder, Krapp, Ὅν. Rubia, f/ 60 Garance, f. 
Magazine, Magazin, n. Magacen, m. Magasin, ™. 
\lagic,-al,-ly, Zauberkunst,s.f. Magia, 8. f. Mavie, s. αὶ 
magisch, adj. magico, adj. magique, adj. 
Magistrate,  Obrigkeit, αὶ Magistrado, m. Magistrat, m. 
Magnanimous, Grossmiithig, |Magnanimo, Magnanime. 
Magnet,-ism, Magnet,-ismus,m Piedra iman, f Aimant, 8. m. 
Magnificence, Grdsse,Pracht,f Magnificencia, αὶ Magnificenee, Καὶ 
Magnify, Vergrossern, _Magnificar, Eixagerer, 
Mahogany, Mahagonyholz,m Caoba, Acajou,-x, m. 
Maid, Jungfer, αὶ Doneella, αὶ Fille, vierge, f. 
Mail, Panzer, s.m. Mala, s. ft Malle, poste, s. f- 
bepanzern, Ὁ. ~— maliar, v. | armar,poster,v. 
Maim, Verstiimmeln, Mautilar, Mutiler, estopier. . 
Main, Haupttheil, 8. m. Oceano, s.m. Océan, 8. m. 
vornehmste,adj. mayor, ad). principal, adj. 
Majesty, Majestit, Καὶ Magestad, αὶ jesté, αὶ 
Major, Major, 8. ™. Sargento mayor, Major, 8. 77. 
grésser, adj. 58,71. mayor, adj. plus grand,adj. 
Majority, Mehrheit, Καὶ Pluralidad, 7. — Majorité, f. 
Make, Machen, Hacer, fabricar, Faire, produire. 
Maker, Verfertiger,m. Hacedor, m. Faiseur, m. 
Malady, Krankheit, £ | Enfermedad, αὶ Maladie, Καὶ 
Male, Miinnchen, s. ».. Macho, 8. m. Male, s. m. 
minnlich, adj. masculino, adj.  & adj. 
Malice, Bosheit, αὶ Malicia, f. Malice, Καὶ 
Mall, Schlag, 8. m. Mallo, s. m. Maillet, s. m. 
schlagen, Ὁ. ραΐθαγν. [da, fi’ _ battre, Ὁ, 
Malt, Malz, ἢ. Cebada prepara- Dreche, /. 
Mamma, Mamma, f. Mama, αὶ  [m. Maman, f. [m. 
Man, Mensch,Mann,m. Hombre, criado, Homme, servant, 
Manage, Verwalten, Manejar, Ménager. 
Manager, Verwalter, m. Administrador,m Directeur, m. 
Mane, © Mahne, αὶ Crin, clin, Καὶ Criniére, fi: 
Manger, Krippe, /- Pesebre, m. Mangeoire, m. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


485 


MAN. 
Manhood, 
Manifest, 


Mankind, 


Manner, 


Mantle, 


Manufacturer, 
Manufacture, 


Manufactory, 


Manure, 


Manuscript, 


Many, 
Map, 


Mar, 
Marble, 
March, 


Mare, 
Margin, 
Marine, 


Mark, 


Market, 
Marriage, 
Marrow, 
Marry, 
Marsh, 
Marshal, 


Martyr, 
Marvel, 


GEKMAN. " 
Menschheit, αὶ 
Offenbaren, v. 

offenbar, adj. 
Menschenge- 
schlecht, n. 
Art, Manier, αὶ 
Tauftuch, 8, 2. 
bedecken, υ. 
Anfiihrer, m. 
Fabricat, 8. n. 
verfertigen, v. 
Manufactur, αὶ 
Diinger, s. m. 
anbauen, v. 
Handschrift, καὶ 
Viele, mancher, 
Landkarte, s. f. 
zeichnen, v. 
Flecken, 8. m. 
verderben, v. 
Marmor, 8. m. 
marmorn, adj. 


Marz, Marsch,sm. 


marschiren, v. 
Stute, f Alp, m. 
Rand, m. 
Seesoldat, s. me. 
zurSee gehérig,a 
Marke, s. f. 

merken, v. 
Markt, Handel,m 
Ehe, Heirath, αὶ 
Fett, Mark, n. 
Heirathen, 
Morast,Sumpf,m. 
Marschall, s. m. 

ordnen, v. 
Martyrer, 8. γι. 

qualen, υ. 
Wunder, 8. τ. 


sich wundern,v. 
4] 


SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Masculinidad, f. Virilité, καὶ 
Manifesto, adj. Manifester, v. 

manifestar, v. évident,-e, adj. 
El genero hu- Genre humain,n. 
mano, m, [m. 
Manera, f. modo, Maniére, αὶ 
Manto, s. m. Manteau,-x, m. 
cubrir, v. 
Artesano, m. Manufacturier, η1 
Manufactura, 8... Manufacture, 5... 


fabricar, v. fabriquer, v. 
Fabrica, καὶ Fabrique, αὶ 
Abono, 8. m. Engrais, 8. m. 

abonar, v. fumer, v. 
Manuscrito, m. Manuscrit, m. 
Mucho, Beaucoup de. 
Mapa, s. 7. Carte, s. f. faire 

delinear, νυ. une carte, v. 
Mancha, 8. Καὶ Dommage, 8. m. 


injuriar, v. 
Marmol, s. m. 
marméreo, adj. 
Marzo, s. m. 
marchar, v. 


Yegua, f. 


gater, v. 
Marbre, s. m. 
Τ Γ 
marbré,-e, adj. 
Mars,m. marche, 
8. f. marcher, v. 
Cavale, αὶ 


Margen, m. Marge, s. f. 
Marina, 3. καὶ Marine, 5.1 
marino, adj. marin,-e, adj. 
Marca, 8. αὶ Marque, 8. Καὶ 
marcar, v. marquer, v. 
Mercado, m. Marché, m. 
Maridage, m. Mariage, m. 
Tuetano, m. Moelle, αὶ 
Casarse, Marier, épouser. 
Pantano, 2». Marais, 2}. 
Mariscal, s.m. Maréchal, 8. m. 
ordenar, v. ranger, v. 


Martyr,-e, 8. m.f- 
martyriser, v. 

Merveille, 8. αὶ 
s’étonner, v. 


Martir, s. m. 
martirizar, v. 
Marayilla, 8. Καὶ 


maravillar, v. 


486 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


MAS. 
Masculine, 
Mask, 


Mason, 
Mass, 


Mast, 
Master, 


Mat, 
Match, 


Mate, 


SPANISH. 
Masculino, 
Mascara, s. f. 


GERMAN. 
Minnlich, 
Maske, 5. Καὶ 

vermummen, v 
Maurer, m. Albafiil, m. 
Masse, Menge,s.f. Masa, s. f. 

haufen, v espesar, V. 
Mastbaum, m. A'rbol, palo, m. 
Meister, s.m. Maestro, 8. m. 
beherrschen, v. — sujetar, 2. 
Matte, s. αὶ Kstera, 8.1 
verflechten, v. esterar, Ὁ. 
Lunte, Κα Docht, Mecho, 8. m. 
sm.vergleichen,y. igualar, v 
Gefihrte, s.m. Consorte, 8. m. 
verbinden, νυ. casar, v. 


Mathematician, Mathematikerm. Matematico, m. 


Mathematics, 
Matter, 
May, 


Meal, 
Meadow, 
Mean, 


Measles, 
Measure, 


Meat, 
Mechanic, 
Mechanism, 
Medal, 
Meddle, 
Medicine, 
Mellow, 


Melody, 
Melon, 
Melt, 
Member, 


Mathematik, f Matematica, αὶ 

Stoffm. Sache, f Materia, Καὶ 

Mai, 8. m. mé- Mayo, 8. m. 
gen, Ὁ poder, v. 

Biirgermeister,m Corregidor, m 

Mich, mir. Me, 

Mehl, n. Comida, Καὶ 


enmascarar, v. 


FRENCH. 
Masculin,-e. 
Masque, 8. m. 

masquer, τ. 
Macon, m. 
Masse, s. αὶ 

amasser, 2. 
Mat, m. faine, Κὶ 
Maitre, 8. m. 

surmonter, v 
Natte, 8.1 

natter, v 
Meche, s. f. 


vd 
égaler, v 


Compagnon,smf, 

᾿ς égaler,v. [m. 

Mathématicien, 

Mathématiques,/ 

Matiére, αὶ 

Mai, 8. m. pou- 
Voir, v. 

Maire; m 

Moi, me. 


Repas,m.farine f. 


Weise, f Meth,m. Pradero,prado,m Prairie, αὶ 
Niedrig, mittel,a. Baxo, mediano,a. Bas, moyen, adj. 


meinen, v. 
Masern, Κὶ pl. 
Masstab, 8. m. 

ermessen, Ὁ. 
Fleisch, n. 
Handwerker, m. Mecanico, m. 
Mechanismus, m. Mecanismo, m, 


Sarampion, m. 
Medida, 8. Κὶ 


medir, ὁ 


Schaustiick, n. Medalla, αὶ 
Mischen, Mediar, 
Arzenei, αὶ Medecina, Καὶ 
Weich, adj. Madura, adj. 
weich machen,v. _sazonar, v, 
Melodie, αὶ Melodia, 7. 
Melone, αὶ Melon, m 
Schmelzen, Disolver, 


Glied, Stiick, ἡ. Miembro, m 


hacer animo, v. 


vouloir, v 
Rougeole, Ki 
Mésure, 8. Καὶ 

mesurer, Ὁ. 


Carne, vianda, Καὶ Viande, αὶ 


Artisan, 22. 
Mécanisme, m. 
Médaille, Καὶ 
Se méler de. 
Médecine, Καὶ 
Mur,-e, ad). 
amollir, v. 
Mélodie, αὶ 
Melon, m 
Fondre. » 
Membre, m. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


487 


MEM. 
Membrane, 
Memory, 
Mend, 
Mention, 


Merchant, 
Mercury, 

~ Mercy, 
Merit, 


Merry, 
Mess, 


Message, 
Messenger, 
Messiah, 
Messieurs, 
. Metal, 
Meteor, 
Method, 
Middle, 
Might, 
Mild, 
Mile, 
Military, 
Milk, 

Mill, 
Miller, 
Milliner, 
Million, 
Mind, 
Mine, 


Mineral, 
Minister, 


Minor, 


GERMAN. 
Hiutchen, 2. 
Gediichtniss, ἢ. 
Bessern, 


Erwihnung, 8. αὶ 


erwilhnen, v. 
Kaufmann, m. 
Quecksilber, n. 
Verzeihung, Καὶ 
Verdienst, 8. n. 

verdienen, v. 
Lustig, lebhaft, 
Gericht, 8. n. 

speisen, v. 
Botschaft, αὶ 
Bote, m. 
Messias, m. 


Metall, m. 


Methode, Weise, 
Mitte, αὶ 
Macht, Καὶ 
Sanft, mild, 
Meile, f.— [s.m. 
Soldatenstand, 
kriegerisch, ad). 
Milch, s. αὶ 
melken, v. 
Mile, j. 
Miiller, m. 


Putzhandlerin, Καὶ 


Million, καὶ 
Gemiith, s. n. 
merken, v. 
Grube, s. 1 
mein, ad). 
Mineral, n. 
Minister, 8. m. 
darreichen, v. 


SPANISH. 
Membrana, αὶ 
Memoria, Καὶ 
Reparar, 
Mencion, 8. αὶ 


mencionar, v. 
Comerciante, m. 


Mercurio, m. 


Misericordia, καὶ 
Mérito, s. m. 


merecer, v. 


Risuefio, alegre, 
Rancho, s.m. 
hacer, rancho,v. 
Mensage, m. 
Mensagero, m. 
Mesias, Cristo,m. 
Die Herrn, m. pl. Sefiores, m. pl. 
[ f. Metal, m. 
Lufterscheinung, 


Meteoro, m. 
Método, m. 
Medio, m. 
Poder, m. 
Indulgente, 
Milla, αὶ 


Soldadesca, 8, f. 


militar, adj. 
Leche, s. Καὶ 
ordefiar, v. 
Molino, m. 
Molinero, m. 
Modista, αὶ 
Millon, m. 
Mente, 5.1 
atender, v. 
Mina, s. αὶ 
mio, adj. 
Mineral, m. 
Ministro, s. m. 
ministrar, v. 


Unmiindige, s.m. Menor, 5. m. 


kleiner, adj. 


& adj. 


FRENCH. 
Membrane, Καὶ 
Mémoire, αὶ 
Reparer. 
Mention, s. Καὶ 

mentioner, v. 
Marchand,-e,m,f. 
Mercure, m. [ f. 
Pitié, miséricord 3 
Mérite, 5. m. 

mériter, v, 
Plaisant,-e. 
Mets, 5. m, 

manger, v. 
Message, m. 
Courrier, m. 
Messie, Christ,m. 
Messieurs, m2. pl. 
Metal,-aux, m. 
Météore, m. 
Méthode, καὶ 
Milieu, m. mi-, Κ 
Pouvir,m.force, Καὶ 
Doux,-ce. 
Mille, . 
Milice, 8. Κα 

militaire, adj. 
Lait, 8. m. 

traire, v. 
Moulin, m. 
Meunier, m. 


Million, m. 
Esprit, 8, m. 
remarquer, v. 
Mine, s. αὶ 
le mien, ad). 
Mineral,-aux, m. 
Minister, s. m. 
administrer, ®, 
Mineur,-e, s.m.f. 
& ad). 


488 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


MIN. 
Mint, 
Minute, 


Miracle, 
Mire, 
Mirth, 
Misanthropy, 
Miscarry, 
Mischief, 
Miscreant, 
Miser, 
Miserable, 
Misery, 
Misfortune, 
Miss, 


Missile, 
Mission, 
Missionary, 
Mist, 
Mistake, 


Mistress, 
Mite, 
Mix, 
Mixture, 
Mob, 


Mock, 


Mode, 
Model, 


Moderate, 


Modern, 
Modest, 
Modesty, 
Modulate, 
Moist, 
Moisten, 


GERMAN. 
Miinze, s. 7. 
Minute, s. αὶ 

genau, adj. 
Wunder, ἢ. 
Schlamm, 8. m. 
Fréhlichkeit, αὶ 


SPANISH. 


Menta, 5.1 
Minuto, s. m. 


menudo, adj. 


Milagro, m. 
Cieno,s. m. 
Alegria, Καὶ 


FRENCH. 
Menthe, s. αὶ 
Minute, s. 7. 

petit,-e, adj. 
Miracle, m. 
Boue, s. f- 
Gaieté, καὶ 


Menschenhass,m Misanthropia, f. Misanthropie, Καὶ 


Misslingen, 
Ungliick, n. 
Unglaubige, m. 
Geizhals, m. 
Elend, 
Triibsal, αὶ 
Ungliick, n. 
Fraulein, 8. n, 
missen, v. 
Geworfen, 
Sendung, Καὶ 
Missionar, 7: 
Nebel, m. 
Irrthum, s. m. 
irren, Ὁ. 
Frau, Καὶ 
Milbe,f-Heller,m. 
Mischen, 
Mischung, Καὶ 
Pobel, 8. m. 
einhiillen, v. 
Gespitt, 8. 2. 


verspotten, v. _ 


Art, Zufalligkeit, 
Masstab, s. m. 
abformen, Ὁ. 
Massigen, v. 
missig, adj. 
Neu, modisch, 
Bescheiden, 


Abortar, 
Dafio, mal, m. 


Avorter. 
Malheur, 2. 


Religionario, [to, Mécreant, m. 
Hombre avarien- Avare, m. f. 


Miserable, Misérable. 
Miseria, f. Misére, αὶ 
Desgracia,f/ — Infortune, αὶ 
Leiiorita, 8.5 Demoiselle, s. Καὶ 
echar, v. manquer, v. 
Arrojadizo,m. Missive, αὶ 
Mision, Καὶ Mission, Καὶ 


Misionero, 72. 


Missionaire, m. 


Niebla,mollina, f Brouillard, m. 


errar, UV. 


Equivocacion,s.f. Erreur, s.f. 


errer, V. 


Ama, sefiora, f. Maitresse, Κὶ 


Mitad, cresa, f- 
Mezclar, 
Mixtura, f. 
Canalla, s. f. 


tumultuar, ὃ. 


Mofa, 8.7, mo- 
far, v. 
Modo, m. 
Modelo, s. m. 
modelar, v. 
Moderar, v. 


moderado, adj. 


Moderno, 
Modesto, 


Bescheidenheit, f Modestia, Καὶ 


Moduliren, 
Feucht, 
Anfeuchten, 


Modular, © 


Charancon, m. 
Méler. 
Mélange, m. 
Foule, s. αὶ 
insulter, v. 
Raillerie, s. 7. 
moquer, v. 
Mode, fagon, Καὶ 
Modeéle, 5. m. 
mouler, v. 
Modérer, v. 
modéré,-e, adj. 
Moderne. 
Modeste. 
Modestie, αὶ 
Moduler. 


Humedo,xugoso, Humide, moite. 


Humedecer, 


Mouiller, | 


489 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


~~ MOL. 
Moisture, 
Molest, 
Moment, 
Monarch, 
Monarchy, 
Monastery, 
Monday, 
Money, 
Monk, 
Monkey, 
Monotonous, 
Monster, 
Month, 
Monument, 
Mood, 
Moon, | 
Mop, 


Moral, 


Morality, 
More, 
Morning, 
Morrow, to- 
Morsel, 
Mortal, 
Mortar, 
Mortgage, 


Mortify, 
Moss, 
Most, 
Mother, 
Motion, 
Motive, 


Motto, 
Mould, 


Mount, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Niasse, αὶ Humedad, 2 =Moiteur, αὶ 
Belastigen, Molestar, Molester. 
Augenblick, m. Momento,m. Moment, m. 
Monarch, m. Monarca, m. Monarque, roi, m. 
Monarchie,# | Monarquia,# = Monarchie, αὶ 
Kloster, ἢ. Monasterio, m. Couvent, m. 
Montag, m. Lunes, 72. Lundi, mm. 

Geld, n. Moneda, Καὶ Argent, m. 
Ménch, m. Monge, m. Moine, m. 


Affe, Maulaffe,m Mono,m. mona, f. Singe, guenon, Κὶ 


Eintonig, Monotono, Monotone. 
Ungeheuer, x. Monstruo, m. Monstre, m. 
Monat, m. Mes, mm. Mois, m. 
Denkmal, x. Monumento, ἢ. Monument, m. 
Art, Καὶ modus,m. Modo, m. Humeur, αὶ 
Mond, m. Luna, Κὶ Lune, καὶ 


Wischlappen,sm., Aljofifa, s.f | Torchon, s. m. 
abwischen, v. _ limpiar, v. frotter, v. 
Lehre, 5. Καὶ Moralidad, s. f. -Morale, 5, αὶ 
moralisch,adj. moral, adj. moral,-e, ad). 
Sittlichkeit, £ — Etica, αὶ Moralité, ἡ. 
Mehr, grésser, Mas, Plus, davantage. 
Morgen, m. Mafiana, dias, f. Matin, m. 
Morgende Tag, Maiiana, Demain. 
Bissen, m. Boeado, m. Morceau,-x, 72. 
Sterbliche,-m. Mortal, m. Mortel, m. 
Morser, Mértel,m Mortero, m. Mortier, ciment, 
Unterpfand, s.n. Hipoteca, s.f. Hypothéque,s. ft 
verpfinden, v. hipotecar, v. hypothéquer, v. 
Toédten, kasteien, Mortificar, Mortifier. 
Moos, x. Sumpf, Moho, musgo, m. Mousse, f. 
Meist, meisten, Lo orlos mas, Le, la plus. 
Mutter, αὶ Madre, αὶ Mere, lie, αὶ 
Bewegung, 7. | Movimiento, m. Mouvement, m. 
Bewegrund, s.m. Motivo, 8. m. Motif, 5. m. mo- 
beweven, adj. = & adj. teur,-trice, ad). 
Wahlspruch, m. Mote, m. Devise, αὶ 
Stoff, Fleck, s.m. Moho, s. m. Moule, s. m. 


formen, v. enmohecerse, v. mouler, ὃ, 
Hiigel, s. m. Monte, s. m. Mont, 8. γι. 
steigen, v. montar, 2. monter, v. 


490 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


MOU. 
Mountain, 
Mourn, 
Mouse, 
Mouth, 
Move, 
Mow, 


Much, 
Mucous, 
Mud, 
Muff, 
Mufile, 
Mug, 
Mule, 
Multiply, 
Mumps, 
Murder, 


Murmur, 
Muse, 


Museum, 
Music, 
Musician, 
Musk, 
Musket, 
Muslin, 
Must, 
Mustard, 
Muster, 
Mute, 


Mutiny, 


Mutter, 
Mutton, 
Mutual, 
Muzzle, 


My, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Berg, m. Montafio, m. Montagne, αὶ 
“‘Trauern, Lamentar, Pleurer,deplorer. 
Maus, αὶ Raton, m. rata, f Souris, Καὶ 


Mund,m. Maul,n. Boca, entrada, f, Bouche,cueule,f 
Bewegen, leiten, Mover, Mouvoir, agiter. 


Schoppen, s.m. Camara, s.f. Moue, 85. αὶ 
mihen, v. guadaiiar, v. faucher, v. 
Viel, sehr, Mucho, Beaucoup. 
Schleimig, Mocoso, Glaireux,-se. 
Schlamm, m. — Cieno, lodo, m. ~Bourbe, boue, καὶ 
Muff, m. Manguito, m. | Manchon, m. 
Bedecken, Emboyar, A ffubler. 
Krug, Becher,m. Jarro, m. Godet, pot, m. 
Maulthier, m. Μαΐο, m. Mule, f.mulet, m. 
Vermehren, Multiplicar, Multiplier. 
Braune, Καὶ Murria,f. ' Esquinancie, Καὶ 
Mord, 8. m. Asesinato, s. m. Meurtre, 8. m. 


ermorden, Ὁ. asesinar, Ὁ. tuer, v. 
Gemurmel, s. 2. Murmurio, 8. m. Murmure, 8. m. 
murmeln, Ὁ. murmurar,¥. murmurer, v. 


Muse, s. f. Musa, s. Καὶ Muse, s. f. 
nachdenken,v. meditar, v. mediter, v. 
Museum, n. Museo, m. Muséum, m. 
Musik, αὶ Musica, καὶ Musique, Καὶ 
Musicant, m.  Miisico, m. Musicien,-ne,m.f. 
Bisam, m. Musco, m. Muse, m. | 
Flinte, f. Mosqueie, m. Mousquet, m. 
Musselin, m. Musulina, Καὶ Mousseline, fi 
Muss,schimmeln.Estar obligado, Faloir, devoir. 
Senf, m. Mostazo, m. Moutarde, f. 
Mustern, Juntarse exército Assembler. 


Stumme, s.m. Mudo, s. m. Muet,-te, 8, m. 7. 


stumm, adj. & adj. & adj. 
Aufruhr, s.m. Motin, 8. m. Sedition, 8. f. 
sich empéren,v. amotinarse,v. 86 mutiner, v. 
Murren, Grufiir, Marmotter. 
Hammelfleisch,n Carnero, 770. Mouton, m. 


Gegenseitig, 


Mutual, 


Mutuel,-le. 


Schnauze, s.f. Boca, s.f. poner Mufle, 8. m. 


schnuppern, 2. 


Mein, meine, 


boca, v. 
Mi, mio, 


emmuseler, Ὁ. 
Mon, ma, mes, 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


491 


MYR. 
Myrtle, 
Myself, 
Mysterious, 
Mystery, 
Mythology, 


Nail, 


Naked, 
Name, 


Napkin, 
Narrative, 
Narrow, 
Nation, 
Native, 


Natural, 
Nature, 
Naught, 
Nausea, 
Naval, 
Navigate, 
Navy, 
Nay, 
Near, 
Neat, 
Necessary, 
Necessity, 
Neck, 
Nectar, 
Need, 


Needle, 
Negative, 


Neglect, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 
Myrte, αὶ Mirto, m. 
Mich, mir, Yo mismo, 
Verwickelt, Misterioso, 
Geheimniss, ἢ. Misterio, m. 
Fabellehre,f Mitologia, αὶ 

N. 


Nagel, s. m. 
annageln, v. 
Nackt, blos, 
Name, 8. m. 
nennen,?. 
Serviette, Καὶ 
Erzahlung, f. 
Enge, 
Nation, Καὶ 
Erzeugniss, 8. 2. 
natiirlich, adj. 
Eingeborne, 
Natur, αὶ 
Nichts, ἢ. 
Ekel,m.[stehend, 
Aus Schiffen be- 
Beschiffen, 
Flotte, αὶ 
Nein, sogar, 
Nahe, 
Nett, 
Nothwendig, [ f. 
Nothwendigkeit, 
Nacken, Hals,m, 
Nektar, m. 
Mangel, 8. m. 
nothig haben, υ. 
Nadel, f. Zeiger, 
Verneinung, s.f. 
verneinend,ad), 
Vernachlassig- 
ung,f.verachtenv 


Uiia,s.f. clavar,v. 


Desnudo, 
Nombre, s. m. 
nombar, v. 

Servilleta, αὶ 
Narrativa, αὶ 
Angosto, 
Nacion, Καὶ 
Natural, s. m. 
nativo, adj. 
Natural, 
Naturaleza, Καὶ 
Nada, αὶ 
Nausea, Καὶ 
Naval, 
Navegar, 
Armada, Καὶ 
No, aun, 
Cerca, 
Hermoso, neto, 
Necesario, 
Necesidad, καὶ 
Cuello, m. 
Nectar, m. 
Pobreza, 8. f. 
carcer, v. 
Aguja, f. 
Negativa, 8. αὶ 
negativo, adj. 
Olvido, s. m. 
descuidar, v. 


FRENCH. 
Myrte, m. 
Moi,-méme, me. 
Mysterieux,-se. 
Mystere, m. 
Mythologie, ¥. 


Clou, ongle, m. 
clouer, v. 
Nu, nue. 
Nom, s. m. 
nommer, ¥v. 
Serviette, αὶ 
Narration, αὶ 
Ktroit, court,-e. 
Nation, /.peuple. 
Natif,-ve, s. m.f. 
& adj. 
Naturel,-le. 
Nature, αὶ 
Rien, m. 
Dégout, m. 
Nayal,-e. 
Naviguer. 
Flotte, Marine, Κα 
Non, méme. 
Proche, pres. 
Propre, pur,-e. 
Nécessaire. 
Nécessité, αὶ 
Cou, m. gorge, ft 
Nectar, m. 
Besoin, 8. ™. 
manquer, v. 
Aiguille, Καὶ 
Négative, s. ft 
negatif,-ve, adj. 
Negligence, 8, f. 
negliger, v. 


492 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


NEG. 
Negligent, 
Negro, 
Neighbor, 
Neighborhood, 
Neither, 
Nephew, 
Nerve, 


Nervous, 
Nest, 

Net, 
Neuter, 
Never, 
Nevertheless, 
New, 

News, 
Next, 

Nib, 

Nice, 

Niece, 
Nigh, 
Night, 
Nightingale, 
Nine, 
Nineteen, 
Ninety, 
Ninth, 
Nitre, 


Noise, 
Noisy, 
Nominate, 
Nomination, 
None, 
Nonsense, 
Noon, 


SPANISH. 
Negligente, 


GERMAN. 
Nachilissig, 
Neger, m. 
Nachbar, m. Vecino, m. 
Nachbarschaft,f Vecindad, αὶ 
Weder, noch, Ni, ninguno, 
Neffe, Enkel, m. Sobrino, m. 
Nerve, 8. m. f. Nervio, s. m. 

starken, v. enerviar, v. 
Nervig, kraftvoll, Nervioso, 
Nest,n.kasten,m. Nido, m. 

Netz, n. Neto, m. red, αὶ 
Neutral, sichlich Neutral, 
Niemals, kein, Nunca, jamas, 


Dennoch, No obstante que, 
Neu, frisch, Nuevo, fresco, 
Neuigkeit, # Noticias, Κὶ pl. 


Nachst, folgend, Immediato, 


Schnabel, m. — Pico, m. 

Fein, zart, Delicado, fino, 
Nichte, Καὶ Sobrina, αὶ 
Nahe, ᾿ Cerca, 

Nacht, αὶ Noche, f. — [m. 
Nachtigall,#/ = Paxaro, nocturno 
Neun, Nueve, 
Neunzehn, Dies ye nueve, 
Neunzig, Noventa, 
Neunte, Nono, 

Salpeter, m. Nitro, m. 


Nein, nicht, kein, No, ningun,-o, 
Adelige, s.m. Noble, 8. m. 


edel, adj. ilustre, ad). 
Niemand, Nadie, 

Wink, s. m. Cabecco, s.m. 
winken, v. cebecear, 2. 
Lirmen, m. Sonido, ruido, 7. 

Geriuschvoll, Ruidoso, 
Nennen, Nombrar,  [m. 
Nennung, f. Nombramiento, 
Keiner, keine, Nadie, ninguno, 
Unsinn, m. Disparate, m. 


Mittag, m. Mediodia, καὶ 


FRENCH. 
Necligent,-e, 


Negro, Etiope, m. Négre, m. 


Voicin,-e, m. fa 
Voicinage, m. 
Ni, non plus, 
Neveu,-x, m. 
Nerf, s. m. 
exciter, v. 
Nerveux,-se. 
Nid, m. 
Filet, rets, m. 
Neutre. 
Jamais. 
Neanmoins. 
Nouveau, frais. 


‘Nouvelle, Καὶ 


Prochain,-e. 
Bec, bout, m. 
Exact. 

Niéce, Καὶ 
Voicin,-e,prés de 
Nuit, f soir, m. 
Rossignol, m. 
Neuf. 

Dix,-neuf. [dix 
Quatre,-vingt,- 
Neuvieme. 
Nitre, m. 

Non, aucun,-e. 
Noble, 8. m. 

& ad). 
Personne,(-né.) 
Signe, s.m. bran- 

ler le téte, v. 
Bruit, éclat, m. 
Bruyant,-e, 
Nommer,choisir. 
Nomination, f. 
Aucun. 
Absurdité, Καὶ 
Midi, m. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


493 


FRENCH. 
Ni, ne. 


Norte, 8. m. sep- Nord,s,m.septen- 


trional,-e, adj. 
Nez, m, - 
Non, pas, point. 
Tabellion, m 
Coche, 8. ζ 
entailler, v. 
Note, 8.1 
noter, v 
Rein, néant, m. 
Connaissance,s.f. 
faire savoir v 
Notion, idée, Καὶ 
Maleré. 
Nom, m. 
Nourrir. 
Nouvelle, 5. Καὶ 
nouveau, adj. 
Nouveauié, καὶ 
Maintenant. 


Enninguna parte Nulle part. 


Nucleus, m 
Engourdi,-e, 


compter, v 


numeral, ad). 


N umeracion, fi Numeration, Be 


Nombreux,-se, 


[m. Nonne, f. 


Monastére, Mm. 


nourrir, v 
Nourisson, m. 
Noix, noisette, Καὶ 


Nutrimento, m. Aliment, s,m 


Nutritifj-ve. 


Ninfa, dama, αὶ Nymphe, f 


NOR. GERMAN. SPANISH. 
Nor, Auch nicht, Ni, 
North, Nord, s. m 
nordlich, adj. tentrional,adj. 
Nose, Nase, αὶ Nariz, αὶ 
Not, Nicht, No, 
Notary, Notarius, m. Notario, m. 
Notch, Kerbe, s. f. ein- Muesca, 8. Καὶ 
kerben, v. muescar, v. 
Note, Erlauterung, s. 7. Nota, s. f. 
merken, v. observar, v. 
Nothing, Nichts, πὶ Nada, αὶ 
Notice, Kenntniss, 8. f. Noticia, s.f. 
bemerken, v notar, v. 
Notion, _[ing, Begriff, m. Nocion, Καὶ 
Notwithstand- Dageachtet, No obstante, 
Noun, Nennwort, n. | Nombreo, m 
Nourish, Nihren, Nutrir, 
Novel, Erzihlung, s. f. Novel, adj. 
neu, adj. novela, 8. f. 
Novelty, Neuheit, αὶ Novedad, Καὶ 
Now, Nun, so eben, Ahora, 
Nowhere, Nirgends, 
Nucleus, Kern, m. Nucleo, m.+ 
Numb, Erstarrend, Entorpecido, 
Number, Zahl, s. f. zahlen, Nimero, s. m. Nombre, s. m. 
υ. numerar, ὃ 
Numeral, Ziffer,s.f.zueiner Numero, s.m. Numero, 8. m. 
zahl gehorig, a. numeral, adj. 
Numeration, dZihlen, ἢ. 
Numerous, Zahlreich, Numeroso, 
Nun, Nonne, f. [andte Monja, Καὶ 
Nuncio, Papstliche ges- Nuncio, enviado, Nonce,envoyé,m. 
Nunnery, Nonnenkloster,n Convento, m 
Nurse, Amme, s.f. nih- Enfermera, 8. f Nourrice, 8. αὶ 
ren, v. alimentar, ὃ. 
Nursery, Siugen n.pflegef Plantel, m. 
Nut, 2 N Ὡς te cere Nuez, f. 
Nutmeg, Muskatennuss, 7, Nuez moscada Καὶ Muscade, Καὶ 
Nutriment, Nahrung, Καὶ 
Nutritious, Nihrend, Nutritivo, 
Nymph, : Nymphe, Fre 
2 


494 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


O! 

Oak, 

Oar, 

Oat, 

Oath, 
Obedience, 
Obey, 
Object, 


Objection, 
Obligation, 
Oblige, 
Oblivion, 
Obnoxious, 
Obscure, 


Observation, 
Observatory, 
Observe, 
Obstacle, 
Obstinate, 
Obstruct, - 
Obtain, 
Obvious, 
Occasion, 


Occupation, 
Occupy, 
Occur, 
Occurrence, 
Ocean, 
Ochre, 
Octave, 
October, 
Odd, 
Oddity, 
Ode, 
Odious, 


GERMAN. 


O! ach! 
Eiche, Καὶ 

Erz, Ruder, n.- 
Hafer, m. 


Eid, Schwur, 21. 


Gehorsam, m. 
Gehorchen, 
Zweck, 8. m. 
einwenden 2. 
Einwurf, m. 
Verpflichtung f. 
Verptlichten, 
Vergessenheit f. 
Unterworfen, 
Verdunkeln, v. 
dunkel, adj. 
Observanz, αὶ 
Sternwarte, αὶ 
Beobachten, 
Hinderniss, 11. 
Halsstarrig, 
Verstopfen, 
Erbalten, haben, 
Ausgesetzt, 
Gelegenheit, 8.7. 
veranlassen, v. 
Besitz, 7). 
Einnekmen, . 
Vorkommen, 
Ereigniss, 7. 
Weltmeer, n. 
Ocher, m. 
Octave, Καὶ 
October, m. 
Ungleich, 
Ungleichheit, Καὶ 
Ode, Κ 
Verhasst, 


Obscurecer, v. 
obscuro, adj. 
Observacion, αὶ 
Observatorio, 77). 
Observar, notar, 
Obstaculo, m. 
Ohstinado, 
Obstruir, 
Obtener, ganar, 
Obvio, 
Ocasion, 8. Καὶ 
ocasionar, v. 
Ocupacion, Καὶ 
Ocupar, 
Ocurrir, 
Ocurrencia, f. 
Océano, m. 
Ocre, m. 
Octavo, m. 
Octubre, m. 
Impar, 
Singularidad, Κὶ 
Oda, yer s 
Odioso, 


SPANISH, FRENCH. 

Ο. 
ORVSe O! ha! 
Roble,m.encinaf. Chéne, m. 
Remo, m. Rame, αὶ 
Avena, Καὶ Avoine, αὶ 
Juramento, m. Serment, m. 
Obediencia, ἃ Obéissance, αὶ 
Obedecer, Obéir. 
Objecto, s. m. Objet, 8. m. ob- 

objectar, v. jecter, v. 
Oposicion, 7 Objection, Καὶ 
Obligacion, αὶ Obligation, Κ 
Obligar, Obliger. 
Olvido, m. Oubli, m. 
Expuesto, Sujet,-te. 


Obscurcir, v. ob- 
scur,-e, adj. 
Observation, αὶ 
Observatoire, m. 
Observer. 


Obstacle, m. 


Opiniatre. 
Obstruer. 
Obtenir. [dent-e. 
Ouvert,-e, evi- 
Occasion, s,f.pro- 
duire, v. 
Occupation, Κὶ 
Occuper, tener. 
Arriver. 
Evénement, m. 
Océan, m. mer fi 
Ocre, Καὶ 
Octave, Καὶ 
Octobre, m, 
Impair,-e. 
Singulanté, Κὶ 
Ode, αὶ 
Odieux,-se. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 495 


opo. 
Odor, 
Of, 
Off, 
Offence, 
Offend, 
Offer, 


Office, 
Officer, 
Ofiiciate, 
Often, 
Oil, 


Ointment, 
Old, 
Olive, 
Omission, 
Omit, 
On, 
Once, 
One, 
Onion, 
Only, 
Open, 


Opera, 
Operate, 
Operation, 
Opinion, 
Opium, 
Opponent, 


Opportunity, 
Oppose, 
Opposite, 
Opposition, 
Oppress, 
Oppression, 
Or, 

Oration, 
Orator, 


SPANISH. FRENCH. 

Geruch, mo. Fragrancia. f. Odeur, f. — [en. 
Von, aus,vor, an, De, ἃ, _ [pente. De, du, de la,des 
Fort, weg, von, Muy lejos, de re- De loinde. [m. 
Beleidigung, Κα Ofensa, f. delito, Offense, f.affront, 


GERMAN. 


Angreifen, Ofender, Offenser. 
Antrag, s.m. Oferta, s. f. af- Offre, 5. foffrir,v. 
darbeiten, v recer, v 


Amt, n.Dienst,m Oficio, m. Bureau,-x, m. 
Offizier, Beamte Oficial, m. Officier, m 
Darreichen, Oficiar, Ofiicier. 
Oft, oftmals, Freqiientemente Souvent. 
Oel, 8. n. dlen,v. Aceyte, s. m. un- Huile, s. Καὶ 

tar, v huiler, v. 
Salbe, Καὶ Ungiiento, m. Onguent, m. 
Alt, verbraucht. Viejo, anciano, Vieux, vieil, agé 
Olive,fOelbaum Olivo, moreno,m Olive, 7. 
Unterlassung, Κὶ Omission, αὶ Omission, αὶ 
Auslassen, Omitir, Omettre. [suite. 
An, auf, in, bei, Sobre, encima, Sur, a, au, de 


Einmal, vormal, Una vez, Une fois. 
Ein, eine, man, Un, uno, una, Un, une. 
Zwiebel, αὶ Cebolla, 7. Oignon, m. 


Seul, unique. 


Einzig, allein, Unnico, solo, 
Ouvert,-e, adj. 


Oeffnen, v. offen Ensefiar, v. 


ad). abierto adj. ouvrir, v. 
Oper, αὶ Opera, Καὶ Opéra, m 
Wirken, operiren Obrar, operar, Opérer. Ὁ μ 
Wirkung, f. Operacion, f. Opération, action 
Ruf,m. meinung Opinion, f. Opinion, Καὶ 
Opium, 2. Opio, m. Opium, m. 


Gegner, sm.Wid- Antagonista, sm. Opposant, s. m. 
erstreitend,ad opuesto,adj. -e adj. 
Gelegenheit, f, Oportunidad, f. Opportunité, 7 
Sich widersetzen Oponer, resistir, Opposer, resister, 
Gegeniiber, Opuesto,adverso Oppose, vis-a- vis, 


Gegensatz,m. Oposicion,f | Opposition, Κὶ 
Unterdriicken, . Oprimir, Opprimir. 
Bedriickung, f. Opresion, αὶ Oppression, Κὶ 
Oder, ehe, O', antes, Ou, autrement. 
Rede, αὶ Oracion, Καὶ Discours, αὶ 
Redner, m. Orador, m Orateur, m. 


496 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


ORB. 
Orbit, 
Orchard, 
Orchestra, 
Order, 


Ore, 
Organ, 
Organize, 
Origin, 
Original, 
Originate, 
Ornament, 


Orphan, 


Orthography, 


Ostrich, 
Other, 
Otherwise, 
Otter, 
Ought, 
Ounce, 
Our, 

Ours, 
Ourselves, 
Out, 
Outbreak, 
Outcast, 


Outer, 
Onterow, 
Outlaw, 


Outlet, 
Outline, 
Outrage, 
Outset, 
Outside, 
Oven, 
Over, 
Overcome, 


GERMAN, 


Kreis m. Bahn, f. Orbita, αὶ 
Obstgarten, m. 
Orchester, ἢ. 
Ordnung, s. f. 
ordnen, v. 
Erz, Metall, ἢ. 
Werkzeug, 2. 
-Einrichten, 
Ursprung, m. 
Urspriinglich, 
Hervorbringen, 


Zierde, s. f. 


yerzieren, v. 
Waise, m. 7. 
Rechtschrei- 


bung, ΚΑ 
Strauss, m. 
Andere, 


Anders, sonst, 
Fischotter, Καὶ 


Soll, muss, 
Unze, f. 
Unser, 
Unser, 


Wir, wir selbst, 
Aus, hinaus, 
Ausbruch, m, 
Verstossene, s.m. 
verbannt, v. 


Aeussere, 


Ueberwachsen, Sobrecrecer, 


SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Orbite, m. 
Huerto, m. Verger, m. 
Orqiiestra, Orchestre, m. 


Orden, s.m.f. Ordre, 8. m. 
ordenar, νυ, ordonner, v. 
Mineral, m. Mineral, m. [m. 
O’rgano, m. Organe, orgue, 


Organizar, Organiser, 
Orégen, m. Origine, f. 
Original, Original. [ver, 
Originar, Provenir, déri- 


Ornamento 8. m. Ornement, s. m. 


ornamentar v, decorer, v. 
Huérfano, m.  Orphelin,-e,m.f- 
Ortografia, f£ + Orthographie, f. 
Avestruz, m. Autruche, f 


Otro, Autre. 
De otra manéra, Autrement. 
Nutra, nutria, 7 Loutre, αὶ 


Deber, Devor, falloir. 
Onza, Καὶ Once, Κα 
Nuestro, Notre, nos.[nous. 


Le nuestro, Le, la nétre; ἃ 
Nosotros mismos Nous-mémes. : 
Fuera, afuera, Hors, de, du. 
Erupcion, Καὶ Eruption, f. 
Desterrado 8. m. Banne, 8. 22.) jet- 
tirar fuera, v. — ter dehors, v. 
Exterior, De dehors, 
Devenir grand. 


Geichtete, s.m. Proscripto, s. m. Proscrit, s. m. 


fichten, v. 
Ausgang, m. [m. Salida, Καὶ 
Umriss, Abriss, Contorno, m. 
Beleidigung, αὶ Ultrage, m. 


Anfang, m. 


Aussenseite, f. Exterior, m. 
Ofen, Backofen m Horno, m. 

Ueber, durch, 
Uebersteigen, Vencer, 


proscrire, v. 
Issue, Κὶ 
Contour, ™. 
Outrage, m. 


proscribir, v. 


Principio, m. Sortie, αὶ 
Extérieur, m. 
Four, m. 

Sobre, encima, Sur, au-dessus. 
Surmonter, 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


497 


OVE. 
Overdo, 
Overflow, 
Overhear, 


Overlook, 
Overrate, 
Overreach, 
Overrun, 
Oversee, 
Overséer, 
Oversight, 
Overt, 
Overtake, 
Overthrow, 


Overtop, 


Overture, 
Overturn 
Overwhelm, 
Owe, 


Ausserlich, 
Einholen, 
Umsturz, s.m. 
umwerfen, v. 
Hervorragen, 


Oeffnung, Καὶ 
Unistiirzen, 
Niederdrucken, 
Verdanken, 
Eule, αὶ 
Anerkennen, ¥. 
eigen, ad). 
Ochs, m. 
Verhdér, 2. 
Hort! holla! 
Auster, αὶ 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Uebertreiben, Exceder, Exceder. 
Uuberfleissen, Inundar, robasar, Déborder. 
Ueberhérren, Entreoir, Entendre par 

hazard. [ser. 
Uebersehen, Rever, recorrer, Surveiller, pas- 
‘Zu hock schitzen Encarecer, Surfaire. 
Ueberragen, Sobresalir, Se fouler. 
Ueberlaufen, | Cubrir, rebosar, Envahir. 
Uebersehen,  Inspeccionar, Surveiller. 
Aufseher, m. | Sobrestante, m. Inspecteur, m. 
Aufsicht, αὶ Yerro, m. — [ta, Inspection, Καὶ 


Abierto, indirec- Ouvert. 


Aleanzar, 

Trastorno, 8. m. 
trastornar, v. 

Elevarse sobre 


P. 


Schritt, s. m.ein- Paso, 8. m. 


hergehen, v. 
Beruhigen, 
Ballen, s. m. 

packen, v. 
Packzeug, n. 
Btndelchen, ἢ. 
Weg, 8. m. 


ebenen, v. [n. 


Vorlegeschloss, 
43* 


otra cosa, sus de. 
Abertura, Καὶ Ouverture, Καὶ 
Subvertir, Bouleverser. 
Abrumar, Accabler. 
Deber, Devoir. 
Lechuza, f. [adj. Hibou,-x, m. 
Poseer, v. propio, Posseder, υ. 

propre, adj. 
Buey, vacuno, m. Boeuf, m. 
Tribunal, m. Cour, f. 
Escuchad! Ecoutez! 
Ostra, αὶ Huitre, Καὶ 
Amble, s. m. 

. pasear, v. aller le pas, v. 
Pacificar, Pacifiiér, apaiser. 
Lio, s. m. Balle, 8. αὶ 

enfardelar, v. empaqueter, v, 
Fardo, m. Paquet, m. 
Paquete, m. Paquet, m. 


Senda, 8. Καὶ 
saltear, v. 
Candado, m. 


A ttraper. 
Renversement, 
8. m. renverser, U. 
S’elever au des- 


Bourlet, 8. m. 
rembourrer, v. 
Cadenas, ™, 


498 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


PAG. 
Pagan, 
Page, 


Pail, 
Pain, 


Paint, 


Painter, 
Painting, 
Pair, 
Palace, 
Palate, 
Pale, 
Palette, 
Pall, 


Palm, 
Pamphlet, 


Pan, 

Panel, 
Pang, 
Panic, 
Pant, 
Pantaloons, 
Pantomime, 
Pantry, 
Papa, 
Paper, 
Parade, 


Paragraph, 
Parallel, 


Parasol, 
Parcel, 
Pardon, 


Parent, 


. Abschnitt, mm. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Heide,-nisch, m. Pagano, m. Paien,-ne, m. Κ. 
Page, s. m. Page, s.m. Page,s.m.f. [es,v. 

paginiren, 2. foliar, v. marquer les pag- 
Eimer, m. Colodra, καὶ Seau,-x, m. 
Strafe, s. f. Pena, 8.1 Pein, s.f. 


afflicir, v. 
Peinture, 8. f. 

malen, v. afeytarse, v., peindre, v. 
Maler, m. Pintor, m. Peintre, m. 
Malerei, f[renv. Pintura, f [υ. Peinture, f [2. 
Paar, s. ἢ. paa- Pars.m. parearse Paire, s.f.assortir 
Palast, m. Palacio, m. Palais, m. 
Gaumen, 7. Paladar, m. [do, Palais, m. 
Blass, bleich, — Palido,descolori- Pale, bléme.[ tre. 
Farbenbret, ». Paleta. καὶ Palette fde pein- 
Leichentuch, sz. Manto real, s.m. Pallium, s. m. 

bekleiden, νυ. —exhalarse, v. affaiblir, v. 


anstrengen, v. 


Farbe, s. f. 


affligir, v. 
Afeyte, 8. m. 


Palme, 8. f. Palmo, 8. fi Palme, s. fi 
betasten, v. manejar, v. escamoter, v. 
Flugschrift, £ Papelon, m. Pamphlet, m. 
Pfanne, f. Payla, αὶ Terrine, αὶ 
Feld, x. Entrepaiio, Panneau,-x, m. 
Pein, Qual, f.  Angustia, Καὶ Angoisse, Κα [1 
Schrecken, m. Panico, m. Terreur panique, 
Klopfen, Palpitar, Palpiter. 


Pantalon, m. 
Pantomime, mm. 
Panterie, Καὶ 
Papa, m. 
Papier, m. 


Parade, 3.7. [v. 


Pantalons, m. pl. Pantalon, m. 
Geberdenspieln. Pantomimo, m. 
Brodschrank, m. Despensa, Καὶ 
Papa, Vater, m. Papa, m. 
Papier, 7. Papel, m. 
Geprange, s.n.in Parada, 8. f. 
parade bringen,v. — exhibir, v. aller en parde, 
Parrafo, m. Paragraphe, m. 
Parallelkreis sm. Paralelo, 8. m. & Parallele, s. m. 


gleichlaufenda. adj. ὦ adj. 
Sonnenschirm,m Parasol, m. Parasol, m. 
Stiick,n.Mengef. Paquete, m. Parcelle, Καὶ 


Erlassung, 8. f. Perdon, s.m.per- Pardon, 8. m. 
verzeihen, v. donar, v. pardonner, ¥, 

Vater,m. Mutter, Padre, 6 madre, Pére, m. mere f. 
f. Aeltern pl. = mf. parens, m. pl. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 499 


PAR. 
Parish, 
Park, 
Parliament, 
Parlor, 
Parody, 
Parole, 
Parrot, 
Parry, 
Parson, 
Part, 


Partake, 
Partial, 
Particular, 
Partner, 
Partnership, 
Partridge, 
Party, 

Pass, 


Passage, 
Passenger, 
Passion, 
Passover, 


Past, 


Pastor, 
Pasture, 


Patch, 
Patent, 


Path, 
Pathetic, 
Pathos, 
Patience, 
Patient, 
Patriot, 
Patron, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Gemeinde, 5 Parroquia,f. _—Paroisse, αὶ 
Park, m. Parque, m. Pare, m. 


Parlement, ἢ. Parlamento, m. Parlement, m. 
Sprachzimmer,  Parlatorio, m. Salon, m. 
Parodie, f. —_[n. Parodia, Καὶ Parodie, Καὶ 
Wort,Ehrenwort Palabra, 7. Parole, αὶ 
Papagei, m. Papagayo, m. Perroquet, m. 
Abwehren, Esgrimir, Paser, éviteo. 
Pfarrer, m. Parroco, m. Curé, ministre m 
Theil, s. m. ab- Parte, 8. m. par- Partie, 8. Κὶ 


sondern, v. tir, v. separer, v. 
Theilen, Participar, Partager. 
Parteiisch, Parcial, Partiel,-le. 
Sonderbar, Particular, Particulier,-e, 


Theilnehmer, m. Compaiiero, m. Associé,-e, m. 7. 
Genossénschaftf Compaiiia, f. Αβϑβοοϊαίίοη, αὶ 
Rebhuhn, n. Perdiz, Καὶ Perdrix, Καὶ 
Partei, f. Spiel n. Partido, m. Parti, m. partie,7 
Weg, s. m. ver- Paso, s. m. Détroit, 8. m. 
gehen, v. pasar, v. passer, v. 
Ausweg, m. Pasage, m. Passage, m. 
Passagier, m. Pasagero,m.  Passager,-e, mf. 
Leidenschaft, f. Pasion, fenojo.m Passion, f. 
Osterfest, n. Pascua, Καὶ Paque, f. 
Vergangenheit, Lo pasado, s. m. Passé, s.f. & adj. 
8.7. tiber, adj. pasado, adj. 
Hirt, Pfarrer, m. Pastor, m. Pasteur, m. 
Weide, s. f. wei- Pastura, 8... pas- Pature, αὶ 
den, v. tar, v. paturer, v. 
Lappen,.s.m. Remiendo, 8. m. Piece, 8. f. ra- 
ausbessern, ¥. remendar, v. piéceter, v. 
Patent, 8. n. Of- Patente s,m. & Patente, 8. f. pa- 
fentlich, adj. adj. tent,-e, adj. 
Pfad, m. Senda, αὶ Sentier, m. 
Nachdriicklich, Pathetico, Touchant,-e. 
Leidenschaft, αὶ Pato, pathos, m. Pathos, m. 


Geduld, καὶ Paciencia f. Patience, αὶ 
Geduldig{freund Paciente, Patient,-e, 
Vaterlands- Patriota, m. Patriote, m. f. 
Gonner, m. Patron, m. Patron, m. 


500 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


PAT. 
Pattern, 
Pause, 


Pawn, 
Pay, 


Pea, 
Peace, 
Peach, 
Peacock, 
Peahen, 
Peak, 


Peal, 


Pear, 
Pearl, 
Peasant, 
Peck, 


Pectoral, 
Peculiar, 
Pedal, 
Peddle, 
Pedlar, 
Peel, 
Peep, 


Peer, 
Peg, 


Pen, 
Pencil, 
Pendulum, 
Penetrate, 
Peninsula, 
Penitent, 
Penny, 
Pension, 


GERMAN. SPANISH Ξ FRENCH. 
Muster, ἢ. Modelo, m. Echatillon, m. 
Pause, s. f. pau- Pausa, s.f. pau- Pause, 5. αὶ 

siren, v. sar, v. pauser, v. 
Pfand, 8. n. ver- Prenda, s.f. = Gage, s. m. en- 


finden, v. empeniar, v. gager, Ὁ, 
Bezahlung s. f. Paga, s.f. Paye, s. f. 
bezahlen,v. —_— pagar, Ὁ. payer, Ὁ. 
Erbse, αὶ Guisante, m. Pois, m. 
Friede, m. Paz, 7. Paix, f. repos m. 
Pfirsiche, Καὶ Melocoton, m. Péche, f. 


Pfauhahn, m. Pavo, real, m. Paon, m. 
Pfauhenne, f Pavareal,f  Paonne, Καὶ 
Gipfel, 8. m. Cima, s. f. par- Pic, 8. m. avoir, 
krankeln, v. ecer flaco, v. Yair malade,v. 
Schall, s. m. be- Estruendo, s.m. Carillon, 8. m. 


tauben, v. agitar. v. étourdir, v. 
Birne, Καὶ Pera, f. Poire, Καὶ 
Perle, f. Perla, αὶ Perle, Καὶ 
Bauer, m. Paton, m. Paysan,-ne, m. f. 
Viertel, s.n. ‘Tres celemimes, Picotin, 8. m. 
picken, v. s.m. picotear, ¥. becqueter, v. 
Brustmittel, Pectoral, Pectoral,-e. 


Eigen, besonder. Peculiar, Particulier,-e. 
Trittbrett, Pedal Caio, m. [oleras, Pédal, Καὶ 
Tandeln, Ocuparse en fri- Baguenauder. 
Hausirer,m.[s. f. Buhonero, m. _ Colporteur, m. 
Schilen,v. Rinde Corteza, Κὶ Pelure, f. - 
Blick, s. m. Asomo, s.m.  iillade, s. fi 
gucken, v. asomar, ¥.[m.  paraitre, v. 
Gleiche, m. Par, compafiero, Egal,-aux, m. 
Pflock, 8. m. Clavija, s. Κὶ Cheville, s. f. 
anpflécken,v. —clavar, v. cheviller, v. 
Feder, αὶ [m. Pluma, jaula, f Plume, Κὶ parc,m 
Pinsel, Reisstift, Lapiz, pincel, m. Crayon, m. 
Pendul, x. Pendulo, m. Pendule, m. 


Durchdringen, Penetrar, Pénétrer, percer, 
Halbinsel, f. - Peninsula, fi —- Péninsule, Καὶ 
Bussfertig, Penitente, Penitent,-e. 
Pfennig, m. Penique, m. Sou, sol, m. 
Kostgeld, n. Pension, f. Pension, f. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 501 

: PEO. GEKMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
People, Volk, 5.5. be- Pueblo, s.m. Peuple, 8. m. 

volkern, v. poblar, v. peupler, v. 
Pepper, Pfeffer, m. Pimiento, m. Poivre, m. 
Perceive, Empfinden, Percibir, Apercevoir, 
Perch, Stange, 8. Κα Perea, s. f. pon- Perche, s. f. 

aufsitzen, ¥.  erseenperca,v. _percher, v. 
Percussion, Erschiitterung,f Percussion, ἡ —_ Percussion, Καὶ 
Perfect, Vollenden, v. -Perficionar, 9. αγίαϊν, v. par- 

vollkommen, a. perfecto, adj. ἴαϊι,-6, adj. 

Perfection, Vollkommenheit Perfeccion, A ~—Perfection, Καὶ 
Perform, Verrichten, Executar, Accomplir. 
Performance, Vollfiihrung, αὶ Accion, Καὶ Exécution, καὶ 
Perfume, Wohlgeruch,sm. Perfume, s.m. Parfum, s. m. 

rauchern, v. perfumar, v. parfumer, v. 
Perhaps, Vielleicht, Quiza, Peut,-étre. 
Peril, Gefahr, f. Peligro, m. Péril, danger, m. 
Period, Kreislauf, m.  Periodo, fin, m. Période, pointym. 
Perish, Umkommen, _Perecer, acabar, Périr, mourir. 
Perjure, Falsch schwoéren Perjurar, Parjurer. 
Perjury, Meineid, m. Perjurio, m. Parjure, m. 
Permanent, Fortdauernd, Permanente, Permanent,-e. 
Permission, Erlaubniss,f. Permision, f | Permission, f. 
Permit, Erlauben, Permitir, Permettre. 
Pernicious, | Verderblich, Pernicioso, Pernicieux,-se. 
Perpendicular, Senkrecht, Perpendicular, Perpendiculaire. 
Perpetual, Immerwihrend, Perpetuo, Perpétuel. 
Perplex, Verwirren, - Perturbar, Pourmenter. 
Persevere, Ausdauern, Perseverar, Persévérer. 
Person, Person, f. Persona, Καὶ Personne, f. 
Persuade, Ueberreden, Persuasir, Persuader. 
Peruse, Durchlesen, Leer, observar, Lire, examiner. 
Pest, Pest, f. Peste, αὶ Peste, αὶ 
Pester, Fillen, quilen, Moler, molestar, Harceler. 


i’estilence, 
let, 
Petition, 


Petrify, 
Petticoat, 
Pew, 


Pest, f. 


Anwandlung, 7, 


Bitte, s. f. 
bitten, v. 

Versteinern, 

Unterrock, 


Pestilencia, f. Pestilence, αὶ 
Enojo, enfado, m. Dépit, m. 
Peticion, s.f. Pétition, s. f 
suplicar, v. prier. v. 
Petrificar, Pétrifier. [m. 
Guardapies, m. Jupe, f. cotillon, 


Kirchenstuhl, m. Asiento (m.) en Banc(m.)d' égli- 


una iglesia, se. 


502 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


PEW. 
Pewter, 
Phenomenon, 
Philanthropy, 
Philogy, 
Philosopher, 
Philosophy, 
Phlebotomy, 
Physic, 


Physician, 
Pick, 


Pickle, 
Picture, 


Pie, 
Piece, 


Pier, 
Pierce, 
Piety, 
Pig, 
Pigeon, 
Pike, 
Pile, 


Pilgrim, 
Pill, 
Pillar, 
Pillow, 
Pilot, 
Pin, 


Pincers, 
Pinch, 


Pink, 


Pint, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH, 
Γ , “, 
Zinn, | Peltre, m. Etain, m. 
Erscheinung, Κα Fenomeno, m. Phénoméne, m. 


Menschenliebe,f. Filantropia,#  Philantropie, f 
Sprachkunde, αὶ Filologia, αὶ Philologie, fA 

Philosoph, m. Fildsofo, m. Philosophe, m. 
Philosophie, Δ Filosofia, αὶ Philosophie, αὶ 
Aderlassen, x. Flebotomia,f. Phlébotomie, αὶ 
Arzeneikunde,sf. Medicina, s. fi Médecine, s. ft 


heilen, v. purgar, v. médeciner, v. 
Arzt, m. Médico, m. Médecin, m. 
Spitzeisen, 8. n. Pico, 8. m. Pic, s.m. 

picken, v. escogar, Ὁ. choisir, v. 
Pokel, s, m. Salmuera, s. f. Saumure, s. ft 


einpokeln, υ. escabechar, v. _ saler, v. 
Gemilde, s.n. Pictura, 8. αὶ Tableau, 8. 72. 


malen, Ὁ. figurar, v. peindre, v. 
Pastete, αὶ Pastel, m. Pate, m. pie, f. 
Stiick, s. 2. Remiendo, 8, m. Piéce, s. Καὶ 

passen, v. remendar,v.[te, _ joindre, 2. 
Pfeiler, m. Estribo de puen- Mole, γι. jetée, f 
Durchstechen, Penetrar, Percer. ᾿ 
Frémmigkeit, αὶ Piedad, αὶ Pieté, "Ὁ 
Ferkel, Schwein, Lechon, m. Cochon, saumon, 
Taube, Καὶ Palmo, m. Pigeon, m. 
Spitze, Pike, # Lucio, m. pica, f. Brochet, m. - 
Pfahl, s. mm. Estaca, 8. f. Pieu, 8. m. 

aufhiufen, 7. | amoemtenar, v. empiler, v. 
Pilger, m. Perigrinante, m. Pélerin,-e,m. fr 
Pille, ΚΑ Pildora, Καὶ Pilule, Καὶ 
Pfeiler, m. Coluna, fpilar,m. Pilier, m. 


-Kopkissen, 2. Almohada,f. — Oreiller, m. 


Steuermann,s.m. Piloto, s.m. guiar Pilote, s. m. 


steuern, v. un navio, v. _, piloter, v. 
Nagel, s. f. Olfiler, s.m. _Epingle, s. Καὶ 
anstecken, v. encerrar, v. joindre, v. 
Klauen, Καὶ Pinzas, αὶ Tenailles, f. pl. 
Druck, 8. 2. Pellizco, s.m.  Pincée, s. f. 
kneipen, 2. pellizcar, υ. presser, Ὁ. 
Nelke, s. f. Chavel, s. m. Pingue, Bi ΔΕ 
blinzen, Ὁ. ojetear, v. découper, 2. 
Nosel, ἡ. Pinta, Καὶ Pinte, Καὶ 


Ν 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


503 


PIN. 
Pious, 
Pipe, 


Pirate, 
Pistol, 
Pit, . 
Pitch, 
Pitcher, 
Pith, 
Pity, 


Pivot, 
Place, 


Plague, 
Plain, 
Plaintiff, 
Plan, 
Plane, 


Planet, 
Plank, 


- 
Plant, 
Plantation, 
Planter, 
Plaster, 
Plate, 


Platform, 
Play, 


Plead, 
Please, 
Pleasure, 


GERMAN, 
Fromm, zartlich, 
Pfeife, s. αὶ 

pfeifen, v. 
Seerauber, m. 
Pistole, αὶ 
Grube, αὶ 
Pech, 8. n. 

verpichen, υ. 
Krug, m. 


Mark, x. Kraft, f. 


Mitleiden, s. 2. 


bemitleiden, v. compadecer, v. 


Zapfen, m. 
Platz,#: m. 
anstellen, v. 
Plage, s. f. 
plagen, v. 
Ebene,s.feben,a 
ausgleichen,v. 
Klager, m. 

Plan, 8. m. 
entwerfen, v. 
Fliche, Καὶ Hobel, 
8. m, ebenen, v. 
Planet, m. 
Plank, 8. f. die- 

len, v. 
Pflanze, 8. αὶ 
pflanzen, v. 
Pflanzung, Κὶ 
Pflanzer, m. 
Pflaster, s. n. 
tiinchen, v. 
Platte, 8. Καὶ 
plattiren, v. 
Grundriss, m. 
Spiel, s, n. 
spielen, v. 
Vorschiitzen, ἣ 
Gefallen, 
Vergniigen, n. 


SPANISH. 
Pio, piadoso, 
Pipa, 8. Καὶ 

graznar, Ὁ), 
Pirata, m. 
Pistola, fi . 


FRENCH. 
Pieux,-se, pie. 
Pipe, s. f. crier,v. 


Pirate, m. 
Pistolet, m. [m. 


Hoyo, abismo,m. Fosse, f:parterre, 
Pez, grado, 8. m. Poix, s. Καὶ 


fixar, v. 
Cantaro, m. 
Tuétano, m. 


poisser, v. 
Cruche, αὶ 
Moelle, αὶ 


Misericordia, s.f. Pitié, s. 7. 


Espigon, m. 
Lugar, ἢ. 
colocar, v. 


Peste, s. f. 


atormentar, v. 


Llano, 8. m. a. 
llanar, v. 
Demandado, m. 

Plan, 8. m. 
trazar, v. 

Plano, s. m. 
allanar, v. 


. Planeta, m. 


Fablon, 8. m. 
entablar, v. 
Planta, 8. Καὶ 
plantar, v. 
Plantacion, Καὶ 
Plantador, m. 
Yeso, s. m. 
enyesar, v. 
Plata, 8. ¥. 
lanchear, v. 
Platforma, Καὶ 
Jugeo, 8. m. 
jugar, v. 
Disculpar, 
Complacer, 


plaindre, v. 
Pivot, m. 
Lieu, 85... 
placer, v. 
Tourment, 8. m. 
vexer, v. 
Plain,-e,s.f. &a 
aplaner, v, 
Plaignant,-e. 
Dessein, 8. m. 

_ tracer, v. 
Plan, rabot, s.m. 
raboter, v. 

Planéte, αὶ 
Planche, 8.1 
planchéier, v. 
Plante, 8. f. 
planter, v. 
Plantation, f. 
Planteur, m. 
Platre, s. m. 
platrer, υ. 
Assiette, 8, f. 
plaquer, v. 
Plateforme, Καὶ 
Jeu,-X, 8. m, 
jouer, v. 
Plaider. 
Plaire. 


Gusto, placer, m. Plaisir, m. 


504 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


PLE. 
Pledge, 


Plenty, 
Plight, 


Plot, 
Plough, 
Pluck, 
Plug, 


Plum, 
Plumb, 


Plume, 
Plunder, 
Plunge, 


Plural, 
Ply, 
Pocket, 


Pod, 
Poem, 
Poet, 
Poetry, 
Point, 


Poison, 


Poker, 
Pole, 

Police, 
Polish, 


Polite, 


Politician, 


GERMAN. 
Pfand, s. n. 
verpfanden, v. 
Fille, Καὶ 
Zustand, s,m. 
flechten, v. 
Platz, 8. m. 
vorhaben, v. 
Pflug, s. m. 
pfligen, v. 
Zug, 8. mM. 
pfliicken, υ. 
Stopsel, s. m. 
verstopfen, v. 
Pflaume, f. 
Blei, 8. ἢ. 
senkrecht, adj. 
Feder, s. f. 
rupfen, v. 
Beute, s. ft 
pliindern, v. 
Sprung, s. m. 
tauchen, v. 
Plural, mehr, 
Zusetzen, 
‘Tasche, s. 7. 
einstecken, v. 
Hise, Schale, καὶ 
Gedicht, n. 
Dichter, m. 
Dichtkunst, αὶ 
Punkt, 8, m. 
zuspitzen, v. 
Gift, s. ἢ. 
vergiften, ¥. 
Schureisen, 7. 
Pol, Pfahl, m. 
Polizei, f. 
Glatte, s. f. 
olatten, v. 
Geschliffen, 
Politiker, m. 


SPANISH. 


Prenda, 8. αὶ 


empeiiar, v. 


FRENCH. 
Gage, 8. m. 
engager, v.. 


Copia,demasia,f. Abondance, f. 


Estado, s. m. 
empenar, v. 
Enredo, s. m. 
urdir, v. 
Arado, 8. ἢ). 
arar, Ὁ. 
Asadura, 8. f. 
arrancar, ¥. 
Tapon, s. m. 
tapar, v. 
Ciruela, Καὶ 
Plomada, 5.1 
plomo, adj. 
Pluma, s. f. 
adornar, v. 
Botin, s.m. 
saquear, v. 
Enmersion, 8. f. 
sumerzir, Ὁ. 
Plural, 
Trabajar, 
Bolsillo, 8. 2. 
embolsar, v. 
Vayna, Καὶ 
Poema, m. 
Poeta, m. 


Etat, 8. m. 
engager, Ὁ. 
Complot, s. m. 
comploter, v, 
Charrue, s. f. 
labourer, v. 
Fressure,f.effort, 
s,m, anarcher,v. 
Bouchon, s. m. 
chevilley, v. 
Prune, f. 
Plomb, s. m. 
ἃ plomb, adj. 


‘Plume, 5. Καὶ 


plumer, 2. 
Pillage, 8. m. 
piller, v. 
Plongeon, 8. m. 
plonger, v. 
Pluriel,-le. 
Travailler. 
Poche, s. f. 
empocher, v. 
Casse, capsule, ft 
Poéme,m. 
Poéte, m. 


Poética, poesia,f. Poésie, αὶ 


Punta, 8. Κὶ 
apuntar, v. 
Veneno, 8. m. 
enveneriar, v. 
Hurgon, ™. 
Polo, palo, m. 
Policia, καὶ 


Pointe, 8.7. 
pointer, 2. 
Poison, 8. m. 
empoisonner, Ὁ. 
Fourgon, ™. 
Péle,m.perche,f. 
Police, Καὶ 


Pulimento, 8, m. Poli, s.m. polir, v. 


pulir, v. 
Pulido, 
Politico, m. 


Poli,-e. 
Politique, m. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


505 


POL. 
Politics, 
Pollute, 
Pomp, 
Pond, 
Ponder, 
Poor, 
Pope, 
Poplar, 
Poppy, 
Popular, 
Population, 
Porcelain, 
Pork, 
Port, 
Porter, 
Portfolio, 
Portrait, 
Position, 
Possess, 
Possession, 
Possible, 
Post, 
Postage, 
Postpone, 
Postscript, 
Posture, 
Pot, . 
Potage, 
Potash, 
Potato, 
Poultry, 
Pound, 


Pour, 
Poverty, 
Powder, 
Power, 
Practice, 


Praise, 


GERMAN. 
Politik, αὶ 
Beflecken, 
Geprange, 2. 
Teich, m. 
Erwigen, 
Arm, gering, 
Papst, m. 
Pappel; αὶ 
Mohn, m. 
Volksmissig, 


SPANISH. 
Politica, fi ’ 
Ensuciar, 


Pompa, f. 


Pantano, m. 
Ponderar, 
Pobre, 

Papa, m. 
Alamo, m. 
Adormidera, Καὶ 
Popular, 


Beyélkerung, f. Poblacion, Καὶ 
Porzelan, n. [n. Porcelana, αὶ 
Schweinefleisch, Puerco, m. 


Hafen, Anstand, Puerto, m. [m. 


Trager, Porter,m Portero, porter, 


Brieftasche, Καὶ 
Bildniss, n. 
Stellung, Καὶ 
Besitzen, 
Besitz, m. 
Médglich, 
Pfoste, αὶ 
Porto, x. 
Hintansetzen, 
Nachschrift, Καὶ 
Zustand, m. 
Topf, Krug, m. 
Suppe, f. 
Pottasche, Κὶ 
Kartoffel, αὶ 
Federvieh, 2. 
Pfund, s. n. 
pfinden, v. 
Giessen, 
Armuth, 7. 
Pulver, n. 
Kraft, Καὶ 
Praktik, s. f. 
ausiiben, v. 


Cartera, 7. 
Retrato, m. 
Posicion, Καὶ 
Poseer, 
Posesion, Καὶ 
Posible,-mente, 
Posta, f. puesto, 
Porte de carta, 
Posponer, 


Posdata,f. ἢ 
Postura,fsitio,m. 


Marmita, olla, Καὶ 


FRENCH. 
Politique, 7. 
Polluer. 
Pompe. 

Etang, m. 
Peser. 

Pauvre. 

Pape, m. 
Peuplier, m. 
Pavot, m. 
Populaire. 
Population, Καὶ 
Porcelaine, Καὶ 
Pore, cochon, m. 
Port, havre, m. 
Porteur, biére,m. 
Porte feuille, m. 
Portrait, m. 
Position, Καὶ 
Posséder. 
Possession, Κὶ 
Possible. 

Poste, Καὶ 

Port de leitre. 
Remettre. 
Postcrit, m. 
Posture, αὶ 

Pot, m. 


Potage, caldo, m Potage, m. 


Sosa, potasa, αὶ 
Pataca, αὶ 


Potasse, Καὶ 


[ f. Patate, Καὶ 


Aves domésticas. Volaille, f. 


Libra, 8... 
encarrar, v. 
Infundir, 
Pobreza, f. 
Polvo, m. 
Poder, m. 
Practica, 8. f. 
racticar, v. 


Livre, f. enclos, 
s.m. broyer, v. 
Verser. 
Pauvreté, Καὶ 
Poudre, Καὶ 
Pouvoir, m. 
Pratique, s. f. 
pratiquer, v. 


Lob,n. Preis,s.m. Celebridad, s. f. Louange, 8. f. 


loben, v. 


aplaudir, v. 


louer, v. 


506 


PRA. 
Pray, 
Prayer, 
Preach, 
Precede, 
Precious, 
Predict, 
Preface, 
Prefer, 
Pregnant, 
Prejudice, 
Prepare, 
Prescribe, 
Presence, 
Présent, 


Presént, 
Preserve, 
President, 
Press, 


Presume, 
Presumption, 
Pretend, 
Pretty, 
Preyail, 
Prevent, 
Price, 
Prick, 
Pride, 
Priest, 
Prince, 
Princess, 
Principal, 


Principle, 
Print, 
Prison, 
Prisoner, 
Private, 
Privilege, 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


GERMAN. 
Bitten, 
Gebet, n. 
Predigen, 
Vorher gehen, 
Kostbar, 
Vorhersagen, 
Vorrede, Καὶ 
Vorziehen. 
Schwanger, 
Vorurtheil, ἢ. 
Vorbereiter, 
Vorschreiben, 
Gegenwart, f. 


SPANISH. 
Orar, 
Oracion, f. . 
Predicar, 
Anteceder, 
Precioso, 
Predecir, 
Prefacion, f. 
Preferir, 
Prefiada, 
Prejuicio, m. 
Preparar, 
Prescribir, 
Presencia, Καὶ 


Geschenk, s.n. Presente, 8. m. 


sorgfaltig, adj. 


Darstellen, v. 
Verwahren, 
Vorsteher, .. 
Presse, s.f. 


pressen, Ὁ. 


& adj. 
Presentar, v. 
Preservar, 
Presidente, m. 
Prensa, 8. Καὶ 

aprensar, v. 


Vermuthen, Presumir, 
Vermuthung, Καὶ Presumcion, f. 
Vorgeben, Aparentar, 
Artig, Lindo, 
Bewegen, Prevalecer, 
Zuvorkommen, Prevenir, 
Preis, m. Precio, m. 
Stechen. Punzar, 

Stolz, m. Orgullo, m. 


Priester, m. 


Sacerdote, m. 


First, Prinz, m. Principe, m. 


Prinzessin, αὶ 


Princesa, Καὶ 


Oberhaupt, s.2. Principal, 8. m. 


vorsiiglich, ad). 


Urstoss, m. 
Druchen, 
Gefingniss, n. 
Gefangene, m. 
Geheim, 
Vorrecht, n. 


ad). 
Principio, m. 
Imprimir, 
Prision, Κ 
Preso, m. 
Secreto, 
Privilegio, m. 


FRENCH. 
Prier. 
Priere, αὶ 
Précher. 
Precéder. 
Précieux,-se. 
Prédire. 
Préface, αὶ 
Preferer. 
Enciente. 
Préjudice, m. 
Préparer. 
Préscrire. 
Présence, f. 
Présent, 8. m. 

présent,-e, adj. 
Présenter, v. 
Préserver. 
Président, m. 
Presse, 8,1 

presser, v. 
Présumer. 
Présomption, ft 
Prétendre. 
Jolli,-e. 
Prévaloir. 
Prévenir. 
Prix, m. 
Piquer. 
Orgueil, m. 
Prétre, m. 


Prince, m. 


Princesse, Καὶ 
Principal, 8, m. 
—e, adj. 

Principe, m. 
Imprimer. 
Prison, Καὶ 
Prisonnier, 2. 
Privé,-e. 
Privilége, m. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


c 


507 


PRI, 
Privy, — 


Prize, 


Probable, 
Problem, 
Proceed, 
Procure, 
Produce, 


Product, 
Profane, 
Profess, 
Profession, 
Professor, 
Profit, 


Profound, 
Progress, 


Prohibit, 
Project, 


Promise, 
Prompt, 


Pronounce, 
Pronunciation, 
Proof, 
Property, 
Prophet, 
Proportion, 
Propose, 
Proscribe, 
Prose, 
Prospect, 
Prosper, 
Prosperity, 
Prostitute, 


GERMAN. 


Abtritt, 5. m. 


heimlich, adj, 


schatzen, v. 


Wahrscheinlich, Probable, 


Aufgabe, Καὶ 
Entspringen, 
Verwalten, 
Ertrag, 8. m. 


vorbingen, v. 


Eyzeugniss, 2, 
Ungeweiht, 
Bekennen, 
Bekenntniss, ἢ. 
Professor, m. 
Gewin, s. m. 
gewinnen, 2. 
Tief, grundlich, 
Fortschritt, m. 
fortgehen, v. 
Verhindern, 
Eutwurf, s. m. 


SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Privada, s.f. — Privé, 8. m.. 
privado, adj. _secret,-e, adj. 


Premio, s.m. —_Prise,s.f:priser,v. 
apreciar, v. 
Probable. 
Problema, αὶ Probléme, m. 
Proceder, Procéder. 
Procurar, Procurer. 


Producto, 5, m. Produit, s. m. 
producir, v. produire, v. 
Producto, m. — Rapport, m. 
Profano, [ar, Profane. 
Prefesar, declar- Professer. 
Profesion, αὶ Profession, αὶ 
Profesor, m. * Professeur, m. 
Ganancia, s.f. Profit, 8, m.. 
ganar, v. avantager, ¥. 
Profundo, Profond,-e. 
Progreso, s.m. Progrés, 8. m. 
progresar, v. avancer, v. 
Prohibir, Prohiber. 
Proyecto, 8. m. Dessein, 8. m. 


schleudern, ¥. anojar, v. projeter, v. 
Versprechen, Promesa, n, Promesse, 8. f. 

8.π. & Vv. prometer, v. paomettre, v. 
Vorsagen, v. ~—Incitar, v. Exciter, v. 

bereit, adj.. pronto, adj. prompt-e, ad). 
Aussprechen, Pronunciar, Prononcer. 
Aussprache, f. Pronunciacion, Κὶ Prononciation, f. 
Versuch, m. Prueba, f. Preuve, αὶ 
Eigenthum, xn. Propriedad, 7. Bien, m. 
Prophet, m. Profeta, m. Prophéte, m. 
Verhiiltniss, x. Proporcion,f. Proportion, f- 
Vorschlagen, Proponer, Proposer. 
Aechten, Proscribir, Proscrire. 
Prosa, ἢ [sicht,f Prosa, Καὶ Prose, f. [vue, f- 
Blick, m. Aus- Perspectiva,f. Perspeetive, 
Gedeihen, Prosperar, Prosperér. 
Wohlstand, m. Prosperidad, f. Prospérité, f. 
Hure, s. Καὶ Prostituta, s. f Prostituée, s. f 


schinden, v. 


prostituir, v ὀ prostituer, v. 


508 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


PRO. 
Protect, 
Protest, 


Protestant, 


Proud, 
Prove, 
Provide, 
Proyinee, 
Provision, 
Provoke, 
Prow, 


Proxy, 
Pry, 

Psalm, 
Pshaw, 
Public, 


Publish, 
Pudding, 
Puff, 
Pull, 
Pullet, 
Pulse, 
Pulverize, 
Pumice, 
Pump, 


Punch, 


Punctual, 
Punctuation, 
Punish, 
Pupil, 
Purchase, 


Purge, 


Purple, 
Purpose, 


GERMAN. 
Schiitzen, 
Einrede, s. Καὶ 

betheueren, v. 


SPANISH. 
Proteger, 
Protesta, s. f 
᾿ς protestar, v 


Protestant, 8. m. Protestante, s.m. 


FRENCH. 
Protéger. 
Protét, 5. m. 

protester, v. 
Protestant,-e, 


—isch, ad}. & adj. 8. mf. & adj. 
Stolz, kin, Orgulloso, Orgueilleux,-se. 
Beweisen, Probar, Eprouver. 
Vorhersehen, Proveer, Fournir. 
Proyinz, Καὶ Provincia, α Province, αὶ 
Vorsicht, Καὶ Provision, Provision. 
Erregen, Proyocar, . Provoquer. 
Vordertheil (n) Proa, Proue, Καὶ 

des Schiffes. 

Anwalt, m. Procuracion, αὶ Député, αὶ 

Spahen, Espiar, Fureter, Καὶ 

Psalm, m Salmo, mm. Pseaume, m. 
- Puh! pfui! Psha!. Nargue! fi! 


Pubiikum, s.n. Publico, 8. m: v. Public, 8. m. 


éffentlich, ad). —que, adj. 
Herausg abei, Publicar, Publier. 
Kloss,m. Wurst , f Pudin, m [υ. Pouding,m. [fir,v. 


Blasen, s. m. v. [¥. Bufido,sm. soplar Bouffée, s./,bouf- 
Zug, s.m. zichen, Tiron, 8.m. tirar,v. Coup,s.m. tirer,v. 


Hiihnchen, n.  Polla, f. Poulette, αὶ 
Puls, m. Pulso, m Pouls, m 
Pulvern, P ulverizar, Pulvériser. 
Bimstein, m. Piedra pomez, Καὶ Pierre ponce, f- 
Pumpe,s.f Bompa, s.f. Pompe, 8.1 
pumpen, v sonsacar, Ὁ. pomper, Ὁ 
Punsch, s.m. Punzon,s.m.  Poincon, 8. m. 
bohren, v. punzar, v. percer, Ὁ. 
Pinktlich, Punctual, Ponctuel. 
Interpunction, Καὶ Punctuacion, αὶ Ponctuation, Καὶ 
Bestrafen, Castigar, Punir, chAtier. 
Augapfel, © Pupila, nifia, f Prunelle, f. 
Erwerbung, 8. f Compra, s.f. Achat, 8. m. - 
kaufen, v comprar, Ὁ. acheter, ὁ 


Abfiihrungsmit- Purga, s. f. 


Purgatif, 5. m. 


tel,sn.abfiihren,v, pugar, v purger, 2. 
Purpur, . Purpureo, m. Pourpre, f. 
Absicht, 7. - Intencion, f. — Intention, ἢ, 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 509 


Quack, 


Quadrant, 
Quail, 


Quaker, 
Qualify, 
Quality, 
Quantity, 
Quarrel, 


Quarry, 
Quart, 


Quarter, 
Quaver, 
Queen, 
Queer, 
Quell, 
Quench, 
Question, 


Quick, 
Quiet, 


Quill, 
Quince, 
Quire, 
Quirk, 
Quit, 
Quite, 
Quiver, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. © FRENCH. 
Beutel, m. Bolsa, αὶ Bourse, Κ᾿ 
Stossen, Empujar, Pousser. 
Setzen, stellen, Poner, Mettre. 
Xyramide,f. _— Piramide, Καὶ Pyramide, Καὶ 


Q. 


Charlatan, 8, m. Charlatan, 8. m. 
charlatanear, v. charlataner, v. 


Prahler, 8. m. 
quaken, v. 


Viertel, ἡ. Quadrante, m. Quart, m. 
Wachtel, s.f. Codorniz,s.f. Caille, 8. Καὶ 
ermatten, v. temblar, v. branler, v. 
Quiker, m. Quakaro, m. Quaker,-esse,m/f. 
Berichtigen, Calificar, Modifier. 
Beschaffenheit,f. Calidad, Καὶ Qualité, αὶ 
Menge, Anzahl, αὶ Cantidad, καὶ Quantité, 7. 
Zank, s,m. Quimera,s.f.  Querelle, s. Καὶ 
zanken, v. pelear, υ. quereller, v. 
Viereck, s.n. Presa, 8. Καὶ Carreau, s. m. 


brechen, v. 
Viertelmass, n. 


Viertel, n. 
Triller, m. 
Konigin, Καὶ 


Wunderlich, 


Daimpfen, 
Léschen, 


hacer presa, v. 
Azumbre, m. 
Quarto, m. 
Semicorchea, f. 
Reyna, αὶ 
Extraiio, 
Apretar, 
Extinguir, 


faire curée, v. 
Quarte, αὶ 
Quartier, m. 
Croche, Καὶ 
Reine, f. 
Bizarre, étrange. 
Apaiser. 

teindre. 


i 
Frage, 8. f. 
fragen, v. 
Lebendig, 


Question, 8. Καὶ 
inquirir, v. 
Vivo, viviente, 


Question, 8. Καὶ 
demander, v. 
Vif,-ve, agile. 


Beruhigen, v. Aquietar, v. Calmer, v. 
ruhig, adj. quieto, ad). tranquille, adj. 

Federkiel, m. | Cafion, m. Plume, Καὶ 

Quitte, αὶ Membrillero, m. Coing, m. 

Buch Papier, x. Coro, m. [ f Main de papier, 7. 

Stich, m. Pulla, expresion, Brocard, m. 

Losmachen, Abandonar, Quitter. 


Ganz, durchaus, Completamente, Tout-a-fait. 
Kocher, s.m,. -Carcax, 8. f. Carquois, 8. m. 


gymteem, υ. temblar, v. frissonner, v. 
* 


510 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


Quo. 
Quoit, 
Quotation, 
Quote, 
Quoth, 


Rabbit, 
Rabble, 
Race, 
Rack, 
Radish, 
Raffle, 


Raft, 
Rafter, 


Ransom, 
Rap, 
Rapid, 


Rare, 
Rascal, 
Rash, 


GERMAN, SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Wurfspiel, x. | Herron, m. Palet, m. 
Anfiirung, I. Citacion, Καὶ Citation, Καὶ 
Anfithren, citiren Citar, Citer. 

Sagt, sagte, Dixe, digo, dixo, Dit. 

R. 
Kaninchen, απ. . Conejo, m. Lapin, m 
Pobel, m. Poblacho, m Canaille, Καὶ 


Wurzel, f. [m. Raza, f.genero,m Race, famille, 7. 

Folter, fspanner Tormento, m.. ‘Torture, αὶ 

Radieschen, ἢ. Rabano, m Rave, Καὶ 

Paschspie], s. x. Rifa, s. f rifar,v. male 1 rafler, 
paschen, v 


Flosse, f. Balsa, Καὶ Raced: -x, m 
Dachsparren, m. Cabrio, m Solive, αὶ 
Lumpen, m Trapo, m. Chiffon, m 
Wuth, αὶ Rabia, ira, 7. Fureur, αὶ 
Riegel, m. Baranda, 7. Barriére, Καὶ 
Regen, s.m. _—Lluvia, 8. αὶ Pluie, s. f. pleu- 
regnen, v. llover, v. voir, v : 


Regenbogen, m. Arco celeste, m. Arc-en-ciel, m. 


Aufheben, Levantar, Lever. 
Rosine, καὶ Pasa, f.. Raisin see, m 
Rechen, s.m. he- Rastro, s. m. re- Racloir, s. m. 
rumstébern,v. buscar, v. rateler, v 
Verspotten, Reunir, [m. Rallier, 
Widder, m Morueco, ariete, Bélier, m 


Reihe, s. ford: Fila, s. f. orde- Rangée, 8.1. 


nen, v. nar, V ranger, Ὁ. 


Ordnung, s.f Lozano, s.m. Rang, 8. m. 
sich reihen, v. _colocar, v ranger, Ὁ 
Lésegeld s.n. Rescate, s.m. Rangon, 8. 7. 

auslésen, v. rescatar, v. racheter, v. 


Schlag, s.m.  Golpe, 5. m. to- Pere, s. f. taper, 


schlagen, v. car, v 
Ausserst, Rapido, CRapide. 
Diinn, selten, Raro, Rare. 
Schurke, m Belitre, m. Bélitre, m. 


Uebereilt, adj. 
Rasch, s. m. 


Téméraire, adj. 


Arrojado, adj. 
éruption 8. f. 


humor, s. m. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


511 


RAS. 
Rasor, 
Raspberry, 
Rasp, 


Rate, 


Rather, 
Rational, 
Ravel, 
Raw, 
Ray, 
Reach, 


Read, 
Ready, 
Réal, 
Realm, 
Ream, 
Reap, 
Rear, 


Reason, 


Rebel, 
Rebuke, 


Receive, 
Recipe, 
Recite, 
Reckon, 
Recognise, 
Recollect, 


Recommend, 


Reconcile, 


Record, 


Recover, 
Recruit, 


Rectify, 
Red, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Scheermesser,m. Nayaja,f Rasoir, m 
Himbeere, fi  Frambuesca, fi Framboise, Καὶ 
Raspel, s. f. ras- Escofina, 8. f. a 8. f. raper 

peln, v raspar, v 
Antheil, s.m.  Tasa, 8. f. tasar, mace 8. M, 685- 
schatzen, υ υ. [bien, timer, v. 
Vielmehr, Mejor gana, mas Plutot. 
Verniinftig, Racional, Raisonnable. 
Verwickeln, Euredar, Effiler. 
Roh, neu, Crudo, nueyo, Cru,-e. 
Strahl,Glanz, m. Rayo, m Rayon, m.raie, 7. 
Raum, s. m. Aleance s.f. —— Portée, 8. Καὶ at- 
reichen, v alcanzar, v. teindre, v 
Lesen, Leer, Lire. 
Bereit, | Listo, pronto, Prét,-e. 
Wirklich, Real, verdadero, Réel,-le. 
Konigreich, n. Reyno, m. Royaume, m. 
Riess, 2 Resma, Καὶ Rame, Καὶ 
Ernten, Segar, Moissonner. 
Nachtrab, s.m. Retaguardia, s.f. Derniere classe, 
heben, v alzar, 2 s. f. élever, v 
Vernunft, αὶ Razon, Καὶ Raison, Καὶ 
Aufriihrer, s. m. Rebelde, 5. m. Rebelle, s. m. re- 
sichempéren,v. _ rebelarse, v beller, v. 
Tadel, s. m. Reprehension, s. Reproche, s. m. 
tadeln, v f. regafiar, v. —_‘reprendre, v 
Empfangen, Recibir, Recevoir. 
Recept, 2. Récipe, m Récipé, m. 
Erzilhen, Recitar, Réciter. 
Rechnen, Contar, Compter. 
Erkennen, Reconocer, Reconnaitre. 
Zuriickbringen, Acordarse, Ressouvenir. 
Empfehlen, Recomendar, §Recommander. 
Ausséhnen, Reconciliar, Reconcilier. 


Urkunde, 5. f. 
urzaihlen, v. 
Befreien, 


erneuern, v. 
Verbessern, 


Registro, s.m. Registre, s.m. 


registrar, v enregistrer, τ 
Recobrar, Recouvrer. 
Recrutirung, 8... Recluta, s. f. re- Recrue, 8... ren- 
clutar, v. forcer, v 
Rectificar, Rectifier. 
Roxo, m. Rouge, m. 


Roth, n. 


512 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


RED. 
Redeem, 
Redeemer, 
Redress, 


Reduce, 
Reed, 
Reel, 


Reeve, 
Refer, 
Reference, 
Refine, 
Reflect, 
Reform, 


Refrain, 
Refuge, 
Refuse, 
Regard, 


Regret, 


Regular, 
Regulate, 
Rehearse, 
Reign, 


Rein, 
Reins, 
Reject, 
Rejoice, 
Rejoin, 
Relapse, 


Relate, 

Relation, 
Relative, 
Release, 


Relent, 
Relie, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENOH. 
Loskaufen, Rédimir, Racheter. 
Erlosser, m. Salvador, Rédempteur, m. 


Hilfe, . verbes- Emienda, s. f. Reméde, 8. m. 


sern, V. emendar, v. redresser, v. 
Zuriickbringen, Reducir, Reduire. [m. 
Rohr, n. Flote καὶ Catia, Καὶ Chalumeau,-x, 


Haspel, s.m. — Aspa, 5.1 Dévidoir, 8. m. 
haspeln, v. aspar, v. dévider, v. 
Schultheiss, m. Mayordomo, m. Facteur, m. 


Verweisen, Referir, Référer. 
Verweisung, f. Relacion, Κὶ Renyoi, m. 
Reinigen, Refinar, Raffiner. 
Zuriickwerfen, Reflectar, Réfléchir. 


Umgestaltung, s. Reforma, 8. f. re- Réforme, 8. f. ré- 


f.umindern,v. formar, v. former, v. 
Zuriickhalten, Refrenar, S’empécher. 
Zuflucht, αὶ Refugio, m. Refuge, m. 
Verweigern, = Repulsar, Refuser. 


Ansicht, 8... an- Miramiento, s.m. Egard, 8. m. re- 
sehen, v. estimar, 7). garder, Ὁ, 

Bedauern, s.. Pena, 8. f. sen- Regret, 8, m. re- 
bereuen, 2. tir, v. oretter, v. 


Regelmissig, Regular, Régulier. 
Ordnen, Regular, Regler. 
Wiederholen, —Repetir, Répéter. ᾿ 


Reich, s.n. herr- Soberania, s.f. Régne, s.m. rég- 


schen, v. reynar, v. ner, Ὁ. 
Ziigel, m. Rienda, αὶ Réne, Καὶ 
Nieren, αὶ pl. _—_ Rifiones, m. pl. Reins, m. pl. 
Verwerfen, Desechar, Rejeter. 
Erfreuen, Regocijarse, Réjouir. 
Erwiedern, Volver, Rejoindre. 


Riickfall, 5. m. Recaida, s.f. re- Rechute, s.f. re- 


zurickfallen, v. caer, v. tomber, Ὁ. 
Erzihlen, _ Relatar, Raconter. 
Beziehung, αὶ _——- Relacion, f. Relation, latiffa. 
Bezielich, Relativo, Parente: e,mf.re- 


Quittung, 5... Soltura, 8.1 7 Décharge, 5.1 
loslassen, υ. descargar, v. το] δ ον, v. 

Nachgeben, Relentecer, Ceder. 

Ueberbleibsel, n. Reliquia, 7. Relique, αὶ 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


513 


REL. 
Relieve, 
Religion, 
Relish, 


Reluctance, 
Rely, 
Remain, 
Remark, 


Remedy, 
Remember, 
Remit, 
Remonstrate, 
Remorse, 
Remote, 
Remove, 
Remunerate, 
Rend, 
Renew, 
Renounce, 
Rent, 


Renown, 
Repair, 


Repast, 
Repeal, 


Repeat, 
Repel, 
Repent, 
Reply, 


Represent, 
Repress, 
Reprieve, 


Reproof, 
Reprove, 
Reptile, 
Republic, 


* Frist, s. f. 


SPANISH. 
Relevar, 


GERMAN 


Erleichtern, 


. Gottesfurcht, αὶ Religion, Καὶ 


Geschmack, s.m. Saynete, 8, m. 
billigen, v. saborear, v. 


FRENCH. 
Soulager. 
Religion, Καὶ 
Goiit, s. m. 

gotter, v. 


Widerwille, m. Repugnancia, f. Repugnance, Καὶ 


Confiar, 
Quedar, » 


Sich verlassen, 
Bleiben, 


e fier a. 
Demeurer. 


Anmerkung, 8... Reparo, 8. m. no- Remarque, s. f. 


bemerken, v. tar, v. 
Heilmittel, x. | Remedio, m. 
Gedenken, Acordarse, 


remarquer, v. 
Reméde, m. 
Souvenir. 


Zurickschicken, Relaxer, remitir, Remettre. 


Ausbesserung,sf Reparo, s. m. 
ersetzen, v. reparar, v. 


Mahlzeit, καὶ Refrigerio, m. 


Representar, [m. Remontrer. 


Distant,-e. 
Déplacer. 
Remunerer. 
Déchirer. 
Renouveler. 
Renoncer. 
Revenu, 8. m. 
louer, v. 
Renom, 72. 
Réparation, 8, Καὶ 
réparer, v. 
Repas, m. 


Vorstellen, 
Gewissensbiss, m Remordimiento, Remords, m. 
Entfert, Remoto, 
Versetzen, Remover, 
Belohnen, Remunerar, 
Reissen, Lacerar, 
Erneuen, Renovar, 
-Verlaugnen, Rénunciar, 
Riss, 8. m. Renta, 8. αὶ 
zerreissen, v. _—atrendar, v. 
Ruf, m. Renombre, m. 


Aufhebung, s. 7 Revocacion, 8, f. Revocation, s.f. 


zuriickrufen, v. abrogar, v. 
Wiederholen, _Repetir, 
Zuriick stossen, Repeler, 
Busse thun, Arrepentirse, 

rwiederung,s.f. Replica, 8. Καὶ 

antworten, v. __ replicar, v. 
Vorstellen, Representar, 
Unterdriicken, Sojuzgar, 
Dilacion, s. f. 

fristen, v. 
Vorwurf, m. | Improperio, m. 
Tadeln, [Thier,x. Culpar, 
Kriechende Reptil, 
Freistaat, m. Republica, Καὶ 


suspender, v. 


révoquer, ¥. 
Répéter. 
Repousser. 
Se repentir. 
Repartie, 8,1 

repliquer, v. 
Représenter. 
Réprimer. 
Repit, s. m. 

suspendre, ¥. 
Réprimande, f. 
Réprimander. 
Reptile, m. 
République, Καὶ 


514 INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


REP. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENGH: 


Repulse, Abweisung, s. f Repulsa, s.f. Rebuffade, s. f. 
zuriicktreiben,v, repulsar, v. rebuter, v. 
Reputation, Ruf, m. Reputacion, £ Reputation, Καὶ 
Request, Bitte, 8,1 Peticion, 8. Καὶ Requéte, gif 
bitten, v. = - =rogar, v. requérir, υ. 
Require, Verlangen, Requerir, Requérir. 
Rescue, Befreiung, s. f. Libramiento,s.m. Delivrance, s.f. 
befreien, v. librar, v. sauver, v. 
Resemble, Gleichen, Asemejar, Resembler. 
Resign, - Entsagen, Resignar, Résigner. 
Resist, ᾿ς Widerstehen, Resistir, v. Résister, a. 
Resolute, Entschlossen, Resuelto, Résolu,-e. 
Resolution, Aufléisung,f  Resolucion, αὶ Résolution, pi 
Resolve, Auflésen, Resolver, Résoudre. 
Resort, Besuch, 8. m. Concurso, 8, m. Ressort, 8. 22. 
sich begeben, v. recurrir, v. aller, v 
Respect, Riicksicht, s. 72 Respecto, s.m. Respect, 8. m. 
hinsehen, v. mirar, v. respecter, v. 
Respire, Athmen, Respirar, Respirer. 
Rest, Ruhe, 8. αὶ Reposo, s.m. Repos, 8. m. 

- ruhen, Ὁ. reposar, v. reposer, ὃ... 
Restore, Wieder geben, Restituir, Restituer. 
Restrain, Einhalten, Restringir, Retenir. 
Restrict, Hinschrinken, Restringir, Limiter. 
Result, Folge, 8. Καὶ Resulta, 5.31 Résultat, 8. m. 

folgen,v. ——_—rresultar, v. résulter, v.: 
Resurrection, Auferstehung, 7. Resurrecion, ἢ Résurrection, Καὶ 
Retail, Kleinhandel,s.m. Reventa, 8.5 Détail, 8. m. 
zerlegen, v. revendar, Ὁ. détailler, v. 
Retain, Behalten, Retener, Retenir. 
Retire, Weoziehen, Retirarse, Retirer. 
Retreat, Riickzug, 5.1 Retiro, 8. m. Retraite, s. fi 
sich fliichten, v. _retirarse, v. reculer, v. 
Return, Riickkehr,s.f.:er- Retorno, s,m. Retour, 8. m. 
wiedern, v. [s.n. retornar, v. . retourner, v. 
Revel, LirmendeGelag, Borrachera, 8. f- Débauche, Ce; 
schmausen, Ὁ. _retraer, v. se réjourir, υ. 
Revenge, Rache, 5... Venganza, s.f. Vengeance, 8. f- 
rachen, v. vengar, v. venger, v. 
Revenue, Einkommen, n. Renta, αὶ Revenu, ™ 


Reverberate, Zuriickschlagen, Rechazar, . Réverbérer. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


515 


REY. 
Reyere, 


Reverend, 


Reverse, 


Reverie, 
Review, 


Revile, 
Revise, 
Revive, 


Revolution, 


Revolve, 
Rhetoric, 
Rheum, 


Rheumatism, 


Rhubarb, 
Rhyme, 


Rib, 
Ribbon, 
Rice, 
Rich, 
Rid, 
Ride, 


Ridge, 
Ridicule, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 
Verehren, Reverenciar, 
Ebrwirdig, Reverendo, 
Revers, s.m. _ Contrario, 8. m. 

umkehren, v. —revocar, v. 


Tréumerei, f. Maurria, αὶ 
Uebersicht, s. f. Revista, s. fi 
zuriick gchen,vy. ever, v. 
Schmihen, Ultrajar, 
Durchsehen, _—_ Rever, 
Wieder aufleben Revivir, 
Umwilzung, f Revolucion, Καὶ 
Umwilzen, Revolver, 
Redekunst, 7. Rétorica, Καὶ 
Schnupfen,m. Reuma, Καὶ 
Schnupfenfieber, Reumatismo, m. 


Rhabarber, m. Ruibarbo, m. 
Reim, 8. m. Rima, 8. Καὶ 
reimen, Ὁ. consonar, Ὁ. 
Rippe, 7. Costilla, Καὶ 
Band, n. Cinta, colonia, αὶ 


Reis, m. Weise, f. Arroz,m. 
Reich, prichtig, Rico, opulento, 


Erretten, Librar, 

Ritt, s. m. Transito, 8: m. 
reiten, v. cabalgar, v. 

Riickgrat,n. | _Espinazo, m. 

Spott, s. γι. Ridiculez, 5. Καὶ 


ridiculizar, v. 


verspotten, v. Pier 
rcabuz, 8. m. 


Gewehr, 8. n. 


rauben, v. robar, v. 
Recht, 8. n. Justicia, s.f. 
τς & adj, justo, adj. 
Rand, m. Canto, Bordo, m. 
Rinde, καὶ Corteza, Καὶ 
Ring, Kreis, m. Anillo,circulo, m. 
“Reif, Maduro, 
Erheben, Levantarse, 
Wagniss, s.r. Peligro, 8. m. 
wagen, v. arriesgar, v. 


Nebenbuhler,sm Rival, s. m. 
wetteifern,v. | competir, v. 


FRENCH. 
Révérer. 
Révérend. 
Revers, 8. m. 

renverser, v. 
Réverie, αὶ 
Revue, s. f. 

revoir, v. 
Injurier. 
Réviser. 
Ranimer. 
Réyolution, Καὶ 
Tourner. 
Rhétorique, Καὶ 
Rhume, m. 
Rhumatisme, m. 
Rhubarbe, Καὶ 
Rime, s. f. 

rimer, v. 
Cote, Καὶ 
Ruban, m. 

Riz, m. 
Riche,-e. 
Delivrer. 
Promenade, 5, αὶ 

aller, v. 
Sommet, m. 
Ridicule, s. m. 

ridiculiser, v. 
Fusil, 8. m. 

piller, v. 
Raison, 8. Καὶ 

juste, adj. 
Bord, m. 
Ecorce, Καὶ 
Anneau,-x, m. 
Mir,-e. 
Se lever. 
Risque, 8. m. 

risquer, Ὁ. 
Rival, s. m. 

rivaliser, v. 


516 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


RIV. 
River, 
Rivet, 
Road, 
Roar, 


Roast, 
Rob, 
Robin, 
Rock, 
Rocket, 
Rod, 
Rogue, 
Roll, 


Romance, 
Rood, 
Roof, 
Room, 
Roost, 


Root, 
Rope, 
Rose, 
Rosemary, 
Rosin, 
Rot, 


Rough, 


Round, 


Rouse, 
Route, 
Rove, 
Rover, 
Row, 


Rub, 
Rudder, 
Rude, 
Rudiment, 


Rug, 


« Schalk, Schurke, Villano, m. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Fluss, m. Rio, m. Fleuve, m. 
Niet, n. Roblon, m. Rivet, m. 
Strasse, Rhede, f. Camino, m. Chemin, m. 
Brillen,s.n. &v. Rugido, 8. m. Rugissement,sm. 

rugir, Ὁ. rugir, v. 

Braten, Asar, Rotir. 
Rauben, [m. Robar, Dérober. 


Klippe, 7. Felsen, Pechicolorado, m Rouge,-gorge,m. 


Rothkehlchen,n. Roca, Καὶ ‘Rocher, m. 
Rackete, αὶ Cohete, m. Roquette, Καὶ 
Ruthe, Δ. [0 Varilla, cafia, αὶ Perche, verge, f. 


Espiégle, m. αὶ 


Rolle, 8... Rodador, s.m. Rouleau, 8. m. 
rollen, v. volver, v. rouler, v. 
Roman, 72. »Romance,m. Roman, m. 
Ruthe, Καὶ Pértica, αὶ Perche, αὶ 
Dach, x. Decke,f. Tejado, m. Toit, comble, m. 
Raum, Platz, m. Lugar, m. Chambre, Καὶ 
Schlaf, s. m. Alcandara, s.f. Juchoir, 8. m. 
wohnen, Ὁ. descansar en, v. percher, v. 
Wurzel, αὶ Raiz, Καὶ Racine, αὶ 
Seil, x. Strick, m. Cuerda, soga, f. Corde, Καὶ 
Rose, αὶ Rosa, αὶ Rose, f. 
Rosmarin, m. Romero, m. Romarin, ™. 
Harz, n. Trementina, αὶ Résine, ΚΑ 
Faule, s. f. Nomifia, s.f. Tac, 8. m. 
faulen, v. pudrir, v. pourrir, v. 
Rauh, roh, A'spero, Rude, impoli,-e. 
Riinde, s. αὶ Circulo, s.m. οπά, 8, m. -e. 
rund, adj. redondo, adj. adj. 
Aufwecken, Despertar, Réyveiller. 
Weg, m. Ruta,frumbo, m. Route, Κὶ 
Herumstreifen, f. Vagar, Roder, errer. 
Rauber, m. Tunante, m. Rédeur, m. 


Reihe,s.,frudern, Hilera,s,f. remar, Rang, 8, m. 


v. Lirmen,s.m.v. _ bogar, v. ramer, Ὁ. 
Reiben, Estregar, Frotter. 
Steuerruder, ». Timon, m. Gouvernail, m., 
Ungebildet, Rudo, Grossier,-e. 
Grundlage, f. Rudimento,m. Rudimens,m. pl. 


Grobe Fries, m. Patio Burdo, m. Bure, f.barbet,m. 


Ἔτι 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


517 


RUL. 
Ruin, 


Rule, 


Rum, 
Rump, 
Run, 


Rush, 


Rust, 


Rut, 
Ruth, 
Rye, 


Sabbath, 
Sabre, 
Sack, 
Sacrament, 
Sacred, 
Sacrifice, 


Sad, 
Saddle, 
Safe, 
Saffron, 
Sage, 


Sago, 


Sail, 


Sailor, 
Saint, 
Sake, 
Salad, 


Sala 
Ν rere 


GERMAN. 
Einsturz, s. m. 
einstiirzen, v. 
Regel, 5.1 
regeln, v. 
Rum, m. 
Rumpf, m. 
Rennen, laufen, 
Binse, s. Καὶ 
stiirzen, v. 
Rost, s. m. 
rosten, v. 
Brunft, αὶ 


Sabbath, m. 
Sibel, m. 
Sack, Sect, m. 


Opfern, 8. τ. 
& υ. 
Dunkel, 
Sattel, m. 
Sicher, 
Safran, m. 
Salbei, 8. ft 
weise, adj, 
Sago, m. 
Segel, s. n. 
segeln, vw. 
Matrose, m. 
Heilige, 8, Ἠϊ. 
heilig, adj. 
Ursache, αὶ 
Salat, m. 
Besoldung, αὶ 
Nerkanl eS 
4 


SPANISH. 

Ruina, 8. αὶ 

arruinar, v. 
Mando, 8. m. 

gobernar, v. 
Rum, m. 
Rabadilla, Καὶ 
Correr, pasar, 
Junco, 8. m. 

arrojarse, v. 
Orin, 8, m. 


enmohecer, v. 


FRENCH. 
Ruine, s. f. 

ruiner, v. 
Reele, s. f. 

régler, v. 
Rum, m. 
Croupion, m. 
Courir, couler. 
Jone, 8. m. 

se lancer, v. 
Rouille, 8. Καὶ 


rouiller, v. 


Brama, rodada, αὶ Rut, m. 
Mitleiden, n. [n. Compasion, ἡ _ Pitié,tendresse,/. 
Roggen,m.Korn, Centeno, m. 


- 


Sabado, m. 
Sable, m. 


Seigle, m. 


Sabbat, m. 
Sabre, m. 


Saco, m. saca, f. Sac, m. 


Sacramento, m. 
Sagrado, 
Sacrificio, s. m. 

sacrificar, v. 
Triste, 

Silla, αὶ 
Seguro, 
Azafran, m. 
Salvio, s. m. 
sabio, adj. 
Sagui, m. 
Vela, 5.1 
navegar, ¥. 
Marinero, m. 
Santo, s. m. 

& adj. 
Causa, Καὶ 
Ensalada, f. 
Salario, m. 


Venta, 7. 


Sacrement, m. 
Sacré,-e. 
Sacrifice, 8. m. 
sacrifier, v. 
Triste. 
Selle, αὶ 
Sauf. 
Safran, m. 
Sauge, s. f. 
prudent,-e, adj. 
Sagou, m. 
Voile, s. f. 
naviguer, ¥. 
Matelot, m. 
Saint,-e, s. m.f. 
, & adj. 
Egard, m. 
Salade, αὶ 
Salaire, m. 
Vente, fencan,m 


518 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


SAL. 
Salivate, 


Salmon, 
Saloon, 
Salt, 


Salute, 


Salvation, 
Salve, 
Salver, 
Same, 
Sample, 
Sanction, 


Sand, 
Sap, 
Sash, 


Satan, 
Satin, 
Satisfy, 
Saturday, 
Sauce, 
Saucer, 
Saucy, 
Sausage, 
Save, 


Savor, 
Saw, 


Say, 
Scaffold, 
Scale, 


Scarce, 
Scare, 


Scarf, 
Scene, 


GERMAN. 


Den Speichel- 
fluss haben, 


~ Lachs, m. 


Grosse Saal, m. 

Salz, 8. n. 
salzen, v. 

Griissen, 8. n. 


& υ. 


SPANISH. 
Salivar, 


Salmon, m. 
Salon, m. 
Sal, s. ft. 
salar, v 
Salutacion, s.f. 
saludar, v. 


Seligmachung, Κὶ Salvacion, Καὶ 


Salbe, Καὶ 


Emplasto, m 


Prasentirteller,m Salvilla, αὶ 


Der selbe, 

Bespiel, n. 

Gesetz, 8. n. 
sanctioniren, v. 

Sand, m. 

Saft, Splint, m. 

Schiarpe, αὶ 


Scheibfenster,n. 


Satan, m 
Atlass, m 
Sattigen, 
Sonnabend, m. 
Briiche, f. 
Untertasse, f. 
Unverschimt, 
Wurst, αὶ 
Sparen, v 
ausser, adv. 
Geschmack, m. 
Sage, s. ft 
sigen, v 
Sagen, 
Geriist, 7.. 
Wage; 8.1 
wiagen, Ὁ 


Sparlich, ed). 


kaum, adv. 
Scheuchen, 
Scharpe, αὶ 


Mismo, 


Muestra, αὶ 


FRENCH. 
Faire saliver. 


Saumor, m. 
Salon, m 
Sel, s. m. 
saler, v 
Salut, 8. m. 
saluer, v 
Salut, m. 
Onguent, m. 
Plateau,-x, m. 
Méme, 
Echantillon, “ἢ 


Ratificacion, s. f. Sanction, 5. Καὶ 


. ratificar, v. 
Arena, Καὶ 
Suco, xugo, m 
Banda, ventana 
corrediza, Καὶ 
Santanas, m. 
Raso, 22. 
Satisfacer, 
Sébado, m. 
Salsa, Καὶ 
Salsera, Καὶ 
Descarado, 
Salchicha, Καὶ 
Salvar, v 
salvo, adv. 
Sabor, olor, m 
Sierra, s. 7. 
serrar, v. 
Decir, 
Tablado, m 
Balanza, 8. 7. 
escalar, v 
Escaso, adj. 
apenas, adv. 
Espantar, 
Trena, f. 


Biihne, Scene, Κὶ Escena, Καὶ 


ratifier, v. 
Sable, m 
Seve, αὶ aubier, m 
Ceinture, Καὶ 

chassis, 72). 
Satan, m. 
Satin, m 
Satisfaire. 
Samedi, m 
Sauce, f. 
Soucoupe, f. 
Insolent,-e. 
Saucisse, 7. 
Sauver, v 

excepté, adv. 
Saveur, m. 


Scie, s. f. 


Fchafaud, m. 
Balance, 8. f. 
esaladar, » 
Rare, ad). 
ἃ peine, adv. 


-Effrayer. 


Echarpe, fi 
Scéne, f 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. ° 


519 


— 


SCE. 
Scepter, 
Scholar, 
School, 
Science, 
Scissors, 
Scorn, 
Scot, 


Scotch, 


Scour, 
Scrap, 
Scrape, 
Scratch, 


Scream, 
Screw, 


Scripture, 
Scrub, 
Scruple, 


Scull, 
Scythe, 
Sea, Ὁ 


Seal, 
Seam, 
Search, 
Season, 
Seat, 


Second, 


Secret, 


Secretary, 
Sect, 


See, 


GERMAN. 
Zepter, n. 
Schiiler, m. 


Schule, αὶ 


SPANISH. 
Cetro, m. 
Escolar, m. 
Escuela, αὶ 


Wissenschaft, f. Ciencia, αὶ 


Schere, αὶ 

Spott, 8. m. 
spotten, v. 

Rechnung, Καὶ 


Schnitt, 8. m. 


schneiden, adj. 


Scheueren, 

Bisschen, ἢ. 

Schaben, 

Riss, 8. ἢν. 
kratzen, v. 

Schrei, s. m. 
kreischen, v. 


Tixera, Καὶ 
Desden, 8. m. 

despreciar, v. 
Escorte, m. 
Escoces, 

8. m. & adj. 
Fregar, 
Migaja, αὶ 
Raer, 
Rasguilo, 8. 71. 

rascar, v. 
Grito, 8. m. 

chillar, v. 


Schraube, s. f. ‘Tornillo, s. m. 
schrauben, v. 


" Bibel, 7 


Schuern, 
Skrupel, s. m. 


Anstossen, v. 


Hirnschale, αὶ 

Sense, f. 

See, m. f. 

Siegel, s. n. 
siegeln, υ. 


torcer, v. 
Escritura, Καὶ 
Estregar, 
Escrupulo, 8. m. 

escrupulizar,v. 
Craneo, m. 
Guadaiia, 7. 
Mar, m. αὶ 
Sello, 8. m. 

sellar, v. 


Naht, Fuge, f Costura, καὶ 


Forschen, 


Exmaminar, 


Jahreszeit s.f. Sazon, s. Καὶ 


wirzen, v. 
Sitz, s. m. 
setzen, v. 


sazonar, v. 
Asiento, 8. m. 
sentar, v. 


Secunde, s. f. | Padrino, 8. m. 


zweite, adj. 


segundo, adj. 


Geheimniss, 8. x. Secreto, 


geheim, adj. 
Schreiber, m. 
Secte, f. 
Sehen, 


8. m. adj. 
Secretario, m. 


Secta, αὶ 
Ver, 


FRENCH. , 
Sceptre, m. 
Ecolier,-e, m. f. 
Ecole, αὶ 
Science, 7. 
Ciseaux, m. pl. 
Mépris, s. m. 

, mépriser, v. 
Ecot, m. 
Ecossais, 

, & m. & adj. 
Ecurer. 
Morceau,-x, ™m. 
Gratter. 
Egratigneur, 8.7. 

raturer, v. 
Cri, 8. m. 

crier, v. 

Vis, 8. ἢ 
visser, v. 
criture, Καὶ 

Frotter. 

Scrupule, s. m. 

hésiter, v. 
Crane, m. 
Faucille, Καὶ 
Mer, f. 
Sceau,-x, 8. m. 

sceller, v. 
Couture, αὶ 
Chercher. 
Saison, 8. Καὶ 

assaisonner, v. 
Siége, s. m. 

asseoir, ὃ. 
Second,-e, 

8. Ὧι. ἃ adj. 
Secret, 8. m. 

secret,-e, ad). 

Secretaire, m. 
Secte, Καὶ 
Voir. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


SEE, 
Seed, 
Seek, 
Seem, 
Seize, 
Seldom, 
Select, 


Self, 

Sell, 
Senate, 
Send, 
Sense, 
Sentence, 
Sentinel, 
Separate, 


September, 
Sepulchre, 
Sergeant, 
Sermon, 
Servant, 


Serve, 
Service, 
Set, 

Settle, 
Seven, 
Seventeen, 
Sew, 

Sex, 
Sexton, 
Shade, 


Shaft, 
Shake, 
Shame, 


Shape, 
Share, 


GERMAN SPANISH. FRENCH. 

Same, m. Saat, f. Semilla, αὶ Semence, Καὶ 

. Sucher, Buscar, Chercher. 
Scheinen, Parecer, Sembler, 

‘Ergreifen, sir, agarrar, Saisir. 
Selten, Raramente, Rarement. 
Auswahlen, 2 Elegir, v. Choisir, v. 
auserlesen,adj. δβαἰθοίο, adj. choisi,-e, adj, 
Selbst, sich, Mismo, Méme, propre. 
Verkanfen, Vender, Vendre. 
Senat, m. Senado, m. Sénat, m. 
Senden, Despachar, Envoyer. 
Verstand, m.  Sentido, m. Sens, m. 
Richterspruch, Sentencia, Κὶ Sentence, Καὶ 
Schildwache, f. Centinela, αὶ Sentinelie , Καὶ 


Trennen, v. Separar, v. Séparer, v. : 
getrennt,adj. separado, adj. — separé,-e, adj. 
September, m. Septiembre, m. Septembre, m. 
Grabmal, n. [m.Sepulcro, m. Sépulcre, m. 
Gercichtsdiener, Sargento, m. Sergent, m. 


Predigt, Καὶ Sermon, m. Sermon, m. 

Diener, 72. Criado, m. Domestique, 
Maed, Καὶ criada, καὶ m. 7. 

Dienen, niitzen, Servir, Servir. 


Dienst, Gruss, m. Servicio, m. Service, 72. 


Setzen, Poner, plantar, Poser. 
Festsetzen, Sosegar, Etablir. 
Sieben, Siete, Sept. 
Siebzehn, Diez y siete, ~ Dix-sept. 
Ablassen, nihen, Coser, Coudre. 
Gerschlecht, 2. Sexd, m. Sexe, m. 


Kiister, m. 
Schatten, 8, m. 


Sepulturero, m. Fossoyeur, m. 
Sombra, s.f. | Ombre, 8. αὶ 


shattiren, v. obscurecer, v ombrager, v. 
Schaft, m. Flecha, αὶ Fléche, αὶ 
Schutteln, Sacudir, vacilar, .Branler. 


Scham, 8. Καὶ 
schinden, v. 

Gestalt, s. f. 
bilden, v. 

Theil, 5. m. 
theilen, 2. + 


Vergiienza, s. 7. Honte, 8. αὶ 
avergonzar, ¥. —_ faire honte, 2. 
Forma, 8.1 Forme,s. αὶ 
formar, v. former, v. 
Porcion, s.f. Portion, 8. Καὶ 
participar, Ὁ. partager, Ὁ. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 521 


SHA. 
Sharp, 
Sharpen, 
Shave, 
Shawl, 
She, 
Shear, 


Sheath, 
Shed, 


Sheep, 
Sheet, 


Shelf, 
Shell, 


Shelter, 


Shine, 
Shingle, 
Ship, 
Shirt, 
Shock, 


Shoe, 
Shoot, 


Shop, 
Shore, 
Short, 
Shorten, 
Shot, 

_ Shoulder, 
Shout, 


Shove, 
Shovel, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Scharf, hart, Agudo, acre, Aigu,-e. 
Scharfen, Afilar, Aiguiser. 
Scheren, [fel, f Rapar, Raser. 
Shawl,m.Schau- Chal, m. Schale, m 
Sie, Ella, Elle. 

Schere, 8. f. _—‘ Tixeras, 8. f. pl. Cisailles, s. f. pl. 
scheren, v. atusar, v. tondre, v. 


Scheide, s.f Vayna, 8. f, Gaine, s. αὶ 
einstecken, v. envaynar, v. engainer, v. 
Schuppen, s. m. Cobertizo, 8. m. Hangar, 8. mM: 


vergiessen, v verter,v. [f. répandre, v. 
Schaf, n. ᾿ Oveja, papanatas Brebis, αὶ 
Bettluch, n. Sabana, Linceul, m. 

Bogen Papier,m. escota, αὶ feuille, ν 
Bret, n. Sims, m. ᾿Βαχίο; banco, m. Tablette, καὶ 
Muschel, s.f. Cascara, s. f. — Ecaille, s. f. 

schilen, υ. deseascarar,v. ἔοοββου, v. 


Bedeckung, s. f. Guarida, s. f. Couvert, 8. m. 


decken, v. guarecer, v cacher, ¥. 
Scheinen, Lucir, clairer, luire. 
Schindel, καὶ Ripia, tablita, 5 Bardeau,-x, m. 
Schiff, x. Nave, f. baxel, m Navire, m. 
Hemd, n. Camisa, f. Chemise, αὶ 
Stoss, s. m. an- Choque, s.m. sa- Choc, s. m. cho- 

‘fallen, v. cudir, υ. quer, v. ι 
Schuh, 8. m. be- Zapato, s.m. cal- Soulier, s. m. 

schlagen, v. zar, Vv. chausser, ¥. 


Schuss, s.m. Ττο, s.m. des- Jet, 8. m. lancer, 


schiessen, ¥. pedir, vy. .  v 
Laden, m. Tienda, Καὶ Boutique, f. 
Gestade, n Costa, tierra, f. Cote, f rivage m 


Kurz, knapp, _—_ Corto, Court,-e,étroit,-e 


Verkiirzen, [π. Acortar, Abréger. 
Schuss, m.Schrot Tiro, m Boulet, m.balle,f 
Schulter, αὶ Hombro, Epaule, fr 


δ χώρᾳ s.n.& Aclamacion, s.f. Cri, 8. m.crier,v. 
exclamar, v. 


Schub, s.m.  Empellon, 8. πὶ. Coup, 8. m. 
schieben, » υ. empujar, v. pousser, v. 
Schaufel, s.f. Pala, s. f. tras- Pelle, 8... ram- 

ἊΣ ‘schaufeln, v υ. palar, v. asser, Vv 


522 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY, 


SILO. 
Show, 


Shower, 
Shriek, 


Shroud, 
Shrub, 
Shut, 
Sick, 
Side, 
Sieve, 
Sift, 
Sigh, 


Sight, 
Sign, 
Signature, 
Signify, 
Silence, 
Silent, 
Silk, 
Silver, 


Sin, 


Since, 
Sing, 
Single, 
Sink, 
Sir, 
Sirloin, 
Sister, 
Sit, 
Six, 
Sixteen, 
Sixty, 
Size, 
Skate, 


Skeleton, 
Skiff, 


GERMAN, SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Schau, s. f. Expectaculo, 8. Spectacle, 8, m. 
zeigen, U. m.dexar ver,v.  montrer, v. 


Regenschauer,m Lluvia, 7. Ondée, καὶ 
Schrei, 8. m. Grito, s. m. gri- Haut cri, 8, 3. 


kreischen, v. tar, v. jeter des cris,v 
Obdach, x. Cubierta, Καὶ Linceul, m. 
Stande, αὶ Arbusto, 2). Arbrisseau,-x,m. 
Zumachen, Cerrar, Fermer. 
Krank, Malo, ahito, Malade. 


Seite, αὶ Costado, m. 
Sieb, 2. Korb,m. Cedado, m. 
Seiben, priifen, Cernar, 
Seufzer, s.m. | Suspiro, 8. m. -Soupir, 8. m. 
seufzen, v. suspirar, v. soupirer, Ὁ. 
Gesicht,n.[nen,v. Vista, αὶ [lar, v. Vue, Καὶ yeux, m. 
Zeichen,s.n.zeich Sefial, m. Sefia- Signe,m.signer,v 


Coté, m. 
Sas, tamis, m. 
Sasser. 


Unterschrift, αὶ Signatura, Καὶ Signature, Κὶ 
Anzeigen, Significar, Signifier. 
Stillschweigen, x Silencio, m. Silence, m. 
Still, geheim, — Silencioso, Silencieux. 
Seide, καὶ Seda, αὶ Soie, αὶ 


Silber, s. ἢ. sil- Plata, s. f. de 
bern, ad). * plata, adj. 
Siinde, s. αὶ Pecado, s.m.  Péché, 8. m. 
siindigen, % —_—pecar, Ὁ. pécher, v. 
Seit, weil, da, Ya que,despues, Depuis, puisque. 
Singen, Cantar, Chanter. 
Einzeln, Solo, uno, Seul,-e. 
Sinken, senken, Hundirse, S’enfoncer. 
Herr, Mann, m. Sefior, 7%. Monsieur, ™. 
Lenden braten,m Sirloin, m. Sirloin, m. 


Argent, 8. m. 
argentin,-e,ad). 


Schwester, £  Hermana, Καὶ Sceur, αὶ 

Sitzen, Asentarse, Asseoir. 

Sechs, Seis, Six. 

Sechzehn, Diez y seis, _ Seize. 

Sechzig, [n. Sesenta, Soixante. — [m. 


Grésse, f. Mass, Tamano, m. 
Schlittschuh, 8. Lixa, s.f. pasar Patin, s.m. courir 
“  laufen, v. sobre lixas, v. de patin, v. 
Gerippe, 2. Esqueleto, m. Squelette, m. 

Kahn, m. Esquifada, 2 Esquif, m. 


Taille, f. calibre, — 


i 

“- a 5 ὐδι 
BNA 
oe 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 523 


SKI. ; GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Skill, Geschicklichkeit Habilidad, f = Adresse; αὶ 
Skin, Haut, s. f. zu-  Pellejo, 8. m. de- Peau,-x, 8. m. 
heilen, v. sollar, v. peler, υ, 
Skirt, Grenze, 5. Καὶ Falda, 8. 7. oril- Basque, s.f. bor- 
einfassen, v. lar, v. der, v. 
Sky, Himmel, m. Cielo, m. Ciel, cieux, m. 
Slab, ᾿ Platte, Καὶ Charco, m. Gachis,m.dosse,f 
Slack, Léschen, v. Afloxar, v. floxo, Lacher, v. lache, 
schlaff, ad). ad). ad). 
Slander, Schande, s.f.- Calumnia, s:f. Calomnie, 5. αὶ 
beliigen, v. calumniar, v. médire, v. 
Slate, Schiefer, m. Pizarra, 7. Ardoise, αὶ 
Slave, Sclave, m. Esclavo, m. Esclave, m. f. 
Sleep, Schlaf, s. m. Suefio, s.m. dor- Sommeil, 8. m. 
. schlafen, v. mir, v. dormier, v. 
Sleeve, Aermal, m. Manga, f. Manche, /f. 
Slender, Schlank, Delgado, Délié,-e, faible. 
Slice, Schnitz, s.m. Rebanada, 8. f. Tranche, 5, f. 
zerschneiden,v. rebanar, v. trancher, v. 
Slide, Ausgleiten, Deslizar, Glisser. 
Slight, Klein, gering, Pequeiio, Léger,-e. 
Slip, Ausgleiten, Resbalar, Couler. 
Slipper, Pantoffel, m. *Chinela, αὶ Pantoufle, αὶ 
Sloop, Schaluppe, 7  Balandra, αὶ Sloup, m. 
Slope, " Abhang, s.m. Sesgo, 8. m, Pente, s. f. pen- 
senken, v. sesgar, υ. cher, v. 
Slow, Langsam, spat, Tardio, lento, - Lent,-e, lourd,-e. 
Sluice, Schleuse, 8.5 Compuerta, 8. Κὶ Kcluse, 9... dé 
ablassen, v. cortar, v. bonder, v. 
Small, ᾿ Klein, Pequeiio, corto, Petit,-e. 

Smart, Schmerz, s.m. Escorzor, 8. m. Cuisson, 8, Καὶ 
schmerzen, Ὁ. escocerse, v. cuite, v. 
Smell, Geruch, s.m. Olfato, 8. m. Odeur, s. f. sen- 

reichen, v. oler, v. tir, v. 
Smile, Licheln,s. πὶ & v. Sonrisa, 8. Καὶ Souris, 8. m. 
sonreirse, v. sourire, v. 
Smith, Schmied, m. Forjador, m. —- Forgeron, m. 
Smoke, Rauch, s.m. Humo, 8. m. hu- Fumée, 5. Καὶ 
rauchen, v. mear, v. fumer, v. 
Smooth, Glatt, ebenen, Liso, igual, Uni,-e, doux,-ce. 


Smother, Dampfen, Ahogat, Etouffer. 


52L 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


SMU. 


Smut, 
Snag, 
Snail, , 
Snake, 
Snap, 
Snare, 
Snatch, 


Sneer, 
Snore, 
Snow, 


Snuff, 


Snuffers, 


Society, 
Socket, 
Sod, 
Sodder, 
Soft, 
Soften, 
Soil, 


Soldier, 
Sole, 


Solemn, 
Solicit, 
Solicitor, 
Solid, 


Some, 


Somebody, 


Somethin g, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Schmutz, m. ΤΊΖΠΟΗ, m. Noirceur, Καὶ 
Hocker, m. Dentadura, 7. Surdent, 7 
Schnecke, Καὶ Caracola, Καὶ Simacon, m. 
Schlange, f. Culebra, αὶ Couleuvre, f. 
Schnappen, Romper, Briser. 
Schlinge, αὶ Trampa, f. Piége, filet, m. 


Bisschen,s.2.  Arrebatifia, 8. αὶ Happée, s. Κὶ at- 


schnappen, v.  arrebatar, v. traper, v. 
Stieheln, Burlarse, Ricaner. 
Sauern, Roncar, Ronfler. 
Schnee, s.m. Nieve, s.f. Neige, 8.1 

schneien, v. neyar, v. neiger, v. 


Schnupftabak, 8. Polvo, 8. m. oler, Tabac, 8. m. 
m.schnauben,v. v. reniffler, v. 

Lichtputze, f. | Despabiladeras,f Mouchettes, f.p/. 

Bequem, dicht, Abrigado, Serré,-e. 

So, also, wofern, Asé, mismo, tal, Ainsi, si, aussi. 


Hinweichen, Remojarse, Tremper. 
Seife, Καὶ Xabon, m. Savon, ™. 
‘Sich erheben, Remontarse, S’élever. 
Schluchzen, Suspirar, Sangloter. 
Niichtern, Sobrio, Sobre. 
Gesellig, Social, Social,-e. 
Gesellschaft, 7, Sociedad, αὶ Société, αὶ 
Dille, Καὶ Cafion, m. ᾿ Bobéche, αὶ 
Rasen, m. Césped, m. Gazon, m. 
Léthen, © Soldar, Souder. 
Weich, zart, Blando, floxo, Mou, mol,-le. 
Erweichen, Ablandar, Amollir. 
Boden, m. Land, Mancha, 8. f. Terrain, 8. m. 
s.n. besudeln, v.» ensuciar, v. saler, v. 
Soldat, m. Soldado, m. Soldat, m. 
Sohle, s. ft Planta del pie, Plante du pied, 
einzig, adj. 8. 7. solo, adj. 8. f. seul,-e, adj 
Feierlich, Solemne, grave, Solemnel,-le, 
Erregen, Importunar, Soliciter. 


Procurator, m. Procurador,m. Procureur, m. 


Fest, gediegen, Solido, Solide. 
_Einige, Algo, Quelque. 
Jemand, Alguien, Quelqu’un. 
Etwas, Alguna, cosa, Quelque chose. 


”, 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 525 


SOM. 
Sometimes, 


Specimen, 
Speck, 


GEKMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Zuweilen, Algunas veces, Quelquefois. 
Sohn, m. Hijo varon, m. Fils, m. 
Gesang, m. Cancion, f. Chanson, Καὶ 
Bald, sogleich, Presto, luego, Vite, tot. 

Russ, m. Hollin, m. Suie, Καὶ 
Besanftigen, Adular, Flatter, apaiser. 
Wunde,s.f. Herida, s.f Ulcére, 8. m. 


wund, adj. 
Kummer, m. 
Art, Gattung, sf. Suerte, 5. αὶ 


tierno, adj, tendre, adj. 
Pesar, dolor, m. Tristesse, αὶ 
Sorte, s. f. 


sondern, v, ordenar, 2. assortir, U. 
Thor, m. Zote, m. Ivrogne, sot, m. 
Seele, Καὶ Alma, Καὶ Ame, Καὶ 


Ton, s. m. bla- Sonda, s. f son- Son,s.m.sonner,v 
sen, v. fest, adj. dar,v.sano,adj.  sain,-e, adj. 
Suppe, 7. Sopa, f. Soupe, f. 
auer, Agrio, Sur,-e, acide, 
Pokelbriihe, s.f. Salmuera, s.f. Saumure, 8, Καὶ 


tauchen, v. escabecher, ¥. saucer, v. 
Siiden, s.m. Sud, s.m. Sud, 8. m. 
. Ssiidlich; adj. meredional, adj. du midi, adj. 
Sau, 8... sien, v. Puerca, s. f. Truie, s. καὶ 
» sembrar, v. semer, Uv. 


Raum, s,m. her- Espacio, 8. m. Espace, 8. m. 
umstreifen, v. dar espacio, ¥. donner espace, v, 


Spaten, m. Laya, azada, f.. Béche, Καὶ 

Spanne, 8. αὶ Palmo,s.m.medir Empan, 8. m. 
spannen, v. 4 palmos, v. mesurer, v. 

Sparen, v. Ahorrar, ὃ, Epargner, v. 


sparsam, adj. 
Funke, s. m. 
funkeln, ». 


escaso, adj. | maigre, adj, 
Centella,s. f. —_Etincelle, 5, αὶ 


chispear, v. étinceller, v. 


Krampf, m, Espasmo, pasmo, Spasme, m. 
Spath, m. Esparavan, m. parvin, m. 
Sprechen, Hablar, Parler. 
Spies, s. m. Lanza, s.f. Lance, 5. Καὶ 
spiessen, v, brotar, ὃ, tuer, v. 
Besonder, Especial, Spécial,-le, 
Vorstellung,f. Especie, /. Espéce, αὶ 
Probe, Καὶ Espécimen, m.  Modéle, 7. 
Fleck, m. Mancha, Καὶ Petite tache, f. 


526 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


SPE. 


Spectacle, 
Spectacles, 
Speculate, 


Speech, 
Speed, 


Spell, 


Spend, 
Sphere, 
Spice, 
Spike, 


Spill, 
Spin, 
Spindle, 
Spine, 
Spirit, 
Spit, 
Spite, 


Spleen, 
Splice, 
Splint, 
Split, 
Spoil, 
Spoke, 
Sponge, 
Sponsor, 
Spool, 
Spoon, 
Sport, 


Spot, 
Spout, 
Sprain, 


Spray, 
Spread, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
᾿ Schauspiel, x. Espectaculo, m. Spectacle, m. _ 
Brille, fi: Anteojos, γι.  Lunettes, f pl. 
Betrachten, Espécular, Speculer. 
Rede, f. Habla, oracion, Καὶ Parole, Καὶ 
Kile, 5... Presura, s.f. Hate, sf 
eilen, v. [s.m. prosperar, Ὁ. _ hater, v. 
Zauberspruch, Hechizo, s.m. Charme, 8. m. 
buchstabiren,v. ‘deletrear, v. épeler, Ὁ. 
Aufwenden, Gastar, Dépenser. 
Kugel, αὶ Esfera,f..  [ f. Sphere, f. “4. 
Gewurz, ἢ Especia, migaja, Epice, Κὶ “Si 
Nagel, 8. m. Clavo largo, s.m. Long clou, 8, m. 
nageln, v afianzar, v. clouer, Ὁ. Ρ"» 
Verschiitten, Derramary Verser. 
Spinnen, rennen, Hilar, Filer. 
Spindel, Καὶ Huso, m Fuseau,-x, 70. 
Rickgrat, n. | Espinazo, m Epine( f-)du dos. 
Athem, Geist,m. Aliento, m Esprit, m. ᾿ 
Anspiessen, Espetar, Cracher. 
Verdruss, 8. m. Rencor, s.m. Dépit, s,m. 
kranken, v. dar pesar, Ὁ. _ dépiter, 0. |. 
Milz, αὶ Bazo, m. Rate, colére, Κ᾿ “a's 
Zusammenfiigen Hacer costura, Episser. By: τὰ 
Splitter, m Tablita, astilla, J. Eclisse, écharde, 
Spalten, Hender, rajar, Fendre. 
Verwiisten, Despojar, Voler, gater. ᾿ς. » 
Speiche, Καὶ Rayo de larueda Rais (m)de roue. 
Schwamm, m. Esponja, /. ‘Eponge, Καὶ 
Taufzeuge, m. Fiador, m Parrain, m. 
Spule, Καὶ Carrete, m Bobine, Καὶ 
Loffel, m. Cuchara, f. Cuiller, Καὶ 
Spiel, s.n. Juego, 8. m. Jeu, 8. 21. 


divertir, v 
Borron, 8. ™. 


[4 
égayer, Ὁ. 


spielen, v. 
Tache, 8. Κα 


Platz, 8. m. 


flecken, v. abigarrar, 2. tacher, v. 
Rohre, 8. f. Caio, 8. m. Goulot, 8. m. 
spritzen, ¥v. chorrear, v. saillir, v 


Verrenkung, s. 7. Torcedura, s. 7. Foulure, s. f. 
verrenken, v estirar, v. , fouler, v. 

Reis, 2. Ramito, m Ecume, αὶ 

Ausbreiten, Tender, alargar, Etendre. 


ae 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


527 


SPR. 
Spring, 


Springtime, 


Sprinkle, 
Sprout. 


Spruce, 
Spur, 


Spurious, 
Spy, 


Spy-glass, 


Squall, 


Stair,-s, 
Stake, 
Stalk, 
Stamp, 


Stand, 


Standard, 


GERMAN. 
Sprung, 8. m. 
springen, v. 
Frihling, m. 
Sprinkeln, 


Spréssling, s. m. 


sprossen, Ὁ, 
Sauber, 
Sporn, s. m. 
anspornen, ὕ, 
Unacht, 


’ Spaher, 8. m. 


spihen, v. 
Fernglas, n. 
Windstoss, 8. m. 

schreien, v. 
Viereck, 8. n. 

viereckig, adj. 
Driicken, 
Schielen, [m. 
Squire, Gefihrte, 
Eichhérnchen,n. 
Stich, 8. m. 

stechen, v. 
Stall, s. m. 

fest, adj. 
Schober, s. m. 

aufhaufen, νυ. 
Stab, Stock, m. 
Hirsch, m. 
Geriist, n. 
Taumeln, 
Flecken, s.m. 

beflecken, v. 
Stufe, Treppe, f 
Pfahl, Aussatz, 
Stingel, m. 
Stampel, 8. γι. 

stampfen, v. 
Stand, s. m. 

stehen, v. 


Fahne, f. 


SPANISH. 
Salto, s. m. 
brotar, v. 
Primavera, αὶ 
Rociar, 
Vastago, 5. m. 
brotar, v. 
Lindo, pruche, 
Espuela, 8. Καὶ 
espolear, v. 
Espurio, m. 
Espia, s. f. 
espiar, v. 
Catalejo, m. 
Chillido; 8. m. 
chiller, v. 
Quadro, 8. m. 
quadrar, v. 
Apretar, 
Ladear la vista, - 
Hidalgo, m. 
Ardilla, αὶ 
Punalada, 8. m. 
herir, v. 
Establo, s. m. 
estable, adj. 
Niara, 8.1 
hacinar, v. 
Baculo, m. 
Ciervo, m. 
Diligencia, Καὶ 
Desmayarse, 
Mancha, 8. Καὶ 
manchar, v. 
Escalon, m. 
Estaca, f. 
Tallo, m. 
Cuilo, s. m. 
patear, v. 
Estante, 8. m. 
estar en pie, v. 
Estandarte, m. 


FRENCH. 
Ressort, 8. m. 
sauter, v. 
Printemps, m. 

Epandre. 
Rejeton, s. m. 
croitre, v. 
Leste, propre. 
peron, 8. m. 
éperonner, v. 
Faux,-sse. 
Espion,-ne, 

8. m.f. épier, v. 
Telescope, m. 
Rafale, 8. f. 

criailler, v. 
Carré, 8. Καὶ 

équarrir, v. 
Serrer. 
Loucher. 
Ecuyer, m. 
Ecureuil, m. 
Coup, 8. m. 

, poignarder, v. 

Ecurie, 5.1 
stable, adj. 

Tas, 8. m. mettre 
en tas, v. 

Baton, m. 

Cerf, m. 

Relais, m. 

Chanceler. 

Tache, 5, αὶ 
tacher, v. 

Degré, étage, m. 

Pieu,-x, enjeu,-x. 

Tige, αὶ 

Pincon, 8. m. 
empreindre, v, 

Guéridon, pause, 

s.f., demurer, v. 
Etendard. 


528 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


STA. 


Staple, 


Star, 
Starch, 


Stare, 
Start, 


Starve, 
State, 
Station, 
Statue, 
Stature, 
Statute, 
Stave, 


Stay, 


Stead, 
Steady, 
Steak, 
Steal, 
Steam, 
Steed, 
Steel, 
Steep, 


Steeple, 
Steer, 


Stem, 
Step, 


Stew, 
Stick, 


Stiff, 
Still, 


GERMAN. * SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Stapel, m. Emporio, m. —~ Etape,f. réolé,-e, 
festgesetzt, adj. establecido, adj. | adj. 

Stern, m. Estrella, αὶ Etoile, J. astre,m 
Starke, s. f. Almidon, s.m. Amidon, 8. 22). 

stirken, v. almidonar, ¥. _ empeser, ¥. 
Staar, 8. m. Mirada,s.f. clavar Regard, 8, m τ 

starren, v. la vista, v. regarder, ve 

_ Ruck, s. m. Sobresato, 8, m. Saillie, ἌΣ 

auffahren, v. sobresaltarse, v. — lancer, ». 
Verhungern, Acabar, ᾿ Ktre affamé, 
Staat, Zustand,m Estado, m. Etat, m. 
Stillstand, m. Postura, Καὶ Station Κα poste,m 


Bildsaule, f. Estatua, Καὶ Statute, αὶ 
Leibesgrésse, αὶ Estatura, f. Stature, αὶ 


Landesgesetz, n. Estatuto, m, Statut, m. 
Stab, s..m. Duela, s. Καὶ Douves, 8. Sf. 
zerschlagen, v. _ astillar, v. démolir, v. 
Stiitze, s. f. Estancia, s.f.  Séjour, sm 
bleiben, νυ. quedar, v. demeurer, v. 
Stelle, Καὶ Lugar, m. Place, f.lieu,-x,m. 
Standhaft, Firme, fixo, Ferme. 
Fleischschnitte,fTorrezno, m. Tranche, fi 
Stehlen, Hurtar, robar, Voler. 


Dampf,Dunst, m. Vaho, vapar, [lo, Vapeur, f. 
Ross, ἢ. Hengst, Caballo de rega- Coursier, m. 


Stahl, m. Acero, ™. Acier, m. 
Eintauchen, υ,. Escarpado, ad). Tremper, v 
jahe, adj. empapar, v. _—escarpé,-e, adj. 
Kirchthurm, m. Torre, /. Clocher, m 
Stier, s. m. Novillo, s.m.  Bouvillon, s.m. 
steuern, v. gobernar, v. gouverner, Ὁ. 
Stamm, m _—- Vastago, m.: Tige, Καὶ 
Schritt,s.m.  -Paso,-s. m. Pas, 8. m. 
| schreiten, v. andar, v. aller, v. 
‘Fischbehilter, Estufa, s. f. Etang, 8. Mm. 
s.m.dampfen,v. —_estofar, v. étuver, v. 
Stock, s. m. Palo, 8. m. Baton, 8. m. 
stecken, υ. pegar, v. attacher, v 
Steif, T1680; 2 Raide. 


Still,adj.stillen,v. Quieto, adj. acal- Calme, adj. cal- 
noch, adv. _lar,v.todayia,adv. mer,v.encore,adj 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


529 


STI. 
Sting, 


Stir, 


Stirrup, 
Stitch, 
Stock, 
Stocking, 
‘Stomach, 
Stone, 
Stool, 
Stoop, 


Stop, 


: Stopper,-ple, 


} Store, 
Storm, 


Story, 
Stout 


_ Stove, 
Straight, 


Straighten, 
Strain, 


Strange, 
Stranger, 
Strap, 
Straw, 
Stray, 
Streak, 
Stream, 
Street, 
Strength, 
Strengthen, 
Strike, 
String, 
Stripe, 


FRENCH. 
Aiguillon, 8. m. 
aguijonear, ¥. , percer, v. 
Movimiento, s.m. Emotion, s. f. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 
Biss, 8. m. Aguijon, 8. m. 
stehen, v. 
Lirm, 8. m. 
bewegen, v. mover, v. 
Steigbiigel,m. Estribo, m. 
Stich, s. m. Puntada, 5, Κὶ 


stechen, v. coser, VU. 
Stock, Stamm,m. Tronco, m. 


Strumpf, m. Media, Καὶ 
Magen, m. Estomago, m. 
Stein, Kern, m. Piedra, Καὶ 
Stuhl, m. Camara, αὶ 


Biicken, 8. ἢ. 


Decadencia, 8. f. 
sich biicken, υ. 


encovarse, v. 


Halt, s. m. Parada, 8. Καὶ 
stopfen, v. impedir, v. 
Stépsel, m. Tapon, m. 
Menge, 7. Copia, αὶ 
Sturm, s.m. Tempestad,s.f. 
stiirmen, v. asaltar, v. 
Geschichte, αὶ Relacion, αὶ 
Hartnickig, Fornido, 
Ofen, m. Estufa, αὶ 


Gerade, sogleich, Derecho, 
Gerade machen, Enderezar, 
Ton, m. Weise, Raza, f. tono,s.m. 


8. f. pressen, v. colar, v. 
Fremd, Extraiio, 
Fremde, m, Extrangero, m. 
Riemen, m. Correa, αὶ 
Stroh, n. Paja, Καὶ 
Irre gehen, Errar, 

Strick, m. Raya, f- 


Strom, Lauf, m. Arroyo, m. 
Strasse, αὶ Calle, Καὶ 


Stirke, Macht, αὶ Fuerza, αὶ 
Starken, Fortalecer, 
Streichen, Herir, golpear, 
Schnur, αὶ Cordon, m. 
Streifen, Linea, s. f. 

ξ 8. m. & Vv. rayar, v. 


, Mouvoir, v. 
Etrier, m. 
Point, 8. m. 

coudre, v, 
Trone, m. tige, αὶ 
Bas, m. 
Estomac, m. 
Pierre, Καὶ 
Tabouret, m. 
Inclination, s. f. 

s’abaisser, v. 
Pause, s. f. 

arréter, v. 
Bouchon, m. 
Magasin, m. 
Tempéte, s. Καὶ 

tempéter, υ. 
Histoire, αὶ 
Fort,-e. 

Serre, chaude. 

‘troit,-e. 
Dresser. 
Entose, fair, s.m. 

dresser, v. 

trange. 
Etranger, m. 
Bande de cuir, αὶ 
Paille, αὶ 
S’écarter. 
Raie, αὶ 
Courant, m. 
Rue, αὶ 
Force, Καὶ 
Fortifier. 
Battre, frapper. 
Cordon. 
Raie, 5.1 

rayer, v. 


530 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


STR. 
Strive, 
Stroke, 
Strong, 
Struggle, 


Study, 
Stuff, 


Stump, 
Stupid, 
Stupor, 
Sty, 
Style, 
Subject, 


Subjection, 
Subjoin, 
Sublime, 
Submit, 
Subpcena, 
Subscribe, 
Substance, 
Subtract, 
Suburb, 
Succeed, 
Success, 
Such, 
Suck, 
Sudden, - 
Sue, 
Suffer, 
Sufficient, 
Sugar, 
Suit, 


Sulphur, 
Sum, 
Summer, 
Summon, 
Sun, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 
Streben, Esforzarse, 
Streich, m. Golpe, m. 
Stark, Fuerte, 
Kampf, s. m. Esfuerzo, 8. m. 

kampfen, v. luchar, 7. | 
Streben, Estudio, s. m. 
sn. & υ. estudiar, v. 


Stoff, s. m. Estofa, s. Καὶ 
stopfen, v. henchir, v. 
Stumpf, m. Tronco, ™. 
Dumm, Estipido, 
Staunen, n. Atontamiento,m. 


Schweinestall,m. Pocilga, Κὶ 

Griffel, m. Estilo, m. 

Unterthan, 8. m. Sujeto, s. m. 
unterwerfen, v. sujetar, v. 


Unterwerfung, f. Sujecion, Καὶ 
Beifiigen, Sobreafiadir, 
Hoch, Sublime, 
Niederlassen, Someter, 


Vorladung, 7. Comparendo, m. 
Unterschreiben, Subscribir, 


Wesen, ἢ. Substancia, Κὶ 
Abzichen, Subtraer, 
Vorstadt, αὶ Suburbio, 21. 


Folgen, [folg, m. Suceder, 
Gliickliche Er- Suceso, 23. 
Solcher, solche, Tal, igual, 


FRENCH. 
Facher. [7 
Coup,m.touche, 
Fort,-e. 


Effort, 8. m. 
_ Lutter, v. 
Etude, 5. αὶ 
, &tudier, v. 
Etoffe, 5. αὶ 
gorger, Ὁ. 
Trone, m. 
Stupide. 
Stupeur,f [ΔΛ 
table 4 cochons 
Style, titre, m. 
Sujet, s. m. 
soumettre, v. 
Sujétion, Καὶ 
Joindre, ajouter. 
Sublime. 
Soumettre. 
Assignation. 
Souscrire. 
Substance, Καὶ 
Soustraire, dter. 
Fauxboug, m. 
Réussir, suivre. 
Succés, 7. 
Telle, pareil,-le. 


Saugen, Chuper, Sucer. 
Plotzlich, Repentino, Soudain,-e. [der. 
Ansuchen, Procesar, Supplier, deman- 
Leiden, Sufrir, Souffrir, — [sez. 
Hinlanglich, Suficiente, Suffisant,-e, as- 
Zucker, m. Azicar, ἢν. Sucre, m. » 
Folge, 8.1 Juego, 8. m. Suite, 5..1 
passen, v. adaptar, v. convenir, % 
Schwefel, m. <Azufre, m. Soufre, m. 
Summe, f. Suma, f. Somme, f. 
Sommer, m. Verano, 72). Eté, m. 
Vorladen, Citar, Citer. 
Sonne, Καὶ Sol, m. Soleil, m. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


531 


SUN. 
Sunday, 
Supper, 
Supply, 
Support, 


“Suppose, 
Supreme, 
Sure, 
Surface, 
Surgeon, 
Surname, 
Surprise, 


Surrender, 


Surrogate, 
Surround, 
Survey, 
Suspect, 
Suspend, 
Suspicion, 
Swallow, 


Swamp, 
Sward, 
Swarm, 
Sway, 


Swear, 
Sweat, 


Sweep, 
Sweet, 
Swell, 
Swift, 
Swill, 
Swim, 


Swing, 


Switch, 
Swoon, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 
Sontag, m. Domingo, m. 
Abendessen, n. Cena, Καὶ 
Erganzen, Suplir, 
Stiitze, s. Καὶ Sosten, s. m. 

ertragen, v. sostener, v, 
Einbilden, Suponer, 
Hochst, Supremo, 


Sicher, gewiss, Cierto, 
Oberfliche, αὶ Superficie, Καὶ 
Wundarzt, m. Cirujano, m. 
Zuname, m. Apellido, m. 
Erstaunen, 8. x. Sorpresa, 8. f. 
verwirren, v. 
Uebergabe, 5. f. Rendicion, 8. αὶ 
tibergeben, v. entregar, v. 
Stellvertreter,m. Subrogado, m. 


Umgeben, Cireundar, 
Uebersehen, Medir, apeir, 
Argwoéhnen, —_Sospechar, 
Aufhangen, Suspender, 
Verdacht,m.  Sospecha, αὶ 
Keple, s.f. Tragazon, 5. f- 
verschlucken, συ. _tragar, v. 
Sumpf, m. 

Schwarte, αὶ 


Schwarm, m. Enxambre, m. 
Schwenken, s. ἢ. Poder, 8. m. 
regieren, v. empuiiar, v. 
Schworen, Jurar, 
Schweiss, 8. m. Sudor, 8. m. 


schwitzen, v. sudar, Ὁ, 
Streifen, Barrer, 
Siiss, angenehm, Dulce, 
Aufschwellen, Hincharse, 
Schnell, Veloz, 
Spiilicht, m. Tragazo, m, 
Schwimmen, Nadar, 


Schwung, 8. m. Balanceo, s. m. 
schwingen, v, _ balancear, v. 

Gerte, αὶ Varilla, καὶ 

Ohnmacht,f Desmayo, m. 


sorprehender,v. 


FRENCH. 
Dimanche, m. 
Souper, m. 
Remplir. 
Support, 8. m. 

soutenir, v. 
Supposer. 
Supréme. 
Sar,-e, certain,-e. 
Surface, καὶ 
Chirurgien, m. 
Surnom, m. 
Surprise, s. f. 

surprendre, v. 
Reddition, 8, Καὶ 

livrer, v. 
Délégué, m. 
Environner, 
Considérer, 
Soupconner. 
Suspendre. 
Soupcon, m, 
Hirondelle fgouf- 
fre,s.m. avaler,v. 


Patano,m. [tierra Marais, m. 
Sobrefaz( f)dela Pelouse, αὶ 


Essaim, ™. 

Pouvoir, 8. 22}. 
ΘΟΌνΝΘΓΠΘΓΙ, ὥ. 

Jurer. 

Sueur, 8. Καὶ 
suer, v. 

Balayer. 

Doux,-ce. 


‘Enfler, gonfler. 


Vite, agile. 
Lavage, m. 
Nager. 
Cours, 8. m. 
secouer, v. 
Houssine, αὶ 
Pamoison, Καὶ 


532 


INTERNATIONAL . DICTIONARY. 


SWwo. GERMAN. SPANISH. ξ, FRENCH. 
Sword, Schwert, 7. Espada, αὶ Epée, αὶ 
Syllable, Sylbe, καὶ Silaba, 7. Syllable, fA 
Sylph, Luftgeist, m. —_ Silfo, a. Sylphide, αὶ 
Symbol, Sinnbild, ἢ. Simbolo, m. Symbole, m. 
Sympathy, Mitleidenheit, ΚΑ Simpatia, αὶ Sympathie, Καὶ 
Symptom, Merkmal, n. Sintoma, Καὶ Symptéme, m. 
Syringe, Rohre, αὶ Xeringa, Καὶ Seringue, Κὶ 
Syrup, Syrup, m. Xarabe, Καὶ Sirop, 2. 
System, Lehrgebiude, n. Sistema, αὶ Systeme, m. 

es 
Tabernacle, Gezelt, x. Tabernaculo, m. Tabernacle, m. 
Table, Tafel, αὶ Mesa, αὶ Table, αὶ 
Tack, Stift, s. m. Tachuela,fbordo Petit clou, 8. 2. 
anheften, v. 8. m. atar, ¥% . coudre, virer, v. 
Tackle, Pfeil, m. Aparejos,m.  Cordages, m. pl. 
Tail, Schwanz, m. Cola, Καὶ Queue, 7. 
Tailor, Schneider,m.[en, Sastre, m. Tailleur, m. 
Take, Nehmen, ergreif- Tomar, aceptar, Prendre. 
Tale, Erzahlung, f. Cuento, m. Conte, rapport,m 
Talent, Anlage, f. Talento, m. Talent, m. ς 
Talk, Gesprach, s.n. Habla, 9. 7. Conversation, 5.1 
reden, v. hablar, 2. Parler, v. 
Tall,» Lang, tapfer, Alto, Haut,-e. 
Tallow, Talg, m. Sebo, m. Suif, m. 
Tame, Zahm, adj. Manso, adj. Domestique, adj. 
zahmen, Ὁ. domar, 2. adoucir, 7. 
Tan, Lohe, s. f. mit Corteza (f) en Tan, 8. m. 
Lohe gerben, ¥. polvo,s.curtir,v. tanner, Ὁ. 
Tap, Zapfen, s.m. Toque, s.m. Tape, 8.1 
anzapfen, v. tocar, Ὁ. taper. v. 
Taper, Wachskerze, 8... Hacha decera,sf. Flambeau,-x, sm. 
spitz zulaufen,v. remataren punto, terminer en 
Tar, Theer, m. Alquitran, m. Goudron. [pointe 
Tart, Forte, Καὶ Tarta, αὶ Tarte, fiaigre,ad). 
Task, Tagewerk, n.  Tarea, αὶ Tacee, f. 
Tassel, Quaste, αὶ Borla, Καὶ Gland de soie, m. 
Taste, Geschmack, s.m. Gusto, 8. m. Gott, s. m. 


schmecken, v. gustar, v. gouter, v. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 533 


TAY. 
Tavern, 
Tax, 


Tea, 
* Teach, 
Teacher, 
Team, 

* 


Tear, 


Teeth, 
Tell, 
Temper, 


Temperance, 
Temperature, 


Tempest, 
Temple, 
Tempt, 
Ten, 


Tenant, 
Tender, 


Tent, 
Term, 


Terrible, 
Terrify, 
Terror, 
Test, 
Testament, 
Testify, 
Testimony, 
Text, 
Texture, 
Than, 
Thank, 
That, 
Thatch, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Weinscheuke, Καὶ Tarberna, αὶ Taverne, αὶ 
Tadel, s. m. Impuesto, s,m. Taxe, 5. Καὶ 

tadeln, v. imputar, Ὁ. taxer, v. 
Thee, m. Té, m. cha, f. Τῇέ, m. 
Lehren, Instruir, Enseigner. 
Lehrer, m Ensefiador, Precepteur. 


Gespann, ὅ. 2. 
anschirren, v. 


Thrane, 5. Καὶ 


Yuntas(/) deca- Attelage, s. m., 
ballas, s.parir,v. atteler, v. 
Lagrima, 8.5 Larme, 8. f. 


zerreissen, Ὁ. —araiiar, v. déchirer, v. 
Zahne, m. pl. Dientes, m. pl. Dents, f. pl. 
Sagen, Proferir, Dire. 


Mittelweg, s.m. Temple,s.m. Humeur, 8. Καὶ 
mischen, v. tempiar, v. tempérer, ὃ. 

Massigkeit, f. | Templanza,f[m. Temperance, Καὶ 

Beschaffenheit,f. Temperamento, Température, καὶ 


Sturm, m. Tampestad,f Tempéte,f [f 
Tempel, m. Templo, m. Temple,m.tempe 
Reizen, Tentar, Tenter. 

Zehn, Diez, Dix. 

Pachter, Arrendador, Locataire, tenan- 


Bewohner, m. __residente, m. cier,-e, m. fa 
Achtung, 5... an- Aferta, s.f. ofre- Offre, 5.7 offnir, υ. 
bieten,v.zart,adj. cer,v.tierno,adj. tendre, adj, 
Zelt, n. Pabellon, m. Tente, αὶ 
Grenze, Frist, s.f. Termino, s.m. Terme, 8. m, 


nennen, v. nombrar, v. appeler, v. 
Fiirchterlich, Terrible, Terrible. 
Erschrecken,  Aterrar, Terrifier. 
Schrecken, m. Miedo, m. Terreur,f. [Κ 
Priifung, Καὶ Copela, αὶ Test, m. epreuye, 
Letzte Wille, m.Testamento, m. Testament, m. 
Bezengen, Testificar, Témoigner. 
Zeugniss, 7”. Testimonio, m. Témoignage, m. 
Text, m. Texto, m. Texte, m. 
Gewebe, n. Texedura, f. —‘Tissu,m.tissure,f. 
Als, Que, Que, de. 
Danken, Agradecer, Remercier. 


Welcher, der, 
Dachstroh sn.mit Techo, 8. m. 


Stroh decken,v. techar, v, 
45* 


Aquel, saquello, Ce, cet, cette, 
Chaume,sm.cou- 
vrir de chaume,», 


594 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


THA, 
Thaw, 


The, 
Theatre, 
Theft, 
Their, 
Them, 
Theme, 
Themselves, 
Then, 
Thence, 
Theology, 
Theorem, 
Theory, 
There, 
They, 
Thick, 
Thief, 
Thigh, 
Thimble, 
Thin, 
Thine, 
Thing, 
Think, 
Third, 
Thirst, 


Thirteen, 
Thirty, 
This, 
Thistle, 
Thorough, 
Those, 
Thou, 
Though, 
Thought, 
Thousand, 
Thrash, 
Thread, 
Threat,-en, 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Thauwetter, 8.5, Blandura, 85... Dégel, s. m. dé- 


thauen, v. 
Der, die, das, 
Schaubihme, f. 
Diebstahl, m. 
Thr, ihre, 

Sie, ihnen, 
Aufgabe, Καὶ 
Sie selbst, 


Dann, datnals, 


Von da, [heit, Κὶ 
Gottesgelehrt- 
Sehrsatz, m. 
Betrachtung, Κὶ 
Da, dort, 
Sie, 
Dich, 
Dieb, Rauber,m. 
Lende, Καὶ 
Fingerhut, m. 
Diinn, licht, 
Dein, 
Ding, 2. 
Denken, 
Dritte, 
Durst, 8. m. 
dursten, v. 
Dreitzehn, 
Dreissig, 
Dieser, diese, 
Distel, αὶ 


Durch, ganzlich, 


Diejenigen, jene, 
Du, 
Obschon, freilich, 
Gedanke, m. 
Tausend, 
Dreschen, 
Faden, m. 
Drohung, s. Κὶ 
drohen, νυ. 


dechelarse, 2. 


ἘΠῚ, la, lo, 
Teatro, m. 
Hurto, m. 
Su, de ellos, 
Los, las, ellos, 
Tema, Καὶ 
Ellos mismos, 


gelar, v. 
Le, la, les, 1", 
Théatre, m.° 
Larcin, m. 
Leur, leurs. 
Leur, eux, elles. 
Theme, m. © 
Kux-mémes, 


Entonces, luego, Alors, ensuite. 


Desde allé, 
Teologia, f. 
Teorema, Καὶ 
Teoria, Καὶ 
Alli, alla, 
Ellos, ellas, 
Espeso, 
Ladron, m. 
Muslo, ™. 
Dedal, m. 
Delgado, 
Tuyo, 
Casa, f. 
Pensar, 
Percero, 


Sed, s. f. de- 


sear beber, v. 


Trece, 
Treinta, 


Par conséquent. 

Théologie, Καὶ 

Théoréme, m. 

Théorie, αὶ 

La, en cela. 

1115, elles, ceux. 

Epais,-se. 

Voleur,-se, mf. 

Cuisse, Καὶ 

Dé, m. 

Mince. 

Tien, tienne. 

Chose, αὶ 

Penser. 

Troisiéme. 

Soif, s. 7. avoir 
soif, v. 

Treize. 

Trente, trentain. 


Este, esto, esta, Ce, cet, cette. 
Cardo silvestre, Chardon, m. 


Entero, Entier,-e. 
Aquellos, Ces, ceux, celles. 
Tu, Tu, toi. [tant. 
Annque, que, Quoique, pour- 


Pensamiento, m. Pensée, Καὶ 


Mil, Ὁ, Mille, millier. 
Apalear, Battre, rosser. 
Hilo, m. Til, m. 


Amenza, s.f. Menace, 8. m. 
amenazer, ¥. menacer, v. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 535 


THR. 
Three, 
Thrill, 
Thrive, 
Throat, 


“Lhrob, 


Throne, 
Through, 
Throw, 
Thumb, 
Thunder, 


Thursday, 


Thus, 
Thy, 
Thyself, 
Ticket, 
Tide, 
Tie, 


‘Tight, 
Till, 


Timber, 
Time, 
Tin, 
Title, 
To, 
Toast, 


Tobacco, 
Toe, 
Together, 
Toil, 


Toll, 


Tomb, 
Ton, tun, 
Tone, 
Tongue, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Drei, Tres, Trois. 
Bohren, Taladrar, Percer. 
Gedeihen, Medrar, Prosperer. 
Schlund, m. Garganta, f. Gorge, αὶ 
Klopfen, 8.5. & υ. Latido, 8. m. la- Palpitation, s.f. 

tir, v. palpiter, v. 
Thron, m. Trono, m. Trone, m. [de. 
Durch, Por, Par, au travers 
Werfen, Tirar, Jeter. 
Daumen, m. Pulgar, m. Pouce, m. 
Donner, s.m. Trueno, sm.  Tonnerre, s. m. 
donnern, v. tronar, v. tonner, v. 


Donnerstag, m. Jueves, m. [do, Jeudi, m. 
So, also, Asi, de este mo- Ainsi, 
Dein, deine, Ta, Ton, ta, tes. 


Du selbst, dich, Ti mismo, Toi-meme, 

Zettel, m. Boleta, Καὶ Billct, m. 

Zeit, καὶ Estacion, f. Marée, καὶ 

Knoten, s.m. Nudo, s.m. anu- Lien, s. m. lier, 
binden, τυ. dar, v. v. 

Knapp, derb, _‘Tirante, Serré,-e. 


Bis, prep. ack- Hasta, prep. cul- Jusqu’a, prep. 
ern, Ὁ. tivar, v. cultiver, v.[ pi. 


Banholz, n.. [m. Madero, τι. Bois,m.poutres,f. 
Zeit, f. Tonmass Tiempo, m. Temps, m. 

Zinn, 7. Estaiio, γι. tain, m. 

Titel, m. Titulo, m. Titre, m. 

Zu, um, in, Α΄, al, hasta, “A, au, de, pour. 


Gesundheit, 5. f. Tastada, 8.7, tos- Rotie, s.f. rotir, 


rosten, v. tar, v. v. 

Tabak, m. Tobaco, m. Tabac, m. 

Zehe, f. Dedo, del pie, m. Orteil, m. 

Zusammen, Juntamente, Ensemble. 

Netz, 8. n. bear- Trabajo, 8. m. Travail, s.m, tra- 
beiten, v. trabajar, v. vailler, v. 

Zoll, 8. τι. lau- Alcabala,s.f. Péage, s.m. son 
ten, v. sonar, ¥. ner, Uv. 

Grab, n. Tumba, Καὶ Tombeau,-x. 


Tonne, 7. Tonclada, αὶ Tonneau,-x, m. 
Ton, Schall, m. Tono, sonido, m. Ton, m, voix, αὶ 
Zunge,Sprache, £ Lengua, αὶ Langue. 


536 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


TOO. 
Too, 
Tooth, 
Top, 
Torment, 


Torture, 
Touch, 
Tow, 


Toward, 
Towel, 
Tower, 


Town, 
Toy, 
Trace, 


Track, 
Tract, 
Trade, 


Tradesman, 
Train, 
Transact, 
Transaction, 
Translate, 
Transport, 


Transpose, 
Trap, 
Trash, 
Travel, 


Tray, 
Treason, 
Treasure, 


Treat, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Zu sehr, auch, Tambien, Trop, aussi. 
Zahn, m Diente, m. [f Dent, αὶ 
Gipfel, m. Crima, αὶ cumbra Haut, m. cime, f. 


Pein, s. f. peini- Tormento, 8. 77. Tourment, 8. M. 
gen, v. atormentar, v tourmenter, "oy 

Folter, s. f. fol- Tortura,s.f. Torture, s. f. 
tern, v. atormentar, Ὁ. _harrasser, 2, 

Gefiihl, s. n. fiih- Contacto, 8. m. Touche, s. f 


len, v. tocar, v. toucher, v. 
Werg, 8. ἢ. Estopa, s. f. Etoupes, ef Ῥίς 
schleppen, v remolcar, Ὁ. touer, τ 


Hacia, cerca, § Envers, vers. 
Toalla, Καὶ Essuie-main, m. 
Torre, s. f. ele- Tour, s. f. s’ele- 


Lenksam, 
Handtuch, 2. 
Thurm, s. m. 


hoch fliegen,v, _varse, v ver, v. 
Stadt, αὶ Plaza, 7. Ville, f. 
Tand, m. Chucheria, f. ~—‘Babiole, Καὶ 


Spur, f-Pfad, s.m. Rastro, 8. m. tra- Trace, s.f. tra- 


verfolgen, v. ZAY, υ. cer, v 
Geleise, n. [m. Vestigio, m. Vestige, m 
Streeke, f. Gang, Trecho, mM. Région, Καὶ 
Handel, s. m. Trato, 8. ἤν. ne- Trafic, 8. m. 

handeln, υ gociar, v. trafiquer, v. 
Handwerker, m. Artesano, m Marchand, m. 
Schweif, m. Treta, Καὶ Suite, 7. train. 
Unterhandeln, Manejar, Transiger. 


Unterhandlungf Transaccion, 7. Transaction, Καὶ 
Versetzen, Trasladar, Traduire. 
Frachtshiff, s. x. Rapto, 8. m. Transport, 8. m. 
fortschaffen, Ὁ. transportar, v. transporter, v 
Versilzen, Trasponer, Transposer. 
Falle, Klappe, Κὶ Trampa,velada, f Trappe, piége, m 


Unrath, m. Heces, m ebut, m. 
Reise, s. Viage, 8. m. Voyage, 8. m. 
reisen, ¥ viajar, v. voyager, v 
Mulde, αὶ Artesa, αὶ Baquet, 
Verritherei, # Traicion, αὶ Trahison, f. 
Schatz, s.m. Teroro,s.m.  Trésor, 8. m. 


atesorar, v. 
Trato, 8. m. 
tratar, v 


amasser, 6, 
Régal, s. m. 
traiter, » 


aufhaufen, v 
Schmaus, s. m. 
behandeln, v 


| = 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


537 


TRE. 
Treaty, 
Tree, 
Tremble, 
Trespass, 


r Trial, 


Triangle, 
Tribe, 
Trick, 
Trifle, 


Trim, 


Triumph, 


) Troop-s, _ 


Trouble, 


Trousers, 
Trowell, 
Truant, 


True, 
Trumpet, 
Trunk, 


Trust, 


Trustee, 
Truth, 
Try, 
Tub, 
Tube, 
Tuesday, 
Tug, ~ 


Tulip, 
Tumble, 


Tumbler, 


GERMAN. 
Vertrag, m. 
Baum, m, 
Zittern, 


SPANISH. 
Tratado, m. 
A'rbol, m. 
Tremblar, 


FRENCH. 
Traité, m. 
Arbre, m. 
Trembler, 


Vergehen, 8. x. Transgresion,s,f. Offense, s. f. 


iibertreten, v. 
Probe, Καὶ 
Dreieck, n. 
Zunft, Καὶ 
Kniff, m. 
Kleinigkeit, 8. f- 

tindeln, v. 
Schwanken, v. 

schon, adj. 
Sieg, s. m. 

triumphiren, v. 
Haufe, m. 

Truppen, f. pl. 
Unruhe, s. Καὶ 

bemiihen, v. 
Lange weite Ho- 
Kelle, f. [56ῃ, 
Miissigginger, 
8.m. miissig,ad). 
Wahr, acht, 
Trompete, Καὶ 
Rumpf, Baum- 

stamm, ἢ). 
Glaube, s. m. 

tranen, v. 
Vormund, m. 
Wahrheit, αὶ 
Untersuchen, 
Tonne, Bute, αὶ 
Rohre, αὶ 
Dienstag, m. 
Ziehen, 

8. n. & v, 
Tulpe, αὶ 
Fall, s. m. 

neiderfallen, v. 
Gaukler, m. 


transgredir, υ. 
Prueba, αὶ 
Triangulo, m. 
Tribu, m. — [m. 
Engafio, chasco, 
Bagatela, s. f. 

tontear, v. 
Aparejar, v. 

ataviado, adj. 
Triunfo, s. m. 

triunfar v, 
Tropa, Καὶ 

cuerpo, m. 
Inquietud, s. Καὶ 

enturbiar, v. 
Calzones, 
Trulla, f. 
Ociaso, 

s.m. & adj. 
Verdadero, 
Trompeta, Καὶ 
Tonco, 

trompo, 72). 
Fiado, 8. m. 

confiar, v. [m. 
Fidei-comisario, 
Verdad, αὶ 


ExAminar,tentar Essayer. 


Tina, αὶ 


transgresser, Ὁ. 
Epreve, αὶ 
Triangle, m. 
Tribu, race, Καὶ 
Ruse, Κὶ tour, m. 
Bagatelle, 8. Καὶ 

badiner, v. 
Garnir, ve" 

propre, adj. 
Triomphe, 8, m. 

triompher, Ὁ. 
Troup, 

forces, Καὶ 
Touble, s. m. 

troubler, v. 
Chausses, f. pl. 
Truelle, Καὶ 
Truand,-e, 

8. m. f. & adj. 
Vrai,-e. 
Trompette, Καὶ 
Trone, 

cotfre, m. 
Confiance, 8. f. 

confier a, v. 
Curateur, m. 
Vrai, m. vérité, f. 
[m. 
Cuvier, baquet, 


Tubo, cafion, m. Tube, m. 


Martes, m. 
Tirada, s. αὶ 
arranchar, v. 
Tulipa, αὶ 
Caida, 8. Καὶ 
caer, v. 
Vaso, m. 


Mardi, m. 
Effort, s. m. 
tirailler, v. 
Tulipe, Καὶ 
Chute, s. Καὶ 
renverser, v. 
Gobelt,m. tasse,f. 


538 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


TUM. 
Tumor, 
Tune, 


Tunnel, 
Turban, 
Turf, 
Turk, 


Turn, 


Turnip, 
Turtle, 
Tutor, 
Twelve, 
Twenty, 
Twice, 
Twilight, 
Twin, 
Twine, 


Twist, 


Two, 
Type, 


Tyranny, 
Tyrant, 
Tythe, 


Udder, 

Ugly, 

Ulcer, 
Ultimate, 
Umber, 
Umbrella, 
Unable, 
Unanimous, 
Unbecoming, 
Unbelief, 


GERMAN. 


Geschwulst, αὶ 


. Tonstiick, s. 2. 


stimmen, v. 
Ofenréhre, αὶ 
Turban, m. 
Rasen, Torf, m. 
Tiirk, m. 
Wendung, 8. ΚΑ 

drehen, v. 
Riibe, αὶ 
Turteltaube, Καὶ 
Hofmeister, m. 
Zwolf, 
Zwanzig, 
Zweimal, 
Daimmerung, Κὶ 
Zwilling, m. 
Schnur, s. f. 

drehen, v. 
Flechte, 8. αὶ 

flechten, v. 
Zwei, 


SPANISH. 
Tumor, m. 
Tonado, 8, ἤ1. 

acordar, v. 
Embudo, m. 
Turbante, m. 
Césped, m. 
Turco, m. 
Vuelta, 8. Καὶ 

volver, v. 
Nabo, m. 
Tortola, αὶ 
Tutor, m. 
Doce, 
Veinte, " 
Dos veces, 


Crepusculo, m. 


Gemelo, m. 

Guita, 8. Καὶ 
torcer, v. 

Torzal, s. m. 
torcer, v. 


Dos, 


Bild, x. Stampel, Tipo, m. 


m. Letter, f. 
Tyrannei, Καὶ 
Tyrann, . 
Zehute, m. 


Kuter, n. 


Hasslich, 
Geschwiir, 2. 
Letzt, 


letra, αὶ 
Tirania, αὶ 
Tirano, m. 
Diezmo, m. 


U. 


Ubre, Καὶ 

Feo, disforme, 
Ulcera, Καὶ 
Ultimado, 


Umber, Ocker,m. Umbla, αὶ 
Regenschirm, m. Paralluvia, f. 


Unfahig, 
Kinmuthig, 
Unanstandig, 
Misstrauen, m. 


Inhabil, 
Unanime, 
Indecente, 


FRENCH. 
Tumeur, αὶ 
Air, m. 

accorder, v. 
Tounelle, αὶ 
Turban, m. 
Gazon, m. 
Ture, m. 
Tour, sm. 

tourner, v. 
Navet, m. 
Tortue, Καὶ 
Précepteur, m. 
Douze. 

Vingt. 

Deux fois. 
Crépuscule, m. 
Jumeau, m. 
Fil, s. m. 

entrelacer, v. 
Corde, 5.1 

entortiller, v. 
Deux. 

Type, m. 
lettre, Καὶ 
Tyrannie, αὶ 
Tyran, m. 
Dime, f. 


Tétine, f. pis, m. 
Laid,-e, vilain,-e. 
Ulcére, m. 
Dernier,-e. 
Ombre,fsciene,f 
Parapluie, m 
Incapable. 
Unanime. 
Mal-séant,-e. 


Incredibilidad, f. Incrédulité, #. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 539 


UNC. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Uncertain, Ungewiss, Incierto, Incertain,-e. 
Uncivil, Unhéflich, Grosero, Incivil,-e. 
Uncle, Oheim, m. Tio, m. Oncle, m. 
Unclean, Unrein, | Inmundo, Impur,-e. 
Uncomfortable, Trostloss, Desconsolado, Désagréable. 
Uncommon, Ungemein, [/. Raro, [ 7. Extraordinaire. 
Unconcern, Gleichgiiltigkeit, Indiferencia,[cia. Indifférence. 
Unconscious, Unbewusst, Contra concien- Ignorant,-e. 
Uncouth, Seltsam, Extraiio, Grossier,-e. 
Uncover, Aufdecken, Destapar, Découvrir. 
Undaunted, Unerschroken, Arrojado, [nos,Intrépide. [de. 
Under, Unter, weniger, Debaxo, so, me- Sous, au-dessous 
Undergo, Erdulden, Sufrir, [zar, Endurer. 
Understand, Verstehen, Entender, alcan- Entendre. 
Undertake, | Unternehmen, Emprender, [m. Entreprendre. 
Undertaker, | Uebernehmer,m. Maestro,director, Entrepreneur, 


Undersigned, Unterschreiber, Asegurador, Assureur, ™. 


Undiminished, Unvermindert, Entero, Entier,-e. 
Undivided, § Ungetheilt, Indiviso, Indivisé,-e. 
Undo, Aufléssen, Deshacer, Perdre. 
Undone, Vernichtet, Arruinado, Perdu,-e. 
Undress, Los Kleidung,s.f. Deshabillé, s. m. Déshabillé, n. m. 

auskleiden, v. desnudar, v. déshabiller, v. 
Undue, Ungebiihrlich, Indebido, Indu,-e. 
Uneasy, Unruhig, Inquieto, Inquiet,-e. 
Unequal, Ungleich, Desigual, Inegal,-e. 
Uneven, [able, Uneben, Desigual, Raboteux,-ce. 
Unexception- Unverwerflich, Sin excepcion, Irrécussable. 
Unexhausted, Unerschépft, Inexhausto, Pas épuisé,-e. 
Unexpected, Unerwartet,  Inesperado, Inopiné,-e. 
Unexperienced Unerfahren, Inexperto, Sans experience. 
Unfailing, Unfeblbar, Seguro, cierto, Certain,-e. 
Unfair, Unbillig, Doble, falso, Injuste. 
Unfaithful, Untreu, Infiel, perfido, Infidele. 
Unfasten, Losbinden, Desatar, Détacher. [-86. 
Unfavorable, Ungiinstig, Contrario, Desavantageux, 
Unfeeling, Unempfindlich, Insensible, Insensible. 
Unfeigned, Aufrichtig, Real, ingenno, Sincére. 
Unfetter, Entfesseln, Desencadenar, Dechainer. 
Unfit, Unfiahig, Desconveniente, Impropre. 
Unfold, Entfalten, Déplier 


Desplegar, 


540 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


SPANISH. 


UnvorhergesehenNo previsto, 
Ungliicklich[lich Infortunado, 
Unfreundschaft- Desamparado, 


UNE. GERMAN. 
Unforeseen, 
Unfortunate, 
Unfriendly, 
Unfurl, Loswickeln, " 
Ungenerous, Unedel, 
Ungenteel, _- Unartig, 
Ungodly, Gottloss, 
Ungovernable, Unlenksam, 
Ungrateful, | Undankbar, 
Unhallow, Entheiligen, 
Unhappy, Ungliicklich, 
Unharness, Abschirren, 
Unhealthy, | Ungesund, 
Unhook, Aufhaken, 
Unicorn, Einhorn, 7. 
Uniform, Einformig, 


Uninhabitable, Unbewohnbar, 


Desplagar, 
Indigno, 
Rudo, vulgar, 
Impio, 
Indomable, 
Desagradecido, 
Profanar, 
Infeliz, 
Desguarnecer, 
Enfermizo, 
Desgenchar, 
Unicornio, m. 
Uniforme, 
Inhabitable, 


FRENCH. 
Inprévu,-e. 
Infortuné,-e. 
Peu obligeant,-e. 
Déferler. 
Tgnoble. 
Incivil,-e. 
Impie. 
Indomptable. 
Ingrat,-e. 
Profaner. 
Malheureux, se. 
Déharnacher. 
Maladif,-ve. 
Décrocher. 
Licorne, Καὶ 
Uniforme. 


Inhabitable. [-e 


Uninterrupted, Ununterbrochen No interrumpido Pasinterrompu, 
Vereinigung, Κα Union, αὶ 


Union, 
Unison, 
Unit, 
Unite, 
Universal, 
Universe, 
Unjust, 
Unkind, 
Unknown, 
Unless, 
Unload, 
Unlock, 
Unloose, 
Unlucky, 
Unman, 
Unmast, 
Unmerciful, 
Unmerited, 
Unmoved, 
Unnatural, 


Einklang, m. 
Einheit, αὶ 
Vereinigen, 
Allgemein, 
Weltall, x. 
Ungerecht, 
Unfreundlich, 
Unbewusst, 
Wenn nicht, 
Ausladen, 
Aufschiessen, 
A.uflossen, 
Unglicklich, 
Entmannen, 
Entmasten, 
Uebertrieben, 
Unverdient, 
Unbeweet, 
Unnatiirlich, 


Unnecessary, Unndothig, 


Unpin, 
Unquestion- 


[able, Losmachen, . 
Unzweifelhaft, 


Unison, 22. 
Unidad, αὶ 
Unir, 
Universal, 
Universo, m. 
Injusto, 
Inhumano, 
Oculto, 
Sino, 4 menos 


Union, αὶ 
Unison, m. 
Unité, f. un, m. 
Unir. 
Universel,-le. 
Univers, 2}. 
Injuste. 
Cruel,-le. 


[que, Inconnu,-e. 


“A moins que. 


Descargar[adura Décharger. 
Abriragunacerr. Ouvrir, réléver. 


Desatar, 
Desgraciado, 


Lacher, délier. 
Infortuné,-e. 


Privar del razon, Accabler. 


Desarbolar, 
Inclemente, 
Desmerecido, 
Inmoto, 

No natural, 
Excusado, 
Desprender, 
Indubitable, 


Démater. 
Impitoyable. 
Pas mérité. 
Ferme. 

Pas natural-le. 
Pas nécessaire. 
Détrousser. 


Indubitable. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


541 


UNR. GERMAN, 
Unremitting, Unablassig, 
Unrighteous, Ungerecht, 
Unripe, Unreif, 
Unruly, Widerspanstig, 


Unsatisfactory, Unzulanglich, 


SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Continuo, Assidu,-e. 
Impio, Méchant,-e. 
Inmeduro, Vert,-e. 


Indémito, [face, Fougueux,-se. 
Lo que no satis- Pas satisfactoire. 


Unsatisfied, Unzufreiden, Descontento, Pas satisfait,-e. 
Unscrew, Losschrauben, Destorcer, Dévisser. 
Unseal, Entsiegeln, Desellar, Décacheter. 
Unsheath, Herausziehen, Desenvaynar, Dégainer. 
Unsound, Ungesund, Enfermizo, Pas sain,-e. 
Unsteady, Unbestaindig, Vario, Inconstant,-e. 
Unsuitable, Nicht passend, Incongruo, Pas convenable. 
Until, Bis an, bis zu, Hasta, Jusqu’a, 
Untimely, Unzeitig, Intempestivo, ‘A Contre temps. 
Unto, Zu, an, bis, ‘A, para, en, § Pour, dans, en, a. 
Unusual, Ungewohnlich, Raro, Extraordinaire. 
Unveil, Entschleien, Quitar el velo, Dévoiler. 
Unwary, Unbehutsam, Incanto, Imprudent,-e. 
Unwilling, Abgeneigt, Desinclinado, Pas désireux,-se. 
Unworthy, Unwiirdig, Indigno, Indigne. 
Unyoke, Losspannen, = Desuncir, Dételer. 
Up, Auf, hinauf, au, Arriba, hasta, En haut, sur. 
Upbraid, Beschuldigen, Echar en cara, Reprocher a. 
Upon, Auf, oben, au, Sobra, encima, Sur, dessus, en. 
Upper, Ober, Superior, Supérieur. 
Uproar, Aufruhr, m. Tumulto,m. Tumulte, m. 
Upset, Unstiirzen, Trastornar, Relever. 
Upward, Aufwirts, oben, Lo quese direge En haut, vers. 
Urchin, Igel, m. Nifio, m. [arriba Garcon, m. 
Urge, Trieben, Incitar, Presser, 
Urn, Urne, Καὶ Vasija, f. vaso,m Urne, f. vase, m. 
Us, Uns, Nos, nosotros, Nous. 
Usage, Behandlung, f. Trato, m., Usage, m. 
Use, Gebrauch, 8, m. Uso, s.m. usar,v. Usage, 8. m. 
gebrauchen,v. user, v. 
Useful, Niitzlich, U'til, [m. Utile. 
Usher, Vorginger, m. Uvxier, pedagogo Ecuyer, m. 
Usury, Wurcher, m. —_-Usura, Καὶ Usure, f. 
Utensil, 'Gerath, 7. Uiensilio, m.  Utensile, m. 
Utility, int Maliohkett, f. Utilidad, καὶ Utilité, Κα 


542 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


UTT. 
Utter, 


Utterly, 


Vacant, 
Vacate, 
Vacation, 
Vagabond, 
Vagrant, 
Vail, veil, 
Vain, 
Vale, valley, 
Valet, 
Valiant, 
Valid, 
Valuable, 
Value, 
Vanity, 
Vapor, 
Variety, 
Varnish, 
Vary, 
Vase, 
Vast, 
Vault, 
Veal, 
Vegetable, 
Vein, 
Velvet, 
Venerable, 
Vengeance, 
Venison, 
Vent, 
Venture, 


Ventriloquist, 
Verb, 
Verdict, 


Verdure, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Aeussern, 2. Proferir, v. to- Enoncer, νυ. ex- 
ganglich, adj. tal, adj. tréme, adj, 

Durchaus, Totalmente, Entiérement. 
Vv. 

Leer, frei, Vacio, libre, Vide, vacant,-e. 

Erledigen, Anular, Quitter. 


Erledigung,[end Vacacion, Καὶ Vacation, Καὶ 
Herumstreich- Vagabundo, m. Vagabond,-e. [ἢ 
Herumschwei- Vagamundo, m. Vagabond,-de,m. 


Vorhang, [fend, Velo, m. Voile, m. 
Vergeblich, Vano, Vain,-e. 
Thal, n. Valle, m. Vallée, αὶ 
Bediente, m. Criado, m. Valet, m. 
Tapfer, Valiente, V aillant,-e. 
Stark, triftig,  Valido, Valide. 
Schatzbar, Precioso, Precieux,-se. 


Werth, Preis, m. Valor, precio, m. Valeur, αὶ 
Eitelkeit, αὶ Vanidad, Καὶ Vanité, αὶ 


Dampf, m. Vapor, m. Vapeur, αὶ 
Abwechselung,f Variedad, Καὶ Variété, Καὶ 
Firniss, m. Barniz, m. Vernis, m. 
Verandern, Variar, Varier. 
Vase, αὶ Vaso, m. Vase, m. 
Gross, Vasto, Vaste, grand,-e. 
Gewidlbe, n. Boveda, αὶ Saut, m. volte, αὶ 
Kalbfleisch, 2. Ternera, αὶ Veau,-x, m. 
Pilanze, αὶ Vegetable, m. . Végétal,-aux, m. 
Ader, f. Vena, αὶ Veine,/.creux,m. 
Sammet, m. Terciopelo, m. Velours, m. 
Ehrwiirdig, Venerable, Vénérable. 
Rache, αὶ Venganza, f. Vengeance, Καὶ 
Wilde, n. Venado, m. Venaison, f. 
Luftloch, n. Respiradero, m. Vente, f. air, m. 
Wagniss, 8. 5. Ventura, s.f. Hasard, s. m. 
wagen, 4. osar,v.[suvientre, risquer, Ὁ. 
Bauchredner, m. El que habla de Ventriloque, m.f- 
Zeitwort, n. Verbo, m. Verbe, m. 


Entscheidung, 7. Dictamen, m. Dé cision, Κὶ 
Grun, a. Verdura, f. Verdure, Κα 


tee ὦ ς- 
INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 543 
VER. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Verify, Bewilhren, Verificar, Vérifier. 
Verse, Vers, m. Verso, m. Vers, m. 
Version, Verwandlung, Καὶ Mundanza, f. ~—- Version, αὶ 
Very, Wahr, sehr, Verdadero, Véritable, fort. 
Vesper, Abend, τι. Vésper, héspero. Soir, n. 
Vessel, Gefass, ἢ. Baxel, m. Vaisseau,-x, m. 
Vest, Gewand, n. Vestido, m. Veste, αὶ 
Veteran, Alte Soldat, m. Veterano, m Vétéran, m. 
Vex, Plagen, Vexar, Vexer. 
Vial, Flaschchen, rn. Redoma, /. Fiole, αὶ 
Vice, Laster, 7. Vicio, m. Vice, m. 
Victim, Opfer, n. Victima, Καὶ Victime, αὶ 
Victor, Sieger, m. Véncedor, m.  Vainqueur, m. 
Victory, Sieg, 7. Victoria, Καὶ Victoire, αὶ 
Victual,-als, | Lebensmittel, 2. Vitualla, Καὶ Provisions, αὶ 
View, Aussicht, 5... Vista, 5. αὶ Vue, 5. Κὶ voir,v. 
besichtigen,v. —mirar, v. [campagne, 
Villa, Landhaus, 2. Casa, Καὶ Maison (f.) de | 
Village, Dort, n. Village, m. Village, m. 
Villain, Bauer, m. Villano, m. Scelerat, m. 
Vine, Weinstock, m. Vid, m. Vigne, Καὶ 
Vinegar, Weinessig, m. Vinagre, m. Vinaigre, m. 
Vineyard, Weinberg, m. Vita, f. Vigne, Καὶ 
Viol, Bratsche, Καὶ Viola, αὶ Viole, Καὶ 
Violence, Heftigheit, 7. — Violencia, καὶ Violence, Κὶ 
Violent, Heftig, Violento, Violent,-e. 
Violet, Veilchen, n. Violeta, Καὶ Violette, αὶ 
Violin, Violine, Καὶ Violin, m. Violon, m. 
Virgin, Jungfer, αὶ Virgen, αὶ Vierge, Fille, Καὶ 
Virtue, Kraft, Tugend,f. Virtud, αὶ Virtu, αὶ 
Vision, Gesicht, ἢ. Vision, Καὶ Vision, Καὶ 
Visit, Besuch, s.m. _—_ Visita, s. f. visi- Visite, s. Καὶ 
v : besuchen, v. tar, v. visiter, v. 
Visiter, Besucher, m. —_ Visitador, Visiteur, m. 
Vitriol, Vitriol, m. Vitriolo, m. Vitrivl, m. 
Vocabulary, Wéorterbuch, x. Vocabulario, m. Vocabulaire, m. 
Vocal, Miindlich, ° Vocal, Voeal,-e. 
Voice, Stimme, Καὶ Voz, καὶ Voix, αὶ 
Void, Leer, nichtig,  Vacio, Vide. 
Volcano, Vulkan, m. Volean, m. Volcan, m. 
Volley, Flug, m. Rociada de balas Volée, Καὶ 


544 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


VOL. 


Volume, 
Vomit, 
Vote, : 


Vow, 


Vowel, 
Voyage, 
Vulgar, 
Vulture, 


Wad, 
Wafer, 
Watt, 
Wag, 
Wage, 
Wager, 


Wagon, 
Wail, 


Waist, 


Waistcoat, 


Wait, 
Waiter, 
Wake, 
Walk, 


Wall, 
Wallet, 
Walnut, 
Wand, 
Wander, 
Wane, 
Want, 


Wanton, 
War, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Rolle, # Band,m. Volimen,m. Volume, m. 
Ausbrechen, Vomitar, Vomir. 
Meinung, s. f Voto, s. m. Voix, s. αὶ 

stimmen, Ὁ. votar, v. choisir, v. 


Geliibde, s.n. Voto, 8. m. Veu,-x, 8. m. 
geloben, v. votar, v. vouer, v. 
Selbstlauter, m Vocal, m.. Voyelle, Καὶ 
Reise, f. — Navigacion, f. Voyage, m. 
Gemein, Vulgar, Vulgaire. 
Geier, m. - Buytre, m. Vautour, m. 
W. 
Bund, τ. Brazado, m. Poignée, f. 
Waffel, αὶ Hostia, oblea, αὶ Oublie, Καὶ 
Tragen, Flotar, Ondoyer. . 
Schiitteln, Chocarrero, m. Espiegle, m. /- 
Wagen, Tentar, hacer, Gager. ~ 
Wette, 8..." Apuesta, s.f. Pani, 8. m. 
wetten, v. apostar, v. gajer, v. 
Wagen, m. Carro, m. Chariot, m. 
Klage, 8. f. Lamento, 8. m. Lamentation, s.f- 
klagen, v. lamentar, v. lamenter, v. 
Taille, Κα Cintura, αὶ Ceinture, αὶ 
Weste, αὶ Chupa, f. Gilet, m. 
Warten, Aguadar, servir, Attendre.. 
Aufwarter, Servidor, m. Garcon. 
Wachen, Velar, Eveiller. 
Gang, 8. m. Paseo, 8. m. Promenade, s.f- 
wandeln, v, pasear, v. marcher, v. 
Wand, αὶ Murella, αὶ Mur, m. 
Quersack, m.  Mochila, αὶ Bissac, 72). 
Walsche Nuss, 7. Nogal, m. Noix, αὶ 
Stab, m. Vara, f. ramo m. Baguette, ft 
Wandern, Errar, Errer roder. 
Verfallen, Menguar, Décoitre. 
Mangel, s.m. Probeza,s.f. Besoin, 8. m. 
verlangen, v. desear, v. manquer, v. 
Wolliistig, adj. Lascivo, adj. | Mignon,-ne, smf. 
tindeln, v. ᾿ retorzar, v. jouer, v. 
Krieg, ἢ. Guerra, Καὶ Guerre, αὶ 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


545 


WAR. 
Warble, 
Ward, 
Ware, 
Warfare, 
Warm, 


Warn, 
Warp, 
Warrant, 


Warrior, 
Wart, 
Wash, 


GERMAN. 
Wirbeln, 
Wache, Καὶ 
Waare, αὶ 
Krieg, 7. 
Erwarmen, v. 

warm, adj. 
Warnen, 
Abweichen, 
Vollmacht, s. 7. 

bezeugen, v. 
Krieger, m. 
Warze, f. 
Wische, s. αὶ 


waschen, v. 


Washerwoman, Wascherin, Καὶ 


Wasp, 
Waste, 


Watch, 


Weather, 
Weave, 
Weaver, 
Web, 

Wed, 
Wedding, 
Wedge, 
Wednesday, 


Wespe, f. 
Einéde, s. Καὶ 


verzehren, v. 


“Wache, 5. Καὶ 


bewachen, v. 
Wasser, m. 
Welle, Woge, Κ 
Wachs, n. 
Weg, m. 
Auflauern, 
Wir, 

Schwach, 
Schwachen, 
Wohlstand, m. 
Entwohnen, 
Waffe, αὶ 
Tracht, s. αὶ 

tragen, v. 
Wetter, m. 
Weben, wirken, 
Weber, m. 
Gewebe, ἡ. 
Heirathen, 
Hochzeit, αὶ 
Keil, γι. 
πο es SF 

6* 


SPANISH. 
Trinar, 
Guarda, Καὶ 
Mercaderia, αὶ 
Guerra, αὶ 
Calentar, v. 

ealiento, adj, 
Precaver, 
Torcerse, 
Cédula, 5.1 
apoyar, v. 
Guerrero, m. 
Verruga, f. 
Lavicion, 8. Καὶ 
lavar, v. 
Lavandera, Κὶ 
Avispa, f- 
Desolado, 5, Καὶ 
malgastar, v. 
Vela, sf. velar, v. 


Agua, f. 
Ola, onda, αὶ 
Céra, Καὶ 
Camino, m. 
Tnsidiar, 
Nosotros, 
Debil, 
Debilitar, 
Riqueza, αὶ 
Destetar, 
Arma, f. 
Gasto, 8. m. 
gastar, v. 
Tiempo, m. 
Texer, 
Texedor, m. 
Tela, Καὶ 
Casar, 
Boda, αὶ 
Cufia, αὶ 
Miércoles, m. 


FRENCH. 
Gazouiller, 
Tutelle, Καὶ 
Poterie, αὶ 
Guerre, Καὶ 
Chaffer, v. 

chaude,-e, adj. 
Informer. 
Cambrer. 
Commission, s. Καὶ 
garantir, v. 
Guerrier, m. 
Verrue, f. 
Lessive, s.f. 
laver, v. 
Lavandiére, Καὶ 
Guépe, Καὶ 
Ravage, 8. m. 
désoler, v. 
Veille, f. montre, 
8. f. veiller, v. 
Eau,-x, f. 
Vogue, f. flot, m. 
Cire, f. 
Chemin, m. 
Guetter. 
Nous. 
Faible. 
A ffaiblir. 
Richesses, αὶ 
Sevrer. 
Arme, αὶ 
Use, s. f. 
s'user, Uv. 
Air, temps, 72. 
Tresser. 
Tisserand, m. 
Toile, αὶ 
pouser. 
Mariarge, m. 
Coin, 7. 
Mercredi, m. 


546 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


WEE. 
Weed, 
Week, 
Weep, 
Weigh, 
Weight, 
Welcome, 
Well, 


West,-ern, 


Wet, 
Whale, 
Wharf, 
What, 
Wheat, 
Wheel, 
When, 
Where, 
Whet, 
Whether, 
Which, 
While, 


Whip, 
Whirl, 
Whisper, 


White, 
Who, 
W hole, 


Wholesale, 
Why, 
Wick, 
Wicked, 
Wide, 
Widow, 
Width, 
Wield, 


. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Kleidung, Καὶ Yerba αὶ Mauvaise herbe, 
Woche, καὶ Lemana, f. . Semaine, fi [ft 
W einen, Liorar, Pleurer. 
Wagen, Pesar, Peser. 


Gewicht, n. [int. Peso,m.[—do,int. Poids, m.  [int. 
Willkommen,sm. Bienvenida, s. f. Bien,-venue, 8.1 


Wohl, adv. Bueno, adv. Bien, adv. 
Quelle, s. f. Fuento, s.m. —_ source, 8, fi 

West, m. Poniente, s.m. Quest, 8. 71. 
westlich, adj. occidental, a. occidental,-e,adj. 

Nass, Humedo, Humide. — 

Wallfisch, m. ΒΒ θη, Καὶ Baleine, f. 

Schiffslinde, f Muelle, m. Quai, m. 

Was, welcher, Que, lo que, Quoi, ce que. 

Weizen, m. Grano, trijo, m. Blé, n. 

Rad, Spinnrad,m Rueda, αὶ Roue, voiture, Καὶ 

Wenn, als, Quando, Quand. 

Wo, indem, da, Donde, Ou. 

Wetzen, Afilar, Aiguiser. 

Welcher, Si, sea, qual, _—_ Si, soit, lequelle. 

Welcher,welche, Que, qual, Qui, quell, 

Indem, adv. Mientras, adv. Pendant que, 


Weile, s. f. rato, 8. 77). adv. temps,s.m. 
Peitsche, 8, f. Azote, 8. m. Fouet, s. m. 

peitschen, v. azotar, Ὁ. foutter, v. 
Strudel, s.m. Giro, 8. m. Tourbillon, s. m. 


tourner, v. 
Chucoterie, s. f- 
chuchoter, ¥. 


wirbeln, v. 
Geflister, 8. m. 
flistern, v. 


girar, v. 
Susurro, 8. m. 
susurrar, Ὁ. 


Weiss, bleich, Blanco, Blanc,-che. 
Wer, welcher, Quien, Que, Qui, que. 
Ganze, 8. n. Total, s. m. Tout, 8. m. 


ganz, adv. entero, adv. tout,-e, adj. 
Grosshandel, m. Venta por may- Vente en gros. 


Warum, Porque, [or, Pourquoi. 
Docht, m. Torcida, f. Méche, αὶ 
Ruchlos, Malvado, Méchant,-e. 
Weit, Lejos, Large. 
Wittwe, αὶ Viuda, Καὶ Veuve, f. 
Weite, αὶ Anchura, αὶ Largeur, f. 
Handhaben, Manejar, Manier, porter. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


547 


Willow, 
Win, 
Wind, 


Windlass, 
- Window, 
Wine, 
Wing, 


Wink, 


Winter, 
Wipe, 
Wine, 
Wisdom, 
Wise, 
Wish, 


Wit, 
Witch, 
With, 
Wither, 
Within, 
Without, 
Witness, 
Wo, woe, 
Wolf, 
Woman, 
Wonder, 


Woo, 
Wood, 
Wool, 
Word, 
Work, 
Workman, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 
Frau, f- Muger casada, Καὶ 
Perriicke, αὶ Peluca, αὶ 
Wild, seltsam, Silvestre, 
Wille, s. m. Voluntad, s. Κὶ 

wollen, v. desear, v. 
Willig, gern, —_Inclinado, 
Weide, αὶ Sauce, m. 
Gewinnen, Ganar, 

Wind, 5. m. Viento, s. m. 

winden, Ὁ. soplar, v. 
Winde, f. Argana, f. 
Fenster, n. Ventana, f. 
Wein, m. Vino, m. 
Fliigel, m. Ala, αὶ 
Wink, s. m. Guifiada de ojo, 

blinzen, v. 8. guillar, v. 
Winter, m. Invierno, m. 
Wischen, Limpiar, 
Draht, m. Alambre, m. 
Weisheit, αὶ Sabiduria, Καὶ 


Weise, klug, Sabio, docto, 
Wunsch, s. m. Anhelo, 8. m. 
wiinschen, v. —_anhelar, v. 


Witz, Witzkopf, Viveza, /. 


Hexe, αὶ Bruxa, αὶ 

Mit, nebst, Con, 
Verwelken, Machitar, 

In, innerlich, | Dentro, adentro, 
Ausserhalb, Sin, por fuera, 
Zeugniss, 7. Testimonio, m. 
Weh, n. Dolor, m. 

Wolf, m. Lobo, m. lupia, 7. 
Frau, Καὶ Muger, f. 


Wunder, 8. n. [v. Milagro, 8. m. 
sich verwundern, admirarse, v. 


Freien, Cortejar, 

Wald, m. Bosque, selve, ™. 
Wolle, 7. Lana, f. 

Wort, ἡ. Palabra, f. 


Arbeit,f.Werk,n Trabajo, m. 
Arbeiter, m. Artifice, m. 


FRENCH. 
Femme, αὶ 
Perruque. 
Farouche. 
Volunté, 5. αὶ 

vouloir, v. 
Disposé,-e. 
Saule, m. 
Gagner. 

Vent, 8. m. 

virer, Ὁ. 
Vindas, m. 
Fenétre, αὶ 
Vin, m. 

Aile, αὶ 
Clin (m.) d’ceil; 

s. cligner, v. 
Hiver, m. 
Essuyer. 

Fil, m. 
Sagesse, αὶ 
Sage. 
Souhait, s. m. 

souhaiter, v. 
Esprit, m. 
Seciére, Καὶ 
Avec, chez, par, 
Flétrir. 

En, dans,dedans. 
Sans, hors de. 
Temoignage, m. 
Malheur, m. 
Loup, m. 
Femme, f. 
Merveille, 5. Καὶ 

admirer, v. 
Faire ’amour a. 
Bois, m. 

Laine, Καὶ 

Mot, m. 
Travail,-aux, m. 
Ouvrier, m. 


548 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


WOR. 
World, 
Worm, 
Worship, 


Worth, 
Wound, 


Wrath, 
Wreath, 
Wreck, 


Wrench, 


Wretch, 
Wrist, 
Write, 
Wrong, 


Yacht, 
Yard, 
Yarn, 
Yawn, 


Ye, 

Year, 
Yellow, 
Yeoman, 
Yes, 
Yesterday, 
Yet, 
Yield, 
Yoke, 
Yolk, 
Yon,-der, 
Yore, (of ) 
You, 
Young, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Welt, αὶ Mundo, m Monde, m 
Wurm, m. Gusano, m. Ver, m 
Wiirde, 85. Κὶ Culto, 8. m. Culte, s. m. 

verehren, v adorar, v adorer, v. 
Werth, m. Valor, precio, m. Prix, m. 
Wunde, 5. Καὶ Herida, 5.1 Blessure, s. Κὶ 

verwunden, v.  herir, v. blesser, v 
Zorn, m. Tra, rabia, 7. Colére, 
Flechte, αὶ Guirnalda, 7. ~~ Couronne, f. 
Schiffbruck, s.m. Naufragio, 8. m. Naufrage, s.m. 

scheitern, naufragar, Ὁ ruiner, v. 


Reissen, 8. 7., v. Arranque, s.m. Entorse, s. fi 
arrancar, ὃ. enfoncer, v. 

Ungliickliche, m. Infeliz, m Misérable, m. f. 

Handgelenk, x. Mufieca, αὶ Poignet, m. 


Schreiben, Escribir, Ecrire. 
Unrecht, Injuria, s. f. Tort, 8. m. 
8. N., adj. falso, adj. faire tort a, v 
Y. 
Jachtschiff,n. Yacht, yac, m. Yacht, m. 


Hof, m. Elle, Καὶ Corral,m. vergays Cour, f 

Garn, 7. Estambre, τ. Laine (/) filée. 

Gihnen, 5. 2., v. Bostezo, s. m. Baillement, 8, m.- 
bostezar, v bailler, v. 


Thr, euch, Vos, Vous. 

Jahr, 2 Aiio, m. An, m 

Gelb, [mer, τι. Amarillo, Jaune. 
Landeigenthii- Hacendado, m. Métayer, m. 

Ja, Si, Oui. 

Gestrig, Ayre, Hier. 

Doch, dennoch, Pero, con todo, Encore. 
Aufgeben, Ceder, Produire, céder. 


Joch, Paar, xn. Yugo, m. Joug, m. 
Kidotter,z. [ dort, Yema de huevo fd aune (m) d’ceuf. 
Jener, jene,jenes, Alli, alla, La-bas. 


Ehedem, Antiguamente, Autrefois. 
Thr, euch, Vosotros, Vous. 
Jung, Joven, mozo, Jeune. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


549 


YOU. GEKMAN. SPANISH. 
Youngster, Junge Bursch,m. Jovenete, m. 
Your, yours, Euer, Vuestro, 
Youth, * Jugend, Καὶ Juventud, Καὶ 

: Ζ. 
Zeal, Eifer, m. Zelo, m. 
Zealot, Eiferer, m. Zelador, m. 
Zealous, Eifrig, Zeloso, 
Zephyr, Westwind, m. Céfiro, m. 
Zero, Null, αὶ Zero, 2). 
Zest, Beigeschmack,m Tastana,f. 
Zone, Umfang, m. Zona, f. 


FRENCH. 
Jeune éveillé. 
Votre, Jes votre. 
Jeunesse. 


- Zéle, m. 


Partizan, m. 
Ardent,-e. 
Zéphyr, m. 
Rien, m. 
Zeste, m. 
Zone, f. 


Einen Eid ablegen, 
F-nen ide ab-lazhen, 
To take an oath. 


Sein lassen Angelegen, 
Sine las-sen An-ga-la-zhen, 
To pay attention to. 


GERMAN IDIOMS. 


GreRMAN _.--- ----Sich mit etwas abgeben. 
PronuncraTion.-_. Sish mit etvds abga-ben. 
Eneuisu ...--.-.--To meddle with a thing. 


To be careful. 


Begriff sein, 
Ba-grif sine, 


Sich in Acht nehmen, 
Sish in Acht na-men, 


To be upon the point. 


Bescheid thun, 
Ba-shide toon, 
To pledge, to drink. 


Pulver und Blei, 
Pool-ver oond Bit, 
Powder and shot. 


Zu Stande bringen, 
Tsoo standa bring-en, 
To accomplish. 


Empfeblungsschreiben, 
Emp-fa-lungs-schri-ben, 
Letter of recommendation. 


Bescheid wissen, 
Ba-shide wis-sen, 
To be conversant with. 


Zu papier bringen, 
Tsoo pap-yer bring-en, 
To pen down. 


Durchaus nicht, 
Door-chous nicht, 
By no means. 


Feier Abend machen, 
Fi-er Ah-bent macu-en, 
To cease working. 


550 | INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. . 


Statt finden lassen, 
Stat fin-den las-sen, 


To suffer to take place. 


Frei halten, 
Fri hal-ten, 
To defray. 


Gar nicht, 
Gar nicht, 
By no means. 


Sich gefallen lassen, 
Sish ga-fal-len las-sen, 
To submit. 


Glockenspiel, 
Glock-en-speel, 
Chime of bells. 


Gram sein, 
Gram sine, 
To hate. 


Hals und Kopf, 
Hals oond Kopf, 
Helter-skelter. 


Bis jetzt, 
Bis yetst, 
Hitherto. 
Platz nehmen, 


Plats naimen, 
To sit down. 


Sich in etwas finden, 
Sish in et-vas fin-den, 
To put up with a thing. 


Ganz und gar nichts, 
Gants oond gar nicuts, 
Nothing at all. 


Fir und fir, 
Fuer oond fuer, 
For ever and ever. 
Wie geht es? 

Vee gate ase? 
How do you do? 


Goldblattchen, 
Gold-blat-shen, 
Gold-leaf. 


Hin und her. 
Hin oond hare, 
Hither and thither. 


Es ist mir Leid, 
Ase ist meer lide, 
I am sorry. 


Es ist mir Leib, 
Ase ist meer Leeb, 
I am glad. 


Sich zu Gemiithe ziehen, 
Sish tsoo ge-mux-ta tsee-en, 
To take to heart. 


Einem etwas zu dankbarkeit haben, 
J-nem et-vas tsoo dank-bar-kite hah-ben, 
To be indebted to one. 


SPANISH IDIOMS. 


Agtuja de marear, 


Agoo-hah da mar-a-ar, 


Mariner’s compass. 


Quedarse in albis, 
Qua-dar-sa in al-bis, 


To be disappointed. 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


551 


Alto ahi! 
Al-to ah-é!/ 
Stop there! 


Apretar las soletas, 
A-pra-tar las s6-la-tas, 
᾿ Torun away. 


Estas en tu camisa ? 
Es-tas én too cam-é-sah? 
Are you in your senses? 


Carta de guia, 
Car-tah da gwé-ah, 
Passport. 


En conciéncia, 
En cin-thé-en-tréah, 
In good earnest. 


Dar el si, 
Dar el see, 
To consent to marry. 


Descarga de aduana, 
Des-car-gah da ad-oo-ah-nah, 
Clearance at custom-house. 


Entrar 4 uno, 
En-trar ah oo-no, 
To prevail upon one. 


Fecho de azucar, 
Fa-cho-da ah-thoo-car, 
Chest of sugar. 


Fuega de dios ? 
Foo-a-gah da déos, 
Bless me? 


Fuera de si, 
Foo-ai-rah da see. 
Absent of mind. 


Hacer fuerza de velas, 
Hah-ther foo-er-tha da valas, 
“To crowd sail. 


Beber los vientos, 
Ba-ber lis vé-én-tos, 
To solicit earnestly. 


Carta de pago, 
Car-tah da pah-go, 
Receipt. 


Dar higa, 
Dar é-gah, 
To miss fire. 


Dexar escrito, 
Dex-ar es-cré-to, 
To leave in writing. 


Estar en que, 
Es-tar en ka, 
To be of opinion that. 


Fluxo de palabras, 
Flooz-6 da pal-ah-bras, 
Flow of words. 

Dar fondo, 

Dar fon-do, 

To cast anchor. 


Tomar la fresca, 
T6-mar lah fres-cah, 


‘To take the air. 


Dinero fresco, 
Din-i-ro frés-co, 
Ready money. 
A’ fuero, 

Ah foo-a-ro, 
According to law. 


Gente de trato, 
Gén-ta da trah-to, 
Trades people. 
De mal en peor, 
Da mal en pa-or, 
Worse and worse. 


552 INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


FRENCH IDIOMS. 


Argent vierge, 
Ar-zhang vyerzh, 
Pure silver. 


D’autant mieux, 
D’6-tang myth, 
The more the better. 


Battre la semelle, 
Bat-ir lah sém-el, 
To travel on foot. 


Battre le beurre, 
Bat-ir lih bihr, 
To churn. 


Avoir le bouquet, 
Av-war luh bo-ka, 
To be married. 


Se mettre aux champs, 
Sth met-tr 6 shang, 
To fall in a passion. 


“A son corps defendant, 
Ah song cor da-fang-dang, 
Against one’s will. 


Se coucher, 
Sith coo-sha, 
To go to bed. 
Tout ἃ coup, 
Toot ah coo, 
Hastily. 

Tout a fait, 
Toot ah fa, 
Entirely. 


Il fait chaud, 
Ll fa sho, 
It is warm. 


Argent comptant, 
Ar-zhang cong-tang, 
Ready money. 


De haut en bas, 
Dith ho ang bah, 
From top to bottom. 


Battre la campagne, 
Bat-tr lah cang-pan-yth, 
To speak at random. 


Avoir bon bec, 
Av-war bong-beck, 
To speak well, and much. 


Toute affaire cessante, 
Tcot af-faire ses-sangt, 
First of all. 


A la charge que, 
Ah lah sharzh kah, 
On condition that. 


Corpsa corps, 
Cor-zah cor, 
In close contact. 


Coucher du soleil, 
Coo-sha dus sol-a-yah, 
Sunseiting. 

Faire face, 

Fair fass, 

To face. 


Etre au fait, 
A-tr 6 fa, 

To know well. 
Il fait froid, 
Il fa fri-aw, 
It is cold. 


x Rh : 


—_ we - 
gly 


Se 


; Sth oe 
Gr Sle - : . he 
| νος δ λιν, eee 


ee Ὁ. “5 ΟΣ 
Ἶ 


GG 
* : . 
me 
“ὖ ες 
᾿ 
' 
A . 
: 
] 
: 
Ἢ 
ἢ ! 
¥.° 
Ἢ 
ν 
7 
τος ᾿ 
*, 
Fis 
ν 
ἃ ἣ 
“ > 
Poke 
iy 
’ ᾿ “μος 
γς : 
“l 
: ~ 
ϑ ok . 
- a 
ως 
my F 
“υς 4 


ον ee ee 


-.».......ὕ 


ΠΕ ὙΨΚΈΙΝ ale << ant 


"* 
τ 2.9 > ‘ phate JM 


3 ΒΆ. ᾿ 


14 DAY USE | 
RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED | 


LOAN DEPT. | 


This book is due on the last date stamped below, ΟΣ 
on the date to which renew! 


Renewed b 


ooks are subje : 9 gake 


General Library 


LD 21 A-50m-8 61 ᾿ - ᾿ ] 
᾿ University of California 
(01795810) 476B Berkeley | 


Pe fer . 
7. os 


U. C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES 


CO46313478 


pe 


sis 


{ 
‘ 


ΠΥ δος 
eee econ 
a a 
Ns iat 
’ ie why 


nee 

, 

Ἤν "ἡ 
ΓΝ ἐκ). 
ὩΣ ὦ, 


5:4 j 
ὍΝ τι kh 


